Skip to main content

Full text of "Lexicon graeco-latinum in libros Novi Testamenti"

See other formats


Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http : //books . google . com/| 



z. 






4 



j;/>-r* -^^7^/^r 



CHRISTIANI GOTTL. WILKII 



CLAYIS NOYI TESTAMENTI 



PHILOLOGICA 



USIBUS SCHOLARUM ET lUVENUM THEOLOQIAE STUDIOSOEUM 



▲CCOimODATA. 



QUEM LIBRUM SECUNDA ATQUE HAC TERTIA EDITION? ITA CASTIGAVIT ET 

EMENDAVIT UT NOVUM OPUS HABERI POSSIT 



CAROL. LUDOV. WILIBALDUS GRIMM 

THEOL. ST PHIL08. DOOTOB BERBNISSIUO MAONO DUCI 8AX0NIAB ▲ CONSILIIS ECCLE8IA8TICI8 THEOLOaiAE 

nr ACADEICIA JBHEN8I PBOFB880B. 



LIPSIAE, 

IN LIBRARIA ARNOLDIANA. 

MDGOGLXXIX. 



LEXICON 



GRAECO-LATINUM 



IN 



LIBROS NOVI TESTAMENTI 



AUCTOEE 



CABOLO LUDOV. WILIBALDO Gl 



lull 



THIOL. ET PHILOB. DOCTOBE 8ERENIS8I1IO MAGHO DUOI 8AZ0NIAX A CONBILIIB SCOLXfllABTICIfl THXOLOQUE 

IN ACADEMIA JENKKSI PBOFJS880BE. 



EDITIO SECUNDA EMENDATA ET AUCTA. 



LIPSIAE, 

IN LIBBARIA AENOLDIANA. 

MDOGOLZXIX. 



Mit Yorbehalt alldr Rechte. 









yo 






V 



Ai": 8 



' « « « • \,# 








^/X ^^V 



LIPSIAE, IMPR. HUKDEBTBTUKD A FRIES. 



^ S'OS'. 2. 



•VIRO SUMME VENERABILI 



OTTONI FRIDOLINO FRITZSCHIO 

THEOLOOIAE DOCTOHI ET IM UNIVEBSITATE TIOUBINA PSOPE&BORI OBDINAHIO 



FIDISSIMO AMICO 



HUNC LIBRUM 



D. D. D. 



CAKOL. LUDOV. WHJBALDUS GRIMM. 



t 



E 

PRAEFATIONE 

PBIMAE EDITIONIS. 



Quum divenditis omnibus ;,Clayis Novi Testamenti philologicae'^ in usos scholarum 
et juvenum sacrarum litterarum studiosorum a Chr. G. Wilkio (f anno 1856) olim con- 
fectae exemplaribus vir honestissimus, Adolphos HoffmannuS; Arnoldianae libraria6; 
quae Lipsiae est; earn clavem venumdantis haeres, a me peteret; ut nova eum librum 
editione emendarem nostrique aeyi rationibus et commodis accommodarem, aliquantum 
quidem dubitavi; num vires meae et facultates negotio pares essent; tum addito haesi- 
tanti ab amicis quibusdam animo bibliopolae precibus cedendum putavi. Sed manibus 
peragendo operi admotis satis intelligere coepi^ quam arduum^ diutinum mole- 
stiarumque ac taedii plenum laborem in me suscepissem. Ad eximias enim, quibus 
<;ujusque lexici concinnandi negotium implicatur, di£ScultateS; quas non temere signi- 
£care solent illo ^^quem dii oderunt^ lexicographum fecerunt''; accedebat incredibilis 
negligentia et incuria, qua Wilkius librum conscripserat^ quem librum antea non meo 
UBU, sed solum e judicum satis probatorum publicis reprehensionibus cognoveram. 
<iuo factum est, ut satis mox perspicerem neque librarii mercatoris voluntati atque 
emolumento neque juvenum iheologiae studiosorum commodis me inservire posse^ nisi 
librum fere novum componerem Wilkiumque paene totum in Wilkio delerem nee ex- 
ceptis brevissimis quibusdam vocum ad intelligendum facillimarum explicationibus, 
quas intactas relinqui posse vidi; quicquam ab illo meum facerem nisi sequendas pleras- 
que condendi lexici leges, quas sibi scripserat optimaS; plerumque autem turpissime 
neglexerat, undo novo libro alterum titulum praefixi, quo meam in eo conficiendo ope- 
ram significarem rectiusque ei meum quam Wilkii nomen inscribi indicarem. Sed jam 
.accuratius instituti mei ratio reddenda est. Eodem mode ac Wilkius, ut ejus verbis 
(p. XIV) utar, ,;librum condere decreveram, qui juvenibus lectione N. TL occupatis 
omnia, quae in eo quaerant, ad reserandum sensum scriptorum sacrorum apta ac neces- 



VIIT 

Sana recte in partes distributa atque commodo ac facili ordine disposita suppeditaret, 
qui non eos obrueret observationum farragine, sed apparatum vocum proponeret facili 
negotio perlustrandum." Ut quam plurimorum necessitatibus inseryirem, N. Ti, con- 
formationes ab Elzeviriis (ex editione eorum prima^ quae Lugduni Batav. prodiit^ 
sumtibus societatis bibliophilorum britannicae Coloniae Agrippinae MDCCCLVI de- 
nuo typis expressa); GriesbachiO; Lachmanno, Tischendorfio (ex editione minore anni 
MDCCCLIX) exhibitas secutus sum, certo confisus, librum meum his textus formis 
adaptatum omnium quoque aliarum, quae nunc in manibus esse soleant, editionum 
Usui consentaneum fore. — Brevitati non minus intentus fui quam perspicuitati maxime 
in logico et historico ordinC; quo in discemendis^ enumerandis, disponendis vocum 
notionibus versari studebam. Graeca vocabuia; quantum quidem potui, pure latinis 
reddidi neque tamen si quae in barbara latinitate vocabula suppetebant^ quibus graeca 
de verbo exprimerentur, reformidanda censui; cf. fidelvy/iaf ahominatnentam (Tertull.); 
i/iifiivw, tmmaneo (Augustin.); Inoixodo/Aeu, superaedi/ico {V nig.)] encqxiveia^ apparentia 
(Tertull.) ; ovvdo^dtwy conglorifico (Vulg.); ovtiaonoiw^ convivifico (Vulg.) al.; sed talibus 
verbis interpretationem purius latinam addere nunquam neglexi. Omnino latinae trans- 
lationis, quae Vulgata dicitur, longe saepius rationem habui quam qui ante me lexica 
N. Ti. adornaverunt. Ubi rei natura, inprimis hebraeae dictionis imitatio in N. To. 
non rara, postulabat, uberius LXX interpretum et apocryphorum V. Ti. librorum 
dicendi usum contuli; ubi autem satis esse videbatur, initio interpretationis graecarum 
vocum, certis V. Ti. locis non memoratis; simpliciter notavi, quaenam iis hebraeae 
voces respondeant. Profanorum qui dici . solent scriptorum graecitatem quod attinet^ 
a plerisque Wahlio laudi vertitur, quod diligentius earn et uberius quam Bretschnei- 
derus cum dictione N. Ti. comparaverit. Sed Wahlius hac in re certam legem et 
regulam non secutus est nee raro notissimis verbis, quae omnibus graecae linguae 
aetatibus obveniiint ac jam a primis tironibus discuntur^ hunc ilium ve locum e Xeno- 
phontC; Diodoro, Aelian. al. apposuit (ita, ut ex innumeris exemplis paucissima 
eligamus; singulos e Xen. et Polyb. locos ad vocem iftTiog, e Polyb. et Diod. ad liiovy 
e Xen. et Demosth. ad nifinTog adscripsit), quasi praeterea non haberentur, ut rerum 
imperiti ex Wahlii clavi discere nequeant; quaenam vera inter profanorum et N. Ti. 
scriptorum dictionem ratio intercedat. Equidem ne quid hac in causa lucis deesset; inde 
a cujus scriptoris tempore aut apud quodnam scriptorum genus vocabulum, de quo agi- 
tur, obveniat simpliciter notare nee nisi insolentioribus vocibus vocumque significationi- 
bus vel structuris locos scriptorum, quibus reperiantur, adscribere eamque ad rem 
Stephani thesaurum ab Hasio et Dindorfio editum valdeque locupletatum pariter at- 
que Passovii graecarum vocum indicem a Rostio et ejus sociis eximie emendatum et 
auctum certissimos duces sequi consultissimum duxi. Ceterum non pauca; maxime 



IX 



e Philone, Josepho, patribua apostolicis al. allata meae ipsias lection i debentur. — 
Particulas uberius et accoratius quam Bretschneiderus, brevius et ad celeriorem si- 
gnificationam conspectum commodius quam Wahlius exposoi. — Praeeunte Bretschnei- 
dero ab inepto lexicographorum N. Ti. more cuique verbo formam futuri I adscri- 
bendi (etiam eorum verborum, quorum banc temporis formam apud ullum scriptorem 
exstare demonstrari nequit) me abstinui ; recensui autem omnes in N. To. obvias, turn 
vulgares turn a communi lege et usu recedentes temporum ac si opus videbatur etiam 
modorum formas nee nisi primis libri plagulis imperfecti temporis formas; quae nihil 
abnorme habent, indicare omisi. — Non exiguam operam studiumque in explicanda 
ea vocabula contuli; quibus dogmatieae notiones exprimuntur, ut ^aaiXsla zov &€ov, 
dixa$og, dixaioavvt]^ dtxatow, do^a^ ilnig^ ^wi^, KOOfAog^ niang, nvevfia, aoq)la, oai^ca, 
aonrjQla, vlbg tov avd-gdnov, vl. %ov ^aov al., numquam tamen ita, ut in campum 
excurrerem fines phUologid lexici excedentem. Ut autem dogmatica provincia non 
competit philologici lexici auctori, ita etiam ab ejus munere arcenda sunt omnia, quae 
exponere grammatid praeceptoris et interpretis est. Etsi enim non exiguum obscu- 
riorum locorum numerum succincte quidem sed, ut mihi videor, perspicue explicavi 
(ad unum exemplum loci Phil. 2, 6 s. provocare liceat in voce ^OQ(pri\ tamen minime 
rationeSy quibus eae interpretationes firmantur aut aliorum explicationes refelluntur, 
addidi, sed lectores, qui de his locis accuratius edoceri velint, commentariorum au- 
ctores, qui rem optime expedire mihi videntur, inprimis C. F. A. Fritzschium, Meyerum 
et ejus socios, de Wettium, Bleekium, Tholuccium, Philippium; Ewaldum, Delitzschium 
al.; aut grammaticos, velut Godofr. Hermannum, Buttmannos, Matthiaeum, Kuhnerum; 
Erugerum, Rostium, Winerum al. consulere jussi. 



Jenae, d. XXIV mensis Octobr. 1867. 



Wilib. Grimm. 



PRAEFATIO 

IN SECUNDAM EDITIONEM. 



Divenditis MMD bujus operis exemplis quum novae editionis parandae necessitas 
imponeretury nihil eorum, quibus librum necessitatibus utentiam felicius accommodareni; 
negligendum putavi. Itaque non solum menda in notandis scriptorum Iocib obvia 
correxi; alia quae minus necessaria videbantur expunxi^ alia, quae post priorem 
editionem aut ab aliis aut a me ipso rectius cognita sunt; suis quaeque locis inserui, 
sed etiam has voces vel vocum formas, Syyog, l^d^eiv, ctXeevg, avaTLvXitOy anodena- 
Tfito, l^Qvsly l^aacpy dcpvateqicD, Btj&^ad^ay fiifilidaQiov, FalUay dtjlavyag, duQpLTQ- 
vela, diOf.ivQtdgj i/^idiaq), bItsv, iyc^T^Ttjaig, ixd-avfid^w ^ if,i7tL7iQa(o, i^ov&evow , indQ- 
yjog, ZfdVQva, ^Icofirjd, ^Itoddy xataygaqxt), xavarrjQidKto, xBcpaXioia^ -KvXtOfxoCy fnaad^og^ 
fivXivog, OQvi^y navdoxevg, navdoxiov, nagBfi^aXXw y neqi^^alvwy TtQwrwg, aeiQog et 
oiQogt aiQiytog, 0(pvQlg, aq)vdQ6vy Tinog, q)rjfiiCa}, quarum aliae^ etsi in Lachmanni et 
olim etiam in Tischendorfii editionibus legebantur, tamen religiosam diligentiam meam 
fugerant, aliae eaedemque plurimae nuper demum a Tischendorfio (in edit, critica VIII) 
et Tregellesio in textum, qui dicitur, receptae sunt, interpretatus sum. — In respiciendo 
vulgato s. recepto qui dicitur textu etiam nunc editionem; quae ab anglica bibliophi- 
lorum societate divulgatur^ secutus sum propterea quod; etsi neutiquam, quod qui 
typis eam excudendam curaverunt, perhibent; elzevirianum exemplum anni 1624 omni 
ex parte exprimit (id quod Carol. Bertheau, HamburgensiS; luculenter probavit in 
Theolog. Literaturzeitung; 1877, Nr. 5), textum tamen praebet nullo nostra aetate vul- 
gatiorem. 

Jenae, die I Novembr. 1878. Gr, 



Explicatlo potiomm eompendiorum serlptionis. 

Stellula (*) ezplicatis vocabnlis postposita locos N. Ti., in quibus ea vocabula legantur. ad nnuin oxunes 

a nobis notatos esse indicat 
K = codex sinaiticns. — A «« cod. alexandrinns- — B =* cod. vaticanns. — C «= cod. Epfaraemi palim- 

psesttts. — zj SB cod. sangaUensis sec. IX. — L »» cod. parisiensis sec. VIII. — 
add. =» addito, additis, additnr. 
die. = dicitur, dienntor. 
ex adj. »» ex adjancto s. ex adjnnctis. 

Grsh. = Griesbachii N. T. (Ed. II. Hal. et Lend. 1796—1806. 2 VoE) 
Inscrr =» Inscriptiones. 
Lchm. = Lachmanni N. T. 
metapb. ^ metapborice. 
opp. = opponitnr. 
pr. et propr. «= proprie. 
2W/. = Tischendorfii N. T. ed. Vni. critica major (2 VoU. Lips. 1869 — 72) et edit. IV. stereotypa. 

(Lips, ex offic. Bern. Taucbnitz 1876). 
7V^. =*Tbe greek New Testam. edited from ancient authorities by S. P. Tregelles. Lond. (1870 

—1875). 40. 
t. vnlg. == textns vulgatus. 
vb. =» verbum. 

vb. dep. 3. depon. =» verbum deponens. 
Yulg. » translatio bibliorum latina, quae dicitur VtUgata. (ed. L. van Ess. Tubing. 1824 et 22, 3 Tomi.) 



LIBRI, 

qnonun titulos sire soils auetorum nominlbns s* brerloribns 

formnlls slgnlfleaTimus. 

Anth. »= Antbologia. 

Bnhdy <== Bernhardy Wissenschaftl. Syntax d. griech. Spracbe. Berl. 1829. 

Bttm. *= PMIipp Buttmann griechiscbe Grammatik. 20. Aufl. Berl. 1858. 

Bttm. Gr. max. « Ejusdem AusfKbrl. griechiscbe Spracblehre. 2. Aufl. 2 Bde. Berl. 1830—39. 

Bttm. ntl. Gr. =: Alexander Buttmann Grammatik des .neutestamentl. Sprachgebrauchs. Berl. 1859, 

quem librum ab ipso auctore emendatum et locupletatum in anglicam linguam vertit H. Thayer 

AndoTer [Americae septentr.] 1873. 
Oortius Grundzilge der griechiscben Etymologie. 2. Auii. Leipz. 1866. 
Geop. «= Geoponica. 

Gesenii Thesaurus philoL criticus linguae hebraeae et chaldaeae. IV Tomi. Lips. 1829—58. 4. 
Gottling Lehre vom Accent d. griech. Spracbe. 3. AuflL Jena 1835. 
Hdt. = Herodotus. 
Hdian. «= Herodianus. 
Herm. ad Vig. s. Vig. ed. Herm. « Vigeri de praecipuis graecae dictionis idiotismis liber c. animad- 

versionibus - - Godofr. Hermanni. Ed. 4. Lips. 1834. 
Herzog Enc. =». Herzog Bealencyklopftdie filr protestant. Theologie und Eirche. Hamb. (u. Gotha) 1854 

—64. 18 VolL 
Keim Glescbicbte Jesu yon Nazara. ZMch 1867—72. 3 Voll. 



xn 

Elotz ad Dev. » Devarii liber de graecae lingnae particolis. Ed. Bdnh. Klotz. 2 VoU. 18^5 — 42. 

Krflger Griechische Sprachlehre. 3. Anfl. Beil. 1852—59. 2 Tomi. 

Kiihner Ausf&hrl. Grammatik der griech. Sprache. 2. Aufl. Hannov. 1869—72. 2 Tomi. 

Kypke Observationes sacrae in N. T. libros. 2. Tomi. Wratisl. 1755. 

Lexz. e» Graeci lezicographi. 

Lob. ad Phryn. » Phrynichi Eclogae ed. Lobeck, Lipa* 1820. 

E. H. Adlb. Lipsius Grammatische Untersuchungen fib. die biblische Grfieit&t, brsgg. v. B. A. Lipsius. 

Ueb. die Lesezeicben. Lpz. 1863. 
Matthiae Aufif&brL grieehische Grammatik. 3 Thie. Lpz. 1833. 
Mallach Grammatik der griecbischen YulgSrspraGbe. Berl. 1856. 
Pape Griechiscb-deutscbes Handworterbacb. 2. Anfl. 3 Bde. Brannschw. 1849--50. 
Passow Handworterbncb der griecbischen Spraobe, begrflndet von Franz Passow, nea bearbeitet von 

Boat, Pabn, Ereussler, Eeil, Peter nnd Benseler. Des nrspr&nglichen Werkes 5. Anfl. 2 Bde. Lpz. 

1841—57. 
Poll. = Pollux. 

EUinmer Palastina. 3. Anfl. Lpz. 1850. 

Biebm HWB. » Biebm Handw5rterbucb des bibliscben Altertnms. Bielefeld u. Lpz. 1875 ff. 
Bobinson PaUstina n. die sfldlicb angrenzenden L&nder. Tagebncb einer Beise im J. 1838. 3 Bde. 

Halle 1841—42. — Ejnsdem auctoris Neuere bibliscbe Forscbnngen in Pal&stina. (Tagebneb einer 

Beise im Jabre 1852.) Berl. 1857. 
Best Griechische Grammatik. 5. Anfl. Gott. 1836. 
Scbenkel BL. =» Schenkel Bibellezikon. Lpz. 1869—75. 5 YoU. 
Scblensneri Novus tbesanms pbilologico-criticns s. lexicon in LXX et reliqnos interpretes graecos ac 

scriptores apocrypbos Lips. 1820 — 21. 5 Tomi. 
Scb&rer Lebrbuch der neutestamentl. Zeitgescbicbte. Lpz. 1874. 
Stepbani Thesaurus graecae lingnae, tertio ediderunt Carol. Ben. Ease, Lnd. de Sinner, Th. Fix, Gull. 

et Lndov. Dindorf. VIH VoU. Paris 1831-62. fol. 
Stnrz de dialecto macedonica et alexandrina. Lips. 1808. 
Tittmann de synonymis in N. T: Lips. 1829. 
Tragg. =» tragici Graecorum poetae. 
Trench Synonyms of the N. T. Edit. 8. Lend. 1876. 
Wahl Glavis Hbrorum Yet. Ti. apociyphorum. Lips. 1853. 
Weiss Lebrbuch der bibL Tbeologie des N. T. 2. Aufl. BerL 1873. 
Win. = Winer Grammatik des neutestL Sprachidioms. 6. Aufl. Lpz. 1855. 
Win. BWB. = Winer Biblisches Bealworterbuch. 
Win. vb. comp. =* Winer de verborum cum praepositionibus compositomm in N. T. usu. 5 Progrr. 

Lips. 1834—42. q. 



A. 



A, a, SA^a, t6^ alphabet! graeci littera prima, 
agmen aperiens, quod claudit littera w. Hinc dictio 
^ya> si fit xh dxalxd cb, Ap. 1 , 8 et t. valg. ys. 1 1 , qnae 
verbis explicatur adjectis apx^ xal ziXog, 21, 6, 
ot insaper additis d ngtSrog xal 6 iaxotoi^ 22, 
13. Ad aententiam dictionis cf. 11, 17. Jes. 41, 4. 
44, 6. 48, 12. — A, ubi syUaba inseparabilis voci- 
bus praefigitur, est 1) privativum (ozeprjTixov), at 
Latinorum in, Germanoram tm, notioni vocis, cai 
praefigitur, ne^andae inserviens, cf. A^aQi^q; Yel id 
quod ei contrarium est, significans, cf. axiiioq, axi- 
fidw; ante vocales plerumque «2v, v. AvaltioQ. 
2) coptUativum {dB'Qoiazixd'^f cognatum particulae 
apta, communitatem et consortium indicans, ut in 
ddsi^dg, axdXovd'Oq. Inde 3^ trUensivum (inita- 
Tixdv)^ illud quidem a mums nunc addubitatum 
yel negatum, ut latinum con in compositionibus, 
notionum vim intendens; y. dandtofiai, ovbvI^id 
ab oTCVj}?. Cf. KUhner I, p. 741. BUm. Gr. p. 328. 

jiaoayVf nom. propr. indecl. {6 Auqwv, <Svog apud 
Josephum), I'innK (a radice ^hk, apud flebr. non 

obvia [Syr. rt-^aif,' libidmottu^ laaciviu], Philone 

X 

ebriet. §. 32. interprete ab *tn, mens, = dgsivdo), 
Aaron^ frater Mosis, primus Israelitarum summus 
aacerdoB totiusque sacerdotalis generis anctor; Lc. 
1,^5. Act. 7, 40. Heb. 5, 4. 7, 11. 9, 4.* 

*Afia6S(iv^ indecl,, i^naM , \)perdU%o^ irUerihis (ah 
-T3M, peritt); Job. 31, 12*. 2) loctu perditionis, i. q. 
orcw, junct. c. h^wo Job. 26, 6. Prov. 15, 11. 3) ut 
nomen proprium angelo inferorum praofecto, mor- 
tis ministro, stragem in terris efficient, tribuitur et 
graece redditur anoXXi^ofV, perdUovj Ap. 9, 11.* 

opaQ^g, igiPdQOQf onus), sinepandere^ levis; tro]9. 
non molestfua^ afia^fj i)fjLlv i/iavxdv ix^Qijaat cavi, 
ne sumtuum m me faciendorum onus vobis impone- 
rem, 2 Co. 11, 9. Cf. 1 Th. 2, 9 coll. vs. 6. (inde ab 
Aristot.)* 

k/?/?a, hebr. sk, pater, chaldaice ad earn nomi- 
num formam effictum, quae statum emphaticum 
indicat, ksm i. e. d nax^q^ compellatio dei in preci- 
bus solennis. Quoties in N. T. obvenit (Mc. 14, 
36. Bo. 8, 15. Gal. 4, 6), adjunctam habet inteipre- 
tationem graecam, ut videtur, inde explicanoam, 
quod chald. msm frequentissimo in j)recibus usu 

SauUatim sanctissimi nominis proprii naturam in- 
nerat, cui graecicnses Judaei e sua lingua appel- 
lativum nomen adderent. 

^ApsXt nom. propr. indecL (ap. Jos. "A^BXcq^ ov\ 
^an (halitus, vanum), Ahel^ fifius Adami natu se- 
ciiiidus (Gen. 4, 2 ss.), a vitae brevitate celerique 
interitu ita dictus (Job. 7, 16. Ps. 39, 6); Mt. 23, 35. 
Lc. 11, 51. Heb. 11, 4. 12, 24.* 

'A^id, nom. propr. indecl. (Jos. antt. 6, 14, 6 6 
^Afilag, a), n»2M et ^2H (cujus pater Jehova est), 
Abia, 1) rex^ Judae, filius Rehabeami, Mt. 1, 7 (1 
Beg. 14, 31. 15, 1). 2) sacerdos, primarius sacer- 
dotalis familiae, a quo, quum Davides rex sacer- 

GBIMH, Lexicon in N. T. 



dotes in 24 classes distribueret (1 Chr. 24, 10), 
classis Abia, oetavizm locum sortita, denominata 
est; Lc. 1, 5.* 

Ufiidd'aQ^ nom. propr. indecl. (ap. Jos. antt. 6. 
14, 6 *Afitdd'aQOQyOv), ^^^M (pater abundantiae), 
summus quidam HebraeoniiQa sacerdos; Mc. 2, 26., 
quo loco per memoriae lapsum cum Achiroelecho, 
patre sno, confunditur (1 Sam. 21, 2 ss.). 

UfiiXtjvi^, ^C, ^ (soil. x^9^9 1^0 ad Abilam urbem 
pertinens), Abilene, nomen regionia Libanum inter 
et Hermonem versus Phoeniciam sitae, distantis 
miUiariis XYIII ab urbe Damasco et XXXVTI ab 
Heliopoli; Lc. 3, 1. Cf. vocem Avaavlag. 

yifiiovd, 6, nom. propr. indecL, inn^aK (pater Ju- 
daeorum}, filius Sorobabelis, Mt. 1, 1^7 

^Apgaafiy (ap. Jos. APQaiioq, ov), Bn^aK (pater 
multitudinis populorum, cf. Gbn. 17, bj^AJbraha' 
musy celeberrimus israeliticae gentis auctor, Mt. 
1, I s. 22, 32. Lc. 19, 9. Jo: 8, 33. Act. 3, 25. Heb. 7, 
1 ss. ac saepius. Laudatur a Paulo apost., quod 
eximium fidei exemplum ediderit, Bo. 4, 1 ss. 17 ss. 
Gal. 3, 6. (coll. Heb. 11, 8), quapropter omnes, qui 
fidem Christo adjungunt, Abrabami filii s. posteri 
appellandi cUcuntur, Gal. 3, 7. 29. coll. Bo. 4, 11. 
^ a^vaooq, apud (iraecos adjectivum, oq, ov, (ab 
6 pvaadq »» pvd-dq), fiindo carens, bo(lenlo»{iiA for^ 
tasseSap. 10, 19), immensuaCnXovxoq Afiyaaoq Ae&ch. 
Sept. 931.). Li ss. libris fj a^aaoq (LaX proD'inn ) 
sc. x^9^^ vorago^ spcUitan immenaae projwuiitdtis 
(Abgrund). Ita de voragine maris Gen. 1, 2. 7, 11. 
Deut. 8, 7. Sir. .1, 3. 16, 18 aL; de orco (profun- 
dissima in infimis terrae voragine; Ps. 70, 21; dx 
XQ}v dfivaa<ov xf^q yrjq, Eur. Phoen. 1632: xagzd- 
Qov&fivoaa xdofiaxa, Clem. Bom. 1 Co. 20: oBvoowv 
dvs^ixvlaoxa xkiiiaxa, ibid. 59: 6 imfiXenatv iv 
xaXq afivoaoiq, de deo), tnm conmiuni mortuorum 
receptaculo. Bo. 10, 7., tum inprimis daemonum 
domicilio, Lc. 8, 31. Ap. 9, 1 s. 11. 11, 7. 17, 8. 
20, 1. 3. Inter profanes scriptores hac voce ut sub- 
stantive utitur solus Diog^ Laert. 4, 5, 27: xaxfjXd^sq 
slq liiXaivstv UXovximq apvaaov. CL Knapp Scripta 
var. arg. p. 554 s.* 

"Ayapoq, ovj d, nom. propr. propbetae christiani, 
Act. 11, 28. 21, to. (Fortasse ab a)|, amavit.) 

ayad-oe^yio), d) (ab inusitato JSPFSi [»» ?(>da», 
iOY^io/ji^i] et ayad^ov), sum beneficu» (erga paupe- 
res, egenos), 1 Tim. 6, 18. Cf. ayad-ovfylw. Prae- 
terea tantum apud ecclesiasticos scriptores, sed 
significatione recte agere. 

ayad'onoiiw, m, inf. aor. iyad^onofjoai (dyaB'O* 
noioq), 1) ago aliquidy quod aliis prodest, Mc 3, 4; 
beneficum me exhibeo; Act. 14, 17 (t. vulg.); xivd, 
beneficiis aUquem a/jtcio, Lc. 6, 33. 35. (*» y^xart 
Zeph. 1, 12. Num. 10, 32. Tpb. 12; 14 aL) 2) recte 
ago; 1 Pet. 2, 15. 20 (opp. a/ia^xavat); 3, 6. 17. 3 
Jo. 11. (Apud profanes non legitur, nisi aliquoties 
inferiore aetate sensu astrologico : bonum omen a/- 
fero.)* 

1 



aya^onoita. 

dya&onottix^ «C, fi,recteage7idi ratio; ivdyad-o- 
noituy 1 Pet. A, 19. L q. ayad-onoiolfvrsg^ honeste 
agentes; quo loco si c. Lchm. l^tur iv ayad'O- 
noitaiqj sin^la rectaer actionis racta intelligenda 
sunt. (Ill scriptis^ eccles. dya^on, est heneficentia)* 
fya^onoioq^^ ov, recU agens, 1 Pet. 2, 14.* 
otya^OQy 4, 6v (cof^nat. aya/jtai , admiror, magni 
facio, iyaaxdQj admirandas, jam Platone interprete 
Crat. p. 412. c.) universe est ,yperfectu8 - - qui 
hahet in se ac facit omnia, ^uae habere etfacere 
debet pro notione norrdnis, officio ac lege*'' {frmisch 
ad Haian. 1,4, p. 134), praestane in aliqua re, exi- 
mius, bonus {tiichtig, gut), id quod de personis, re- 
bus, conditionibus, animorum propnetatibus et 
affectionibus, factis, temporibus, praedicatur. Ad 
quam si^ificationem omnes sententiao redeunt» 
quae yoci ijer contextum orationis subjiciuntur: 1) 
mti bonae indolis et naturae est; yf} lie. 8, 8; Siv- 
o^ov Mt. 7, 1 8., si sententiam spectajB, fertilis terra, 
fructuosa arbor (Xen. oec. 16, 7.: yp aya&4 — Y^ 
xax&. an. 2, 4. 22 : x^Q^i noXXf^g xal aya^Tjq ovarii), 
Ap. Lc. 8. 15 bonae <erra« imagini respondet aya^ 
xagdla, animus ad bonum dispositus ideo^ue di- 
scendaesalutaris doctrinae cupiaus et ad ehristianae 
vitae fructus (xcrpwovc aya^ov?^ Jac. 3, 17) edendos 
aptus. — 2) utilis, sahttaris; Soaig ayad^^ (conj. c. 
SciQtjfia riXeiov), donum, quod vere donum est, 
utile, Jac. 1, 17; Sdfjiata aya&a Mt. 7, 11 ; ivtoX^ 
dy.y praeceptum, iis, qui observant id, salutare, Bo. 
7, 12., e scholio — elg td avfitpigov elQfjyov/iivtj, 
unde quaestio vs. 13: xd oiv ayad^dv i/iol ysyove 
B^dvaroq; — dy, ^fp/c, portio bona, e qua ad eum 
qui accipit, salus redundat, Lc. 10, 42; Sgyov dy. 
(aliter ac Bo. 2, 7 al.), s^utare dei opus; si rem 
spectas, i. q. Christiana vita, quae dei efficaciae de- 
betur, rhil. 1, 6; eig dya^ov, in commodum, in 
salutem, Bo. 8, 28 (Sir. 14, 13; ndvta toU sioe- 
fiiai Blq a/a^cf. — xolq ifiUQxmXoZq tlq xaxa Sir. 
39, 27; TO xaxov — ylyvsxai eU dyad^ov Theogn. 
162). — Idoneus ad aliquid; Trpog oixo6o/i^v Eph. 
4, 29. (Xen. mom. 4, 6, 10.) — 3) de scnsu bonis 
excitato: jucundus, gratus, laetusy/elix; ^fiigai dy. 
1 Pet. 3, 10. (Ps. 33, 13. Sir. 14, 14: I Mace. 10, 
55.); iXnl(: 2 Tb. 2, 16. (fiaxQla iXn. Tit. 2, 13.); 
avveidijaiq, laeta conscientia, L q. conscientia recti, 
Act. 23, 1. 1 Tim. 1. 5. 19. 1 Pet. 3, 16.; deo re- 
conciliata 1 Pet. 3, 21. — 4) exceUens, eximiusj ita 
XI dya^ov, Jo. 1, 47. — 5) probus, honestus; Mt. 5, 
45. 22, iO(novfjQol xal dya^o!)\ 12, 34. 19, 16. 
Lc. 6, 45. Act. 11, 24. 1 Pet. ^3, 11 al.; dya^. x, 
dlxaioQ, Lc. 23, 50; xagSla dya^^ x. xaX^, 8, 14 
(v. in xaXoQ); — qui officio munerique sibi deman- 
dato satisfacit, SovXe dya&h x. maxi, Mt. 25, 21. 
23; probus ideoque fraudis expers et inprimis a 
corrumpendi popnli studio alienus, Jo. 7, 12; emi- 
nentissimo sensu dicitur de deo natura sua san- 
ctissimo, Mt. 19, 17 (Mc. 10, 18. Lc. 10, 19); dy. 
&ijaavgoq Mt. 12, 35. Lc. 6, 45 est animus tanquam 
proborum sensorum, quae loquendo produntur, re- 
ceptaculum; nlaxig dy,, fides, quam hero servare 
servum decet {rechtschaffene Treue)\ Tit. 2, 10. — 
de notione dyad', ipyovj dy, ^qvcdv v. sub ^gyov. 
— Arctiore sensu: benevolus, Mt. 20, 15. 1 Pet. 2, 
18; fiv^/irj 1 Th. 3, 6. (2 Mace. 7, 20.); beneficus 
(Xen. Cyr. 3, 3, 4; a-^o Jer. 33, 11. Ps. 34, 9; Cic. 
nat. deor. 2, 25, 64: „optimus, i. e. beneficentissi- 
mus'^); Bo. 5, 7., ubisententia haec est: aegre ali- 
quis pro insonte mortem suscipit; nam si incun- 
ctanter velaudetpericulo mortis pro aliosesubjicere, 
id facit pro benefico (a quo accepit beneficia); cf. 
Win. p. 111. — Neutrum substantive usurpatum 
denotat 1) rem bonam, commodum {ein Gut), et 



ayanaw, 

quidem a) plurali nnmero externa bona, opes, Lc. 
1, 53. 12, 18 s. (Sir. 14, 4. Sap. 7, 11.); xa iya&d 
oov, laeta et jucunda, quae ex opibus tibi redun- 
daruut, Lc. 16, 25 (oppos. xaxd, ut Sir. 11, 14.): 
externa et interna bona, (ral. 6,6; cf. Wieseler ad 1. 
b) regni messiani beneficia. Bo. 10, 15; Tcb fiiXXov- 
xa ay. Heb. 9, 11. 10, 1. — 2) id quod jprobum, 
honestum deoqueprobatum est; Bo. 12, 2.; igyaZs- 
a&ai xb dy. Bo. 2, 10. Eph. 4, 28 ; ngdaasiv Bo. 9. 
12; Smxsiv 1 Th. 5, 15; fjufiBtadai 3 Jo. 11; xoX- 
X&ad'ai xip dy. Bo. 12, 9; W ^f igtoxag nsolxov 
dya&ov ap. Lchm. Tdf. TVg.Mt, 19, 'l7., ubivox 
communem honesti notionem exprimit. — Specia- 
tim id, quod salutare est et aptum humanarum 
rerum ormni; in phrasi didxovoQ elgxb ay. Bo. 13, 
4; — de benefactendo Gal. 6, 10. Bo. 12, 21; xb 
dy. aov, beneficium {GefdUigheit), quod facis, Phi- 
lem. 14. 

dya&ovoyiaf,<5. Act 14, 17 Lchm, Tdf. Trg.^x^ 
vulg. dvai'onoiQ}. Barior contractio, v. supra dya- 
doe^BWj sed cf. infra xaxovQyog, Ugovgyito. 

dyadwavvTj, ijq, ^, vox mere biblica et ecclesia- 
stica, animi vitaeyue probitas; 2 Th. 1, 11. Gal. 5, 
22 (nisi ibi benignttaSf beneficentia)', Bo. 15 14. Eph. 

dyaXXidofiai, v. sub dyaXXidw. 

ayaXXlttOiQ, imq, ^ {dyaXXidwY vox profanis sen- 
ptoribus incognita, saepe ap. LXX, exsuUatio, sum- 
mum aaudiumjJjC. 1, 14. 44. Act. 2, 46. Jud. vs. 24. 
— Heb. 1, 9 e Ps. 45| 8. oleum laetitiae, quo epulis 
accumbentes ungi solebant (Ps. 23, 5), oujus ima- 
gine senator, inauguralem unctionis ritum respi- 
ciens, divmi imperii majestatem adumbrat, ad quam 
filius dei evectus sit.* 

dyaXXidio, Wj et dofjiai (sed activum non habetur 
praeter Lc. 1, 47 et ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg. Ap. 19, 7), 
aor. 1. ^yaXXiaodfifiv^ et signincatione media ^yaX- 
Aiec^i^v Jo.5,35 (t. vulg. ^yaXXidadfiv\ hellenisticae 
officinae vocabulum (deaucendum ab dydXXofiaij 
gaudeo, superbio), saepe ap. LXX (= ^'»a, "fyf, w^, 
t7!)v); exsuUOf vehementer taetor; Mt. 5, 12. Lc. 10, 
21. Act 2, 26. 16, 34. 1 Pet. 1, 8. 4, 13; fv trm, 
1 Pet. 1, 6., dativ. rei, in qua est causa laetitiae; 
sed Jo. 5, 85 sensus est: splendente ejus luce indul- 
gere laetitiae. — inl xivi, Lc. 1, 47; seq. 7va, Jo. 
8, 56., ubi explicandum: dass er schauen soUte; 
exsultavit, ^uodpromissumsibi erat, utvisurus esset. 
Quod promissum dei solutum ei est demum in para- 
dise; cf. Win. p. 318. — Cf. de hac voce Gelpke 
in Theol. Studd.^u. Eritiken 1849, p. 645 s.* 

aya/iog, ov {ydfioq) caelebs; 1 Co. 7, 8. 32; etiam 
de teminis, 1 Co. 7, 11. 34. (Eur. Hel. 690), quas 
Graeci vulgo dvdvSQovg vocant.* 

dyavaxxiof, d>, tLor.l.ijyavdxxnaa(utnXsov€xxiw 
a nAeov^xxi]Q, hocvero &nXiov et ?/<!», ita suppone: 
dyavdxxriq, ab ayav et axofiai, doleo, tristis sum), 
indignor; Mt.' 21, 15. 26, 8. Mc. 10, 14. 14, 4; tcsqI 
r£Voc,Mt. 20, 24. Mc. 10, 41; sq. 8ri, Lc. 13, 14. 
(inde ab Hdt.)* 

dyavdxxriciq, ecoc, ^, indignatio, 2 Co. 7, 11.* 

dyandoi. a>, f. i^oto, aor. l.j^yoTr^oa, prtcp.pf.act. 
jyanijxwg (2 Tim. 4, 8), prtcp.pf. pass, ^yantifiivoi, 
mt. l.pass. dyanti^^aofiai (cognat. ayafiai), diUgo, 
caritate perfundor eamque prodo, Lc. 7, 47. 1 Jo. 
4, 7 s.; c. ace. pers. eam prae ceteris caram hdbeo, 
bene eicupio, saluti ejus prospicio, Mt. 5, 43. 5, 44. 
19, 19. Lc. 7, 5. Jo. 11, 5. Bo. 13, 8. 2 Co. 11, 11. 
12, 15. Gal. 5, 14. Eph. 5, 25. 28. 1 Pet. 1, 22 al.; de 
mutua Christianorum caritate frequentatur in 1 ep. 
Jo.; dicitur de benevolentia, quam deus hominum 
salutem procurans prodidit eo, quod filium suum 
ad eos legaverit et morti tradiderit, Jo. 3, 16. 



dydTaj. 



uyyoffevw. 



Bo. 8, 37. Eph. 5, 2. 2 Th. 2, 16. 1 Jo. 4, 11. 19; de 
amorc, quo Chiurtus homines amplezus pro eorom 
salute reparanda aerumnas et mortem subieiit, 
Gal. 2, 20. Eph. 5, 2; de amore, quo deus Christum 
amplectatur, Jo. 3, 35. 10, 17. 15, 9. Eph. 1,6. — 
Ubi hen, deus vel Christus dili^ dicuntur, mvolvit 
Terbum notionem piae reverentiae et promtissimae 
obedientiae gratiaue et acceptorum Deneficiorum 
memoris animi, Mt. 6, 24. 22, 37. Bo. 8, 28. 1. Co. 

2, 9. 8, 3. Jac. 1, 12. 1 Pet. 1, 8. 1. Jo. 4, 10. 20. al. 
Ciun accus. rei c^anav est re obUetari^ eampostha- 
litia aUis coram habere^ ed carere vel earn ahjicere 
nolUf ut dixaioavvnVf fleb. 1, 9 (constanter ei in- 
haerere); t. Sd^av, Jo. 12, 43; r. nQioxoxad'BdQlav 
Lc. 11, 43; rd cx&toq^tb (p(bqZo,^t^%;xbvx6afjLOV 

1 Jo. 2, 15; xbv vvv alCbva 2 Tim. 4, 10., quodutrum- 
que est terrestribus bonis atque gaudiis inhiare; 
T^y V^Xi*' €cvTibv, Ap. 12, 11; 5«j}v 1 Pet. 3, 10 
(e Yita Yoluptatem percipere, earn gratam sibi red* 
dere) ; ctim desiderio expetere; rhvaitoi) inipdvsiav 

2 Tim. 4, 8 (Sap. 1, 1. 6, 12. Sir. 4, 12 al.;itade 
persona: ^yan^^ Sap. 4, 10; cf. Orimm Eigt. 
Handb ad h. 1.) — De siny^o amoris documento, 
quod Jesus apostolis pedes lavando ediderit, legi- 
tur ^catTiOBv aiftovq Jo. 13, 1 ; of. JJJtcke, Meyer ad 
1. Interreniente relatira structura jungitor iydniiv 
dyanav xiva Jo. 17, 26. Eph. 2, 4 (2 Sam. 13, 15, ubi 
opponitur xo fitaoi, b i/jLlarjoiv aifxijv; cf. 1 Mos. 
49, 25: eiXdytiai cs thXiyylav, Ps. Sal. 17, 35: 66^av, 
^v idd^aasv adx^v); cf. Win. § 32, 2. Grimm ad 
1 Mace. 2, 54. — t>e discrimine inter dyanav et 
^ikeZv y. sub wiXim. ' 

dyoatij^ f??, 4» ▼ox solum biblica et ecclesiastica. 
Nam Pint, sympos. quaestt. 7, 6, 3 ex dydnriQ^ <Lv 
dudum WyUenbachius e co^jectura Reiskii resti- 
tuit dyarc^aofv. Ftofoni scriptores inde a Plutar- 
cho dixerunt dydn^aiv. Nomine dydntjg utuntur 
„LXX pro nanx Cant. 2,4. 5. 7. 3, 5. 10. 5, 8. 7, 6. 
8, 4. 6 8. Jer? 2, 2. Eecl. 9, 1. 6 et praeterea Sap. 

3, 9. 6, 19. In Philone et Josepho legi non memi- 
ni. Neque legitnr in N. T. in actis apost., Marco, 
Jacobo, semel in evY. Mt. et Lc, bis in ep. ad 
Heb. et apoc, sed saepius ap. Paulum, Joannem, 
Petrum, Judam." {BreUchn.) Sequitur signiflcatio- 
nem rerbi ayanav. Est igitur l)dilectio, caritas, 
amor^ benevolentia, Jo. 15, 13. Bo. 13, 10. 1 Jo. 4, 
18. Dicitur de amore hominum in homines, potis- 
simum Christianorum in Christianos ab eorum 
religione commendato et instillato, sire animis in- 
haerente, siye signis declarato; Mt. 24, 12. 1 Co. 
13, 1 - 4. 8. 14, 1. 2 Co. 2, 4. Gal. 5, 6. Philem. 5. 7. 
1 Tim. 1, 5. Heb. 6, 10. 10, 24. Jo. 13, 35. 1 Jo. 4, 7. 
Ap. 2, 4. 19 al.; de amore hominum in deum: ^ 
dydnrj xov d-eov (genit. object.), Lc. 11, 42. Jo. 5, 42. 
1 Jo. 2, 15 (ay, xov naxod^)', 3,17. 4, 12. 5, 3; dei in 
homines. Bo. 5, 8. 8, 39. 2 Co. 13, 13; dei in Chri- 
stum, Jo. 15, 10. 17, 26; Christiin homines. Jo. 15, 
9 8. 2 Co. 5, 14. Bo. 8, 35. Eph. 3, 19. Conjung.: 
ay. fft xiva 2 Co. 2, 8. Eph. 1, 15; ry l{ ^[Aibv iv 
fjfiZv^ amore e yestris animis proficiseente et in no- 
stris animis quasi sedem figente ■»* yeetro erga nos 
amore, 2 Co. 8, 7; /<€^' t>fiwv, qui yobis adest, quo 
yos amplector, 1 Co. 16, 24; /ue^' ^fivbv, qui apud 
BOS cemitur 1 Jo. 4, 17. Locutiones: ^x^^^ aydnfiv 
fit trtva 2 Co. 2, 4. Col. 1, 4. 1 Pet. 4, 8; dydnijv di- 
Sdvai^ caritatis documentum edere 1 Jo. 3, 1 ; aya- 
nav aydnrfv xivd Jo, 17, 26. Eph. 2, 4 (y. in aya- 
ndio); ay.xoi^ nvevfiaxoQ^Bmoitk spiritu s.incen8us, 
Bo. 15, 30; o vldg xtjq ayanijq, nlius, quern amor 
amplectitur (welcher Gegenstand der Liebe iat) "— 
dayaitfiTdg^ Col. 1, 13. {Win. p. 222 s.); o ^edq xfl<i 
ay. deus amoris auctor, 2 Co. 13, 11; xbnoq xrjq 



ay anil f, molestus labor, quern suscipit amor, 1 Th. 
1, 3; aydnij xr^g alnd'Biaq, amor quo aliqnis yeritar- 
tem amplectitur, 2 Th. 2, 10; 6 ^sdq aydnrf iaxlv, 
dens totus amor est, natura ejus continetur amore, 
1 Jo. 4, 8. 16; <plXijfia dydnfj^t osculum mutoae 
Christianorum caritatis signmn, 1 Pet. 5, 14 ; Sid x^ 
dy,y ut amori sit feusultas (te) commoyendi, um der 
Macht der Liebe {Uber dick) Raum zu Icueen (de 
Wette, Wieeinger), Philem. ys. 9. coll. ys. 14; iv 
ay(£;ry, amanter, animo beneyolo, 1 Co. 4, 21; in 
amoris quasi fundamento, Eph. 4, 15 (ubi iv ay any 
non cum dXijd^evovxBQ, sed cum ab^j^^U^^ coigunge), 
ys. 16; i(ayanijg, amore ductus, PhiL 1, 16; xaxd 
dydnfjv, amori conyenienter, Bo. 14, 15. Una cum 
yide et epe caritas commemoratur 1 Co. 13, 13. 1 Th. 

1, 3. 5,^8. CoL 1, 4 s. Heb. 10, 22—24. De yod- 
bus ayanti, dyan&vct G^^^Xi^ in Theolog. Studd. 
u. Entt. 1849, p. 646 ss.; de christianae caritatis 
notione et natura KosUin Lehrbegriff des Ey. Job. 
etc. p.248ss.332ss. RUchert Theologie 11, p. 45^ 88. 
Ldpaiua PauUn. Bechtfertignngslehre, p. 188 ss. — 
2)Plurali8 aydmaL^iov^ agapae{Liebesmahle)y Chri- 
stianorum conyiyia ante coenam domini institui so- 
lita, mutuam caritatem testificantiaetalentia, quibus 
pauperes Christianonim simul cum ditioribus inte- 
ressent ad cibum, ditiorum sumtu apparatus!, pro- 
miscue cum reliquis capiendum, Jud. ys. 12 (et ap. 
Lchm, Trg. 2 Pet. 2, 13). colL 1 Co. 11, 17 ss. Act. 

2, 42. 46. 20, 7. Tertull. ApoL c. 39. et ad Martyr, 
c. 3. Cypr. ad Quirin. 3, 3. Dreeeker de yett Clui- 
stianor. a^pis. Giess. 124. Mangold in Sehenkel 
Bibellex. l, p. 53- s. 

dyanfftdq, i}, 6v^ {dyandw), amatua, dUedue^ ea~ 
ru8 {Liebling); (oppon. ix^e^q. Bo. 11, 28) 6 v16q 
fjiov (xov d'Sod) dyan, de Jesu Meesia Mt. 3, 17. 
12, 18. 17, 5. Mc. 1, 11. 9, 7. Lc. 3, 22. 9, 35 (ubi 
Tdf. Trg. o ixXeXByftivog) 2 Pet. 1, 17 colL Mc. 
12, 6. Lc. 20, 13. — dyannxol ^eov, Christiani, 
utpote qui deo reconciliati ab eo salute aetema dicrni 
judicantiur. Bo. 1, 7. coll. 11, 28. 1 Th. 1, 4. Col. 

3, 12. (LIX Ps. 60, 5. 108, 6. 127, 2 dyanijxol aov 
et adrov de piis Israelitis). Sed Christiani mutuae 
caritatis yinculo conjuncti etiam sibi ipsis sunt dya- 
nfftol (Philem. ys. 16. 1 Tim. 6, 2), unde eo epi- 
tiieto frequentissime omantur in blaiidis et appeUar 
tionibus (Bo. 16, 5. 8. Col. 4, 14. Eph. 6, 21 aL) 
et compeUationibus (Bo. 12, 19. 1 Co. 4, 14. Heb. 
6, 9. Jac. 1, 16. 1 Pet. 2, 11. 2 Pet. 3, 1 al.). Pie- 
rumque dicitur dyan. xivoq^ semel (1 Th. 2, 8) xivL 
— dyan. iv xvQllp, in consortio Christi dilectus, -■ 
cams Christiuius, Ba 16, 8. 

^Ayap.ii^n, indecL (ap. Joseph. ^ya^a, ijq), "tan (fn- 
ga), Agar^ serya Abraami, ex qua Ismaelem snsee- 
pit. (Gen. 16), GaL 4, 24 s. Quum Arabes teste Paulo, 
mter eos olim yersato (Gal. 1, 17), petrosum mon- 

tem Sinai yoce similiter sonante ^^yv^ ('^^)f i* e. 

rupem^ appeHarent, apostolus 1. c. Agaris nomine 
allegorice utitur ad significandum seryilem timo- 
ris sensum a mosaica religionis disdplina asseclis 
suis instiUatum. 

dyya(^€V(o, f. €va<»^ aor. 1. ^yyaQevaa^ angaria 
tUor, angarium miUo. Vox ongme persica, etiam 
a Latinis recepta (angariare,Yvig.). FusTtmt&yya' 
got cursores (&bdUani) pubUci, ex institute regis 
Persici certis stationibus cum equis ad itinera ad- 
hibendis dispositi, (|ui alter a]teri mandata regia 
tiaderent, quo citius ad locum destinatum per- 
ferrentur; y. Hdt. 8, 98. Xen. Cyr. 8, 6. 17 j;9); ct 
Geeeniiu Thes. s. y. m^m. His aDqB[aris id juris erat, 
ut possent, si opus esset, cujusyis heri equos na- 
yesye, aut etiam obyios sibi homines ad cursum 

1* 



secum rapere. Et hoc die. dyyapevBiv ziva, i e. 
oogere yel ad iter praestandum vel ad onusferen- 
dtiin vel ad qnod'viB ministerinm obenndam; Mt. 
5, 41 (ayyaq. zivii filXiov iv, i. e. qui te coget cnr- 
rere anum miUiarium); 27,32. Mc. 15, 2 1 (i}}'>'cS(». aih- 
xbv^ ?va fi^ip. i. e. adegeront earn, at poitaret).* 

wyy^XoVf ov, t6 (i. q. xb ^yyoq, q. v.), vcw, re- 
ceptaetUum, Mt. 13, 48 t. Tulg. Grab. Lickm.; 25, 4. 
(inde ab Hdt.)* 

dyyeXla, ag, ^ (d/)^(Aoc), nuntiatiOf resnuntiaia; 
praeceptum nuntiatum 1 Jo. 1, 5 (ubi volg. 1. inay' 
ysXitt); 3, 11.* 

ayy^XXiOf i&yysXog), nunUo; Jo. 20, \^Lchm,Tdf» 
Trg. pro vulg. inayyiXX* 

SyysXoif ov, 6, \) ntmUuaj legahu, qui mittitnr; 
Mt. 11, 10. Lc. 7, 24. 27. 9, 52. Mc. 1, 2. Jac. 2, 25. — 
2) In judaicis et christianis scriptis onus e genio- 
ram coelestium grege, qui e judaica a Christianis 
recepta opinione deo, oibis tenarum regi, adstant 
mimstri ab eoque e coelis in terram legantur ad 
decreta ejus turn exsequenda (Mi 4, 6. 11. 28, 2. 
Mc. 1,13. Lc. 16, 22. 22, 43. Act. 7, 35. 12, 23. Gal. 
3, 19 coU. Heb. 1, 14), turn hominibus nuntianda 
(Lc. 1, 11. 26. 2, 9 ss. Act. 10, 3. 27, 23. Mt. 1, 20. 
2, IS. 28, 5. Jo. 20, 12 s), unde firequentissimae lo- 
cutiones: RyyeXog {angelus, Engely Qoiteshote^ %^) 
et iyyiXoi xvgiov s. ayy. xov B'sov, — Non solum 
deo, sed etiam Christo subjecti sunt (Heb. 1, 4 ds. 
1 Pet. 3, 22 colL Eph. 1, 21. Gal. 4, 14), qui eonim 
tanquam ministrorum et comitum chore stipatus 
rediturus dicitur ad judicium habendum, Mt. 13, 
41. 49. 16, 27. 24, 31. 25, 31; 2 Th. 1, 7 coll. Jud. 
vs. 14. — Singuli singulis praesunt elementis, ut 
igni^4-P' 14, 18;^ aquis, 16, 5. c(^. 7, 1 sq. Jo. 5, 4. 
De ayyiXff x^q d^aaov^ Ap. 9, 11 y. in voce ^A^ad- 
d<bv. Singulorum hominum tuielares angeli com- 
memorantur Mt. 18, 10. Act. 12, 15. Eccleaiarum 
angeli Ap. 1, 20. 2, 1. 8. 12. 18. 3, 1. 7. 14 non sunt 
earum presbyteri s. episcopi, sed coelestes ^enii, 
ecclesiarum curatores et custodes, et ita quidem, 
ut quae in coetibus laudanda et reprehendenda 
sunt, etiam eorum angelis laudi et vituperio ver- 
tantur, quasi suam mentem coetibus instiUent; cf. 
de Wette ac Dilsterdiech ad Ap. 1, 20, LOcke Ein- 
leitung in d. Offhb. Job. T. II, p. 429 ss. ed. 2. — 
6ik xovq ayyiXovQf ut {mvLHer) reverentiam habeat 
angelis, qui non adspectabiles sacris Christianorum 
conyentibus intersunt, ntfmt^ iis dispUceat, 1 Go. 11, 
10. — S<p^ dyyiXoiQ 1 Tim. 3, 16 neque de angelis, 
quibus in coelo se conspiciendum praebuerit Ghri- 
stus, neque de daemonibus in orco ab co devictis 
interpretandum puto, sed de apostolis, legatis suis, 
quibus e morte rediyiyus apparuerit, quae eorum 
appellatio, ilia quidem prorsus singularis, ex hymni, 
cui yerba i<pave(^ih^i? " iv 66Sv depromta yiden- 
tur(Trm. p. 594), indole facile intelligitur. — Jo. 1,52 
yenusta angelorum imagine, e Gen. 28, 12 petita, 
adumbrantur diyinae yires Jesum in administrando 
messiano munere adjuturae et insi^ia diyinae 
rerum gubemationis documenta in ilnus factis et 
fatis apparitura. — Quidam angelorum a diyino 
officio sibi mandate defecerunt et peccando se de- 
derunt, Jud. ys. 6. 2 Pet. 2, 4 (Henoch, c. 7. et saep.; 
coll. 1 Mos. 6, 2), et nunc diabolo parent, Mt. 25, 41. 
Ap. 12, 7; coll. 1 Co. 6, 3; hinc SyyfAo^ iarav 2 Co. 

1 2, 7 tropice dicitur grayius corporis malum a Sa- 
tana immissum. Cf. nomen Salfiwv. 

&yyog^ x6 (plur. &yyij), i. q. dyyeZov^ q. y., Mt. 

13. 48 Tdf. Trg. (inde ab Horn.)* 

wy^ (proprie miperatiyus yerbi ayBiv), age^ age- 
dunit etiam, uti saepe apud Graecos {Win, p. 481), 
4ibi ad plures oratio conyertitur, Jac. 4, 13. 5, 1.* 



ayiog. 



ayiXrif «c» ^ (Sy». treiben), grex; Mt. 8, 30 ss. Mc. 
5, 11. 13. Lc. 8, 32 s. (inde ab Hom.)* 

ayevsaXdynxoqy ov, oiyeveaXoyiw), de cuius gene- 
alogia (in Vet. Test) mkU refertur; Heb. 7, 8 
(vs. 6. uii ysvsttXoyovfxsvoq). Nusquam apud pro- 
lanos obyium.* ^ 

aysviii, ioQ (ovg), o, ^ {yivog), opp. s^ev^q, §re- 
nere carens, homo ignobih loco natus, homo nullius 
&mae et nominis; saepe apudprofanos, etiam signifi- 
catu translato ignavus, HmiduSy viliSf improbus ; in N. 
T.tantum 1 Cor. 1,28: tadyevij xov xoofiovi. e.eos^ 
qui inter homines nullius numeri esse putantur; de 
neutro a^jectiyi ad personas spectante cf. lVin,%. 27,5.* 

ayid^io^ aor. 1. ^ylaaa, pf. pass, hylaafiai, aor. 

1. pass, ^yida^tiv, yerbum, pro quo Graeci ayll^siv 
dieunt, bibUcis («— »n)>, ©"^ij^n) et eccles. seripto- 
ribus frequentatissimum; &yiov fctcio, sacrum yel 
sanctum reddo yoij^aedico^ consecro. Est itaque 
l)venerandum facto yolagnosco, piecolo ; xbSvofJux 
xov &E0V, Mt. 6, 9 (ita de deo Jes. 29, 23. Ez. 20, 41. 
38, 23. Sir. 36, 4); xdv Xgtaxbv 1 Pet. 3, 15 (1. yulg. 
^eov). — Quum e dei sanctitate nota sanctitatis 
transeat in ea, quibus aliqua cum deo conjunctio 
fit, aytaSfivest 2)aprofanissecemoacdeoaddicOf 
proprium ei dico, consecro eoque mode inyiolabile 
redao, et quidem a) res {n&v nQaxoxoxov, toe agOB^ 
vtxdDexit 15, 19; ^iM^pavGen.20, 8; ohcov 2Chron. 
7, 16; aL), xbv xQvaov Mt. 23. 17; xb ddfoov ihid. 
ys. 19: axevoq 2 Tim. 2, 21. b) personas. Ita Chri- 
stus dicitur mortem subeundo se consecrare deo, 
cujus mandatum^eo mode exsequitur, Jo. 17, 19; 
deus dicitur ayiiaai h. e. sue ministerio elegisse 
(cf. dfpoQlt^Biv Gal. 1,15) eum, cui Messiae munus 
aemandayit, Jo. 10, 36 coll. Jer. 1, 5. Sir. 36, 12. 45, 
4. 49, 7. — Quum deo dicare et offerre non liceat 
nisi pura et a labe aJiena (Ley. 22, 20. Deut. 15, 21. 
17, 1), ay. est 3) purum reddo (additur dnb xwv 
dxa^aQCiciv Ley. 16, 19. 3 Beg. 11, 4), et quidem 
a) extemammunditiem(x^g aapxbgxa9^agbxfixa)ef- 
ficio, levitice lustro, Heb. 9, 13. 1 Tim. 4, 5. b) ex- 
pi an do purum reddo, a peccatorum culpa libero; 
1 Co. 6, 11. Eph. 5, 26. Heb. 10, 10. 14. 29. 13, 12. 

2, 11 (« ^9& Exod. 29, 38. 36); cf. FJUiderer Pauli- 
nism. p. 340 ss. c) animi emendatione internam 
mundiUonem effieio; Jo. 17, 17. 19 (per cognitio- 
nem yen, cf. Jo. 8, 32J; 1 Th. 5, 23. 1 Co. 1, 2 {jkv 
Xq. 'Irjao^f in consortio Christi, qui est sanctissi- 
mus): Ro. 15, 16 (iv nvsvfi. ay., spiritu s. imbuti, 
qui diyinum sanctitatis pnncipium est); Jud. ys. 1 




niapropius ad deum adducti sunt, Act 20, 32. 26, 18. 
Singulari sensu kyidt,BO^ai 1 Co. 7, 14 de iis dici- 
tur, qui non quidem ipsi Christiani sed conjugio 
cum cnristiano nomine a profana immunditie remo- 
ventur et salutari spiritus s. efficaciae in Christia- 
norum coetu conspicuae committuntur; cf. Nean- 
der ad h. L* 

ayiaofioq, ov, o, yox mere bibUca et eccles. 
(nam Died. 4, 39. Dion. Hal. 1, 21 rectius legitur 
ayiofiog) est l)xb ayid^siv, consecraHo,puarificaHo ; 
2] consecrationis effectus: sanctimonta animi et 
yitae, 1 Co. 1, 30 (Christus est ille, cui sanctimo- 
niam debemus); 1 Th. 4, 7. Ro. 6, 19. 22. 1 Tim. 
2, 15. Heb. 12, 14; &y. nvevfiaxog, sanctimonia, 
quae a spir. s. efficitur, 2 Th. 2, 13. 1 Pet. 1, 2. 
Impurae yeneris libidini opponitur 1 Th. 4, 3 s. 
(ritual! sensu dicitur Judd. 17, 3. Ez. 45, 4. Sir. 
7, 31 al.)* 

Syiog, la, ov (a xb Syog, pia admiratio, reyeren- 
tia, &^(o, ^^o^a£,yeneror,reyereor, potissimum deos, 




ayiog. 

Sarentes), rarius apud profanos; saepissime in as. 
ttens; ap. LXX^nV^tg, l)proprie, pie veneran- 
dus; td ovofia rolf ^60t;, Lc. 1, 49; deus, ob ia- 
comparabilem ejus majestatem, Ap. 4, 8 (Jes. 6, 3 
al.) 1. q. ivSo§oq. Bine a) de rebns dicitur, ^aae 
ob aliqaam cum deo conjunctionem aliqidd enmii 
habent et yerecondiam sibi poscont, nt loca deo sacra, 
quae profanare nefas est, Act. 7, 33 ; t67io<: Syiog, 
tcmplum, Mt.24, 15 (de q. L vide in B6iXvyiJLa)\ Act 
6, 13. 21» 28; terra sanc& s. Palaestina, 2 Mace. 1, 
29. 2, 15; xb Sytov et za Syia, templnm, Heb. 9, 

1, 24 (cf. Bleek Br. an d. Heb, H, 2, p. 477 s.); 
speciatim ea pars templi s. tabemacnli foederis, quae 
sanctum Tocatur {w^ Ez. 37, 28) Heb. 9, 2; ayia 
aylmv. templi pars ^ENEbcratissima (J&l. 26,^3), Heb. 
9, 3, de qua etiam simpliciter dicitur xh Syta Heb. 
9, S. 25. 10, 19. 13, 11; translate coelum, Heb. 8, 

2. 9, 8. 12. 10, 19; ay la ndXtg, urbs Hierosolymorom 
propter templum ibi exstractam, Mt 4, 5. 27, 53. 
Ap. 11, 2. 21, 2. 22, 19 (Jes. 48, 2. Neh. 11, 1. 18 
al.); td Sgoq xb af/iov,jpropter transfignranonem 
Christi in eo factum, 2 Pet. 1, 18; ii (&foD) hyla 
Sia^xij, foedus, quod cum ipse deus fecerit, eo in- 
Tiolabilius, Lc. 1, 72; xb Syiov, augustum iUud 
sanctissimo numine procreatum, Lc. 1, 35; eran- 
gelii beneficium Mt. 7, 6; aynaxdxti nlaxii, fides 
(quae creditur, s. fidei argumentum) a deo profecta 
ideoque sanctissime servanda, Jud. vs. 20; eodem 
sensQ ayia ivxoX^ 2 Pet. 2, 21; xXljoig ay., quia 
invitatio dei est deoque nos yindicat, 2 Tun. 1, 9; 
ayiai ygawal {xh fiipXla xci Syia 1 Mace. 12, 9), 
a deo profectae ejusque e£Eata continentes. Bo. 1, 

2. — 6) de personis, quibus deus utitur ministris, 
Telut apostofis, Eph. 3, 5; angelis, 1 Th. 3, 13. Mt. 
25, 31. Ap. 14, 10. Jud. vs. 14; propbetis, Act. 3, 
21. Lc. 1, 70. Sap. 11, 1; ol Siyioi d'sov Rv^Qionoi, 
2 Pet. 1, 21 ; de nominibus vet. test, pietate et pro- 
bitate deo acceptis, Mt 27, 51. 1 Pet 3, 5. — 2) 
deo selectus, ut ei qttast propriua dt; seq. genitiv. 
aut dativ.: x^ xvQl<p, Lc. 2, 22: xoH ^eov (i. q. 
ixXsxxbg xov ^bov), Cbristus, me. 1, 24. Lc. 4, 34. 
atque e veralect. Jo. 6, 69. cf. Jo. 10, 36; qui appel- 
latur etiam 6 Syio^ naXq xov ^eov Act. 4, 30 et 
simpliciter o SyiOQ 1^ Jo. 2, 20. — Quemadmodum 
Israelitae nomen xdh^ ayiwv sibi vindicarunt, ut quos 
deus sibi a ceteris populis segregaverit vitam ipsi 
acceptam acturos ipsiusque favore ac tutamine gavi- 
snros (Dan. 7, 18. 22. 3 Esr. 8, 70), ita hoc praedi- 
catiim saepissime in N. T. transfertur adChristianos, 
quos deus ix xov xdcfiov selegerit (Jo. 17, 14. 16), 
ut spiritu s. imbuti pietate et probitate salutis in 
regno dei participes redderentur: 1 Pet. 2, 9. (Ex. 
19. 6.) cf. V. 5. Act. 9, 13. 32. 41. 16, 15. 26, 10. 12, 
13. Bo. 1, 7. 8, 27. 12, 13. 16, 15. 1 Co. 6, 1. 2. Phil. 
4. 21 8. Ck)l. 1, 12. Heb. 1, 10, Jud. vs. 3. Ap. 5, 8. 
aL — 3) ubi ad sacrificia et oblationes respicitur: 
deo riUi solenni praeparatus, pv/rue, mundus (opp. 
x(p dxa^aQXw)', 1 Co. 7, 14; iunctum cum &/iwfiog, 
Eph. 1, 4. 5, 27. Col. 1, 22. Eph. 5, 3; dnagx^, Bo. 
11, 16; ^cia, Bo. 12, 1. Hinc 4) sens, morali 
C€t8tu8j peceaU e^ers, honeehis, 1 Pet 1, 16. (Lev. 
19, 2. 11, 43.) 1 Co. 7, 34; pTgsQf nullo scelere con- 
taminatae, 1 Tim. 2. 8; Slxaioc x. Sytoq de Joanne 
baptista Mc. 6, 20; ayio^ x* dlxaioq de Christo Act. 

3, 14; eminentiore sensu de eodem Ap. 3, 14. 6. 10; 
eminentissime de deo 1 Pet. 1, 15. Jo. 17, 11; aylai 
ivaaxqofpai 2 Pet. 3, 11; vdfiOQ et ivxoX^y in qui- 
bus ninil insit inhonesti. Bo. 7, 12- <plXri[ia, oscu- 
lum castissimi amoris signum osculis profanis op- 
positum, 1 Th. 5, 26. 1 Co. 16, 20. 2 Co. 13, 12. Bo. 
16, 16. — De nomine xb Syiov nvevfuxetxb nvsvfia 
xb ayiov V. sub nvevfia. — Cf. Diesteh dio Heilig- 



> ayvorjficu 

keit Gottes, in Jabrbiicher f. deutsche Theologie T. 
IV. fasc. 1. p. 1 ss. Cremer, BibL theol. WSrterb. 
der ntiL Gr&cit&t, p. 32 ss. ed. 2. 

&yi6xrji^ rjxog, 4, aanctitas, sensu ethioo, 2 Co. 
1, 12 {Lchm. Tdf. 2V^.); Heb. 12, 10. (Praeterea 
tantum 2^ Mace. 15, 2.) 

&yi€»avvri, t^g, ^, profanis scriptt. ignotum, 

1) majegtas (incomparabilis dei), junct. c. fieyaXO' 
noineia Ps. 96, 5 coU. 144, 5); nvevfia ayia>a., spi- 
ritus, cujus est ayaaa,, non *== nvBVfxa ayiov, sed 
spiritualis in Christo natura, quae divini generis 
est rf aagxl ejus opposita, Bo. 1, 4: cf. MUckert 
ad L et Zeller in ej. Theol. Jahrbtlcner 1842, 3, 
p. 486 ss. 2) castimonia, morum sanctitas. 1 Th. 3, 
13.^2 Co. 7, l.» 

dyxdXti, fj^f ^ (ayx^, ayxdq\ curvatura s. amtu 
bracJm, ulna, — SSSao^ai el^ t. ayxdXaq, L«. 2, 28. 
(jraeci etiam: iyxaqXapBiv, iviyxdXaiq nsgi^igeiv 
et similiter, v. ivayxaXi^ofiai,* 

Syxioxfov, ov, xi (ab inusitato ayxH^w, angeln), 
kamus piacatorius, Mt. 17, 27.* 

iyxvgaj aq, ^, ancora, instrumentum ferreum, 
duas extremitates dentibus similes habeas, quod 
funibus alligatum nautae in fundum maris deji- 
ciunt, ut naves consistant; ^Inxeiv (lat. jacere). 
Act 27, 29; ixxelveiv, v. 30; negiaigeZv^ v. 40. Me- 
taph. quodoie fulcrum s. praendivm^ ut spes, Heb. 
6, 19. Eur. Hee. 78. Heliod. 7, p. 350.* 
^ fy»a<poqt ov, 6, 17 {yvdnxof, pannum polire, cf. 
a6Satpoq\ afuUone non eubacHu (ungewalkt); Mt 
9, 16. Mc. 2, 21.* 

iiyvela, aq, ^ (&yvsvm), mundiHea^ vita peccoH ex- 
pers; 1 Tim. 4, 12. 5, 2. (nasiraeatus Num. 6, 2. 21.)* 

ayvltw, aor. fjyviaa, part. pf. act. nyvixmg, pass. 
^vicfisvog, aor. 1. pass, tfyviad'ipf (iyvog) mirgo ; 
i) rituali sensu: ifiavxov, Jo, 11, 55 (precious, ab- 
stinentia, jejuniis, lavationibus, sacrificiorum obla- 
tionibus se puiwe a pollutionibus); passiv. vim 
refiexivam habet, castimoniam ausctpere. Act 21, 
24. 26. 24, 18 (^vn Num. 6, 3) et die. de Nasiraeis, 
B. iis, qui votum aut per certum tempus aut per 
omnem vitam a vino ac temeto, ab omni pollutione 
atque a radenda coma abstinendi susceperant. ^ 

2) sensu morali: xolq xagSlaq, Jac. 4, 8; xag V^/ceg, 

1 Pet 2, 22; kavxov. 1 Jo. 3. 3. (Sophocl. Eurip. 
PlataL)* 

kyviauoq, ov, OypurificaJtio. luatratio; Aet 21, 26 
■" ^ (!Num. 6, 5), nasiraeatus.^ v. ityvl^w, 

ayvoeof {FNb), d>, impf. ^yvoovv, aor. ^yvof^aay 
a) aum neadua, t^noro ; absoi. 1 Tim. 1, 13: xivd, 
r/. Act 13, 27. 17, 23. Ko. 10, 3; Iv xivi (ut m Fa- 
^r»c»2 Pseudepigr. 2, p. 717) 2 Pet. 2, 12, nisi enun- 
tiatum resolvere malueris ita: ^v xovxoig, & ayvoov- 
ai,pXa0g>.; Win. p. 583 s.; seq. Bxi, Bo. 2, 4. 6, 3. 7, 

I. 1 Co. 14, 38 (uoi antecedens enuntiatum Sxi xxX. 
repetendo supplendum est); oi d^iXo) ifidg ayvosTv, 
locutio Paulo frequentata, adtote; c. accus. rei, Bo. 

II, 25; vnSg xivoq, 8ri, 2 Co. 1, 8; tibqI xivoq 1 
Co. 12, 1. 1 Th. 4, 13; sq. 8x1 Bo. 1, 13. 1 Co. 10, 1; 
passiv. dyvoetxai ignoratur, ex adj. i. q. ne^ligitur, 
non respicitur, 1 Oo. 14, 38 Lchm, Td/.; ayvoov- 
fievoi (opp. ol iniyivwaxofjievoi), qui iguorantur, 

2 Co. 6, 9; ayvoov/jL xivi^ ignotus alicui, Gkil. 1, 
22; oix dyvoelVt optime noaae, xl2 Co. 2, 11 (Sap. 
12, 10). b) non irOeUigo, r/, Mc. 9, 32. Lc. 9, 45. 
c) erro^ ex errore peccOj lenius die. de iis, qui non 
e ferocitate et pervicacia peccant (Sir. 5. 15. 2 Mace. 
11,^31), Heb. 5, 2.,^ubi cf. Delitzach.f 

dyvorifjux, to$, xo^ peccatum (proprie iUud, quod 
per insdtiam vel temeritatem committitur), Heb. 
9, 7 {\ Mace. 18, 39. Tob. 3, 3, Sir. 28, 2); v. in 
dyvoem sub c* 



a yvoia. 

ayvoia^ ac, j;, ignorcmUa^ vMeitia^ et rerom qai- 
dem diYinanun, Aci 17, 30. 1 Pet 1, 14; etiam ea, 
auae non est excTuanda, Eph. 4, 18 (Sap. 14, 22); 
oe ethica caecitate Aot. 3, 17 * 

aj^rfffi it iv {Rtfiiiai^ y. fiytoc), 1) verecundiam 
excUcms, venerandua, sacer; itvQ xctl tj cnoSoq, 
2 Maoo. 13, 8. Ear. El. 812. 2) purw (Eur. Or. 1604 : 
ayvbq fOQ elfu x^^Q^^^ ^^ ^ ^^^ ipghaq, Hipp. 
316 8.: ayvk^'-xBlQaq a^lficttoQ (piQBtq^ x^^Q^^ f^^^ 
iyval, tpohv d^ tx^i /jilaaua); a) a Venere, castua, 
pudicw, Tit. 2, 5; TCaQ^hoq, vii^o illibata, 2 Co. 
11, 2 (4 Mace. 18, 6). b) ah omni vitio, integer, 2 Go. 
7, 11. Phil. 4, 8. 1 Tim, 5, 22. 1 Pet. 3, 2. 1 Jo. 
3, 3 (deus); Jac. 3.^ 17. (inde ab Horn.)* 

ayv6xfiq, xtitog, 17, puritae, vitae integritas, 2 Co. 
6, 6; — 2 Co. ^11, 3 in noimiilliB monumeBtis cri- 
tiois post knlarnto^ additur xal xfjq ayvoTtitog 
(itBkLchm, Trg.)j mal.ante«7rA<5T.le«tiirTyc^vo- 
ri^TOc xal. Apud profiaiios semel mboechhii Corp. 
inscr. I, p. 583: dixuioavvfi^ Svexsv xal ayvottjtoq, 

ayvtoq, adv., pure, eincero animo ^ PhiL 1, 16. 

ayvmalaf «c, ^ (y vu><y«ri, ignoratw, 1 Pet. 2, 15. 
1 Co. 16, 34. (Sap. 13, 1.)* 

fyvofCtOQ, ov, ignotiua; Act. 17) 23.*^ 

ayoga, «c, ij (oyBli^w^ pf. ^yoQa, congrego), 

1) quaevis honUnum congregaHo, conventus^ concio, 

2) ioctu, ubi condones fiimt; in N. T. forum, locos 
publicus, ubi judicia habentur, Act. 16, 19. ac ciyes 
conYsniunt, 17, 17. et res yenales, merces, ezponi 
sclent, Mc. 7, 4 (on' dyoQa^ soil, ik^ovte^y e fore 
reyersi, nisi se layerint, cibum non capiunt; Win. 
p. 577); ideoque locus oppidi ant yici mazime fre- 
quentatus, Mt. 11, 16. (Lo. 7, 32.) Mc. 6, 56. Mt. 
20, 3. 28, 7. Mc. 12, 38. Lc. 20, 46.* 

en'o^a^ctf, aor. 1. i^yooaaa, prtc. ]}£. pass, ^yoqa- 
afiBvog, aor. pass, ^yogao^nv (ayogd) 1) forum fre- 
quento. 2) emo (pr. in foro), et hoc dicitur a) pro- 
pria absoL Mt. 21, 12. Mc. 11, 15. Lc. 19, 45; r/, 
Mt. 13, 44. 46. 14,^15. et parall. Jo. 4, 8. 6, 5; a quo 
ematur, die. nagd tivoQ, Ap. 3, 8 ; ix c. ffenit. pre- 
tii, Mt 27, 7; c. nudo genitiy. pretii Mc. 6, 37. 
b) meteph. Christus emisse dicitur cultores suos, 
i. e.peculium Sibi acquiyisse 1 Co. 6, 20. 7, 23 (add. 
genit. pretii; y. sub ri/ui}); 2 Pet. 2, 1. Item deo eos 
emisse dicitur iv t<p aifiati aiftov, sanguinis sui 
effiisione, Ap. 5, 9 et hi ipsi dicuntur emn and tfjg 
ytji Ap. 14, 3 et and twv dvd'fwnatv ys. 4, ita ut 
sint semoti a terra (ej usque miseriis) et a (profa- 
nis) hominibus. Ceterum ayoQalifiv non est, quod 
yuk^o docetur, redimere (iSa^ogaJ^eiv). 

ayogaXog (rar. a/a), alov {ayogd), ad/onm eper 
ctanSf forensie f 1) in foro versans^ (yel negotia tra- 
ctans, yelut xantiXoi, yel) otioee volttans, lat. eubro- 
etranus, subbasilicanus (PfUutertreter, mUseiges Ge^ 
8indel), Act. 17, 5 (Plat ]n:ot. 347. e. ay, xal <pav^ 
Xoi, Aiist. ran. 1015. al.) — 2)^ die. de iis, quae in 
foro agi solent; dyogatoi (sc. Miigai yel ovvodoi) 
ayovtat, dies yel conyentus judiciales. Act. 19, 38 
(tag dyogalovQ noisXcd-ai Strabo 13, p. 932), quo 
loco baud ijauci oyo^a^oiscribendum docent, Orsb,, 
Lchm.f scribunt; cf. Win, p. 52 s.; sed y. Meyer 
ad^Act 17, 5. GoUUnff y. Accent, p. 297.* 

ayga^ ag, ^, 1) captio, venatio; Lc. 5, 4. — 2) res 
quae capitur yel capta est; ^ ayga t<3v Ix^ofv, pi" 
sees capti, ibid. 9.* 

dygofifiatog^ ov, iUiteratus, UUerarum rudiSf 
Act. 4, 13 (de iis,^qui carent rabbinica^eruditione; 
cf. ^Jo. 7, 15: yoa/ifMita fifi fiefxad^xdtg).^ 

dygavXioff w, ^gavXog{^Q6g, a^}£)8mn, in agro, 
sub dio ago, etiamnoetu, Lc. 2, 8 (Strab. p. 301. a. 
Pint Num. 4.)* 

dygevo)^ aor. 1. l^ygsvaa {ayga), eapto (pr.yenatu 



6 ayw. 



ferasi^ piscatupisces); metaph. Mc. 12, 13: 7va al- 
xbv aygeva. Xoyi^^ ut captarent eum temerario effa- 
to, quod colloquendo ox eo elicerent cL Lc. 20, 20 
(in anthol. saepius est captare laqueis amoris, cf. 
na^iSsvof Mt. 22, 15; (ra^^i/vcvo^ Lucian. Tim. 25.)* 
^ aygiiXaiog, ov{iyfioget^Xaiog a. iXala,ctd^Qi' 
ofineXog), 1) oleastnnuSf ex olea agresti (oxvxaXijv 
aygiiXaiov anth. 9, 237, 4), die. de surculo oleastari 
Bo. 11, 17. 2) Suh^t. idyg.f oleaster, olea agreetis, 
(opp. xaXXiiXaiog), Uraecis etiam xotivog dicta, 
BOj^ll, 24. Cf. jFVi^a^tAc Ep. adRo. T.H, p. 495 ss.* 

aygiog, (a, ov {aygog), 1) agrestis^ sylvestris, die. 
de oestiis, quae in agris sylyisque degunt, et dc 
herbis, quae sponte in agris nascuntur; iiiXi aygiov, 
mel sylvestre, siye quod ab apibus yel in cayis ar- 
boribus, yel in petrarum scissuris, yel in nudo solo 
reponitur (1 Sam. 14, 25), siye rectius quod ex ar- 
boribus c[uibusdam promanat et induratum coUi- 
gitur (Diod^. Sic. 19, 94 fin. de Arabibus Nabataeis: 
ipvBtaiTiag^aitoZgfjiiXi noXvxdxaXov/JLSvov aygi- 
V, ^ XQfSvxat not(p fied^ vSaxog; add. Suid. s. y. 
dxglg) ; Mt. 3, 4. Mc. 1,6. — 2) saevus, immansuetue; 
xvftata ^aXdaang Jud. ys. 13. (Sap. 14, 1).* 
^ 'Ayglnnag, a (ae quo genitiyo y. Win. §. 8, 1) o, y. 
HgwSng. ^ 

aygog, ov, o, a) ager, rtts; Mt. 6, 28. 24, 18. Lc. 
1.5, 15 iJ. b) i. q. x^Q^ov, ein FeldstUcky ein Stuck 
Acherland: Act 4, 37. Mc. 10, 20. Mt. 13, 24. 26 aL 
c) ol ay got, praedia, rura, vici circumjacerUes, Mc. 
5, 15. (oppos. noXig) 6, 36. Lc. 9, 12. 

dygvnvi(u,<5(aygvnvog^'avnvog), insomnissum, 
viguo (i. q. ygrfyogcS)) trop. sobrius, cMentus, para- 
tjM sum, Mc. 13, 33. Lc. 21, 36; $tg ri, attentus sum 
in rem, Eph. 6, 18; vn^gtivog, assiduam alicujus 
curam gero (imagine a pastoribus desumta), Ueb. 
13,^17.* 

dygvnvia, a;, 17, insomnia, vigilia, 2 Co. 6, 5. 
11,^27.* 

ayw, f. aS<», impf. ijyov: aor. 2. ^ayov, inf. dya- 
fBtv (rarior aor. 1. ^{a in indyw 2 Pet. 2, 5); pass, 
mipf. ^yofitjVy aor. 1. ?z^^*'> ^^t- !• dx^aofiai; ago, 
duco. 1) proprie a) prehendendo auco eoque modo 
officio, ut aliquis (aliquid) yeniat ad terminum 
constitutum; animal, Mt. 21, 7. Lc. 19, 35. Mc. 11, 
7 {Tdf Trg. (pigovai); xivd sq. ilg c. ace. loci, Lc. 

4, 9. 10, 34. 22, 54. Jo. 18, 28. Act 6, 12. 9, 2. 17, 

5. 21, 34. 22, 5. 24 (e lect yulg.); 23, 10. 31; int 
c. ace. Act 17, 19; ?<og Lc. 4, 29; dApersonas, ngog 
Xiva^ Lc. 18, 40. Act 9, 27. Jo. 8, 3. — b) comi- 
tando ad (in) aliquem locum; slg. Act 11, 25; ini 
c. ace. n, 19; ?mg Act. 17, 15; d^Apersonas, ngog 
xiva Jo. 1, 43. 9, 13. Act 23, 18; sq. datiy. personae, 
ad quem ducitur, Act. 21, 16 de quo loco uberius 
agunt^TTtn. p. 201 s. Bttm. nil. Gr. p. 244 s. (1 Mace. 
7, 2 ayeiv aifzotg o^oJ). — c) mecum duco, ad- 
jungo mihi comitem; xivd, 2 Tim. 4, 11. 1 Th. 4, 
16. (Jos. antt. 10, 9, 6: dnijgev slg x^v Atyvnxov 
aywv xal hge/xtav.) NonnuUi hue referunt Act. 21, 
16., ubi resolyunt dyovxsg Mvdoava, nag* ^ |ev«- 
a^wftsv, sed perperam, ut doeet Win. 1. c. — d) ad- 
duco, affero {brtngen, herbeiholen): xivd, Jo. 7, 45. 
Act 5, 21. 26. 19, 37. 20, 12. 25, 6. 23; ncSXov, Mc. 
11, 2 (ubi Tdf. Trg. ipigsxe); xivd xivi yel xl xivt, 
Mt 21, 2. Act 13, 23. — e) abduco, ad tribunalia, 
adjudices, magistratus; simpliciter Me. 13, 11; inl 
e. ace. Mt 10, 18. Lc. 21, 12 {Tdf Trg. dnayo- 
/iivovg)\ Act 18, 12 (saepe ap. Atticos); ad suppU- 
eium; simpliciter (2 Mace. 6, 29; 7, 18 aL) Jo. 19, 16 
Grsb. (1. yulg. xal dnt'lyayov, quod Lchm, Trg. 
Tdf. expunxerunt); c. infinity finali Lc. 23, 32; inl 
aipay^v Act. 8, 32 (inl &avdxqt Xen. mom. 4, 4, 3. 
An. 1,[ 6, 10). — 2) tropice, a) rego, dux sum aliciii 



aywytj. 

(leiten, Richtang geben); Jo. 10, 16; eli fiBzivoiav, 
Ro. 2, 4. b) perauco ad alia aid, alicui alicujas boni 
aut mali auctor sum; ek o6Sav Heb. 2, 10 {eU ^a- 
Xoxkya^lttv Xen. mem. 1, 6, 14; A^ SovXslav Dem. 
p. 213, 27). c) agito^ compeUoy die. de viiibus et 
affecidonibus animnm moyentibaB; Lc. 4, 1 (ubi 
lege iv ty i^^fim); nvsi^fiazi d^iov Sysa^ai, Bo. 8, 
14. GaJ. 5, 18; snt&vfilaig 2 Tim. 3, 6; simpliciter: 
caeeo impeta ferri, 1 Co. 12, 2, nisi malueris: a 
daemoniaca ri ferri, cf. 1 Co. iO, 20. Eph. 2, 2. — 
3) ago dies, ceUbro festa; xgixfiv fifiigav ayet sc. 
6 ^loQaifiX, Lc. 24, 21 ; yevealotv dyofiivwvMt 14, 6; 
ayoQaloi (quod vide^ Act. 19, 38; saepe in 11. V. T. 
apocrr. (cf. Wahl Clay, apocrr. s. diyca Nr. 3), ap. 
Hdt. et Atticos. — 4) intraiis. : co, proficiscor {Win. 
§. 38, 1); aywfjisv, abeamus, Mt. 26, 46. Mc. 14, 42. 
Jo. 14, 31; ngdQ xiva, Jo. 11, 15; cZ? c. ace. loei, 
Mc. 1^, 38. Jo. 11, 7. (Epict. diss. 3, 22; &ywfiev inl 
zbv avS^oTOv).* 

dywyij, ijQ, ^ (ab ayto^ nt iSotS^ ab iSa\ 1) pro- 
prie dudio. 2) translate a) transit. dttctuSf msHtuUo^ 
educaHoj diacipUna; b) intrans. vivendi ratio (qui 
nsns Yoeis prodiit e pleniore dictione dyioyh xov 
piov, quod nos dicimus LebenafUhrung^ ap. PoL 4. 
74, 1. 4), 2 Tim. 2, 10. (Esth. 2, 20. 2 Mace. 4^ 16; 7 
iv Xax^ dywy^ Clem. Ro. 1 Co. 47; ctyvi^ ay<»y^^ 
ibid. 48. Omnes hi significatus saepe ap. pro- 
fanps.^* 

dycov, (bvog, 6 {Syw), 1) locus condoms (Horn. II. 
7, 298. 18, 376); speciat. locus, quo con^regaban- 
tur Graeci ad agendos ludos solennes (ut pj^cos, 
olympicos);'hine ^certamen (athletarum, curso- 
rum, aurigarum)j Wettkampf; undo translate r^^- 
YSiv r. dy<Sva (sic etiam Graeci; v. in voce xgix^iv) 
Heb. 12, 1 (sententia: inter molestias omni studio 
enitamnr, ut perveniamus ad perfectionis finem 
Ghristiassectatoribus propositum); quaelibet conten- 
tio cum periculis, molestiis, difficultatibus fidei, vir- 
tuti ae propagandae rci cbristianae studio oppo- 
sitis, 1 Th. 2, 3. Phil. 1, 30. 1 Tim. 6, 12. 2 Tim. 
4, 7; intenta ac sollicita cura, nepl xivog. Col. 2, 1. 
De ethico imaginum a gjmnicis Graecorum ludis 
patitarnm usu cf. Grimm Ezeg. Hdb. ad Sap. 4, 1 .* 

dytovla, ag, 17, 1) i. q. dvcbv, quod v. 2) inde a 
Demosth. (pro cor. p. 236 : ^v 6 <^lXinnog iv g>6p(p 
X. TtoXXi aycovla) naud raro de vehementioribus 
animi motibus el angoribus usurpatur; ita Lc. 22, 
44. (2 Mace. 3, 14. 16. 15, 19. Jos. ant. 11, 8, 4: 6 
d^yiegevg jjv iv ayatvlfx xal disi.)* 

dymvl^o/iatt impf. ^ycovi^d/iriv pf. ^ydaviafjuxi^ 
vb. deponens med. {dy6}v\ 1) certamen ineo; in hi- 
dia gwnnicis certo; 1 Co. 9, 25. — 2) uniy. puano 
cam nostibus, sq. %va ^4, Jo. 18, 36. Translate 
3) conflictor cum difficmtaJtihua et perictdis eyan- 
gelio oppoBitis; Col. 1, 29. 1 Tim. 4, 10 (Lchm.^ Tdf. 
Trg. pro yulg. dvsidt^dffe^a); dycovi^. dymva 
(plirasis etiam Graecis, potissimnm Atticis, frequen- 
tata) 1 Tim. 6, 12. 2 Tim. 4, 7. — 4) enixo studio 
contendo ad aUquid obtinendum; sq. infin. Lc. 13, 
24 : vnig xivog ev r. ngoaevxaZg, 7va, Col. 4, 12.* 

ASdfJh nom. propr. indecl. (ap. Jos. ASafioq^ ov), 
D'^K (k e. interprete Philone 0pp. I^ p. 62, yi^ivoQ, 
EuseD. praep. ey. 7, p. 39 yfiyev^^f Josepho antt. 1, 
1 , 2 nv^^dq, quod idem censet Gesentus Thes. L 
hebr. et ehald. I, p. 25). Adanmst primus homo et 
totins humani generis parens; Lc. 3, 38. Bo. 5, 14. 
1 Co. 15, 22. 45. 1 Tim. 2, 13 s. Jud. ys. 14. E Bab- 
binorum distinctione inter priorem Adamum (&n»: 
'j^vK'^n), primum hominem, miseriarum auctorem, 
et postenorem Adamum (I'^^nK^ dim), Messiam, sa- 
lutis recuperatorem, 1 ^Co. 15', 45 Jesus Christus 
appellatur o Saxaxoq kdd/u (y. sub taxarog) et x<p 



ddslq^otrjg. 

nQibxwdv^gmnip opponitur; Bo. 5, 14: fiiXkwv 
sc. 'AodfjL.* 

dSdnavoq, ov {6andvfi\ grattUtus, qui nullum fla- 
gitat sumtum; 1 Co. 9, 18 (7va dddnavov ^aw xb 
eiayy^t ut insidtutionem de Christo rem sine sumtu 
parabilem faciam).* 

*A66l s. ^ASSsl {Tdf. Trg.\ o, nom. propr. indecl. 
unius e majoribus Christi; Lc. 3, 28. 

ddsXf^j fjqj 17 (y. ddiXipdQ)^ soror; 1) germana 
soror; Mt. 19, 29. Lc. 10, 39 s. Jo. 11, 1. 3. 5. 19, 
25. Bo. 16, 5 al.;^ de sororibus Christi ap. Mt. 13, 56. 
Mc. 6, 3 y. sub dSeXtpoq. — 2) christianae reUgionis 
vinculo cognatOj 1 Co. 7, 15.9,5. Philem.y8. l(ZicAm.); 
Jac. 2, 15; e. genit. subjecti, Christiana alicui prae- 
cipue cara, Bo. 16, 1. 

dSsXipoq, 01;, 6 (ex a copulat. et SsXipvq, ex eo- 
dem utero editus ; cf. dydaxto^)^ 1) fraJter (siye ab 
iisdem duobus parentibus natus, siye tantum ofiO' 
ndxQioq^ siye OfjLOfir{tQioq)t Mt. 1, 2. 4, 18 ae sae- 
pius. — Fratres Jesu, Mt. 12, 46 s. 13, 55 s. Mc. 11, 
3 (utroque loco etiam sorores\ Lc. 8, 19 s. Jo. 2, 12. 

7, 3. Act. 1, 14. Gal. 1, 19. 1 Co. 9, 5 esse neque Jo- 
sephi filios e conjuge ante Mariam in matrimo- 
nium ductam susceptos (id quod in apocryphis 
eyy. traditur), neque consobrinos, filios ab Alphaeo 
s. Cleopha e Maria, sorore matris Jesu, genitos 
(quae conmiunis fere orthodoxorum doctorum sen- 
tentia est inde ab Hieronymo et Augustino), ex iUo 
dicendi usu, quo dSsXip., ut hebr. hm, quemyisco- 
gnatum et consangoineum denotat(Gen. 14, 16. 1 Sam. 
20, 9. 2 Beg. 10, 13 al.), sed ^ermanos fratres post 
Jesum procreatos, elucet maxime e Mt. 1, 25. Lc. 
2, 7., uoi, si Maria post Jesum alios liberos non pe- 
perisset, pro vl. tcqwxoxoxov dicendum fuisset vl. 
fAoyoyevfi, pariter at^ue ex Act. 1, 14. eoU. Jo. 7, 5., 
ubi fratres domim ab apostolis distinguuntur. 
Ubenora hac de re y. in yoce ^IdxwBoq, 3. -r 2) ex 
usu hebr. i-tk (Exod. 2, 11. 4, 18 al.), ap. profanes 
scriptores yix obyio, eu/ndsm popuU paretUem ho" 
benSt ejusdem popidi socius^ pomdaris; ita Judaei 
(tanquam cr^r^p^a 'Apoadf^^vloliOQa^X Act. 13, 26) 
dicuntur ddEXq>ol Mt. 5, 47. Act. 3, 22. (Deut. 18, 
15) 7. 23. 22, 5. 28, 15. 21. Bo. 9, 3; in allocutione. 
Act. 2, 29. 3, 17. 23, 1. Heb. 7, 15. — 3) Quemadmo- 
dum Ley. 19, 17 yoces i-tm et 3n(sed, uti e yss. 16. 
18 patet, de^o^Zz^i^dictae) alternant, ita in Christi 
effatis ap. Mt. 5, 22. 24. 7, 3 ss. iSiXtp. idem est ac 
b nXrjaioVf ita tamen ut, quod patet e Lc. 10, 29 ss., 
intelligatur quivis alius homo {Mitmen8ch\ quippe 
cum ceteris deum eundein habens patrem (HeD. 
2, 11) atque ex eodem protoplasto prognatus (Act. 
17, 26); cf. Epict. diss. 1, 13. 3. — 4) ejusdem fidei 
sodus et carvtatis vinculo alii conjunctus ; itafre- 
quentissime de Chnstianis, unam quasi familiam 
constituentibus; Mt. 23, 8. Jo. 21, 23. Act. 6, 3. 
9, 30. 11, 1. Gal. 1, 2. 1 Co. 5, 11. Phil. 1, 14 al.; in 
blanda allocutione. Bo. 1, 13. 7, 1. 1 (IJo. 1, 10. 1 Jo. 
2, 9 s. aL mult. ; ita tamen, at in Joanneo dicendi 
usu respiciatur ad noyam yitam, ad quam eadem 
dei paths yi renati sint, 1 Jo. 2, 9 ss. 3, 10. 14 aL 
coU. 5, 1. — 5) mun^eris et officii socius; 1 Co. 1, 1. 
2 Co. 1, 1. 2, 12. Eph. 6, 21. Col. 1, 1. — 6) Fratres 
Christi dicuntur a) ejus germani fratres; y. supra 
n. 1. — b) omnes homines; Mt. 25, 40. Heb. 2, 11 s. 
— c) apostoli; Mt. 28, 10. Jo. 20, 17. — d) Chri- 
stian!, ut qui ad eandem, qua ipse in eoelis gau- 
det, So^av (q. y.) yocati et eyehendi sint; Bo. 

8, 29. 

dSeXipoxTjq, j/toc, % fraJtemitas, coetus fratrum 
h. e. Cnristianorum, s. fiatres (C^lhristiani), abstract, 
pro concrete, 1 Pet 2, 17. 5, 9. (1 Mace. 12, 10. 
17 de neeessitudine consociatorum populorum; 



adiiXog, 



8 



aSfvvaTog. 



4 Mace. 9, 23. 10, 3 necessitadofratrum; Dio Chrys. 
2, 187: saepe ap. eccles. scriptores.)* 

aStjiogy ov (o^Xoq), non conaptcuuSf Lc. 11, 44; 
non distinetusy tncertuSf ipwv^f 1 Co. 14, 8. (ap. 
Graecos inde ab H^siodo.)* 

dStiXoTijgy TjTog, ij, incertitude; 1 Tim. 6, \lnXov- 
Tov aotjXoxriri — nXo'&i:^ dS^X(p cf. Win. §. 34, 3.* 

aS^Xofg, &6Y.incerte; 1 Co. 0, 26: ovti» tpix^^ ^> 
oine aS^Xwg. ita carrOi at non incertns sim, qao ten- 
dam; CI, Meyer ad L* 

adfifJLOvifo, c5 (ab inuait. ad^fiwVt et hoc ex a 
priv. ac S^fio^f itaque nostr. unheimisch, unheim- 
Uch; cf. Bitttmann Lexil. 2, p. 136), pavescoy angor; 
Mt.,26, 37. Mc. 14, 33. Phil. 2, 26. (Xen. HelL 4, 4, 
3 i^iSijfiovS} tifv ^xn^i ac saepius ap. profanos.)* 

Aidtjgy &Si]iy ovy (pro antiquiore ^AtSij^y quo 
Homerus utitur, et hoc ex a priy. et iSBtVy qui con- 
spici nequit)y ap. profanes 1) nom. propr. Hades, 
Pluto, inferoram deus, ita semper ap. Hom. 2) ap- 
pellat. orctta (die IJnlerweU^ das Todtenreich). — 
A LXX fere semper hac voce redditur hebr. ^Sko 
(semel ^ivatog 2 Sam. 22, 6) ; est igitur in biblica 
graecitate arcus, infemay tenebricosns (Job. 10, 
21) ac tristis (sed ci. voces yisvva et nagiSeioog) 
in intimis et infimis terrae (Job. 11, 8. Jes. 57, 9. 
Am. 9, 2 al.; v. ipvoooq) locus, commune animo- 
rum corporibus solutorum receptaculum ; Lc. 16, 
23; bI^ aiov sc. SofioVy Act. 2, 27. 31 ex ellipsi fre- 
quentiss'ima; cf. Win. p. 550 (sed Lchm. Tdf, Trg. 
vs. 27, Tdf. etiam vs. 31 receperunt elg aoriVy ut 
LXX^Ps. 16, 8); nvXai tov &6oy Mt. 16, li {nvXio- 
Qol adov Job. 38, 17; v. in' nvXtf); xXelQ z. aSoVy 
Ap. i, 18; potestas orci poStice ut persona aistitur 

1 Co. J[5, 55 (uhi Lchm. Tdf.Trg.recd^ttvare^mo 
vulg. §(f^); Ap. 6, 8. 20, 13 s.; ~ metaph. B<og adov 
xarafiipd^sa^ai in infimum miseriao et contumeliae 
statxun detrudi, Mt. 11, 23. Lc. 10, 15.* 

dSidxQitoQy ov (dtaxQlvof), 1) indiscretttSy et qui 
discerni nequit; tpwvriy Pol. 15, 12, 9; Xoyoqy Luc. 
lup. Tra^. 25; pro nrtk Symm. Gen. 1, 2. — 2) *n 
quo nihil duhii vel ambigui et incerti est (v. in Sia- 
xplvwy ^3), Tf ^vwd-ev aotpla, Jac. 3, 17^ (Ignat. ad 
Eph.3:^ 'lfi0o€gX0iaxbg to ddidxQitov ^fivv 5^v).* 

dSidXsintog^ ov {diaXsiitWy intermitto, desmo), 
non intermissus, continuus; Bo. 9, 2. 2 Tim. 1, 3.* 

dSiaXBlntmqy adv., sine intermissionCy assidue; 
Ro.^ 1, .9. 1 Th. 1, 3^ 2. 13. 5, 17.* 

ddiaf^oplay ag^^ tj (ddiatp^OQogy incorruptus, in- 
corruptibilis, ab a-oid-^^siQw), incorruptibiUtas 
(TertuU.), integritas^ sinceritas: mentis iv x^ diSa- 
axfxXlay Tit 2, 7 (Lchm. Tdf. Trg.d<p^0Qlav). Apud 
profanes non habetur.* 

ddixiwy (by aor. X.^dlxijaay aor. l.pass.ijdcx^i^v; 
pr. sum aiixoQy 1) absol. a) injuste s. improbe ago, 
pecco; Ap. 22, 11. Col. 3, 25. b) in culpa sumy ali- 
quid contra leges commisi; Act. 25, 11. (ita saepe 
ap. Graecos.) c) injuria affido; 1 Co. 6, 8. 2 Co. 7, 
12. cQ noceo; Ap. 9, 19. — 2) transit, a) r/, aliquid 

?ecco ;^Coh 3, 25 (d ^dlxtjaSy c[uod improbi fecit). 
) xivd, injuria aiiquem afficiOy improbe ago «n 
eum; Act. 7, 26 s. ^(verberibus); Mt. 20, 13 (fraude); 

2 Co. 7, 2; pass. dSixeZa^aiy injuria affici, 2 Co. 7, 
12. Act. 7, 24: med. dSixov/uaiy injuriam mihi af- 
ferri patior, 1 Co. 6, 7; xivii ovSiVy Act. 25, 10. (lal. 
4, 12; xivd XI Philem. vs. 18. c) xiva, noceoy dam- 
num affero, laedo (hoc significatu ap. Graecos 
cujusvis aetatis), Lc. 10,'l9. Ap. 6, 6. 7, 2 s. 9, 4. 10. 
11, 5; pass, otfifj dSixtfS^y ix xov &avdxovy nullam 
vim patietar e morte, Ap. 2, 11.* 

aSlxfjfiayXOQyXo (d6ixiw)ymahficium ; Act. 18,14. 
24,^20. Ap. 18,5.* 
adixla, aQy ti (Rdixog), 1) injustitia, jwdich; Lc. 



18, 6. Bo. 9.* 14. 2) improbitas animi et morum; 
a) universe, Mt. 23, 25 (Grab.); Act. 8. 23 (v. in 
avvSscfjiog); Bo. 1, 18. 29. 2, 8. 6, 13. 2 Tim. 2, 19; 
opp. rjdXri&siUy l.Co. 13, 6. 2Th. 2, 12: opp. 17 di- 
xaioavvtjy Bo. 3, 5 et ap. Tdf. Heb. 1, 9; ex ad- 
junctis: cu^paimprobitans, 1 Jo. 1, 9 ; ojidxij x^gdSi- 
xlag fraus, qua utitur improbitas, 2 Th.2, \^\yLiiS^bg 
ddixlaQy merces(i.e. poena) improbitatidebito,(S Pet. 
2, 13. b) speciatim improbitas, qua quis alios falUt, 
Jo. 7, 18 (opp. dXijd'^Q); fia/jiwvag xt^q dSixlaQy divi- 
tiae &llaces, Lc. 16, 9 (cf. dndxif xoff nXovxov Mt. 
13, 22; sed alii intelligunt divitias scelere partas); 
xScfiog x^g dSixlagy qua locutione respicitur ad ea, 
quae pravo linguae usu peccantur, Jac. 3, ^6 (v. in 
x6aiJLog)\perfidia Lc. 16, 8 (olxovo/iog xr^ dStxiag). 
3) fachtmy quo lex et justum violatur; naoa ddi' 
xla h/xapxla iaxly 1 Jo. 5, 17; i^yaxai x^g ddixlag 
Lc. 13, 27; al ddixlaiy maleficia, Ueb. 8, 12 (e LXX 
Jer. 31, 34. colL Dan. 4, 24); fiia^bg ddixiagy merces 
scelere parta. Act. 1, 18. 2 Pet. 2, 15; speciat. in- 
juria, ^ua alicui detraho quod suum est, 2 Co. 12, 
13 (ubi beneficium ironice appellatur dSixla).* 
dSixogy ov (SlxTJ^y qui jus violat vel violavity 

1) injustus (de deo judice). Bo. 3, 5. Hebr. 6, 10. — 

2) qui leges divinas violat, improbus, peccator (v. 
ddixia n. 2.); opp. Sixaipgy Mt. 5,45. Act. 24, 15. 
1 Pet. 3, 18; opp. eifos^ijgy 2 Pet 2, 9 quo^aensu 
e judaico dicendi usu gentiles vocantur ddixoi 

1 Co. 6, 1 (v. in afiuQXioXog). — 3) speciatim qui 
Jraudulenter agit contra alios^ Lc. 18, 11 ; quifiaem 
fallit; Lc. 16, 10 (opp. niox6g)\faUaXy fjia/i(avag, 
Lc. 16, 11 (ex aliorum interpretatione divitiae im- 
probe partae; v. in ddixia n. 2. b.).* 

ddlxiagy adv., injustCy immerito, sine culpa (nd- 
axfiv) 1 Pet. 2, 19. 

AdfjLelVy 6, Lc. 3, 33 Tdf. pro 1. vulg. kpa/u, q. v. 

dSoxifiogy ov {66xifAog)y qui non ad obrussam 
est (nicht probehaUig) ; pr. de metallis et monetis, 
d(^yvQioVy Jes. 1, 22. Prov. 25, 4; vo/juo/uc, Plat 
l^g* 5, p. 742. a. al., hinc qui non talem se probat 
qualem se probare debet; yfjy de terra steriu, Heb. 
6, 8; sensu ethico 1 Co. 9, 27. 2 Co. 13, 5 — 7; vovg 
Bo. 1, 25; Tis^l x^v nlaxiv 2 Tim. 3, 8; hinc in- 
eptus ad aliquid^ nQog xi Tit. 1, 16.* 

aSoXogy ov (6oXog)y doli expers; de rebus: non 
aduUeraiuSy purus; de lacte 1 Pet. 2, 2,* 

jiSQafivxxTjvogy^yOVyBd}. ab jidQOfivxxiov CAS^a- 
fjLvxxHoVy 'A6oafifivxsiov)y urbe maritima Mysiae. 
naval! instructa; Act 27, 2.* 

^AS^lagy oVy o, mare Adriaticumy h. e. latiore sensu 
mare inter Graeciam et Italiam: Act. 27, 27.* 

ciSQoxijgy Tjxogy ^, s. potius aS^oxrjgy tjxogy cf. 
Bttm. Gr. max.!!, p. 417 s. (ahitdgogy densus, firmus, 
maturus, validus, opulentus), sequitur apud Grae- 
cos significatum adjecti?i aSgog; semel in N. T. 

2 Co. 8, 20, larga collectioy ingens largitio, (adgo- 
avvn de larga messe ap^. Hes. igy. 471.) 

dovvaxliwy (by f. ^aw (dd^axog)y a) ego non vcUeo, 
injirmus sum; ita de personis semper ap. Graecos. 
— b)res ddvvaxBlyJien non potest^ impossibile est; 
ita solum ap. LXX et in N. T.; oix dSvvaxfjoBi 
nagh xtp d^Bip nav ^^ua, Lc. 1, 37 (LXX Gen. 18. 
14); opdhv ddwaxfjoBi h/iZv, Mt 17, 20 (Job. 42, 2).* 

advvaxog, ov {6vvafiai)y 1) invalidus; xotg nooiy 
Act. 14, 8. imhecillis; trop. de Christianis, quorum 
fides vel persuasio nondam satis firma est. Bo. 
15, 1 (opp. Svvaxog). 2) impossibilis (opp. 6vvax6vy 

Sossibile), napd xiviy per alici^us vim, Mt. 19, 26. 
[c. 10, 27. Lc. 18, 27; xb dSw. xov vojuov, qvLodi 
lex efficere non potuit (supple : hoc deus eo efl&cit 
quod), Bo. 8, 3; sq. ace. c. infin. Hob. 6, 4. 18. 10, 
4; sq. inf. 11, 6.* 



ffdm. 

aSw {oL€i6m\ Graecis omniam aetatum firequen- 
tissimnm, ap. LXX pro *^^o; cano^ canto; V)var 
trans, riy/, in alicnjos laadem ^Judith. 16, 2), Eph. 
5, 19. CoL 3, 16 (qnao. ntroijae loco de lyrica ffrati 
piiqne animi affectione dieitar). 2) trans., wo^v^ 
Ap. 5, 9. 14, 3. 15, 3.* 

clbL adv., semper; 1) perpetuo^ cusidue; Act. 7, 
51. 2 Co. 4, 11. 6, 10. Tit. 1, 12. Heb. 3, 10. 2)guom9 
tempore, quo aliqoid e reram conditione denuo fit 
vel facienaum est; Mc. 15, 8 (quovis festo); 1 Pet. 
3, 15. 2 Pet. 1, 12.* 

dezd^, ov, 6 (at lat. avis ab Sfjfii, ob Tolatam 
spiramento similem), ap. LXX pro ^a, aqtdla; 
Ap 4, 7. 8, 13 (vulg. Ayyikov); 12, 14. — Apud Mt. 
24, 28. Lc. 17, 37 (aicut Job. 39, 30. Prov. 30, 17), 

Suum aqnilae ant numqnam ant rarissime (ut 
ieme) cadavera petere dicantor, praestat c. multis 
intpp. intelligere vel vuUurem percnopterum {Aas^ 
geier), agoilae similem (Plin. H. N. 10, 3: „qQarti 
generis (aqnilaram] est percnopterus'Ot ^^1 vuUu- 
rem bardcium, Goldgeier, Cf. Winer BWB. a. v. 
AcUer. Sententia proyerbii ntroqne loco prolati 
est: nbi peccatores (v. in nx^fia), ibi non deerit 
de coelis yindicta.* 

cf^v/uoc, ov {jl^i(ATi\ hebr. rtso, non fermentatue, 
fermenti expers; propr. S^toi,^£x. 29, 2. Jos. antt. 
3, 6, 6 ; hinc neatr. plnr. rii S^v/ia, nis^, panes non 
fermentati; ^ iogrij xibv agv^oiv, rnrgtin an, feriae 
Cpaschales), quibus per septem dies panes non 
fennentatos comedere tenebantor Israelitae in 
memoriam exitus ex Aegypto TEx. 23, 15. Lev. 23, 
6), Lc. 22, 1 ; ^ nQwrri (sc. hf^ipa) t(dv a^, Mt 26, 
17. Mc. 14^ 12. Lc. 22, 7; al fifiiQaixwvat,, Act. 12, 
3. 20, 6; ipsae pascbatis feriae rc^ 8^v/ua dicuntnr 
Mc. 14, 1. Translate Christiani, si tales sunt, qua- 
lea esse debent, St^vfioi dicnntur, h. e. expertes fer- 
menti improbitatis, puri a yitiis, 1 Co. 5, 7., et ad- 
monejAJxthoiftdl^Biv sv d^iifioigelXixpivelag^ festum 
agere azymis, quae animi int^itate ac sinceritate 
cemuntnr, 1 Co. 5^ 8. (Apud profanes vox bis obye- 
nit:Athen.3,74:[fi^Toy] ec^v/uov/Plat Tim. p. 74, d. 
a^fiOQ aa^^, caro nondom satis efformatiL)* 

A^oiQ^ nom. propr. indecl. nnins e majoribus 
Christi; Mt. 1, 13 s. 

^A^cotOQ, ov, ^, TnntfK, Azotus, e qainque pri< 
mariis Pbilistaeorum urbibns, inter Ascalonem et 
Jamniam, non lons'e a littore maris mediterranei 
sita. Act. 8, 40; bodie parmlas vicns, EsdUd. Suc- 
cinctam nrbis historiam praebent Oesemiu Thes. 
m, p. 1366. Raumer PaL p. 166.* 

dtjSla, ac, fj (ab df]6^Q, et boc ex a priy. et ^Sog, 
volnptas, delectatio), 1) insuavitas, moleetia, 2) tae^- 
dium, odium; iv driSltf Cod. cantabr. Lc. 23, 12 
pro^ vulg^. iv fx^oa. 

djg, diQog^o (iiifti, aa»), ah' (et fuidem inferior 
ac densior, ^ui siiperiori ac tennion, b. e. r^ er^ 
B'iQi^ opponitur; Horn. II. 14, 288), aeris epatium; 
Act. 22, 23. 1 Th. 4, 17. Ap. 9, 2. 16, 17; d %<mv 
Tijg i^ovalaq xov digoq Eph. 2, 2 est imperator po- 
tentimn (spiritnnm, y. miiovala) in a^re, h. e. dia- 
bolns, daemonnm, e jadaica opinione aeris spatium 
replentimn (cf. Meyer ad 1.), princeps. d^Q est qui- 
dem interdum nebmosus et caliginosns aSr (Horn. II. 
17, 644. 3, 383. 5, 356. aL Pol. 18, 3, 17), nusquam 
yero prorsns idem quod axdxoq^ quem significatum 
molti Eph. 2, 2 statuendam esse temere decent. — 
diga Si^stv, verberare ictibvs auras (Yirg. Aen. 5, 
374; de pugilibusictuaberrantibus), h. e. frustra con- 
tendere ; 1 Co. 9, 26 ; sl^ diga kaXstv, nostr. in den 
Windreden, verba ventia profundere (Lucr. 4, 929), 
sine fructu loqui, de iis dicitur, qui loqunntar, quae 
ab anditoribos non intelliguntur, 1 (Jo. 14, 9.* 



9 aSvfiiw, 



d&avaaltty ag, ^ {d^dvttxoQ), immortalitaa ; 1 Co. 
1^5, 53 s. 1 Tim. 6, 16., ubi deus dicitur 6 fidvogMzeifv 
dS-avaaiaVf quia eam habet „^x xiJQ olxelag ovataQ, 
tybx ix ^ik^fiaxof ccAAov, xa^dstspolXoiTtoiTfdvxeg 
d^dvaxoi" JusHn, quaest. et resp. ad orthod. 61. 
(ap. Graecos inde a rlat.)* 

dS^ifjtixog, ov, forma inferioris aetatis pro anti- 
quiore et meliore dS^ifjtiaxoQ {^efiixdg, ^ffiLOxdg, 
&efjil^w, d'ifitig), legi etjnri contrarius, lege inter- 
dictus^ illicitus, nef arias; 1 Pet. 4, 3; diifi* ioxl 
xtvi sq. inf.. Act. 10, 28.* 

a&iogf ov (^foc), qui est sine deo , qui rntllum 
deum novit et eoUt^ quo sensu AeL y. n. 2, 31 do- 
cet, dxt fAijdelg x<3v papfidgmv aS^eoq; ap. Graecos 
plemmque deorum contemtor; impius; deosy quos 
cimtas aanoscH, negans, quo sensu nonnulli Grae- 
corum pnilosophi. Judaei (Jos. c. Ap. 2, 14) et 
posthac Christiani a ffentilibus a&eoi yocabantur 
(Justin, apol. 1, 13 at.); Eph. 2, 12 is, qui verum 
deum nequenoyit, neque colit; ita de gentilibus 
(1 Th. 4, 5. GaL 2, 8); aem. Alex, protr. p. 14: 
d^iovQ'- o*i xdv SvxmQ dvxa d'sbv ijyvoijxaai. Philo 
leg. ad Caj. 5,25: alyvnxiax^ ad'sixijg. Symmach. 
Hos. 4, 15: ohcog dd'stag, domus, in qua idola ado- 
rantnr. Ignat. ad Trail. 10: i^ioi xovxioxiv dni- 
oxoi (de docetis).* 

aO^tOfiog, ov {d-ea/idg), qui legi se non adstringit, 
legum repagula perfringit et libidinibus indulget; 
2 Pet. 2, 7. 3, 17.» 

dO^exiw, £, t. ^ow^ aor. 1. ^&ixfjaa^ yox primum 
ap. LXX et Polyb. et quidem frequentissime ob- 
yia; a) proprie ad^txov reddo; ^exov xi, quod ra- 
tumt staitutumj institutum est, toUo; 6iad'^xr[v, Qtsl. 
3, 15 (1 Mace. 11, 36. 2 Mace. 13, 25 al.); ex ad- 
jnncto: ita se gerore in aliquid, quasi sit subla- 
tum; Mnc legem yi priyare factis yel placitis legi 
contrariis, eam transmi^nrare, Mc. 7, 9; Heb. 10, 
28 (Ez. 22, 26); nlaxiv, fidem datam fallere, 1 Tim. 
5, 12. (Pol. 8, 2. 5. 11, 29, 3. Died. exc. p. 562.) 
Hinc b) vim et efficaciam alieujus impedio, irritum 
reddo^ frustror; x^v fiovX^v xov d-eov, Lc. 7, 30 (ef- 
fecerunt, ut salutare dei consilium yim non habe- 
ret); x^v o^rfaxv, prudentiam et consilia alieujus 
effectu frustrari, 1 Co. 1, 19 (Jes. 19, 14). c) spemo, 
repudio; r. x^Q^^ ^^^ ^eov, Gal. 2, 21 ; personas: 
Mc. 6, 26 (eo, quod alicui promissum datum non 
seryo); Lc. 10, 16. Jo. 12, 48. 1 Th. 4, 8. Jud. ys. 8 
(pro quo locus parall. 2 Pet. 2, 10 habet xaxa^QO- 

V€tv)* 

dd'ixrjaig,swg,Tj(d^€xivDyq,v,] ctvovS^exeXv.vov- 
^ixijaig), abolitio; Heb. 7, 18. 9, 26 (rare apud pro- 
fanes inferioris aetatis, ut Cic. ad Att. 6, 9. Diog. 
Laert. 3, 39, 66, ap. grammat. improbatio; saepius 
ap. ecclesiasticos scriptores).* 

lAd^TJvai, wv, al (de quo plurali cf. Win, §. 27, 3) ; 
Ajthenae, urbs Graeciae nobilissima in Attica; Act. 
17. 15 8. 18, 1. 1 Th. 3, 1.* 

A^r^aXoQ, aja^alov, Atheniensis; Act. 17, 21 s.* 

d^Xifo, d) {a^koq), certamen ineo, certo in ludis 
pvhlicis (olympicis, pjthicis, isthmicis) yel pu- 
gione, yel caestu, yel disco, yel lucta, yel cursu, 
yel alia re; 2 Tim. 2, 5. (saepe ap. profanos.)* 

a^XtjOig, f a>(, ^, certatio, pugilatio (inde a Poly- 
bio usitatum)j metaph, &B^X. nad-jmdxofv, eonm- 
ctetio cum miseriis, yexationibus, Heb. 10. 32.* 

dd'ooll^w, ptcp. pf. pass. ^B^QOiOfjiivog (ab dS^gdog 
^^S^QOOQ c. a copulatiyo), in unum coUigo^ con- 
grego /pass, congregor, convenio, Lc. 24, 23 Lckm. 
Tdf. Trg. (Xen. Plat. Polyb. Pint, al.: apocrr. V. 
T.;^LXX aliquoties pro f3?)* • 

d^vfiiw, (0, inde a Thucyd. Graecis frequently 
tum, sum a^vfioq (&vfji6Q, animus, Afuth), ammum 



a-S'wog. 



10 



aiiiat€HXvaia, 



despondeojracto sum animo, Col. 3,21. (LXX t Sam. 
1, 6 8. al. Judith. 7,^22. 1 Mace. 4, 27.)* 

d&wogy reotias a^(fo^ {Lchm.^Tdf.), ov (^oii^, 
mtdcta), impwUa, ineana; alfuux a^^ov, Mt. 27, 4 
(Deut. 27, 5. 1 Sam. 19, 5 al. 1 Mace. 1, 37. 2 Mace. 
1, 8); and zivog ex hebr. )io "^^a (2 Sam. 14, 9), in- 
sons ideoque remotus a - -, Mtl 27, 24 (i. e. caedia 
in hoc innocenti homine commissae culpa in me 
transferenda non est); iitb xrjQ aiiaQxlaqt Clem. 
Bom. 1 Co. 59. Graeci dicunt i^Mq rivoq,* 

aifftio^^ ila, eiov (edS, gen. yo^, caper, capra), 
htrcmus, caprinus (cL 9ea/i4^£ioq^ ^xneiOQ, veiog, 
rcQoBdxeioq aL) Heb. 11, 37.* 

alyiaXdqt ov, 6^ oramaritima, libus, Mt. 13, 2. 48, 
Jo. 21, 4. Act. 21, 5. 27, 39. 40. (Dedueunt vocem 
pleriaue ab &ywfii et &Xq j^ut sit i. q. asm}, locus, 
auo nuctus franguntur], sJu ab aZ/fC, fiuctua, et 
ceAc, alii ab itaaw et SXq [locus, quo mare erumpit 
8. prosilit].)* 

Alyvntioq^ /a, ov, nomen gentile, Aegyptku ; Act. 

7, 22. 24. 28. 21, 38. Heb. 11, 29.* 
Atyvntog, ov, ^, nomen propr. notissimae re- 

gionis, Aegvptua; m. 2, 13 s« Act. 2, 10. Heb. 3, 
16 aL; plemus y^ Aly, Act. 7, 36. 40. 13, 17. Heb. 

8, 9. Jud. vs. 5 (Ex. 5, 12. 6, 26 al. 1 Mace. 1, 19. 
Bar. 1, 19 s. al.); ^ ytiAl, Act. 7, 11; ^v Alyvnxov 
sc. yv Heb. 11, 26 Lehm. sed ef. BUek ad 1. Bttm, 
ntl. Gr. p. 149, 27. — An. 11, 8 Aly. est imago Hie- 
rosolymorum, h. e. judaicae reipubUcae Christum 
ejusque divinam causam persequentis ideoque 
Aegyptiis, qui olim yero deo adyersati erant et 
ejus populum opprimere studuerant, comparandae. 

atoiog, ov (pro aelSiog, ab eef 0« aetermts, aempi" 
temua; (Sap. 7, 26.) Ro. 1, 20. Jud. vs. 6. (Hom. 
hymn. 29, 3. Hes. sc. 310, et inde a Thucyd. ap. 
prosae^ orationis scriptores.)* 

er^(fa>C, 6oq, oi^^, ^, inde ab Horn., pudor; 1 Tim. 
2, 9; verecundia, reverentia; Heb. 12, 28 (XaxQBveiv 
&€^fi€xa aldovg xal f^Aa/9e/ac,pro quo Lchm,Td/. 
Trg. ei^XapsLaq xal diovq).* 

Al^lotp, onoq, 6 (afB^w, uro et w\p^ facies; qui 
ni^ra est facie), AMiops (hebr. '^i^). Act. 8, 27., 
ubi intelli^enda est Aethiopia superior, Habesch 
s. Abessinia dicta, Africae regie yicina Aegypto, 
insulam includens Mero€n.* 

al/ia, roc, x6, sanguis^ sive hominum, sive ani- 
malium. 1) a) universe et simpliciter Jo. 19, 34. 
Ap. 8, 7 s. 1 1, 6. ^16, 3 s. 6 (ad quos IL cf. Exod. 7, 
20 ss.) ; 19, 13 ; ^vaig a2fiaxoq, Mc. 5, 25. Lc. 8, 43 s. ; 
^gdfJLpoi t^fAaxoq Lc. 22, 44. Sic quoque in locis, 
ubi esus sanguinis (et cruentae camis) interdici- 
tur, Act. 15, 20. 29; 21, 25; cf. Lev. 3, 17. 7, 26. 17, 
10. Cf. Knobel ad Lev. 7, 26 s. Ruchert Abendmahl 
p. 94. — h) Quum ex veterum opinione vitae sedes 
m sanguine esset (Lev. 17, 11): ahQ^ x. alfia^^^ 
xxT) (locntio Babbinis frequentata), vel inverse or- 
dine alfia xal adgSi denotat corpus hominis vivum 
e came et sanguine concreturo, 1 Co. 15, 50. Heb. 
2, 14., et notionem hominis deo (vel etiam sublimi- 
oribus naturis, £ph. 6, 12) oppositi ita adumbrat, 
ut respiciatur ejus imbecillitas, £ph. 6, 12. (Sir. 14, 
18), etdam in cosnioscendis rebus divinis conspi- 
cua, Gfal. 1, 16. fit 16, 17. — c) Quum prima ani- 
maUs vitae stamina in sanguine quaererentur (Sap. 
7, 2. Eustath^ ad H. 6, 211 : ^rjalv ol oowol, ibg xoy 
oniQfiaxoQ vXtjv xov a^ipiaxog ixovxo^t vox signi- 
ficandae generationi et origini inservit (etiam apud 
Graecos), Jo. 1, 13 (de quo loco cf. Win. p. 166); 
Act. 17, 26. — d) de iis dicitur, quae rubro colore 
sanguini similiasunt; al.cxa<pvkfiq^ succus uvarum, 
Sir. 39, 26. 50, 15. 1 Mace. 6, 34 al.; Achill. Tat 2, 
20; qui dieendi usus respicitur Ap. 14, 18 — 20; cIq 



al/ia de luna Act 2, 20 (Joel 3, 4) i. q. wq alfia 
Ap. 6, 12. — 2) eangiM caede efiuma vel effunden" 
<2u« (persaepe etiam ap. Graecos); a) Lc. iS, 1 ^sen- 
tentia: quos Pilatus inter sacrmcandum trueidari 
jusserat, ita ut eorum sanguis *eum vietimarum san- 
guine misceretur) ; al, ad'<pov , sanguis innoeentis 
nominis so. effundendus, Mt.27,4; ixxiXve^iixxivBiv 
alfia^ fin tffev (Gen. 9, 6. Jes. 59, 7 aL), caedetn fa- 
cere, Mt 23/30. 35. Lc. 11, 50. Act 22, 20. Bo 3, 
15. Ap. 16, 6; undo al. pro ipsa cruenta caede dici- 
tur Mt 23, 30. 35. 27, 24. Lc, 11. 51. Act 20, 26. Ap. 
17, 6; (lixQ^^ a2/iaxoq, usque ad eaedem, i. e. ita ut 
cruentae mortes subeundae fuissent Heb. 12, 4 (xdv 
atxiov x^g - ' fiixpiQ alfiaxog axdceiog, Heliod. 7, 
8); xifi^ xoy a2fiaxog^ pretium pro caede aceeptum, 
Mt. 27, 8; a^^dg alfiaxog, ^er pretio caedis emtus, 
Mt. 27, 9. 1 L q. x^Q^^^ aifiaxog Act. 1, 19, nisi 
explieare malueris: ager sanguine Judae tinctus; 

— caedis culpa et poena in nisce hebraeis locu- 
tionibus: iv aixf alfxaxa (vulg. aliAa) s^Qi&fi, h. 
e. intelleetum est, earn caedium ream esse, Ap. 18, 
24 (cf. ndXig al/idxmv Ez. 24, 6) ; xd alfia aixov 
iX&ixm iip* fipiagf perpetratae caedis poena a nobis 
repetatur, Mt. 27, 25 ; xd alA>fi(av inl t^v xeq>aXffv 
{>fid»v^ sc. iX^ixWf eruenti exitii vestri culpa vobis- 
met ipsis imputetur. Act 18, 6 (Jos. 2, 19. 2 Sam. 

1, 16 aL); iTtdyeivxd alfid xtvog inl xiva, effieere, 
ut necis alicui illatae poena ab aliquo petatur. 
Act. 5. 28; ix^ffxeZv xd alfid xivog dno xivog 
(t nr*J '» 0? w^?, 2 Sam. 4, 11. Ez. 3, 18. 20. 33, 8), 
caedis alicui illatae poenam repetere ab aliquo, Lc. 
11,50; idem denotatur dictione ixSixitv rial, xivog 
Ap. 6, 10. 19, 2. — b) Specialiter dicitur de victi- 
mamm mactatarum vel tnactandarum sanguine 
lustrationis et expiationis vim habente (Lev. 17, 10) ; 
Heb. 9, 7. 12 s. 18--22. 25. 10, 4. 11, 28. 13, 11. 

— c) Saepe in N. T. sanguis Christi {alfia xov 
Xqioxov 1 Co. 10, 16; xov xvqIov 11,27; xov ag- 
viov Ap. 7, 14. 12, 11 coll. 19, 13) eommemorator 
in cruce profusus {al. xov avavgov Col. 1, 20) pro 
multorum salute, Mt 26, 28. Me. 14, 24 colL ^Lc. 
22, 17; redemtionis praesidium, Eph. 1, 7 {ano- 
Xi^Qwaig 6ia xov otl. aifxov; ita etiam CoL 1, 14 in 
t. ^nilg.); 1 Pet. 2, 19 (v. in dyoQal^w)] expiatorii 
saerificii vim habens Bo. 3, 25. Heb. 9, 12; quo qui 
fidem in eo ponunt lustrantur et a peccatorum 
culpa purganuir, Heb. 9, 14. 12, 24. 1 Jo. 1, 7. (coll. 
1 Jo. 5, 6. 8.) Ap. 1,5. 7, 14. 1 Pet 1, 2; deo pro- 
bati redduntur. Bo. 5, 9., ita ut aditus in coeleste 
sanctuarium iis pateat, Heb. 10, 19; gentiles ad 
deum et divini regni beneficia adducuntur, Eph. 

2, 13., et omnino omnes intelligentes naturae in 
terra et coelis deo reconciliantur, Col. 1, 20; Chri- 
stus ecclesiam sibi acquisivit, Act 20, 28., deoque 
coUegit, Ap. 5, 9. — Sed cruenta C)hristi mors, 
quum eondendo novo religionis institute novaeque 
hominum cum deo necessitudiniconstituendaeinser- 
viret eiiamfoederalisacrificio comnaratur; hincrd 
alfia xng Siad'^xrjg^ sanguis, quo enundendo foedus 
sancienaum, Mt 26. 28. Mc. 16, 24., vel effuse san- 
citum est Heb. 10, 29. 13, 20 (coU. 9, 20); adde 1 Co. 
11,25. Lc. 22, 20 (quo utroque loco explica: sanguinis 
mei effusione emcitur, ut calix, vmum imaginem 
sanguinis continens, imago sit novi foederis), 1 Co. 
11, 27. Cic. pro Sestio 10, 24: „foedu8 saneuine 
meo ictum sanciri.'* Li v. 23, 8: „sanguine Hanni- 
balis sandam romanum foedus." — niviiv xb alfia 
abxov (Christi) salutares mortis a Christo oppetitae 
fructus ad se transferre, Jo. 6, 53 s. 56.* 

alfitnexxvalOf ag^iUalfia et ixxvvm), ejffusio san- 
guinis; Heb. 9, 22. Praeterea aliquoties ap. eccles. 
scriptores.* 



alfAO^^o4(D. 



11 



alffo^^oioff dictum ulfiod^oo^ {aluaetQim)^ son- 
guinU profiuvio kUtoro; Mt.9,20. (LXXLey. 15, 33, 
ubi est metutriM pcUierUf et ap. medicos scripcores.) 

Aivia^^ ov, d, Aeneas nom. propr. viri paralytic! 
a Petro sanati; Act. 9, 32 s.* 

afvsaig^ tw^, ii{alviw),latulatio;^vala alvios(OQ 
(' iijurtj i D t, Lev. 7, 13), Heb. 13, 15 sacn'ficivm sa- 
Itiare^ quod deo offertar pro accepto aliquo be- 
nefldo; v. in ^cla. (atveoig saepe ap. LXx, non 
autem apud profanos.) 

alviw, iS ^Terbnm profanis omnium aetatum 
scriptoribus, mprimis yero LXX intpp. et libris 
y. T. apocrr. usitatum; ab ahoi), laudOf celebro; 
rdv d€6v Lc. 2, 13. 20. 19, 37. 24, 53. Act. 2, 47. 
3, 8 8. Bo. 15, 11; cum dat. pers. x<j^ ^fjy> ^^^ie^ 
canere in honoremdei, Ap. 19, 5 {Lchtm. Trg. Tdf,\ 
ut LXX 2 Chron. 7, 3 (— V m^n), 1 Chron. 16, 
36. 23, 5. Jer. 20, ^13 aL (— \ V>n).* 

atviyfjta, roc, x6 (vox inde abAeschylo usitata, 
ab alvlaaofiai s. alvlrxofjuxl ri, obscure aliquid 
gkpufico), 1) obscure dictum^ aenigma, hebr. rvr^n 
(Jud. 14, 13. 1SS!L npdpxtifjux). — 2) res obscurct, 
1 Co. 13, 12., ubi iv alviyfiar I non estLq.aiviyfia- 
xtx^q »s ifiavQwq, sed rem denotat, in qua cemen- 
da yersamur. ut fiXinsiv fy riviMt. 6, A\cf,de Wette 
ad 1. Apostolo observabatur locus Num. 12, 8 LXX: 
iv stdsi xal oi di alvtyfiazmv,* 

alvoq^ oVf 6 (quo nomine apud Oraecos poetae 
saepe utuntur), 1) dictum^ proverbium. 2) laus, lau- 
datorkjs sermo; Mt. 21, 16. (Ps. 8, 4.) Lc. 18, 43.^ 

Alvwv^ fl (nominis i^^'i aut intentior forma «■ 
'p'^y, aut chaldaicus pluralis a- yvr^ft fontes), 
Ainonj nom. propr. indeclin. yel loci, vel fontis, 
non procul a Salim; Jo. 3, 23.* 

aZgeaiq, fcoc, 4, 1) (ab ali^iw) actus capiendif 
capiio; tfj^ nokswQ, ezpugnatio urbis; ap. profa- 
nos. — 2) (ab alpiofiai) eUctio, optio, persaepe ap. 
profanos; LXX Ley. 22, 18. 1 Mace. 8, 30. — 
3) id quod eligitur, electa sentiendi yivendique 
ratio; nine opinio t quam quis tenet ^ ex adj. opinio 
a vera religionis cnristianae expositione recedens 
(Ketzerei), 2 Pet. 2, X {d. de Wette ad 1.) et ap. 
eccles. scriptores. — 4} coetus bominum ab aliis 
se sejungentium et sua dogmata sequentium, ut 
Sadducaeorum, Act. 5, 17; Pharisaeorum, Act. 15, 
5. 26, 5; Cbristianorum, Act. 24, 5. 14 (utroque loco 
a^junct^ vituperii notione); 28, 22 (ap. Diog. Laert. 
1, 13, 18 8. ai. de familiis pbilosopnorum dicitur). 
— 5) dissidia e diversitate nlacitorum et studio- 
rum oriunda; Gal. 5, 20. 1 Go. 11, lO.*^ 

alQitll^w, aor. 1. yQinaa (ab al^etog;), eligo,'l£.t. 
12, 18. (saepe in LXX, librr. Y. T. apocrr. et 
eccles. scriptis; Med. ap. Ctes. Pers. 9; cf. Sturz 
de dial, maced. j>. 144.)'^ 

alQSTixog, i}, OP, 1) ad capiendum vel eUgendum 
aliquid aptus; rare ap. profanos. — 2) sectarius, 
falsae doctrinae sectator; Tit. 3, 10.* 

algiof, Oft capio; in N.T. babetur solum Medium, 
alQiofjuii, f. ^aquai; aor. 2. elXofiiiVt LcJun. Tdf. 
Trg. elXdfJiriv 2Th. 2, 13 ; cf. Win. §. 13, 1, a. Bttm. 
ntL 6r. p. 34 s.; capio mthi; eUgo^ praefero; Phil. 
1, 22. 2 Th. 2, 13; (lakXov sq. inf. c. $ (Atticis 
frequens) Heb. 11, 25. ^ 

atgrn (contr. e poet. asLQ<a\ f. aow, aor. 1. ^ga, 
infin. aoai, imper. aQov^ pf. l^QxaiCol. % 14), pf. pass. 
^Qfiai (Jo. 20, 1), aor. 1. pass, f^o^rpf (de iota sub- 
scripto his in tempp. non admittendo v. Bttm. Gr. max. 
I, p. 413. 439), fut. 1. pass, ao^aofiai, ap. LXX 
plerumaue -"Mb^; toUo, nostr. \ehen. — 1) aUollo; 
a) e solo toUo (aufheben) ; lapides, Jo. 8, 59; ser- 
pentes, Mc. 16, 18; mortuum, Act. 20, 9. — b) sur- 
sum tollOf elevo {erheben); manum, Ap. 10, 5; ocu- 



aiaxQoyiBQdrfi. 

los, Jo. 11, 41; yocem tollo, h. e. alta voceloquor, 
clamo, Lc. 17, 13. Act 4,^4. (etiam ap. profanos); 
riiv v^vxij^i animum eleyare «» excitare, vehemen- 
ter commoyere (sensum timoris, spei, gaudii, do- 
loris al. ei injioere), nostr. anifregen; ap. Jo. 10, 
24 suspensum animum tenere inter dubia et spem; 
cf. LiUke ad 1. — c) sursum traho; piscem, Mt. 17, 
27 (ffvaanav Hab. 1, 15); axdipijVf Act. 27, 17; an- 
coras e fundo maris. Act. 27, 13., ubi ad agovteg 
supple xhg ayxvQag; cf. Kuinoel ad L — 2) subkL" 
turn mihi impono etporto; gesto; xiva inl x^igthv, 
Mt. 4, 6. Lc. 4, 11 (Ps. 91, 12); ae^otum, Mc. 2, 3; 
tvySv, Mt. 11, 29 (Thren. 3, 27); Tectum, Mt. 9, 6. 
Mc. 2, 9. 11 B. Lc. 5, 24 s. Jo. 5, 8—12; xbv axavQov 
Mt. 16, 24. 27, 32. Lc. 9, 23. Mc. 8, 34. 10, 21. 15, 21. 
Ap. 18, 21; mecumfero, Mc. 6, 8. Lc. 9, 3. 22, 36; 
quam utramque notionem Graeci medio atgea&ai 
exprimere soient. — 3) sublatum au/ero, asporto; 
a) de loco suo amoyeo; Mt. 21, 21. mc. 11, 23 (ap- 
^xi, dimoyetor sc. de loco tuo); Mt. 22, 13. Jo. 2, 
16. 11, 39. 41. 20, 1; — b) quod alteri inhaeret, de- 
mo, nostr. dbnehmen^ Jo. 19, 31. 38 &; ayello Mt. 9, 
16. Mc. 2, 21; abscindo, amputo, Jo. 15, 2; -> 
e) removeo, 1 Go. 5, 2 (e coetu ejicere; le^dum 
ibi est iod^i pro yulg. i^ag^y), metapb. : yitia, Eph. 
4, 31 ; xr^v afiagxlaVy culpam et poenam peccati ex- 
piando remoyere, s. efidcere. ut peccatum neque 
imputetur, neque puniatur (at^Civ i^Aagxtfim 1 Sam. 
15, 25; ivoiAfifjut ioid. 25, 28: peccati yeniam conce- 
dere),IJo. 1, 29 ; at 1 Jo. 3, 5 xkq afjuxgxlag f^fioiv atgeiv 
est emcere, ut cessent peccati nostra, h. e. ut ne am- 

?lins peccemuSy dum consortium inimus cum 
Ihristo, qui peccatorum immunis est, in eoque 
consortio perseyeramus, cf. .ys. 6. — d) asporto, 
mecum auiero; Mt. 14, 12. 20. 15, 37. 20, 14. 24, 17 s. 
Mc. 6, 29. 43. 8, 8. 19 s. 13, 15 s. Lc. 9, 17. 17, 31. 
Jo. 20, 2. 13. 15. Act. 20, 9. — e) ablatum mihi pro- 
prium facio; Lc. 19, 21 s. Mc. 15, 24. — f) alteri 
quod ejus est yel quod ei commissum est, detraho, 
eripio; Lc. 6, 30. 11, 52; xl and c. genit. personae; 
Mt. 13, 12. 21, 43. 25, 28. Lc. 8, 12. 18. 19. 24. 26. 
Mc. 4, 15. 25. Jo. 10, 18. 16,- 22; fortasse etiam cum 
nudo genit. personae, cui aliquid eripitur, Lc. 6, 
29. 11, 22. Jo. 11,48., nisi his locis statuere malu- 
eris genit. possessiyum. — g) ablatum sumo ad 
aliquem usnm; Act. 21, 11. 1 Go. 6, 15. — A) e yiyis 
tojOTo s. per naturalem mortem, Jo. 17, 15 {ix xov 
xoofioVf consortio mundi eximere), s. per yiolen- 
tam, Mt. 24, 39. Lc. 23, 18. Jo. 19, 15. Act. 21, 36; 
add. cai6 x^g yfjg Act. 22, 22; afyexai an& xrig yr^g ^ 
ga>^ fxhxovt de caede alicui illata, Act. 8, 33 (Jes. 
53, 8). — i) de rebus: exstinguo, deleo; x^^if^ygo' 
(pov, Gol. 2, 14; facio ut cosset aliquid; xriv xgioiVt 
Act. 8, 33 (Jes. 53, 8).* 

ala^dvo/uti, aor. 2. ^ad-o/iiiv, yb. depon. med. 
senHo; 1) sensibus corporis percipio; 2) mente per- 
cipio; intelligo, Lc 9, 45.* ^ 

aiaB'ticig^ etog, ij (alcd'dvofiai) , pereefUo per 
senstu, tumextemos, tum internes; cogrUtio, itUel- 
liaerUia; ap LXX Proy. 1, 22. 2, 10 al. — njn; 
Phil. 1, 9 inteUigentia rerum eUiicarum; judicium 
de ethicis rebus, quae notio patet ex iis, quae ad- 
duntur ys. 10.* 

alad'fix^giov , ov, x6, instrumentum seniiendij 
sensus externus, Plat. Ax. 366 a. Arist. Pol. 4, 3, 9 
al.; animi facuUas sentiendi f wUeUigendif judi' 
candi, Heb. 5, 14. (Jer. 4, 19: ala^fjx. xrjg -ifnfXfjg^ 
4 Mace. 2, 22: xit Mvdov ala^rixi^gta).* 

aiaxgoxsodi^gf ig (alaxgog et xo xigdog; cf. 
alargona&^g ap. Philon.), turpis lucri cu/pidus: 
1 Tim. 3, 3 (in t. yulg.); 8. Tit. 1, 7, (Hdt 1. 187. 
Xen. Plat, al.) 



nuaxQOiiBQdiSg, 

alaxpox$o6wg, adv., e cttpidUate turpis lucri; 1 
Pet. 5, 2 coll. Tit. 1, 11. Praeterh. L non inTdnitnr. 

alcxpoXoyla, ag, ^ (ab alcxQokoyoc, et hoc ab 
alaxQog etiiyw), tufjailoqumm{TeTtnlL),8ermo tur- 
pis et ohfcoems; Col. 3, 8. (Xen. Arist. Pol.)* 

alaxQog, a, ov (ab aioxog, turpitude, infamia), 
turpis, inhonestus; 1 Co. 11, 6. 14, 35. Eph. 5, 12. 
Tit. 1, II.* 

ttloXQ^^^f Vi^oq, ^, turpitudo, inhonestas: Eph. 
5, 4. (Plat Gorg. 525 a.f 

alaxivfi, rjg, ^ (^alaxog), 1) subjective: pertur- 
batip ems, quern altcujus rei pudet {SchamgefuhT) : 
/i€x awxyyj/cpudore suffusus, Lc. 14, 9 ; taxQvntd 
T^g alaxvvfjgj ea, quae pudor celat, oppos. ipavi- 
Qwatg T^ aXrid^Blag, 2 Co. 4, 2 (malae artes, quarum 
aliquem yudere debet). 2) objective: ignominia, 
qua aliquis a malitiosis afficitur; Heb. 12, 2; e 
scelere oriunda,^ Phil. 3, 19 (opp. So^a), 3) res pu- 
denda; ij alayvvti xng yvfivdrtitog (genit. apposi- 
tionis), pudenda nuditas, Ap. 3, 18 coll. 16, 15; 
plur.alafa;irvvai,turpitudine8,flagitia, Jud.VB. 13.* 

alaxww {aloxog\ 1) deturpo, nQoawnoVy Horn. 
IL 18, 24 mult. al. — 2) dedecoro; LXX Prov. 29, 
15. — Z)mtdore suffundo, pudefado; Sir. 13, 7. In 
N. T. habetur solum passivum alaxvvofxai, f. al- 
axvv^aofjuxi, aor. \. taxvvd^tjv, ptidore sufundor, 
pudefio, pudet me; 2 Go. 10, 8. Phil. I, 20. 1 Pet. 4, 
16; /x^ aiarvv&wfiev oat airrov, ne pudoresuffusi 
ab eo recedwnus; 1 Jo. 2, 28 (Sir. 21, 22 alaxvv- 
9"natxai tato nooaoSnov): seq. infinit. fde quo cf. 
Win. D. 324) Lc. 16, 3.* \ 

alxiio, cS>, f. ijacDfaor. 1. ^ttjoa, pf. ^ri^xa, med. 
ahovfiai, impf. yrovfjtiiVj f. ahi^aofjiai, aor. 1. yrp- 
aafitjVf — rogo; med. miki rogo, mihi expeto; absol., 
Jac. 1, 6. Mt. 7, 7. Med.: Jac. 4, 3. Jo. 16, 26. Mc. 
15, 8. — alxsia&al xi, Jo. 14, 13. 16, 7. 16, 24. Mt. 
14, 7. 21, 22. Mc. 6, 24. 10, 38. 11, 24. 15, 43. 1 Jo. 5, 
14 a. Lc. 23, 52. Act. 25, 3. 15. al. — alt eivc. ace. 
personae, a qua petitur, Mt. 5, 42. 6, 8. Lc. 6, 30; 
alx€ta&ai c. accus. personae, quam sibi aliquis ex- 
petit dimittendam, Mt. 27, 20. Mc. 15, 6. Lc. 23, 25; 
vel donandam, Act, 13; 21. — aixeivxi indxivog, 
Mt. 20, 20 Lchm. Tra.; 1 Jo. 5, \hLchm. Idf. Trg.; 
ita alx€To&ai ap. Plut Galb. 20; — ri naga xivog, 
Act. 3, 2. Mt. 20, 20 (t. vulg. Grsb. Tdf.)) Jac. 1, 

5. 1 Jo. 5, 15 (in t. vulg,); sq. infin. Jo. 4, 9. Med. 
Act. 9, 2. — alxslvxivaxi, Mt. 7, 9. Lc. 11, 11. Mc. 

6. 22. Jo. 16, 23; vnig xivog, sq. Iva, Col. 1, 9. — 
alx stomal c. ace. c. inf., Lc. 23,23. Act. 3, 14; c.sim- 
plici inf.. Act. 7, 46 [vt^axo^e^geXv, sibi expetimt, 
ut ipse inveniret; ubi alii ^i/iraro perperam inter- 
pretantur: cupivit); Eph. 3, 13. — Praevalente po- 
scendi notione: alxetv xl Lc. 1, 63. 1 Co. 1, 22; 
xiva XI, Lc. 12, 48. 1 Pet. 3, 15. 

aiXTifia, xog, x6 (alxim), id, quod petitur AXit pe- 
tUum est; Lc. 23, 24; plur. PML 4, 6; res petitae 
1 Jo. 5, 15.* 

alxla, ag, fi, 1) causa, ratio; Act. 10, 21. 22, 24. 
28, 20; xaxa^naaav aixlav, ob quamvis causam, 
Mt. 19, 3; 6i fjv a/r/av, quam ob causam, quare, 
Lc. 8, 47. 2 Tim. 1, 6. 12. m 1, 13. Heb. 2, 11 ; cf. 
Grimm ad 2 Mace. 4,28. —2) causa, ob quam ali- 
quis poena dignus est; crimen, cujus aliquis accu- 
satur; Mt 27, 37. Mc. 15, 26. Jo. 18, 38. 19, 4; alxla 
^avaxov, crimen mortis poena dignum. Act. 13, 28. 
28, 18. — Z) criminis delatio, accicsatio; Act. 25, 18. 
27. (Omnes hae significationes etiam ap. profanes.) 
— Apud Mt. 19, 10 verba ei ovxmg ioxlv ij alxla 
xov av^QQ}nov (iBxa xrig yvvauebg, si simplicem 
quaerimus interpretationem , e latinismo (c(m8Cb= 
res) explicanda sunt: „si ita res se habet hominis 
cum uioi-e".* 



12 Qifov. 



alxlafia, xog, x6, v. in alxlw/ia. 
ahiog, la, ov, in quo aUcujtts rei causa est (ver- 
ursachend). Hinc. t)6 ahtog, auctor;a(oxijglag, Heb. 

5, 9 ^eadem locutio saepe ap. profanos; oppos. al. 
xijg oTCwXslag Drac. vs. 42 ; xwv xax<3v 2 Mace. 13, 4. 
Lucian. Tim. 85; xwv aya&wv Isocr. ad Phil. p. 106; 
cf. Bleek Br. an d. Hebr. 11, 1, p. 94 s.) — 2) xd 
atxiov = ^ alxla, a) causa; Act. 19, 40. h) crimen; 
Lc. 23, 4. 14. 22. {afxiog,^ reus.)* 

alxlwfia, xog, xo (alxiaofjtai), Act. 25, 7 in opti- 
mis codd., a Grrsb., Lchm., Tdf. Trg. rec. pro vulg. 
alxlafia, criminatio, aceusatio. (Apud alios scripto- 
res non habetur haec forma.) ^ 

al^vldiog, ov(afyvng, dipavfjg, awvw\repentinus, 
suJbibus, improvisus; Lc. 21, 34. 1 Th. 5, 3. (Sap. 17, 
15. 2 Mace. 14, 17. 3 Mace. 3, 24; AeschvL, Thuc. 
[2, 61 : TO alwvlSiov xal angoaSoxijxov] rolyb. Jo- 
seph. Plut. Dion. Hal. al.)^ 

alxftaXwala, ag,ii (alxfiocXiaxog, q. Y.),captivitas, 
Ap. 13,^10; abstr. pro concr. i. (lalxf^aXwxoi (cf. 
supra aSsX^oxfjg), Eph. 4, 8 {era. 68, 19); atque 
stxig alpiaXmalav ovvaysi(QlQGt. vulg. sine dubio 
corrupta) Ap.^13, 10 (ut Num. 31, 12 aL)* 

alxfiocXatxsvQf, f. ow, aor. 1. yxfj^aXwxsvaa, vox in- 
ferions aetatis (cf. Lobech ad Fhryn. p. 442), ca- 
ptivum facio; 2 Tim. 3, 6 t. vulg.; saepe in LXX 
et apocrr. Y. T. 11.; rapHvum duco, Eph. 4, 8 
(Ezech. 12, 3).* 

alxfietXaxfio), fut. 1. pass. •iaB"^ofiai; a) i. q. 
alxjJidXwxov noiw, quo utuntur Graeci antiquiores. 
— b) captivum abduco; sq. elg c. accus. loci, Lc. 
21, 24 (1 Mace. 10, 33. Tob. 1, 12). — c) trop.: sub- 
jugo, subjicio, 2 Co. 10, 5. (de cujus loci sententia 
V. in voijfjia); xivd xivi. Bo. 7, 23; capio alicujus 
animtM; yvvatxagia, 2 Tim. 3, 6 (Judith. 16, 9: xh 
xaXXogccix^g mfiaXcixioe xf)v xptr/hv aixov. — Prae- 
terea hoc verbo utuntur LXX, Diod. Joseph. Plut. 
An. Heliod. cf. Lobech ad Phiyn. p. 442.).* 

alxfiiXofxdg, ov (ex alxfii^, hasta, et aXwxog, ad- 
jectivo verbali ab aXcSvai, propr. hasta captus), 
captitms; Lc. 4, 19.* 

alwv, wvog, 6 (quasi al'kv [poet, pro of/] &v, ut 
docet Arist. de coelo 1, 11, 9; sed probabilius con- 
jicitur, alwv ita cohaerere cum arjfii, spirare, flare^ 
ut sit proprie id quod efficit vitam, vitae vim; cf. 
Harless ad Eph. 2, 2), apud Graecos 1) aevum (per 
digamma aeol. i. q. alcov), vitae humanae tempus 
(ap. Hom. Hdt. Pind. trag. poet.), ipsa vita {Rom, Jl. 
b, 685: fis xal Xlnoi aicov, al.). 2) continvmn ae- 
vum, nerpetuitas temporis, aetemitas (Plat. Tim. 
p. 37 d. 38 a. Tim. Locr. p. 97 d. ; Plut. al.). Cum 
quo significatu in biblicis et eccles. scriptis notio 
hebraea et rabbinica vocis &^iy coalescit. cui ap. 
LXX ai<ov respondet. Inde in N. T. 1) a) universe 
usurpatur inloeutionibus elg xbv al<5va, nY^h (Gen. 

6, 3), in aetemum, Jo. 6, 51. 58. 14, 16.^Heb. 5, 6. 
6, 20 al.; et intenlius elg x6v alwva xov alwvog, 
Heb. 1, 8 (Tob. 6, 18. Ps. 83, 18 aL; slg almva Jud. 
vs. 13; elgrifAigav almvog,vii dlom, qui est aetemitas 
(gen. appos.) 2 Pet. 3, 18.; c. negatione: numquam, 
fo. 4, 14. 8, 51. 10, 28. 11, 26. 13, 8. 1 Co. 8, 13; aut 
non in perpetuum, non semper, Jo. 8, 35 ; elg xovg 
alcjvag, in secula, s. quousque tempora erunt (plu- 
ralis denotat singulas aetates, quarum complexus 
est aetemitas), Bo. 1,25. 9, 5. 11, 36. 2 Co. 11, 31. 
Heb. 13, 8; slgndvxagx. a^a)»>er$Jud.vs.25; elg xovg 
alwvag xCbv alwvwv (qua phrasi temporis in perpe- 
tuum futuri varia spatia distinguuntur, quorum 
longioribus comprehenduntur breviora), (hi. 1, 5. 
1 Tim. 1, 17. Ap. 1. 6. 18. 4, 9 s. 5, 13. 7,12. 10, 6. 
11, 15. 15, 7. 19. 3. 20, 10. 22, 5; elg.alwvag alciv<ov 
Ap. 14, 11 ; d aliav xwv aiwymv,MYvan (totum) aeva 



aiiiviog. 



13 



■>/ 



anagnog. 



(breyiora) complectens, Eph. 3, 21 (cf. Meyer ad U; 
and z(5v aldvmv, inde ab aetemis, Col. 1, 26. Epn. 
3, 9; ngo t<ov aliJptav^ aniequam aetates erant, 
ante mundum conditum, 1 Co. 2,7; ngo^iOiQ tcSv 
aloivwVf consilium aeternom, Eph. ^3, 11. — b) hy- 
perbolico et popnlari dicendi usn: and tov aldSvo^ 
(oMam, Gen. 6, 4 eoU. Dent. 32, 7), ab antiquisamo 
irike tempore s. ab haminvm memories Lc. 1 , 70. 
Act. 3, 21. 15, 18 (Tob.4,12: ol natigsQ mdSv and 
TOV aliovoQ; Longin. 34: Toi>Qan alc5vog i^ogaq); 
item iijti(5vo<;, Jo. 9, 32 (3 Ear. 2, 23.^ 26. Diod. 4, 
83 de templo Yeneris: ri^y i| alfJivoq ^QX^ ka86v. 
1 7, 1 : tovg iB alwvoQ fiaaiXeZg. p. 632 : x^v ii alopvog 
naQadeSofiiviiv ^Xtvd-tiflav). — 2) per metomymiam 
comdnentis pro eo, quod continetur, ol al(ovsQ aunt 
mundits s. complexus eorum, quae temporlbus con- 
tinentur, Heb. 1, 2. 11, 3 et (?) 1 Tim. 1, 17. Ita 
al<6v Sap. 13, 8. 14, 6. 18, 4; idem yocis nans ap. 
talmudistas, Chaldaeoa, Syros, Arabea; cf. Bleek 
Hebr.-6r. 11, 1, p. 36 sa. Gesenii Thes. II, p. 1056. 
— 3) Ut Judaei distinxerunt rvm oV-ir^n. tempua 
ante Measiam, et Kan fi^yn, temuuBpoat^adventum 
Meaaiae (cf. Riehm Lehrb^^riif a. fllebr&erbriefa p. 
204 as.), ita a nlerisque NT T. acriptoribua diatin- 
guitnr alwv ovtoq, haec aeias (etiam aimpliciter 6 
alwv Mt. 13, 22. Mc. 4, 19 K^.Lchm, Tdf. Trg., ivs- 
axioq aldv (M. 1, 4; 6 vvv alwv 1 Tim. 6, 17. Tit 
2, 12), tempua ante aolennem Christi reditum a. 
adventum ejua ^nai^ovalaVf q. y.) yere meaaianum, 
aetaa fragUitatis rerum, imbecillitatia, impietatia, 
improbitatia, calamitatum, miaeriarum, et aliav 
fAkXXmv, aetas fuihjtira (etiam alvav ^xfrvocLc.20,35; 
at iQxofJtevoq Lc. 18, 30. Mc. 10, 30 ; aidfvsq ol ineg^ 
TOfiBvoi Eph. 2, 7) a. aeyum diyini regni poat ao- 
lennem Christi reditum conaummati omniumque 
hujua regni beneficiorum; Mt. 12, 32. Eph. 1, 21. 
Cf. Fritzschs Ep. ad Bo. T. Ill, p. 22 a. Quapropter 
quae xov al. xovxov aunt, cum yituperatione in N. 
T. commemorantur. Altov oixoq meton. homines, 
qui hujua temporis mente et studiis reguntur, Bo. 

12, 2., iidem, qui viol xo^ alwvoq xovxov dicuntur 
Lc. 16, 8. 20, 34 ; xaxa xov almva xo€x6cfjiov xoikov, 
conyenienter aetati, cujua hie (profanna) mundua 
eat, Eph. 2, 2; dyanav xov vvv alciva, 2 Tim. 4, 10 
(y. in vfa:nav)\ aoxoyxBq xov al.xoi>xov^ 1 Co. 2, 6 
(y. in agxmv); 6 ^sdqxov at xovxov, diabolua, qui 
hominum hujua aeyi studia et facta regit, 2 Co. 
4,4; al fiifiuvai xov alwvoq, aoUicitudines de rebua 
hujua aeyi, Mc. 4, 19j nXadaioq iv xS vvv aldSvi, 
diyea terrestribua opibua 1 Tim. 6, Iv; aoq>la xov 
aL xoH.i sapientia, qualia hujua aeyi eat, errorum 
plena, auperbiens et eyangelio infeata, 1 Co. 2, 6; 
ov^ffifix^q xov al. xovxov, diaputator, aophiata, 
qnalia nunc isae aolet, 1 Co. 1, 20; awxiXhia xov 
aL xovx, finis a. potiua coqaummatio aetatia ante 
Ciiriati reditum, ^uocum conjuncta erunt resur- 
rectio mortuorum, judicium ex&emum, hujua mundi 
abolitio et in praeatantiorem atatum reatitutio, Mt. 

13, ^39 a. 49. 24, 3. 28, 20^ idem eat avvxeXsla xwy 
almvwv Heb. 9, 26; — xa xiXij xi3v alSvwv, ulti- 
ma tempora aetatum ante Chriati reditum, 1 Cor. 10, 
11. — ivvdfjisiq xov fiiXXovxog ai<5voq, yirea, q^uae e 
future a.diyino rerum ordine offeruntur, h. e. apiritus 
8., Heb. 6,5; xov altSvoq ixslvov xvx^lv, participem 
fieri beneficiorum futuri aeyi, Le. 20, 35. — Voce 
xov aldfvoq inter N. T. acriptorea caret Jacobua. 

almvioq, ov et (2 Th. 2, 16. Heb. 9, 12. Num. 
25, 13. Plat. Tim. p. 38 b. Died. 1, 1) loq, la, iov 
{aiiiv), 1) inUii^ et finis expers,^ qui semper fuit et 
semper erit; l^eo(,Bo. 1^,2^ (ofi6voqalwvioq21SMiG. 
1, 26); nvevfia Heb. 9, 14. — 2)ini^i expers; xfo- 
voiq aliovloiq Bo. \6,2b •,n^6xQovwval4»vlafi>2Tvak, 



1, 9. Tit. 1, 2; ehayyiXiov, ey., cujua aigomentnm 
est aetemum, h. e. consilium dei aalutare ab aeter- 
nia captum, Ap. 14, 6. — 3) finis expers, mmnquam 
desitunts, sempitemus ; 2 Co. 4,18 (opp. nQ6oxaiQoi)\ 
aldvtov avxov, in perpetuum tibi conjunetum ten- 
quam ejuadem aetemae yitae socium, Philem. ys. 
15^; pdooq So^rjq 2 Co. 4, 9; paciXela 2 Pet. 1,11; 
66ia 2 Tim. 2, 10; t^wrjiy.vi gopi^^ xXtj^ovoula Heb. 
9, 15; X-vxQOfatq Heb. 9, 15; nagaxXijaiq 2 Th. 2, 16; 
axTjval, sedes in omne aeyum obtinendae, Lc. 16, 9 
(intelligenda sunt beatorum in codis habitacula; 
cf. Jo. 14, 2; similiter orcua dicitur alwvioq xonoq 
Tob. 3, 6 coU. Cohel. 12, 5); act)Xf]Qla Heb. 5, 9, 
1 Pet. 5, 10. Oppoaitae notionea: xoXaaiq Mt. 25, 
46; xglfia Heb. 6, 2:xglaiq Mc. 3, 29 (text. rec. et 
Grsb.); dXe&Qoq 2 Th. 1, 9 (4 Mace. 10, 15);^ nvg 
Mt. 25, 41. (4 Mace. 12, 12: alatvltp 7tvQlx,paadvotq, 
oii elq dXov xov ai<3va oix dvi^aovai ae.) 

dxad^aQ0la,aq,^{axa9aQXoq), immundities, a) phy- 
aica, Mt. 23, 27. — b) aenau morali impuritaa eorum, 
qui libidinoae, luxurioae, flagitioae yiyunt. Bo. 1. 
24. 6, 19. 2 Co. 12, 21. Gal. 5, 19. Eph. 4, 19. 5, 3. 
CoL 3, 5. 1 Th. 4, 7; de impuria conailiia dicitur 
1 Th. 2, 3. (Dem. p. 553, 12.) Cf. TUtmann de aynon. 
N. T. p.^ 150 a.* 

axa^aQXfiq,rixoq, ^, impvritas; Ap. 17, 4, praeter 
quem locum^ nuaquam inyenitur; aed rectiua ibi 
le^tur xd dxd&aoxa xnq, 

oxdBaQXoq, ov \xa^atQm), ap. LXX ■- woo, nan 
ptirgatus, impurus; a) leyitico aensu id, a quo, ne 
mipuritas contrahatur, e lege leyitica abstinen- 
dum est, Act. 10, 14. 11, 8 (oibi); Act. 10, 28. 
1 Co. 7, 14 (homines); 2 Cor. 6. 7 (e Jea. 52, 11; 
rea ad idololatriam apectantea); Ap. 18, 2 (ayea). 
b) ethico aenau qui impurae mentis et vitae est (ita 
aaepe ap. Plat.); Eph. 5, 5; rd dxdB'agxa XTJq noQ- 
veiaq Ap. 17, 4 (e yera lectione); nvevfjtaxa, dae- 
monea, malign! angeli, Mt. 10, 1. 12, 43. Mc. 1, 23. 

26. 3, 11 al. Lc. 4, 33. 36. 6, 18 al. Act. 5, 16. 8, 7. 
Ap. 16, 13. 18, 2 (nvsv/iaxanoviiQd Mt. 12, 45. 
Lc.^7, 21. 8, 2. 11, 26. Act 19, 12 a. 15 a.). 

dxaiQiofAat, ovfiat (axaipoq), opportunitatedestp- 
tuor (opp. €vxa<(>^a>), Phil. 4,10 (PhotSuid.Zonar.; 
dxaiQclv Died. exc. Mai p. 30).^ 

dxalgwq (xaigoq), ady., intempestive (opp. eixal' 
Qwq)\ 2 1^. 4, 2 (aiye opportunum ait hominibus, 
siye minus). (Sir. 35, 4. Plat. Pol. 10, p. 606 b. 
Tim. 33 a. 86 c. Xen. Eph, 5, 7. Jos. ant 6, 7. 2aL).* 

axaxoq, ov {xaxoq), a) doli et fraudis expefs, 
innocens; sceleris pitrus: Heb. 7, 26. b) nihil mali 
abaUis meiuens, nemini diffidens; Bo. 16, 18. (Plat. 
Dem. Pol. al. LfX.) 

ixav^a, tiq, ^ (axtj, cuspis), a) spina, vepres, 
sentis, Mt. 7, 16. Lc. 6, 44. Heb. 6, 8; elq xdcq axdv- 
^aq, inter spinarum semina, Mt 13, 22. Mc. 4,7.18. 
Lc. 8, 14 (ys. 7 : iv fiiaqt xwv dxavB^wv); inl ziiq dx., 
in solum, in quo spinarum semina latebant Mt 1 3, 7. — 
b) spinosum virfftdutum; axiipavovii dxav^Q)v,Mt, 

27, 29. Jo. 19, 2. Nam merae spinae animi deliquium 
yel adeo mortem effecisaent; quod yiigulti genua 
inteUigatur, non liquet. Temere nonnuUi legerunt 
dxdv^4»v, ab axavboq, acanthus, Bdrenhlau; nam 
notio x^q dxdv^q etiam ap. profanoa latiua patet; 
cf. Most Wdrterb. d. claaa. G^citftt, p. 123.* 

dxdv&ivoq,ov{axavd^a;cf.d/iapdv&ivoq),spineus, 
e ramis fruHds spinosae coniextus; Mc. 15. 17. Jo. 
19, 5. (Jea. 34, 13.) Cf. yoc. praeced.* 

axagnoq, ov ixaipc6q), in/ructuostu, sterUis; 
l)propr. 6iv6ga, Jud. ys. 12. — 2) metaph. qui non 

S'aestat praestanda; aucceaau carena, Mt 13, 22. 
c. 4, 19; bene foctia carena. Tit 3, 14. 2 Pet 1, 8; 
nihil ad alioa docendoa, emendandoa, tranquillan- 



axatayvainog. 14 

doB conferens, 1 Go. 14, 14; per litoten: pemicio' 
su8t Eph. 5, 11 (Sap. 15, 4; cf. Orimm Exgt. Hdb. 
ad Sap. 1, 11).* 

dxaxdyvwaxo^^ ov (xazayivfbaxw)^ qui condemn 
nari nequit, irreprehenstis ; Tit. 2, 8. (2 Mace. 4, 47 
et aliqaoties ap. eceles. scriptores.)* 

dxaxaxdXvnto^, ov{xaxaxaXvJtT(ogi), nan opertM, 
non velaius; 1 Go. 11, 5. 13 (PoL 15, 27, 2.)* 

dxaxdxQixoq^ ov (xaxaxplvm), tndenmatus; qni 
indicta causa punitar, Act. 16, 37. 22, 25. (Apnd 
profaDOs non habetur.) 

dxatdXvxoi,ov{xaxaXv«9), indUsolubiUs; interitui 
non obnoxius; S<0i}, Heb. 7, 16. (4Macc. 10, 11. Dion. 
Hal. 10, 81.)» 

dxaxdnaaxoq, ov, yox obvia tantnm 2 Pet. 2, 14 
in codd. alex. et yat., e quibns earn Lckm, recepit 
pro vnlg. dxaxanavarovQ^ q. y. Qla dedacenda esset 
a nccxiofiat, cf. ninaofiaij edOf comedo; onde dxa- 
xdnaaxoQ, inaocUcUnUs. Apnd profanoB xtxtdrcaaxog 
est eonsper8M,tLxat€tndoaaf,coH$pergo, Alia eaqne 
uberiora de hac var. lectione dooet BUm. ntl. Gr. 
p. 57. 

dxaxdfcavoxog, ov {xcneatixvw), esssare nescms, 
non desinens^ paBsive non sedatiu, qui sedari non 
potest; c. ^en. rei ^de quo cf. Win. §. 30, 4) 2 Pet. 
2, 14 (ocnli non seoati peccato sc. quod adspioienda 
adaltera conunittunt\ (rolyb. Diod. Joseph. Plut.)* 

axaxttoxaala^a^^f^icixaxdoxaxo^y etaiusnonfir' 
mu8, ordo rerum turbatus, pertwroaJtio^ confiaio; 
1 Go. 14, 33. Jao. 3, 16 (Glem. Bo. 1 Go. 14); plnr. 
perturbakonea, de dissidiis 2 Go. 12, 20; de sedi* 
tionibos 2 Go. 6, 5 (cf. Meyer ad 1.); de turbis bel- 
licis, Lc. 21, 9. (Polyb. Dion. Hal.)* 

dxaxdaxaxogy ov {xa^linijfii)^ inatabilis, incon- 
atane; Jac. 1, 8. et ap. Ldttn. Tdf, Trg, etiam 3^ 
8., ^sed minus apte. (Pol. 7, 4, 6 al.) 

axaxdaxsto^, ov {xaxix(»t co^rceo, contineo), qui 
codrceri nequit; Jac. 3, 8 e L vnlg. (Job. 31, 11. 
3 Mace. 6, 17. Diod. 17, 38. axax, odxQvtt. aL)* 

^AxfXdafid^ s. ixeXdafidy (Lchm,) s. ^AxeXSa/idx 
(Tdf. Trg.), comp. e chald. Ktoa Vgn, tiger ecm* 
guinis; Act. 1, 19; v. in alfia 2,' a. 

dxipaiOQ, ov MQ(xvwfii), a) non miociua, purus, 
ut vinum, metalla. b) de animo: eui nihil maU ad- 
mixtwn eat, doli expera, innoeens, aimplex; Mt. 10, 
16. Bo. 16, 19. Phil. 2, 15 (et saepe ap. profanes).* 

dxXiv^l i^ixXlvio), nonindinLa, firtLa, immo- 
iua; Heb. 10, 23. (saepe ap^. profanes.) 

' flMr^dSa»,aor. 1. ^xfutaa {ixfii/i), fngeo,mahureaco ; 
Ap. 14, 18. (saepissime ap. pro&nos.) 

axfii^, 9Cf 4 {CL&xtf^ fx^Xf^^i ^^* €U!iea, acuo), apud 
Graecos a) propr. cuapia, qua pungitur (cf. alxfi^)* 
b) extremitaa, aummum, aupremua gradua. e) pun- 
dum praeaentia temporia. Hine accus. ax/ii^v ad* 
yerbii yim habet, -^ Sri, etiamnunc; Mt. 15. 16. 
Theocr. Id. 4, 60. PoL 4, 36, 8. Strat. epigr. 3. 
Strab. 1, 56. Pint, de glor. Athen. 2, 85. al. Gl. Lob. 
ad Phryn. p. 125.* 

axoi}, fl^, ^ fa supponenda forma perfect! ^xoa, 
cf . supra ayoga)i 1 ) auditua, quo aliquis sonos per- 
dpit; aenaua audiendi;^ 1 Go. 12, 7. 2 Pet. 2, 8; ex 
hebraismo: ixoydxovaiv, audiendo percipere, Mt. 
13, 14. Act. 28, 26 (Jes. 6, 9); ctWin. §. 44,8,Anm. 
3. §. 54, 3. — 2) inatrumentwn audiendi, auria; Mc. 
7, 35. Lc. 7, 1. 2 Tim. 4, 3. 4 Act. 17, 20. Heb. 5, 11. 
— 3)m2, quod auditur vd emditwneat; a)inatihaio, 
ea ^uidem ore facta; spedaMteir praedicatio evan- 
geluy Jo. 12, 38. Bo. 10, 16s. (r/c inlarsvoe xy axoB 
^/ticbv; e Jes. 53, 1., ubi ny^itsv, quod 2 Sam. 4, 4 aL 
redditur dyy$Xla); axoij nlax£ij»g, prctedicaHo de 
necessitate ./£efei, german. Gkttibenapredigt, Gal. 3, 
2,b,—X6YO^axofi<:=X.axovaMgj lTh.2, 13. Heb. 



axova. 



4, 2. — b) fama, rumor; xivo^, de aUquo, Mt. 4, 24. 
14,^1. 24, 6. Mc. 1, 28. 13, 7. (s&epe ap. Graecos.)* 
ixoXovB'iWf tt), fut. i}<;a», impf. ^xoX6^in>Vf pf. 
i(xoXox^xa (Mc.^lO, 28 Lchm. Tdf, Trg.\ aor. 1. 
ilxoXov^oa (ab axoXov^oq, et hoc ex a copulatiyo 
et xiXtv^oq, yia, pr. eadem ma ineedena), 1) aequor 
aliqnem praeeantem, comitem eime cuipmgo, corrd- 
toreumjMt. 4, 25. 8, 19. 9, 19. 27, 55. Mc. 3,7. 5,24. 

14, 51. liO. 22, 39. 54. 23, 37. Jo. 1, 37 s. 44. 6, 2. 18. 

15. 20, 6 al. Act. 12, 8. 13, 43. 21, 36. 1 Go. 10, 4 ; 
distinguitur a n^odyeiv Mt. 21^, 9. Mc. 11, 9; trop. 
th S^ci (xifxdfv axoXovd'eZ fiBx txtxwv^ comitabun- 
tur eos quae bene fecerunt ad deum judicem ab eo 
mercedem consecutura, Ap. 14, 13; contrarinm ^xo- 
Xov&fiaav aix^Q al kfiagxlai &XQi xov oifQavov 
Ap. 18, 5, sed ibi pro^xoAov^.restitatum estixxoX- 
X^^aav a Ghrab, Lchm. Tdf. Trg. — tempore ali- 
quem sequor, auccedo aUcui; Ap. 14, 8 s. (Hdian. 1. 
14, 12: ra yovv axoXov^aovta. al.) — Quum annd 
yeteres magistris ambulantibns et peregrinantiDus 
discipuli comites esse solerent, dxoX. est 2) diaeipu- 
lum me adjungo aUcui^ diacipulua ejua fio yel aum; 
partea ejua aequor; Mt. 4, 20. 22. 9, 9. 19, 27 s. Mc. 
1, 18. 8, 34. Lc. 5, 11. 27 al. Jo. 8, 12 (ubi Jesus se 
comparat cum face, quam discipulus sequitur); 
o^x dxoXovd'eZ h/iZv, non est e nostro tuorum disci- 
pulorum coetu, Mc. 9, 38. — oHcui conatanter ad- 
naereOf ad ejua exemplum vivendo ac ai opua fuerit 
etiam moriendo me totum compono: Mt. 10, 3i8. 16, 
24. Jo. 12,26, 21, 22.~Li epistolis K. T. hoe yerbum 
non legitur praeter 1 Go. 10, 4. Ut ap. Graecos 
jungitur plerisque loeis c. datiyo objecti, aliquo- 
ties c. fitxd tivo^y Lc. 9, 49. Ap. 6, 8. 14, 13 (ita 
etiam ap. Graecos; cf. Lobeck ad Phiyn. p. 354); 
dnlam xivSq, Mt.10,38. Mc.8,34 (ubi t. yulg.Z^A^i^. 
iXO^etv), hebr. ■^sftt •^'vth tj^rr 1 Beg. 19, 21. Gf. 
Win, p. 219. '" ' . 

dxovWfim^t ^xovov, fut. (quo elegantiores Graeci 
utuntur) axovao/uxt, Act. 3, 22. 7, 37 (in t yulg.); 
17, 32. 25, 22. 28, 28 et (quae forma inierioris aeyi 
est) axovcwy Mt. 12, 19. 13, 14 (locis e LXZ pe- 
titis); Bo. 10, 14 et ap. Tdf. Trg. Jo. 6, 25. 28. 
(cf. Win, p. 79. Btfm. ntl. Gr. p. 46): pf. axfxoa, 
aor. 1. nass. ^xovo&fjv, — audio, I) simpliciter. 
1) facuUate audiendi praeditua (non sordus) aum; 
Mc. 7, 37. Lc. 7, 22. Mt. 11, 5. — 2] aUmdo (fa- 
cultate audiendi utor), perpendo quoa^ dicitur aut 
dictum est. Ita in hortationibus dxovexe, Mc. 4, 
3; dxovaax€f Jac. 2, 6; 6 fx^^ ^^^ dxovsiv 
dxovixcD, Mt. 11, 15. 13, 9. Mc. 4, 23. Lc. 14, 35; d 
ix<»v oig axovadxm Ap. 2, 7. 11. 17. 29. 3, 6. 13, 22 
aL — 3) tropiee: inteuigo, pereipio dicU aenaum; 
Mt. 13, 15 s. Mc. 8, 18. 1 Go. 14, 2. — II) cum ob- 
jecto: 1) dxoi&w xif audio dUquid; a) id, quod me 
praesente ore profertur, auribus pereipio (unmittel- 
oar); r^v ^(ov^v, Mt. 12, 19. Jo. 3, 8. Ap. 4, 1. 
5. 11. 18, 4. Act. 22, 9 al.; xdv aana0fi6v,ho. 1,44; 
FaXiXalav^ nomen Galilaeae, Lc. 23, 6; dvdaxaaiv 
vBXQwv, yocem ivdax, v., Act. 17, 32; xbv Xdyov 
Mc. 5, 36 (de quo loco y. in naqaxovm)\ Mt. 19, 
22. Jo. 5, 24 al.; xohq Xdyovq, Act. 2, 22. 5, 24. 
Mt 7, 24; 6j/iaxa, 2 Go. 12, 4; xlXirovatv, Mt 21, 
16; pass., Mt 2, 18. Ap. 18, 22 s.; xl Ix xtvoq 2 Go. 
12,6. — seq. dxt. Act 22,2. Mc. 16, 11. Jo. 4, 42. 
14, 28. — b) audiendo accipioj diaco (ex ore docen- 
tium yel narrantium). Act. 15, 7. Mt 10, 27 (8 elq xd 
oiq axovextf quod yobis clam traditur); Bo. 15, 21. 
Eph. 1. 13. Gol. 1,6. Jo. 14. 24. 1 Jo. 2, 7. 24. 8, 11; 
A^icxdv, Ghristum cognoscere ex institutione apo- 
stoUca, Eph. 4, 21 (uaS^eTv xdv X^ioxdv ys. 20); 
passiy.: Lc. 12, 3. Heb. 2, 1. — t/ c. genitiyo per- 
sonae,'a qua auditur. Act 1» 4; rl napd xivoq, Jo. 



anQCtaia. 



8, 26. 40. 15, 15. Act. 10, 22. 2S, 22. 2 Tim. 2, 2. 
(Thac. 6, 93. Xen. an. 1, 2, 5. Plat. rep. 6, p. 506 d. 
id.); & tivoQ, Jo. ] 2, 34 (^x tov v6ifov, cum pubHcis 
lectdonibus legis interessemas); and c. gen. per- 
sonae, 1 Jo. 1, 5; add. ns^l tivoq Act. 9, 13; sq. 
Zxi, Mt. 5, 21. 27. 33. 38. 43. — c) dxoito Ti, re9 ad 
cntrea meaaperfertar^ {famd) cotmperio, reaciaco (mit* 
telbar); com accns.rei, ree l(»/a, Mt. 11,2; daainoleif 
Mc. 3, 8; noXifiov^, Lc. 21, 9. Mt. 24, 6. Mc. 13, 7; 

— eomperio simplic.: scil. id, cnjns modo mentio 
facta eat; Mt. 2, 3. 22, 7. Mc. 2, 17. 3, 21. Qal. 1, 13. 
Eph. 1, 15. Gol. 1, 4. Philem. y. 5 al. — sq. Sxi, 
Mt. 2, 22. 4, 12. 20, 30. Mc. 6, 55. 10, 47. Jo. 4, 47. 

9, 35. 11, 6. 12, 12. Gal. 1, 23; neglxivog, Mc. 7, 25. 
xl nsQl xivoq, Lc. 16, 2. 9, 9. 23. 8; sq. ace. c. par- 
tidpio Lc. 4, 23. Act. 7, 12. 2 Th. 3, 11. 3 Jo. vs. 4; 
sq. ace. c. inf. bis: Jo. 12, 18. 1 Co. 11, 18. — pass., 
Act. 11,22 (^^xovif^ri 6 kdyoQ bIq xdi dxa xflq isaeXtj- 
aiag, perlatns est ad aures); 1 Go. 5, 1 {dxovfxai 
noQvsla iv vfAlv) ; Mt. 28, 14 {idtv ixovc^i xoijxo inl 
xov ifysfjiovog); Mc. 2, 1. Jo. 9, 32 ^xovo^, 8ri. — 
b) aivres prcuAeo doctrinae vel decent!; xbvX^ov 
Mt. 10, 14; attenta anditione sequor x6v Xoyov, Jo. 
8. 43; t& j^^fJLoxa xov ^eov, 8, 47. — e) capu>^ tnUHr 
ligo (at lat. audio)', Mt 4, 33.,Gal. 4. 21. (Gen. 11, 
7.) — 2) Com genitive objecti axo^siv non jnngitar 
nisi snis aliqnis anribns personam yel rem audit. 

— a) com genit. p6r«cmae; aa) simplici: a) voeem 
aUctijus percipio; ai, i. e. Christi, cujos vox in 
institatione eonun perdpitar, qnos legavit (Lc. 10, 
16), Bo. 10, 14. — ff) awes Mctiiprcibeo (t^m zur 
horen, ihn anh&ren),- Mt 2, 9. Mc. 7, 14. 12, 37. 
Lc. 2, 46. 10, 16. 15, 1. 19, 48. 21, 38. Act. 17, 32. 
24, 24 (atroqne loco xivbgneQlxivoQ); 25, 22. Jo. 

6, 60. — y)obeequor (auf einen koren), Mt. 17, 5. 
(Mc. 9, 7. Lc. 9, 35.) Jo. 3, 29. 10, 8. Act 3, 22 s. 4, 
19. 7, 37. 1 Jo. 4, 5 8. — Ifinc 6) ex nsu dicendi joan- 
neo: exattdio^de dec precibnshominnmsatisfiEkciente: 
Jo. 9, 31. 11, 41. 1 Jo. 5, 14 8. (LXX 9»^ reddant 
elaeacovw,) — c) c gen. pers. et partic. ; Mc. 14, 
58. Lc 18, 36. Jo. 1, 37. 7, 32. Act 2, 6. 11. Ap. 
16, 5; ^ovaa xov ^aiaaxMlov Xiyovxog Ap. 16, 
7 (ap. Grsb, Lehm. Tdf, Trg.), quod poeta dicit 
per prOBopopoeiam; cf. de Wette ad 1., Win, p. 195. 

— o) c. genit rei; xfig fiXaOipijfdaQf Mc. 14, 64 
{Lchm, xhv fila<rg>.y nt ap. Mt. 26, 65; accas. nude 
aenotat oojectam; xr^Q pXaag>. sens a idem est ac 
aixov pXaatprffiovvxoQ) ; xmv Xoywv Lc. 6, 47 (Mt. 

7, 24 xovg Xoyovg); Jo. 7, 40 (Ijchmy Tdf. Trg,; 
Yulg. xdv Xoyov) avfxipiovlaq x. X0Q<»Vy Lc. 15, 
25; xov oxeyayuov Act. 7,^ 34; xfjg dnoXoylag 22, 
1 . — Freqaens pnrasis axoveip xtjg <pwvrjg (a^ vao 
^ipa Ex. 18, 19) est a) diserta verba vocispercipere] 
Jo. 5, 25. 28. Act 9, 7. 11, 7. 22, 7. Heb. 3, 7. 15. 
4, 7. Ap. 14, 13. 21, 3. fil) obsequi voci; Jo. 5, 25 
{ol dxovaavxsQ sc. xrjg <pwv^Q); 10, 16. 27. 18, 37. 
Ap. 3, 20. — Lods Jo. 12, 47. 18, 37. Lc 6, 47. 
Act. 22, 1 praestat stataere praemissam genitiyam 
poBsessiyi pronominis (pufd), quam cum BUm. 
ntl. Gr. p. 145 s. duplicem genitiyum objecti, 
personae et rei. — Joannea locutio axo^siv nagk 
xov S^BOv yel xl nagk ^bov significat a) inter- 
num dei aUoguium in ammo percipere Jo. 6 , 45. 
b) ipeitts dei intemo^ allpquio edoceri; 8, 26. 40 
(ita etiam simplex dxovBiv 5, 30);^ dooeri a dda- 
bolo e lect Lchm. Tdf. Trg, ijxovoecxB nai^d, xov 
ntxxQdg Jo. 8, 38. Oeterum cf. BUm, ntl. Gr. p. 
144 88. 258 88. 

axgaalOf ag, ^ {dxgax^g), incontinenUa^ iideimpe- 
ranUa; Mt. 23, 25 (ubi Grab. aSpcla); 1 Co. 7, 5. 
Cf.^ Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 524 s.* 

ixQaxi^g, igt g^n* ^og^ ovg {xQdxog), ineontinenaf 



15 axQopvtnla. 

intemperanaj 2 Tim. 3, 3. (saepe ap. profanes inde 
a Plat, et Xen.)* 

fix^oroCy ov {xBQdvwfit\ immixtuSt menu; Ap. 
14, 10 (de yino aqua non temperate, ut saepe ap. 
profanos et Jer. 25, 15).* 

axQl^Bia, Blag, ^ (axgip^g), accfiratio, accuratia- 
aima dUigerOia: Act. 22, 3 {xccxit axQipBtar xov v6- 
fiov, accommodate ad seyeritatem mosaicae legis).* 

dxpifi^g, ig^ gen. ^og, ovg, accuratua^ diltgena, 
Comparatiyus neutr. adyerbialiter positus Act. 18, 
26. 23, 15. 20. 24, 22; axQifiBOxdrfi aYpBCig, secta 
in interpretanda mos. lege obseryandisque legis et 
traditionis praeceptis, etiam minutioribus, accurata 
et seyera, Act. 26, 5.* 

dx^ipSm^ w, aor. 1. ijxQlfiwoa (earp£/9j}g), 1) ap. 
profanos accurate novi, accurate /ado. — 2) <2m- 
genier explore ^ Mt. 2, 7 . 1 6 {dxQifitfg i^Bxd^Biv ys. 8). 
Anst gen. anim. 5,^ 1. Philo m. opif. § 25: fiBXct 
ndaijg i^BxdaBwg ixQipovvxBg.* 

axQiptSg^ ady., €Uicurate^ dUigenter; Mt. 2, 8. 
Lc. 1,3. Act 18, 25. 1 Th.5.2; dxQifilbg nBQinaxBtv, 
proyide, circumspecte yiyere, ita ut ne uUam in 
paii^m ab officii lege recedatur, Eph. 5, 15.* 

ixQig, ISog^ 4, locuata, et illud quidem locusta- 
rum genus, quod terris orientalibus maxime in- 
festum est, quippe agros et arbores despascens. 
Innumeros earum greges quoyis yere yentus ex 
Arabia in Palaestinam agit, unde deyastatis agris 
in loca septentrioni propiora demigrant, usque 
dum ad mare delapsae pereunt. Ut populi Orientis 
locustis yesci solent yel recentibus yel assis et 
sale conditis, ita Israelitis quoque e lege Ley. 11, 
22 esus earum permisBus fuit. (Cf Win, BW6. s. 
y. Heuaehreeken; Furrer in 8chenkel BL. p. 78 ss. 
Mt. 3, 4. Mc. 1, 6. — Miraculosum atque infemale 
locustarum genus describitur Ap. 9» 3. 7 colL yss. 
2. 5 8. 8—12; cf. DUaterdieck ad h. sect.*^ 

axgoaxi^Qiov, lev. x6 {ox(fodo/iai, auditor sum), 
locus, quo audiendi causa conyeniunt, auditO' 
rium; ut haec latina yox in jure romano, denotat 
Act. 25. 23 locum cauaia audiendia et eoqnoacendia 
deatinatum. (Aliquoties ap. Plut. et alios poste- 
riores.)* 

dxgoecx^gi ov, 6 (dxi^odofiai), auditor; xov vS/iov, 
Bo. 2, 13; xov Xoyov, Jac. 1, 22 s. 25. (Thuc. Isocr. 
Plat Demosth. Plut.) 

^ axQofivaxla, ag, ^ (yox Graecis incognita, qui 
J7 ttxgonoa&la et xd iacQonda^iov dixerunt, a noo^, 
i. e. membrum yirile s. mentula. Quare yerisimile 
est Graecorum xi^v noa^fjv ab Alexandrinis pro- 
nuntiatum esse x^vBva^v, etj>ro dxgonoad'lav [xd 
&XQOV xtjg 7i6a€^g] dictum axoofivaxlaVf cf. quae 
acute hac de re docet Frit»ache^p, ad Bo. I, p. 136 
colL iis, quae Winero p. 94 probabiliora yidentur), 
ap. LXX «B n^it;^, praeputium s. pellicula glandem 
membri yirilis'tegens; a) proprie: Act. 11, 3. Bo. 
2, 25. 26 b. 1 Co. 7, 19. (M. 5. 6. 15. Col. 3, 11 
(Judith. 14, 10. 1 Mace. 1, 15); iv dxoofivaxl^ &v, 
praeputium habens, praeputiatus (TertnU.),' non 
circumcisus, i. q. ffentilis. Bo. 4, ^10; iv dxQ, sc. 
J>v, 1 Co. 7, 18;^ idem denotat 6t dxQofivaxlag Bo. 
4, 11; 17 iv T^ dxQofi. niaxig, fides, quam aliquis 
habet praeputiatus. Bo. 4, 11 s. — b) per metonym. 
abstr. pro concr. praeputiatua, i. e. genbiUa; Bo. 2, 
26 a. 3, 30. 4, 9. Eph. 2, 11; 17 ix ipvaBwg dxpofi., 
natalibus praeputiatus s. eentilis, oppos. Juuaeo, 
qui moribua se gent gentilem, Bo. 2, 27 ; e^cevy^ 
Xiov xijg dxQofi,, eyangelium g^entilibus nuntianaum. 
GaL 2, 7. — c) translate: 17 cocQofi. xijg aagxog, 
oppos. uBQixofii xy dxBiQimoirftip s. re^nerationi 
(Col. 2, 11), conditio, qua pravae cuptditaiea xfj 
aagxl inaitae nondum erant exatinctae. Col. 2, 13 



anCQayoviaiog. 



16 



l^ke^avdQog. 



(locutio inde petita, quod praepmtium erat signoiii 
immimditiae et alienatioiiis a deo).* 

axQoymviaiOQ, aia, aioVf tox solum biblica et 
eccles. {^xpog, extremus et ywvia, angulus), in ex- 
tremo angelo positusiXl^o^y lapis angtUarig; de 
Ghristo 1 Pet. 2, 6. Eph. 2, 20; LXX Jes. 28, 16 
*" nifei^l*. Ut enim angnlaris lapis duos muros 
contiuet/ita Christus eos, qui Judaei olim fuerant 
et gentiles, ad unum coetmn conjungit deo dica- 
tum Ghristianos, Eph. 2, 20. colL vs. 14. lO^-lO. 
21 s. Et quemadmoaum lapis ang. ad sustinendum 
aedificium confert, at vero etiam nonnulli parum 
clrcumspecte circa angulum se moventes procum- 
bunt: ita alii auxiUo Ghristi muniuntur, alii in 
Ghristo offendentes intereunt, 1 Pet. 2, 6—8; v. in 
yofvla** 

axQo^lvtoVf lev, to (ab axgoq, extremus et ^/?, 
gen. ^ivoq^ acervus; extremitas, summitas acerri) 
plerumque in plur. rd axQo&lvta, primiUae s. jfri^ 
gum 8. manubiarum (ap. Graecos e summitaubus 
acervorum diis deligi et offerri solitae, Xen. Gyr. 
7, 5, 53.), in sacro cod. semel, Heb. 7, 4 de praeoa. 
(Hdt. Thuc. Aesch.^Pind. Plut. aL) 

SxQOQ, Of ov {dxfj, cuspis), summus, extremus; xb 
axQOVf summum, extremitast Lc. 16, 24. Heb. 11, 
21 ; axQtt, &XQOV v^^, ohgavov, ultdmi fines terrae, 
coeli, Mt. 24, 31. Mc. 13, 27. coll. Deut. 4, 32. 28, 64. 
Jes. 13, 5. Jer. 12, 12.* 

^AxvXaq, ov, o, AquHOf Judaeus Ponticus, tento- 
riorum opifex, ad Gmstum conversus, comes Pauli 
et socius in religione Ghristiana propaganda; Act. 
18,^2. 18. 26. Ro. 16, 3. 1 Go. 16,^19. 2 Tim. 4, 19.* 

axvQow, (S, aor. 1. ^xvQotaa (oxvqoq auctoritate 
destitutus, non obligans, irritus, a xd xvQOQf yis, 
auctoritas), irribum reddo, vi et auctoritate^ privo 
(opp. xvQOio, confirmo, ratum facio); ivxoktpfj^ Mt. 
15, 6; Xoyov, Mc. 7, 13 (cf. in dd'triio)', dta^rpcriv^ 
Gal. 3, 17. (Diod. Dion. Hal., Plut.)* 

axioXvxa}^^ adv. (xcoAvcu), absque impedimemio) 
Act 28, 31. 

axo^Vf axovoa, ixov (contr. ex o^xcoy, a priy. et 
Sxwv, lubens), invitus; 1 Go. 9, 17. (Persaepe ap. 
Graecos). 

dXafiaax^oVt ov, x6 (in plur. ap. Theocr.^ 15, 114. 
Anth. 9, 153; ap. reliquos profanes o et 17 aXafia- 
axgog), pyxis ex alaSastrite lapide confecta, in qua 
unguenta asservantur (Plin. H. N. 3, 3 : ^Unguenta 
optime servantur in alabastris"); &dd. fivgov (ut 
Lucian. dial. mer. 14, 2), Lc.^ 7, 37. Mt. 26, 7. Mc. 
14, 3 (ubi Lchm, et Tdf.xbv oAa^ff. receperunt, Trg, 
x^v oA.; Mt. et Lc. non addiderunt articulum, ut 
non pateat, quo genere utantur voce).* 

oAa^ove/a, et iXaXfivia (qua scriptione, ap. 
posteriores Graecos non rara, Tdf* utitur) erC; "t 
(ab akatfiyevoiiai i. e. aA.aSovamegero,v.aXaga>v), 
a) ap. profanes plerumque vaniloquenJtiaH, interdum 
etiam vana osterUatio factis se prodens, Illustratur 
notio a Xen. Gyr. 2, 2, 12. mem. 1, 7. Arist. Eth. 
Nic. 4. 7. — b) ferox et vana suarum virium et 
opium confidentta divinas leges et humanajuratur- 
piter contemnens et violant; 2 Mace. 9, 8. Sap. 5, 8. 
— c) impia et vana audacia terrenarum rerum fir- 
fnitati conjidens; Jac, 4, 16 (ubi plurali respicitur 
ad varias occasiones, ^uibus haec audacia se pro- 
dit); xoHpiov^ostentatio in victu etcuUuconspicua; 
1 Jo. 2, 16.* 

oAergcov, ovog^ o, fj (oAi?, circumyagatio), vanus 
ostentator,' Bo. 1, 30. 2 Tun. 3, 2.* 

dXakd^Qf, a) pr. vocem dXaXd saepius repeto, 
ut solebant milites pugnam inituri. b) universe 
laetum clamorem edo; Ps. 47, 1. 66, 1 et ap. 
prof, e) ejulo, Icmientor; Mc. 5, 38 (^•'V'^ii Jer. 4, 8. 



25, 34.). Gf. dAoAvgo^, uMare. d) fortiter Onnio ,• 
1 Co.^ 13, 1* 

dXaXijxoQt ov (XaXiftoQ a XaXiei)t non pronuntian^ 
dus, non verbis expnmendus; axevay/iol, muta su- 
spiria, quae in sonos eruptura dolore^ supf rimun- 
tur. Bo. 8, 26. (Anth. 5, 4: avvlaxoga aXaXtixmy, h. 
e. mysteriorum amoris.)* 

ttXaXoq, ov {XdXoQt loquens, loquax), mutus, far- 
cuUate loquendi carens;l/Lc. 7, 37; nvevpux, Mc. 9, 

17. 25., quia yitia, quibus daemoniaci homines la- 
borabant, a natura et proprietatibus daemonum 
eos obsidentium nroficisci putabantur. (LXX Ps. 
38, 13. 31, 18; dxAov xalxaxov nvei/iaxoq nXtiQti^, 
Plut. orac. def. p. 438 b.)* 

RXaq, axoq, xo (inferioris aevi forma ap. LXX 
et in N. T. obvia; cf. BUm, Gr.^max. I, p. 22U; 
dat. SlXuxi Gol. 4, 6), et iX^j aXoq, (quo elegan- 
tiores Graeci utuntur; Sir. 22, 13. 43, 19. Sap. 10, 
7. iMacc. 10, 29 al.; Mc. 9, 49 kxl dat. et ap. LcJmi. 
Trg, ys. 50 aXa accus. una c. nominatiyo x6 SiXaq), 
denique aXa in nominative et accus. ap. 7V//.Mc. 
9, 50 (e similitudine vocis yiXa cum genitivi yaXa- 
xoq forma a nonnullis grammaticis memorata, cf. 
KUhner L 1, p- 353 s. coll. iis, quae FritzscMus ad 
Sirac. p. 227 contra banc formam profert), — sal; 
1) sal, quo cibi condiuntur ac sacrificia consper- 
guntur, Mc. 9, 49 a; cf. sub aXllC,w. — 2) oUa; 
r^C 'ffjq, illae salsae materiae species, quae terrae 
arabili insitae foecundam eam reddunt, Mt. 5, 13a.. 
ubi intelligi nequit sal cibonun condimentum, 
quod terram fn^fera vi privat (Deut. 19, 23. 
Zeph. 2, 9. Judd. 9, 5); cf. Ghrohmann in Kduffer 
Biol. Studien 1844 p. 82 ss. Sententia: Yestrum 
est, genus humanum (arabili terrae comparatum) 
viribus imbuere ad agendam vitam deo dicatam 
necessariis. Seq. demum enuntiato ihv 6h aXag 
xxX. comparatio peti videtur a sale ciborum con- 
dimento, ita ut duae imagines oonfundantur. Apud 
Mc. 9 , 50 a. Lc. 14 , 34 sal est imago vegetae et 
validae mentis ad cbristianam virtutem necessariae. 
— 3) sal imago est perpetuae concordiae, Mc. 9. 
50 d., inde expucanda, quod sal a cibis putredineni 
arcet eosque integros servat, quapropter orienta- 
les foedera solenniter sancientes communiter sale 
frui solebant ac solent; cf. Win. BWB. s. v. Salz; 
Knobel ad Lev. p. 370. — 4) sapientia et gratia in 
loquendo conspicua, Gol. 4, 6.* 

*AXaaaa; Act. 27, 8; cf. Aaaala. 

dXelgxOt impf. }^X€ig>ov, aor. 1. HjXsitpaf med. fjXsi- 
yfdfifiVi ungo; xivd vel r/, Mc. 16, 1. Jo. 12, 3; xivd 
vel xl XIV I, ut iXalift, Lc. 7, 46 a. Mc. 6, 13. Jac. 5. 
14; fivg(p, Jo. 11,2. Lc. 7,38. 46b; Med., mihi ungo, 
Mt. 6, 17.* 

&X€Svg, V. in &Xisvg.^ 

dXexxoQoq>wvla, ag, 17 {dXixxwQ et ^o^vij), ffcdlp- 
cinium; Aesop, fab. 79; die. de tertia noctis vi-^ 
gilia, Mc. 13, 35, quo 1. vigiliae recensentur, in' 
quas Judaei Bomanorum morem sequuti nocteni 
dividebant. (Scriptores, qui hoc vocab.habent, affert 
Lobeck ad Phryn.^p. 229.)* 

dXixxwQt OQOit 0, gaUus gallinaceus; Mt. 26, 34. 
74 8. Mc. 14, 30. 68. 72. Lc. 22, 34. 60 s. Jo. 13, 38. 

18, 27. Gf. Lobeck L 1. p. 229.* 
AXeiavSgevgy iofq, o, AlexandrintiSt Alexandria 

(urbe Aegypti celeberrima) oriundus vel ibi habi- 
tans; Act. 6, 9. 18^ 24.* 

^AXe^avdgivogt ^t ov, cdexandrinus, Act. 27, 6. 
28, 11.* 

lAXi^avSgog^ ov, 0, Alexander, 1) Alius Simonis 
illius Gyrenaici, qui crucem Jesu portasse narra- 
tur; Mc. 15, 21 — 2) vir quidam e genere summi 
sacerdotis; Act. 4, 6. — 3) Judaeus quidam; Act. 



aXsvQOv, 



lf7 



aXievg. 



19, 33. — 4) &ber quidam aerarius; Paoli apost. 
adTersarius; 1 Tim.^ 1, 20. 2 Tim. 4, 14* 

HXevQcy^ ov, x6(aXev<o, molo),/arina;Mt.l3,33. 
Lc. 13, 31. Hesych. aksvQa xvqlta^ rot xov alxov, 
akij^txa 6h x(bv xQi^wv. (Hdt. Aon. Plat. Jos. al.) 

aX^^ua, aq, ^ ldkfjd^)g\ veriieu, verum. 1} obje- 
ctive: 1) uniTerse: id quod in cdiqua r«, deqaaagi- 




d-suip, rem omnem, uti vere se habebat, Mc. 5, 33 
(sic etiam Graeci); iJLaQtvQelv xy ikrflela, testimo- 
nium edere rei, at vere est, convemens/Jo. 5, 33; 
latiore sensu kaXelv aXjO'SiaVy in omnibus quae lo- 
quimoT, veritatem sequi, Eph. 4, 25; oAi/^fier iyi^ 
rezo, eventu comprobata sunt vera, 2 Go. 7, 14. — 
iv ai^^flttt vere, tUi res se htibetf rei convenienter; 
Mt. 22, 16.' Jo. 4, 23 s. (ut diyinae naturae consen- 
taneum est); 2 Co. 7, 14. Col. 1, 6; in aXr^^elag, 

a) vere, vero convenienter: Mc. 12, 32. Lc. 4, 25 
(LXX Job. 9, 2. Philo v. Mos. I, § 1); i) re vera, 
profecto; Mc. 12, 14. Lc. 20, 21. Act. 4, 27. 10, 
34 (Clem. Eo. 1 Co. 23 et 47); — xax iln^siav, 
rei convenienter, h. e. ex adj.: procal a partium 
studio, juste, Bo. 2, 2; stxB 7tQog>daei^ ette ukfj- 
&ei€c, Phil. 1, 18; iv toyt^ x, ihfiela 1 Jo. 
3, IB. — 2) Ad causam reiigtonie si refertW vox, 
denotat id quod in rebus ad deum et hominutn of- 
ficia spectcuUibus verum est {die reUgios'-sitUiche 
Wahrheit), et quidem a) latissimo sensu in quae- 
stione sceutica xl ioxiv ikrfi^sia, Jo. 18, 3S; — 

b) yerae de deo notiones, quae humanae rationi 
sine supranaturali dei interventu patent, Bo. 1, 18; 
item fi ikifi^Bia ^eov, Veritas cujus auctor deus 
est, Bo. 1,25 colL vs. 19 {^aXn&BiaxovXoiaxov, 
Evang. Nicodemi c. 15; non igitur, ut multi inter- 
pietantur, vera dei nakira); Veritas, cujiis effigiem 
solidam Judaei in lege mos. quaerebant. Bo. 2, 20. 
— c) vera, quae Christiana reUgio de deo ejusque 
consiUis jper Christum exsequendis cUque de huma- 
nis officits docet, turn gentilium superstitionibus 
et Judaeorum commentis, tum pravis falsorum inter 
ipsos Christianos doctorum opinionibus et prae- 
ceptis opposita; ij dXi^sia xov eiayy,, Veritas, 
quae est evangelium, vel quam exhibet evangelium, 
Qal. 2, 5. 14; et absolute ri dl^^sta et dkrj&Bia, 
Jo. 1, 14. 17. 8, 32. 40. 17, 19. 1 Jo. 1, 8. 2, 4. 
21. 2 Jo. 1-3. Gal. 3, 1 (t. vulg.); 5, 7. 2 Co. 4, 
2. 13, 8. Eph. 4, 24. 2 Th. 2, 10. 12. 1 Tim. 2, 7 
{iv nlaxei x. aXtjB^elcc^ fide et veritate, cujns per 
tidem particeps reddor); 3, 15. 4, 3. 6, 5. 2 Tim. 
2, 18. 3, 8. 4, 4, Tit. 1, 14. 2 Pet. 1, 12; o koyoi xr^ 




1 Pet. 1, 22; inlyvwaiq x^g aX. Heb. lo, 26. 1 Tim. 
2, 4. 2 Tim. 2, 25. 3, 7; nvBvfJta xnq dX„ mens (di- 
Wna), quae Veritas est (1 Jo. 5, 6) et homines cogni- 
tione veritotis imbuit, Jo. 14, 17. 15, 26. 1 Jo. 4, 6; 
iyd> ciui Tf aXi^Bta, ego is sum in c[uo Veritas com- 
prehenditur ac personae formam induta est {der 
persdnUche Trdger der Wahrheit; die pers&nliche 
Wahrheit)^ Jo. 14, 6; i; dX^&eidoov {^eov), Veritas 
quae in te est et a te proficiscitur, Jo. 17, 17; — 
elvat ix XTJQ dXrjd^ilag, veri cognoscendi cupidum 
esse, Jo. 18, 37 (v. in ix et elvai); a veritate profi- 
cisci, 1 Jo« 2, 21; veritate agi et regi, 1 Jo. 3, 19; 
fjuc^zvQBiv xfi aA»^., testimonium edere pro lis, 
quae vera sunt, ad. auctoritatem iis inter homines 
conciliandam, Jo. 18, 37; ak^Q-eiav noislv, eaquae 
vera sunt, ad vitam transferre, divinae veritatis 
formam sentiendo vivendoque exprimere, Jo. 3, 21. 

OBIMM, Lexicon in K. T. 



1 Jo. 1, 6 rrob. 13, 6, 4, 6 colL Neh. 9t 33$ d6ov 
ikfi^elaq oiQetLtBo^aL, Ps. 119, 30); idem est ^re- 
Qinaxelv iv xy dil., 2 Jo. 4. 3 Jo. 3 s.; contrarium 
est artsi^eXv x§ aX., Bo. 2, 8; nXavt^^vai and 
xnq aX. Jac. 5, 19. — II) Sabjeotive: Veritas, qua 
aUquis exceUit; ille animi candor, a quo abest af- 
fectatio, fucus, simulatio, tnendacium, dolus; Jo. 
8, 44; animi sineeritas etmorum integritas s. vitae 
conditio veritati divinae consentanea; 1 Co. 5, 8. 
13, 6 (opp. ddixla); Eph. 4, 21. 5, 9; aov 17 dXn- 
d^iia, Veritas, qualis in te cemitur, tua sentiendi 
agendique ratio veritati congraa, 3 Jo. 3; 17 dX^- 
S-eta xov ^sov, quae dei est, h. e. sanctitas ejus, 
Bo. 3, 7 ; specialiter veracitas (dei in servandis pro- 
missis) Bo. 15, 8. — iv dXfjS'Sla, sincere et vera- 
citer,^ 2 Jo. 1, 3 Jo. 1. — In apocalvpsi non habe- 
tur dX^B'Sia, — Cf. Hblemann: aie biblischen 
Grundbe^iffe der Wahrheit, in ejus „Bibelstudien'' 
(Lpz. 1859) p. 8 88.* 

dXr]&€V€s, ap. pro&nos (Xen. Plat. Arist. al.) 
vera dico; a) vera doceo, xivl^ (lal. 4, 16. — b) vera 
(veram doctrinam) profiteer; Eph. 4, 15.* ^ 

dXri9ifi<;, iq {a pnv. et Xnd^io, Xa9^Blv, xo Xffi-oq 
[cf. afAab^ri^'], pro qm non latet, nostr. unverholerC), 
1) verus; Jo. 4, 18. 10, 41. 19,^35. 1 Jo. 2, 8. 27> 
Act. 12, 9 (res vere facta, opp. oQatiaxi)', Phil. 4, 8; 
uaQXvgla Jo. 5, 31 s. 8, 13 s. 17. 21, 24. 3 Jo. 12. 
Tit. 1, 13; x(flaiq, justa, Jo. 8, 16 {Lchm., Tdf, oAiy- 
^ivri)', naQOifila 2 Pet. 2, 22; X^9^^\ gnttia cai con- 
fidendum est, 1 Pet o, 12. — 2) veri amans, verax; 
ML 22, 16.' Mc. 12, 14. Jo. 7, 18. 2 Co. 6, 8 (opp. 
nXdvog); de deo: Jo.^ 3, 33.^ 8, 26. Bo. 3, 4 (opp. 
yfevaxtjq). — 3) « dXij&ivoq n. 1 ; Jo. 6, 55 (e 1. 
Lchm. et Tdf, pro vulg. dXtf^aq^, ut^Sap. 12. 27., 
ubi dXtjB^q &s6q opponitur iis, o^q iSoxovv 960vq. 
Cf. RUckert Abendmahl p. 26$ s.* 

dXn&iv6q, Tj, 6v (inde a Platone saepe ap. pro- 
fanes), 1) „qui non tantum nomen habet et speotetn, 
sed veram naturam et indolem, quae nonuni con- 
venit^* {Tittmann Synon. N- T. p. 155), notioni no- 
mine significatae omni ex parte respondens, germor 
nus, genuinius (unrklichf deht); oppon. a) fictitiis, 
ementitis, imaginariis, simulatis, fncatis; d^toq 
(nan -^rf^K 2 Chron. 15, 3); 1 Th. 1, 9. Heb. 9, 14 
(Lchrii)'; Jo. 17, 3. 1 Jo. 5, 20. {dXrj^ivol ^XoiDem. 
rhil. 3, p. 113.) — b) opponit res ipsas earam si* 
mulacrlB.; oxtiv^ Heb. 8, 2; sanctuanum, Heb. 9, 24. 
(0 innoq opp. xif ivx^ ilxovi, Ael. v. h. 2, 3.) -- 
c) oppon. imperfectis, mancis, caducis, incertis 
Jo. 4, 23. 37. 7, 28; simpliciter de Jesu tanquam 
vero Messia Ap. 3, 7: ipwq Jo. 1, 9. 1 Jo. 2, 8; xgl- 
aiq Jo. 8, 16 {Lchm. Tdf, Trg.; Jes. 59, 4); xptoeiq, 
Ap. 16, 7. 19, 2; apioq, utpote animos alens ad 




bonum, opp. extemis divitiis, Lc. 16, 11. {afXijxai 



Pol. 1, 6, 6.) — 2)*^dXrf^i]g, verus, verax, stneerus 
(ita saepe ap. LXX)^; xagdla, Heb. 10, 22 {jifx* dXtj- 
^elaq ev xagSi^ dXij^ivy, Jes. 88, 3); Xoyoiy Ap. 
21, 5. 22, 6. (Plut. apophth. p. 184 e.) 

ceAi/^oi, (forma graecitatis communis pro Atticorum 
dXiw, cf. LobeckL c.p. 151), molo; Mx. 24, 41. Lc. 
17,35. Mitti in molenoina ad circumagendam molam 
trusatil6msolebantmnlieresetaBcillae(Exod. 11, 5). 
Graecis yvvaZxeq dX sxplSeq dictae (Hom.Od. 20, 1 06).* 

dXtf^wq, adv., vere, re vera; certissime,profecto; 
Jo. 1, 48. 4, 42. 6, 14. 55 (in t. vulg.); 7,26. 40. 8,31. 
17, 8. Mt 14, 33. 26, 73. 27, 54. Lc. 9, 27. 12, 44. 21, 
3. Act 12, 11. 1 Th. 2, 18. 1 Jo. 2, 5.* 

aXiBvq, ii»q, (UXq, aXoq, mare), piseator; Mt. 4. 

a 



aluvco. 18 

18 s. Mc. 1, 16 B. Lc. 5, 2^ qno utroque loco Tdf. 
recepit &XeitQ.* 
&Xieiw l&XitCg), piscor^ Jo. 21, 3.* 
iXtC^fo {^akq, aX6q, sal), aalio, sale concUOt sale con- 
spergo; in N. T. exstat solum fat. pass. — ^v tlvi 
aXiaB-ihaixai; quonam praesidio salsitudo ei resti- 
tneturr Mt. 5, 13; ^vala akl cLkiad^anai, sacrifi- 
cium sale conspergitur eoqae ritu deo aceeptum 
redditur, Mc. 9. 45 (Lev. 2, 13. Ez. 43, 24. Jos. autt. 
3, 9, 1. cf. Knobel ad Lev. p. 369 s. Win. BWB. s. 
y. Salz); nag nvgl &Xia^aetai^ quilibet vere chri- 
stianus homo igne, h. e. dolore calamitatum ac 
tentationum, (jnae, si fortiter snstinentur, por- 

Sandis firmandisqne animis inserviant, ad beatum 
ei in ejus re|^o consortium aptus redditur, Mc. 

9, 45. Sed alii alitor perdifficilem locum ezplicant. 
(LXX, Aristot. — Ignat. ad Magnes. 10 : aUa^re 
sif Xgiaxfp, Jva ii^ 6ia<p9'aQy tig iv tfiXv,)* 

dXloyTifjia, tog, x6 (aXiayiiOy poUtu), quod habes 
Sir. 40, 29. Dan. 1, 8. MaL 1, 7. 12. cognat. aXivw^ 
dkivio}, lino), polhiiio, contaminatio: Act. 15, 20 
(roi; anixia^aixxX., cavere, ne se polluantusu car- 
niumegentiliumyictimis residuarum, cf. ys.29). Ne- 
que^ aXiayiof, neque dXlayfjfia ap. Graecos obvenit.* 

crAAd, particula adversat., orta ex SXXa, neutro 
adjectivi &XXog^ quod antiquissimo tempore pro- 
nuntiabatur dXXog (cf. Klotz ad Dev. II, p. 1 s.), er^o 
proprie alia^ sc. quam quae modo dicta sunt; dif- 
fert a 6i, ut latinum at et sed ab autem. I) at. Ad 
praecedentia verba ita se habet, ut inducat 1) op- 
positionem contra concessa atque idem sit quod 
nthilominus, verumiamen; Mt. 24, 6. Mc, 13, 20. 
14, 28. Jo. 16, 7. 20. Act. 4, 17. 7, 48. Ro. 5, 14 s. 

10, 16. 1 CJo. 4, 4. 2 Co. 7, 6. Phil. 2, 27 {dXX" 6 »idg 
xzX,) aL — 2) objectionem: Jo. 7, 27. Ro. 10, 18 s. 
1 Co. 15, 35. Jac. 2, 18. — 3) exceptionem: Lc. 22, 
53. Ro. 4, 2. 1 Co. 8, 7. 10, 23. — 4) restrictionem : 
Jo. 11, 42. Gal. 4, 8. Mc. 14, 36. — 5) transgressio- 
nem (Hberbietend) : quin imo; Jo. 16, 2. 2 (%. 1, 9; 
praesertim addito xa/, Lc. 12, 7. 16, 21. 24, 22. — 
dXX^ oi64, quin ne- - quidemj nostr. ja nichi mn- 
maly Lc. 28, 15. Act. 19, 2. 1 Cfo. 3, 2; cf. Fritzsche 
ad Mrc. p. 157. — 6) aut ut transeatur ad rem, in 
quacardoyertitur, potissimum ante imperativos ; Mt. 
9, 18. Mc. 9, 22. 16, 7. Lc. 7, 7. Jo. 8, 26. 16. 4. Act. 
9, 6. 10. 20. 26, 16. — 7) elliptice ponitur: dXX" Vva, 
i. e. dXXdt totho yiyove, ?va, Mc. 14, 49. Jo. 13, 18. 
15, 25. 1 Jo. 2, 19. — 8) post protasin conditionalem 
yel concessiyam initio apodoais significat tamen; 
post xal el, 2 Co. 13, 4; post il xal, Mc. 14, 29. 2 Co. 
4, 16. 5, 16. 11, 6. CoL 2, 5 (2 Mace. 6, 26. 8, 15); 
post ely 1 Co. 9, 2; Ro. 6, 5 (1 Mace. 2, .20); post 
2av, 1 Co. 4, 15; post bXhsq^ 1 Co. 8, 6; cf. Klotsi ad 
Dev. n, p. 93 s. KUhner II, 2, p. 827. — 9) ponitur 
praecedente piiv. Mc. 9, 13. Act. 4, 16. Ro. 14, 20. 
l^Co. 14, 17. — 10) jungitur cum aliis particulis: 
dXXd yt, bis in N. T., at saltern, dock wenigstens; 
1 Co. 9, 2; at nimirum, aber freUich; Lc. 24, 21; 
cf. Bomemann ad h. 1. Quae particulae ab ele- 
gantioribus Graecis non componuntur nisi inter- 
posita ea yoce, in quaprimaria enuntiati yis inest; 
cf. Bomemann L c. Klotz 1. c. n p. 15 s. 24 s. Ast 
Lex. Plat. I, p. 101. — dXX' ij (ortum e duarum 
enuntiationum confusione oiShv aXXo ^ et oidhv 
aXXOy ceAAec) praeterquam nisi; 1 Co. 3, 5 (ubi aXX* 
^ spurium est); Lc. 12, 51 ; et post ipsum aXXa 2 Co. 
1, 13. Cf. ^otzl, c. p. 31 ss. KUhner 1. c. p. 824 s. 
Win. p. 412. — oAA* o5, at non, Heb. 3, 16 (ex inter- 
punct.: naQsnlxQuvav ; dX)! oi) pro ,.at cur rogo? 
nonne erant omnes" etc. cf. Bleeh ad. 1. Mattniae 



aXhotqiOi^nLaKOTtog. 



§. 613. — aXX ovxlj nonne potius, Lc. 17, 8. — 
II) praecedente negatione: sed {sondem), — 1) oix 



Ouj}j - - dXXd, Mt. 19, 11. Mc. 5, 39. Jo. 7. 16. 1 Co. 
1, 17. 7, 10. 19. 2 Co. 7, 9. 1 Tim. 5, 23 al. Per rhe- 
toricam orationis formationem oix - - dXXd inter- 
dum logiee idem est ac non tarn - - quam; Mc. 9. 37 
{ovx i/ih dixstai, dXXci xdv dnoaxilXavxd us)\ Mt. 
10, 20. Jo. 12, 44. Act. 5, 4. 1 Co. 15, 10. 1 Th. 4. 8; 
quo loq uendi modo omne pondus notion! secundi mem- 
bri tribuitur; cf. Fritzsche ad Mc. p. 773 ss. Win. 
p. 462) 8. — ov fJLOvov ' - dJiXa xal, non solum,-' sed 
etiam; Jo. 5, 18. 11, 52. Ro. 1, 32 ac persaepe. 
Omisso xal (ut ap. Lat. non solum - sed) grayior 
efficitur gradatio, Act. 19, 26. 1 Jo. 5, 16; dXXa noXi) 
fi&XXov Phil. 2,12; cf. Fritzsche L c. p. 78688. Win. 
p. 464. — 2) Supprimitur negatio. ad quam dXXd 
pertinet, facile cogitando supplenda; Mt. 11,7—9. 
Lc. 7, 24 — 26 (utroque loco ante dXXd supple: hoc 
consilio desertum vos adiisse neeabitis); Act. 19, 2 
(non acce^imus spiritum s., sed . . .); Gal. 2, 3 
(nihil milu contradixerunt, sed . . .); 2 Co. 7, 11 
(ubi ante dXXd per anaphoram sexies repetitum 
supple ov fiovov cum aniecedentis notionis accu- 
sativo). — Ponitur in responsis ad quaestiones ne- 
gationis vim habentes; Jo. 7, 48. Act. 15, 11. 1 Co. 
10. 20. — ElHpticum dXXh^va post neffationem: Jo. 
1,8 (supple: diXa^X^Bv.^vay, i,Z(dX£axv(pXbgiyi' 
vexo, Xva)', Mc. 4, 22 {akXk xoiovxo iyivexo , Iva). 

dXXdoaw, f. fa>, aor. 1. ^XXa^a, fut. 2. pass. dX- 
Xayi^cofjtai {aXXog). muto; facio, ut aliquid cesset 
et in ejus locum aliud cedat, xk ?^, Act. 6, 14; 
T^v g>wv^Vy variare vocem, h. e. pro varia animo- 
rum affectione varie loqui, orationis arguraentum 
et formam' animis accommodare, modo gravius, 
modo lenius cum lis versari. Gal. 4, 20; —permuto 
aUquid cum aliguo, xlfvxiyi, Ro. 1, 23 (a ")^tori Ps. 
106,20; Graeci mount dXdaanv xi xivog); "— trans- 
formo (verwandeln), 1 Co. 15, 51 s. Heb. 1. 12.* 

dXXaxoOev^ adv., aliunde, Jo. 10, 1 (i. q. iXXo&ev, 
cf. hxaaxaxoS-Bv, navxaroS-ev).* 

dXXarov, adv., i. q. iXko&i, aUbi, alio loco; Mc. 
1, 38 I'd/. Trg. Of. Bomemann in TheoL Studd. 
u. Kritt 1843, p. 127 s.^* 

dkXijyofiaf, of, i. e. aXXo fihv dyoQBvw, iXXo Sh 
voiio, „ahud verbis, aliud sensu ostendo** (Quinct. 
Instt. 8. 6, 44), per imagines loquor; Gal. 4, 24. 
(Philo, Jos., Plut. et grammat. scriptores.)* 

aXXriXovia, hebr. n'^-^VVn, laudate ilominum, Ap. 
19,, 1. 3 s. 6.* 

dXXijXwv, gen. ; dat. oig^ atg, oig ace. ovg, ac* a, 
alter cdterum, invicem, mutuo; Mt. 24, lO.Jo. 13, 35. 
Act. 28, 25. Ro. 1, 12. Jac. 5, 16. Ap. 6, 4 et saepe. 

dXXoyevr^g, ig{&XXogetyivog), ex alia genteoriun- 
dus, alienigena; Lc. 17, 18 (ap. LXX, numquam 
vero ap. profanes.^* 

ciXXofiai^ impf. f^XXofJiriv, aor. ^d/jtffv et ^Xofjitjv 
{Bttm. Gr. max. 11, p. 108), salio; Act. 3, 8. 14, 10 
(t. y\i\g,i}XXno; Orsb., Lchm, Tdf. Trg. ^Xaxo); 
ebuUio, scaturio, de aqua, Jo. 4, 14 (ut ap. Latinos 
salire, Viig. eel. 5, 47. Suet. Octav. 82).* 

&XXog, ijj o, alius; a) absol. Mt 27, 42. 20, 3. 
Mc. 6, 15. Act. 19, 32. 21, 34. {iXXoi fjihv aXXo) ac 
saepe. — b) adjective: Mt. 2, 12. 4.21. Jo. 14, 16. 
1 Co. 10, 29 (aXXtj ovvsldTjaig, i. e. rj aw. SXXov xi- 
vog). — c) cum articulo : 6 SxXog, alter, Mt. 5, 39. 
12, 13 al.; ol iXXoi, reliqui^ caeteri, Jo. 21, 8. 1 Co. 
14,^29. 

dXXoxQioenlaxonog et dXXoxQien. {Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg,), ov, 6 {dXXoxfiog et iniaxonog), qui rerum 
alienarumet ad se nihil pertinentitan curam habet; 
1 Pet. 4, 15 (scriptor videtur intelligere eos, qui 
sacro studio male sedulo rebus gentmum s. pubii- 
cis B. privatis, s. civilibus s. sacris temere se 
ingerunt ad cbnstianae religionis normam eas con- 



dlXoTQiog. 



19 



afAaQtrjfia, 



formatori). Praeteiea exstat solum ap. Dion. Areop. 
£p. 8 (de 60, qui alienum munus temere invadit) 
et Ooteler. Hon. T. 2, p. 481.* 

aXXazqiogf la^ov^ 1) tuUnua (opp. f6iOQ\ nanpro' 
prntsj Heb. 9. 25. Bo. 14, 4. 15, 20. 2 Co. 10, 15 s. 

1 ^Tim. 5, 22. Jo. 10, 5. — neutr., Lc. 16, 12 (opp. 
TO ^fAixsQOV,), — 2) peregrinus^ exUruM, exbraneus; 
y^. Act. 7, 6; Heb. 11, 9; — qui non nostrae est 
fandUae; Mt. 17, 25 s. —hosHs. Heb 11, 34. (Horn, 
n 5, 214. Xen. an. 3, 5, 5.)* 

aXXwpvXog, ov (aXkoqet(pvXov,fpwoA\ cdienigena 
(ap. pTofanos inde a Thucyd.); m Hellenistarum 
Bcriptis si JudaeU opponitur, genttlisj Act. 10, 28 
(Philo, Joseph.)* 

aXXwq, aay.(£Utoc), aliter; 1 Tim. 5,25 (rc^ ilkof^ 
^Xoi^tCf quae secus se habent, i e. quae non sunt 
xaXa !(>/«)•* 

aXodm^ w (cohaeret cum ij SiXwq s. 17 iXw^, area, 
in qua teritur s. trituratur fnimentum), trituro 
(Ammon.: to inl xy SiXq> naxilv xal XQl^eiv xkq 
oxaxvaQ); 1 Co. 9, 10. 1 Tim. 5, 18 (Deut. 25. 4) 
Ap. pro&nos inde a Plat.* 

iXoyog^ ov (Ao/oc, ratio), 1) ratioma expers, bru- 
tu8; gd>a, bruta animalia, Jud. vs. 10. 2 Pet. 2, 12 
(Sap. 11, 15. Xen. Hier. 7, 3 al.) — 2) abmrdus,' 
Act. 25, 17. (Xen. Ages. 11, 1. Thuc. 6, 85., saepe 
ap.^PIat Isocr.al.)* 

ako% J7C> 17 (yulgo: fvAaAoi^, iyaXkojfOp), (doe; 
Jo. 19, 39. Est nomen arbons aromaticae, quae 
gignitur in India oriental! et Cochinchina, cujus 
ligno molli et amaro orientales ad thymiamata et 
condienda cadavera (ut teste Herodoto Aranrptii) 
adhibebant, hebr. fi'^V^M etrnVnic, Num. 24, 6. Ps. 45, 
9. ProT. 7, 17. Cant.T^ 14. Arab. AUwoe. — Linn.: 
ExoecariaAgallochvm, Cf. Win, RWB. s-T.-dJo^.* 

SAg, hkoi^, o, V. &Xaq. 

akvxoq, ^. ov, scUgua (i. q. tUfjivgog); Jac. 3, 12. 
(Plat. Tim. p. 65. e. Aristot., Theophr. aL)* 

SXvnoQf ov (AvTrij), vctcutta a dolore; Phil. 2, 28. 
(afj. Qraecos inde a Sophode et Plat.)* 
^ akvaig, sive ut a plerisque scribitur clfAvaic, f <»c> 
17 (deducitur ab a priT. et Avcv, quia catena ttAvroc 
est, i. e. solvi non potest), caJtmcLy vimnt^um, quo 
corpus vel aliqua ejus pars (manus, pedes) con- 
strmgitur; Mc. 5, 3. Act. 21, 33. 28, 20. Ap. 20, 1 ; 
iv cAvaei, Yinctus, captivus, Eph. 6, 20; oix ^ny^ 
axvv^ xifv SX,. iioVf non puduit eum vinculorum 
meorum -" non deseruit me, quia captims essem, 

2 Tim. 1,6. — speciatim dicitur de Tiumica, yinculo, 
quo manus constrinfi^itur, Mc. 5, 4. Act. 12, 6 s. (ap. 
Graecos inde ab Hot.)* 

oAvoTiTcAi/Ct ^C (XvifixeXriqj v. in XvaixtXim), inur 
UUSf (Xen. yectig. 4,6); per htot.: pemicionu, Heb. 
13. 7. (inde a Xenoph.)* 

aXtpa, x6 indcl., Ap. 1, 8. 21, 6. 22, 13. Cf. yo- 
cem A. 

^AXipaiog^ aloVf o (•♦fcVn, cf. '»4n, Uyyalog^ Hagg. 
1,1), Alphaeus; 1) pater Levi portitoris, Mc. 2, 14; 
y. in Atvt n. 4. — 2) pater Jacobi minoris, qui 
dicitur, unius e duodecim apostolis, Mt. 10, 3. Mc. 
3, 18 Lc. 6, 15. Act. 1, 13. Yidetur idem esse, qui 
Jo. 19, 25 (coll. Mt. 27, 56. Mo. 15, 40) dicitur 
KXwn&Q ex alia hebr. *^feVn pronuntiatione, qua n 
mntabatur in ar, ut i-rM, ^aaix 2 Chr. 30, 1. Of. 
^Idbewfiog.* 

SiXwv, mvoQ, ^ (ap. LXX etiam 0, cf. Ruth. 3, 2. 
Job. 39, 12), i q* 17 SXmg, xijq SXw, area, locus, in 
ipso agro post peractam messem ope cylindri du- 
ratuB, in quo tiiturabatur frumentum; Mt. 3, 12. 
Lc. 3, 17; quo utroque loco per meton. continentis 
pro contento 8Xmv est acerrus frumenti jam ^ui- 
dem eztriti, sed adhuc paleis et stipulis commixti, 



ut hebr. )ik Buth. S, 2. Job. 39, 12 (LXX utroque 
loco &X(bva).* 

aXibniji, exoQ, ^, mdpea; Mt. 8, 20. Lc. 9, 58. — 
metaph. homo caUidus et versutus, Lc. 13, 32. 
(Eodem sensu saepe ap. Graecos, yelut Solon, ap. 
Plut. Sol. 30. Pind. pyth. 2, 141. Plut. SuUa 28.) 

RXwaiq^ swg,^ {oiX6<o, aXlaxofxai), captura; 2 Pet. 
2, 12. elg SXwaiv, ut capiantur. (ap. Graecos inde 
a Pind. et Hdt.)* 

Sf4a 1) ady., eodem tempore, wmul, una; Act. 
24. 26. 27, 40. Col. 4, 3. 1 Tim. 5, 13. Philem. 22 — 
cui umim omnes. Bo. 3, 12. — 2) praepos., una cum, 
c. datiyo; Mt. 13, 29. — Sl/xa^ngwt primomane; 
Mt. 20, 1 (ap Graec. Sifxa xtf ^Xlip^Hfia xy n/ii^e^). 
Locis 1 Th. 4, 17. 5,10., ubi Sfxa avv junct. legitur, 
&fia adyerbium {simul) est et cum yerbo conjun- 
gendum.* 

a/jia^^, iCf gen. ovQ(jiavd^avw, undo l/tea^ov, t^ 
fxaB^oq, cf. oAj^^i/?), indoctus^ rudis; 2 Pet. 3, 16. 
(ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.)* 

ofiaQayxivoq, ov(ab <^a^ayToc»ut^o<^<voc,rosa- 
ceus a ^oSov, rosa; cf. supra axdv&ivoQ), ex amor 
ranto (flore illo inde sic dicto, quod numquam 
marcescit et decerptus reyiyiscit, si aqua made- 
fiactus est, inde aetemitatis et immortalitatis sym- 
bolo, nostr. Tauaendschon; Plin. h. n. 21, 15) con- 
iextus; Yulg. immareeecioUis ; otiq>avog, 1 Pet. 

5, 4. (Praeterea habetur solum ap. Philostr. her. 
19,, p., 741.) 

afjtdQavxoQj ov (a fia^alvw; cf. a/jiiavxog, aipav^ 
Toc, al.)« non mareescens; perennis; Yulg. immar- 
ceacihilis; (inde nomen iUiusfioris, y. d/iaQavxivog), 
1 Pet. 1, 4. Praeterea habetur tantum Sap. 6, 12. 

hpMfxdviOf f. xnam (Mt. 18, 21. Bo. 6, 15, quo 
posteriore loco Lchm, Tdf. Trg. restituerunt afioQ' 
xrfimiA9v pro yulg. hfia^rjaofiev^, Graeci eleguitio- 
res a^oQxi^Ofiai, aor. 1. (infenoris aeyi) r^fidgxri'- 
oa, Mt. 18, 15. Bp. 5, 14. 16. (cf. T^»n. p. 79) ; aor. 2. 
Hfiagxov, pf. TjfidQXfjxa (e conjectura Bttm. Lexii. 1, 
p. 137 oitum est ex a pm. et fielQw, fisigofiaiy fii- 
Qog, propr. expertem fieri, sc. scopi), propr. c^erro 
a acopo; Hom. TL. 8, 311 al.; c. genii rei, a qua ab- 
erratur; Hom. IL 10, 372. 4, 491 ; tov axonov. Plat. 
Hipp. min. p. 375, a; t^c oSov, Arist. Plut. 961 al.); 
deinde erro, faUor; denique a boni et honeati tror 
mite aherro, — Li N. T. : a dei lege aberro, legem 
dei molo^pecco; a) absoL, Mt. 27, 4. Jo. 5, 14. 8,11. 
9, 2 s. 1 Jo. 1, 10. 2, 1. 3, 6. 8 s. 5, 18. Bo. 2, 12. 
3, 23. 5, 12. 14. 16. 6, 15. 1 Co. 7, 28. 36, 15, 34. 
Eph. 4, 26. 1 Tim. 5, 20. Tit. 3, 11. Heb 3,17. 10, 26 
{kxovaloff); de ciyilium legum yiolatione, in qua 
Christiani etiam diyinae legis transgressionem 
cemunt, 1 Pet. 2, 20. — b) a/xapxavftv kuaQxlav, 
peccatum committere, 1 Jo. 5, 16 QABydXriv afxagxlav 
Exod. 32, 30 s [nwart K^n]; alaxQcty ifi. Soph Phil. 
1249; fieydXa a/ia^x^fiaxa afia^xdviiv Plat.Phaed. 

fcll3 e). Cf. sub dyandw. — &/iagxdv€iv eUg xiva, 
t. 18, 15 (Big ai Lchm et Tdf. omittunt); ys. 21. 
Lc. 15, 18. 21. 17, 3 (in t. yulg.),^ys. 4. 1 Co. 8, 12; 
xt sig KalaaQa Act. 25. 8; slg xo fSiov aoifjta 1 Co. 
6, 18 {elg abxovg xs xal eig aXXovg, Plat. rep. 3, p. 
336 a.; slg x6 &€lov, Plat. Phaedr. p. 243 C: elg 
^eovg ien. Hel. 1, 7, 19al); — ex heoraismo ivd}- 
Ttiov [tsbV] xivog, coram aMquo, eo, qui peccando 
laeditur, quasi praesente et inspectante, Lc. 15, 18. 
21 (1 Sam. 7, 6. Tob. 3, 3 al.)* 

afidgxtifia, xog, x6 (ab ifjia^xiw ■- hfAaQxdvWy 
cf. dilxfjfjuef dXloyfjfjia), peecaiwn, maleficium; Mc. 
3, 28 et (ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg.) ys. 29. 4, 12 (ubi 
Tdf. et Trg. xci hfiaQX. deleyerunt); Bo. 3, 25. 1 Co. 

6, 18. 2 Pet. 1, 9 (yulg. afiagxilbv), (inde ab Ae- 
schylo et Thuc.)* 



apuxQ%la. 



20 



afxBraiiinffiog, 



awx^zla^ irc, ^ (ab aor. 2. &/JittptsZv, ut unozvxla 
ab a7roTv;i^£iV), aberratio a scope {y.mapiafftuvot)\ 
apad Graeeos (inde ab Aescbjio et Tknc.) 1) error 
ijkelligentiae (ef. Aekermaim, das Obristliche im 
Plato, p. 59. Anm. 2). — 2) maleficmm, — In N. T. 
semper ethioo sensu dicitur et quidem 1) idem est 
ac x6 oipia^dveiv, peceatus^ peccaUo, qaae fit torn 
omittendo tmn committendOi torn oogitando et 
sentiendo, tum loquendo et agendo (cf. Cic. de fin. 

3, 9); Bo. 5, 12 s. 20; i>^' afia^tlctv slvait peccando 
demctom esse, Bo. 3, 9; 4nifiiv€iv xy ofiaQxLa^ 
6, 1 ; ano^vifiaxetv xy ufi. et g^v iv cdfxy, 6, 2; t>)V 
€ifji. ytv<aax€iv. Bo. 7, 7. 2 Go. 5, 21 ; vBxgbq xy afjt. 
Bo. 6, 11 ; 7tB(fl a/jiccgxlaQ, ad peccatas vim frangen- 
dam, 8, 3; owfjux xriq afi., corptis peocationis instrn- 
mentum, 6, 6; indxtj xfjq afA.^ fraus, qua peccatas 
decipere solet, Heb. 3, X^yav^Qwnoq xijq hfi., {Tdf. 
Trg. ivofjUnq)^ homo, coi peccatus ita insidet, ut 
absque eo exstare non posse videatur, homo peni- 
tus peceando deditus, 2 Th. 2, 3. Quo sensu^ afiag- 
xlu (»* TO huaQxdveiv) tamqnam vis in homines 
imperium exereens {die Silnde cue Princvp undMacht) 
rhetorice at persona imperatrix sistitar in phrasibus 
^ hfi. fiaaiXevei^ xvgiei^ti, xaxe^^exaiOo.bf 21. 
6, 12. 14. 7, 17. 20; 6ovk6V€iv xf kfi. 6, 6; dovXog 
z^g af4., Jo. 8, 34. Bo. 6, 17; v6fA0Q x^q afi. 
dictamen peccati s. impetas ab eo proficiscens, 
Bo. 7, 23. 8, 2; Svvafii:; xng kfA. 1 Co. 15, 
56. (Prosopoeiam jam babes Gen. 4, 17 atque 
e lectione afiagxla Sir. 27, 10). Ita kfia(ftla non 
eignificaMk^ sed seneu est principiam, ex qao singu- 
la proficiscuntor male facta, numquam vero denotat 
viUositatem, — 2) id quodpeocattw, peccatumt de- 
Uetum, cogiUstum vel faatum ^ddvinae legi contra- 
rium {fj afiagrla iaxlv 17 avofjUa^ 1 Jo. 3, 4). 
a) universe, Jac. 1, 15. Jo. 8, 46 (quo loco afJUXQx, 
neque de errore, neqne de fraude, qaa Jeeue popu- 
lum corrumpat, sed de peecato universe spectato 
intelligendum esse, bene decent iMcke aa 1. et 
£7;Zmann in Theol. Studd. a. Kritt. 1842, p. 667 ss. 
Sententia est: si quis me peccati convineit, tum 
vobis lieet dubitare de doetrinae meae veritate ac 
divinitate, quia pecoatum impeditveri cognitionem); 
X<»^Iq hfJMQxlaq^ ita ut non faceret peccatum, Heb. 

4, 15; noisXv afJMQxiav et xf^v hfi., Jo. 8, 34. 1 Jo. 
3, 8. 2 Co. 11, 7. 1 Pet. 2, 9; iv^iv afiaQxiav, 
peccatum quasi peculium habere iDud quidem non 
laetum, sive aliquid expiatiome indigens suscepisse 
— peccatum commisisse, Jo. 9, 41. 15, 22. 24. 19, 
11. 1 Jo. 1, 8 (ita alfjLa ^x^iv de eo, qui oaedem 
fecit, £ar. Or. 508); persaepe in plorali a^apr/ai, 
1 Th. 2, 16. Ap. 18, 4 s. al.; nX^og hfjiagxiibv 
Jac. 6, 20. 1 Pet. 4, 8; notetv a/iagxlag, Jac. 5, 15; 
in locutionibus ^(peaiq afia^iwv, atpiivat xaq hfA, 
al. (v. in dg>ltffjii)f in quibos vox non per se eulpam 
vel foenam peccaiorum denotat, sed res ita animo 
concipitur, ut peccata quasi e dei conspectu re- 
moveantur et ao eo non facta repntentur ideoque 
non puniantur. — iv afiagx. ai> iyewi^&tjq SXog, to- 
tus pecoatis coopertus tu natus es, h. e. permulta 
tu peccasti nondum natus, Jo. 9, 34; iv xatg ufi, 
dno^v^cxeiv, male factis onastum, igitur non 
emendatom mori, Jo. 8, 24; ixt iv hfiapxiatg elvai, 
etiamnunc peccata sua habere, sc. non expiata, 
1 Co. 15, 17. — b) cerium aliquod malefieuim; xi^v 
aft. xavxfjVf Act. 7, 60; naoa a/aapxla, Mt. 12, 31 ; 
afiaQxla ngbg dikvaxoVf 1 Jo. 5, 16 (ejusmodi gra- 
vius maleficium, quo Christianas homo e xfjg ^<o^g 
a Christo partae statu relabitur in statum xov ^a- 
vdxov (cf. banc vocem), in quo fuerat, antequam 
per fidem Christo se conjunxerat; cf. LOeke^ de 
Wette, ffuther, ad 1.) — 3) collective compl&Kue pec- 



catorum D6{ a singulis vel a pharibus factorum; 
ci^iiv x^v ofi. xov xdofAOV^ Jo. 1, 29 (v. in aiQio); 
dnod-v^axBiv iv xy afii. Jo. 8, 21 (v. antea sub 2, a) ; 
negl optaQxiag sc. ^oiag^ victimas piacnlares, Heb. 
10, 6 (ita ex usu x(bv LXX, qui hebr. ^wan et nimn 
nonnumquam ita reddunt, velut Lev. 5^11. 7, 3^7. 
Ps. 40, 7); x^^fP^^ afiuxQxiag, nullun cum peocato, 
quod expiatorus sit, rem habeas, Heb. 9, 28. — 
4) Abstr. pro concrete «» apLagxwXdq; Ba. 7, 7 (^ 
vdfAoq afiaQxCa, opp. 6 vdfiog Syiog vs. 12); 2 Co. 5, 
21 {x6v - - afitLQxlav inolijaev, peccati nesciom 
tractavit ut peccatorem). — Cf. FHtzsche Ep. ad 
Bom. T. I, p. 289 ss. 

afidgzvQog, ov(jjidQxvq\ qui est sinetestevelteati' 
bus, de quo non exsiat testimonium^ intestatius: Act. 
14, 17. (Thuc. Dem. Joseph. Plut. Luciam. Hdian.) 

afJUxpzwXdg, ov (a forma afidgzof^ ut <pBi6ioXog a 
ftldofiai\ peccaio deditua, peoeator, pecccUrix. In 
N. T. notiones «ic distin^^untur, ut afiagzmk. di- 
catur a) quisque peccati non purus, Qao aensu 
omnes homines sunt peccatores. Ita Mt. 9, 13. 
Mo. 2, 17. Lc. 5, 8. 32. 13, 2. 18, 13. Bo. 3, 7 sq. 
5, 19. 1 Tim. 1, 15. Heb. 7, 2Q.-'b)insigmorpeC' 
cator^ perquam JlagiHosusj a) univ. 1 Tim. 1 , 9. 
Jud. vs. 15. Mc. 8, 88. Lc. 6, 32—34. 7, 37. 39. 1^, 7. 
10. Jo. 9, 16. 24 s. 31. Gal. 1, 17. Heb. 12, 3. Jac. 
4, 8. 5, 20. 1 Pet. 4, 18. (Ap. 21, 8 Grsb,); ipsa 
Ufiugz(a dicitur afJLUQXioXogSia. 7, 13. — i?)speoia- 
tun die. de hominibus, qui certis ^uibusaam vitiis 
aut fiagitiis inqoinati sunt, at portitores, Lc. 15, 2. 
18, 13. 19, 7; undo oomponuntur xeXQ>vuixml ofiap- 
%i»koi Mt. 9, 10 8. 1 1, 19. Mc. 2, 15 s. Lc. 5, 30 (abi 
Tdf, xal apMoxmX, expunxit); 1, 34. 15, 1. — pagani, 
Juoaeis peeoatores xat* i^eix^v dicti (1 Mace. 1, 34. 

2, 48. 62. Tob. 13, 6), Mt 26, 45 Me. 14, 41. Lc. 
24, 7. GaL 2, 15. (Saepe ientur vox ap. LXX » 
xpn et 9»p, in U. apoor. Y. T., rarissime ap. Grae- 
00s, ut Aiist. £th. Mc. 2, 9 iiiit. Plut moral, p. 25 c.)* 

hfiaxog^ ov {fidxi)f ap. Graeeos plerumque con- 
tra quern pugncnn nequit, insupercmlis^ rarias qui 
abstinet se apugncmcLo (Xen. Cyr. 4, 1, 16. Hell. 4, 
4, 9); in N. T. bis metaph. non litigiosus, 1 Tim. 

3, 3. Tit 3, 2. 

dfxdw^ w, aor. 1. ^/ui7<r€((ab a/ia, simul^ igitor col' 
MgOf nostr. sammeta) (Sxaecorum poetis frequenta- 
tum, meto^ demeto; xagx^pccg^ Jac. 5, 4.* 

dfjci&vcxog, ov, ^, amethystus, nomen gemmae 
violacei et purpurei coloris (Ex. 28, 19; sec. Pha- 
vorinum ita dicitur 6id xd emelgyeivx^ fjiid-ffg); 
Ap.^ 21, 20.* 

dfiBXiwy d), f. ]7<rtt), aor. 1 . i^fiiXiica (ab dfieX^ et 
hoc ex a priv. et fiiXw^ euro aliquid), persaepe ap. 
pro£B.DOS, negligo; xivdg, Heb. 2, 3. 8, 9. 1 Tina. 4, 
14; sq. inf., 2 Pet. 1, 12 (t. vulg.); sine casu dfis- 
X^avxBg (non curantee, quod' mode dictum est), 
Mt 22, 5.* 

SfiSfdnxog, ov{fAiiJC<pofJLai\ irreprehensus, in quern 
non cadit r&prehensio, irreprehensibilis (TertuU.), 
viUi vel cuMoe expers; Lc. 1, 6. Phil. 2, 15. 3, 6. 
1 Th. 3, 13. Ueb. 8, 7 (in quo nihil desideratur); ap. 
LXX "- Dn, Job. 1, 1. 8 al. Saepe ap. Graeeos.^ 

dfJii/jinxwg,2Ldy.,inculpate^ita ut non sitreprehen" 
sionis causa; 1 Th. 2, 10. 5, 23.* 

dfiigtfAvog, ov (jii^ifiva), curie vacuus, SBCurus; 
Mt. 28, 14. 1 Co. 7, 32 (a terrenarum rernm curis 
liber). (Sap. 6, 15. 7, 23. Hdian. 2, 4, 3. 3, 7, 11. 
Anth. 9. 359.)* 

dfiexwszog^ ov (jtsxaxi^tifu), non iranspositus^ 
qui transponi non potest^ tmmotus, immutabilis; 
Heb. 6, 18; xd dfiezd&exov substantive: imntutabi'- 
litas, Heb. 6, 17. (3 Maoc. 5, 1. Pol. Died. Plat)* 

ifisxaxlvtixog, ov (jisteixtvito), .qui de loco euo 



df^etafiieXijcog. 



21 



H^w^ov. 



dknoverinequit^ imnwtiu; metapb. eonatanUr per- 
aieUna in alu£ua re^ 1 Go. 15, 58. (Plat* ep. p. 343 a. 
Dion. HaL 8, 74.)* 

jus aUquemnonpoeMUt; Bo. 11, 20; ataxnQia^ per 
litot.: salus, quae laetissime sentitar, 2 Co. 7, 10. 
(Plat PoL Plut.)* 

ifABxav&fixoqy ov (pittavodw, q. ▼.), ^i fmUam 
meruit muUiiioneni (emendationem) admittit; Bo. 2, 
5. ^(Ap. Lucian. Abdic 11 i. q. aptixafiiXritoq, q.T.) 

ifi$XQoq^ ov ijfiixQov^ mensora), menaura oarenM^ 
immentus; 2 Ca 10, 13. 15 b. {sIq xd, afiit^a xav- 
^ad-ai, in immensmn, h. e. immodice gloriari). 
(Plat. X&TL Anthol. p. 170. et 206. ed. Jac.)* 



aXti^ivdg). — 2) in usum adverbii abiit, quo aliquid 
asseverator vel conflnnatur; a) initio oraaonis, oar* 
to^ pro/ecto: ita frequenter in aermonibus Obriflti 
i4>. mt Mc. he. i/ji^v Xiy<D ifAiVt sancte vobis affir- 
mo, velnt Mt.^5, 18. Mc. 3, 28. Lc. 4, 24. Cfeminata 
Yox (ififfv ofijtv)^ qua solns Joannes in eyang. 
(seodes et Ticies) niitar, snperlatiyi vim babet: 
certimme; Jo. 1, 52. 3, 3. — 6) in fine enantiati: 
ita est, ilafiat, rahtm ait (yivoixo, LXX Num. 5, 22. 
Dent. 27, 15 al.); Bo. 1, 25. 9, 5. Gal. 1, 5. Eph. 

3, 21. Phil. 4, 20. 1 Tim. 1, 17. Heb. 13, 21. 1 Pet. 

4, 11. Ap. 13, 22 et persaepe; cf Jer. 11, 5. 28, 6. 
1 Beg. 1, 30. — E Byna^Qgaram usn in Ghristia- 
norun coetos mos transii^ quo, quum is, qui le- 
gerat vel docuerat, solennes ad deum pieces fe- 
ciaset, reliqai adstantes aocinerent Amen, eoque 
modo orationis argumentum sunm facerent, 1 Go. 
14, 16 (x6 ifiiiPi notum iUad amen, quod accini so- 
let), eoU. Num. 5, 22. Deut 27, 15 ss. Neb. 5, 13. 
8, 6.^— 2 Go. 1, 20: al inayyiXlai — xd vai xal - - 
xd oft^v, i. e. fidissimas se exbibuerant. 

ofiijxw^, ogog^ 6, ^ (m^^9\ <t^ matrem non Ao- 
bet; ap. Graecos 1) nidla moire natua, ut Minerva, 
Ear. Pboen. 676 s. al.; deus ipse utpote non ortus 
aliande, Laci instt. 4. 13, 2. — 2) matre orbatus, 
Hdt. 4, 154 aL— 3) ignobiH vel ignota matre natus; 
Ear. Jon. 837. — 4) immitis et matris nomine in- 
digna mater; fi^^ff^ afi4xa>gSo]^h.ELllbA;etBl6ek 
Br. an d. Heb. II. 1, p. 305 ss. — 5)significatu Grae- 
ciainusitato: cuius mater non reoensetux ingene- 
alogia; de Melcnisedeco, Heb 7, 3. (de Sara ap. 
PhiL de temul. §. 14. rer.div. haer. $& 12.) Gf. avo- 
XvfiitidQ.* 

dfiluvxoq, ov (jjtiaivm), nonpoUutuat intamina^ 
iua; accpers eorum, guilma alieu^pu ncUura de/orma- 
tur et deturpatur vsl ejus via et momentium immi' 
nuitur; nolxri, adulterii pura, Heb. 13, 14; xXtiQOvo- 
fila (cui nihil deest) 1 Pet. 1, 4; ^grioxsLa Jac. 1, 
27; peccati pnrus, Heb. 7, 26. (Etiam ap. Graecos; 
ethico seasu Plat^legg. 6. p. 777 e. Plut. Pericl. 
c. 39 pLog xa^aQOQ xal dfilavxoq,)* 

!4.piiva6dp, dj a^J'^ti? (famulus principis), lom. 
propr. unius e majoribus Christi (1 Ghr. 2, 10), Mt. 
1, 4. Lc 3, 33.^ 

a/ci^oc, ov, 17, arena, aabtdtan; ez^ hebr. compa^ 
ratione a/te. x^ daXdaatiQ et dpi, xagd xo T^iXoq t^c 
OaX, dicitur pro innumera multitudine, Bo. 9, 27. 
Heb. 11, 12. Ap. 20, 8; i. q. litua, Ap. 12, 18. — ex 
adj. aolum arenoaum, Mt. 7,26. (Xen.Plat.Theophr. 
[saepe] Plat. LXX [saepe])." 

ofivOQt ov, 6, agnua; Act. 8, 32. 1 Pet. 1, 19; xov 
&€o^, deo consecratus, Jo. i, 29. 36. Quibus lods 
Christus agno piaculari comparatur ob mortem ad 
expianda i^ccata innocenter et patienter toleratam. 
Of. in V. dgvlov,* 



ifioifiii, ^C, n (ab ifiilfiw, ut dXot^^ ab iXalipva^ 
axoifi^ a axelpw), vox Graeeis frequentissima, rs- 
triifutio, campenaatio bono et malo sensu (a signi- 
ficatu medii dfjieifiofiatf retribuo, par pari refero); 
in bonam partem 1 Tim. 5, 4.* 

SfinsXoQy ov, 17, vitia; Mt. 26, 29. Mc. 14, 25. Lc. 
22, 18. Jac. 3, 12. ~ Apud Jo. 15, 1. 4 s. Ghristus 
se dicit vitim, quia, sicut vitis palmitibus succum 
et vim frugiferam infert, ita Ghristus assectatoribus 
suis divinae suae mentis vires et vitam instillat. 
— &fin. xrjq y^Q Ap. 14, 18 s. sunt hostes Ghriati, 
Qui ad interitum maturi comparantur avis abscin- 
aendis in torcular conjiciendis in eoque calcandis.^ 

dfineXovgydQf ov, ^, 17 (ex ifJOttXoQ et BPrU\ 
vinitor; Lc. 13, 7. (Arstph. Plutarch. G«op. al. LXX 
pro^ n%)* 

afaieXdi>v, ibvoQ, 6, mnea; Mt. 20, 1 ss. 21, 28. 
39 ss. Mc. 12, 1 ss. Lc. 20, 9 ss. 1 Go. 9, 7. (LXX. 
Diod. 4, 6. Plut.^ pro nobilit. c. 3.)* 

^AfjLnXLag, ov, 0, Amplitia (nomen contractnm ex 
integro latino nomine AmpUaiua, quod nonauUi 
testM exhibent, v. vocem seq.), vir quidam roma- 
nuB et Christianas; Bo. 16, 8. 

jifiJiXltnog (Td/.) s. redtius ^AfinXiaxog (Trg,) i, 
q. ^/uxiUicc, q. v. 

ofjtvvw, aor. 1. med. ^fiwoM^^f ^P- Graecos arceo, 
propello aliquid ab aliquo, xl xivt, ace. rei et da- 
tiv. persoaae ; hinc c. simplici dat. pers. alicui opt- 
tutor (Thuc 1, 50. 3, 63 al.). Med. dfivvofiai, c. 
acous. pers. ctroeo^ propello aliquem a me, defmdo 
me contra eum (ita etiam 2 Maoc. 10, 17. Sap. 11, 3. 
LXX Jos. 10, 13); eindietam aumo ab aUquo (Xen. 
an. 2, 3, 23. Jos. antt. 9, 1, 2), Act. 7, 24, ubi 
cofi^itando supple xiv ddixovvxa.* 

a^^iff^itf. tnduoj Lc. 12, 2 S ap. Lchm, dfJLipialiEi 
pro vttlg. aiig>iivwai. (Yox inierioris graecitatis; 
LXX Job. 29, 14. 40. 5. Symm. Ps. 72, 6; aliquoties 
ap. Themist. cf. JBttm. Gr. max. n, p. iVl) Gf. 

u(i^i'PdXXe»y drcumjicio^ i. q. nepifaXXw^ vestem 
(Hom. Od. 14, 342); tUrin^ hue tUuc (bald attf 
aiese, bald auf jene Seite) ^ac»o; rete, Mc. 1, 16 
Grsb.Lchm. Tdf. Trg.^ (Hab. 1; 17.)* 

d/juplfiXtjaxgov, ov, xo {dfjupifiaXXt^) , ap. Graecos 
quidguid alicui circumjicitur cui impediendum ejua 
motum, ut vincula, vestis; specialiter rete piacaJto- 
rium, Mc. 1, 16. (ubi Tdf. et 7V^ vocem omittunt) : 
Mt. 4, 18. (LXX. Hes. sc. 215. Hdt. 1, 141. Athen. 
10, ,72. p. 450.)* 

dfjiwii^m, i. q. dftiptivvvfii; Lc. 12, 28 dfiupU^n 
ap., Tdf. et Trg.; cf. dfi^tdtof. 

dtupUvwfit, pf. pass. ^/iipUouai {Svpv/ii\ indue, 
veatio; Lc. 12, 28 (t. vulg. etGrab.; cf. dfaqni^m); 
Mt. 6, 30; Iv xivi Lc. 7, 25. Mt 11, 8.* 

^AfJL^lnoXiQy €wg, ^, Ampkipolia^ Macedoniae pri- 
mae metropolis, inde sic diem, quod earn Strymon 
fluvius circamflueret ambiretque, olim ^vv^a 060 1 
appellata (Thuc. 1,^ 10); Act. 17. 1.* 

afiipo6ov, #v, xo {dfjLipL, oSog), propr. via ferena 
circum aUquid^ plaiea; Mc. 11, 4. (Jer. 17, 27. 49, 
26 et ap. (jraecos.)* 

dfiipoxjEi^Oi, atf a, ambo^ vterque; Mt. 9, 17 al. — 
xh dfupoxfifa, Act. 23,^8. Eph. 2, 14. 

d/iwfitjxoq, ov (fiwpidofiai), qui vituperari non 
potest; Phil. 2, 15 (1. vulg. 6rr«o., ad q. 1. cf. xixva 
fifoiifjxi Deut. 32, 5); 2 Pet. 3, 14. Olom. II. 12, 
109. Plut. fr. am. 18; saepe in AnthoL)* 

a/iwfiov, oVf xo, amomum, indicus frutex odora- 
tus folia habens albae vitis et semen uvarum ra- 
cemis simile, ex quo unguentum parabatur (PUn. 
b. n. 12, 13); Ap. 18, 13 ap. Grab. Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg.* 



■>' 



afiwfiog. 



22 



ava. 



i/ifo/jiOQ, ov {^fiwiio^\ in quo nonet^ guodrepre- 
hmdatwr, at victiiDa mficnlae s. labis expers, 1 Pet. 
1, 19 (Ley. 22, 21); Hob. 9, 14; quo atroqne loco 
respicitor ad yitam Ghristi peccatorom immanem. 
— ethice: sceleris purns, inculpatus, Eph. 1, 4. 5, 
27. Col. 1, 22. Phil. 2, 15 (Lchm. Tdf, Trg.) Jud. 
▼8. 24. Ap. 14, 6. (Saepe ap. LXX. Hdt. 2, 177. 
Ae8ch.^Peni. 183. Theocr. 18, 25.)* 

lA/idv, o, Amon (ftat^, opifex), rex Judae, filius 
Manassae,^ pater Josiae; Mt. 1, 10. 

*A/n6g, o, Amozus (t'i»K, fortis), nom. pr. indecl. 
unius e majoribas Ghristi; Lc. 3, 25. 

ov, particula, qna iJiqnid positis quibnsdam 
conditionibas vel per quarandam fortuitaram cau- 
sarom seriem fieri posse vel potuisse indicator. 
Latinae lingoae nulla vocula cum &y congruit, 
nec[ae Germanorum wokl {worjj etwa prorsus et 
ubiqae ei respondent. Particnlae in N. T. nsom 
comparatis copiosis graecormn scriptorum exem- 
plis illnstrat Win. %. 42. Conjungitor antem I) in 
apodosibos ennntiationnm hypotheticarom 1) cum 
imperfecto, ubi Latini utuntur imperfecti conjuncti- 
yo, ut Lc. 7, 39 iiylvwaxev &v, sciret, so wUrde er 
uyi84fen)', 17, 6 {iX4yitt iv, diceretis); Mt. 23, 30 
(non essemus) ; Jo. 5, 46. 8,42. 9, 41. 15, 19. 18, 36. 
1 Co. 11, 31. Gal. 1, 10. 3, 21. Heb. 4, 8. 8, 4. 7. — 
2) com indicatiyo aorigH, ubi Lat. utuntur plus- 
^[uamperfecti conjunctiyo instar futuri exacti con- 
junctly!: ich vmrde gethan haben, ubi indicatur 
quid futurum fuisset, si hoc illudye aut esset (prae- 
cedente el cum ixnperf. in protasi), aut nusset 
(praecedente ei cum aor.^autplusqpf.); Mt. 11, 21 
et Lc. 10, 13 (av ptexsvorjaav, poenitentiam egis- 
sent); Mt. 11, 23. 12, 7 (non damnassetis); 24, 43 
(yigiJasset); ys. 22 et Mc. 13, 20 (nemo servatna 
esset; h. e. omnes jam nunc pro telibus habendi 
essent, qui periissent; cf. Win. p. 286); Jo. 4, 10. 
(av ivTjaaQ, rogasses); 14, 1 (ehcoviv^ dixissemV, 
ys. 28. (laetati essetis); Bo. 9, 29 (facti essemus); 
1 Co. 2, 8. (Gal. 4, 15 t. yulff. et Grsb,); Act 18, 
14. — Literdum conditio yerois quidem non ex- 
primitur, at yero ex iis, quae dicuntur, facile in- 
telligitur; Lc. 19, 23 et Mt. 25, 27 (cum fenore re- 
cepissem, sc. si mensariis dedbsesV. — 3) cum 
pltuquamperfecto; Jo. 11, 21 (oix av ixe^v^xett 
morti non succubuisset, pro quo ys. 32 aor.: oix 
fiv ani&(xve)i 14, 7 (praecedente ei c. plusqpf.) 
1 Jo. 2, 19 (nobiscum mansissent). — Nonnumquam 
fut apud Graecos, potissimum inferioris aetatis) 
av omittitur, ut significetur, non multum deesse 
yel defuisse, quin esset (impf.) yel fuisset (plusqpf. 
aut aor.), quod ob conditionem non impletam 
factum non est (cf. Alex, Bttm, in Theol. studd. 
u. Kritt. 1858, p. 489 ss. Fritzsche Ep. ad Bo. T. U, 
p. 33. Win. g. 42, 2.), ut Jo. 8, 39 (ubi &v ante inoi- 
elxe spurium); 15, 22. 24. 19, 11. Act. 26, 32. Bo. 
7, 7. Gal. 4, 15 (ofv ante idaixaxe recte expunxerunt 
Lchm. Tdf. Trg.). — II) conjunctum relatiyis pro- 
nominibus, adyerbiis relatiyis, adyerbiis tempons et 
qualitatis eandem yim habet ac Latinorum cunque^ 
nostrum irgendy etwa; 1) se^uente i-ndicaJbivo prae^ 
teritit quando de re certa m &cto posita agitur, 
ubi, „quum res insa, quae facta esse dicator, certa 
sit, pertinet illua, quod habet in se particula av 
incerti, magis ad notionem relatiyam, siye prono- 
men, siye particula est" (Klotz ad Dey. p. 145). — 
daoi Sv,quotquot; Mc. 6, 56 (8ao£ av ^nxovxo alvov^ 
quotquot eum contrectabant) ; Mc. 11, 24 (8aa av 
ngoaevxofifvoi aixeta&e, sed recte restituerunt 
Saa nQoaevxea&e x. alxeia&e Lchm, Tdf. Trg,). — 
xa^&xi av, in qucmtvm (je nachdem gerade), tUcun' 
que, Act. 2, 45. 4, 35. — io^ av, t Co. 12, 2 (quomo< 



docunque abducebamini). — 2) sequente conjwnctir 
vo, a) proieseniiis^ quando de eo agitur, quod jam 
factum esse possit aut fieri yel soleat yel pergat, 
ubi nos dicimus mogen; tfvlxa fiv, quoUescwique, 
2 Co. 8, 15 {Lchm. Tdf. Trg,); dq av, wer nur 
immer - - mag; Mt. 16, 25. Lc. 10, 5. 8. 1 Jo. 2, 5. 
3, 17. Gal. 5, 17. Bo. 9, 16. (Ex. 33, 19.) 16, 2. 1 Co. 
11, 27 al. — ^axiq av, 1 Co. 16, 2. Col. 8, 17. — %aoi 
&Vy Mt. 7, 12. 22, 9.— Znov iv, quocunque; Lc. 9, 
57 {nhi Lchm. et Trg. Sdv); Ap. 14, 4 (ubi Lchm, 
et Trg. receperunt {>Tcay6t, quod defendit Biim. ntl. 
^r. p. 196, 30); Jac. 3, 4 (1. yulg. Grsb, Lchm.) — 
oaaxiq av, quotiescunque; 1 Co. 11, 25 s. {nhi Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg, iav) — &? av» utcungfue, 1 Th. 2, 7 
(Lchm. Tdf. Trg. iav). — ^ b) aortsti, ubi Latini 
luturo exacto utuntur; Sq av, Mt. 5, 21 (etnjf, aui- 
cunque, si quis umquam, dixerit); 31 s. 10, 11. Mc. 
3, 29. 35. 9, 41 al. — daxg<: av, Mt. 10, 33. 12, 50. 
Jo. 14, 13. Act. 3, 21 al. — daot av, Mt. 21, 22 
(Trg. iav); 23, 8. Mc. 8. 28 {Lchm. Tdf Trg. 
idvy, Lc 9, 5. Jo. 11, 22. Act. 2, 89. 3, 22. — 
dnov av, Mc. 14.. 9 {Tdf. iav); 9, 18 (1. vulg. 
Ghsb.). — axQiq o^, donee; 1 Co. 15, 25(1. yulg.); 
Ap. 2, 25. — SofQ ctv, usque dum; Mt. 2, 13. 10. 
11. 22,^44. Mc. 6, 10. Mc. 21, 32. 1 Co. 4, 5 al. — 
tivlxa av, de fot. temp., turn dSmum, quum. . 2 Co. 
3, 16 {Tdf iav) — tog av, ut primum, simulac; 
1 Co. 11, 34. Phil. 2, 23. — dq>" ov Sv iyegBv^ 
Lc. 18, 25 (ab eo tempore, quo surrexerit, quodcun- 
que tempus est). — Ceterum illis, quae recensui- 
mus, pronominibuB et adyerbiis pro av apponitur 
etiam iav (q. y.), neque in paucis locis codd. et 
odd. yariant inter Sv et iav, cujus yariationis non- 
nulla exempla ante attulimus. — Denique hue re- 
ferenda sunt dxav {-^xe &v) cum indicatiyo et 
multo saepius c. conjunctiyo (y. in dxav), et Snai>jQ 
av, etsi hoc in usum conjunctionis finalis deyenit 
hoc sensu: ut, si fieri possit; Lc. 2, 85. Act. 3, 20, 
15, 17. Bo. 3, 4. Vide in «wa>c. — HI) Copulatur 
av cum optative; ubi ponitur quaedam conditio, 
ut in yotis, ich uHlrde, mochte — ; Act. 26, 29 
{ebialfAfiv avi optarem, scil. si res a me penderet^ ; 
in interrogationibus directis Act. 8, 81 (jtcoc av 
Svvalfifjv; i. e. quanam conditione posita possem, 
toie wUrde ichs konnen^ cf. Xen. oec. 11, 5); 17, 
18 {xl hf d^iXoi - - Xiveiv, quid - - dicere yelit? 
ea quidam posita conditione ut dioendo certain 
sententiam enuntiare yoluerit); — in sententiis sub- 
junctis et interrogationibus obliquis, quas narrator 
ex animo alterius profert; Lc. 1, 62. 6, 11. 9, 46. 
Act. 5, 24. 10, 17 et (1. yulg. Grsb.) 17, 20. — 
IV) sine modo legitur av 1 Co. 7, 5 {el fir^xi av, 
ausser etwa, sc. yivoixo). — &q av, adyerbialiter : 
tanquam (ita jam Yulg.), quasi, 2 Co. 10, 9 (ut 
Sq^eoiv ap. Graecos; ef. KULhner II, p. 210 s. 
coll. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 189. 20). 

S,v, contr. ex iav, si, sequente conjunctiyo; Jo. 
20, 28 (ubi Lchm. iav) et ap. Lchm. Tdf Trg. 
Jo., 13, 20. 16, 23.* 

ova, praepositio, proprie sursum (cf. ady. avm^ 
opp. xaxd et xdxo}), motum ex inferiore loco in su* 
periorem locum indicans, in N. T. rara neque 
aUum casum, quam accusatiyum sibi consocians; 
1) in dictionibus' avh /lioov {ybI junotim avaueaov), 
in medium, in medio, in, inter^ e. genitiyo loci Mt. 
13, 25, Mc. 7, 81. A. 7, 17;,per80iiae 1 Co. 6, 5; q^uo 
cum loco cf. Sir 25, 17: avik ftiaov rov nXriaiov 
atxibv, cf. Win. 165. (Sir. 27, 2. 1 Mace. 7. 28. 13, 
40 aL; ap. LXX — ^^li^a, Ex. 26, 28. Jos. 16.^9. 
19,1. — Died. 2, 4: ova fiiaov xibv xeiXitav.) — dvA 
IJtigoq, per partes (Yulg.), unam singuli partem, al- 
temis, deinceps {der Beihe nachy einzeln), 1 Co. 14, 



avc^a^fjiog. 



23 



ava'-yivwaxcD. 



27 (PoL 4, 20, 10: avci fiS^o^adsiv). — 2) vocibus 
numeralibuB junctum habet distrtbutionis yim; 
Jo. 2, 6 {ava fier^rfra^ 6vo ^ rperCf capiebant sin- 
gulae metretM binas vel temas; ; Mt. 20. 9 s. (lAa* 
gov dvh Stivagiov, acceperunt singuli denarinm); 
Lc. 9, 8. 10, 1 (dvd Svo, bini); Mc. 6, 40 (Lchm. 
Trg, Tdf. xora) et persaepe ap. Graecos; cf. Win, p. 
372. — Adverbial! modo oiabetur Ap. 21, 21 {ava eiq 
'dxaoxoq^ at avd xiaaaQfq Plut. Aem. 32; cf. Win. 
p. 234.) — 3) Verbis praefixum ava sijpificat 
a) 8ur9um et respondet lat. ad. nostr. a%tf, ut in 
dvaxQOvsiv, avafialvitv, dvafiaXXsiv, dvaxgat^stv, 
al. — b) respondet nostro an, lat. ad; at in ivay- 
yiXXstv, avanrsiv. — c) denotat redintegrationem, 

1. q. dentio {von vom), ^ut in dvaysw&v. — d) reap, 
latino re, retro, at in avaxa/inxsiv^ avaxof^Blv al. 

— Cf. Wtn.^ verb, compos. Ill, p. 8 s.* 
avaPa^fioq, ov, o {fiaO'fioq^ et hoc a fialvw), 

1) adscensio; 2) %d^ per quod ddecenditur, gradus^ 

Stufe^ Treppe; Act. 21, 85. 40. — Ezempla e Qrae- 

corum Bcriptis praebet Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 324 s.* 

dva-falv<Of impf. dvifiaivov, pf. avsp^Pfixa, aor. 

2. dvifitfVf part, dvapaq, imper. dvd^a Ap. 4, 1 
(proavcr^i/l^i, quod rec. Lchm.), dvdfiate pro 1. vulg. 
avdpr^VB, Ap. 11, 12 Lchm, Tdf. Trg.; cf. Win. 

J). 76; LXX pro n^y. — a) adscendo^ moveo me in 
ocum editioremf velut arborem {inl), Lc. 19, 4; in 
tectam {int), Lc. 5, 19; navem {elq), Mc. 6, 51; 
dg x6 OQog, Mt. 5, 1. Lc. 9, 28. Mc. 3, 18; slqxd 
i>7iig{pov, Act. 1, 13, slg xdv oigavov, Bo. 10, 6. 
Ap. 11, 12; hoc omisso, dbd sabintelligendo, Jo. 1, 
52. 6. 62 et in locutione dvafi, n^dg tdv naxiga, 
Jo. 20, 17. (Valgo docetur avafiefiipehai sU tdv 
oi>Qav6v fieorate dici eos, qui arcana coelestia per- 
spexerint, Jo. 3. 13 coll. Dent. 80, 12. Prov. 30, 4. 
Bar. 3, 29. Sea bisce etiam locis locutio litterali 
sensu inteliigenda est. Qnod autem ad Jo. 8, 13 
attinet, tenendum est, Cbristom suam divinonun 
consiliomm cognitionem e coelis secum tulisse, 
quippe in (juibus versatuB esset ante incamationem. 
Jam proj)ne dicendum erat oi6elg ^v ivt^/ oiga' 
yep. Dicitur autem dvefiipfjxev^ propterea quod re- 
liqui praeter Christum non nisi adscendendo illuc 
pervenire potuissent. TJnde si fiti ad solam jam 
factae in eoelo commarationis notionem in dvepi- 
Sfjxe insitam referendum est. Cf. Meyer ad L) — 
Dicitur de proficiscentibus, qui loca petunt editiora; 
iU ^lipoaoX,, Mt. 20, 17 s. Mc. 10, 32 s. al.; iig 
xd lepoVf Jo. 7, 14. Lc. 18, 10. — Saepe locus, in 
quern vel ad quern adscenditur, non notatur, sed 
e contexta oratione facile intelligitur; Act. 8^ 31 
(in currum)^; Mc. 15, 8 (ad paJatium imperatons, e 
lect. dvafidg a Lchm. Tdf. Trg. restituta pro v^g^. 
dva^orfiaq) al., aut notatur solus locus, unde (aVro, 
ix) adscenditur; Mt. 3, 16. Act. 8, 39. Ap. 11, 7. 

— b) latins dicitur de rebus in altum se efferen- 
tibuB, m aUum eurgere^ f^rri, ut nostr. aufsteigen, 
emporsteigen, velut de pisce adnatante, Mt. 17, 27; 
de fumo in altum surgente, Ap. 8, 4. 9, 2 ; de plan- 
tis e terra procrescentibus, Mt. 13, 7. Mc. 4, 7. 32 
(ut ap. Graecos; Theophr. hist, plant. 8, 3 ethebr. 
^|)f); de lis, quae animum subeunt {euhorirt)^ dva^ 
palv. inl xijv xagd. yeljvxyxagdlaf Lc. 24, 38. 
1 Co. 2, 9. Act. 7, 13 {dv^fiii inl x^v x., in men- 
tem ei venit, h. e. consilium cepit, sq. infinitivo), 
ex hebr. a.V Vm rt^;^, Jer. 3, 15 s. 16 al. — ^^de nun- 
tiis, precibus,' factis alicujus, ad eum, qui in altiore 
sedet loco, perlatis; Act. 10, 4. 21, 31 ({)ervenit 
nunlius ad tribunum cohortis in turri Antonia habi- 
tantem). ^ 

dva-fiaXXwy aor. 2. med. dpffiakofitiVf 1) sursum 
jacio. 2) in posterius rejicio^ differ o^ proorasiino 



(persaepe ap. Graecos), hoc signi^catu etiam in 
medio (pr. mihi differ o)\ xivd, aliquem remoror; 
sensu forensi ampho cUtquem {Cic. Verr. 1,29), h. e. 
caiusam ejue cognoscendam ac decemendam differo ; 
Act. 24, 22. Cf. Kypke ad h. 1.* 

dva-fiiPa}^Wf aor. 1. dve^ipaoaj aecendere facto, 
addnico (saepe ap. LXX et Graecos); Mt. 13, 48 
(Xen. hist. gr. 1 , 1 , 2. ngbq x^v yrjv dvifilfiat^e 
Ta^ hecvxoii xgiijgeig).* 

ava-fiXinio,tMT. 1. dviffkapa, \) stupiciOf wrnim 
specto; Mc. 8, 24. 16, 4. Lc. 19, 5. 21, 1. Act.22,13. 
fk Tiva, Act. 22, 13; elg xov oigavov Mt. 14, 19. 
Mc. 6, 41. 7, 34 (Plat. Axioch. p. 370 b. Xen. Clyr. 
6, 4, 4.). — 2) vieum (amissum) recipio; Mt. 11, 5. 
20, 34. Lc. 18, ^1 S3, al. (Plat. Phaedr. p. 243 b: 
nagaxgiif^a dvi8Xsy;€. Anstoph. Plut. 126), quod 
minus accurate oicitur etiam de homine a natalibus 
coecoper CSuristum sanato Jo. 9, H (cf. Meyer b^ L), 
17 s. (Pans. 4, 12, 7 : avvifirj x6v 'Owtovia --rov ix 
ysvix^ xvipXov dvafiXixifai.) Cf. Win. verb. comp. 
3, p. 8. 

avd-SXi^tiQ, ewQ, 17, vistu recuperatio ; Lc. 4, 19. 
(LXX^ Jes., 61. 1.)* 

dvd'fiodwf a>, aor. 1. dvefioijoa^ clamorem{vo€em) 
toUo (mtfschreien), elamando dico (aliquia); Lc. 
9, 38 1 vulg. Gfrso.', Mc. 15. 8 (ubi le^e avafidg., v. 
in dvapalvQfh add. 9)itfi>y /aeydXy Mt. 27, 46 (ut 
Gen. 27, 89. Jes. 36, 13 al.). <jf. Win. verb. comp. 
p. 6. 

dvagoX^, ijg, ^ {dvapdXXw, q. v.), saepe ap. Grae- 
cos, dtlatio, mora ; noisXo^ai dvafioXrfv, moram tn- 
terponere, Act. 25, 17., ut ap. Thuc. 2, 42. Dion. 
Hall. ^11, 33. Plut. Camill.^c. 35.* 

dvdyaiov, ov, x6 (ex dvd et yata^^yrf), pr. qttod 
supra terram eet, inde conclave in parte aedium eu- 
periore; Mc. 14, 15. Lc.^22, 12 {Grah.y Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg.). Scribitur etiam dvdyaiov ((juod olim Tdf. 
receperat; cf. Xen. an. 5, 4, 29), dva>y€0v(e I. vulg.), 
dvtayewv, de qua scriptionis varietate cf. Lob. ad 
Phryn. p. 297. Fritzeche ad Marc. p. 611 s. Bttm. 
ntl. Gr. p. 12.* 

^ dv-ayyiXXWf f. Xc5, impf. dvi^yeXXov, aor. 1. 
dvi^yeiXa, aor. 2. pass. dvijyyiXrjv, Eo. 16, 21. 1 
Pet. 1, 12 (saepius ap. LXX; 1 Mace. 2. 31; Win. 
p. 78), annuniio, notum facio; r/, Act. 19, 18; sq. 
it I, Job. 5, 15; Zaa xxX. Act. 14, 27; i. q. pate- 
facio; xi rm, Jo. 4, 25. 16, 13—15; die. de so- 
lenni christianae religionis praedicatiione Act. 20, 
20. 1 Pet. 1, 12. 1 Jo. 1, 5; negi xiyog Eo. 15, 21 
(Jes. 52, 15); — renuntio^ refer o^ die. ut ap. Grae- 
cos (Aesch. Prom. 664. Xen. an. 1, 3, 21. PoL 25, 
2, 7) de nuntiis s. legatis ea quae viderunt vel 
audiverunt referentibus, r/. Act. 16, 38 (ubi Lchm. 
Tdf Trg. ixvyy.); 2 Co. 7. 7. , 

Ava-yevvdwy a>, aor. dveyiwtjaa, pf. pass, ova- 
yeyivvtjoafregignOf regenero, denuogenero; metaph. 
xivdj alicujus animum penitus immuto, at novam 
agat vitam et eam quidem del voluntati consen- 
taneam; 1 Pet 1, 3; passiv. ^x xivog, ibid. 1, 23. 
(Eadem notione ap. eccles. scriptores. Inter pro- 
fanes habetur ap. Jos. antt. 4, 2, 1: xdiv ix xov 
axaoid^stv alxolg dvayewmfiivwv dsivmv, quae 
exoriuntUT.y ^ ^ ^ 

dva-yivoiaxw, aor. 2. dviyvwv, prtcp. avayvovg^ 
aor. 1. pass, dvsyvwa&tjv, ap. profanos: 1) inter^ 
noscOf recognosco, dignoaco, agnotco; hinc 2) leao 
(hoc significatu inde a Thuc); rt, Mt. 22, 31. Mc. 
12, 10. Lc.6, 3. Jo. 19, 20. Act. 8, 30. 32. 2 Co. 1, 13. 
Ap. 1, 3. (6, 4 in t. vulg.h xtvd^ alicujus librum, 
Act. 8, 28. 30; iv c. dat. Bbri, Mt. 12, 5. 21, 42. Mc. 
12, 26; suppl. iv xif v6fAW> Lc. 10, 26; sq. 8r« Mt. 
19, 4; xi inolricsj Mt, 12, 3. Mc. 2, 25; — non notato 



avajmd^w. 



24 






objectOi sed e piaecedentibus intelligondo, Mt. 24, 

15. Mo. 13, 14. Act. 15, 31. 28, 34. ijph. 3, 4; — 
paasiy. 2 Co. 3, 2. — jsraeiepOf 2 Co. 3, 15. Act. 15, 
21 (utroque loco Mfjovaf^^ i. q. Mosis libri); 1 Th. 
5, 27. Col. 4, 16.* 

avayxatWf^MT. 1. ^vdyHaoa, aor. l.pass.ijvay^fa- 
a&Tiv <ab dvayxtj), cogo, adigo s.Yi vel minis, s.sol- 
licitando, peraaadendo, rogando, s. aliis oiodis; %ivi 
2 Co. 12, 11 (modo, quo erga me tob gessistis), 
ttvi BQ. infin. Act. 26, 11. 28, 19. Gal. 2, 3. 14 
(oxemplo, quod edis); 6, 12. Mt. 14, 22. Mc. 6, 45, 
Lc.^ 14, 23.* 

avayjeaTog,ala,alov(avdyxif), necessarius: €k)ciuo 
carere non votes; tc^ f*i^Vi ^- 12, 22; XQ^^ai, Tit. 
3, 14. — b) natura avi amicitia^vinctUo cum alt^ 
quo conjunctua; Act. 10, 24. — c) quod ex officii 
tepe vel pro rerum conditione^fteri debet vel fa' 
ctendum est; PMl. 1, 24. — avayxatdv Jotiv sq. 
ace. c. inf., Act. 13, 46. Heb. 8, 3. ~ dvayxatov 
^/citj^ai, necessarium ducere, sq. infin., rhil. 2, 
25.^2 Co. 9, 5.* 

dvayieaifzd>q, adv., coaete, opp. kxavaiw^j 1 Pet. 
5, 2. j:Flat. Ax. p. 366 a.)* 

dvixyKn, tjg, ii, \) necessitasy quae aut externa re- 
rum coaoitione, aut officii lege, commodi ratione, 
consuetudine, argumentis imponitur; xax^ dvdyseijv, 
coacte (opp. xard ^xoi;(riov)Plulem.l4; iS dvayxri^j 
coactus, 2 Co. 9, 7; neeessariot Heb. 7, 12; ^;t«v 
dvayxfiv, necessitate urgeor, necessitas mihi im- 
pomtur (etiam ap. Graecos), 1 Co. 7, 37. Heb. 7, 27; 
»). inf., Lc. 14, 18. (23, 27 in t Tulg.); Jnd. vs. 3; 
av, uoi inlxeiratf 1 Co. 9, 16 ; dvdyxtj (i. q. dvay- 
xatov iaxi) sq. inf., Mt 18, 7. Bo. 13, 5. Heb. 9, 

16. 23 (ita etiam Graeci). — 2) si^nificatione ap. 
Graecos rara (Diod. 4, 43), sed H^enistis (etiam 
Josepho, b. jud. 5. 13, 7 al.) frequentissima (Win, 
p. 30), ccdarnUaSy angtisttae {Notn); Lc. 21,23. iCo. 
7, 26. 1 Th. 3, 7; plur. iv dvayxaiq, 2 Co. 6, 4. 
12, 10.* 

crya-yyoi^/gcu , recognoaco; dveyvmgla^ {^^9- 
iyvafola^)^ recognoscebatur a fratribus, Act. 7, 13 
coll. Gen. 45, 1. (Plat, derep. p. 258 a: dvayva)- 
qI^iv zoi>Q avyysvelc.)* 

ttvdyvmoigj ewg,^ {dvayivd>axw, q.v.) a)recogni'' 
tio, agniUo. — b) lectio; Act. 13, 15. 2 Co. 3, 14 
1 Tim. 4, 13. (Neli.^8, 8 — K^pft.)* 
^ dv-dym, aor.2. ar^a/ov, inf. ay(r/a/e;v,aor. pass. 
dvrix^rjv, sursum duco, in locum aUiorem duco vel 
fero; sq. eig c. ace. loci Lc. 2. 22. 4, 5. 22, 66. Act. 
9, 39. 16, 34. Mt. 4, 1 (eig r. sgijfiov, scil. e depres- 
siore Jordanis ripa). — xtvi ix vexptov, e mortuis, 
qui in infemis sunt, in supera, Heb. 13, 20. Bo. 10, 
7. — TivarcpAff^, producere aliquem, qui in car- 
cere (loco mferiore) detinetur, et sistere populo 
judicandum. Act. 12, 4; ^alav t<^ siSwkqif victi- 
VMun idolo offerre, quia vict. in aram tollitur. Act. 
7, 41. — Soluta nave xat i^oxhv dicuntur dvdye- 
ad-ai (pass.) navigantes, in altum mare ferri, ab" 
schiffen (sic dvaywyfi, Justin. M. dial. c. Tr. c. 142), 
Lc. 8, 22. Act. 13, 13. 16, 11. 18, 21. 20, 3. 13. 21, 
2. 27, 2.4. 12. 27, 21. 28,^0 s. (Pol. 1, 21,4. 23,3al.)* 

dva-Seixyvfjiif aor. 1. dviSei^a, in sublime elatwn 
monstro omnibus conspiciendum (aufsseigen) , bine 
accurate, clare monstro, patefacio quod erat re- 
eonditum (2 Mace. 2, 8 coll. vs. 6); Act. 1, 24 
(ostende, utrum horum tibi elegeris). Hinc dvad. 
rivdf aliquem publice declarare muneri alicui prae' 
fectum, renuntiare aliquem (regem. ducem cet., 
nuntium), Lc. 10, 1 (2 Mace. 9, 14. 23. 25. 10, 11. 
14, 12. 26. 3 Esr. 1, 34. 8, 23; Pol. 4, 48, 3. 51, 3. 
Diod. 1, 66. 13, 98. Plut. Caes. 37 al.; Hdian. 2, 12, 
5 al.). Cf. Win. verb. comp. 3, p. 12 s,* 



dvaSei^igt stag, y (dvadeixwfXi, q. v.), signijica- 
Uo, notatio^ qu^epalamJU; xwvxQOvmv^ix. 43, 7. 
— designaJtiOy renuntiatio^ inauguration eornnu qui 
muneribus praeficinntur (Plut. Mar. 8: indtmv 
dvdSei^ig)] Lc. 1, 80 (usque ad diem, quo populo 
renuntiaretur praeeursor Messiae, id quod ipse fe- 
cit ^mandate dei monitus, 3, 2 ss.)* 

dva-d^X^fitatt aor. 1. dvedESdfiiiVt inde ab Horn.. 
suscipio {auf' oder annehm/en); nine excipio ali- 
quem hospitio, Act. 28, 7; excipio animo; rhg inay- 
ysXlag, b. e. fide eas complect i, Heb. 11, 17.* 

dva-6l6wfjHj aor. 2. dviowv^ 1) sursum doy ita de 
terra plantas edente, de plantis fructus edentibus 
al. ap. profeinos. — 2) e secunda, quam dvd in com- 
positionibus obtinet, vi : trado^ reddo {uberreichen) ; 
imaxolnvy Act. 23, 33 (eadem pbrasis ap. Polyb. 

Plat.)* 
dva-ttdia, tt>, aor. 1. dvit^riaa^ verbum soli novi 

test, et ecclesiae scriptoribus proprium; revivisco, 
vitam recipio; a) proprie in t. vulg. Bo. 14, 9. Ap. 
20, 5. — b) tropice dvaZfJv dicitur, qui erat vexgi^ 
Bensu tropico; a) vitae rectae restituor, de eo, qui 
ad meliorem frugem redit, Lc. 15, 24 (cf Meyer 
ad h. 1.); vs. 82 (I'df. Trg. fgi/ae). — fi) vim et vi- 
gor em recipio; Bo. 7,9; vivas quidem et vegetus 
peccatus est inter homines post Adami lapsum ; sed 
vi sua caret (vexpd iati) apud innoeentes pueruloa 
legem ignorantes. At ubi legis gnari fiunt, in iis 
quoque vim suam recipit. Minus apte alii 1. c. 
av^^^Tjae expUcant vivere incepit^ lebte auf* 

ava-gf/r/ctf, at, aor. dvel^^ijaa, .,aliquam rerum 
hominumve seriem et ordinem oculis perlustrando 
quaero atque ita exquiro, perquiroy daran kin 
suchen, au/suchen {Win. verb. comp. 3, p. 14); xiva^ 
Lc. 2, 44 et ap. Lchm, Tdf. Trg, vs. 45; Act, 11. 25. 
(Locos e Graecis affert Win, L c.) 

dva-t^rnvvvfAiy succingo (au/gilrten); Med. ma «<o- 
cingo aut mihi succingo; dvat^odpievoi xag dapv- 
ag, 1 Pet. 1, 13; i. e. parati; metaphora desumta ab 
orientalibus, qui, ne vestibus quas gestabant laxis 
et ad imos usque pedes demissis im])edirentur, 
iter factari aut opus aJiquod aggressuri colligare 
eas et oinguio coriaceo adstringere solebant; cf. 
nfQt^wvwfXi. (LXX Jud. 18, 16 in cod. vat. Prov. 
31, 17. Dio Chr. Gr. 72. Didym. ap. Athen. 4, p. 
139 d. al.) 

dva-l^(onvfi<x}^ to {xo ^(oTtvQOv, a) reliquiae ignis ; 
b) id, quo ignis denuo accenditur aut animatur, 
follis, flaoeUum), demto accendo, resuscito; plerum- 
que tropice: animum, vires t studium incendo, in- 
flammo (Xen. de re equest. 10, 8, 16 de equo in- 
stigate. Hell. 5, 4, 46. Antonin. 7, 2 tpavxaalaq. 
Plut. Pericl. c. 1. Pomp. c. 49. Plat. Charm, p. 64 e. 
al.), xb j^dQia/ia, 2 Tim. 1, 6 b. e. x6 nvevfjia vs. 7. 
Intransitive: exardesco^ vires recipio Gen. 46, 27. 
1 Mace. 13, 7 et ap. profan.; dvw^ionvQiiodxm 17 
nlcxigy Clem. Bom. 1 Co. 27.* 

dva-d^aXkio, aor. 2. dvi^aXov (Ps. 28, 7. Sap. 4. 
3 s., ap. Graecos rarissimus solisque poetis usita- 
tus, cf Bttm, Gr. max. Up. 195), sursum vireo, re- 
germino, reviresco (Hom. II. 1, 236. AeL v. h. 5, 4) ; 
tropice de iis, quorum res et faeultates ad pro- 
8I>eriorem statum redeunt, Phil. 4, 10: dvBBdlets 
x6 vnhp ifAOV tpqoveXv, reoiruistis^ ut rebus meia 
prospicere possitts. Alii e transitive verbi usu apud 
solos LXX(Ez. 17, 24.. Sir. 1. 15 al.) obvio expli- 
cant: revirescere sivistis rerum mearum prospir 
dentiam; contra quos cf Meyer ad 1. 

dvdd'efJta, xog^ x6 (— to dvate^si/i^vov)^ 1) pr. 
res sursum posita, aut. ut asservetnr, repoaitOy spe- 
ciatim donarium, quod numini consecratum parie- 
tibus aut columnis templi appendebatur ant in 



avaikmoTiKw. 



K 



avo'^itXlvio. 



coDBpicao loco coUooabatnr; 2 Hacc. 2, 13 (Plut. 
Pelop. c. 25); Lo. 21, 5 ap. 2'df, pro yiiJg. ava^- 
fiast. Utraqae enim forma nonnumqaam in coda, 
con^ditar. Moeris: avi^fia axrixibg^ ava^e/ia 
kXXtiVtxS)Q, (Cf. inlOTifia, inid-sfia al. ap. Lobeck ad 
Phryn. p. 249.) — 2) Forma dvad^gfia a LXX ple- 
ramqae redditar hebr. s^n, re8 deo devota sine spe 
redemtionis, et si quid' animatum est, necandom, 
jgitor res vol persona intemecioni destinata, Jos. 
6, 17. 7, 12 al.; res abominanda et detestabilis, 
5 Mos. 7. 26. Hinc in N. T. avdB^wfia est a) ex9e- 
crati0, ava^ifAOTi ava^s/iaxl^eiv, Act. 23, 14. — 
b)hamo exsecranduB dirts denotus {=sintxazd^to^); 
avd^BfiU %axii>. Gal. 1,8 8. 1 Co. 16, 22; avd&€/ia 
Uysiv xivij ezsecrari aliqnem, 1 Co.l2,3(e L Tujg.; 
sea restituerant ibi Lchm. Tdf. Trg, dva^sfia 
^Itjao^g^sc. laxof); avd^sfi^i elvai and xovX fiat off. 
Bo. 9, 3 (praegnanter L q. diris deyotum ideo<}ae 
sejanctam esse a Cbristo). Cf. quae copiosias 
de voce dooent Friizsehe Ep. ad Koul T. II, p. 
247 as. Wieader Comm. nb. d. Br. an d. Galater 
p. 39ss.* 

ovaB^fMati^fo, aor. 1. avcB-E/AOZtaa {dvd&epia, 
q. Y.), Terbam mere biblicum et eodesiasticnm, 
anaihema declaro, ap. LXX «» fi'^"*Qn, intemecioni 
devaoeo (Jos. 6, 21 al. 1 Mace. 5, 5); lavr^y, gra- 
Tissimis del poems obnoxixim se declarare, Act. 
23, 12. 21 ; dvaS-ifjiaxi dve^fficnl^ifiv (5 Mos. 13, 15. 
20, 17.) invtSv sq. infin., interpositis exsecrationi- 
bas se obstrin^ere faciendae ahcni rei. Act. 23, 14. 
— absolute: diris imprecationibus interpositis as- 
fieverare, Mc. 14, 71.* 

avt[-d'BWQia>, cSf, pr. „aliquam rerum seriem ita 
oculis perlustro, ut ab imo ad summum pergam, 
daran nin — Ifixigs durchsehen^* ( Win, verb. comp. 
3, 1), bine diligenter intusor^ accurate contemplor, 
ti. Act. 17, 23. Heb. 13, 7. ^(Diod. 12, J5 [H imno- 
Ifl^jihv d^€i»(^vfji€voQ ^ - dva^swQdvfievoQ 6h xal 
fiex dx^ifieiag iS€xa^6fifvog]', 14, 109. 2, 5. Lucian. 
vit. auct. 2. necyom. 15. Plut. Aem. P. 1. Cat. min. 
14.)* ^ 

dvd'&ijfiLayXog, x6 (a¥€ixlBtiiJLi\ danarittm templo 
congtcratum (Weihgesckenk ; v. in dvd&efia); Lc. 

21, 5. (3 Mace. 3, 17. cf. Grimih ad 2 Mace. 3, 2; 
xocfieZv dvaO-ifiaai etiam 2^ Mace. 9, 16. Plur.AIcib. 
1 1 : dvad^^fiaal^ xb xexoa/A^afJiBv xd Ispd aixdiv. 
Hdt. 1, 183: to fihv 6ij^ Upiy ovx<o xexoCfAtfiav 
iaxi 6% xal tSia dvaS^^uaxa noXXd,)* 

dvalSBiaf (Tdf. dvaiSla) ag, i {dvaid^g et boc 
ab ^ aldwg, pador), inde ab Horn, impudentia; 
Lc. 11, 8 (de bomine importuno, a precibus non 
desistente).* 

avalQBifig^ trng^ 17 (ab dvaiQim n. 2«, q. v.), de^ 
leiio, iiUerfectio, caedeg; Act. 8, 1. atque e 1. yulg. 

22, 20. (In LXX tantum Num. 11, 15. Judic. 15, 
17. Juditfa. 15, 5. 2. Mace. 5, 13. — Xen. Hell. 6, 
3, 5. Hdian 2, 13, 1,.)* 

dp-aiQim, w, f. dvsXiS 2 Th. 2, 8 (Lchm. Trg, 
Tdf. Judith. 7, 13. Dion. HaL 11, 18: cf. Win, p. 
78) pro nsitatiore dvaiQvaw, aor, 2. avetXoVj aor. 
2. med. dveiXSfiijv^ sea dvelXaxo Act. 7. 21; 
dveUaVy Act. 10, 39; dvslXaxs Act. 2, 23) ap. Lehm, 
Tdf. Trg. e formis alezandrinis; cf. Win, §.13. 
Bttm, nti. 6r. p. 34 s.): pass, dvaioovfiai^ aor. 
dpjiQj^tjv; — 1) aursum toUo, attoUo (bumo); med. 
mhi meum toUo (inf&ntem expositum), Act, 7, 21. 
(Sic dvaiQBla^ai, Arist. nub. y. 581. Epiet. diss. 
1, 23. 7.) — 2) aboUo; a) instituta (abrogo), Heb. 
10, 9* b) bominem e medio toUoj occido (ita saepe 
ap. LXX et Graecos inde a Thuc), Mt. 2, 16. Lc. 
22, 2. 23, 32. Aci 2, 23. 5, 33. 36. 7, 28. 0, 23 s. 
29. 10, 39. 12, 2. 13, 28. 22, 20. 23, 15. 21.27. 25, 



3. 26, 19. 2 Tb. 2, 8 {Lchm. Tdf. Trg.)\ havxov, 
manum sibi infeire, Act. 16, 27.* 

dvaixiog, ov (a^r/a), culpae expers, insons; Mt. 
12, 5. 7. (saepe ap. Graecos; <» ""jps Deut 21, 8 s. 
Hist Sus. vs. 62.)* 

cryce-xa^/gco, aor. 1. dvBxd^iaa^erigo me et con- 
sido, erecto corpore aedeo : Lc. 7, 15. Act. 9, 40. 
(Xen. cyn. 5, 7. 19. Plut. Alex. c. 14; et saepe ap. 
medicos scriptores; add. iavxov Plut. Pbilop. c. 20; 
eodem signincatu medium Plat. Phaed. c. 3.)* 

difa-xaivl^op (xaivog\, irmovo (cf. nostr. auf- 
friachen); xivd elg fiBxavoiavt alicujus animum ita 
reficere, ut resipiscat, Heb. 6, 6. (Isocr. Areop. 3. 
Philo leg. ad CJaes. §.11. Jos. antt. 9, 8, 2. Plut. 
Marcell. c. 6. Lucian. Pbilop. c. 12. LXX Ps. 103, 
5. 104, 30. Eccles. scriptores.) Cf. Win. verb. comp. 
3, p. 10.* 

ava-xaivow, (S, verbum soli Paulo apost. pro- 
prium, pr. facio, tU excreaeat (dvd) novum^ facta 
novum; passiv. : novus vigor novumque robur mibi 
inditur, 2 Co. 4, 16; conformor in novam vitae 
speeiem pristinae vitiositati contrariam, Ck)L 3, 10. 
(ii.Win. verb. comp. 3, p. 10.* 

dva-xaivwcig, Bwg^ ^, tnnovatio , iota immtUaiio 
in meliua (v. in dvaxaivim); xov voog^ gen. obj., 
Bo. 12, 2; TCVB^fioxog kylov^ a spiritu s. effecto, 
Tit. 3, 5. (Etym. magn. Suid.; simplex xalvcootg 
exstat ap. solum Jos. antt. 18, 6, 10.)* 

dva'XaXv7ex<9, 1) revelo, (velamine retracto) de- 
tego, («= n^*, Job. 12, 22. Ps. 18, 15); xdXvfifjia - - 
/irj dvaxaXvnx6(M!€vov^ velamen, quod non retegitur, 
allegorice dicitur de impedimento intelligentiae, 
2 Co. 3, 14 {dvaxaXvrexBiv ovyxAvfjiftapeut. 22,30 
e cod. sdex.); dvaxBxahofiiAivcf nQoaton^, aperta 
facie, 2 Co. 3, 18 item allegonee dicitur de mente 
non praestricta, sed ad (%risti majestatem per- 
spiciendam aptissima. (Inter Graecos hoc verbo 
utnntur Enrip. Xen. Polyb. ^Plut.)* 

dva-xifinxw^ f. tpm, aor dv^xd/^rfjat reeurvOt re- 
flecto; in N. T. (ut saepe ap. profanes; ap. LXX 
— * a!iv) intrans. revertor; Mi 2, 12. Lc. 10, 6 (ubi 
sententia: vestra salus ad vos redibit, quasi non 
dicta esset); Act. 18, 21. Heb. 11, 15.* 

dvd'XBtfiaif dep. med. repoaitua aum; Mc. 5, 40 
(1. vulg.). — E fatiscentu graecitatis usu ad 
menaam aecubo (in leeto trtdStari coenana^ quod 
meliores Graeci dixerunt xBta&ait xaxeaeBZa^aiy cf. 
Lob. ad Phryn. p. 216 s. Fritaa<^ ad Mt. p. 341); 
Mt. 9, 10. 22, 10 s. 26, 7. 20. Mc. 14, 18. 16, 14. Lc. 
7, 37 (Lchm. Tdf. Trg, xaxdxBiTtKi); 22, 27. Jo. 
12, 2 (1. vulg. avvavaxBifi')' 13, 23. 28. ■— univ. 
convive, coeno Jo. 6, 11.* 

dva'XB^aXai6w,w(tkxe^aXaida et hoc AXBtpd- 
Xaiovt quas voces vide suo loco), ad awnmam re- 
vocOfaummatim repeto atque ita aummatim compre- 
hendo (velut orationis alicujus argumentum; 
QuinctiL 6,1 : rerum repetitio et congregatio, quae 
graece dvaxB^aXaiwatg dicitur); ita Eo. 13,9. Eph. 
1,10 deus dicitur dvaxBfpaXanoaaoQiXi xd ndvxa iv 
x^ Xpiaxfp^ omnes in eoelo et in terra res et na- 
turae (adhue per peccatum partes disjectas) sibi 
(attende ad medium) recolligere in unam compa- 
gem in eonsortio Christi tanquam vinculi omnes 
continentis, (Protev. Jac.l3: tig ifih dvtxBipaXaim- 
B^^^ laxoQia ^AddfJi^ ubi cf. Thilo),* 

dva-xXlvat,t vdi,aor. dvixXiva^^waB. aor. dvBxXi" 
^v, fut. dvaxXiB^aofiat, recline (anlehnen); a) re- 
pono (hinlegen\ xivd. Lc. 2, 7 (iv x§ qtdxvy). — 
o)recumbere jtibeo ; Mc.6,39 (inixaSBV a^ofg. sell. 
dlBcipulis, dpaxXZvai navxag^ i. e. populum); Lc. 9, 
15. 12, 37. — FtOBiTxnn: recubar6{atch hirdagem); 
Mt. 14, 19; die. de mensae et epulis aceumoentl- 



ava-xoTiTCii. 



26 



ava^iog. 



bus, Lc 7. 36 (1. vulg. et Greb.); 13, 29. Mt 8, 11., 
^uo ntroqae loco vb. allegorice dicitor de stdatis 
in regno mess, futarae consortio.* 

ava-xontw, aor. 1. ivixotpa^ retundo^ tnhibeo,Ye- 
lut cursum (navis Theophr. char. 25, 1); xivd sq. 
infin. Gal. 5, 7 (1. vulg.), ubl Paulum de via im- 
pedita cogH^sse, praecedens it^ix^x€ docet; v. 
syxonto}* 

dva'Xgdt,(o, aor. 1. dvixpaSoc, aor. 2. avixgayov 
(Lc. 23,18 Tdf. Trg.\ ex intimo gutture clamorem 
toUo; Mc. 1, 23. 6, 49. Lc. 4,33. 8,28. 23, 18. Ezem- 
pla^ e profanis v. ap. Win, verb. comp. 3, p. 6.* 

ava-xnivQf^t vc5, aor. 1. avixQiva^ aor. pass, ervf- 
xQL&tjv (verbum ap. Graccos, maxime Atticos fre- 
qnens^ pr. rerum- aUquarum momentorumve seriem 
perlustrando (dv«) cemo (xqIvw) vel quaero^ bine 

a) investigoj examino^ exploro^perscrutor, sciscitor: 
Act. 17, 11 (xcLg Ygaq>a<:); 1 Co. 10, 26. 27 (nihil 
anxie examinantes, sc. sintne carnes, vobis appo- 
sitae, residuao e gentilium victimis). Speciatim 
forensi usn (saepe etiam ap. Graecos) die. de ju- 
dice: quaestionem habeo, accusatos vel testes inter- 
rogo {verkoren); absol. Lc. 23. 14. Act. 24, 8. — 
zivdj Act. 12, 19. 28, 18; passiv. Act. 4, 9. Foren- 
sem ^ asnm respiciens (id quod docet praeced^ens 
vox anoXoyla) Paulas 1 Co. 9, 3 dicit xoTq ifih dva- 
xglvovaiy examinantibus, verusne sim apostolus. — 

b) univ. judico, aestlmo (alic^as roi vel personae 
praestantiam vel vitia); t/, 1 uo. 2, 15; tivd^ 1 Co. 
4, 3 8.; pass. 1 Co. ^2, 16. 14, 24.* 

avi'XQtotQ, smq, ^, inpusitio; sensu forensi ap. 
Graecos praevia in^uisitio, quae judicum instru- 
endorum causa institui soieDat (ifeier et Schd~ 
mann Att. Proceds, p. 27), qui vocis usus respici 
videfcur Act. 25, 26.* 

dvaxvklwj 1) sursum volvo. 2) revolvo: dvaxS' 
x^Xitnai o Xl^oQ^ Mc. 16, 4 Tdf. Trg. (Alexis ap. 
Athen. YI, p. 237 c. Lucian. de luctu 8. Dion. 
Hal. Plut. aL)* 

dva-xvnrcDt aor. 1. dvixwpa (nostr. aufducken), 
erigo me; a) corpiu meum, Lc. 13, 11. Jo. 8, 7. 10. 
(Xen. de re equ. 7, 10 al. LXX Job. 10. 16.) b) ani- 
mumj recreor; Lc. 21,28. (Xen. oec. 11, 6. Jos. b. 
jud. 6, 8, 5 aL)* 

^ dva-Xafipdvw^ aor. 2. act. dv^XaBov^ aor. 1. pass. 
dvBXn(p^riv{dv€Xfifjup^v Lchm. Tdf, Trg.; cf Win, 
p. 48), 1) sursum toUo, tollo; €iq x6v o^Qav6v,yU. 
16, 19. Act. 1, 11. 10, 16 (LXX 3 Beg. 2, 11); sim- 
pliciter Act. 1, 2. 22. 1 Tim. 3, 16 (Sir. 48, 9.). — 
2) suscipio (quod portem vel quo utar), Act. 7, 43. 
Eph. 6, 13. 16. — cbssumo, xivd, quern ducam, Act. 
23, 31; vel quo utar comite, 2 Tim. 4, 11 ; ut cogi- 
tando addendum sit: in navem {aufnehmen\ Act. 
20,^13 s.* ^ ^ 

^dva-Xfiypiq^ enoq, iu dvdXtm^iQ ap. Lc^m, Tdf. 
(avaXafifidvio) ^ sublatio^ Lc. 9, 51 (sc. elq '^^v 
oipavov, de Jesu ascensione in coelum).* 

dv-aXlaxw. a forma dvaXofo fat. avaAoScro), aor. 1. 
dvtjXiooa et dvdXwaa, aor. 2. pass. dvriXwBTiy (sim- 
plex exstat in solo passivo cAiaxofxai, capior, etsi 
a in aXlaxofiai breve, in dvaXiaxw longum est (cf. 
Bttm. Gr. max. II, p. 113); 1) insumo; consume, 
velut xQ^tf*^'^^ (sumtus facere; saepius ap. Xen.). 
— Ticonsumo^ absumOt confide, exstinguo; Lc. 9, 
54. Gal. 5, 15. 2 Th. % 8 (1. vulg.); LXX Jer. 50, 
7. Prov. 23, 28. Gen. 41, 30 al.* 

avaXoyla, ag, ^ (avoAoyo*;, consentaneus, propor- 
tionalis), proportio; xaxa xr^v dvaXoyiav xijg 
7iiaxB<og, i. q. xaxd xo fiixqov nlaxewg a deo 
acceptae. Bo. 12, 6; cf. vs. 3. (Flat. Demosth. Ari- 
stot. Theophr. al.)* 

dva-Xoyl\^ofJiai , aor. dveXoyiadfitiv ^ dep. med., 



reptUOf expendo, vulgo c. ace. rei, aed Heb. 12, 3 
c. ace. personae: expendendo considero. (3 Mace. 
7, 7. Saepe ap. Graecos inde a Plat, et Xen.)* 

HvaXog, ov {&Xg^ sal), insidsus; (agxoi SvaXoi 
Arist. probl. 21, 5; Sgxog Sivakog Plut. mor. p. 684. 
f.), SXag SivaXop, sal acrimoniae expers; Mc. 9, 50.* 

dvdXvaig, f aic» v {dvaXvat^ q. v.), resoliUio (velnt 
textorum), idissolutio (in partes). 2) discessus (me- 
taphora desumta ab illis, qui funes resolvunt ad 
abitum parandum, cf. Horn. Od. 15, 548), pr. nostr. 
Aufbruch; 2 Tim. 4, 6 (discessus e vita; ap. Phil. 




fila texta). — 2) discedo, aufbrecken (v. avdXwng), 
ita persaepe ap. Graecos; discedo e mtct, Phil. 1,23. 
(Lucian. Pnilops. c. 14: oxxwxatSexaixiig wv dv^Xve. 
add. Ael. v. h. 4, 23.) — redeo, ix xt5v ydfiwv^ Lc. 
12, 36. cf. Kuinoel^ ad h. 1. Grimm ad 2 Mace. 8, 25.* 

dva/jtdgxfjxog, ov (ex ov priv. et forma a/iaQxiai), 
et qui non peccavit et qui peccare non potest. lUo 
sensu Jo. 8, 7. Deut. 29, 19. 2 Mace. 8, 4. 12, 42. 
Be usu vocis ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt. cf. Ullmann 
Ueb. die Stlndlosigkeit Christi, p. 75 s. Ed. 3.* 

dva-fiivio, xivA,maneo aliauemy opperior aliquem 
(nostr. erharren, vel potius heranka/rren)^ admixta 
notione patientiae et fiduciae; 1 Th. 1, 10. Locu- 
tio bene graeca; cf. Win. Verb. comp. 3, p. 16 s.* 

dva'fiifiv^xQ}, f. dvafivTiaw (e forma fivda), aor. 
l.pass. dve/fvfja^^v ; in memoriam revocp, xivdxi, 
abcui aliqaid, 1 Co. 4, 17; admoneo, xivd sq. infiji., 
2 Tim. 1, 6. — Passiv.: mihi in mentem revocatur^ 
recordor; absol. Mc. 11, 21. — c. gen. rei, Mc. 14, 
72 (t. vulg. et Grsb.)] r/, Mc. 14, 72 (Lchm. Tdf. 
2Vflr.); ex adj.: recordando perpendo, 2 Co. 7, 15. 
Heb. 10, 32. Cf. Win,^^. 184. Matth. 11, p. 820 s.* 

dvdfivtjaig, ewg, rj (dvaf/ii/ivi^xw>\ memoria, re- 
cordatio; slg r. ifi^v dvdfivijaiv, ad memoriam mei 
(pie) recolendam Lc. 22. 19. 1 Co. 11, 24 s.; iv ad- 
xaZg [scil. &volatg] dvd/ivt^atg d/iapxtwvy in offe- 
rendis victimis fit recoraatio peccatorum, h. e. me- 
moria peccatorum commissorum per sacrificia reno- 
vatur, Heb. 10, 3. (Ap. Graecos mde a Plat)* 
^ dva-veoctf, cS*, r'enovp (saepe ap. Ghraecos); pass. 
dvaveovad^i x<p nvevfiaxiy renovari mentef n. e. 
transfonnari in recentis mentis speciem; recentem 
mentem induere, Eph. 4, 23. Cf. Tittmann Synon. 
p. 60. et supra in dvaxaivoop.* 

dva-vi^to, ad sobrietatem redeo (ix fJti^g^ quod 
a Graecis additur); metaph. 2 Tim. 2, 26 ix r^ 
rot SiafioXov nayldog, e Satanae laqueis liberatus 
ad sanam mentem redeo. (Philo legg. alleg. Ill, 
§. 16: dvavrftpBi^ xovt taxi fisxavoeZ. Adde Jos. 
ant. 6, 11, 10. Ceb. tab. 9. Antonin. 6, 31. Charit. 

5, 1.)* 

livavlag^ a, o, Ananias (^^^sfr, e ^an, gratiosus 
fuit, et n^f Jehova); 1) Christianus quidam, mari- 
tus Sapphirae; Act. 5, 1—6. — 2) Christianus 
damascenus; Act. 9, 10—18. 22, 12 ss. — 3) Nede- 
baei filius, Judaeorum summus sacerdos circiter 
annis 47 — 59 post. Chr.; anno 66 a rebellibus Ju- 
daeis interfectus; Act. 23, 2 s. 24, 1 s. Jos.antt. 20, 
5, 2. 6, 2. 9, 2—4. b. jud. 2, 17, 6, 9.* 

dvavxl^^f[Xog^ ov (a priv., ovr/, et ^tftog a ^^cv, 
dice), et ctd non contradictum est, et cut contradici 
nequity nutU contradictioni obnoxius; hoc altero 
significatu Act. 19, 36. (Ap. Graecos nonnumquam 
inde a Polvbio.)* 

dvavxMrfxmg, adv., sine contradictione ; Act. 10, 
29^(veni mhil oblocutus). Pol 23, 8, 11.* 

dvdiiog, ov (a priv. et cigioc) indignus (xivdg); 
non aptus alicui rei, 1 Co. 6, 2.* 



ava^lwg. 



27 



avaatttaig. 



opailwg^ adv., indigno modo^ 1 Ck>. 11, 27 et 
(e L ynlg. et Grsb.\ 29.* 

ayanavaiqy s<oq, tj {avanavw)^ {)itUermi'9no^ ali- 
cnjus motus, negotii, laboria; ivcaiavaiv oiixtxovai 
Xiyoifxt^ "— ohx avanavorrai Xiyovrsq^ coDtinuo 
dicimt, Ap. 4, 8. — 2) requies, recreatio; Mt. 12, 43. 
Lc. 11, 24. Ap. 14, 11 (et saepe ap. Graecos); 
beata animi tranqoillitas, Mt. 11, 29. (Sir. 6, 27. 
51,^27. Sap. 4, 7.)* 

- ava-ffavco, t <riv, aor. ecvinavaa, pf. pass, ova- 
ninecvfiai, fat. med. apanwooofjtai (Ap. 6, 11) atqae 
e Yolgaii inferioris graecitatis sermone avana^ 
aofiai (Ap. 14, 13 Lchm, Tiif. Trg.,- cf. Bttm. ntl, 
Gr. p. 57; maxiine anglicam ejus editionem p. 64 
8. coll. Kiihner I, p. 886; vide etiam in inavu- 
Tiavco), aor. 1. mea. avsnavoafiffv (vb. Graecis 
freqnentatam inde ab Horn.), facio Yel sino aliquem 
detistert a tnotu vel labore aUquo ad recipiendeu et 
coUigendas tmres (respice praefixum ova et dislin- 
gne a xaxanavw), requiem do, recreo; Med. re- 
qiUesco, mueH me do, Ita Med. absol. de quiete post 
peregrinuionem Mc. 6, 31; de quiete ad capien- 
dum somnum Mt. 26, 45. 14, 41; de dulci otio, 
quo aliquis fruitur post labores, Lc. 12, 19; 
qtdescOf patienter exspecto {sich whig verhaUen), 
Ap. 6, 11; de beata mortuomm quiete, Ap. 14, 13 
{i* xwv xonwv, laboribus exemti; Plat. Grit, init.: 
sx fiaxgaq 66of), — Ex hebraismo (^y ma Jes. 1 1, 2) 
xb nvBVfjM i^^ ifA&q avanavttaif consedit super 
Yos, nimirum ad tos agendos, 1 Pet 4, 14. — Acti- 
▼Hm recreo, alicujus animum, xird, Mt. 11, 28; 
TO nvevfiia ttvog, 1 Co. 16. 18; ta onXayxvix tivo^ 
Philem.^T8. 20. — pass. Philem. ts. 7. 2 Ck>. 7, 13 
{axo nartwv vfiSv ex intuitu , consideratione, usu 
ye^Tum omnium).* 

asfaritsLd'fB, perguadendo excito (cf. nostr. au^- 
reizen), soUicUo; xivaxi 7roi^a«, Act. 18, 13. Sic 
etiam^ Hdt. Thuc. Plat. Xen. al.* 

avcaifiQo^, falsa scriptura ex itacismo nata in 
nonnuUis codd. Lc. 14, 13. 21 Lchm. Trg. pro ivi" 
niifog^ q. ▼. ^ 

av€t'n4ftnw, aor. \. ayinefjopa, \) aurnum mitio, 

b. e. a) in locum altiorem; b) ad personam digni- 
tate, anetoritate, potestate superiorem (Plut. Mar. 

c. 17); rivce ngog xtva, Lc. 23, 7. 15. Act. 25, 21 
(Lchm. Ttif.). — 2) remiUo; xivd^ Philem. yb. 11. 
xtva xtvi Lc. 23. 11.* 

ava-^ndam (Hom. 11. 11, 379, saepe ap. Plat. 
Xen. Dem.), in altum saUo, exmlio; dvanriSriaaq 
Mc. lO^bO Lekm. Tdf. Trg. ; cf. FritzseJie ad h.1 
(1 Sam. 20, 34. ProY. 18, 4. Tob. 2, 4. 6, 2. 
7, 6.); 

avaxciiQOQ, ov (-pr. ab imo ad summum [avi] ntj' 
<»0Cf bine Said. xa4*vnefpoXfivngnfipwuivog),mem- 
brie caphu, debiUa {Kriippel, qebreeJuich) ; laesus 
aut orbus aJiquo corporis membro; Lc. 14, 13. 21: 
avan^QOvq^ X^Xovq, xvtpXovq, quo utroque loco 
Lckm, et Trg. quorundam codd. scriptionem iva* 
nsiQOvq aperle lalsam quippe ex itacismo profectam 
receperunt (Plat. Grit. p. 53 a. : jt^Ao2 x. xvipXol 
xal hXXoi dvienriQOi. Arist. h. a. 7, 6: yivovxai 
is ivannotov avanriQou Lys. ap. Suid. : I^Xvu xal 
Saxa iveatriQoq. 2. Mace. 8, 24: iv xoXq fiiXeai 
avan^QOvg.)* ^ 

ava-nlnxw, aor. 2. avimcov, 3. ps. plur. ovine- 
aov Mc. 6, 40. {Tdf. avineaav); Jo. 6, 10 {Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg. wfiitncav) ; inf. ayansasiv, imper. avd- 
nsae Lo. 14, 10. 17, 7 (L Yulg. avdntoov, ab aor. 
1 : ivaneaa); cf. Win. §. 13, 1. — recumboj ab- 
aci Mc. 6, 40. Jo. 6, 10 (humi); inl r^v /^y Mt. 15, 
35 ; inl xrj<; y^g Mc. 8, 6. — ap. posteriores Graecos 
(cf. Lob.tA. Pbrjn. p. 216) pro avcaeXlyofiai, reeum- 



bo ad menaam; Lc. 11, 37. 14, 10. 17, 7. 22, 14. Jo. 
13, 12. 21, 20. — me recUno, Jo. 13, 25 (Lchm. 
Trg.).* 

ivanXffgdw cS, f. cSaof, aor. 1. m'snXrigtaaa {dva, 
ad, hinaufy Yas ad oram usque; ad modum usque 
eonstitutum, nostr. anfuUen), \)impleo,compteo^ 
ut fossam (Strab. 6, p. 223); binctrop.: aiAagxlaq, 
1 Tb. 2, 16 (addere quod adhuc ad justum pecca- 
torum numerum deest; cf de sententia God. 15, 
26. Dan. 8, 23. 9, 24. Mt. 23, 32^ 2. Mace. 6, 14). 
— ivctnXfiQovxai ti nQo^fixeia^ vaticinio plene sa- 
tisfit, eventus plane ei respondet, Mt. 13, 14. — 
xov v6fA0Vy perfecte legem obsenrare, Gal. 6, 2 (Bam. 
ep. 21: dvanX. n&aav ivxoX^); x6v xdnov xivSq, 
expleo locum alicujus, 1 Co. 14, 16 (ex rabbinico 
Dipto K^o, partes alicujus obtinere). — 2) euppleo; 
xd haiiQTipta, Phil. 2, 30 (Col. 1, 24); 1 Go. 16, 17 
(vestrum absentium locum hi praesentes ^apud me 
suppleYorunt); cf. Plat. S^p. p. 188. e.: ixXd stxi 
i^iXtnop, adv tgyov (scO. ioxiv)^ avanXijQdfoai, 
Ct^Win. Yorbb. comp. 3, p. 11 s.* 
, ay-anO'Xoyrgxoq, ov, et qtd caret de/ensione yoI 
excmatione; EU). 1, 20; et cpM defendi neqttit^ inex- 
cusabilia; ita Bo. 2, 1. (rolyb. Dion. Hal. ant. 7, 
46.^ Plut. Brut. 46 al.)*^ 

ivanxvcanii, aor. 1. avinxvia (ivd, auf^» oum- 
einantier,c{. dvaXi^of^ et nxi&aaw, conYolYo), evolvo; 
xd pipXlov (ut ap. Hdt. 1, 48 et 125), Lc. 4, 17 
e 1. Yulg. Gr$b. Tdf. (2 Bag. 19, 14). Erant He- 
braeorum libri Yolumina (niVato) duobus baculis 
teretibus alligata et capulis instructa, ut convoM 
et evolvi possent.* 

av'dmof, aor. 1. onffjipa, aor. 1. pass, efv^^l^i/y, 
accendo{ainzunden); Lc. 12, 49. Act. 28, 2. Jac. 3,6.* 

avoQi^lAnxoqy ov (a priY. et aoid^fiiai), innwn&- 
rabUisf Heb. 11, 12.* 

ava-atlw, aor. 1. dviaeiaa^ sttccutio (au/ichiU- 
teln); trop. excito, inatigo; xdv BxXov, Mc. 15, 11; 
xbv Xadv, Lc. 23, 5. Eodem sensu Diod. 13, 91. 
14,^ 10. Dion. Hal. ant. 8,. 81.)* 

ava-axBvdlim (axivil^w, a axeiioq^ Yas), 1) vaea 
coUigo {au/pachsn),tit tran»/eram in cdium locum; 
Xen. an. 5, 10, 8. Med. auppeUctHem meam loco 
moveo (aliorsum profecturus, Xen. Cyr. 8, 5,4. 
Zxav 8k avaaxBvaiwvxai, awxl^ai fxhv ^xaaxoq 
xi axtvti) ; hinc 2) de bostibus loca depraedantibus 
(Thuc. 4, 116); everto, destruo, oppida, terras; trop. 
ipv;tac« perhirbo, a recto etatu vioUnter amoveo^ 
Act. 15, 24.* 

ava^anauf, w, f. aom, aor. 1. pass. aveanaad^Vj 
swreum traho; Lc. 14,^5. Act 11, 10.* 

avaaxaaiq, €<aq, rj {avlaxrifii), 1) surrectio (Yelut 
a sede), Lc. 2, 34 (opp. nxwcig. Sententia: jacet 
lapis quasi, auem alii apprebendent, ut enitantur, 
alii Yero ei illidentes caaent). — 2) surrectio, s. ut 
in ecclesiastica latinitate dicitur, reeurrectio e mor^ 
tuie; a) ea, quae fuit Christi; Act. 1,22. 2. 31. 
4, 33. Bo. 6, 5. Phil. 3, 10. 1 Put. 3, 21; addito 
xoiv vtxooiv Bo. 1, 4 (quod generice dicitur: Todten- 
auferstekung , etsi ea adhuc non obti^t nisi uni 
Christo; cf. Act. 17, 32; Win. p. 177); ix vcxpcSv, 
1 Pet. 1, 3. — b) quae ent omnium hominum in fine 
hujus saeculi. Die. ea simpliciter avaotaaiq et ^ 
avaax. Mt 22, 23. 30. Mc. 12, 18. 23. Lc. 20, 27. 33. 
36. Jo. 11, 24. Act 17, 18. 23, 8. 2 Tim. 2, 18; per 
meton. i. ^q. auctor resurrectionis, Jo. 11, 25; ad- 
ditur Yel rj ix vexgwv, Lc. 20, 35. Act. 4, 2 ; yoI sim- 
plex xSv vsxQWv, Mt. 22, 31. Act. 17, 32. 23, 6. 24, 
15. 21. 26, 23. 1 Co. 15, 12 s. 21. 42. Heb. 6, 2. — 
avaax. ^co^, resurrectio ad consequendam Yitam 
(ov. elq ^toijv 2Macc.7,14.); av, zf^q xgla€wq,TwnTr. 
ad Bubeondum judicium futura, Jo. 5, 29 (de geni- 



ayaofOtfHo. 



28 



a>d\fn}fy^. 



1 > * 



Sris cf. Win. p. 177); ilia ^ ti avaax. xSv Sixaliov^ 
c. 14, 14; Pt^sirrofV dvaaxaaiq Heb. 11, 35., quae 
sic dicitur comparata^ cum terrestris vitae conser- 
yatione, improprie dvaaxaoi^ dicenda. — 17 dvdaT. ^ 
TiQwrti Ap. 20, 5 s. obtinget piis Cbristiaiiis eamqae 
exactis miUe annis insecutara est altera onmiam 
reliqaoram bominnm resurrectio, Ap. 2Q, 12 ss. — 
De qaaestione ntrum et quo sensu etiam Paulas 
duas resTurectionos certo temporis spatio a so se- 
junctas statuisse censendus sit, cf. Grrimm in Zeit- 
Bchrift Ar wissenscbaM. Tbeologie 1873, p. 38S. 
— c) quae fnit nonnullorum bebraeae antiquitatis 
bominum, aute sepulturam vitae terrenae restitu- 
torum, Heb. 11. 35.* 

avttatar6w,w, aor. 1. dvfatdvofaa, y\). nusquam 
ap. profanos, ali(][aotie8 in Aquilae et Symmacbi 
mgmentis Y. Ti. et ap. £astathiuin obyeniens 
(ab ttvdcxectOQ^ e sede sua pulsus, ejectus, Tel e 
situ suo excitatus, igitur »» avdaxaxov no la^^ exci' 
to, conturbo, sq. accus. a) turbas et seditiones in 
republica excito , Act. 17, 6. 21, 38. — b) animos 
conturbo spargendis erroribus ad religionem spe- 
ctantibus, Gal. 5, 12.* 

dva'axavQOw, dtyin crucem attoUo (cf. dvaaxoXO' 
ni}^w); Heb. 6,6. (persaepe ap.Graecos inde abHdt.) 
ex. ^ Win. vbb. comp. 3.^ p. 11 s.* 

dva-axevdl^m, aor. l.dveaxiva^a^ db imopectore 
sugpiria ducOy Mc. 8, 12. (Tbren. 1, 4. Sir. 25, 17. 
2 Mace. 6, 30 et ap. Qraecos inde ab Hdt. 1, 86.)* 

dva-atQhpa>, f. t/f(o, aor. 2. pass. dveaxQdfrjv, 
Dsubverto; xdg xgctrtil^ag, Jo. 2,15 (Si<pQ0VQt Horn, 
n. 23, 436). — 2) retro verto; inb^ns. redeo^ ut. lat. 
reverto — revertor (nt ap. Qraecos; ap. LXX->a!)V); 
Act. 5, 22. 15, 16 (q. L dvaaxgiipto xal non ex usu 
hebr. a^iv adverbii nm habet ■> itemm, sed deus 
messiano tempore redit ad populum, quern antea 
dereliquisse cogitatur; cf. Win. p. 437). — Z)ktic 
iUuc verto; Passiv. reflexive: me verto, ver^or, iv^ 
in loco; a) sensu propr. Mt. 17, 22, ubi Lchm. Tdf, 
Trg. avoxg€(po/iivmv; cf. Keim 11, p. 581. (Jos. 
5, 5. Ez. 19, 6 et ap. Qraecos.) b) ut hebr. ?f^ri 
ambulo in - -, de vitae ratione et moribus, me gero, 
vivo, 2 Go. 1) 12 (iv x^ x6<ffji(p); 1 Tim. 3, 15 
(iv o&(p ^sov); Epb. 2, 3 (iv oU, inter quos); 
2 Pet. 2, 18 (iv nXdvy). ^— simpliciter, me gero 
(wandeln); 1 Pet. 1, 17. Heb. 10, 33; xaXwq, 
13,^18.* 

dvaaxQoip^, $(, ^ (a passive dvaaxgig>o/iai, v. 
praeced. voc), pr. ambulation i. e. vivendi rciio, 
(Lebenswandel) ; Gal. 1, 13. Epb. 4, 22. 1 Tim. 4, 
12. Jac. 3, 13. 1 Pet. 1, 15. 18. 2, 12. 3, 1 s. 16. 2 Pet. 
2, 7; plur. ciyiat dvaaxgotpai, modi, quibus saneta 
vivendi ratio se exserit, 2 Pet. 3, 11. Hinc mta, in 
quantum actionibus continetur, Heb. 13, 7. (Eo 
quo explicuimus usu vox ap. Qraecos dicitur de- 
mum inde a Polyb. 4, 82, 1 ; in sacro cod. primum 
Tob. 4, 14^ 2 itfacc. 5, 8. Adde Epict. diss. 1, 9. 
4, 7.)" ^ 

dvaxdaaofjtai (med. verbi dyaxdaaa>\ ex ordine 
coUocOy compono; difjyriOiVy Lc. 1, 1 (ita contexere 
narrationem, ut ex ea pateat series factorum. Ob- 
venit praeter b. 1. ap. solum Plut. sollert. anim. 
c. 12., ubi est: aliquid ex ordine iterum perlustrare 
et explanare). 

dva^xiXktOy aor. 1. dvixBtXa, pf. dvtixixaXxa, 
a) transit., exorvri facia ; xbv rjXiov, Mt. 5, 45. (de 
terra plantas progignente, Gen. 3, 18; de fluvio 
aliquid producente, Horn. II. 5, 777.) — b) intrans., 
orior; lux Mt. 4, 16 (Jes. 42, 7); sol, 13, 6. Mo. 16, 2. 
Jac. 1, 11; nubes, Lc. 12, 54; ^pmoipoQOQ, 2 Pet. 1, 
19. — trop. ortum duco, Heb. 7, 14. Antiquiores 
Graeci plerumque solem et lunam dicebant aVa- 



xiXXeiv, astravero intxiXXsiv. Sed Aeliaa., Pans., 
Stob. et alii recentiores boo diserimen ne^igunt; 
V. Lob. ad Pbryn. p. 125.* 

dva-xld^rj/ii f aor. 2. med. dv€94ptnVf in medio: 
rem tanquam ex angulo protractam {dvd) propono^ 
expono; xivi xi. Act. 25, 14. Gal. 2, 3 (2 Mace. 3, 9. 
Artem. oneirocr. 2, 64 [xivl x6 Jvap]; Diog. Laert. 

2, 18, 16. Plut. amat. narr. p. 772 d.). Cf. Frit^- 
schiorum Opuscc. p. 169.* 

dvaxoXri^ nf^rl (ab dvaxiXXtOy q. v.). ut ap.QnttMW 
1) ortuB (solis et stellarum); lux i^ v^>ovq orta, Lc. 
1, 78. — 2) oriens (plaga orientalis); Mt. 2, 2. 9. 
Ap. 21, 13 (ubi Grab. dvaxoXwv); Hdian. 2, 8, 18. 

3, 5, 1. Jos. c. Ap. 1, 14. Clem. Bom. 1 Co. 5. 
Ignat.^ ad Bom. 2. MeUto ap. Eus. h. e. 4, 26, 14; 
add. ijXlovy Ap. 7, 2; plural., regiones orientades; 
Mt. 2, 1. 8, 11. 24, 27. Lc. 13, 29 (LXX. Hdt Plat. 
Polyb. Plut. al.; Philo in Place. §. 7); add. ipdov, 
Ap. 16, 12.* 

dva'-XQiit(Oyeverto,9ubvertOydeleo; etbice, o&ovCf 
familias, Tit. 1, 11. — rr/v XiViov nlaxiv^ 2 Tinu 2, 
1 8.^ (Persaepe ap. Qraecos, eodem etiam ajgniflcatu.) 

dwa-xgiipm, aor. 2. pass, dverpd^ffw, ptep. pf. 
pass, dvaxed'ga/ifiivog, aor. 1. me<m dvtxgnifdiMiv, 
enuirioy {aufndhren, au/fiUtem), pr. de catulis et 
infantibus die, aui nntnuntur, ut crescant (Xan. 
mem. 4, 3, 10 al. Sap. 7, 4); educo; Lo. 4, 16 
Td/.\ Act. 7, 20 8.; praevalente notione formandi 
animi, Act. 22, 3. (4 Maoc. 10, 22 et saepo ap. 
Qraecos.) Cf. Win. vb.^ cOmp. 3, p. 4.* 

dva-ipalvw, aor. 1. dvi^ava, e lorma dorica pro 
usitatiore dviip^va (Act. 21, 8 Td/.f cf. Passow 
lY, p. 2199; V. m im^alvm) aor. 2. past, dyeipd- 
V17V, spectandmn prodo, ostendo. Past, cantpioior, 
eonaptcuus reddor; Lc. 19, 11; irag>€tvivxeq x^ 
K^ngov, Cyprum conspicaH^ insolentius, pro ora- 
tpavelatjq avxolq xnq K^ngov, Act. 21, 3 (cf. Win. 
§.39, 1. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 164), ubi Td/.. d^a-^ 
^dvavxsg xtpf If., postqnam Cyprum contpicuam 
(nobis) fecimus.* 

dva-ipigto. f. dvolao^ (Lev. 14, 20. Num. 14, 33 
al.), aor. 1. dr^syxa, aor. 2. dvifpsyxov, 1) surstun 
feroy surman daco; homines in editiorem locum; 
Mt 17, 1. Mc. 9. 2. Pass. Lc. 24, 51. — dvufignv 
Tag Ufiagxlaq inl xh ^vXov 1 Pet. 2, 24 (toUere 
peccata in crucem, sc. ad ea patiendo moriendoque 
expianda). — 2)in aram tolloy arae admoveOy offero^ 
(«. n^ ap. LXX), ^valag, ^alap al. (Jes. 57, 6 
al.), Heb. 7, 27 (ubi Tdf. ngoaeviyxag); 13, 15. 
1 Pet. 2, 5; add. inl xb ^vciaaxrigiov, Jac. 2, 21. 
(Gen. 8, 20. Lev. 14, 20.) Cf. Ktertit, Der Br. an d. 
Hebraeer, p. 154 ss. — 3) cUtoUo in me, redpio 
in me^ b. e. impono mibi aliquid tanquam^ onus 
ferendum, aliquid sustinendum; nutineo; xaQafjiag" 
xCaq, b. e. per metonym. peccatorum poenas, Heb. 
9. 28. (Jes. 53, 12; -- x^v nogvilav Num. 14, 33.) 
Cf. Win. vbb. comp. 3, p. 5 s.* 

dva^wviwy <3y aor. 1. dwt^civrioa, cdta voce 
clamoy exclamo; Lc. 1, 42. (1 Cfar. 15, 28. 16, 4; 
Polyb., saepe ap. Plutarch.)* 

avcn^yai^y swQy ^ (dvarito), vox ap. Qraecos rara; 
exundatio, effusio; meteph. 1 Pet. 4, 4 damxlaq 
ivdxvaig, intemperantia, m quam se effundit diaso- 
luta vita.* 

dvtX'X^Q^f'^i ^i &or. 1. dyfj/fogtioa (frequens ap. 
Qraecos); l)revertor,redeo; Mt. 2, 12. s. — 2) sece- 
do; a) univ., ut relinquam spatium; Mt. 9, 24. — 
b) die. de iis, qui metu commoti alia loca petont, 
aut qui aliorum oculos fug^unt; Mt. 2, 14. 22. 4, 
12. 12, 15. 14, 13. 15, 21. 27,5. Mc.3,7. Jo. 6, 15. 
Act. 23, 19 (xat' iSlav); ^26, 31.* 

dydyfvitg, ec9Ct v (ab dva^pvxo^, q- ▼.)« refrig^ 



ava^ifwxw. 



29 



ay-ijxcti. 



ratio y recrwHo; Act. 3, 19., ubi die. de b«atitate 
messiaiia inde a Christi e coelis reditu fatoia; 
Yolg.: refrigerium. (2 Mos. 8, 15.Philo de Abrah. 
§. 29. StiBb. 10» p. 459. Scriptores ecclM.)" 

mm^vxvi, aor. 1. avi^fv^tL, refrigeroy reficio a 
caloris molestiis (Horn. Od. 4, 568. II. 5, 795. Plai 
Aem. P. 25 al.); tn>p. recreo, tivd^ aHcojus animuin, 
ooBsoitio, solatio, ben^dia, 2 Tim. 1, 16. ^ntrans. 
respiro, refrigero, recreo me ap. LXX, 2 Mace 4, 
46.^13, 11 et ap. Graeoos inferioris aetatis.)* 

iv4oano6iaxft^j ow, o (ab op^QanoSlt^at et hoc a 
xd aifC{km7toiov [ex ai^p et nov^], mancipium, homo 
in bello eaptus et servitati mandpatas), a) manci- 
pator^ flagituriva^ h. e. turn jai liberos homines 
eontn jns in servitntem redigit, tmn qui aliorum 
serroB rapit et Tendit {Seelenverkdu/er); 1 Tim. 1, 
10. (Aiistoph. Xen. Plat. Bern. Isoer. Lys. Pol.^ 

jhfSf^aQy ov, o, Andreas (nom. graec.), Betiisaida 
in Galilaea orionduB, frater Simonis Petri, Joan- 
nis hapt diadpnlus, postbac Christi apostolus; 
Jo. 1, 41. 45. 6, 8. 12, 22. Mt. 4, 18. 10, 2. Mc. 1, 
16.^ 29. 3, 18. 13, 8. he. 6, U. Act 1, 13.* 

av^oll^m (dy^Q), virum s. fortem reddo (Xen.oec. 
5, 4). Med. ffirumfortmfime praesio; 1 Co. 16, 13. 
(saep. ap. LXX; Sir. 35, 25. 1 Mace. 2, 64. Xen. 
Plat. App. Pint, al.)* 

*Av4Q6vtMO^, av^ i, Andronicus (nomen graec.) e 
Jndaeis Christianns, consanguineasPaali; &. 16,7.* 

dydge-^dvoq, ov, o, hamicida: 1 Tim. 1, 9. (2 
Mmc. 9, 28. Horn. Phit. Dem. al.) 

dwfyxliiroe, 0v (a priv. et iyxaHw^ q. v.), qui 
in jtu vocari nan potest; inetUpatus; 1 Co. 1, 8. 
GoL 1, 22. 1 Tim. 3, 10. Tit. 1 , 6 s. (3 Mace. 5, 
31.,— Xen. Plat. Dem. Aristot. al.)* 

dpfxiiJiyijtog, ov (a priv. et ixditiyiofiai, q. v.), 
ineffabilis, inenairrabiUs ; 2 Co. 9, 15 {dfoDScit cni 
deeeribendae et celebrandae verba non sumeiont). 
(Habetur ap. solos eodes. scriptores.)* 

AffxXdXtiTo^, ov (a priv. et. 8xXaXia)),ineffahilis: 
1 Pet. 1, 8 (cni yerba non apta sunt). (Heliodf. 
Eoclfis. script)* 

avixXeatxoQ, ov {a priv. et ixXelnm, deficio), »n- 
esBhauHus; Le. 12, 33. (Diod. 4, 84. 1, 36. 3, 16. Plot 
mor. p. 438 d. Secies, script.)* 

ovBxxdQy 6Vf et in fatiscente mecitate etiam oCt 
j^, ov {ivixo$iuk^ tolero), inde im> Hom. toUrabUis; 
avsxtOTt^ov Maxai, tolerabUior erit sors, Mt. 10, 
15.^11. 22. 24. (Mc. 8, 11 in t Yulg.) Le. 10, 12. 14.* 

dveXe^fiwVf ov, gen. ovoQ (a priv. et iXsi^fiwv)^ 
imousericors ; Bo. 1, 31. (Prov. 5, 9 al. Sir. 13, 12 
al. ,Sap. 12, 4. 19, 1.)* 

aviXeo^f ov, immiaericors ; Jac. 2, 13 (Lchm. 
Tdf, Trg.) pro dviXeutg in t. vuk'. — Qraeci 
dixerunt dviiii^Q et dvtXe^q, ef. Loo. ad Phryn. 
p. 710. Win. p. 95. 

dp$fd^w ^ivsfioq), ventis agito^ jaeto; pass. Jae. 
1, 6. Obvenit praeterea ap. solum schoi. ad Hom. 
Od. 1 2p 336 : Ii4a ^v axinri itQbQ td fi^ dvs/ii^eo^ai. 
Graea dicunt dvi/i6af. CI xXvSwvi^ofiai. 

Rvefioq, ov, o (Sw, Sifjfu, fajpiro, flo), ventus^ a^ris 
agitatio vehementior atque namen; Mt 11, 7. 14, 
24. Jac. 3, 4 al. ; die. de vehementiore et procelloso 
vento Mt. 7, 25. Mc. 4, 39. Le. 8, 24 al. — ol xia- 
oaQtq RvEfioi, quatuor veuti primarii (Jer.49, 36), 
T^g y^q, Ap. 7, 1 ; hinc quatuor coeli plagae (undo 
primarii venti spirant), Mt 24, 31. Mc. 13, 27. (fiz. 
57, 9. 42. 1 Chr. 9, 24.) — metaph. avefioq trjq Si- 
^cra;rcrA/ac,mutabilita8 et vanitas doctrinae, Eph.4,14. 

drivSexzoq, ov (a priv. et tvdtxxoq^ et hoc ab 
^v6ixofA€u, ^. v.), guod admitti neguU; HUdtum, 
non catweniens (unmddssig); dvMextov iazt toC 
pai iX&ilr, fieri non potest, quia v.eBiant, Le. 17, 



I. (Artem.^ oneir. 2, 70: o agi&fi6q n^dg xbv fiiX^ 
Xovxti XQOvov dvivSextOi, et aliquoties ap. scrip- 
tores ecclee. ct byzant.)* 

dvt^€Q€vvtitoq et dveiegwvv, {Tdf, Trg,; v. in 
^Qctwioi) ov (a priv. et iS-Bgevvdm), qui in- 
vestigari nequit; Kb. 11, 33. (Symm. Prov. 25, 3. 
Jer. 17, 9. — Dio Cass. 69, 14.)* 

dvsSixaxoQ^ ov (e (iitYerhidvixofiat et xaxov. ef. 
formas dXiiixaxog,dfivjjalxttxoQ), malorwn et inju- 
riorum patiens; 2 Tim. 2, 24. (Lucian. Jud. voc. 9.)* 

dvfSiXvlaotoq, ov(^a priv. et i^ixvial^w), guine^ 

fuit invesiigari, gut mente comprehendi nequit; 
ph. 3, 8. Bo. 11, 33. (Job. 5, 9. 9, 10. Or. Ma- 
nass. vs. 6.; aliquoties ap. eccl. script.)* 

dvenalcxvvroQ, ov (a priv. et inaiaxvvw), in- 
con/tufibilie (Yul^.), i. e. qui non Jiobet, cur pudore 
suffundcUur; 2 Tim. 2, 15. (Graecis inusitatum.)* 

dv€nlXfjnrog,ov (a priv.et iniXafi8dvaf)y pr.no7» 
appreheMua^qui apprehendi nequit; nine quirepre- 
hendi nequit, vrrepreihenwa ; 1 Tim. 3, 2. 5, 7. 6, 14. 
(Saepe ap. (jraecos inde a Thnc.)* 

dv'iQXOfit^h AO'* 2* dviiXd-ov, adecendo; Jo. 6. 16. 

— prqficiacor in locum editiorem; Hierosolymam, 
Gal. 1, 17 s. (1 ^Beg. 13, 12.)* 

&v8aiq, iwq, fi (avliifii, remitto, sc. aliqaam rem 
intentam, ut arcum), remieno, reUixatio; die. de 
tolerabiliore captivitatis conditione; ix^iv Sveatv, 
liberiore custodia teneri. Act. 24, 23. (Jos. ant. 18, 
6, 10 : ^vXaxtj fihv vctQ xal t^Qriaiq ^, fjierd fiivtoi 
dviaewg xr^q slq dlaixav). — reqoies persecutionum, 
2 Th. 1, 7; molestiarum inopia paratamm, 2 Co. 8, 
13; requies ' soUicitudinis, tranquillitas, 2 Co. 2, 12. 
7, 5. (LXX Apud Graecos inde a Thuc.)* 

dv^exi^of, exploro, examino; xivd, sensu forensi 
quaestionem habeo in cdiquem; Act 22, 24. 29. (Cod. 
alex. Jndd. 6, 29. Hist. Sus. vs. 14. Apud profanos 
non exstat.) 

&viv^ praepos. cum geoit, sine; 1 Pet. 3, 1.4, 9. 

— c. gen. pers.: nolerSe yqI invito aUquo^ sine aU- 
cujus interventu (ita saepe ap. Graecos inde ab 
Hom.),^Mt 10, 29.* 

dv'iv^^BXoq, ov, non opportunus^ non aptus; Act. 
27,^12. (Graecis insnit)* 

dvBVQloxa, aor. 2. dvtvQOv, 3 ps. plur. dvBvgav, 
Lc. 2, 16^(7Vi/. Trg,^ quaerendo reperio {auffin- 
den\ xiva, Lc. 2, 16. Act. 21, 4. (ap. Graecos inde 
ab Hdt.) Cf. Win. vbb. comp. 3, p.^ 13 s. 

dvix^» in N. T. in solo medio dvixofiai, -fut. 
fxvi^ofitai (Win. p. 79), impf. rjveixofitjv 2 Co. 11, 4 
(Grsb. Tdf. Trg. dvsixo/iijv), ^vyor. 2. ^vsaxo/iyv 
Act 18, 14 {Lchm, Tdf. Trg. dveoxofifjv, cf. Win. 
p. 70). — eursum teneo (velut xeq)aX^, X^^P^C* 
Hom. al.), hinc in Med. erectum me teneo (contra 
aliquem vel aliqnid), austineo, (aequo animo) fero, 
tolero, c. gen. personae (ap. Graecos £re<][uentior 
est accus., tum personae, turn rei), ejus opiniones, 
actiones, al.; Mt 17, 17. Me. 9, 19. Lc. 9, 41. 2 
Co. 11, 19. Eph. 4, 2. Col. 3, 13.— aq, gen. rei 
2 Th. 1, 14 {ttlg per attract, pro (bv, nisi malne- 
ris pro Sq); — sq. fiixQ6v xi c. dupL gen. et rei 
et pers., 2 Co. 11, 1 (e lect^ov fiixgdv xi dipQO- 
aiuviiQ, cf. Meyer ad 1.), — sine casn, 1 Co. 4, 12 
(exercemus virtutem xov dvix^oB^ai), — sq. f^ric, 
2 C!o. 11, 20. — £x adj.: aures praebeo, c. gen. 
pers. Act 18, 14; — rei, 2 Tim. 4, 3. Heb. 10, 22.* 

dvewioq^ oi^,6, conaohrinua; Col. 4, 10. (Num. 36, 

II. Tob. 7, 2.)* ^ 

avffi-ov, ov, TO, aneUium {Dill, Ania)j Mt. 23, 23. 
(Arist nub. 982; saep. ap. Theophr. hist, pi.)* 

dv-^xw^ ap. Graecos cidacendi, perveni, porriigor, 
pertineo, sq. plerumque efg xi, hmc t^. posteriores 
dv^xei xi XIV I, pertinet aliquid ad dtiqu/em^debetur 



av7]fi€Qd^. 



30 



aV'^Q(07tO$. 



ei ediquid 8C. ab aliis praestandttm vel accipiendum 
(1 Mace. 10, 42. 11, 35. 2 Mace. 14, 8), inde etbice 
rd dvfjxov, quod dehetwr, officium^ Pfailem. ys. 8; 
ra oix iv^xovtec, inhonegta, £ph. 5, 4 (ubi Lckm, 
Tdf, Trp. a oifx dvlixsv, cf. Win. p. 452); im- 
person. mg avffXB, ut decebat^ sc. ex quo ad Ghri- 
stam conversi estis. Col. 3, 18.* 

aviifiSQOQ, ov [a priv. at rffiegoQ), immanU^ imr 
mitis; 2 Tim. 3, 3. (ap. Qraecos inde ab Aeschylo.)* 

ivig, avS^o^y dj vir. Nihil differunt hujas Yocis 
in K T. notioDSB ab usu Graecoram. Dicitar 
enim 1) ita, nt seaeus ratio habeator ideoque vir 
distin^atuT a femina, sive a) tamqaam mas^ Act. 
8, 12. 17. 12. 1 Tim. 2, 12. — - sive b) tamquam ma- 
ritus; Mt. 1, 16. Mc. 10, 2. Jo. 4, 16 bs. Ro. 7, 2 as. 
1 Co. 7, 2 ss. (ial 4, 27. iTim. 3, 2. 12. Tit. 1. 6 al.; 
futnrns maritas s. sponsus, Mt. 1, 19. Ap. 21, 2al. 
— 2) at aetatis ratio habeatur et adnltus vir Intel- 
ligatur distingaendns a puero; Mt. 14, 21. 15, 38. 
(qnibns locis distingaantor ^vdpeg, yvvaXxeq^ nai" 
6 to); injnncta etiam notione intelligentiae et vir- 
tutis, 1 Co. 13» 12 (op^p. vi^TCioq); £ph. 4 J 3. Jac.3, 2 
(utroque 1. x4Xsioq at^g). — 3) univ. aliquis homo 
mas; ita in locis, ubi poni potuerat rlq, at Lc. 8, 
41. 9, 38. Act. 16, 11. 10, 1 al. — ubi consociatur 
avi}(» T£Cy Lc. 8, 27. Act. 5, 1. 10, 1.— vel avij(>, 8c.., 
iff, qui . . Bo. 4, 8. Jac. 1, 12. — ubi commemoran- 
tar, quae a yiiis, non feminis, agi solent, Lc. 22, 63. 
Act. 5. 36. — ubi angeli aut alii coeUcolae, for^ 
mas virorum retolisse dicantur (mdnnUche Gestal- 
ten), Lc. 9, 30. 24, 4. Act. 10, 30. — abi adjectivis 
ita consociatur, at adjectivi notio Vim recipiat 
Bubstantivi; avj^p ifiagtwXoqy peccator, Lc. 5, 8; 
kenpol HvSgeg^ Lc. 17, 12. — aut nominibus appel- 
lativis, dviig q>ovei^<;, Act. 3, 14; dv. ngoip^ttiQ^ Lc. 
24, 19(M*'a^ «>K Judd. 6, 8.). — aut nominibus gen- 
tilibus, avi^Qsq Ntvivtzaimt. 12,41; dvi^QiovSaZoq 
Act. 22, 3; dv. Al&iotp Act. 8, 27; &vd. KihcgiOi 
Act. 11, 20; potissimum in alloquiis honoris signi- 
ficandi^cansa: Act. 1, 11. 2, 14. 13, 16. 17,22 al.; 
etiam avSgeQaSeXipol Act. 1, 16. 13, 26. — 4) ita,ut 
utriusque quidem sezus homines intelliffantur, sed 
denommatio fiat a potiori; Mt. 14, 35. Act. 4, 4. 
^ dv^iaxrifii, pf. dvfiavrjxa, aor. 2. dvrict^v^ inf. 
dvTiaxyvait med. dv^iaxafiatt impf. dv&iaxdfiffv 
{dm I et ^axijfii), oppono; — ut ap. Qraecos in me- 
oio et in activi peri., plusqpf.. aor. 2. oppono me, 
obsietOf retiatOf repugno^obnttor. — perf. act. Eo. 9, 
19. 13, 2. 2 Tim. 4, 15 (quo L Lchm. Tdf. Trg. 
dvxiaxri) — aor. 2. act. Mt. 5, 39. Lc. 21, 15. Act. 
6, 10. Gal. 2, 11. Eph. 6, 13. 2 Tim. 3, 8. — im- 
perat. Jac. 4, 7. 1 Pet. 5, 9. — Med. praes. 2 Tim. 
3, 8, — impf. Act. 13, 8.* 

dv^OfioXhyioftai. ovfiai (dvxl et dfjioXoyiofiai)^ 
ap. Graec. (mde a Demosth.) l)proJitendo vel con' 
JUendo retpondere. — 2) mutuo {viei98im)consentire, 
paciaci. — 3) coram {dvxl^ einem gegenHber; cf. 
i^OfjtoXoyetad'ai Hvavxt xvglov 2 Chron. 7, 6) alt- 
quo prnJUeor (cf. Win, verb. comp. 3, p. 19); xaq 
aiJLagxlaq, peccata confiteri, Jos. ant. 8, 10, 3. 3 
Esr. 8, 9. 1— xivly in honorem alicujus aliqnid 

Erofiteri, ejus laudes celebrare, ei gratias agere, 
c^ 2, 38 (=- mirr Ps. 79, 13. 3 Mace. 6, 33.)* 

iv^oq, foCf io» flos; Jac. 1, 10 s. 1 Pet. 1, 24. 

dvd^Qaxid^ ff$, 4, strues^ congeries prunarum ar- 
dentivm {Kohlenhaufen) ; Jo. 18, 18. 21, 9. (Sir. 
11,^30. 4 Mace. 9, 20. Horn. n. 9, 213 al.)* 

avd'gaSj xoq, 6, carbo (ap. Graec. inde a Thuc. et 
Aristoph. etiam pruna\ ov&q, nvQoq, carbo ardens 
s. pruna; Ro. 12, 20 &v^g, nvobq awQCiSeiv inl x^v 
xe<paX^ xivoq^ proverbialis locutio e Prov. 25, 22., 
beneficiis, quibns adversarium afficis, in eo injuriae 



factae memoriam excitare, ex qoa dolorem capiat, 
ut si carbonibus uratur in caput coni^estis, qao 
facilius resipiscat. Arabes prunaa corma et ignem 
hevaiia appellant res, quibus vehementissimi animo 
doiores parantur; cf. Greaeniua in RoaenmUUer 
Bibl.-exeg. Eepert. I, p. 140 s.* 

dvd^Qwnigeoxoq, ov [avd^gatnoq et ageaxog, gra- 
tiosus, blandus, gefdUig, einackmeichmul,. Cf. eba- 
geaxoq^ 6vadgeaxoq,ai)xdg$axoq ap.ZrO&.adPhijn. 
p. 621); vox tantum biblica et ecclesiastica, qui 
iiominibua atudetplacere^ gratua eaae; hominwn/a' 
vorem captana; Eph. 6, 6. Col. 3, 22. (Ps. 53, 5.)* 

dv^gtbnivoq, Ivtf, ov {iv&gwnoq), hwnanua; die. 
de iis, quae hominum sunt; x^^Q^^* ^^ ^'^f '^^ 
{Lchm, Tdf. Trg.); <pvaiq^ Jac. 3,7; vel ab ho- 
minibus instituuntur; xxlaiq, 1 Pet. 2, 13; homi- 
num viribus accommodatus, neiguafioq, tentatio 
superabilis, 1 Co. 10,^13 (cf. ^eaiuier ad h. L 
Pollux 3, 131: S oix av xiq i^nofAivetev, b ovx 
dv xiq ivfyxy — to 6h ivavxiov^ xovq>6v, eijyo- 
gov, d'iaxov^ dv^gwmvov, dv€xx6v). — Opponitur 
rebus divinis injecta voci defectus aut imDecilli- 
tatis notione, 1 Co. 2, 4 (e L vuk^.); vs. 13 {aog>la, 
auctores habens homines); 4, 3 {avd'gwnlvri ^/liga, 
dies judicialis humana, i. e. judicium humanam). 

— dv&gd»nivov Xiym, Bo. 6, 19 (loquor qnod ho- 
minum est, qui verborum vim non semper, ut de- 
cet, pensant; qua locutione apost usum phraseos 
dovXm^vai xy dixaioavvy excusat).* 

dvd'Qwnoxxovoqt ov (xxelvw), homicidaj Jo. 8, 
44. — ex adj.: homicidae par habendns, 1 Jo. 3,15. 
(Eur. Iph. T. 396.)* 

iv&gwnoq, ov, <$, Aoma.Ponitur 1) univ. ratione 
veneris s. naturae habita, nuUo sexus discnmine 
Stcto, qui naturae humanae est, sive maa, sive fe- 
mina; Jo. 16, 21. Eoque sensu didtur a) c. i^- 
culo, categorematice, at sub genere comprohen- 
dantar sineuli quique homines; Mt 4, \{Jn OQxm 
Si}(Ffrac 6 civ9'gianoq)\ 12, 35 (^ dyad-oq dv^.^ bonus 
quisqne); 15, 11. 18. Mc. 2, 27. 7, 15. 18, 20. Lc.4, 4. 
Jo, 2, 25. 7, 51. Bo. 7, 1 al — b) ita, at homo di- 
stinguatur ab iis, a quibus genere differt; a) ab 
animalibas, plantis, al.; Lc 5, 10. Mt. 4 19. 12, 12. 
2 Pet. 2, 16. Ap. 9, 4. 7. 10. 15. 18. 11, 13 aL /9) a 
deo, Christo at divino numine, angelis; Mt. 10, 32. 
19, 6. Mc. 10, 9. Lc. 2, 15 (opp. angelis); Jo. 10, 33. 
Act. 10, 26. 14, 11. 1 Th. 2, 18. GaL 1, 10. 12. 1 Co. 
3, 21. 7, 23. Phil. 2, 7. 1 Tim. 2, 5. Heb. 8, 2. 13, 6. 
1 Pet. 2, 4 aL — c) adjuncta notione imbeciUitcUia, 
cjua homo ad neccandum incitatur aut ih errores 
inducitur; oix avd^gwnol (i)ro lect. vulg. aagxixol) 
iaxe; 1 Co. 3, 4; ao<pla dv^gtjunwv ib.2, 5; av&gdi- 
nofv dnid-v/iiatf 1 Pet. 4, 2; xaxd ivd^gutnov negi- 
naxeZxey ^ritis vos at homines, 1 Co. 3, 3. — Xa- 
Xeiv et Xeyeiv xaxa &v&gwnov, luqui ex ingenio 
humane, 1 Co. 9, 8. Bo. 3, 5. — xaxd avd^go^nov Xi- 
yio^ ut homo, cui humanarum rerum exempla se 
offerunt, loquor, dum exemplo e communi homi- 
num vita^petito divinam causam Ulustro, Gal.^, 15. 

— xaxa dv^g, ^ijgiOfAaxftVy ut homo pngnare solet, 
lucri, honoris aliorumque terrenorum bonorum 
cupiditate instigatus. 1 Co. 15, 32 — obx iaxt xaxa 
avB^g, nulla ei cum nominum opinionibus et studiis 
ratio intercedit, QtA, 1,11. — adjuncta significatione 
malignitatis ; ngoaixexe dnd xihv dvB'gonn. Mt. 10, 
17; siq x^^Q^i dv^gwnmv, Lc. 9, 44. Mt 17, 22.— 
d) adjuncta significatione contemtionia (ut nonnam- 
quajnap. Graecos); Jo. 5, 12; allo^uium cb avB'gwne 
et ccvd^gmne est vel contemnentis et indignanter 
commiserantis. Bo. 9. 20 (Plat. Got^. p. 452. b. av 
Sh . . . xiq si, a> &vd-gafns\ vel lemter increpantis, 
Lc. 22, 58. 60. Inservit significandae commisera- 



aydvnateviu. 



31 



*!Awas. 



tioni; USt d av^f., en hominem, de qao a^tar, mi- 
sere tnctatum, inermem, Jo. 19, 5. — e) ita die, at 
duplex homiius natora respidator; o tam et o If a> 
wf^gmnog, animas eteorpae; Ro. 7, 22. Eph. 3, 16. 
2 Go 4, 16 (Plat rep. 9, 589 a: ^ ivzdQ a^Qwn.; 
d efaof ivd-Q. Plot. Enn. 5, ^1, 10. cf. Fritzsche £p. 
ad Bom. T. II, p. 727 s.); o xfvntog xrjg xagdlaq 
a¥&g, 1 Pet. 3, 4. — ^ /) ut respiciatar duplex homi- 
nisethica conditio: 7iaAai<)c(conrupta8)et o xatvdg 
{0 viog) av^g. (ad dei natnram conformatus, homo 
fere christianns) Bo. 6, 6. Eph. 2, 15. 4, 22. 24. 
Gol 3, 9 8. — g) ratione sexns habita, ex adj. ma- 
icvbiB homo; Jo. 7, 21. — 2} indefinite, sine arti- 
ciUo, iv^QwnoQ, a) aUquU hominnm, qaando, qyis 
sit, ant ignorator, aut notare non attinet; germ. 
ein Mann^ emer^ jenumd; i. q. r/c, Mt. 1 7, 14. 21, 28. 
22, 11. Mc. 12, 1. 14, 13. Lc. 5, 18. 13, 19 aL — ad- 
dito xiq, Mt. 18, 12. Lc. 10, 30. 14, 2. 16. 15, 11. 16, 
1. 19. Jo. 5, 5. — in alloquio, nbi nomine aliqnem 
compellare ant nescimns ant nolamas, Lc. 5, 20; 
aat abi seriptor qnemcunqae lectorera alloquitur. 
Bo. 2, 1. 3. — b) ubi ea, quae profemntar, de qoa- 
licanqne homine Talent, ita at avd^Q, reddi possit 
^ermanico indefinite pronomine man; 1 Qo. 4, 1. 
7, 1. 11, 28. Bo. 3, 28. GaL 2, 16. Sic etiam abi op- 
ponitar domesticis, Mt, 10, 36;mulieri, Mt. 19, 10. 
patri, Mt. 10, 35; hero, Lc. 12, 36 b., quibus locis 
mnlti, 9enaum et HgnifieaHanem confundentes, vo- 
cem iv^Q. significare pairtan famiUae^ marihan, 
filium^ eervuniy male dpoent. — 3) in plaradi ol &vd'g. 
Donnamquam* nostr. ate Leute, Mt. 5, 13. 16. 6, 5. 
18. 8, 27. 16, 13. Lc. 11, 44. Mc. 8, 24. 27. Jo. 4, 28. 
oiSilg avQ-gdnmv, nemo hominum, Mc. 11,2. 2 Tim. 
6, 12. — 4) Jungitor a) cum alio subetantiyo tan- 
quam praedicato muneris Tel negotii, Tel proprie- 
tatis, praeTalente notione praedicati; avd-. Isfino- 
po^,mercator, dnKaufmannt Mt. 13, 45(ubiaix;Am. 
et frg, ifinogqt omittitor); oheoSsanoxtig, Mt. 13, 
52. 20, 1. 21, 33; paaiXevg, Mt. 18, 23. 22, 2; ^dyog, 
Mt 11, 19. (Sic etiam ap. Hebraeos (&'^*;9v*'M,eanu- 
chus, Jes. 38, 7 s. ipa v-^m, sacerdos, Lot. 21, 9) et 
ap. Graecos; &v^. oj/ri/c, Horn. B. 16, 263 al,; cf. 
MaUhiae, %. 430, 6 ; Bed ap. Atticos haec Terborum 
compositio plerumque contemtionis significandae 
Tim nabet; cf. Bnkdy p. 48; ap. Latinos homo gla^ 
diator, de. ad diT. 22, 1.) — b) cum nomine gen- 
tili; av^. Kv^n^valogt Mt. 27, 32; *IovSaTog, Act. 
21, 39; PfOfialoqf ib. 16, 37. 22, 25 (ex adj. civia 
romanus). — 5) ^ ayd-Q., c. articulo, certus homo, 
de quo agitur, nbi, guts sit, e contexta oratione 
patet; Mt. 12, 13. 26, 72. Mc. 3, 5. Lc. 23, 6. Jo. 
4, 50. — oitog 6 ^v^., Lc. 14, 30. Jo. 9, 16. 24. 
11, 47. — iv^, oiiog, Mc. 14, 71. Lc. 23 4. 14. 
47. Jo. 9, 24. 11, 47. 18, 17. Act. 6, 13. 22, 26. 26, 
31. 32. — 6 iiv», ix€tvog, Mt. 12, 45. 26, 24. Mc. 
14, 21. — 6) Phrases: o Svd^g, xf^g kiAtLQxlag s. xT^g 
ivofilag^ 2 Th. 2, 3; T. in hfAaQxla, p. 20. — av^. 
xoi> d^fov, homo ministerio dei doTotus, minister 
dei; 1 Tim. 6, 11. 2 Tim. 3, 17 ^de oTangelistis 
apostolorum sociid); 2 Pet. 1, 21 (de prophetis, ut 
a^n'W v^y saene in Tet. test. ; cf. Geaenius Thes. I, 
p. 85"). — o vidg xov dv^giSonov et viol x<ov iv^g.y 
T. sue loco in vlog. 

ttvBvnaxevwt (avxi, pro, loco, Tice alicujus, et 
^areva», vnaxogt snmmus, i. e. consul sum), pro- 
'cofutdgum, Act. 18. 12. (Plut. Gomp. Dem. c. Oic. 
c. 3. Hdian. 7, 5, 2.)* 

dv^vnaxog, ov, 6 ^ proconsul; Act. 13,6.8. 12. 18, 
12 {Lehm^\ 19, 38. I)iTiserat Augustus imperator 
proTincias romanas in senatorias et caesareas. lUis 
qui praeerant, proconsules; has qui administrabant, 
legati Caesaris, nonnumquam etiam propraetores 



appellabantun (Polyb. Dionys. Lucian. Plut. et 
saepe Dio Cass.)* 

iivlfffii, aor. 2. conj. arm, ptcp. plur. mfivxeg, 
aor. 1 pass. ai*i^fjv, — remiUo, relaxo, ex adj. soU 
vo; xl, Act. 16, 26 (^xoi>g Ssa/iovg Plut. Al. 73)-; 27, 
40. — trop., xhv aneiijjv^ mitto. omitto, mitigo, 
Eph. 6, 9. (r^v tx^QCtv Thuc. 3. 10. x^v dgy^v Plut. 
Ai. 70.) — reUnquo , non stuiento (sinken laasen); 
Heb. 13, 5. (Dent. 31, 6.)* 

avlXemg, a»oy,gen. w (iXeag, attice pro?Aaog), im- 
misencort; Jac. 2, 13. Praeterea non exstat. Cf. 
dviXeog. 

Sivinxog, ov {ylnxot, laTo), iUotus; Mt. 15, 20. Mc. 
7, 2 et e 1. Tujg^ ts. 5. (Horn. n. ^6, 266 al.)* 

dvloxrifiiy f. dvaaxijoWf aor. 1. dviaxfioat aor. 2. 
ivSaxtfVf imperat. avdoxy^i et ^Act. 12, 7. Eph. 5, 
14 et ap. Ijchm. Act. 9, 11), avaaxa {Win. p. 76), 
med. dviaxafiai, fut. dvaax^aofiai; — I) trcmsiHve 
in praes., aor. 1. et fat. actiTi, aurgere facio, erigo, 
excito (n^pn), a) propr. jacent^m. Act. 9, 41. — 
b) resuscito e morte, Jo. 6, 39 s. 44. 54. Act. 2, 32. 
IS, 34. (sic etiam ap. Oraecos.) — c) prodire, nasci 
facio, anigfitty prolem (Gen. 38, 8), Mt. 22. 24; x6v 
Xgiaxov^ Act 2, 30 e 1. Tulg. — praesentem sisto, 
xiva xiviy aliquem in alicujuB salutem; ngoip^xfiv. 
Act. 3, 22. 26. 7, 37. — 11) intransitive in perf., plas- 
apf., aor. 2. actiTi et in medio; \) swrgo; die. a) 
de jacentibus (in lecto), Mc. 1, 35. 5, 42. Lc. 8,55. 
11, 7. Act. 9, 34. 40. — de hami jacentibus; Mc. 
9, 27. Lc. 17, 19. 22, 46. Act. 9, 6. — b) de seden- 
tibus; Lc. 4, 16 (aviaxfi dvavv(hvai)\ Mt 26, 62. 
Mc. 14, 60. Act. 23, 9 — c) ae iis, qui locum re- 
linquunt, ut alio se conferant; Mt. 9. 9. Mc. 2. 14. 
Lc. 4, 38. 23, 1. Act. 9, 39. Hinc de iis, qui ad 
iter se accingunt; nostr. sich aufmaehen; Mc. 7, 
24. 10. 1. Lc. 1, 39. 15, 18. 20. Act 10, 19. 22, 10. 
Eodem mode hebr. wp, imprf. D^g^, Terbis eundi, 
profieiscendi al. praemittitur e notissimo orientali- 
um more, quo nihil omittitur, quod ad plenam 
actionis Tel rei imaginem adumbrandam spectat, 
undo olim D)^;^ et dvaoxdg interdum redandare male 
docebatur; cf. Win. p. 565. — dvaoxr^vai dnOt ft 
re h. e. ab eo, ouod aliquis Tel sedens toI humi 
prostratus fecit, Lc. 22, 45. — d) de mortuis; aor. 
2.addito ix vfxgihv, Mt. 17, 9 (in t. Tulg.et Gfrsb.); 
Mc. 9, 9 B. 12, 25. Lc. 16, 31. 24,, 46. Jo. 20, 9. 
Eph. 5, 14 (h. 1. tropice dictum); omisso ixvexgwv, 
Mc. 18, 31. 16, 9. Lc. 9, 8. 19. 24, 7. (Bo. 14, 9 
in t. Tulg.) — ita simplidter quoque fat. med., 
Mt 12, 41. 20, 19. Mc. 10, 34. Lc. 11, 32. 18, 33. 
. Jo. 11, 23 s. 1 Th. 4, 16. — 2) exsisto, prodeo 
{au/trelen); de regibus, prophetis, saceraotibus, 
ducibus hominum seditiosorum. Act. 5, 36 s. 7, 18. 
— med. Bo. 15, 12. Heb. 7, 11. 15. — de iis, qui 
colloquium aut altercationem cum aliquo inituri 
sant, Lc. 10, 25. Act. 6, 9., aut negotium aliquod 
agmssuri. Act 5, 6; aut contra alios aliqoid 
moiituri. Act. 5, 17. Hinc dvaaxf^vai Snl xiva, in- 
Burgere contra aliquem, Mc. 3, 26 (^9 ^^p). 

*Awa, ag, ^, Anna {rt^n, gratia) nom. pr. mulie- 
ris (ita jam 1 Sam. 1, 2 ss. 2, 1. Tob. 1, 9. 20 al.) 
prophetusae, oeterum ignotae, Lc. 2, 36.* 

^Avvag^ a (de quo genit, cf. Win. §. 8, 1) o (ap. 
Joseph. 'Avavog, ab hebr. ^n, gratiosus fuit), sum- 
mus sacerdos Judaeorum, quem Quirinius, Syriae 
praeses, circiter anno post Chr. sexto Tel septimo 
pontificatui praefecit, anno autem 15 p. Chr. munere 
exuit Valerius Gratas, Judaeae procurator, in Annae 
locum sufficiens primum IsmaSiem, Phabi filium, 
paulo post Eleazarum, Annae filium. Ab hoc pon- 
tificatus doTenit ad Simonem, a Simone anno cir- 
citer 18 p. Chr. ad Caipham (Jos. antt. 18, 2, 1 s.) 



avaffvoQ, 



n 



avTavanXtf()6io, 



sed Annas etiam postqnam a mnnere. remotas fait, 
moltum auctoritate valere perrexit, Jo. 18, 13. 24., 
unde explicandus est error, quo Lucas in ev. 3, 2 
(e vera lect. Sigx^^Q^oi^Q) ot Act. 4, 6. ei pontifi- 
catum tribnit tempore, quo jam dudum eo privatus 
erat Of. Win, RWB. in Annas ; Keim in Schenk- 
el BL. I, p. 135. SchU/rer in Zeitschr. f. wiss. 
Theol. 1876, p. 580 s.* 

avotixo^y ov (voi7T($c)f 1) non inteUectus^ qui in- 
telligi neqtiit; 2) plerumgue active: non irdelr 
Ugens, insipiena, stuUusj Ko. 1 , 14 (opp. ooipol)\ 
Lc.24,25. Gal. 3, 1. 3. Tit. 3, 3; ini&vfilai avdri- 
TOi, 1 Tim. 6, 9. (Pro v. 17, 28. Ps, 49, 13; saepe 
ap. Atticos.)* 

cevoift, ag, 17 (Svavc), amentia, stuUitia; 2 Tim. 
3, 9. insania furiendo se expromens; Lc. 6, 11. 
(Hdt. 6, 69; ap. Atticos inde a Thuc.)* 

ayolyof, (a^cc, ofyw^^ofywiai), f. avo/foi, aor. 1. 
l^voi^a et (Jo. 9,14 et aliis locis inter varr.) dviipSa 
(fonua antiquior), perf. 2. avii^ya {pateo; cf. Bttm, 
Ur. max. 11, p. 250 s. Attici banc vim plerumque 
tribuunt perfecto pass.), particip. perf. pass. dve(j>- 
Yfiivo^ et ijv€<pyfjiivoq i^^voiyufvoq Act. 19, 8 Tdf.) 
aor. 1. pass, dvsi^x^^* iJvf^X^iTV et ^volx^fjv^ 
infinit. dvBipr^i^^*' (c duplici augmento Lc. 3, 21), 
aor. 2. pass, ijvolyfjv (cui adsuevit posterior aetas), 
fat. 1. pass. dvotxB-i^oof/iai ^Lc. 11, 9 Td/,\ fut. 
2 pass, dvoiyi^aouai (de qaibns formis, in quarum 
usu et codd. et edd. maxime diasentiunt, cf. BUm. 
p. 283. Al. BUm. na Gr. p. 55. Win. p. 70 et 79), 
aperio; januam, portam. Act. 5, 19. 12, 10. 14. 16, 
26 s. Ap. 4, 1 ; persaepe ap. Graecos. — metaph. 
introitum in anmium concedere, Ap. 3, 20; occa- 
sionem aliquid faciendi suppeditare. Act. 14, 27. 
Col. 4, 3; passive, de oblata occasione, 1 Co. 16,9. 
2 Co. 2, 12. Ap. 3, 8. v. in ^v^a. — simplieitor 
dvolytiv tivl, alicui aperir^ januam, propr. Lc. 
12, 36. Act. 5, 23. 12, 16. Jo. 10, 3; in proverb, 
locutiono : aliquid petitum concedere, lit. 7, 7 s. Lc. 
11, 9 s.; parsiibolice: aditum ad regni divini bene- 
ficia concedere,^ Mt. 25, 11. Lc. 13, 25. Ap. 3, 7. — 
TOVQ ^TiaavQovi, Mt. 2, 11 (Sir. 43, 14. £ur. Ion. 
923.); ta fivtujiila, Mt. 27, 52; rce^oc, Bo. 3, 13; 
xb ^Q(aQt Ap. 9, 2. — coel/um dicitur aperiri at- 

3ue inde aliquid descendere, Mt. 3, 16. Lc. 3, 21. 
0. 1, 52. Act. 10, 11; aut aliquid iUic conspici. 
Act. 7, 56 (e I vulg. et Grab.); Ap. 11,19 (o vadg 
, . 6 iv t<ji o^gavip); 19, 11. — dvoly. x6 axofxa, 
de piscis ore Mt. 17, 27; hebr. de iis, qui loqui 
incipiunt, Mt. 5, 2. Act. 8, 32. 35. 10, 34. 18, 14; 
seq. elQ plaaiprifilav^ Ap. 13, 6; iv naQaPoXuXq, i. 
e. ut utar (miQ, Mt. 13, 35. (Ps. 78, 2; iv ^neai 
Lucian. Philops. §. 33); nQoq xiva 2 Co. 6, 11 (to 
axofia ^fjKov avitpye npoq i>fAaQ, os patet ad vos, 
fa. e. libere ad vos loquimur; nihil reticemus). — 
dicitur ei os aperiri. qui facultatem loquendi re- 
cipit^ Lc. 1, 64. — die. de terra hianteAp. 12, 16. 
— axodg xivoQ, facultatem audiendi restituere, 
Mc.^ 7, 85 {Lchm, Tdf, Trg,)\ — dv, xovq dip^aX- 
fAOv^t cilia diduco, ut videam, Act. 9, 8. 40 (auf- 
scJdagen); xivoq, visum alicui restituo, Mt. 9, 30. 
20, 33. Jo. 9, 10. 14. 17. 21. 26. 30. 32. 10, 21. 11. 
37; metaphor. Act. 26, 18 (mentis oculos alicui 
aperio); ctvoi/oi xijv ctp^aylda, solve sigillum ; Ap. 
5, 9. 6, 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 12. 8, 1; dv, xoJiBklov, fit- 
pka^ldiOVf evolve librum; Lc. 4, 17 {l/chm, Trg.); 
Ap. 5, 2—5. 10, 2. 8. 20. 12.* 

dv'OixodouiWf of, f. Tjao), ilentto aedi/ieo; vulg. 
reaedifico; Act. 15, 16. (Died. 11, 39. Plut. Them. 
19.^ Cam. 39. Hdian. 8, 2, 12.)* 

avoi^iq^ ca>C, ^ (dvolyw, q. v.), apertio; iv dvol- 
(et xov atofiaxog fiov, quoiies os aperio ad dicen- 



dum, Eph. 6, 19. (Thuc. 4, 68. tc?v ttvAwv, ibid. 
^l-fX^iiwv, Plut. mor. p. 788. c.) 

dvo(iiia, ag, ^ ifivopLog), 1) pr. condiUo ejus^ qui 
legem a%xb ignarat aut contemnit et violat; 2) con^ 
temJUo et violatio legia, improhitas, pravitas; Yolg. 
iniquitas; Mt. 23, 28. 24, 12. 2 Th. 2, 3 {Tdf. Trg.; 
V. m opiaQxla)', vs. 7, Tit. 2, 14. 1 Jo. 3,4. — op- 
ponitur xf dixaioavvn 2 Co. 6. 14. Heb. 1, 9 (Xen. 
mem. 1,2, 24: dvo/ila fiaXlov iq 6ixai,oiivvy xQ^I^^' 
voi)\ x^ dixaiocvvy et x<j^ ayiaa/np Bo. 6, 19 (ry 
dvofiitf elg xijv dvofilav. improbitati [quae quasi 

Eersona sistitur] eum in nnem, ut exsisteret impro- 
itas): noiBlv xrjv dvofilav, improbitatem perficere, 
improoe agere, Mt. 13, 41. 1 Jo. 3. 4; idem igyat^S'- 
a&ai T^v dv. Mt. 7, 23; plur. al dvopdai ea, ^ uibus 
proditur violatio legis et improbitas, maleficia. Bo. 
4, 7 (Ps. 32, 1); Heb. 8, 12 (t. vulg. Qrsb. Lchm.)\ 
10, 17. (Ap. Graecos inde a Thuc.; persaepe ap. 
LXX.)» 

ivofioQi ov iyofioq), 1) qui caret le^e (mosaica); 
die. de gentilibus 1 Co. 9, 21 (non adjuncta irapro- 
bitatis notione, ut Add. ad. £sth. 4, 12, ubi ivopLOij 
dnsglxfjitixoi ct dXkoxQioi junguntur). — 2) a lege 
recedens, legis violator^ mahficuSf improbus; Vulg. 
iniguua; Mc 15, 28. Lc. 22, 37. Act. 2, 23 (ita^ap. 
Graecos); opp. r^ 6ueal<g 1 Tim. 1, 9. — o avo^ 
fioQ {xax^ iiox^v)^ ille, in quo omnis improbitas 
quasi sedem fSit, 2 Th. 2, 8. — "igyov, factum legi 
contrarium, 2 Pet. 2, 8. ~ lege sokUiue, legi non 
obetrictua; (lii mv Avoiaoq &€0v (vulg. I^f a>), 1 Co. 
9, 21; (persaepe ap. LXX.) 

dvo/iwg^ adv., etne lege (v. firo/uoff, n. 1), sine le- 
» gis cognitione: dv. cLpiaQxdveiv^ mosaicae legis igna- 
rumpeccare. Bo. 2, 12; dnokkva^ai^ non de mo- 
saicae legis sententia perire, ibid, (dvo/iwg ^ijfy, le- 
gis ac discipUnae ignarum vivere, Isoc. pan. c. 10. 
$. 39; dvoficDQ dnoiXvad^au contra legem interfici, 
ut in bellis, seditionibus, ibid. c. 44, §. 168. Ple- 
rumque ap. (jbraecoB est improbe, iniquSf ut 2 Mace. 
8, 17.)* 

dv'0Q^6<Of u>, f. cJao), aor. dv(op$^waa, aor. paas. 
dviOQd-ciBtjv, (Lc. 13, 13; neglecto augmento: avoQ- 
^(o»f]v ap. Lchm. Tdf, Trg.; cf. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 
30); 1) surrigo^ erectum facio ; incurvatum, Lc 13, 
13 ^erecta est, erecta stetit). — remissas manus et 
soluta genua (erigere ea leflciendis eorum viribns), 
Heb. 12, 12. — 2)rursus exatruo, denuo aedifico; 
axnv^v, Act. 15, 16. (Hdt. 1. 19 [xov vtfdv . . .xov 
ivenQffoavh 8, 140. Xen. HelL 4, 8, 12 al; vario 
sensu ap. LXX.)* 

dvoaiog, ov (a priv. etSaioQ, q. v.), impiuA, scete- 
stus; 1 Tmi. 1, 9. 2 Tim. 3, 2. (ap. Graecos inde 
ab Hdt.)* 

dvox^^t ?C. ^ (ab dvixofial xivoq^ q. v.), toleratio, 
patientia; hoc edgnificatu tantum Bo. 2, 4. 8, 26. 
(ap. Graecos inhibitio, dilatio, ab dviywt inhibeo.) 

dvx-ayopvliofjtaif certo, pugno: kqoq rt, contra 
aliquid; Heb. 12, 4. (Xen.^Plat. Dem. al.)* 

avxdkXayixay roc, xo (dvxl^ loco, vicissim, Sik- 
}Myfia\ id quod alius loco datur vel datum est in 
permutationem; qtwd datur ad aliquid vel servan- 
dum vel adifisctmdum; Mt. 16, 26. Mc. 8, 37., ubi 
sensus: Nihil est, quod pretio aequet animi salu- 
tern. Christus enim proverbialem locutionem de 

Shysicae vitae pretio, quo nihil sit majus (Hom. 
i. 9, 401 : ov yaQ i/iol tpvx^ dvxd§iov), ad aeter- 
nam vitam transfert. (Buth. 4, 7. Jer. 15, 13. Sir. 6^ 
15 al. Eur. Or. 1158. Jos. b. j^ud. 1, 18, 3.)* 

dvxavaTtXrjQoof, w {dvxl et avanXij^6<»j q. v.), vi- 
cissim imvleo; Col. 1, 24 (sententia: quae Christi 
calamitatibus mihi sustinendis desunt, eo suppleo 
ad rependenda beneficia, quae Christus explenda 



avtanodldfoiJLL 



33 



avxikoyia. 



calamitatum sibi exantlandaram naensuia in me 
contolit). (DenL p. 182, 22. Dio Cass. 4, 44. Apol- 
Ion. AL de gynt. 1, p. ^19. 830.)* 

an«Mo6l6to(iit t^idaw^ inf. aor« 2. -if ovyai, pass. 
fat. l.^-dolh^tfo^f (avtl, pro iJiquo accepto, Ticis- 
sinif ttXo6lSwfu<i reddo), rependo^retribuo ; ajsensu 
bono Le. 14y 14. Bo. 11. 35; e^uQiaxlav xiyi, 1 Th. 
3, 9. — b) sensu nu&lo: de punitione et ultione; 
absolute, fio. 12, 19. Heb. 10, 30. (Deut. 32 , 35.) 
^Xlrpiv xivlf 2 Th. 1, 6. (persaepe ap. LXX et in 
apocrr. et QUideni in ntramqne partem; ap. Grae- 
cos^ inde a Thuc.)* 

ivtanoSofia^ roc» ^o {y.mntatoSUmiii)^ id, quod 
rdribulum est, retrtbuUo; a) sensu bono, Lc. 14,12. 

— h) sensn malo, So. 11, 9 (ap. LXX«-?ni9«, Jadd. 
9, 16 aL -p Graeci dioant optanodooig.)* 

avxanodociq, f oc, ^, retrUuHo, Col. 3, 24. (ap. 
LXXaa^ntoA, Jes. 59, 18 al.; ap. Qraeoos inde a 
Thuc.)* 

wn'tatO'XQlvoiJiai, aor. 1. iatcanexf^l^v^ — re- 
9patidmdo comircbdxeoy contr€uiicendo response ; rtvl 
nQ6g r<, Lc. 14, 6. (LXX Judd. 5, 29. Job. 16, 8. 32, 
12. Aesop, fiab. 172 ed. de Furia.) Hinc i. q. alter' 
eoTj c dat. pen. Bo. 9, 20. (Sensu mathematico, 
sibi inineem respondere y. sibi parcdlelum esse, ap. 
Nicomach. aritmn. 1, 8. p. 77 a.) Cf. Win, verb, 
eomp. 3, p. 17.* 

ttv%'€lnovj aor. 2., qui in yicem yerbi awiXfysiv 
ponitur. contradixi ;Lc.^2U 15. Act. 4,14. Cf. ilnov. 

art'iyof, fut med. av^SSo/iai, ante teneo, retv- 
neo, vnMbieo^ perfero; — in N. T. habetor solum 
medium; teneo me e regtone cUicums, iirmiter ad- 
kaereo e», ejus curam ^erens; rtvoq, Mt. 6, 24. Lc. 
16, 13; Twv aad^evwv, lis opem ferre, eorum curam 
^re, 1 Th. 5, 14; rov X^ovy eum firmiter tenere, 
fit 1, 9. (Deut 32, 41. Jes. 56, 47. Prov. 8. 18 al. 
et persaepe ap. Graecos.) Cf. Win. p. 190.* 

avrij praepos. c. genit. (resp. latm. ante, Gtor- 
manorum praefixis ant-f erU'\ in cujus usu scripto- 
res N. T. prorsus cum Giaecis consentiunt (Irtn. 
p. 341 8.). 1) propr. yldetur significasse ex adverse, 
e regienSf ante {gegen^ aegenUberf vor), sensu locali 
(Bttm. p. 496). Mine 2) permutationem, yicissitu- 
dinem indicat : pro, in vtcem, vic^^ loco (alicujus). 

— a) univ. m mcem (anstatt); dvtl ix^oq o<piv, 
Lc. 11, 11; canl ne^ipeXalev, ad ezplendam yicem 
Yekminis, 1 Co. 11, 14; avtl rev XfyeiVi Jac. 4, 15 
{eoftl rov o. inf. saepe ap. Graecos). — b) die. de 
eo, pro quo aliquid datur yel accipitur yel sustine- 
tnr; Mt 5, 88. 17, 27 (pro me et te officio solyen- 
dig); Heb. 12, 2 (pro consequendo gaudio; cf. Bleek, 
LUnemann, Dehtsseh ad 1.); de emtionis (et yendi- 
tionis) pretio; Heb. 12, 16; Xvtgov ivxl noXl(3v, 
Mt 20, 28. Mc. 10,^45. — Inde c) de retributione; 
xnxbv oPTlxaxev aneStSovai, Bo. 12, 17. 1 Th. 5,15. 
1 Pet. 3, 9 (Sap. 11, 15). — avd^&v^avrl revt<av, 
dtiy dafUr, doss; propter ea quod; Lc. 1, 20. 19, 
44. Act 12, 23. 2 Th. 2, 10. (item ap. profanes; 
cf. Herm, ad. Vig. p. 710; hebr. *iw» mp, Deut 
21, 14. 2 Beg. 22, 17.), — d\&e caui; Jv&* cov, 
ob hanc causam, Lc. 12, 3; optI xevrov, Eph. 5, 
31. — e) de successione in locum alicujus; 'Aqx- 
fiaoiXevfi dvrl ^^HqwSov, loco Herodis , Mt 2, 22. 
(l^B^.^11, 44. Hdt 1, 108. Xen. an. 1, 1. 4.) — 
Zapxv avxl xoQixoq, in locum gratiae gratiam, gra- 
tiam perpetuo sibi succedentem, h. e. uberrimam 
mtiae copiam, Jo. 1, 16. (Theofip. ys.^344: avt^ 
aviwv dvlaq,) -^ Yocabulis praenxum avxl deno- 
tat a) ex etdverso, e regiene; avxin^gav, avxi' 
naqiQfsad^ai, ^ — b) duorum mutuam efflicientiam; 
opxipaXXeiv^ avxixaXeiv, dvxiXotdoQttv. — c)retri- 
butionem; drxifiia^la, dvxaneSldwfii, — d) hosti- 

eBIMM, Lexicon in N. T. 



lem oppositionem; avxlyfiaxoQ. e) yicem alicujus, 
qua alter fungiturj dv^vnaroQ.* 

dvxi'pdXXw, vicissim jacip (pr. Thuc. 7, 25. Plut. 
Nic. 25); Xeyovq nqig edX^Xov^, sermones secum 
inyicem conierre, Lc. 24, 17.* 

oPXt'dia-xldTjui, med. dispone me adversus, ad' 
verser; die. de naereticis 2 Tim. 2, 25; cf. <2e Wette 
ad 1. (idiquoties ap. eccles. script. — Actiy. tncis' 
sim dtspone, vicissim tracto^ xiva, Died. Exc. p. 
602). 

ttvxl'dixeq, ev (6lxti)f substantiye e dvxldixog, 

a) adversarius in Ute etjudieio, Mt. 5, 25. Lc. 12,58. 
1^ 3. (Xen. Plat, saepe ap. atticos oratores.) — 

b) uniy. adversarius, hestis (Aesch. Ag. 41. Sir. 33, 
7. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Jes. 41, ll^al.), 1 Pet. 5, 8 (nisi ye- 
limus, diabolum ibi dici dvxlSixev, quod nominee 
apud deum accusat^.* 

dvxl'^satQyScag^ ^, a)oppositio. b)id quod eppo- 
nitur; ita 1 Tim. 6, 20 (dvxid'iasig ti/c tp€v6t»v. 
yvwa, falsae scientiae commenta aut inter se ipsa 
pugnantia, aut yerae Christianorum doctrinae op- 
posita.)* 

dyxi'Xa^laxrjfu, aor. 2. dvxtxaxiaxfiv, in tempp. 
transitiyis 1) in locum cdterius sisto, 2) coUece ad- 
versus (milites dispone, aciem instruo adyersus 
hostem); in tempp. intrans. obsiste {gegenUberste- 
Jien), Heb. 12, 4. (Thuc. 1, 62. 71.)* 

dvxi-xaXiof, w, aor. 1. dvxexdXeca, vicissim «n* 
vito; xivi Lc. 14, 12.* 

avxt-xeifiat, 1) ex adverse situs sum^ e regiene 
jacee, sensu locali (Hdian. 6, 2, 4. 3, 15, 17). — 
2) adverser, refragor; xivlLc. 13, 17. 21, 15. Gal. 
5, 17. 1 Tim. 1, 10. — o dyxixiifieveq, simplidter, 
adversarius; 1 Co. 16, 9. Phil, 1, 28. 2 Th. 2, 4. 

1 Tim. 5, 14. (Dio Cass. 39, 8. — Exod. 23, 22. 

2 Mace. 10, 26 al.)* 

dvxixQv {Lchm, Td/. Trg. &vxtxDVQ, cf. Lobeck 
ad Phiyn. p. 444. BUm. (jr. max. II, p. 366), ady. 
loci, ex adversoy e regiene; c. gen. Act. 20, 15. (Saepe 
ap. Graecos, Philo de sacrif. §. 3. ylt. Mos. lU, 
§. 7. in Place. §. 10.)* 

dvxi'Xafipdvof, aor. 2 med. dvxBXapofitjv, vicissim 
capio, pre altero date aUerum accipio ; med., atti- 
cis prosae scriptoribus frequentatum, 1) apmrehen- 
do aliquid {icn hcUte mich an elwas an, jasse et- 
was), xiveq. — 2) capio aliquem yel aUquidy ut eo 
quasi tenear {sich einer Person oder Sache anneh" 
men); c. gen. personae: omtulor, succure alictd, 
Lc. 1,54. Act. 20,35. (Diod. 11, 13. Dio Cass. 40, 
27. 46, 45; saepe ap. LXX). — c. gen. rei: j^arti- 
ceps sum, participo; xrjc tbegyeaiagy beneficu offi- 
ciorum a seryis^ praestitorum, l^Tim.^6, 2j cf. de 
Wette ad 1. (ji^e iad'ltov nXeiovtov rfiovtov dvxi- 
Xf(ipBxai, Porphyr. de abstin. 1, 46.)* 

dvxi'Xiym, contradico; absol. Act 13, 45. 28, 19. 
Tit 1,9, — xivi, Act 13, 45. — sq. ^ij et ace. c. 
inf., Lc. 20, 27. (ut ap. Graecos; v. Passov, s. y.) — 
me aUcui adversari, ei obsequi nolle, cum eo non 
facturum esse declare; xivl Jo. 19, 12. (Lucian. 
dial deor. 30, 4.) absoL Bo. 10, 21. Tit. 2, 9. (Achill. 
Tat. 5, 27.) — passiy. dpxiXiyofxat, contrcidicitur 
mihi, assensus vel obsequium mihi denegcUur (Win. 
§. 39, 1), Lc. 2, 34. Act. 28, 22.* 

dvxlXr^yfig, ewg^ {ovxiXafipdvofAai), ap. profanes 
mutua acceptio (Thuc. 1, 120), apprehensie, per- 
ceptie, objecHo disputantis, aL In biblico sennone 
epitulatie, auxilium (Ps. 21, 20. 3 Esr.8,27. Sir. 11, 
li. 51, 7. 2 Mace. 15, 7 al.), plur. 1 Co. 12, 28 mi- 
nisteria diaconorum, qui pauperum et aegrotorum 
curam gerunt* 

dvxiXeyla, aq, nidvxiXeyoq et hoc ab dvxiXiym), 
\) centradictio ; Heb. 7. 7; adjuncta notione con^ 

3 



dvci'-XoidoQio}, 



34 



avo). 



trovergiae, Heb. 6, 16 (Ex. 18, 16. Dent 19, 17 al.). 
— 2) rgcmgnarUia^ qaae factis fit, Heb. 12, 3; re- 
beUio, Jud. vs. 11. (Proy. 17, 11.)* 

avxi'XoidoQiiOf Qfj vicis^im convioiory convicium 
regero; 1 Pet. 2, 23. (Lucian. Conviv. 40. Plut. 
Anton. 42.)* 

iv%l-'XvxQOVyOVyx6,guod pro cdio ctccvpiendo da- 
tur pretium redemUonts; 1 Tim. 2, 6. (imcertas in- 
terpr. Ps. 48. 9. Orph. Lith. ^587.)* 

dvTi-fiexfiw, <3f mt. pass, dyti/iergnd-i^ofiai, re^ 
TnetioTf vicissim metior; Mt. 7, 2 (t. vulg.); Lc.6, 38 
(in proverbiali locutione i. q. rependo; Lucian. 
amor. c. 19).* ^ ^ 

dvtifjLio^laj aq,ii {avxlfjuo^oq^ remunerans), mer- 
cer ad compensationem data^ retribuUo; a) in bo- 
nam partem, 2 Co. 6, 13 {xijv cchx^v avxifiio^lav 
nXaxvvO^flxe xali>fieigy concise dicitor pro: eodem 
mode quo ego feci [vs. 11] expandimini [ezpandite 
animuin], ut ita mihi re^endatis [pro x6 ain^o^ o 
iaxiv ayxifiia^la, cf. Win, p. 493 et 576). — d) in 
malam partem, Bo. 1, 27. (Praeterea exstat ten- 
turn ap. Theoph. Ant., Clem. Al. et aL patres.)* 

'AvxioxBia, a^f n, nomen planum asiaticarum 
urbium, ab Antiocnis regibus ductum. Quarum 
in N. T. duae commemorantur: 1) Celeberrima 
omnium et Syriae caput, ad Orontem fluyinm sita, 
a Seleuco Nicanore condita et hoc nomine in ho- 
norem patris^Antiochi omata. Yersabantur in ea 
multi Judaei "^EXX^vtaxal, ibique primum, qui Chri- 
sto nomen professi erant, Christiani nuncupati sunt; 
Act. 11, 19 ss. 13, 1. 14, 26. 15, 22 ss. 18, 22. Gal. 
2, 11* cf. Reuss in Schenkel BL. I, p. 141 ss. — 
2) Urbs Pbrygiae, sed ob confinium^^n^'oc^m Pisi- 
ekae dicta. Act. 13, 14 (rectius » ngog HiaiSla, 
Strab. 12, p. 577); 14, 19. 21. 2 Tim. 3,- 11. Erat 
ab eodem Seleuco Nicanore condita. 

lAvxioxev^i ^(oq. Of Antiochenus, Antiochia oriun- 
du8^; Act. 6, b.* 

avxi-nag-^QX^^fiai, aor. 2. oifXtnaQijXB'oy^, ex ad' 
verso praetereo; Lc. 10, 31 s. (sens.: adverso vol- 
nerato praeteriit nihil ejus misertus). (Anthol. 12, 
8. — auxiUo advenio contra aUquid, Sap. 16, 10. 
Praeterea ap. eccl. et byzant. scriptores obyenit.)* 

'Avxlnaq, a (ct Win. §. 8, 1), o, Anlipas (eontx. 
ex lAvxlnaxgoq; Win, p. 97), nomen Chnstiani per- 
gameni, martyrium ^erpessi, ceterum ignoti; Ap. 
2, 3. De absurdis hujus nominis interpretationibus 
cf. Duaterdieck ad h. 1. 

'Avxtnaxglg^ idoQf rj, Anttpatrie, urbs Joppen in- 
ter et Caesaream in fertilissima regione non pro- 
cul a littore sita, olim XaSaq^ixfiit (Jos. antt. 13, 
15, 1) apj)ellata, et post ab ejus instauratore He- 
rode M. m Antipatris, patris, memoriam Antipa- 
tridis nomine praedita (Jos. b. jud. 1, 21, 9), Act. 
23,^31. Cf. Robinson Palaestina UI, 257 ss.* 

avxi'iUQavy s. (e formis posterioris aeyi inde a 
Polyb.) ivxlnepUf avxinigay adv. loci, e regione^ ex 
adverso Uttore, trans, c. genit.; Lc. 8, 26.* 

avxinlnxwy o) ex adversa parte irruo, b) adver^ 
sor, obnitor, xivl, Act. 7, 51. (Ex. 26,5. 86,10. Num. 
27,, 14. Saepe ap. Pol. Plut.)* 

avxtaxQaxivoiJiai, 1) expeditianem /ado contra 
aUquem; Xen. Cyr. 8, 8,26. — 2)adver8ory obnitor; 
xivl Bo. 7, 23. (Aristaenet. 11, 1.)* 

avxixdaaof, xxw, aciem instruo contra aUquem. 
med. me oppono, resisto; xivL Bo. 13, 2. Jac. 4,. 6. 
5, 6. 1 Pet. 5, 6 coll. Prov. 3, 34. — absol. Act. 18, 6. 
^Graeci voce usitantur inde ab Aeschylo.)* 

avxtxvnoQ, ov (xvnxm), ap. Graecos 1) proprie, 
a) active: ictum repeHens, repercutiens, resonans, 
relucens; caper, aurus. b) passive: repercussus. 
2) translate : asper, obstinatus, hostilis, — In N. Ti. 



sermone avxlxvnov substantive dicitur 1) res ad 
aliquod exempkun {xvnov, archetypum) farmata 
(Abbild); Heb. 9, 24. — 2) res ob simOitiidinem aUi 
rei comparanda; res messiani temporis, typo (v. in 
xvnog), gtto in V, T. praefigurata est, respandens 
(Gegenbud), ut baptismus respondens diluvio, 1 Pet. 
3, 21.* 

iyxlxQiaxog, ov, o {avxl, contra, x^icxoq, ut ov- 
xl&sog, deo adversans, ap. PhiL de somn. IL, %,21 
al. Justin. Quaesi et resp. p. 463. c. et al. patres). 
Messiae adversarius isque infestiBsimas, proxime 
ante Messiae adventum exstiturus, de quo Jadaeo- 
rum alii aUas conceperant opiniones, turn e Dan. 
11, 36 ss. 7, 25. 8, 25., tum ex Ez. 38 et 39 petitas. 
Cf. Eisenmenger Entdecktes Judenthum, T. II. 
p. 704 ss. Gesenius Art. Antichrist in Erst^ nnd 
Ghniber Encycl. IV, p. 292 ss. Bohmer Die Lehre 
V. Antichrist nach Schneckenburaer, in JahrbUcher 
f. deutsche Theologie, T. lY, rase. 3. p. 405 ss. 
Nomen xov avxixQ* fortasse a Joanne formatnm 
est, qui in N. T. solus eo utitur et quidem de pra- 
va vi et potestate, christianae causae infestissima, 
potissimum in falsis doctoribus ex ipso Christia- 
norum coetu progressis, errores spar^ntibus ef- 
ficace, 1 Jo. 2, 18 (sens.: quod de antichristo pro- 
ximo ante Christi reditum prodituro audivistis, id 
nunc eventum habet per multos falsos doctores 
Antichristorum nomine dignissimos) ; 4, 3 et de 
ipsis his falsis doctoribus, 2, 22. 2 Jo. 7. — Apud 
Paulum et in apocalypsi notio, non nomen anti- 
christi exstat et ilia quidem alio sensu intellecta 
quam a Joanne. Paulus enim antichristum docet 
singtUarem hominem fore eundemque pessunum 
(x6v &v9'Q. x^ a/iaQxlag, v. in kfiaQxla, n. 1), a dia- 
bolo subomatum, qui deum se venditaturos sit, 
2 Th. 2, 3 — 10. Apocalypseos auctor potestatem, an- 
techristianam in romano imperio et personam anti- 
ehristi in Nerone imperatore ab inferis reditoro 
cemit, capp. 13 et 17. (Saepe ap. ecdesiast. scri- 
ptores.)* 

ttvxX^w, w, aor. 1. ^vxXrioa, pf. IjvxXifica (ab o 
ivxkog, s. xd avxXov, sentina), a) pr. eaihaurio^ 
exando sentinam, — b) omnino: haurio; Jo. 2, 8. 
4, 15; lfda»(» Jo. 2, 9. 4, 7. (Gen. 24, 13. 20. Ex. 2, 16. 
19. Jes. 12, 3. Ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.)* 

&pxXfjfta, X0Q,x6, a) pr. id, quod liaustum est 
(Dioscorid. 4, 64). b) actus hauriendi (Plut mor. 
p. 974. e.). o) kaustrum; sittda cum fune, quae 
in puteum demittitur, ^Jo.^ 4, 11. 

avxog>9'aXfii(o, w (ivxo^^akfiog), 1) pr. ex eui- 
verso vel reetis ocuUs intueor, — 2) translate: ob- 
mtor, obluctor; x(j> aviuq^, de nave. Act. 27, 15. 
(Sap. 12, 14. Saepe ap. Polyb. — Ecdes. scriptt.)* 

&w6qoq, ov (a priv. et ^AmQ), aaua carens; ntiyal 
2 Pet. 2, 17; xonoi, loca deserta, Mt. 12, 43. Lc. 11^ 
24. (navvSQoq, desertum, Jes. 43, 19. Hdt.3,4al. — 
ap. LXX saepe y^ avvdpoc); ve^ilai, arida nubUa 
(Yirg. georg. 3, 197 s.), quae pluviam promittnnt, sed 
non fundunt, Jud. vs. 12. (Ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.)* 

dwTioxQixoQ, ov (a priv. et iyicoxgivofAai), non si- 
mulatus, nonfucatus; Bo. 12, 9. 2 Co. 6, 6. 1 Tim. 
1, 5. 2 Tim. 1, 5. 1 Pet. 1, 22. Jac. 3, 17. (Sap. 5, 8. 
18, 16. Apud profanes non exstat nisi in adv. arv- 
noxQlxioq ap. Antonin. 8, 5.)* 

avvnoxaxxog, ov (a priv. et htoxaoaw)^ 1) non 
subjectus; Heb. 2, 8. — 2) qui imperio subjici non 
potest, inobediensy refractarius ; 1 Tim. 1, 9. Tit. i, 
6. 10. ((iirfyriaig dvvn,, narratio, quae quo referen- 
da ut, lector nesdt, Pol. 3, 36, 4. 3, 38, 4. 5, 21, 4.)* 

avw, adv., a) supra, in loco superiore (opj>on. «a- 
xw)ykct. 2, 19. Ap. 5, 3 {GrsbX — cum articulo: o, 
Tj, xd &vm, Gal. 4, 26 (^ wm ^ItQovoaXfifjt, superior 



ivioy^ 



atov. 



35 



ttn^aiQU). 



i. e. HieroBol. coelestis); Phil. 3, 14 (^ivw xkijaiq, 
Tocatio in ooelis facta = iitovgdviOQ, Heb. 8, 1). — 
neatr. plor. xa avto substantive : coelestia. Col. 3, 

1 s. ; ^x xciv ivo}, e coelo, Jo. 8, 23. — Swq avcv , Jo. 
2, 7 (ad Oram nsqne). — b)mirsum^ in aUum {empor), 
Jo. 11^ 41 (afyw\; Heb. 12, \b (&v<o ip^ei)* 

avmyaiov et ovwyBov t. in avdyaiov. 

ivw^sv {&vai)f adT. a)desuperf € loco superiore; 
asio opwd'SV (Win. p. 393), Mt. 27, 51. Mc. 15, 38; 
ix xmv avw^evt a superioribus partibus, Jo. 19, 23. 
Saepe (etiam ap. Graecos) de rebus die, ^uae e 
cows fiunt Tel a deo proficiscuntur, quippe in coe- 
lis habitante, Jo. 3, 31. 19, 11. Jac. 1, 17. 3, 15. 17. 
— h)a principio (von vorn), Lc. 1,3; inde ah initio, 
a primordioy Act. 26, 5. — Unde e) denuo^ repeti- 
tionem indicans (ex rariore et a multis perperam 
negate nsu), Jo. 3, 8 (ov. yEvvtid-r^vm^ ubi alii expli- 
cant eoeUtus. Sed itia Nicodemo potias id miran- 
dmn fuisset, qui fieri posset, ut aliquis nasceretur 
de eodOt quod tamen se mirari non dixit. De pky 
sici partus repetitione ap. Artem. oneirocr. 1, 13. 
p. 18 leguntur: [avdQl] lr< xS fyovxi fyxvovyvvat- 
xa ariijiaivu ncttda <xix<^ yBvvrjasad'ai S/iotov xaxh 
nivxa. ovxm yctg divtod'fv avxdq SoSeie yevva- 
aB'ai.). Adde Martyr. Polyc. 1. — ndXiv Svofd'ev 
(de qua Yocam eandem notionem significantiuin 
compositione cf. Kuhner § 534. 1. wimm Exgt. 
Hdb. adSap. 19, 5), Gal. 4^9 (itemm, cum servi 
jam olim fneritis). \^<piXLav avot^sv noieta^ai Jos. 
antt. 1, 18, 3., ubi paulo ante legitur nQoxiga 

dvmxegixdq, )/, 6v (ivwxBQoi)^ supemus; xit dvw- 
xegixa fii^^ Act. 19, 1 (i. e. Asia minor a mari me- 
diterraneo remotior, orienti soli propior). (Utitur 
Toce Galen.)* 

cLVwxi^oqf €^a, gov (comparat. ab ^a», cf. xaxoi- 
rc(N>C) ▼• Win. p. 68), superior. Neutr. dvwxs^ov 
adverbiascit: superius; a) in auperiorem locum 
(weiier hintxuf),Le. 14, 10. — b) in mperiore loco, 
h. e. in proximo antecedente allegati loci parte, Heb. 
10, 8. umiliter Pol. 3, 1. 1 : xglxy dvcjxe^ov plfiltp. 
(Lev. 11, 21, ubi o. ^en.)* 

dv€»gieki^, ig (apnv. et S^sXoq), inde ab Aeschl, 
infMis; lit. 3, 9. Neutr. substantive, Heb. 7, 18 
(dia xd a^^cava»^f>l^^,i>ropterejusinutilitatem)* 

aSlvTfi VQy 1? (aywfjiif nit. a^op, fiango), securis; 
Lc. 3, 9. Mt. 3, 10. (Jam ap. Horn, et Hdt.) 

fi^coc, /a, ov, (ab £yc», ^a», igitur pr. lancem tror 
hens, undo) a) pendens (unegend), pondus habens, 
c. genit. qui ejusdem est ponderis ciim aliquo^ pretio 
aequans aldguid, aequiparandus; fiodg aitoQy Hom. 
D. 23, 885;c.gen.pretii, velut &S' Sixa /ivtov, bmj^g 
ap. Atticos; n&v xlfiiov oix &Stov aixijQ (ao<plaq) 
iaxi^Yroy. 3,15. 8, 11; oix taxi axct^/ibg n&g afioc 
iyxpaxovQ tpvy^q, Sir. 26,16; o^x a^ia TC^dgx.So- 
iitv, non ponderosa sunt, si comparas cum gloria, 
h. e. glonae non aequiparanda; Bo. 8, 18; cf. 
Fritzsehe ad L et Win. p. 378. — b) eonveniensy conr 
gruus {angemessen)y xivog — aUcui; x^g uexavolag, 
Mt. 3, 8. Lc. 3, 8. Act. 26, 20; afia &v ingdiafiev, 
Lc. 23, 41. — a^iov iaxiv, congruum est; a) decet; 

2 Th. 1, 3. (4 Mace. 17, 8.) P) operas pretiumi est, 
sq. xov c. ace. inf., 1 Co. 16, 4 (utroque usu fre- 
quentissime ap. Graecos inde ab Horn, et Hdt., et 
qoidem saepe omisso iaxlv). — c) die. de eo, qui 
aH^id promeruit, dignus; in utramque partem; 
a) in bonam partem: c. gen. re»; Mt. 10, 10. Lc. 
7, 4. Act. 13, 46. 1 Tim. 1, 15. 4, 9. 5, 18. 6, 1. — sq. 
infin. aor.: Lc. 15, 19. 21. Act. 13, 25. Ap. 4, 11, 5, 2. 
4. 9. 12; sq. Vya, Jo. 1, 27 (iva A^<J«», e structura 
rariore; cf. Dem. pro cor. p. 278. 8 dSiovVy^lva porj' 
9"qay); sq. 8; cum verbo finito (ad modum lat. 



dignus, qu%), Lc. 7, 4. Nude ponitur, sed ita, ut e 
contexta oratione elucescat, cujus rei dignus ali- 
quis dicatur: Mt. 10, 11 (apud quem devertamini) ; 
VB 13 (sc. xfjq elg^vfjQ); 22, 8 (sc. beneflcio invita- 
tionis); Ap. 3, 4 (sc. qui mecum versentur candidis 
induti vestibus). — c. ^enit. personae : dignus ali- 
cujus consortio beneficiisque ex eo nexis; Mt. 10, 
37 sq. Heb. 11, 38. (rot; d^eov Sap. 8, 5. I^at. ad 
Eph. 2.) — /9) in malam partem; c. genit. rei: nXfj- 
yibv, Lc. 12, 48; ^avdxov, Lc. 23, 15. Act. 25, 11. 
26, 31. Bo. 1, 32; absoL Ap. 16, 6 (sc. qui bibant 
sanguinem).* 

aSidw, o), impf.jJg/ovv, aor. 1.9}f/a»aa,pass.perf. 
4^1(0 futi, tntA.d^ia^oofiat (&Siog),\Lt ap. Graecos 
a) congruum, aequum^ justum habeo; sq. mfin. Act. 
15, 38. 28, 22. — b) dignum judico, dignor^ xtvd c. 
objecto ininfin. Lc. 7, 7; xivd xivog 2 Th. 1, 11; 
passiv. c. gen, rei 1 Tim. 5, 17. Heb. 3, 8. 10, 29.* 

d^lo}g,VLaY.,convenienter; pro dignitate; Bo. 16, 2; 
c. gen. Phil. 1, 27. Col. I, 10. 1 Th. 2, 12. Eph. 4, 1 . 
3 Jo. vs. 6.* 

ttdgaxog, ov (6(id€s), et qui non cemitur^ et qui 
cemi non potest, non adspeetabUis. Hoc sensu die. 
de deo Col. 1, 15. 1 Tim. 1. 17. Heb. 11, 27; xa 
adgaxa aixov^ non adspectaoilis ejus (dei) natura, 
Bo. 1,20; Tce ogaxa xal xd dd^axa^ CoLl, 16. (Gen. 

1, 2. Jes. 45, 8. 2 Mace. 9, 5. Aen. Plat. Polyb. 
Plut. al.)* 

^ mt-ayyiXXm, f. *A(&, impf. oniivyBXXov , aor. It 
dn^yyeiXa, aor. 2. pass. oTriyyyeAiyv (Lc. 8, 20), 
1) and Xivog (von etnem, von etwas her) nuntium 
fero, renuntio, re/ero (vermelden); Jo. 4, 61. Act. 4, 
23. 5, 22; c. dat. personae: Mt 2, 8. 14, 12. 28, 8. 10. 
Mc. 16, 13. Act. 5, 25. 11, 13; xivl ri, Mc. 6, 30. Lc. 
14, 21. 24, 9. Act. 11, 13; xivl sq. 9n, Lc. 18, 37; 
xl ngdq xtva. Act. 16, 36; xivl nepi xivog, Lc. 7, 18. 
13, 1 ; tI nepl xivog Act. 28. 21; sq. ace. c. inf. Act. 
12, 14; slg e. ace. kci: nuntium perfero in locum, 
Mc. 5, 14 (1. vulg; av^yy>); Lc. 8, 34; add. ace. rei, 
quae nuntiatur, Mt. 8, 33. (Xen. anab. 6, 4, 25, Jos. 
antt. 5, 11, 8; fic xoJ>q dvd'pwnovg, LXXAjn.4,18.) 
— 2) pronuntio (chtd, quia nuntians quae nun- 
tiat quasi a se coram deponit; cf. nostr. abkUndi' 
gen), palafn notum /ado (verJcUndigen): univ. : fCBol 
xivoQ 1 Th. 1,9; docendo, t/, 1 Jo. 1,2 6.; docenao 
et jubendo, xivl xi, Mt. 8, 33 ; xivl, c. inf. Act. 26, 
20; profitendo et laudando, Lc. 8, 47; xivixi, Heb. 

2, 12. (Ps. 22, 28.) sa on, 1 Co, 14, 25 s.* 
an-dyxo>t aor. 1 . med. catTjyidfiijv^ constringo faur 

ces, stranguloyute medio towduriand^weg^ei. dno- 
xxelvaf), Hom. Od. 19, 230; med. laqueo me suspen- 
do, suspendio vitam finio ; Mt. 27,5. (2 Sam. 17, 
23.^Tob. 3, 10; ap.^ Atticos inde ab Aesohvlo.)'*' 

dn-dyto, aor. 2. dm^^ayovj aor.' 1. j>ass. Sr^x^V^i 
abducoj Lc. 13, 15 (sell, drcd xffg g>axvijg); Act 23, 
10 (tk^.Lchm.); vs. 17 (BcHhinc); 24, 7 (wea, ixxlbv 
XBiQwv i?/ua)v); 1 Co. 12, 2 (a recta via deduci iiQbg 
xd Bi6(oXa), — Die. potissimum de lis, qui ad judi- 
cium, in carcerem, ad supplicium abducuntur; 
Mt 26, 57. 27, 2. 31. Mc. 14, 44. 58. 15, 16. Lc. 21, 
12 {Tdf, Trg.); 23, 26. Jo. 18, 13 (Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg. Viyayovy, 19, 16 (e 1. vulg.); Act 12, 19. (ita 
etiam ap. Graecos.) — Die. de via ad aliquem ter- 
minum ducente,Mt. 7, 13 s. 14 (slqx^v dnd}XBiav, 
Blg^x^v 5«>j}i»).* 

analdBVXoq, ov (naiSBi&to), qui nulla institutions 
et disciplina usus est, rudis; ^fix^CBiq, stolidae 
quaestiones, 2 Tim. 2, 23. (Ap. Graecos inde a 
Aen. — LXX. Joseph.)* 

' da-algw, aor. 1. pass. ottiJ^^v, toUo, aufero; 
Pass., and xivog, subtrakor aUcui; Mt. 9, 15. Mc. 
2, 20. Lc. 5, 85. (Ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt)* 

3* 



dji'-aiida. 



36 



/«« 



an-^onuyofjiai. 



tai-attim, (b, repeto, reposeo, exigo debifum{^ix. 
20, 15: cilj/ieQOV davisZxal aS^tov anait^ii)fLc, 
6, SO; t^v y^*jt4^ <f^^ inttixovctvyanima tua, quippe 
dd aliquod tempns tibi ft.deo concredita, repetihw, 
iic. 12, 20. (Sap. 15, 8: td rfjgrpv^^i catairtj^slg 
XQ^OQ') (Ap- Gnecos inde ab Hat.r 

drC'ttlyewy co, doUre denno, dolarem depono; 

a) moUka aeqidore ammo fero (verschmerzen), 
Thac. 2, 61 al. — b) occalesco, ad dolorem obdur 
rtacoy ignatma jfio; ita drctiXyrixSteg Eph. 4, 19 di* 
contrur, q ai reri honestique et pndoris sensum ezu- 
enmt' (Pol. 1, 35, 5 : anrjXYtjxvlaq yn>xciq^ ignavas 
et ad militiam inntiles.)* 

anaXXdaaohf xxm, aor. 1. an^Xka^a. inf. ^f. pass. 
dnf]iXXix^ai[aXkiaaw, muto; iaio^ sell. Xiv6q\ Ter- 
bum Graecis naeqaentatam, removeo^dimitto; pass. 
removeor; mi* €[vx(bv xdiQ v6aovQ^ Act. 19, 12 (rlat. 
Eryx.^401. c: elal voaoi dxaXXavelrioav ix xv»v 
Ciofiax<ov)\ trtuiBlate et sensn quiaem forensi, ino 
c. gen. pers. dimitti liberum s. discedere ab aliquo 
placato nee litem sectante, von einem loskommeni 
Le. 12, 58 (ita c. nudo genit. pers. Xen. mem. 2, 
9, 6). Hinc nniy. Ubero, xiva, Heb. 2, 15. (ap. pro- 
&no8 saepe add. ffenit. rei, aquaaliquiBliberanir; 
ef. Bleek Hebr. Br. II, 1, p. 389 s./ 

a7tttXXoxQi6o»^ w, part. pf. pass. antiXXoxQiafjii' 
vog, abaUeno; pass. diXXixQiOQ reddor^ sedudor ab 
aUcujvs conaortio etusu; Tivoc, Eph. 2, 12. 4, 18; 
BO. xoi) ^eod, Col. 1, 21. (t"^i\ die. de lis, qoi a 
deo defecenint, Ps. 58,4. Jes. i, 4. Ez. 14, 5. 7; 
xmv naxQlmp doyfidxwv 8 Mace. 1, 3; cbtaXXo* 
XQioHv Xiva xoi) xetXwg ixovxoq, Clem. Bo. 1 Co. 
14.) (Ap. GraecoB inde a Plat)* 

&»«/($£. ]}, ov, moUis; ramus, quando per earn 
snecuB effnsnB erit, Mt 24, 32. Me. 13, 23.* 

cm-ayrc^o, m f. naw (Me. 14. 13; sed Graeci 
melioris aeyi anctvxtfoo/iai, cl Win. p. 79), o^vtom 
eo, nraeterit. obviamfio; xivi, Mt. 28, 9. Mc. 5, 2 
(Lehm. 'bnjpxTfae); 14. 13. Lc. 17, 12. Jo. 4, 51 
{Lchm, Tdf. Trg. ^lyvr.); Act. 16, 16. — Sensn 
militari de occursn bostili Lc. 14, 31 (Lchm, Tdf. 
Trg, {>nixvx.), nt 1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 
Macc.^11, 15. 68 et saepe ap. Graecos.* 

€aiavttiaig^8o»gfii {anavxdw)^ oceursut; sig anav' 
xnalv revocYel rm), obviam aHctdt Mt.25, 1 (Lchm, 
Tdf, Trg. ^dvx,); yb.6. Act. 28, 15. 1 Th. 4, 17. 
(Pol. 5, 26. 8 Died. 18, 59; persaepe ap. LXX — 

^«2jpV.)* 

SkaSf ady., semel; una vice; a) uniy. 2 Co. 11, 
25. Heb. 9, 26 8.^,1 Pet 8, 20 (e L yolg.); fxi Sinai, 
Heb. 12, 26 s.; cbra$ xo^ ipiavxoiff Heb. 9, 7. — 

b) at lat. semel die. de iis quae ita finnt, ut perpe- 
tno yaleant neqne iteranda sint, obi nos einmal 
fur immer; Heb. 6, 4. lOj 2. 1 Pet 3, 18. Jud. ys. 
3.5. — c) xal &taB xal dlq^indicsi certmn nnmerum, 
bis; 1 Th. 2, 18. Phil. 4, 16 : contra Saiaf xal dig est 
aliquoties, Oerata vice; Neh. 13, 20. 1 Mace. 3, 80. 
Cf., SehoU ad 1 Th. 2, 18. p. 86.* 

anuQapaxog^ ov (naqafiaivw^ e locnt. noQapal- 
VHV pdfLOp, transgredi i. e. yiolare, nnde et non 
violaiuSj et qui violari non potest, invioUtbiUs; 
leQmaihri, immutabilis ideoqne transgressioni ad 
successorem non obnoxia, Heb. 7, 24; cf. Bleek et 
DelOzsch ad h. L (Yoz recentior, y. Lob. ad. Phiyn. 
p. 313; ap. Joseph., Plat, al.)* 

anuQacxt^aaxog^ ov (naQacxevaCiti)^ imparaius; 
2 Co. 9, 4. (Xen.^. 2, 4, 15. an. 1, 1, 6. 2, 3, 21. 
Jos. antt. 4, 8, 41. Hdian. 3, 9, 19. Ady. aTtagaoxev- 
aaxwg Clem. Hom. 32, 15.^ 

oTt-aQviofuxi, o^fjuxiy yerb. deponens, f. ^ofiat, 
aor. 1. antiQvtiadfiijVy fdt 1. pass, significaku pas- 
siyo (Lc. 12, 9, ut Soph. Phil. 527), abnego; Xivd^ 



nego me nosse aliquem et com eo qnidquam com- 
mercii habere; de Petro Christum abnegante, Mt. 
26, 34 s. 75^. Mc. 14, 30 s. 72. Jo. 13, 38 (Lchm, 
Tdf, Trg. iQVY^\i)\ plenius an. uii $l6ivai Ir/oovv, 
Lc. 22, 34 (Lchm, omitt. fij, ae quo cf. KOhner 
n, p. 761). — havxov^ sui ipsius obliyisei, semet 

Ssum et commoda ana non spectare, Mt. 16, 24. 
c. 3^ 34. Lc. 9, 23 (e ^1. yulg.)* 

inagti, s. potius iai ipxi (cL Win, §. 5, 2. 
coU. p. 393. Anm. 1. — y. in aqixi) ady., ah hoe 
ipso tempore (von sogleich, von jtizt an), Mt 23, 
39. 26, 29. 64. (Lc. 22, 69: inh xov vvv); Jo. 1, 
52. (e L yul^. Grsb,) 13, 19. 14, 7. Ap. 14, 13 
(ubi junge iif igxi c. fiaxaQioi). In graeco Y. T. 
cod. an' a(fxi non legitur (nam LXX hebr. iwfo 
reddunt and xoC fofv), neque yiz apud antiquiores 
et ele^ntiores Graecos. Quod enim hi Graeci ha- 
bent, junctim et dSvx6vwg est scribendum: o^rap- 
t/, et idiud quid significat; cL Knapp Scriptayar. 
aiff. 1, p. 296. Lob. ad Pluyn. p. 20 s* 

ana^xtc/iog^ ov, 6 (cora^r/ga», pertLdo^ fertig 
machen)^ perfection exsecutio; Lc. 14, 28. Ezstat 
praeterea^tantum ap. Dion, de comp. yerb. c. 24.* 

dna^xVi ^C? ^ (ad anoQxofMti, a)^primitias^of- 
fero; 6) primitias demo; cf. m6 in cmodexoroo)), 
ap. LXJk plerumque «- m'^VM!), primitiae frugum, 
tm a ter^ pro^tarum, tu^ loianibus ad usum 
paratarum, quae deo ofTerebantur; cf. Win. Bwis. 
s. y. ErsiUnge; ^ dna^^n sc. xov fpvQapunog^ pri- 
mitiae farinae ad panincium subactae, e quibua 
panes sacri parandi essent (Num. 15, 19—21), Bo. 
11, 16. Hinc translate die. a) de personis deo con- 
secratU tempore agmen reliquarum praecedenti- 
bus; an. xlfg 'Axatag^ qui in Ach. primus Christo 
nomen dedit, 1 Co. 16, 15; add. slg X^iaxov Bo. 
16, 5; ratione habita ethicae creationis Christiana 
religione effeetae omnes illius aetatls Christiani 
dicuntnr ana^xvj^^^ (quodammodo primitiae) xmv 
xov 9'eo€ xxia/jUxwv Jac. 1, 18 (cf. Huther ad 1. 
coll. 2 Th. 2, 13 e hLchm,); an. tiSv xexoifirffiivofv^ 
eorum yai obdormiyerunt primus in yitam reyo- 
catus die. Christus 1 Co. 15, 20. 23 (quo L locu- 
tione etiam id significari yidetur, ejus ezemplo op- 
pi^erari futuram Christianorum resurrectionem, 
quia ijrimitiae reliquarum ejusdem generis frugum 
maturitatem ita praecedunt, ut himc quasi spon- 
deant et promittant). — b) de personis reliquas 
ejusdem generis praestantia superantibuB; ita Ap. 
14, 4 de certo quodam Christianorum genere. deo 
Christoque prae ceteris sacro et caro (Schol. ad 
Eur Or. 96: dnuQX^ iXfyexo oi fi6vov x6 n^lbxov 
ry xdSsi, &XX& xal x6 n^Sixov ry xi/i^. — e) ol 
ixovxeg xifv dn, xov npeifiaxog^ qui pnmitias (fu- 
turorum beneficiorum) in spiritu hab^us (xo€ nv. 
est genit. appositionis), Bo. 8, 23; cf. ^uae Win, 
p. 495 de h. L contra eos docet, qui m rot; nv. 
cemunt genitiyum pajiitiyum, ut ol |y. r. &n. xov 
nv. distinguantur ab ingenti multitudine eorum, qui 
spiritum posthac accepturi sint (Ap. Graecos inde 
a\Hdt)* 

anag, aaa, av (ez. S^a et ^dfCy fortius quam sim-* 
plex nag), totus, cunetus, omnis; nomini substan- 
tiyo articulum habenti yel praeponitur, ut Lc. 3, 
21. 8, 37. 19, 15; yel postponitur, utMc. 16, 15 (elg 
xdv xdc/iov anavxa, m mundi omnes partes); Lc. 4. 
6 rhanc ditionem omnem, i. e. higus oitioniB, quam 
yiaes, omnes partes); 19, 48. — absolute die. ge- 
nere masc., ut Mt 24, 39. Lc. 3, 16. 5, 26. 9, 15. 
Mc. 11, 32. Jac. 3, 2; genere neutr., ut Mt 28, 11. 
Lc. 5, 28. Act 2, 44. 4, 32. 10, 8. 11, 10. Eph. 6, 
13;^ semel ap. Jo. 4, 25 Tdf. Trg. ^ 

an-acndl^ofiat, aor. 1. tatijonacdfirfv , in disce^ 



anarato. 87 

tHendo sahUo^ vaUdico; nyd, Act. 21, 6 Leihm, 
Td/, Trg, (Himer. p. IW.)* 

catatim^ aif, aor. 1. pass, ^nat^^p (andtti), in- 
de ab Horn., falloj decipiOf seduco; ti^v xoflSiav 
ec^ov Jae. 1, 26; nvi rivif aliqaem aliqna re, 
Eph. 5, 6. Pass. 1 Tim. 2, 14 (ubi Lchm. Td/. 
Tr^. ieanatff&tZca), colL Gen. 8, 13.* 

andttj, fig, ^, fraua, faUaeia; CoL 2, 8; roi; 
nXovxov Mi. 13, 22. Mc. 4, 19; r»c dSixlag 2 Th. 

2, 10; r^ ifiagxiag Heb. 3, 13; alimBviilai xng 
onaxfK, cupiditates, qaae excitantur a faUacia, n. 
e. &]]aci Ti ad peecandum seducente, Epb. 4^ 22 
(alii ezplicant: cupiditatas Mlaces, sed cif. Meyer 
ad L). >- PloT. oTtavai 2 Pet 2, 13 (nbi Lchm. et 
Trg. iv iyanaiQ) per paragramma die. de afl^pis 
(y. in^ dyoTtfit n. 2), qnippe quae a fiagitiosis 
homisibuB in eomissationes converterentnr ad pec- 
eandiim seducentes.* 

dnitwQ, oooq, o, ^ (nm^o), fere eadem notionis 
▼arietate ac dfA^twi^, q. t. ; eujtu pater in genea' 
logUe non recen9eiur;^eb. 7, 3.* 

dntci^aa/ia^ tog, to (ab dntnyuCo^t splendorem 
edo, et boc ab aibiy^f splendor; cf. anoaxlaa/jut, 
OTtsixaa/ia, mtfueoviefia^ dn^ri/ia), eplendor re- 
pereums; taioAy, f 79 66ii^q tov ^eov die. Gbri« 
stus, qoippe in quo perfecte relaceat majestas dei, 
Heb. 1, 13, ut metaphysice de Cbristo praedicetor, 
qaod ipse de se ethico sensa profitetur ap. Jo. 12, 
45. 14, 9: o B'smo&v ifik ^ewQtX xbv nifinpopta 
fi€, (Sap. 7, 26. Pbilo m. opif. §. 51. plant. Noe 
§. 12. de concup. 8. 11. ot saepe ap. eccles. script. 
CL^ Grimm Eigt Hdb. z. B. d. Welsh, p. 161 s.)* 

oMsXSov (ano et b16ov,^ aor. ^2. obsoleti ti6m), 
Bupplet aoristam 2. verbi a<poQdmy resp. nostro ab* 
eAen; 1) <xb aliquo octUos avertena cuiud intueor. 
2) {tlieunde yel e langinquo^ Tel a guodcany in quo 
vereor, rerun etaki epeeto; ptrapicio; o); fiy anidw 
(Lchm, Tdf. Trg. aipldw) td nepl ifiov^ simolac 
pergpexero, quemnam exitom res meae babitarae 
sint, Phil. 2, 23.^(LXX Jon. 4, 5.)* 

dnMua^ a;, ^ (^axei^^g), inobedienHa(UieTon.), 
eontumaciay et qoidem in N. T. 00, quae divinae 
voUimtati oppomtur; Bo. 11, 30. 32. Heb. 4, 6. 11; 
viol t. dnitvelag, qui reguntor tali contumacia (v. 
in vloq), die. de gentilibus, Eph. 2, 2. 5, 6. Col. 3, 
6. j;Xen. mem. 3, 5, 5. Pint al.)* 

cai€i^ia,dS, impf. ijml^ovv, wt. 1. ^ml^aa^ 
nun ccTtiiB^ (q. t.^; persuaderi mM non paUor; 
non oblempero; a) fidem denego (Cbristo, evan- 
gelio; opp. motsiioY t^ vl^, Jo. 3, 36; tf Xovfpj 
1 Pet 2, 8. 3, 1 ; aosol. de iis, qui eyaogebo fiaem 
denegant. Act. 14, 2. 17, 5. 19, 9. Bo. 15, 31. 1 
Pet 2, 7 (quo loco Td/, Trg, aniatovoiv). — b) 
/idem et oledieniiam denego; c dat rei vel per- 
sonae Bo. 2, 8 (tc aX^^siq.); 11, 30 s. {t<S ^tw); 
1 Pet 4, 17; absol., Bo. 16, 21 (Jes. 65, 2.); Heb. 

3, 18. 11, 31. 1 Pet 3, 20. (ap. LXX plerumque 
e- rrro^ 1*^ ap. Graecos saepe inde ab Aesch. Ag. 
1047 ; ap. Hom. al. mti^slv)* 

ojiei^^, Sq, genit ovq {nel^OfAai)^ quisibiper" 
eiMxderi non patitur, non obtemperanSy contumax; 
absoL Lc. 1, 17. Tit 1, 16. 3, 3; tivl, 2 Tim. 3,2. 
Bo. 1, 30. Act. 26, 19. (Deut 21, 18. Num. 20, 10. 
Jes^. 30, 9. ZacL 7, 12; ap. Graec. inde a Thuc.)^* 

cbfeiXiia, a>, impf. ^neuovv, aor. 1. ^netX^ai' 
finy, minor, comminor; 1 Pet. 2, 23; med. ex usu 
feitiacentis graecitatis O^olyaen. 7, 35) actiTe, Act 

4, 17 {ajiiiXf [e 1. vulg. Grsb.j anuXeZa^ai c. 
dat. pers. sq. fz^ c. inf. eeveriseimis minis aUcui 
inierdieere, ft« . .; Win, g. 54, 3). (Inde ab Hom.)* 

aneiX^y ^, tj, comminatio; Act. 4, 17 (t. vulg. 
Orsb,) 29. 9, 1. Eph. 6, 9. (Hom. et sqq.)* 



anBQianaCTMg, 



aX'Sifii (elfii, sum), abatan; 1 Co. 5, 3. 2 Co. 
10,^1. 11. 13. 2. 10. CoL 2, 5. PhiL 1, 27/^ 

tat'iifu (ilfiiy eo), 3 ps. plur. impl an^faaVf 
abep; Act 17, 10.* 

m'tZnov {elnoify aor. 2. ab obsolete hio»\ 1) 
frroloquutiu et$m, eipoeuiy recitact (HonL H. 7,416: 
dyyeXliiv anhaiBv, 9, 309: tov fiwov anoaneZv). 
— 2) interdico; 1 Beg. 11, 2 et ap. Attioos. — 3) 
me abdicatfi aliqua re, renunHavi aUctd rei; c. 
ace. rei; Job. 10, 3 «- D«to; et saepe ap. Graecos 
inde ab Hom. Eodem sensu aor. 1. mea. mtema* 
unv, 2 C!o. 4, 2 (y. in alaxvvri); ita quoque ap. 
Hat 1, 59. 5, 56. 7, 14 et ap. scriptores posterio- 
ris^aeyi inde a Polvb.)* ^ 

aneiQaaxoq, ov {neiQa^), et qui non tentaJtue 
eet^ et qui tentari nequit; anei^aatoq xaxcSv, qui a 
mails tentari nequit; tentationi ad peccandum non 
obnoxiuB, Jac. 1, 13; cf. quae ubenus docet de h. 
L Win, 6. 30, 4. (Jos. b. jua. 5, 9, 3. 7, 8, 1 et script 
eccles.; (iraeci dieunt antlgojoq, a neiQam.)* 

axfiQog, ov (neX(fa experientia), invperitue, tnesc- 
perfua; c. gen. rei ^ut ap. ^Graecos) Heb. 5, 13.* 

an'tX'dixofiai, aor 1. dnedefafi^v, aeeidue et 
patienter exspedo (quasi abertoarten); absol. 1 
Pet 3, 20 ^$b. Lchm. Td/ Trg.); r/, Bo. 8, 19. 
23. 25. 1 Co. 1, 7. Gal. 5, 5 (ae quo loco y. in 
ihtlg): c. ace. personae, Christum e coelis reditu- 
rum, Phn. 3, 20. Heb. 9, 28. Cf. C. F, A. Fritgsche 
in Fritzedhiorum Opuscc. p. 155 s. Win, y. comp. 
4, p. 14. (Yerbum noyo test fere proprium; Heliod. 
Aeth. 2, 35. 6, 23.)* 

cbt'iX'Svo/iat, aor. 1. onexdvaofAfiv, 1) prorsue 
exuo me {ano notat separationem ab eo, quod exui- 
tur); tbv naXttiOV iv^Qmnov, Col. 3, 9. — 2) jpror* 
sue Tidhi (in meum commodum) exapoUo, demnco; 
tivi, Col. 2, 15. Cf. Win, L c. p. 14. (Jos. antt. 
6, 14, 2: anexdvg ti^v^ fiaatXixijv ia^ta.)* 

anixdvaig, e<oQ, ^ {mtixSvouai, ^. y.) actus exu" 
cmU, depositio; Col. 2, 11. (Graecis inusitatnm.) 

an-€A(xvvw, aor. 1. drnqXaaa, abigo, depello; 
Act 18, 16. (Persaepe ap. Graec.)* 

aX'SXiyt^og, oH, (aneXiyxfOt conyinco. refute; 
iXgyfjLog eonyictio, refntatio ap. LXX pro eXxyS^qy, 
rwreheneio, repudiaiio rei, quae vanttaiis coniwi' 
cttur; iX^stv elq diteXfyfiOv, yanitatis coargui, 
pro re yana haberi et in contsmtum yeuire, Act 
19, 27. (ProfEuiis inusitatum.)* 

wt'fXiv&eQog, ov, o, 17, manumissus,libertus(dn6, 

Serman. los) ; rov xvqIov, a domino libertate(euiica) 
onatus, 1 Cio. 7, 22. (Ap. Graecos inde a Xen. et 
Plat)* 

lAniJJiriq, ov, o, ApeUes, nom. pr. cnjusdam chri- 
stismi hominis, Bo. 16, 10.*^ 

amXJttC.io^ (Lchm. Td/ dweXnll^a, q. y.), dsspe- 
ro; fitidhv dniXailiovteg, ninil desperantes, sc. de 
recuperatione a remuneraturo deo speranda, Lc. 
6, 35. (Jes. 29, 19. 2 Mace. 9, 18. Sir. 22, 21 ; saepe 
ap. Pol. et Died.)* 

cat'ivavtt, ady., c genit. \) ex adverso^ e re- 
gione; tov tdg>ov, Mt 27, 61. — 2) in conspectu, 
coram, Mt 21, 2 (1. yulg. Grsb.); 27, 24 (quo 1. 
Lchm. et Trg, xativavti!); Act. 3, 16. ^Bo. 3, 18. 
Ps. 36, 2. — 3) adversus; tdiv Soyudtwv Kal" 
oaooq, Act. 17, 7. (Persaepe ap. LXX in apocrr.; 
Pol. 1, 86, 3.)* , , 

dni^avxoq, ov {neQalvw, transeo; cfl o/uo^av- 
tog), quitraneiri non potest, infinitus; yeveaXoylat, 
quae m infinitum producuntur, 1 Tun. 1, 4. (Job. 
36, 26. 3 Mace. 2, 9; ap. Graec. inde a Pind.)* 

ansQicn&atwQ (rnQtaniw, q. y.), ady. sine cura 
et distractione; 1 Co. 7, 35. (Adjectiy. Sap. 16, 11. 
Sir. 41, 1; saepe ap. Pol. et Plut)* 



anaQimtjzog, 38 

ansQixfATitoqj ov {ns^itifjtvQ>)i non circuancitus, 
cui praeputu&n non est ammUatum; metaph. ebr£- 
Qltfi. ty xuQSla (Jer. 9, 26. Ez. 44, 7) xal x. woi 
(Jer. 6, 10), quonim animo et auribns cutis est 
obdacta »> quorum animus ac sensus non patet 
diTinis monitis, pertinaces, Act. 7, 51. (Saepe ap. 
LXX = h»9; 1 Mace. 1, 48. 2, 46. — Plut. am. 
prol. 3.)* 

an-^QXOiiai, f. -BXevao/jiai (Mt 25, 46. Eo. 15,28. 
Win. p. 82), aor. 2. an^k^ov (irt^k^a Ap. 10, 9; 
ajt^k^av Mt. 22, 22. Ap. 21, 1. 4 al ap. Lchm. et 
Td/.; cf. Win. §j 13, 1. MuUacK p. 17, s. Bitm.iktl. 
Gr. p. 84), pf. aneXrjkv&a (Jac. 1, 34), plsqpf. ans- 
kijkv9€iv (Jo. 4, 8), abeo (ex loco aliquo), aiscedo; 
1) propr. a) absol., Mt. 13, 25. 19, 22. Mc. 5, 20. Lc. 

8, 39. 17, 23. Jo. 16, 7 al.— Partic. onreA^cov c. in- 
dicat. vel conjimctivo temporis praeteriti aliorum 
verborum {hingehen und etc.), Mt. 13, 28. 46. 18, 30. 
25, 18. 25. 26; 36. 27, 5. 6. Mc. 6, 28. 37. Lc. 5, 14. 
b) cum notatione loci, in quern^ vel personae, ad 
quam Tel o qua abitur; bcq c. ace. loci, Mt. 5, 30 
Jjchm. Tdf. Trg.j 14, 15. 16, 21. 22, 5. Mc 6, 36. 

9, 43. Jo. 4, 8. Bo. 15, 28 al; dq o6bv i^vwv, Mt. 

10, 5.; eU rd ni^av, Mt. 8, 32. Mc 8, 13; inl c 
ace. loci, Le. 24, 24; inl c. ace negotii, cui ope- 
ram daturus aliquis abit; inl (ita enim legendum 
est pro vulg. bI^) jfjv ifinoQlav abxov Mt. 22, 5; 
ixel Mt. 2, 22; t^ia c. gen., Act. 4, 15; ngdq xiva, 
Mt. 14, 25. Ap. 10, 9; inS xivoq, Lc. 1, 38. 8, 37. 
Ex hebraismo {"^yr^ ?T^n) anipf. dnlac» Xivd^t abeo, 
ut aliquem sequar, trop. altcmus partes sequor, 
eum aucem sequor. Mc. 1, 20. Jo. 12, 18; idem de- 
notat dnigX' '^Q^^ ^^'^a Jo. 6, 68. Xen. anab. 1, 9, 
16; — die etiam de lis, qui aliquem petunt, cujus 
impuia cupiditate flagrant, Jud.. vs. 7. — M!alo 
autem lexicographi (praeeunte Suida: inik^^' 
ivxl To€ inavik^y\ verbo oatiQX- supponunt etiam 
notionem revertendi, redeundi, scilicet eo decepti, 
(luod o^itus saepe est etiam r^ditus. Sed ubi res 
ita se habet, patet id aut e contextu orationis, ut 
Lc. 7, 24., aut ex iis, auae adduntur; siq xbv ol- 
xov ert^roi;, Mt. 9, 7. Mc 7, 30 {otxads, Xen. Cyr. 
1, 3, 6); ngbq havxbvt domum, Lc 24, 12. Jo. 20, 
10; klq xa 6nla<o, Jo. 6, 66 (domum reverter); 18, 
6 (retro cede). — 2) tropice die do malis et mise- 
riis discedentibus , Mc 1, 42. Lc. 5, 13 (i) kinga 
an^ev an' aifxov); Ap. 9, 12. 11, 14; de bonis, 
quae alicni eripiuntur, Ap. 18, 14; de evanescente 
quodam rerum statu, Ap. 21, 1 (1. Tvdg. nagyk^e), 
vs. ^4; de rumore exeunte s. divulgate c2c, Mt. 4. 24. 

an-ixfOf 1) transit, a) retineo, arceo (Hom. II. 1. 
97. 6, 96. Plat. Cratyl. c 23). — b) habeo totumy 
accept (quod expetendi vel ^postulandi jus mihi 
erat), german. weghaben (cf. iaiodidovai, anoka/i' 
paveiv), xivd Philem. vs. 15; fxioB-ov Mt. 6^ 2. 5. 16; 
nagaxkfiatv Lc. 6, 24; nivxa Phil. 4, 18 (ita saepe 
ap. Graecos). Hinc e) dnix^if impersonal, (quasi: 
satis se habet) su/ficU; Mc. 14, 41, ubi explica: 
„satis jam dormivistis^S ita ut Cbristus datam jam 
disciptuis amplius dormiendi facultatem toUat; cf. 
Meyer ad 1. (eodem usu ap. Anacr. 28. 33. CyriU. 
in Hagg. 2, 9). — 2) intrans. absum, disto ; albsol. 
Lc 15, 20; (Wio, Mt. 14, 24 Trg,; 15. 8. Lc 7, 6. 
24, 13. Mo. 7, 8. (Jes. 29, 13.) — 3) Med. me ab- 
stineo; dno xtvoq, ab aliqua re; Act. 15, 20. 1 
Th. 4, 3. 6, 22. 1 Tim. 4, 3. (Job. 1, 1. 2, 3. Ez. 
8, 6.); uvog Act. 15, 29. 1 Pet. 2, 11. (Ita ap. 
GftMcoB inde ab Hom.)* 

dniaxiWf cb, aor. 1. ^nlaxrjoa (imaxoq), 1) fidem 
datam folio, pefrfidus sum; 2 Tim. 2, 13 (opp. ni- 
axdg fiivet); Ko. 3, 3. — 2) fidem non habeo; nuntio 
de Jesu resurrectione, Mc. 16, 11. Lc. 24, 41; c 



a7co. 



dat. pers. ibid. VS; 11. — nuntio de Jesu Mcssia; 
Mc 16, 16 (opp. ntoxevof); Act. 28, 24. (Ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Horn.)* 

dniaxla, ac, y {aniaxoq), de^ecttts fidei etfidu- 
ciae; 1) i-nfidelitas, perfidia (fidem datam fallen- 
tium), fio. 3, 3. — 2) d&fidentta, qua fides denega- 
tur potentiao divinao, Mc 16, 14; vel potentiae et 
promissis dei, Bo. 4. 20. Heb. 2, 19; divinae Jesu 
legationi, Mt. 13, 58. Mc 6, 6; quae evangelio op- 
ponitur, 1 Tim. 1, 13; adjuncta notione contuma- 
ciae, Bo. 11, 20. 23. Heb. 3, 12. — ex BLd]. Jidtusias 
infirmitas, Mt. 17, 20 (ubi Lchm, Tdf, Trg, dki- 
yonioxiav)'^ Mc 9, 24. (Ap. Graecos inde ab Hes. 
et Hdt.)* 

dniaxoq, ov (niaxo^, iidei vel fiduciae expers; 
1) perfidus (cui fides habcri non potest, qui ndem 
fefelUt); Lc 12, 46. Ap. 21. 8. — 2) incredibilis; de 
rebus> Act. 26, 8. (Xen. Hiero 1, 9. Symp. 4, 49. 
Cyr. 3, 1. 15. Flat. Phaedr. 245. c Jos. ant. 6, 10, 
2 al.) — 3) incredtdus; die de Thoma, fidem nun- 
tio de Jesu resurrectione non habentc, Jo. 20, 27; 
de iis, qui evangelio fidem denegant, 1 Co. 6, 6. 7, 
12—15. 10, 27. 14, 22 ss.; adjuncta notione impie- 
tatis et improbitatis, 2 Co. 4, 4. 6. 14 s. — de iis. 
qui inter ipsos Christianos veram doctrinam sper- 
nunt, Tit. 1, 15. — fidttciae (in deum) expers, Mt. 
17,^17. Me 9, 19. Lc 9, 41.^ 

ankoijQ, fj, ovv (ex ooq, otj, oov), simplex (in 
(][uo nihil est complicati, perplexi; plicis carens); 
integer; de oculo. proitx*, qui officio sue fungitur, 
sanus, Mt. 6, 22. Lc 11, 34.* 

ankdxrjg, xrjxoq, i^, simplicitas; sinceritas, can- 
dor animi; virtus eju3, <}ui abest a simulatione ac 
dissimulatione (hoc significatu ap. Grace inde a 
Xen. C^. 1, 4, 3. Hell. 6, 1, 6); iv ank6xrjvi{Lchm. 
Tdf, Trg. ayioxrjxi) xal slkixgivelq: d-eov, a dec 
per spiritum s. instillata, 2 Co. 1, 12; iv ank, x^q 
xagdlaq (aaV ^v> 1 Chr. 29, 17), Col. 3, 22. Eph. 
6, 5 (Sap. Y, i); elq Xgiaxov, sinceritas mentis 
erga Chnstum, h. e. simplex fidei Christo haben- 
dae forma, falsae christianarum rerum sapientiae 
opposita, 2 Co. 11, 3; iv ankoxijxi, candide, h. e. 
sme ambitione, Bo. 12, 8. — benevolentia (GrtU- 
herzigkeit) benefaciendo se prodens, liberalitas, 
2 Co. 8, 2. 9, il. 13 {xTJq xoivcDvlaq, consortio 
manifestata). Cf. Kling Art. EinfaU in Herzog 
Enc HI, p. 723 ss.* 

anklbq, adv., simpliciter, candide, sincere; Jac. 
1, 5 (solo bene&ciendi studio ductus).* 

ano, praepos. cum genitive, lat. a, ab, abs^ ger- 
man. von, ab, weg, turn separationemtum or^ 
turn significans. De usu ejus in N. T. obvio, in 
quo partim efficacia hebr. p cernitur, cf. Win. p. 
342 ot 346 ss. Bttm, ntl. Gr. p. 276 ss. — Nos, 
ne easdem res bis affcramus, non omnia exempla 
enotamus, sed lectores ad expositiones multorum 
illorum verborum rcjicimus, quae praepositio se- 
quitur. — Dicitur igitur dno 

I) de separatione, et quidem 1) de separatione 
locali, post verba motum a loco aliquo denotan- 
tia, discedendi, /ugiendi,removendi, expeUetidi, ja- 
dendi al. ; v. in aigw, dnigxofJiai,dnoxivdaaa>, dno- 
X<ogiw, dfpiaxTjfjii, (pevyo} al. — dnsondad-Ti an ais- 
xtj}v,ljQ, 22, 41; /?aAf dnb aov, Mt. 5, 29 s.; ix^dkto 
xb xdgfpoq dnb xov dg>^ak/Jiov, Mt. 7, 4; a^\^q 
ix^Epk^xBi Saifiovia^ Mc. 16, 9; xaB^etXe dno 
&g6vwv Lc. 1. 52. — 2) de separatione partis a 
toto; ubi de toto pars sumitur; dnb xov Ifiaxlov 
Mt. 9, 16; dnb piekiaalov xtjglov Lc 24, 42; dnb 
xcbv bxpagliov, Jo. 21, 10; xd dnb xov nkoiov, 
fragmenta navis, Act. 27, 44; ivoa<piaaxo dnbxijq 
xi/JLTiq, Act. 5, 2 ; ixxBc5 dnb xov nvsvfiaxoq. Act. 



> / 

ano. 



39 






2^, 17; ittXt^OL^hvo^ iat cf^cwv, Lc. 6, 13; xlva 
tato xmv 6vo, Mt. 27, 21; ixifj^cavxo and vl<ov 
*I<fQa^Xt sc. Tiy^Cf Mt. 27, 9 (iStjX&ov ini T<Sr 
Upi^v, 8C. rtviq, 1 Mace. 7, 3d); post verba eden- 
di et bibendi (a Grraecis cum nudo genitiTO^ rei 
jtingi solita), Mt. 15, 27. Me. 7, 28; nheiv ano, 
Lc. 22, 18 (in reliquk N. T. locis ix), — 3) de 
qnacunque alterias ab altera separatione, qua utri- 
usque communio tollitur; a) post verba avertendi, 
soivtnd^ liberandi, redimendi, aervandi; y.in ayo- 
^dtm, iatttXiaom, dnooTQiqxo, JXev^egoa^.&iQa' 
neim, xa^agl^m, Avcd, Xvxqow^ Xovw, pyo/iai^ 
acb^co, ^vXiaam aL — b) post verba desMtendi, 
ae abgHnendi, cavendi al.; t. in wtix^f navm, xa- 
xanavm, fildnm, nooaij^to, ipvXaaaofiai aL ^ c) 
post verba occuUandi et impediendi; v. in XQvnx»f 
xofXviOj nojifaxaXvnzio. — <Q Concisae structurae: 
avad-tfia iaio vovX^iazov, Bo. 9, 3 (v. in ava^ 
^tfia); Xoveip and xwv nXtgy^v, lavando abster- 
g^ere sanguinem a plaps, Act. 8, 22; patavoBlv 
ano XT^ xcexiaQf ipsipisccndo se avertere a pravi- 
tate, Acik. 16, 33; ccno^vtfiXBiv anoxivo^, morien- 
do liberari ab aliquo, Col. 2, 20; q^d-elgsa^ai ano 
rij^ anXoxr/zoQ, comunpi eoque modo abduci a 
simplicitat^ , 2 Co. 11, 3; slQaxovo^tlg ano x. 
sihi^claq, exauditus ideoque liberatus a timore, 
Heb. 5, 7 (ubi alii ezplicant: exauditus propter 
pietatem). — 4) de statu geparatiow s. de di' 
stantia; et quidem a) de distiuitia loci et temUno 
loci a quo; Mt. 23, 34. 24, 31 al.; post fiaxgav, 
Mt. 8, 30. Mc. 12,^34. Jo. 21, 8; post anix^iv, v. 
in anixof;^ — ano &vw^bv S«»g xaxi» Mc. 15, 38; 
and fiaxpoBsp Mt. 27, 55 aL E recentiomm Gra&- 
corum usu ponitur ante nomina distantiam localem 
indicantia; Jo. 11, 18 (^ iyyvg cbc and axaSlwv 
Sexanivxe, distans qaindecim fere stadiis); 21, 8. 
Ap. 14, 20 (Diod. 1, bl:^indv(0 xijg ndXsw^ dnd 
Sixa a^ohwv Xifiviiv wovSe^ Jos. b. jud. 1, 3, 5 : 
xovxo aip'kSaxoolmpaxaolmyivxevd'iP ioxlv.FlxLt. 
Aem. Paul. c. 18: Soxe xov^ nQwxovg vixgovg and 
Svolv axadlmv nsanXv^-nt. 0th. c. 2: xaxsaxga' 
roniSevaev and nnvxtptovxa cxadlmv, v. Philop. 
4:^ 17V ydg ayooQ adxw dnd axaSlwr itxoai xij^ 
noXc^o); cf. Win. p. 518. — b) de distantia tem- 
poris, et de temuno temporis, a quo; — inde 
a; and t$c &pac ixilvri<;, Mt. 9, 22. 17, 18; Jo. 

19, 27; rwc v/^hc^J^f^ Mt. 22, 46. Jo. 11, 53. Act. 

20, 18. Pml. 1, 5; dq>' n/i€Qi5v dgxalaw, Act 15, 7; 
an^ixoiv. Lc. 8, 43. £0. 15. 23; o^r* aiiSvog et 
dnd t. aiibymv, Lc. 1, 70 al.; an apx^iQ, Mt. 19, 
4^. 8 al.; dnd xaxafoXn^ xoafiov, lAi. 13, 35 al.; 
and xxiaew^ xocfiiov, ao. 1, 20; dnd Pgitpovq, a 
teneris, 2 Tim. 3, 15; dnd xijg nag^eviaq, Lc. 2, 




and xovxovy oxe, Lc. 13, 25. 24, 21. Ap. 16, 18 
(Hdt. 2, 44 et ap. Atticos); dnd xov vvv, abhinc, 
Lc. 1, 48. 5, 10. 12, 52. 22. 69. Act. 18, 6. 2 Co. 
5, 16; dnd xdxs, Mt. 4, 17. 16, 21. 26, 16. Lc. 16, 
16; dnd nigvai, ab anno inde superiore, 2 Co. 8, 
10. 9, 2; dnd ngtoi, Act. 18, 23; cf. Win. p. 393. 
Z^b. Ad Phijn. p. 47 et 460. — c) de dMtanUa 
or din is et de terminp a quo in aliquo rerum vel 
penonarvm ordine; dnd oisxovc (sc. naidog) xal 
xatmxiQio, Mt. 2, 16 (tovc Aevhaq dnd eixoaa-^ 
BTOvgxal indvio, Num. 1, 20. £sr. 3,^10); dnd 
^APfadfi Swq davtd, Mt. 1, 17; ^pdofxoq dnd A6dfx, 
Jud. vs. 14; dnd fiixgov eatg fnyaXoVj Act. 8, 10. 
Heb. 8, 11; apxea&ai dno xivog^ Mt. 20, 8. Lc. 
23, 6. 24, 7. Jo. 8, 9. Act. 8. 35. 10. 37. — Di- 
citnr 



II) de origine; turn de locali origine, s. de 
loco, unde; turn de causali origine s. de cazuta 
unde, — 1) de loco, unde aliquid est, veniat, obtin- 
gat, sumatur; a) post verba veniendi, v. in ?qx^ 
fiai, ijxw aL; dnb dyooaq sc. iX^ovzeg, Mc. 7, 4; 
ayysXog an* oigavov, Lc. 22, 43; xdv an* oiga- 
ycJy, sc. XaXovvta, Heb. 12, 25 aJ.; de terra, pro- 
vincial oppido, pago, unde aliquis ortus vel pro- 
fectus^sit; Mt. 2, 1. 4. 25. Jo. 1. 45. 11, 1: fila 
dnd oQovq Siva Gal. 4« 24. Unde vel ol dno 
xivog, oriundus vel oriundi ex aliquo loco; o dnd 
Na^agid', Nazarethanus, Mt. 21, ll;^o dnd 'Agi- 
/la&alag, Mc. 15, 43. Jo. 19, 38. ol dnd *l6nnijg. 
Act. 10, 23; ol dnd 'IxaUaq, Itali, Heb. 13, 24 
Lamun e profanis scriptis exemplorum copiam 
praebet WieaeUr Untersuch. lib. a. Hebr.-Br. II, 
p. 9 ss. — b) de secta vel coetu , e quo aliquis 
prodiit, h. e. socius sectae vel coetus, ei addictus; 

01 dnd T^ ixxXijalaQ^ Act. 21, 1 ; ol dnd xrjQ al- 
giaew^ x<5v ^agioalmv^ Act. 16, 5 (ut ap. Gtm- 
ces ol dnd x^q SxoSq, and xfjq 'Axao^/iiaq).^ — c) 
de materie, e qua aliquid confectum est, dnc xgi- 
Xdiv xafii^XoVy Mt. 3,4.~ d) trop.de eo, unde alimiid 
cognosdtur; dnd xwv xagndtv intyiv<o(jxsiv,iilLt 
7, 16. 20 (Lys. in Andoc. §. 5. Aesch. adv. Tim. p. 
69); ftav&dveiv dno xivoQ, alicujus exemplo edo- 
ceri, Mt. 11, 29. 24, 32. Mc.^ 13, 28; sed (ial. 3, 2. 
CoL 1, 7. Heb. 5, 8 fiavd', dno xivoq est: ex ali- 
cujus institutione vel disciplina discere. — e) post 
verba petendi, quaerendi, postulandi; dnaixslv, 
Lc. 12, 20; ^iixetv, 1 Th. 2, 6 (altemante ibi c. 
ix); ix^tfiilv, Lc. 11, 50 s. ; v. in alxia>. — 2) de 
causali origine s. causa; et quidem a) de causa 
materiali, quae dicitur, s, de eo, quod materiem 
suppeditat, unde id sustentatur. quod verbo expri- 
mitur, ita ^yefil^soB^at, x^Q^^^^^^^^j nXovxetv, 
Siaxoviiv dno xivog^ v. in his verbis. — b) de 
causa, ob quam aliquid est vel ftty ubi plerumque 
reddi potest prae, nostr. vor; oix ^Svvaxo^ dnd 
xov dxXov, Lc. 19, 3; oixixi foxvaav dnd xov 
nX^^ovq, io. 21, 6 (Judith. 2, 20); dnd r. So^riq 
xov ^flvroc, Act. 22, 11. — c) de causa movente 
s. impulsiva, Iat. ex, jprae, eerm. ausy vor; dnd 
xijc X^9^^ airtov tnaysi, Mt. 13, 44; dnd xov 
fo^ov^ prae metu, 14, 26^. 28, 4. Lc. 21, 26. He- 
braice didtur ^ofisiad'ai dno xivoq (p HfT}^) Mt. 10, 
28, Lc. 12, 4; ^ivysiv dno xivog ('jt) oiij), fugero 
prae timore alicujus, Jo. 10, 5. Mc. 14, 52. Ap. 9, 
5; V. in q>svym et Win. p. 210. — d) de causa 
effieienJtey s. de rebus, a quarum efficacia aliquid 
proficiscitur, et de personis, a quaram voluntate, 
vi. auctoritate, mandate, beneficio, jussu, suasu, 
moderamine aliquid repetendum est. aa) universe; 
dnd xov vnvov, vi soporis. Act 20, 9; dnd aov 
ari/jLSlov, Mt. 12, 38; dnd Sd^rfQ eiq do^av, 2 Co. 

3, 18 (a gloria, quam nobis in speculo intuem^ur, 
evadit gloria nobis obtingens, cf. Meyer ad 1.) ; dno 
xvqIov nvEVfiaxog^ a doroini spiritu, ibid. ; SXed-gov 
dnd npoamcov xov xvglov, perniciem a facie do- 
mini (quippe indignabunda et irascente) ohundam, 

2 Th. 1, 9 (de quo loco, ex imitatione LXX Jer. 

4, 23 expUcandOy cf. Ewald); contrarium, dvdyfvSii 
and ngoownov r. x., Act. 3, 19; dnextdv^rjoav 
dnd (1. vulg. {>n6) Tc5y nXtfytSv Ap. 9, 18. — dtj^' 
bavTOv, dtp' kttvxdfv, an ifiavxov, locutio potissi- 
mum Joanni frequentata, e suo {meo) ipsius inge- 
nio vel judicio, opp. alius institutioni, Lc. 12, 37. 
21, 30. Jo. 5, 19. 30. 11, 51. 14, 10. 16. 13. 18, 34. 
2 Co. 3, 5. 10, 17; suo ifmus arbitrio et motu, opp. 
alius mandato et auctoritati, Jo. 7, 17 s. 28. 8, 42. 
10, 18 (4 Mos. 16, 28); sua ipsius vi, 15, 4; sua' 

I vi suoque judicio, 8, 28. Bxempla e profanis praebet 



Kypke Observ. 11, p. 391. — post verba ditcendi, 
cognosoendi, ace^nendi de eo, coi debemus id, 
quod nosdmus, aecip^imus, habemus; cbcovnv. Act. 
9, 13. 1 Jo. 1, 5; Yiv(6ax€iv^ Mc. 15, 45; Xafi^dvsiv, 
Mi. 17, 25^8. 1 Jo. 2, 27. 4, 21. 2 Co. 2, 3 s. al.; 
naQoXafiffoPBiv 1 Co. 11, 23; Six^a^at Act. 28, 21 ; 
^e fiav^dvfiv t. supra II, 1, d; XatQivw X(p d^i<p 
tato n^oyivwv^ ezemplo xtk XazQslaQ a majoribus 
accepto,^ 2 Tim. 1, 3; — ylvezai /loi, 1 Co. 1, 30. 

4, 5; x<^<^ ^^ ^iov s. tov d^eov, a deo auctore, 
latgitore, Eo. 1, 7. 1 Co. 1, 2. Gal.^1, 3 et persaepe; 
xalTovzo and ^eov.Phil. 1,28. — anoazoXog dno.,, 
apost. auctoritate et mandate . . . constitutus. Gal. 
1,1. — i)08t naaxeiVf Mt. 16, 21. —- bb) Ubi dno 

Sost passiva locatur (quod raro fit a melioribus 
laeciB; cf. Bnhdu p. 222 88.), inter cau8am et 
effectum cogitatur lazior et remotior ratio, quam 
quae praeverbio tno indicatur, et plerumque ger- 
manice reddi potest von Seiten; ano tov d^sov 
dnoSedeiyfiivoVf volente et institneute deo mira- 
culis comprobatum. Act. 2, 22; and 9'eov neigi- 
tofAOi, in de<^ quaerenda est tentationis meae causa, 
Jac. 1,^13; tzxeati^fi/jiivoq cup* ifio5p^ Tostrodolo, 

5, 4; dnoSoxifii^io^ai f Lc. 17, 25; ronor ^oi- 
(iaafiivov cat 6 tov &eov, yoluntate et moderamine 
del, Ap. 12, 6; dxXpvuevoi ano nvsvfiarcov axa* 
^a(»r. (1. Tulg. in 6) J Lc. 6, 18 (quorum per morbos 
yexatio proficiscebatur ab impuris ^eniis): ano r. 
aagxi^ ianiXmfjtivov , tactu canus, Jua. ts. 23. 
Ut in profanorum scriptis^ ita quoque m N. T. 
nonnumquam codd. dissentiunt inter dno et inOf 
ut Mc. 8, 31. Act. 4, 36. Bo. 13, 1. Ap. 9, 18. Cf. 
Win, p. 347. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 280 8. 

Ill) Locutiones quasi adyerbiorum vim haben- 
tes, mocftim vel graaum, quo aUqtUdJUy yel oritur 
indicantes: dno x. xagSidiv ififov, ex animorum 
yestrorum sententia, i. e. lubenter et sincere, Mt 
18, 35; dno fjiioovq^ ex parte, 2 Co. 1, 14. 2, 5. 
Bo. 11, 25. 15, 24; and fii&i, sc. yel ^wvfjQf uno 
ore, jii Yvwfjttiq^ yel ywx^i, uno consensuy Lc. 14, 
18 (cf. Kwnod ad I.). 

^ lY) Mir^bilis structura dnb o &v (pro 1. vulg. 
and xoi) o) xal o j}y xal 6 igx^fisvoq Ap^ 1 , 4, 
inde explicanda est, quod scfiptor verbis o wvxxX. 
quasi nomine indeclinabili ad sensum nominis pro- 
prii mm indicandum uti videtur; cf. Win. p. 66. 

V) In compositionibus ano indicat separationem, 
liberationem , defectum, di8ce8sum,ut mdnofidXXaty 
dnoxonxQt, dnoxvXlof, ottoAvoi, dnoXvxQwOLQ, dnaX' 
yiof^ oTripxo/uri — absolutionem et perfectionem, 
ut in dna^xt^io, dnoxeXiof — respicit ad exem- 
plum, e quo petitur imago, ut in dnoy(pdq>€iv, 
dfpofioiovv al.,^ — ad eum, a quo prodit actio, ut in 
dnodelxvvfii, dnoxoXfidw, al. 

dnO'fialvw,t'P^aofiaiy aor.2. anifiijVy i)descen'- 
do; e nayi (ut jam ap. Hom.), and, Lc. 5, 2 ; ek Ti^y 
y^i Jo. 21, 9. — 2)^trop. evenio, eventum Kahep 
(ita inde ab Hdt.); dno^^aexat ifilv slq fia^xv- 
piov, cedet {toird ausschlagen) ^ Lc. 21, 13; cIq 
owxTiQlav, Phil. 1, 19. (Job. 13, 16. Artomid. 3, 66.)* 

dno-fidXXotf aor. 2. dn^fiaXov.abjicio; yestem, 
MCj 10, 50. — tron., fiduciam, Heb. 10, 35.* 

dnO'PXinofy oculos ab aliis rebus aversos in una 
aliqua re defigo; attente intueor; eHq xi (saepe 
ap. (}raeco8); trop. aUeuta mente intueor ^ elq T..av- 
xanoSoaiv, Heb. 11,^ 26.* 

dndfiXtfxoqf ov, abjectusy ahjicienduSf spemendusy 
abominandus ; ob impuri^tem, 1 Tim. 4, 4 (ap. 
Symm. Hos. 9, 3 «M)at9, impurus; Hom. U. 2, 361. 
3, 65. Lucian. Plut.)* ^ 

^dnofioXi^, ^C> 4» ohjectio; 1) rejection r^tdiatio 
{dnofidXXea&ait a u rejicere, rcjntdiare); Ko. 11,15 



dnO'^dixofiai. 



(opp. ngoQXrijpiQ atxmVf j^en. objecti). — 2) amieaio, 
jactura (ab anopdXXat, significatu amitto); Act. 27, 
22 {dnopoX^ V't.'x^C oidsfila laxat iS ^likby, namo 
yestrum yitam perditurus est). (Plat. Plut al.)* 

dno-ylvofjtai, 1) removeor, decedo; 2) morior 
(ita saepe ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.), hinc trop. 
TiW, pereo dUcui {fUr etwas aufh&ren «tt sein); 
zati ifiagxlati dnoyevdfievoi, peccatis prorsus 
abalienati, 1 Pet. 2, 24.* 

dnoyQa<p^, $C» V {dnoyQdfo^), a) descriptio (ab 
aliquo exemplo). b) perscriptio (ProtokoUirung) 
capitum etquotquot iis essetfcuMlkt^umredi^uiumQue 
in taJbuUupubUcas, ut inde fieret dnoxlfitfOiQ (Ab- 
echdtxuing)y h. e. constaret, quantum tributi singulis 
imperandum esset; Lc. 2, 2. Act. 5, 37. De re utro- 
que loco memorata cf SehUrer Ntl. Zeitgeschichte 
p. 251 et p. 262—286 librosque ibi memoratoa.* 

dno^yoa^m, aor. 1. med. dneyQcnpdfiriy, a) de- 
scribo (ab aliquo exemplo). b) in iruiicem yel ta- 
bulae refero; specialiter, homines eorumque facul' 
iates et reditus in tabmas pMicaa refero (y. in 
dnoyQaip^); med. in hoe tabulae me referendum 
euro; Lc. 2, 1. 3. 5; passiy., oX iv oi^avoU eato^ 
yeygafjifiivoi, quorum nomina in coelesti albo per- 
scripta sunt, Heb. 12 j 23 (intelliguntur homines 
moitui in coelestem civitatem jam recepti ex ima- 
gine a terrenis civitatibus petita, quarum ciyes in 
albo perscripti sunt).* 

^ dno-dslxvvfii, aor. 1. dniSeiSa, ptcp. pf. pass. 
dnoSedsiyfiivoQ (Graecis frequentatum mde a Pind. 
Nem. 6, 80) , 1) pr. a me (von mir aua) monetro, 
coram monatro; conepiciendum propono (Hdt. 3, 
122 et saepe), 1 Co. 4, 9. Hinc 2) declaro; xivd^ 
aUcfuem g^tialis sit comprobo {ertoeisen). Act. 2, 22 
(ubi cod. D e g:lossa: Sidoxtfiaafiivovj; 2 Th. 2, 

4. — argumentis probo; Act. 25, 7. Cif. Win. v. 
comp.^ 4, p. 16 8.* 

dnodeiiiQ, etog, ^ (dnoSelxwfii, q. y.) a) mam- 
festoHOf ostenaio, b) demonetroHo, probaOo; dno- 
SeiSig nve^fiaxog xal SwdfiSfo^y probatio per del 
spiritum et yim in me effioacem animosqne audi- 
entium sanctissime commoyentem eoque mode iis 
persuadentem, 1 Co. 2, 4 (e oontextu orationis oppo- 
sita probationi quae rhetoricis artibus et phiioso- 
phicis argumentis fit, quo sensu graed philosophi 
voce utuntur). 

ino-6exatevw, y. yocem seq. ^ 

dno-d6xax6<a, (b, inf. praes. dnoSexaxolv Heb. 
7, 5 ap. Tdf. et Trg, (cf. DeUtzsch ad h. 1. p. 278. 
Bttm. ntL Gr. p. 38.) {dexaxom, q. y.), vox solum 
biblica et ecclesiastica, ap. LXX ^|, 1) c. ace. rei, 
decimam ex aUguo do, solvo; Mt. 23, 23. Lc. 11. 
42. 18, 12. ^uo loco Tdf. e soils codd. mB recepit 
dnoSexaxevmf pro quo Graecis usitatius est simplex 
dexaxevw. (Gen. 28, 22. Deut. 14, 22.) — 2) xivd, 
decimam ab aliquo homine exigo, accipio; Heb. 7, 

5. ^1 ^Sam. 8, 15. 17. Neh. 10, 35.)* 
anodixxo^y ov (y. dnodixosiai)^ recentioris aevi 

yox, acceptus, grains; 1 Tim. 2, 3. 5, 4. 

dno'dfxofjuxif deponens med.^ aor. 1. dnede^a^ 
fitiv, aor. 1. pass, dnsdix^v, mde ab Hom. Grae- 
cis, notissimum Attids rrequentatum; in N. T. a 
solo Luca usurpatum, accipio , quod extrinsecus 
mthi offertur (ano)^ lat. excipio; riyee, simplic. 
aditum ad me alicui concede, Lc. 9, 11 Lchm. Tdf. 
Trq.\ Act. 28, 30; cum emphasi: cum gaudio ex- 
cipio, Lc. 8, 40; hospitio excipio Act. 21, 17 Lohm. 
Tdf Trg.; aditum ad me concede alicui ut tali, 
quiuis haberi yult, ut aliorum legato. Act. 15, 4 
I {Lchm. Tdf Trg.: naQ£dixB^(fav); ut christiuio 
! homini, Act. 18, 27; translate: t/, animo excipio^ 
I cum assensu, approbo. Act 24, 3; credo f x6v Ao- 



anoStjfiew. 41 



yov Act 2, 41 (eodem modo ap. GnecoB, potus. 
Flstonem: cf. Jst Lex. Plat I, p. 232).^^ 

axoSfffiint S, aor. 1. oTrcJi^^^aa (cbidtf^juocr Q* 
T.) p&regre abeo; Mt. 21, 83. 25, 14 8. Mc. 12, 1. 
Lc. 15, 13 (eU x^^^)i 20, 9. (Ap. Qraecos inde 
ab^Hdt)* 

ouoSfifLO^, ov (ex dn6, StjfiOQ, populos), qui a po- 
pulp BQO abeet, peregre profechu; Mc. 13, 34.^ 

axoSfSafii, ptep. praes. neotr. ^SiSovv (a fpr- 
ma SiSom^ Ap. 22, 2, ubi Tdf. et Trg. SiSov^)^ 
fat. axoSiS^dan, 3 ps. plur. unpf. dn§6lSovv (pro 
nsitatioie aneSlioaaVf Act. 4, 33; cf. Win, §. 14, 
1), aor. 1. ixiSmxa, aor. 2. dniSwv, imper. a»o- 
^/'Cy optat. 3 ps. siii^. dxoSwy (2 Tim. 4, 14,^ pro 
anoSohi, cf. iTtn. 1 c; Lchm, Tdf, Trg, cmo- 
6<o0€i)^; CODJ. 3 p8. sing. anoS^ etap. Tdf, 1 Th. 

5, 15 anoSol {cf. BUm. ntiL Qt. p.^40);^iimii. aor. 
1. pass. inoSo^n^ai, aor. 2. med. aneSofjiijv, 3 ps. 
dug. miiozo (Ueb. 12, 16, nbi Z^e^m. et Tdf. 
miidcTO^ ct, BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 41. DeHisseh CJomm. 
z. Br. an d. Hebr. p. 632, not.), Terbum inde ab 
Horn. Graecis frequentatom, a quorom nsn in N. 
T. nihil receditur; pr. dando depono, nostr. ab' 
geben; 1) Urfido^ missnm fiuao quodmenm est; zb 
awfut xov ^Itjaov, Mt. 27, 58; hinc in med. de meo 
trcido in comtnotbun meum^ i. e. vendo, xL Act. 5, 8. 
Heb. 12, 16; xiva. Act. 7, 9. (hoc osa indeab Hdt. 
1, 70, saepe ap. (Qraecos, potusimtim Atticos; ap. 
LXX»^ (3en. 26, 33 al. Bar. 6, 28.) — 2) per- 
sobfo, exsohOf quod debeo (quia deoitom quasi 
onus me premit, quo dando «a»olTor, hinc inro); 
aes alienum (nostr. ahtrttgen), Mt. 5, 26. 18, 25— 
30. 34. Lc. 7,42. 10, 35. 12, 59; mercedem, Mt. 20, 
8; tributa et alia offida magistratui, Mt. 22, 21. 
Mc. 12, 17. Lc. 20, 25. Bo. 13, 7; debitos fruetus, 
Mt. 21, 41. Heb. 12, 11. Ap. 22, 2; Spxovc, ea, 
quae jureiurando interposito promisi, Mt. 5, 33 (S(>- 
xov, eixi^i votum. Num. 30,^3. Deut. 23, 22); of- 
ficium conjugale, 1 Go. 7, 3; d/wipaQ, gratas rices, 
1 Tim. 5, 4; ),6yov, reUianem reddOj Mt. 12. 36. 
Lc. 16, 2. Act. 19, 40. (Bo. 14, 12 Lchm, Trp.); 
Heb. 13, 17. 1 Pet. 4, 5; fioQXVQiov. testimonium 
(id quidem, quod ex officio debeo) cao, Act. 4, 33. 

— Hinc 3) reddo, resHiuOj Lc. 4, 20. 9, 42. 19, 8. 

— 4) retrUmo (vergelien), in utramque partem, Mt. 

6, 4. 6. 18. 12, 27. Bo. 2, 6. 2 Tim. 4, 14. Ap. 18, 
6. 22, 12; xaxdv avxl xaxov, Bo. 12, 17. 1 Th. 5, 
15.^1 Pet. 3, 9.* 

ino-SioQl^m (Sio^itw, et hoc ab8(»0C) terminus), 
limitibus scnbendis ab altero disjungo^ separo, <e- 
jungo; Jud. vs. 19 {pi onoSioQlt,- kavxo^y qui pra- 
yitate sua se sejungunt a viTo Ghristianorum con- 
sortio; si havx, c. Lchm. Tdf Trg. expungitur, 
reddendum est: dissidia facientes). (Arist. Pol. 4, 
3, 9.)* 

anO'Soxi/idZo» (t. in SoxifidC<o)f aor. 1. axeSoxl- 
fiaaa, aor. pass. dnBSoxifido^fjVf prtcp. pf. pass. 
arcoSeSoxifJiaafiSvogj reprobo, rejicio^ repudio ;llLt. 
21, 42. Mc. 8, 31. 12, 10. Lc. 9,22. 17, 25. 20, 17. 
1 Pet. 2, 4. 7. Heb. 12, 17. (=D«vPs. 118, 22. Jer. 
8, 9 aL; a]>. Graec. inde ab Hdt. 6, 130.)* 

dnoSoxi fj^f ^ {d7to6ixofi€ti, q. y.\ recepUo, adr 
miMio, approbaUo; 1 Tim. 1, 15. 4, 9. (Pol. 2, 56, 1. 
6, 2, 13 al.; o Xoyoq dnoSox^Q xvyxdyn 1, 5, 5; 
Di(NL 4, 84. Jos. ant. 6, 14, 4 al.)* 

Jaid&eoiq, ca»c, i, depositio; 2 Pet. 1, 14. IPet. 
3. 21.* ^ ^ , 

dno^iixti, tjQt 17 (eatoxl^/iii^t loeas^in quo aUqvxd 
deponiksr; horreum, grananum; Mt. 3, 12. 6, 26. 
13,^30. Lc. 3, 17. 12, 18. 24. (Jer. 1, 26. Thuc. 6, 97.)* 

ino-S^aavQl^of, abseondo, recondo intheiauro; 
abunde paratttm JkUuris tuibua repono ; 1 Tim .6,19.* 



ano-&lifi»f ab ornni parte premo, comprimo, ve- 
hemeiU&rpremo; Lc. 8, 45. (iHum. 22, 25; die. etiam 
de exprimendis uyis et olivis, Diod. 3, 62. Jos. ant. 
2, 5, 2.)* ^ 

mo-dvffiXi^t impf. ani^vrjaxov (Lc. 8, 42), aor. 
2. (oii^ayovt fut. Savovfiai, Bo. 5, 7. Jo. 8, 21. 
24 (y. in ^ijCXioX ap. Graecos inde ab Hom. ob- 
yium; emortor (ino^ ut non amplius sim, nostr. 
abaterbenf ver8terben)f I) proprio die. 1) de natu- 
raU morte Aom»ntun, Mt. 9, 24.^ 22, 24. Lc. 16, 22. 
Jo. 4, 47. Bo. 7, 2 et persaepe; dno^naxovxs^ av- 
d^Qwnot, oaorum est mori, mortales, Heb. 7, 8. — 

2) de viotenta morte et animalium. Mi 8, 32, et 
hominum, Mt. 26, 35, Act 21, 13 al.; 1 Pet. 3, 18 
Lchm. Trg. Tdf; iv ip6v<p fiaxtxlQUQ Heb. 11, 37; 
de mortis poena, Heb. 10, 28; persaepe de nece, 
quam Ghristus subiit,^ ut Jo. 12, 33. Bo. 5, 6 aL — 

3) Locutiones: dno^v^x. txxivoQ, per aliquid peri- 
re, Ap. 8, 11; iv xp afJtaQxltfy iv xalq afiaQxIatq, 
peccatiB infixum, i^tur non emendatum mori, Jo. 8, 
21, 24; iv x^ ASofd, per nexum cum Adamo, 1 Go. 
15, 22; iv xvfiitp, in consortio domini et domino 
confisum, Ap. 14, 13; irco^v^x. xl, aliquam mor- 
tem mori, Ko. 6, 10 (d'dv€cxov fictxQdv, Gharit. p. 
12 ed. d*Oryille); x^ afiiaQxla, de Ghristo: „ut ne 
quid amplius negotii sibi esset cum peccato homi- 
num". Bo. 6, 10; iavx^, moriendo sui juris et 
arbitrii fieri. Bo. 14, 7; x<p xvQltp moriendo domini 
imperio subjici, Bo. 14, 8; 6id xiva^ad aliauem ser- 
yandum, 1 Go. 8, 1 1 ; de locutiono dno^vtiox. ^^q 
xivoQ y. in {>niQ. — Oratorio, etsi retento proprio 
yerbi significatu, die. xad^ ^iiigav dno^^xw, quo- 
tidie mortem oppeto, quotidie in mortis periculo 
yersor, 1 Go. 15, 31 cou. 2 Go. 6, 9. — 4) die. de 
arboribus arescentibtiSf Jud. ys. 12; de seminibus, 
^uae dum in agro dissoJyuntur, putreacendo inter- 
vre yidentur, Jo. 12, 24. 1 Go. 15, 36. — 11) tropice 
yario sensu: 1) de astema morte ^ quae dicitur: 
aetemae miseriae, ei quidem jam in terris inci- 
pienti, subjicior, Bo. 8, 13. Jo. 6, 50. 11, 26. — 2) de 
ethica morte, yario sensu: a) yita ritali, h. e. inpri- 
mis &cultate recte agenai, dei fiducia ac futurae 
beatitatis spe priyor, Bo. 7, 10; de animi torpore 
eorum, qui consortio Ghristi, yerae yitae fonte, ex- 
ciderunt, Ap. 3, 2. •— b) c. dat. rei: totus rei alicui 
abalienor omnique cum ea necessitudine soWor; x^ 
voutp, Gal. 2, 19, id quod etiam sup])le ad ditod'a' 
vSvxi^ (ita enim legendum pro yulg. dno^avovxoQ) 
Bo. 7, 6; Tf afxaQxltf 6, 2 (alio sensu ys. 10, y. 
supra in I, 3); dnb xwv 0xoixbI»v xov xbofiov, 
ut sublata sit ratio cum . . . , GoL 2, 20 {dno xwv 
na&c5y, Porphyr. de abst. animal 1, 41); simpli- 
citer dicuntur yen Ghristiani dao^avetv, ut qui 
omnem teirestrium rerum a dee abducentium sen- 
sum exuerint, Gol. 3, 3 ; quern animi habitum quum 
morti Ghristi debeant, dicuntur etiam dno^avetv 
ai>v Xgioxipy Bo. 6,^8. Col. 2, 20. 

dno-xa^'laxfjfxif dnoxaS'iaxdw (Mc. 9, 12 dno- 
xa^iaxae 1. yulg.) et dnoxa^iaxdvw (Mc. 9. 12 ap. 
Lc?m. Tdf Trg. Act. 1, 6; cf. Win. p. 75), fut. 
'Xaxaaxtjawt aor. 2 c. duplici augmento dnexaxi- 
axtiv (Mc 8, 25 Tdf Trg.); aor. 1. pass, ditoxa- 
xsaxd^tjv yel e rectiore lectione c. duplici augmento 
dnexaxeoxdd^v Mt. 12, 13. Mc. 3, 5. Lc. 6, 10. 
n^at. ad Smjm. 11; cf. Win. p. 69. MuUach p. 
22), ut ap. Graecos, restituo in pristinum ttatum ; 
aor. 2 actiyi, in pristine statu eram; die. de 
membris sanatis, Mt. 12, 13. Mc. 3, 5. Lc. 6, 10 ; 
de sanato homine Mc. 8, 25; de re^o restituendo, 
Act. 1, 6. (1 Mace. 15, 3); de restituendo turbato 
rerum ordine, Mt. 17, 11. Mc. 9, 12; de homino a 
suis remote iisque restituendo. Heb. 13. 9.* 



anO'Kalvntw, 



42 



anO'HQLvcj. 



axo^xiiXihcTw, f. wp<o^ aor. 1. ansxiXwpa^ aor. 1. 
paas. caeixeiXvg>&tiVttLtA.pSLaB, onoxaXvfp^rfiOfiaL, 
ap. Giaecos inde a Plat.; ap. LXX »» m^|; 1) pr. 
quod velatum vel coopertum eat^ retego, detego; re- 
velo^ nudo; Exod. 20, 26. Lev. 18, 11 as. Num. 5, 18. 
Hist. Sns. YS.32; ra ax^d^ Plat. Prot. p. 352 a.; r^v 
x§^aX^ Plnt-GrasB. 6. — 2) transl. cognitum, many- 
featum reddo, manifegto quod antea erat ignotum: 
die. a) in passiv. de quocunqae modo, quo aliquid 
antea incofiputnm patefit, Mt. 10, 26. Lc. 12, 2. — 
h) passiv. ae rebus, quae elncescunt e factis^ Lc. 2, 
35. Jo. 12, 38 (Jes. 53, 1); Bo. 1, 18; ex emngelto, 1, 
17. — c) onoxaL xl rivi die. de deo, incognita, 
potissimmn quae ad salutem christianam spectant, 
homines edocente vel i>er facta, Mt. 11, 25. 16, 17. 
Lc. 10, 21 (per Ghristi consortium, dicta, facta); 
yel per spintam s., 1 Go. 2, 10. 14, 30. £ph. 3, 5. 
Phil 3, 15. 1 Pet. 1, 12; xdv vldv avxov iv ifiol, 
quis, qualis quantusque sit Alius suus, in animo 
meo, GaL 1 , 16. — de Ghristo homines docente, 
Mt. 11, 27. Lc 10, 22. — tt) passiv. de rebus, quae 
antea non erant, existentibus et in conspectum 
venientibus, ut ^ 66Sa Bo. 8, 18 {elq iifiaq^ in 
nos conferenda): 1 Pet. 5, 1; ij amxtjQia 1, 5; ^ 
niaxiQ GaL 3, 23; dies judicii 1 Go. 3, 13. — 
e) passiv. de personis antea absconditis in publicam 
incem prodeuntibus; de Ghristo e coelis, ubi nunc 
reconditus est (GoL 3, 3) in terram redituro, Lc. 
17,^30; de Antichristo, 2 Th. 2,^3. 6. 8.* 

anoxttXv^i^f ecog^ ^ {dnoxaXvTtxo}, q. v.), reve- 
laHo; 1) pr. velaimirus remotto, denudatio (1 Sam. 
20, 30). 2) transl. in N. T. et eccles. sermone a) in- 
stibdio da rebus divinis antea ignotis, potissimum 
ad salutem christianam spectantibus, ab ipso deo 
vel a Ghristo exaltato maxime per spiritus s. effi- 
caciam in animos (1 Go. 2» 10) facta ideoque ab 
aliis institutionis modis distinguenda , unde xaxa 
caioxdXvtpiv yvwQl^eaS'ai , Eph. 3, 3. — nvevfia 
anoxaXtxpem^y mens a deo accepta, patefaciens, 
quae et quanta sint christianae salutis beneficia, 




visiones); GaL 1, 12. Ap. 1, 1 (revolatio rerum fu- 
turarum ad r^gni divini consummationem spectan- 
tium); xax' anoxdktnpiv, Gal. 2, 2; Xaletv ip inox., 
auf Grund von Offenbarung, revelation! acceptae 
convenienter loqul, 1 Co. 14, 6; — dnoxsxaXvfi- 
fjiivov in phrasi dnoxakvipiv ^x^iv, 14, 26. — b) xd 
arcoxaXvnrea^at, die. de eventis, auibus res vel 
conditiones vel personae antea oculis subtractae 
omnibus conspicuae redduntur, d€u Sichtbarwerden, 
die Erscheinung (v. in anoxaXvnxw^ 2, d. e); <pmq 
bIq anoxaX, i^v<3v^ lux gentibus apparitura, Lc. 
2, 32; anox, SixaioxQiaiaq ^fov, Bo. 2, 5j x&v 
vlmv xoy d-eoy, eventum, quo apparebit, qui qua- 
lesque sint filii dei per gloriam oie extreme a deo 
acceptam, Bo. 8, 19; xijq Soiijg xovX^ioxov, gloriae, 
qua oitiatus e coelis rediturus est, 1 Pet. 4, 13; de 
hoc ipso reditu die. anoxaX, xov xvqIov '/. Xgi- 
axov, 2 Th. 1, 7. 1 Co. 1, 7. 1 Pet. 1, 7. 13. (in- 
ter Graeeos semel Plut. Cat. maj. c. 20 utitur de 
denudatione corporis.)* 

anoxaQaSoxLa, aq^ ^ (ab dnoxagadoxsZVf et hoc 
ex dno, xd xdpa^ caputs et dox$iv^ ap. lones obter^ 
vare, bine xuQaSoxslv, erecto capite observare, ad 
aliquid attendere, suspense animo exspectare; dno^ 
xa^aSoxslv (Pol. 16, 2, 8. 18, 31, 4. 22, 19, 3. 
Jos. b. jud. 3, 7y 26 et in Aquilae reliquiis Ps. 37, 
7 pro VS'inrjrr) e loco, quo constitutus es, sollicite 
exspectare; sed praeverbio dno respicitur etiam 
ad tempus, ut nostro ab in abwcsrtenf ut signifi- 



cetnr constantia in exspectando. hinc aubstantivum, 
quod legitur ap. solum Paulum ois) soUicita et eon- 
stans exspectatio: Bo. 8, 19. PhiL 1, 20. Uberiora 
de hac voce docet C. F. A, Fritzeche in FVUzachio^ 
rum Opuscc. p. 150ss. 

dnO'XaX'aXXdoa<o vel rra>,aor. Ldnoxecx^XXaia^ 
aor. 2. pass. dnoxaxfiXXdytiv (Col. 1, 21 Lckin,), 
prorsus {drcd) reconcilio (v. in xaxaXXaaow); GoL 
1, 22; xipd xivi, Eph. 2, 16; concise: ndvxa slg 
ccvtov, reconeiliando ad se adducere, vel ita recon- 
ciliare, ut sibi essent addicta, Gol. 1, 20. (Neque 
ap.^ profanes, neque in graeco V. T. codice legitiir.)* 

dnoxatdaxaaiq^ €<og. ^ {dnoxad'laxrj/ii^ti.Y.)^ re- 
atituUo; xdfv fcdvxmv, restit. turn verae theocratiae, 
tum ^erfectioris illius rerum etiam physicarum 
eonditionis, quae fuerat ante lapsum; Act. 3, 21; 
ct Meyer adl. (Saope ap. Polyo. Diod. Plut. aU* 

dnO'Xetfiai^ aepontua sum^ reeervor {dji6 ut in 
dno^aavQl^to , dno^^xij), a) pr. Lc. 19, 20. — 
b) metaph. c. dat. pers. aUcui reservatum est, manet 
eunhf Gol. 1, 5 (iXniQ, beatitas sperata); 2 Tim. 4, 8 
(axifpavoq); Heb. 9, 27 {dnoO^avelv, ut 4 Mace. 8. 10). 
(Eodem utroque significatu ap. Graec. inde a Xen.)* 

€atox6<paXl\(o^ aor. 1. dnBxstpdXiaa {x€<paX^), ca- 
put amputo, decoUo (abkopfen); Mt. 14, 10. Mc. 
6, 16. 28. Lc. 9, 9. Vox fatiscentis graecitatis; Epict 
diss. 3, 26. Artem. 1, 37. Gf. FiacMr de vitiis loxicc. 
N. T. p. 690 88. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 341.* 

dnO'xXsiw^ aor. 1. dnkxXuoa, occlvdo; x^v S'v- 
QaVy Lc. 13, 25. (Gen. 19, 10. 2 Sam. 13, 17 s. Saepe 
ap.^Hdt.: ap. atticos prosaistas inde a Thuc.)* 

dno-xonxiD, 9kOT, 1. dnixotpa, fut. mod. dnoxo- 
yfOfiaiy abscindOn amputo; Mo. 9, 43. Jo. 18, 10. 26. 
Act. 27, 32; dipeXov xal drcoxmpovxaty utinam (qui 
circumcisionis necessitatem urgent, non solum se 
circumeidant, sed) adeo se mutilent s. genitalia 
sibi resecentl Gal. 5, 12. Hoc sensu dnoxonxsaS'ai 
Ddut. 23, 1. Epict diss. 2, 20. 19. Lucian. Eun. 8 
aL locis a Wetsten. laud. Perperam aHi: utinam 
se abseindant aChristianorum coetus. deserant eum.* 

dTCoxQifia, XOQ, TO {dnoxQlrofiaif q. v.), remon- 
eum; 2 Go. 1, 9, ubi sensus: quaerens, an incolumis 
e mortis periculo proditurus essem, respondi^ mo- 
riendum mihi esse. (Jos. antt. 14, 10, 6 de response 
senatus romani.)* 

^ dnO'XQivm, I) aecemoj pass, eecemor (aor. 1. 
hifXQi^riVf eecretus eum, Uom. IL 5, 12. Thuc. 1, 3. 



2, 49. Theophr. de cans, plant. 1,6). — 11) cibju- 
dico'j hinc in medio (sententiam dice, gebe B&- 
schetd von mir aua) respondeo; ita inde a Thuc. 
(et jam ap. Hdt. 5, 49. 8, 101, qui plerumque dicit 
vTtoxQlvsod'ai). Sed elegantiores et antiquiores 
Graeci passivis temporibus dnixpl&ijVj dnoxgi^- 
aofiai hanc signiflcationem non tribuunt. i»Quod 
ex Plat. Alcib. 2. p. 149 b. affertur exemplnm, 
quum nullum habeat sui simile, ^uum auctor dia- 
logi incertus et praeterea a Ubranis nonnumquam 
forma vulgaris inducta sit, huic merito fidem ab- 
rogat Sturzius de dial. Alex. p. 143.^*^ Lobeck ad 
Phrynich. p. 108. Sed inde a rolybio dnoxQi^vat 
et anoxglvaa^ai promiscue dicitur, et in sacro co- 
dice longe frequentius passivae formae habentur; 
in N. T. aor. medii dnexgivaxo legitur tantum Mt. 
27, 12. Mc. 14, 61. Lc. 3, 16. 23,9. Jo. 5, 17. 19. 
12, 23. Act. 3, 12; in locis longe plurimis exstat 
dnexQl^. Gf. Win. §. 39, 2. — 1) ad quaestion^m 

Sropositam respondeo; a)simpliciter: responsionem 
o; xaXvaq^ Mc. 12, 28; vovvfx^<i9 vs. 34; <$(>l^ft)ic, 
Lc. 10, 28; ngdq xi Mt. 27, 14. — b)c, accus., Xdyov, 
Mt, 22, 46; oiSiv, Mt. 27, 12. Mc. 14, 61. 15, 4 8.— 
c) xiviy Gol. 4, 6; seqq. verbis, quibus res^ondens 
utitur, Jo. 5, 7. 11. 6, 7. 68 al.; omisso dativo, Jo. 



anoxQiaig, 



43 an-6Xkvui. 



7, 46. 8, 19. 49 al.; »(>dc Tiya, Act. 25, 16; iunct. 
Gum rerbo ^ ceyai, yel Xiytiv vel abciXv^ aabibito 
participio: anoxQi^elQ slne^ yel i<pij, yel liyei^ Mt. 
4, 4. 8, 8. 15, 13. 25, 44. Lc. 9, 19. 13, 3. Mc. 10, 3 
aL; antXQl^ii Xiyotv^ Mt. 25, 9. 37. Lc. 4, 4. 8, 50. 
Jo. 1, 26. 10, 33. 12, 43. Sed loi^e frequentiuB 
Joannes dicit anexpi^rj xai elne, Jo. 1, 49. 2, 19. 
4, 13. 7, 16. 20. 52 aL — d) seq. infinit., Lc. 20, 7; 
seq. ace. c. inf.. Act. 25, 4; seq. Sxi, Act. 25, 16. — 
2) £x imitatione hebr. na;^ {Gesen. Thes. II, p. 1047) 
lomd incipio {cmheben zu reden^ tku Wort nekmen\ 
sed semper, ubi aliquid praecessit, siye dictum, siye 
factum, ad quod sermo referatur; Mt. 11, 25. 12, 
38. 15, 15. 17, 4. 22, 1. 28, 5. Mc. 9, 5. 10, 24. 11, 14. 
12, 35. Lc. 14, 3. Jo. 2, 18. 5, 17. Act. 3,12. Ap.7, 13. 
(LXX Jcs. 14, 10. Zach. 1, 10. 3, 4 aL 1 Macc. 2, 
17.^8, 19. 2 Mace. 15,^14.) 

mtdxQiaiq^ ewq, j^ {anoxgivofiaijf refponsio; Lc 
2, 47. 20, 26. Jo. 1, 22. 19, 9. (inde ab Hdt.)* 

anO'XQvnxw, aor. 1. dxixgvipa y j^tcp. pf. pass. 
anoxsxQv/Auivoqy a) abscondo; r/, Mt. 25,1 8 (Z^^m. 
Tdf, Trg. bxqvwb) — h) sensu celandif reticeiidi, 
pass.; ooq>la, 1 Co. 2, 7; (jlvoz^qiov, GoL 1, 26 (opp. 
fpavsQOva^ai)', add. iv zif &e<py £^h. Zt9;xlan6 
T«yoc, Mt. 11, 25 {Lchm. Tdf, Trg, fx^inpa^), Lc. 

10, 21 ex imitatione hebr. p, Pa. 38, 9. 119, 19. Jer. 
32,^17; y. in xQvnxm, (Ap. Graecos indeab Hom^* 

axoxpvipoq, ov {dnoxQvntw), ahsconditus; Mc. 
4, 22. Lc. 8, i1. — recandUu8y Col. 2, 3. (Dan. 11, 
42.^ Jer. 45, 3. 1 Mace. 1, 22. Xenoph. Eurip.)* 

anoxxelvw est aeolice -xxivvm (ap. Lchm, Tdf. 
Trg, Mt 10, 28. Mc. 12, 5. Lc. 12, 4. Ap. 6, 11; 
cf. Fritzsche ad Mc. p. 507 s. Win, p. 79)j f. ano- 
xtevw^&OT. 1. ijiixx€iva, aor. 1. pass. arcBxtdv- 
^, {bum. Gr. max. 11, 227. Win. L c), 1) pr. 
interfieio. occido qualicunque mode (ind «* ut 
toUajn; cf. germ. aoscMackten); Mt. 16, 21. 22, 6. 
Mc. 6, 9. 9, 31. Jo. 5, 18. 8, 22. Act. 3, 15. Ap. 

2, 13 et persaepe. — perdo {umkommen lassen), Mc. 

3, 4. — 2)transL exstinguo, aboleo; r^v l^^pury, 
Ep.2, 16; mortem ethicam affero, Bo. 7, 10 (y. in 
anoMioxio II, 1); spirituali vita privo etaeter- 
nam miseriamparo^, 2 Co. 3, 6. 

Atp'Xvifo, Of, 8. cbtox^of (hinc 3. ps. sing, praes. 
yel anoxvet Yei dnoxvei, Jac. 1,^15; cf. Win, p. 84. 
Btfon. ntL Gr. p. 54), aor. l.oaiexvijoa {xvm s. xviw, 
grayida sum; cf. iyxvog), ex utero edo, pario; xi- 
ycc, Jac 1, 15; produco; ys. 18. (4 Mace. 15, 17. 
Dion. Hal. 1, 70. Plut. Lucian. AeL y. h. 5, 4. 
Hdian. 1, 5, 13. 14, 2.)* 

oTtoxvXlof, f. /aa>, o7i€xvXiaa, pf. pass, anoxsxv^ 
Xiciiai, devolvo; Mt. 28, 2. Mc. 16, 3 s. Lc.24, 2. 
(Gen. 29, 3. 8. 10. Judith. 13, 9. Jos. ant 4, 8, 37. 5, 

11, 3. Luc. rhet praec. 3.) Ceterum y. in ava;n;A/a>.* 
ano^XaiApdv(o^ f. -Xi^tpofiai (CoL 3, 24; Lchm. 

Tdf. Trg.: cbtoXiifjnpBXi,^ cf. Win. p. 48 s.), aor. 2. 
dniXa^ov, aor. 2. med. chtsXafidpttiVy inde ab Hdt. 
1) accipio (ab alio, dnd) quod mthi debetur vel 
promMswn est (cf. supra oTCodldoffAt) ; r. vloO^talav, 
credentibus promissam, GaL 4, b; x& aya^d <rov, 
bona tua, ,.quae tu sperare ot quasi postulare poteras, 
quae tibi deberi yidebantur" ( Win. yb. comp. 4, p. 
13), Lc. 16, 25. Hinc 2) recipio, recupero; Lc. 6,34. 
15.27; ett» retrilmUonem accipio; Lc. ]8,30(Z«<^m. 
Xapy); 23, 41. Bo. 1, 27. 2 Jo. 8. Col 3,24. — ^)sumo 
de cuiiSj mmo seorgum; Med. xivd, aliquem mecum 
abducoexaliorumcon8pectu,add.o7rd xov SxXov xwt 
IdiaVy Mc. 7, 33. (Jos. b. jud. 2, 7, 2 ; et actiyum 2 Mace. 
6, 21; *^YoxdaniadnoXapd}v (aovvov, Hdt 1, 209. 
Ar. ran. 78; Idla kva xtov XQi<5v aTroAoi^ibv.App.b. 
ciy. 5, 40.) — 4) excipio^ aliquem hospitio; 3 Jo. vs. 8, 
ubi Lchm, Tdf. Trg. restituerunt vnoXafifinveiv,* 



dndXavaiQj f a»^, j^ (ab dnoXaina^ fruor), /rtic^ 
{Geim89)\ 1 Tim. 6, 17 {bI^ anoXavoiv^ ad fruen- 
aum); Hebr. 1 1, 25 (ofxaQxla^ dnoX,. oblectamentum 
e peccato natum). (ap. Graecos inde a Thuc) 

dnO'Xelnofy aor. 2. aniXinov, i)relinquo; aliquem 
in aliquoloco. Tit ],b {Lchm. Tdf, Trg,)-^ 2 Tim. 
I 4, 13. 20. — pass., anoXBlitixai^ relinguttur^ re- 
aervaivr (Ueiht vorbehaUen)^ Hcb. 4, 9. 10, 26; so. 
ace. c. inL 4, 6. — 2) desero; aliquom locum, Jua. 
ys. 6.* 



yu 



€atO'Xslf(o. deUngOy deiamb o: Lc. 16, 21 e L 
Ig. ; y. m iniXeixw, (Athen. vl, 250 a.)* 
an-SXXvfii, et anoXXvw (imt>erat catdXXvs Bo. 14, 
15), fut dnoXiamf et (1 Co. 1, 19 dnoXdi e loco Yet 
Test, ubi saepe) inoXm (cf. Win. p. 77), aor. 1. 
<md>Acaa, — perdo; Med. arcoXXvfjiai, f. dnoXovfiaij 
aor. 2. arccaXd/itiv, perf. 2. actiyi particip. ojcoAco- 
Xd>i\ pereo, — 1) perdo, h. e. perimo, aboleo, e 
medio ioUo, pessumdo; Mc. 1, 24. Lc. 4, 34. 17, 
27. 29. Jud. ys. 5; xifv oofpiav, irritam reddo, 
officio, nt ejus inanitas perspiciatur, 1 Co. 1, 19 (e 
LXX Jes. 29, 14); interfieio, Mt. 2, 13. 12, 14. Mc. 
9, 22. 11, 18. Jo. 10, 10 aL — ex adj. morte punien- 
dum dedaro, Mt. 27, 20. — translate: mueriae 
aetemae devoveo yel trado; Mt 10, 28. Jac. 4, 12; 
ex adj., : mea agendi ratione efficio, ut alter aeter- 
nae salutis jacturam faciat. Bo. 14, 15. — Medium: 
pereo J intereo, perdor, aboleor; a) die. de perso- 
nis; a) proprie, Mt 8, 25. Lc.^ 13, 3. 5, 33. Jo. 11, 
50. 2 Pet 3, 6. Jud. vs. 11 al.; dnoXXvfiai Xifnp, Lc. 
15,^17; ivjiax^lfia. Mt. 26, 52; xaxafiaXXdfaevoi, 
aXX ovx anoXXvfxivoiy 2 Co. 4, 9. P) translate* 
verae s. aeternae vHae jacturam, facio; aetemae 
miseriae trador, Jo. 3, 15 s. 10, 28. 17, 12 (tenen- 
dum est, e joannea notione aetemam yitam jam 
in terris ineipere, ut primum aliquis fide Christo 
se coiy'unxent); Bo. 2, 12. 1 Co. 8, 11. 15, 18. 
2 Pet 3, 9. Hinc ol aatl^ofievoi, quorum est salu- 
tis participes fieri, et ol dnoXXvfAevoi, quorum est 
interire, s. aetemae miseriae tradi, a Paulo di- 
stinc^untur, 1 Co. 1, 18. 2 Co. 2, 15. 4, 3. 2 Th. 2, 
10 (de quibus participiis praes. cf. Win. p. 321. 
Bum. ntl. Gr. p. 178). — &) de rebus: deleor, evor 
neaco; ^ ein^inBia, Jac. 1, 11; eoelum, Heb. 1, 11 
(e Ps. 102, 27); intereo, de rebus, quae abjeetae 
aissolyuntur, ut /liXog xov a<b/Aaxog, Mt. 5, 29 s. ; 
reliquiae panis, Jo. 6, 12; aut quae alio mode per- 
eunt, Sgmoigf Jo. 6, 27; x9V<'^ov, 1 Pet 1, 7; aut 
quae aestruuntur, ut usum, ad quem naratae sunt 
praestare non amplius possint, ut ol aaxoi^ Mc. 2, 
22. Mt 9, 17. Lc. 5, 37. — 2) perdo., h. e. amiUo; 
a) pr. Mt. 10, 42. Mc. 9, 41 {xdv fjiia&dv abxov); Lc. 
15, 4. 8. 9. 9, 25. 17, 33; Jo. 12, 25. 2 Jo. ys. 8 aL 
6^ metaph. Christus dicitnr e suis (quos ad ipsius 
disciplinam pater adduxit) perdere (mquem^ si quis 
a probitate ad scelera denciens salutis expers fit, 
Jo. 6, 39 coll. 18, 9. — Med. amittor; ^q}4 ixxf^g 
xstpaXf^ij Lc. 12, 18; dno xf^g xswaXr^Q, Act. 27, 
34 (1. yiug. nsaetxai); xd Xa/xTtga drnhXexo dni 
ooVy Ap. 18, 14 (L yulg. cbif^XS'e). — Die. de oyi- 
bus, a g^ege aberrantibus, proprie, Lc. 15, 4 {xd 
dnoXwXoQ, ap. Mt 18, 12 xo nXavwfisvov). — Me- 
taph. ex usu Ubrorum V. T., gen tern israeliticam 
cum pegQ comparantinm (Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16), 
Judaei,, a legis doctoribus neglecti, sibimet ipsis 
relicti indeque aetemae salutis dispendio obnoxii, 
tamquam sine ducibus circumyagi^, rce nqoBaxa yo- 
cantur xd dnoXwXdxa xov otxov ^laga^X, Mt 10,6. 
15, 24. (Jes. 53, 6. 1 Petr. 2, 25.) et Christus, yitiia 
deditos ad fragem reyocans, cum pastore comparatur 
atque iijxsZv xal acb^fiy xb dnoXwXoo: dicitur Lc. 
19. 10. atque e L yu%. Mt 18, 11. 



]AnoXlvwv. 



44 



ano^nifCTW. 



*AnoX}.va>Vf ovxoq, o (ptcp. ab arcoXXiw), Apol^on, 
nom. pr. ab apocalypseos anctore effictum, b. e. 
perdUar; Ap. 9, 11: y. in *AfiiS6mv. 

'AnoXXmnaf ac, n, ApoUoniat orbs Maoedoniae 
maritima, ab Ampnipoli unius diei intervallo di- 
Btans, per quam proieetas Paulus ThessfJonieam 
venit; Act. 17, 1.* 

^AnoXXwgf fenit. d (cf. BUm, nil. Gr. b. 18 s.), 
accns. w (Act. 19, 1) et mv (1 Co. 4, 6 Lenm. Tdf. 
Trg.; Tit. 3, 13 Tdf.; cf. KUhner I, p. 315), o, 
ApoUo8, vir ex alexandrino Judaeo Cbristianns 
&^tu8 et doctor religionis christianae, Paulo apo- 
stolo addictns; Act. 18, 24. 19, 1. 1 Go. 1, 12. 3, 
4 83. 22. 4, 6. 16, 12. Tit. 8, 13.* 

anoXoyiofiaiy ovfiai, impf. dneXoyovfiriv (Act. 
26, 1), aor. 1. omsXoyriaifjirjVf inf. aor. pass. anoXo' 
yHd^ai sensu reflezivo (Lc. 21,^14), dep. med. (a 
Xoyoq), pr. loquar, ut ahsoloam (ano) me; Ddefennr 
do me; absol. Lc. 21, 14. Act. 26, 1; sq. dti, Act. 
25, 8; r/, profero aliquid ad me defendendam, Lc. 
12, 11. Act 26, 24 (ita saepe etiam ap. Graecos); 
tb neol ifiov, vel: quae ad me defendendum con- 
ducunt, profero, vel: causam meam defendo, Act. 
24, 10; ne^i c. gen. rei et inl c. een. personae de 
aliqua re coram alicujns jndicis tnbunali, Act. 26, 
2; c. dat. personae, cui defensione me insontem 
Tel probum esse persuadere studeo {sich tti eines 
Augen recht/ertigen\ Act 19, 33. 2 Go. 12, 19. (Plat. 
Prot. p. 359 a. ; saepe ap. Lucian., Plat.) — 2) de- 
fendo aliquem vet aliquid (ita non raro ap. pro- 
fanos); Bo. 2, 15 (ubi e contextn orationis facta 
faominom intelligenaa sunt, ^nae defendnntor); rcc 
keqI ifAov, Act. 26, 2 (sed^ vide snb 1).* 

anoXoyttty ac, ij (t. in anoXoyiofiai), defensio, 
quae verbis fit; Act. 25, 16. 2 Co. 7, 11. Phil. 1, 
7. 16. 2 Tim. 4, 16; c dat. personae, cui audienda 
est apologia, cui aliquis causam suam excusare 
vel^probare stndet, 1 Co. 9, 3. 1 Pet. 3, 15; idem 
17 anoX. ij 7(q6q ziva, Act. 22, 1. (Xen. mem. 4, 

cacO'Xovw, ahluo; in N. T. bis in aor. 1. med. 
et quidem in imagine; ccneXoi^aaa^e, l.Go. 6, 11; 
fidntiaai xal drcSXovaai r^c hiAaQzlaq (7ov, Act. 22, 
16. Peocator enim impurus est et scelerum quasi 
spurcitia contaminatus. Cui Tenia peccatorum ob- 
tingit, ejus peccata quasi e del conspectu remo- 
Tentur, purus fit ab iis coram dec. Baptismo sube- 
undo nanciscitur Teniam. unde^ ii, aui in bantismi 
laTacrum descenderunt, anoXovoaavai, se cmuisse, 
Tel Tc^( ofiaQt. ojcoXovoao^ai , peccata nbi ab- 
Imtse "» a peccatis puri facti esse dicuntur. 

anoXixQwaigj ifog, 17 (ab anoXvxQoWf a) dato 
pretio [t. in Xvzqov] aliquem redimo; Pint. Pomp. 
24; LXX Ex. 31, 8. Zeph. 3, 3; b) accepto pretio 
aliquem liberum dimitto; Plat. legg. 11, p. 919 a. 
PoL 22, 21, 8. Died. 13, 24), dimtsgio quae sokUo 
pretio fit; redemtio^ liberatioper pretii sohUionem 
facta; 1) pr. noXsiov alxfiaXwvwVy Plut. Pomp. 24 
(unico in profanis scriptis loco, ex quo tox adhuc 
enotata est); 2) in K T. ubique translate: libe- 
ratio a sancti numinis Tindicta poenisgne peccan- 
do promeritis per Christum monendo mcta, Bo. 3, 
24. JEph. 1, 7. Col. 1,^14 (t. in iSayoQa};(o, ayo- 

£iZ»i Xvt(f6(o aL); dnoXvxQ. vwv nagaj^aoeav, 
beratio a poenis peccatorum per eoram expiatio- 
nem facta, Heb. 9, 15 (cf. Delitzsch ad 1. et Fntzeche 
£p. ad Bom. n, p. 178); fiiiiga inoXvtQwaewg, 
dies extrema, qua plenissima obtin^t Uberatio a 
peccato in ipsis etiam regenitis residue atque ab 
omnibus hujus Titae mails et molestiis, Eph. 4, 30; 
quo eodem sensu tox intelligenda Tidetur 1 Co. 1, 
30 (ubi Christns ipse dicitur redemtio, h. e. ille. 



sine quo nobis nulla esset, s. redemtionis auctor), 
atqne intelligenda est in phrasi dnoXvvQ, t^c ^^^ 
ginoi^atwg, redemptio, quae obtinget peculio s. 
nominibus per Christum deo propnis, Eph. 1, 14 

tcf. Meyer ad L);. roCf ctofitxxoQj corporis a inm- 
itate et mortalitete, Bo. 8, 23; liberatio ab ocuo 
et Tcxationibus adTersariorum per Christum e coelis 
roTersurum, Lc. 21, 28 coll. 18, 7 s. — liberatio s. 
dimissio a tormentis, Heb. 11, 85.* 

ano-Xvw f. vc<o, aor. 1. aniXvoay pf. pass, ono- 
XiXvfjuii, aor. 1. pass. aneXvd^v, impf. med. ane- 
XvofjL^v (Act. 28, 25), babetur in N. T. a solis hi- 
storicis libris et Heo. 13, 28; abeolvo^ solvendo 
secemo{abldsen); i)Ubero; tiva xivoq (ita ap.Grae* 
cos iam inde ab Hom.), libero aliquem ab aliqua 
re (tamquam a Tinculo), Lc. 13, 12 {chtoXiXvoaif 
liber esto, rnq doB^eveiaq). — 2) dimitto (non am- 
plius retineo) ; riva, a) precantem, cui data respon- 
sione discedendi eopiam racio {cAfertigen^entleusenj^ 
Mt. 15, 23. Lc. 2, 29 (jam me, qnem in his terris 
retinere, usque dum salutem Israelitis paratam tI- 
dissem [ts. 26], decroTcras, Toti compotem £Eictum 
dimittis, ita tamen, ut haec dimissio etiam sit di- 
missio e Tita, de qua aitoXvuv dicitur Num. 20, 
29. Tob. 8, 6). — b) diaeedere fubeo (verabechie- 
den\ Mt. 14, 15. 22 s. 15, 32. 89. Mc. 6, 36. 45. 

8, 3. 9. Lc. 8, 38, 9, 12. 14, 4. Act. 13, 3. 19, 40 
(r^v ixxXiialav); passiT., Act. 15, 80. 33. — 8) U- 
hentm dimitto ahquem; a) captiTum: solutis Tin- 
culis discedere jubeo, discedendi eopiam facio, Lc. 
22, 68. 23, 22. Jo. 19, 10. Act. 16, 35 s. 26, 32 
{anoXtXiad-ai idvpavo^ poeaet liber ease; perfect, 
ut Lc. 13, 13); 28, 18. Heb. 13, 28; dnoX. zivd 
rivit aliquem liberum alicui concetfo {losgeben)t Mt. 
27, 15. 17. 21. 26. Mc. 15, 6. 9. 11. 15. Lc. 23, 17 sq. 
20. 25. b) aocusatum criminis absolTO et liberum 
dimitto, Jo. 19, 12. Act. 3, 13. c) reo data Tenia 
discedendi potestatem do, Act. 4, 21. 28. 5, 40. 17, 

9. d) debitorem, i. e. jus meum in debitorem non 
persewquor, debitum ei remitto, Mt. 18, 27; transl. 
alicui ignosco quae in me peccaTit, Lc. 6, 87. (r^g 
hfiaqrlag dnoXyBad'ai 2 Mace. 12, 45.) — 4) de di- 
vortio dicitur: anoXvw vijv yvvatxa, dimitto (e do- 
mo), repudio; Mt. 1, 19. 5, 31 s. 19, 8. 7—9. Mc. 10, 
2, 4. 11. Lc. 16, 18; et abusiTe uxormaritum dese- 
rens dicitur xbv drdga anoXiSeiv, Mc. 10, 12 (nisi, 
quod probabilius est, Marcus contra historiae to- 
ntatem Jesum e Graecorum et Bomanorum usu, 
quo etiam uxores maritos repudiabant, loquentem 
fiicit). (nW, Jer. 3, 8. Dent. 21, 14. 22, 19. 29.) — 
5) Med. anoXvof/iai, propr. me dimitto; diecedd; 
Act. 28,^25 (domum roTortor; Ex. 83, 11).* 

dnofidaaof (jadaaat^ manibus tango, oontrecto, 
masso, depso), abstergeo; Med. me abstergeo, mihi 
abstergeo^ xbv xoviOQxbv tfiXv^ Lc. 10, 11. (Ap. 
Graecos inde ab Aristoph.)* 

dnovkfjLto {vifiWf putem assi^o, tribuo), as- 
signor akribtw (oTcJut in ijio6low(ii)\ xivl xi, xi- 
fjt^v, exhibeo, 1 Pet. 8, 7. (ita Hdian. 1, 8, 1; x^v 
xifiijp xal X, £^x^£>i<jr/ay, Jos. ant. 1, 7, 1; x^ 
ini0xin<f> naaav ivxgon^v, Ignat. Mi^nes. 8; — 
primum ap. Pind. Isthm. 2, 68; saepe ap. Plat., 
Aristot. Plut al.)* 

dno-vinxm, aor. 1. med. dneviyfdfAiiv , ahluo; 
Med. me ahluo , mihi abluo; xhg yeZi^aCi Mt. 27, 
24 coll. Dent. 21. 6 s. (Graeci annquiores dicunt 
dnovlH^oi [sed c. mt. dnovixpca, aor. dniviwa]^ po- 
steriores, Telut Theophr. Char. 25. Plut. Pnoc. 18. 
Athen. 4, c. 81. p. 149, dnovlnxio^ etsi hoc babe- 
tur jam ab Hom. Od. 18, 179.)* 

dno-nlnxwt aor. 2. dnhtBoov^ decido^ delabor; 
Act. 9, 18.* 



J 



ano-nXuvdm, a», aor. 1 1«88. onBnXavMipf^ aher' 
rare facio^ trop. a vero in errorem (tbaueo; riyd, 
Mc. 13, 22; pass, aherro; inb rij^ nlatswg^ 1 Tim. 
6. 10. (Plat. Ax. p. 369 d. Pol. 3, 67, 4. Dion., 
PlutaL)* 

dno-nXim^ aor. 1. axhtXevaa, nave avehor^ nave 
diecedo, wolvo; Act. 13, 4. 14, 26. 20, 15. 27, 1.* 

(0io-ffAwa>, oNuo; Lc. 5, 2 (Lehm, Trg, tnXv 
rov, Tdf, tnkvwav pro vulg. aninXwuv), (Horn. 
6, 95. Plat. Plat. et. sqq. hSJL 2 Sam. 19, 24.)* 

axo-nvlym, aor. 1. ininviiu^ aor. 2. pass. «v«- 
nvlyr^icmi at in inoxxtlvv)^ tuffoeo; Mt IS, 
7 (ubi rci/. ffffTi^fv): Lc. 8, 7 (de semine spinis 
obdacto et necato); flactibaB sofiocare, Lc. 8, 33 
(at^ap. Dem. p. 36 aL).* 

onogim, w, 3 ps. impf. ^ogei (Mc. 6, 20 Td/.); 
sum Sffo^oc (ex a prir. et ndoo^^ transitos, va- 
dom, Tia, emolamentom, sabsidinm), h. e. egeetate 
labor o^ anguttHe premor, ejfugio dettittUus^ eon- 
9iUi inona sum, dubiuB haereo; Mc. 6, 20 Tdf. 
e codd mIBL. — Med. apud me dubUoy ineerku 
turn; neecio, quid skUuendum vel agendum; absoL 
2 Co. 4, 8; ubqI xtro^, Lc 24, 4 {Lt^m. Tdf. 
Trg,); usqI rivog ric Xfyei, Jo. 13, 22; anogov- 
fiai iv ^fiZv, circa yob nescio, qaomodo vos tra- 
ctem, qao ad yob sermoniB genere atar, Qal. 4, 20; 
anoQOVfjLiyoQ iyth §U t^v ntgl toiuTOv ^ijrncriy, 
qaom mhil inyenirem, qaid ad qaaestionem de eo 
aeciderem. Act. 25, 20. (wepe ap. pro&noB inde ab 
Hdt.; saepe etiam api LaX) 

axoQla, aq, ^ ^ogiw, q. y.), status ejus, qui 
est SnoQOQf cansuU tnopia; Lc. 21, 25. (saepe ap. 
Graecos inde ab Hdt; LXX.) 

axo^^lTnts, aor. 1. dniftii^pa^ ahneio^ dejieio; 
reflexiYe; dejieio hm, Act 27, 43. (ita etiam La- 
ciajL Yer. hist. 1. 38. cl Win. §. 38, 1.)* 

anoffipttvlii» (ex dg^avOQ, orbos, et an6, scil. 
Tiroc), ptxrente a. parentibus privo (sic Aesch. 
choeph. 247); bine transL inop^yio^ivxeq iip 
^ptmVf YOBtro osa et consortio priYati, 1 Th. 2, 17.* 
^ anoaxsvi^m^ aor. 1. med. dneaxevacAftfiv (<rx«v- 
a£a», paro, apparo, a oxBi^og, Yas), vttsa aufero; 
med. mea aufero yoI auferenda euro (PoL 4, 81, 
IL Died. 13, 91. Dion. Hal. 9,28 al): inooxsvu' 
a€€/i€vot, aarcinis noatris de loco sao lectis et sab- 
latia, Act. ^21, 15 (abi Lehm. Tdf, Trg. legant 
iitiOHtvaoiiisvoi^* 

inoaxlaoiiat toc, to ((rxiagcv, a o*ia), umbra 
a re in rem sparsa (Abschattung) ; XQon^q ana- 
axlaaua^ nmbra, quae conYersione eMcitar, Jac. 1, 
17.^Ci. anavYaOfM.* 

^ ano'Oniss, cf>, aor. 1. dnionaaa, aor. 1. pass. 
oTtsanda^fpf^ aMraho, aveUo; r. liixaiQav, de- 
Btringo gladiam, Mt. 26, 51 (ixondiv t, fiax- 1 Sam. 
17, 51; onSv T. fitaX' 1 Chr. II, 11. Mc. 14,47); 
tmoanav xovg [la^rjthQ dnlaw abzdpv, abstrabere 
discipaloB ad soas partes, Act 20, 30 (aimiUime 
AeL Y. b.^ 13. 32). — PassiY. reflexiYe: dTfoana- 
a^ivtig an* aitdity ab amicoram amplexu diYaki, 
Act. 21, 1; aneonia^ an aixdSr, se aYolsit ab 
iis et digressos est iboil Xld^ov ^ol^, Lc. 22, 41 ; 
cf. Meyer ad h. 1. (ap.^pro&nos inde ab Hdt.)* 

dnooxaola^ ac* 7 {ifplaxafiai), defecUo; in w. 
libris: a Yera religione. Act 21, 21. 2 Th. 2, 3. 
(Jer. 2, 19. 29. 32. 1 Mace. 2, 15.) Graeci antiqai- 
ores dicant dnoaxaoig, y. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 
528.* 

anoaxdoiovy ov, ro, rarissime ap. natiYos Grae- 
cos, de/eetio, liberti a patrono, Dem. 35, 48; in 
sacro cod. 1) divortiumt repudium; Mt 19, 7. Mc. 
10, 4 (fiiBJdov dnooxaalov, -- rmy ntb libeUaB 
"lii- Dent. 



repndii, 



24. 1. 3. -- 2) libeUus repudU ; m. 



ano-cxBqita, 



5, 31. Exemplum ejas exhibent Grotius ad h. 1. et 
lAghifoot. hor. bebr.^ad h. 1.* 

dnooxBydT^Wj aor. aneoxiyaoa ((rrfvagoi, a ati- 
ytl), detegoy tectum demo; Mc. 2, 4 (Jesas cam iis, 
qaos docebat, erat in tneodtp, et bujos h. 1. di- 
cantor, qui aegrotam ad Jesum addactari essent, 
tectum effodisse). (Strabo 4, p. 304. 8, p. 542.)* 
^ dnO'OxiXXof. f. -axiXm, aor. 1. inioxeikay^^f. 
dniaxaXxa, pt pass. dniaxaXuai, aor. 2 pass, one* 
axdhiVy pr. a me mitto (abschichen) ; 1) abire jur 
beo ad locum destinaitum; a) mittontnr Yel per^ 
sonae com mandatis, Yel res alicai destinatae. Ita 
frequentiBBime Jobub docet, a deo se missum esse, 
at Mt 10, 40. Mc. 9, 37. Lc. 10, 16. Jo. 5, 36 al.; 
dicitur idem misisse buos apostolos, i. e. eos le- 
gasse, Mc. 6, 7. Mt 10, 16. Lc. 22, 35. Jo. 20, 21 
al. — mittere nuntios, Lc. 7, 3. 9, 52. 10, 1; ser- 
Yos, Mc 6, 27. 12, 2. Mt 21, 36. 22, 3; legatio- 
nem, Lc. 14, 32. 19, 14; an^^los, Mc. 13. 27. Mt 
24, 31 aL — Dicuntor mitti res, auae abduci aut 
perferri jubentur ad aliquem, at Mt. 21, 3. Mc. 11. 
3; TO Soinavov, L e. messores, Mc. 4, 29; xbv 
Xoyov, Act 10, 86. 13, 26 {Lchm. Tdf. Trg.: iSa- 




b) Loeus miBBlonis; dnoax. stk tiva xonov^ Mt. 
20, 2. Lc. 2, 26. Act 7, 34. 10, 8. 19^ 22. 1 Tim. 
4, 12. Ap. 5, 6 al. — Jesum deus muit eig xov 
xoa/wv, Jo. 3, 17. 10, 36. 17, 18. 1 Jo. 4, 9. — 
elg, inter, Mt 15, 24. Lc 11, 49. Act 26, 17; dnl- 
a«s XIV og, Lc^ 19, 14. tpinQOod'iv xivoq, Jo. 3, 28. 
et ngo nQoamnov xivog^ ex hebr. "^afV* a**^ (^t 
praecedat) aliquem, Mt 11, 10. Mc. 1,'2. Lc. 7, 27. 
10, 1 — ngdg xiva, ad aliquem, Mt. 21, 34. 37. 
Mc 12, 2 B. Lc. 7, 8. 20. Jo. 5, 33. Act 8, 14. 2 
Go. 12, 17 al. — Unde Yel a quo aliquis mitti- 
tur: ^nb xoi/ »eov, Lc. 1, 26 (Tdf Trg. ino) na- 
(fa ^sov, Jo. 1, 6 fSir. 15, 9); and c gen. perBonae, 
e dome alicujua, Act. 10, 17. 21 (e L yu]^.); hx c 
gem. bci, Jo. 1, 19. — c) Consilium missionis in- 
oicatur sq. infln., Mc. 3, 14. 22, 8. Lc 1, 19. 4, 18. 
(Jes. 61, 1.) 9, 2. Jo. 4, 38. 1 Ck>. 1, 17. Ap. 22, 
6; sq. «/(, ad; eU Siaxovlav, Heb. 1, 14; sq. ?va, 
Mc 12, 2. 13. Lc 20, 20. Jc 1, 19. 3, 17. 7, 32. 
1 Jo. 4, 9; sq. ace c inf., Act. 5, 21; xivd c 
accuB. praedicati, Act 3, 26 (sbX&yovvxa bpiXv, qui 
beneficium dei in noB conferret) : 7, 35 {igxorxa^ at 
BBset dux) ; 1 Jo. 4, 10. — d) anoaxiXXeiv simpli- 
citer die nullo addito accusatiYO, at dnoaxixisip 
noog xiva, Jo. 5, 33; add. ptcp. Xfy»v, Xiyovoa, 
Xiyovxgg, per legaJtum ditire, Mt 27, 19. Mc 3, 
31. Jc 11, 30. Act 13, 15. Jo. 11, 3. — Si quis 
aliquid per hominem aliquem missum effecit, id sic 
exprimitur: dnooxslXag s. ni/iyfag hoc effecit; yc- 
lut dnooxslXaQ dpslXs, Mt 2, 16. Mc 6, 17. Act 
7, 14. Ap. 1, 1. (Ita etiam Graeci, ut Xen. Gjr. 3, 
1, 6: nifi^aq ^Q^oxa. Plut. educ. pu. c 14: nifi" 
yfag arslXe xbv Bboxqixov^ et LZX 4 Ee^. 6, 13: 
(tnoaxelXaQ Xriy/o/iai, aixov). — ^2) dimttto; a) 
discedere aUyuem sino; xivb iv iapiosi, ut sit in 
statu libertatiB, Lc 4, 19. (Jes. 58, 6.) — b) dis- 
cedere a^me aliquem jubeo, ablego; Mc. 8, 26; 
xivh xsvov, Mc. 12, 3. — c)^abigo; Mc 5, 10. 

dnO'OxsQiw, a. aor. 1. dneaxigriaa, ptcp. pf. 
pass. insoxsQfifAivoq, defraudo, spoUoy privo; 
absol. Mc 10, 19. 1 Co. 6, 8; dXXfiXovg, inYioem 
se Bubtrabere, de iis die, qui officium coigugii si- 
bi inYioem denegant, 1 Co. 7, 5. Med. 7ne defraxt' 
dari Mito, 1 Ck>. 6, 7. — xivd xi^og (ut ap. Grae- 
cos), privo alifpiem re; pass, dneoxtprifjivoi xng 
aXijB^elag, 1 Tim. 6, 5; r/, fraudo aliquid, frauae 



anoGxoXrj. 



subtraho yel retineo idiqoid; pass., fito^oq one- 
azs^ri/jLivoQ (sed v. in dipvazB^iw) Jac. 5, 4. (Deat. 
24, 14. Mai. 3, 5.)* 

tatocxoX% ^c, 17 (affo<rr^AAa»), 1) missio; Tifto- 
Xiovzog siq Sixsliav, Plut. Timol. 1 al.; die. de 
missione classis, Thuc. 8, 9; consulum oum exer- 
citu, h. e. expeditione, Pol. 26, 7, 1. — 2) dimissioy 
liberatio, LXX Gohel. 8, 8. — 3) res quae miUitur, 
die. potissimum de donis, 1 Beg. 9, 16. 1 Mace. 2, 
18, al.; cf. Orimm ad h. 1. — 4) in N. T. munus 
atque dignitaa apostolorvm Christie in Vnlg. apoBtO' 
leans; Act. 1, 25. Ro. 1, 5. 1 Co. 9, 2. Gal. 2, 8.* 

inoaxoXoq, ovy o, 1) legattis, nuntius, cum man-' 
datis missus (Hdt. 1, 21. 6, 38; = m^ 1 Reg. 14. 
6; rabbin. rr?»); Jo. 13, 16 (q. 1. totinguuntar o 
andax, et 6 nifitpag amov), — rivog, ut tibv^ix' 
xkijaitSv^ 2 Go. 8, 23. Phil. 2. 25; anSaz. XY^q ofito- 
koylaq ^/jtdiVf apostolus, quern profitemur, die. Chri- 
stns sammus aei legalnis, aui xkrjoiv inovgdviov 
attulerit, compaiatus cnm Mose, qnem Jadaei pro- 
fitentur, Heb. 3, 1. — 2) Speciabter insigniuntur 
hoc nomine duodecim ill! discipuli, quos Ghristus 
e reliqua assectatorum turba perpetuos sibi comi- 
tes et regni divini hominibus praedicandi nuntios 
creaverat; Mt. 10, 1 — 4. Lc. 6, 13. Act. 1, 26. Ap. 
21, 14 et persaepe, nnsqaam vero in Joannis eyang. 
et epistolis. His apostolis se Paulus aequiparavit, 
propterea quod coelesti eventu ab ipso exaltato 
Ghnsto evangelii inter pentiles praeco constitutus 
esset ac salutis christianae cognitionem non hu- 
manae institution!, sed ipsius Ghristi revelationi 
doberet, turn yero etiam facultatem apostolicam 
multis Insignibus doenmentis probasset: Gal. 1, 1. 
11 s. 2, 8. 1 Go. 1, 17. 9, 1 s. 15. 8—10. 2 Go. 3, 
2 ss. 12, 12. 1 Tim. 2, 7. 2 Tim. 1, 11 coll. Act 
26, 12—20. — E Pauli praeceptis apostoli uberiore 
accepta spiritus s. copia superayerunt turn ceteros 
yarios chnstianae religionis doctores (y. in diSaaxa- 
Aoc, siayysXiatfjq^ ^^o^i^tijq)^ turn reliquoB eorum, 
quibus spiritns s. dona (y. in xaotafia) obtigerant : 

1 Go. 12, 28 8. Eph. 4, 11. — Taxantnr feisi qui- 
dam doctores, qm nomen et auctoritatem aposto- 
lorum Gliristi sini arrogarent, 2 Go. 11, 5. 13. 12, 
11. Ap. 2, 2. — 3) Lahore sensn nomen transfer- 
tur ad alios insigniores christianae religionis do- 
ctores, ut Bamabam, Act. 14, 14. et fortosse etiam 
Timotheum et Silyanum, 1 Th. 2, 7 coll. ys. 18. 
Ro. 16, 7 (?). Sed Lc. 11, 49. Eph. 3, 5. Ap. 
18,20 intelligendi sunt apostoli arctiore sensu dicti. 

catoazofJLatltat {avofjtazl^w^ quod non exstat, a 
cxofia)^ pr. ircb azofiatog loquor (cf. a7io<jri7^/^a>), 

1) memoriter recito^ Themist. or. 20; recito tironi, 
ut memorid exctpiat; Plat. Euthyd. p. 216. o. 217 a. 
— die. de Sibylla vaticimum proloquente^ Plut. 
Them. 24. — 2) propositis qwiestionibus sollicito et 
ita ad respondendum proticto; zivdf Lc. 11, 53.* 

djeo-ozQiipaff f. tpta, aor. 1. dniatQEtpa^ aor. 2. 
pass. dn€az^g>ijVt 1) averto;xiva yel xi dno xivog, 

2 Tim. 4,4 (rijv dxohv and xrJQ dXrjB^slaq); remaveo 
aliquid ab aliquo, Ro. 11, 26 (Jes. 59, 29); dno- 
axp4g>eiv xivd simpliciter: ayerto eum a fide ali- 
cui debita, ad defectionem sollicito, Lc. 23, 14. — 

2) refero, reddo, reduce; Mt. 26, 52 (refer ffladi- 
um in yaginam); 27, 3 de Juda siclos reddente, 
ubi 2'df. et Trg, Moxp^tpEv. (Eodem sensu « a-^rn 
Gen. 14, 16. 28, 15. 43, 11. 20 [12. 21.] al. Bar. 1, 
8. 2, 34 al.) — 3) intransit. me averto, redeo^ dnd 
xwv novij^tdfVf Act. 3, 26 coll. ys. 19 {dno afiag- 
xlaq Sir 8, 5. 17, 21; redeo ex aliquo loco, Gen. 
14, 27. 18, 33. 1 Mace. 11, 54 al.; Xen, Hell. 8, 
4, 12); cf. Meyer ad 1. — 4) Med. c. aor. 1. pass.: 
me averto; c. accus. objecti (cf. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 



46 dnO''(p€vy€o, 

166); repudio; xtvd Mt. 5, 42. Hebr. 12, 25; r»)v 
dXri^eiav, Tit. 1, 14; sensu deserendh xivd, 2 Tim. 

1, 15.* 
dno-axvyioff w, aversor^ reformido; Ro. 12, 9. 

(Hdt. 2, 47. 6, 129; Soph. Eur. al.) Uberiora de 
hac yoce profert Fritzsche ad 1.* 

dnoavvdyatyog, ov {cvvaymyri, q. y.) a convenJU- 
hus sacrislsraelitarum exclusus; scicris prohibitus; 
Jo. 9, 22. 12, 42. 16, 2. An etiam exclusio ab omni 
israelitioae gentis consortio (£sr. 10, 8) yoce de- 
notetur, in suspense yidetur reUnquendum ease; 
cf. Win. RWB. s. y. Bann; Wieseler ad (jfal. 1, 8. 
p. 45 SB. (Ap. profanes yox non exstat.)* 

dno'xdaoooj sepono, secemo; in N. T. habetur 
solum med. dnoxdaao/jiaif aor. 1. dnexa^dfjifiv, pr. 
me secemo t me ablego ab aliquo, i. e. vdUdicOj 
valere jubeo; Vulg. vale f ado; xivl Mc. 6, 46. Lc. 
9, 61. Act. 18, 18. 21. 2 Co. 2, 13. (Vetores Graecos 
nunquam sic yoce usos esse, sed dandteo&al xiva 
dixisse, docet Lobeck ad Phnrn. p. 23 s.) — 2) trop. 
rentrntio; xivl, Lc. 14, 33. (ita etiam Jos. ant. 11, 
6, 8. Phil, alleg. m, §. 48; xaZg xov filov ^pov- 
xlat, Euseb. h. e. 2, 17, 5.)* 

dnO'Xskiw, w, perficio; ad finem perduco; Id- 
oei^j Lc. 13, 32 (Jjchm, Tdf, Trg. pro yulg. ^1- 
rcAcv)^ h aiJuiQxla dnoxeAsa^slaa, peccatus ad^ 
matuntatem proyectus, Jac. 1, 15. (Hdt. Xen. Plat. 
et sqq.)* 

dnO'Xl&ijfUf aor. 2. dne&4ufiVf depono; in N. T. 
solum med.: a me depono; xa ifidxiat Act. 7, 58. — 
trop. depom dicuntur oa, quibus renuntiat aliquis, 
quiDUs se abdicit; ut tcc i^ya xov axdx&vg, Ro. 
13, 12. —Eph. 4, 22. 25. Gol. 3, 8. Jac. 1, 21. 1 Pet. 

2, 1. Heb. 12, 1. (x^vdgyjv, Plut. Goriol. 19; tdv 
nXovxoVy xffv /laXaxlttv al. Luc. dial. mort. 10, 8; 
r. iXevd'SQlav x. na^^rialav, ibid. 15 al.)* 

dnO'Xivdaam^ aor. 1. dnsxLva^a^ excutio,de€uiio; 
Lc. 9, 5. Act. 28. 6. (1 Sam. 10, 2. Thren. 2, 7. 
Eurip. Bacch. 253.)* 

dno-xlv<o et ano-xlts, f. law {and ut in dnoSl- 
6<ofjii)f persolvo, rependo; Philem. ys. 19. (saepe 
ap. LXX <s qVv; ap. profiuios inde ab Hom.) 

dno-xoX/idwy <o, pr. a me (dnd) audeo, h. e. au- 
daciam miki sumo (sich erkUhnen); Ro. 10, 20. Gf. 
Win. y. comp. 4, p. 15. (passim ap. Thuc. Plat. 
Aeschin. Pol. Died. Plut)* 

dnoxofiia, ac, ^ (indoles ejus, qui est dndxofioq, 
abscissus, abruptus, praeruptus, ut rupes, asper; 
ab dnoxifivat\ propr. acies, schneidende Schdrfe 
(differt ab dnoxofi^, incisio, segmentum), Schroff- 
keit; severitas, rigor; Ro. 11, 22 (ubi opp.^()J7aT<i- 
T17C) ut Plut. pu. educ. c. 18 nQa&xfiqyUiovL. Hal. 
8, 61 xb iniBixiq, et Died. p. 591 i^fiSQOxriq.)* 

dnoxofiQtq^ ady. (y. in dnoxofda), abscisse^ ah- 
rupte. — b) trop. acriter^ severe^ Tit 1, 13. 2 Go. 
13, 10. De adjectiyo dnoxofioq cf. Ghimm Exgt. 
Hdb. ad Sap. p. 121.» 

dnO'XQinw, averto; med. averto me, fugio^ vito; 
xivd yel xl (y. in dnoaxpi^coi), 2 Tim. 3, 5. (4 Mace. 
1, 33. Aesch. Sept.^ 1040. Eur. Iph. Aul. 336.)* 

dnovalaj ag, ^ (onBlvaCjyOhsentia; PhiL 2, 12.* 

dno-ipipm^ aor. 1. dn^veyxoy inf. aor. 2. dnrj' 
veyxeZVf inf. aor. 1. pass, dnsvsx^voi, cmferoy 
abduco; xivd^ incl. notione yiolentiae, Mc. 15, 1; 
sIq xonov Xivd, Ap. 17, 3. 21, 10; passiy. Lc. 16, 
22. — defero; xl eiq c. ace. loci, 1 (Do. 16, 3; xl 
dno xivog inl xiva, passiy.. Act. 19, 12 {Lchm, 
Tdf. Trg. pro vulg. snupigead-ai).* 

ano'^e&ym, aor. 2. dniipvyov^ aufugio, egugio; 
e. aecus. 2 Pet. 2, 18 (ubi perperam comma ponont 
post dnof. Lchm. et Tdf.); ys. 20; c. genit, yi 
praepositionis, 2 Pet 1, 4.* 



ano-qid-sYyofiau 



ano'^^iyyofiai , aor. 1. dns^&eySafitjv, effar, 
profaryjpronuiUio, verbam non quotidiani senno- 
nis, sea ,,grandi8 et sublimioris orationis est, ut 
lat. profari et prontmtiare; yalet enim proprie 
einen AuMpruch thttn, sich vemehmen Icusen di- 
citnrque cum de Tatibus (v. Kypke ad Act. 2, 4. 
add. LXX Ez. 13, 9. Mich. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 25, 1), 
tiim de sapientibuB et philosophis (Diog. Laert. 1, 
63. 73. 79, quorum acute dicta a7toq>^lyfiaTa yo- 
caront Graeci, Cic. Off. 1, 29)". Unde „quae Ulustri 
iUo pentacostes die Christiani et manme Petrus 
proferebant spiritu divino incalescentes, Act. 2, 4. 
14., turn yero quae Paulus de anoxuki^ei xvolov 
sibi facta Agiippae regi aperuit, Act 26, 25., ano- 
^iySao^ai narrantur''. Win. Tb. comp. 4, p. 16.* 

dnofpOQxU^ofiai (^o(>T/ga», ouero ; ipootog, onus), 
expnero me; tl, onus depono, nostr. cilctden; xbv 
yofioVf de navi; Act. 21, 3. Gf. Meyer et de Wette 
ad 1. Win. p. 328. (Alibi de nautis die. tempore 
tempestatis navem naufragii facilius eritandi causa 
ezonenuitibus; Pfailo de praem. et poen. §. 5: xv- 
^sgviiXfiq, x^^^^^'^ imyivofiivioVf mfo^o(f%l^€' 
rat. Athen. 2, 5, p. 37 c, ubi bis legitur.)* 

an6x(ffl^iQ^ £a)c, ^ (dnoxQaouai), perversus umu; 
CoL 2, 22: a icxiv ndvxa uq (p^ogkv t§ dno' 
XQi^vei^ nqat^ omnia (h. e. res yetitae) cedunt in 

Semidem (pemiciem afferunt) abusu'S quod Paulujs 
icit e sententia falsorum doctorum, qui in auo- 
libet earum rerum usu anoxQtiffLV yituperabuem 
usum, cemebant. Contra eos, qui enuntiatum se- 
midrculis a circujnjectis distinguunt et anoxQfioiv 
de contumtione per ueum {Verorauchf ut ap. Pint. 
jnoiaL p. 267 f.) intelligunt, ut non sententia fal- 
sorum doctorum referatur, sed de ea a Paulo ju- 
dicium feratur simiUimum illi, quod Mt. 15, 17. 1 
Co.^ 6, 13 editur, cf. de WeUe2A 1.* 

caiO'X^piof, w, aor. 1. angy^Qf^aa^ ahscedo, dis- 
ced^; dno tivoQ, Mt. 7, 23. Lc. 9, 39. Act. 13, 13.* 

ajto^wgl^Wf separOf aejungo (saepius ap. Plat.) ; 
discindo, pass. 6 oigavdg dnex^Qio^fif Ap. 6, 14; 
sensu reflex, meaeparo, ddecedo; <ijtox»Qio9^fjvai 
cdno{>q an oAA^i/Acvr, Act. 15, 39.* 

caco-ywrcDi animam exspiro; exanimar; Lc. 21, 
26^ (Ita Thuc. 1, 134. Bion. 1, 9al. 4 Mace. 15, 18.)* 

"Anmoq^ ov, o, Aj^piue, praenomen romanum; 
^Anniov ipogov, Appii forum (Cic. ad Att. 2, 10. 
Hor. Sat. 1, 5, 3), nomen oppidi Italiae, yi.TTT mU- 
liaria romana a Boma distantis, ad yiam Appiam 
siti (quae yia ann. 312 ante Chr. ab Appio Ckudio 
Caeco, censore, saxo quadrate strata per portam 
Capenam Capuam atque inde Brundusium usque 
ferebat)» Act. 28, 15.* 

angoqizoq, ov {iiQooiivai) ^ ad quern acceeeus 
non patetf inaceeasus: <p&q axQoqixov, 1 Tim. 6, 
16. (PoLDiod. Philo, Lucian. Plut.; ipiyyoq angoq. 
Tatian. c. 20; do^a, Chiys. in Jes. 6, 2.)* 

d-ngoqrxonoqt ov {nQoqx6nxa>, q. y.), 1) actiye: 
non hahena, in^ quo offendatur; cpd non eat offenr 
atom; a) pr. oooq^ yia plana, Sir. 35, 21. b) me- 
taph. auo vivendi modo <iUoa non inducena in 
peccatum; 1 Co. 10, 32. — 2)passiye: a)nonim^ 
pingena; metaph. non inductua tn peccatwn; incul- 
pcUua; Phil. 1, 10 (junct. c. elXixQiveiq). — b) m- 
offenaua; ovveiSfjaiq^ quae peccatorum conscientia 
non sollicitatur et turbatur. Act. 24. 16. (Apud 
profanes non habetur.)* 

anQogamoX^mwCf hellenisticae' offlcinae yox (a 
priy. et ngoqionoXtptxtiq^ q. y.), nulla peraonae 
rations habitat i. e. sine partium^ studio; 1 Pet. 1, 
17 (Bam. ep. 4, 12). (Adjectiyum anQoaa»n6Xfptxoq 
passim ap. eccles. scriptores.)* 

dJixaiifxoq, ov (nxalw, q. y.), non impingenaf 



47 a^c. 

non vaciUana, inumaUa a lapau (propr. de equo, 
Xen. de re eq. 3, 6); metaph. Jud. ys. 24.* 

SnTio, ptcp. aor. 1. 8tpaq (cf. lat. apto, nostr. 
he/ten\ 1^ pr. necto {anhe/tenf ankaften tnacfien); 
hine speciatim: necto ignem alicui rei, cLceendo^ 
incendo (ita saepe ap. Atticos); h&x^ov, Lc. 8/ 16. 
11, 33. 15, 8. (Arist nub. 57. Theophr. char. 28 
[18], Jos. ant. 4, 3, 4); nvQ Lc. 22, 55; nvgdv 
Act 28, 2 {Lchm, Tdf. Trg.). — 2) Med. impf. 
ijnxofitiVf aor. 1. fitffdfifjv^ ap. LXX plerum^ue ■— 
'^9) T^^f Pf- ^^ adnecto, adhaereo, geacm. ateh an- 
hefteUf anhangen (Hom. IL 8, 67); a) tango, at' 
tingo^ sq. objecto in genit; Mt. 8, 3. Mc. 3, 10. 

7, 33. 8, 22. — Lc. 18, 15. 22, 51 et saepe ap. Mt. 
Mc. Lc. — Jo. 20, 17 ^17 fiov cinxov eiplicandum 
est: noli contrectando me explorare, an etiamnunc 
corpore sim indutus; hac exploratione non opus est, 
nam . . . , cf. B.^Oruaiua et Meyer ad I. — b) 
yvvuiKoq, die. de yenereo mulieris usu s. de con- 
cubitu 1 Co. 7, 1., ut lat. tangere, Hor. serm. 1, 2, 
54. Ter. Heaut. 4, 2, 15 et hebr. 9m, Gfen. 20, 6. 
Proy. 6, 29. (Plat, de rep. 8. p. 913 a. Plut. Alex. 
c. 21.) — c)^ratione habita leyitici praecepti: dxa- 
d-agxov 11^ anxead-ef nihil conmiercii habete cum 
gentilibus eorumque rebus, 2 Co. 6, 17 (e Jes. 52, 
11); et judaico sensu, ju^ Stpif 0>1. 2, 21 (res non 
tangendae yidentur esse et mulieres et certa cibo- 
rum genera, ut commendetur coelibatus et absti- 
nentia quorundam ciborum et potionum; cf. de 
Wette ad L) — d) vim in/ero; xivoq, aUcui; 1 
Jo. 5, 18. (1 Clu-. 16, 22 al.) 

Un^iaf aq, ^, Apphia, nom. propr. mulieris, 
Philem. ys. 2. 

an'wS'icOf cJ, detrudo^ depello, repeUo; in N. T. 
solum med. dnmd-iofxat {ovfiai), aor.^1. anwad^ 
fifiv (pro quo meliores Graeci dixerunt an$moduijVf 
ct Win, p. 86), a me detnido, a me depeUo, n. e. 
repudiOf rejido, aver aor; xivd. Act. 7, 27. 39. 13, 
46. Bo. 11, 1 s. 1 Tim. 1, 19. (Jer. 2, 37. 4, 30. 
6, 19. Ps. 93, 14 et saepius. — Ap. Graec. inde ab 
Hom.)* 

dmiXfiaj aq, ^ (ab mcoXXv/ii, q. y.), 1) actiye: 
perdUio^ aboUtio (VemicJttmg), yelut yasorum. 
Bo. 9, 22; xov fjpogov^ profusio, Mc. 14, 4. (Mt. 26, 

8. absque genit.), (consumtio, opp. x^oijoiq, Pol. 6, 
59, 5); interemtio homiiiis. Act. 25, 16 (eLyulg.); 
metonymice, rea yel opinio pemiciosa, in plunJi, 

2 Pet. 2, 2 el. yulz.; sed jam dudum ibi nunc 
recte legitur dasXyetai^. -^ 2) passiye,^ interitua, 
exitium; a) uniy.; xd aQyvQi6v aov cvv ooi ehi 
elq an,, pereat tecum pecunia tua,^ Act 8, 20; /9«- 
^lt,Biv x^vd eiq SksB^QOv x. indXtiav, injuncta 
notione miseriae, 1 Tim. 6,9; algiasiq anofXBlaq, 
opiniones pemidosae, 2 Pet. 2, 1; indyeiv kav- 
xoZq anwXstav, ibid., coll, ys. 3. — b) speciatim 
pemidea, quae eat in vitae aetemae jactura, ae^ 
tema miaeria, iis destinata, qui a regno diyino 
excluduntur; Ap. 17, 8. 11 coll. 19, 20. — PhiL 
3, 16, 2 Pet. 3. 16; oppos. t) nBQinolriaiqxnq £<tf^, 
Heb. 10. 39;^ 17 gari^,, Mt 7, 13; amxtjQla, Phil. 1, 
28. — 6 vloq xijq dnwXilaq^ homo aetemae mise- 
riae deyotus (ex hehraismo, y. in vloq), 2 Th. 2, 

3 (de antichristo); Jo. 17, 12 (de Juda proditore); 
rjfi^ga xglasmq x. dnotXslaq xwv daefimv, 2 Pet. 
3, 7. (Ap. profanes inde a Polybii loco supra alla- 
to; — saepe ap. LXX et in ajjocrr. Y. T.)* 

ttpa, paHicula ratiocinationis yim habens (co- 
gnata, ut yidetur, radici yerbali AP^, aptare, 
aptum eaae) , cujus apud natiyos Graecos usum 
j)raeter alios ubenus illustrantfii^n^r 11, §. 720 ss. 
et 856 8. Klote ad Dey. n, p. 160—80; qua indi- 
catur „rebus ita comparatis aliquid ita aut esse 



d^a. 



48 



^'AqBioqndyoq, 



aut fieri'* {KloU 1. c. p. 167) ; igitur, nosir. sontick. 
In N. T. a Paulo frequentatui, in joanneis autem 
Bcriptis et catholicis, quae dicimtar, epistolis non 
exstot; de ejus in N. T. usu cf. Win. p. 414 et 
519. Legitur 1) alii voei subjuncta; Ro. 7, 21. 8, 

I. Gal 3, 7; inel iga, quum, si aliter res se habe- 
ret, 1 Go. Tf 14. — pronominibus et particulis in- 
terrogativis postposita respicitnr ad antecedens yel 
dictum yel factum, Tel etiam ad aliquid sola mente 
conceptum ; t/( a(>a, quis igitur? toer sonachf 
Mt. 18, 1 (i. e. unus baud dubie major erit, quis 
igitur?); 19, 25 (L e. baud dubie nonnulli salvi 
erunt; divltes negas salvos fore; quia igitur?); 
vs. 27. 24, 45 (paratos yos esse jubeo; quis igi- 
tur . . . ? Ex boc meo praecepto consequitur baec 
quaestio); Mc. 4, 41. Lc. 1, 66 (bis omnibus baud 
dubie aiiquid; quid igitur?); 8, 25. 12, 42. 22, 23 
(unus ex nobis erit; (juis igitur?); Act. 12, 18 
(evanuit Petrusj quid igitur accidit el?). — tl iga, 
Mc. 11, 13 (an m arbore, quum folia haberet, etiam 
inventurus esset fructns); Act. 7, 1 {iga ■— quum 
testes baec enuntientV^ 8, 22 (an, cum tam grave 
sit delictum tuum, tioi etc.); bIlubq ioa, 1 Go. 15, 
15. («««, el &Qa, Gen. 18, 3.) - olx igcij Act. 
21, 38 (graecam lin^uam calles; non igitur, ut su- 
spicabar, es Aegyptius?) — fjL^ aga, num igitur: 
2 Go. 1, 17. — 2) Ex usu ap. Ghnecos dubio (cr. 
BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 318) in sententiae initio positum: 
atque ita^ itcique, nostr. so - '-denn, demnaeh; i. 
q. &ot£ cum verbo finite positum; Sga fjuxgrvQetre, 
Lc. 11, 48 (Mt.23, 31: Sots /AagrvgeTrs); Ro. 10, 
17. 1 Go. 15, 18. 2 Go. 5, 15 (ap. Lchm, Tdf. Trq. 
nulla praecedente protasi conoitionali); 7, 12. Giu. 
4, 31 \Lehm, Tdf. Trg. <J«o); Heb. 4, 9. — 3) in 
apodosi. post protasin per el factam, ut id elicia- 
tur, quod per se intelbgitur; nostr. so ist fa; Lc. 

II, 20. Mt. 12. 28. 2 Co. 5, 15 (e 1. vulg., prae- 
cedente protasi c. si); Gal. 2, 21. 3, 29. 5, 11. Heb. 
12, 8; — alii voci subjunctum, 1 Co. 15, 14. — 4) 
cum yi intendente BoaySy itaque ergo, Mt. 7, 20. 
17, 26. Act. 11, 18 {Lchm. Tdf. Trg sine y^; et 
voci subjunctum 17, 27.-5) aga oiv, compositlo 
Paulo propria, in principio enuntiati (Win, p. 414. 
Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 318), nine igitur, Ro. 5, 18. 7, 3. 
25. 8, 12. 9, 16. 18. 14, 12 (Lchm, et Trg. omit- 
tunt ovv)\ vs. 19. Gal. 6, 10. Epb. 2, 19. 1 Tb. 5, 
6. 2 Th. 2, 15.* 

aga, particula interrogationis (ejusdem cum an- 
tecedente &ga radicis nee ab eo diflferens, nisi ita, 
ut prima syllaba voce magis efferatur indeque cir- 
cumfloctatur), 1) num igitur , ut responsio exspecte- 
tur negans id, quod quaeritur; Lc. 18, 8; cum yi 
intendente, &gd ys. Act. 8, 30. — ergone, ut ex- 
spectetur responsio affirmans, in apodosi per quae- 
stionem enuntiata: so ist also wohlf Gal. 2, 17 
(ubi alii aga scribunt, ut boc exemplum ad locos 
sub iga, n. 3. laudatos referatur atque vertatur: 
so ist ja Christus ein Silndendiener ; sed fi^ yivoi" 
ro, quod sequitur, ubique a Paulo oppomtur inter- 
rogationibus.^ — Cf. Win. p, 475.* 

dgji, ac» V* ^) Pieces; preces supplices; multo 
saepius 2) imprecatio, exsecratio, cUrae (cf. xatd" 
gc^; ita Ro. 3, 14 (coll. Ps. 10, 7) et saepe ap. 
LXX.(Utroque significatu ap.Graecosinde abUom.r 

^Aga^ittf aq, rj, Arabia^ notissima Asiae ad Afri- 
cum sitae peninsula inter Aegvptum, Palaestinam, 
Spiam, Mesopotamiam, Babyloniam, sinum ara- 
bicum et persicQin et mare erytbraeum sita; Gal. 
1, 17. 4,^25.* 

dgafidv, v. in d^^aptov. 

*Agafi, Aram, nom. pr. indecl. viri e majoribus 
Cbristi; Mt. I, 3 a. Lc. 3, 33; v. in 'Adfislv* 



iga^OQ, V. in a^Sa^oq. 

^Agatp, ^AgapoQ,^Oy Arahsj Act. 2, 11.* 

agyiw, cb (sum agyog, q. v.), oiior; ex adi. cesso, 
eunctor; 2 Pet. 2, 3: olg rd xglfjut ixnaXai otx 
agystf a. e. quibus jam dudum imminet poena et 
brevi ingruet. (Ap. Graeeos inde a Sopbode.)* 

igyoQ^ 6v, et ap. posteriores inde ao Arist. bist. 
anim^. 10, 27 ideoque etiam in N. T. cum feminino 
agy^f quo inter antiquiores solus Epimenides usus 
esse fertur, Tit. 1, 12; cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 104 s. 
Paralip. p. 455 ss. Win. 8. 11, 1 (contract, ex Seg* 
yoQt quo Hom. utitur, ao a priv. et Igyov, sine 
UM^otio, sine labore, non opus faciens), otiosus; a) 
labors vacans^ unbesckdfUgt {igybv slvaij Hdt. 5, 
6), Mt. 20, 3. 6. 1 Tim. 5, 13. — b) piger, iners, 
labortm detrecta/ns, quern svhire debet (Horn. D. 
9, 320: 8, t' asgybq dvjg, 9, re noXXh iogytoQ); 
nlotif, Jac. 2, 20 ^{Lc/m, Tdf. Trg. pro vnlg. 
vexga); yaatigsq igyal, i. e. nomines neluones, 
qui ab omni opere abstinentes gnlae indulgent, 
ex Epimenide, Tit. 1, 12 (Nicet. ann. 8, 4. 135 d. 
slq wgyhq yaarigaq dxerriy^aaq) ; agybqxal ixag^ 
noq ere tri, 2 Pet. 1, 8. -^ c) die. de rebus, e 
auibus nullus fructus percipitur, quamvis ferre 
fructum poBsint ac debeant, ut de agris, de arbo- 
ribus, de auro et argento (cf. Orinan Ex^. Hdb. 




contracta Act. 19, 24. 2 Tim. 2, 20. Ap. 9, 20.* 

agyi5giov, iov, to (ab &gyvgoQ, q. v.), 1) argen- 
tum; Act. 3, 16. 7, 16. 20, 33. 1 Pet. 1, 18. — 2) 
pecunia; simplidter, Mt. 25, 18. 27. Mc. 14, lU 
Lc. 9, 3. 19, 15. 23. 22, 5. Act. 8, 20; inplur. Mt. 
28, 15. — 3) Spociatim nummus argenteus, Luth.: 
Sitberlingt ^^tp, alxXoq, sichu, i. e. nummus, quo 
Judaei post ei^um a Simonis, ipsorum principis, 
aetate (seu ab anno 141. ante Gbr. n.) utebantur (cf. 1 
Macc.^ 15, 6 s.), teste Josepho (ant. 3, 8, 2), aequans 
rsrgadga^fiov atticum vel SlSgaxfiov alexandri- 
num (V. m cxat^g); Mt. 26,^15. 27. 3. 5 sq. 9. — 
Act. 19, 19: afyvglov fivgiaSsQ nivts, utnosdi- 
cimus: 50000 %n Silber^^ SUbergeld: baud dubie 
intelliguntur drachmae; cf. Meyer, ad^L* 

dgyvgoxoTcog, ov, 6 {agyvgoq et ximzm, tundo, 
cudo, ar^enti cusor), faber argetdarius; Act. 19, 
24. (Judd. 17, 4. Jer. 6, 29. — Plut de vit aere 
aUen. c. 7.)* 

agyvgoq, ov, o {agyoq, splendens), argenJtum; 
1 Go. 3, 12 (intelUge arg., quo columnae obduce- 
bantur et contignatio aedinciorum exomabatur); 
metonym., res aigento confectae, opera, vasa, si- 
mulacra argentea; Act. 17, 29. Jac. 5, 3. Ap. 18, 12. 
— nummus argenteus; Mt. 10, 9.* 

^AgstoqnttYoq,ov^ o, Areopagus (locus eminentior 
in Atbenarum urbe baud procul ab acropoli ad 
occasum situs; nayoq, coUis, 'Agsioq, Martius >— 
scopuJus Mavortis, ita dictus, quia, ut ibbulare- 
ferebat, Mars, quum in stupro flliae Alcippea Nep- 
tuni fiUum Haurrbothium aeprebensum occidisset, 
idcirco bomicidii accusatus, capitis causam bic 
coram duodecim diis judicibus dixerat; Pausan. 
Attic. 1, 28), locus, in quo conveniebant judioes, 
aui de rebus capitalibus (velut de caede deuberata, 
de incendio voluntario, de morte pbarmacis parata, 
de vulneribus data opera infiictis, de institutorum 
civilium et sacrorum violatione) judicarent. Quod 
judicium a loco, quo sedem babebat, ipsum quoque 
dictum est Areopagus^ etiBmAreumjumeium{TBcit. 
ann. 2, 55), curia Mortis (Juv. sat. 9, 101). In il- 
ium coUem Paulus apost. ductus est, non ut coram 
judicibus causam diceret, sed ut majori populi 



l^Qeonayitrjg. 



49 



popali moltitudmi ibi confluenti et noTaram reruin 
aadiendartun capidae suas de rebns diyinis opiniones 
exponeret; Act. 17, 19—21 coll. va. 32. Cf. J. H. 
Krause Art. Areopug in Fatdy BealencykL d. class. 
AlterthmnswisseDsch. I, p. 700 ss. 

lA^eonaylrrfQ (Tdf.Ageonaysltrjq)^ ov, 6 (a voce 
pnwcedente), Arei jududi aaaeasor ; Act. 17, 34.* 

a^eaxeia {Tdf, oQBOxia), aq, ^ (ab aQsaxevw, 
blandns sum, undo non est acribendum dgiaxsta), 
placendi stwdium; neQimneZv dilmq zov xvqLov 
elq naaav a^saxslav, nt ei in omnibus placeatis, 
GoL 1, 10. (de studio placendi deo Philo opit §. 50; 
de fiofag, §. 17. de victim. §. 3 sub fin.; — ap. 
nativos Uraecos plerumque in malam partem dici- 
tur; Theoph. char. 5. PoLSl, 26,5. Diod. 13, 53 

d^iaxw, f. agiaof, impf. HJQsaxov^ aor. 1. l^eaa 
{APQ), a) ptaceo; xivl, Mt. 14, 6. Mc. 6, 22. Ro. 8, 
8. 15, 2. 1 Th. 2, 15. 4, 1. 1 Co. 7, 32—34. GaLl,l«. 
2 Tim. 2. 4 ; ivmnidv xivoq, ex hebr. •^a'^ja, Act. 6, 
5 (1 Reg. 3, 10. Gen. 34, J 8 al.). — b) placere gtur 
dec; ad aUorum opiniones ^ studia, commoda me 
accontmodo {2u Ge/allen sein oder leben)^ zivl, 
l^Co. 10, 33 (ndvta naaiv d^iaxat); 1 Th. 2, 4. — 
aQicxsiv iavt<p, semet ipso delectaji ideoque sua 
commoda^ spectare, Ro. 15, 1. 3.* 

a^iOToqf j^, 6v {aQiaxto), grcOus, o/cceptus; rivi, 
Jo. 8, 29. Act 12, B; ivmmov zivoq, 1 Jo. 3, 22 (v. 
afficxaA ; &Qtox6v icti seq. ace. c. inf., aptum est. 
Act. 6, 2. (ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.)* 

'Agixaq, a (cf. Win, §. 8, 1), 6. Areiae (nomen 
comnlurium Arabiae Petraeae s. Nabataeae regum ; 
cf. behUrer ntl. Zeitgeschichte, p. 233 s.), rex ara- 
bicus, qui genero Herodi Antipae ob repudiatam ab 
eo filiam bellnm intulit (an. 36 p. Chr. n.) atque 
contra eum tanta fortuna conflixit, nt ejus exerci- 
tnm plane profligaret (Jos. ant. 18, 5). Quo facto Yi- 
tellins, Syriae praeses, exercitum contra Aretam 
ducere a Tiberio jnssus, bellum paravit; sed Ti- 
berio interim mortuo, copias ex itmere reduxit iis- 
que in hibema dimissis Komam profectus est. Post 
ejus discessum Aretas in damascenam regionem 
imperium (quod quo facto aut beneficio adeptus 
sit, ignoratur) exercuit urbique ethnarcham prae- 
fecit: 2 Ck). 11, 32. Cf. Win. BWB. s. v.; Wieseler 
in Herzog Ene. I, p. 488 s. Ke im in Schenkel BL. 
I, p^. 238 s. SchHrer in Itiehm HWB. p. 81 s.* 

a(»(ri}, ^^, ^, vox, cujus notio ap. Graecos latis* 
sime patet; miaelibet a^icujus personae (corporis 
vel animi) yA rd praestantiaf excellens faciUtas ; 
de humano animo et sensu quidem ethico dictum: 
1) honesta sentiendi agendique ratio ; honestas^ pro- 
litas (Sap. 4, 1. 5, 13; saepe in 4Macc.et ap. Grace), 
2 Pet. 1, 5. — 2) singtdaris ^idam excellens ani- 
tni habitusy ut modestla, castmionia, hinc (in plur. 
al dgexaly Sap. 8,^7 ; saepe in 4 Mace, et ap. graec. 
philosophos) rig oQit^, PhiL 4, 8. — De deo di- 
ctum s a) ejus vis, 2 Pet. 1, 13. b)m plur. virtutes 
ejus, ^,quae in opere gratuitae vocationis et in toto 
n^otio salutis nostrae relucenf {Jo. Gerhard), 
1 Pet. 2, 9. (Ap. LXX = iSn, decus, gloria^ Hab. 
3, 2 [de deo]; Sach. 6, 13 [de Messia]; plur. <« 
ri^rir, laudes, de deo, Jes. 43, 21. 42, 12. 63, 7.)* 

ap^v, 6, nominativ. inusitatus; reliqui casus 
per syncopen ^ apvd; ^(pro dgivoq), dgvl^ &gva; 

£lur. a(frigy d^vdiv^ dgydai, &Qvag, ovis, aqnus; 
•c. 10, 3. (Gen. 30, 32. £xod. 23, 10 al.; — ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Horn.)* 

aQi^fiito, to, aor- 1. ^gl^utjaa^ pf. pass. ^Ql^fitj- 
fiai (doi^fjiog)^ numero; Mt. 10, 30. Lc. 12, 7. Ap. 
7, ?.* 
dgi&fiog, ov, d, numerus; a) numerus certus ac 

GBIMM, Lexicon in N. T. 



It^QfiaysdMv, 

definitus; rdv dgid-fiov nevraxiaxiXioi, numero^ Jo. 
6, 10 ^ Mace. 8, 16. 3 Mace. 5, 2 et saepe ap. Grae- 
cos; Win. p. 205); ix rot; dpi^fjiov x(5v owSexa^ 
Lc. 22, 3; ag. dvd^gwnov, numerus, cujus litterae 
quondam hominem indicant, Ap. 13, 8. — b) nume- 
rus non definitus, i. q. multitudo; Act. 6, 7. 11, 21. 
Ap^. 20, 8. 

lAgifiad-aUe, ag, n, ArimcUkaea s. Arimathia, 
hebr. iw (locus excelsus), nomen plurium palaesti- 
nensium^^oppidorum; cf. G^^^^t Thes. HE, p. 1275. 
Quae Mt. 27, 57. Mc. 15, 43. Lc. 23, 51. Jo. 19, 38 
commemoratur, videtur eadem fuisse cum ilia, quae 
Samuelis patria et sedes erat, in montanis Ephra- 
imj 1 Sam. 1, 1. 19 al.; LXX ^Agfjia&aijji , et sine 
lurticulo ''Pa/jLtt&i/i, et ex alia lectione Pafiad'atfx 
1 Mace. 11, 34; 'Pa/ua^cE tip. Jos. antt. 13, 4, 9. Cf. 
Grimm ad 1 Mace. 11, 34. Keim HI, p. 514* 

lAglotagyog, ov, ^, Aristarchus, vir quidam chri- 
stianus, Thessalonicensis , cum Paulo in captivi- 
tatem abductus; Act. 19, 29. 20, 4. 27. 2. CoL 4, 10. 
Philem. vs. 24.* 

dfictdwy (5, aor. 1. ^glanjoaird agiaxov, q. v.), 
a) jentaculum capio: Jo. 21, 12. 15. (Xen. Oyr. 6, 
4, 1. et saepius ap. Atticos.) — b) ex usu posterio- 
rum coenoy nagd xivi, Lc. 11, 37. (Gen. 43, 25. Ael. 
V. h. 9, 19.)* 

dgiaxsgog, ce, 6v^ sinister, laeixus; Mt.6,3. Lc. 23, 
33; SnXa dgioxegd, quae sinistra manu feruntur, 
arma ad tegendum, SchtUztoaffen, 2 Co. 6, 7.* 

AgioxdpovXog, ov, 6, Aristobuhts, vir quidam 
christianus, Ro. 16, 10.* 

&giaxov, ov, x6, cibus primus, qui mane capitur 
ante laborem, jentactUum; prandium dicebatur 
dstnvov. Sed posteriores Graeci jeutaculum xd 
dxqdxiafjia appellabant, &giaxov vero prandium, i. 
e. isZnvov ueaijfiBgivov, Athen. 1, 9. 10. Atque sic 
in N. T. Ergo i) prandium; Lc. 14, 12 {noieZv 
&giaxov ^ SEtnvov, ad quod aUi invitantur); 11, 38. 
m 22, 4 (koi/tidgf iv).* 

dgxsxd c, ]}, ov {agxico), sufficiens; Mt. 6, 34 (sens. : 
sufficiat bomini molestia, ^uam dies hodiemus af- 
fert, neque eam temere sibi augeat anticipandis 
futurarum dierum ouris) ; dgxixbv x(f f^a^tjxj, con- 
tentus sit, sq. 7va, Mt. 10, 25 ; sq. inf. 1 Pet. 4, 3. 
(Chrysipp. ap. Athen. 3, p. 113. b.)* 

dgxiw, <3, aor. 1. ^gxeaa, fut. 1. pass. dgxBo&^- 
aofjtai, praeditus sum vinon deficiente; valeo. suffi- 
do, satis sum (velut contra periculum aliquod, 
hinc tueor, arceo, ap. Hom.); c. oat. pers. Mt. 25, 9. 
Jo. 6, 7; aox$i cot. ^xdp^g ptov, sufficit tibi gratia 
mea, sc. aa malum fortiter sustinendum; non igi- 
tur est, cur ejus remotionem petas, 2 Co. 12, 9; 
impers. dgxet ijiuv, sufficit noois, contenti sum as, 
Jo. 14, 8. — Passiv. (ut ap. Graecos) contenttcs red- 
dor; contentus sum; xivi, aliqua re, Lc. 3, 14. Heb. 
13, 5. 1 Tim. 6, 8 (2 Mace. 2, 15); inl xivi, 3 Jo. 
vs. 10.* 

igxxog, ov, 6, rj, vel Rgxog, ov, 6, ij, ursus, ur- 
sa; Ap. 13, 2.* 

Sg/ia, axog, x6 (ab agm, apto; jugum), currus; 
Act 8, 28 s. 38; de curru bellico s. falcate die. 
Sg/xaxa ^innwv nolXiSv, currus, quibus multi equi 
juncti sunt, Ap. 9, 9. (Joel. 2, 5. — apud Graecos 
inde ab Horn.)* ^ ^ 

jigfiayeScjv, vel (e 1. vuk.) AgfiayeddcDV, Ar- 
mageddon, nom. pr. indecl. loci, qui apocaWpticae 
imaginationi debetur, Ap. 16, 16. Beza et Giassio 
praeeuntibus multi putant, nomen compositum esse 
ex in, mens, et "ia^tt s. innate, LXX Maysdw, Ma-- 
yeSd'ci. Megiddo autem Manassitarum urbs fuit 
sita in planitie magna tribus Isaschar, duplici 
clade nobiUs, una Cananaeorum (Judd. 5, 19), al- 



i; 



aQfio^U). 



iera Israelitaram (2 Bdg. 23, 29 s. 2 Chron. 35, 22 
colL Zach. 12, 11), ita nt in apocalypsi locus si- 
ffnificetur, qao reges Christo adversantes clade de- 
lendi essent similiiixia iUis, qoam oMm vel Cana- 
naei vel Israelitae accepissent. Yerum enimyero 
annm iUae duae clades factae esse dicantor ini 
vSavi May. (Jud. L c.) et iv t<3 mSlw May. 
(2 Ghr. 1. c), non intelligitur, quid sibi velit mons 
Megiddo, qui alius esse non posset, nisi Carmel, 
Quapropter equidem longe facUius et probabillus 
£. CapeUum conjecisse censeo, ^Agfiayeiciv -* Aq- 
fiafifyedmv conipositum esse e m&^, excidium^ et 

hQijotfii^ attic. &QfidiT<o, aor. 1. med. ^Qfjtoadfinv 
&Qf*ogt q. v.)> 1) aptOf adapto: ita jam ap. Horn, ae 
abris lignariis ligna et tftbulas ad exsfruendaae- 
dificia, navigia et alia opificia compingentibus. — 
2) de conjugio: aQiJiiOBiV tivlt}iv ^vyax^Qa^(Q^t. 
9, lOS), despondere cuicmJUiam; pass. hQ/^o^fTat 
yvvi^ dvS^C LXX ProT. 19, 4; med. aQfxoaaad'ai 
Tijv ^yatiga zivoq (Hdt. 5, 32. 47. 6, 65), sibi ad- 
prngere, L e. ttxarem ducere dUcujua fiUam; hofio- 
aaa&al xivl nva, despondere, nupttd dare aticui 
aliguam, 2 Co. 11, 2 et saepe ap. Philonem, cf. 
Loesner ad 1. Medium active dici doceri nequit, 
sed eo respicitur ad eum, cui cura despondendi 
commissa est.* 

cLifl^OQt oVf 6 {JSiQWy apto), commiasuroj jtmctura; 
Heb. 4, 12. (Sophocl. Xen. aL — Sir. 27, 2).* 

^Agvelf df nomen propr. indecl. unius e majori- 
bns Ohristi; Lc. 3, 33 Tdf. 

agviofiaiy ov/iai, f. ^aofiai, impf. ijpvovfitjv, 
aor. 1. ^Qv^adfifjv (raro ap. Atticos, plerumque 
a^vtj&^ai oicentes, cf. Mattk, I, p. 538), pf. fj^vrj- 
fxai, verb, depon.; 1) nego, L q. smeXv - - ohx, Mc. 
14, 70. Mt. 26, 70. Jo. 1, 20. 18, 25. 27. Lc 8, 45. 
Act. 4, 16; sq. Zxi oi pro simpHci Sta, ut fortius et 
expressins negetur, Mt. 26, 72. 1 Jo. 2, 22. (de eo- 
dem ap. Graecos usu cf. KUhner-M, p. 761.)^ — 
2) negOi c. accus. personae yario sensu: a) oqv, 
Iqaovv die. de assectatoribus ejus ob metum mor- 
tis ant persecutionum Jesum magisbrum suum esse 
negantibus et ejus partes deserentibus Mt. 10, 33. 
Lc. 12, 9. 2 Tim. 2, 12 (idem denotat agv. xb Hvofia 
aixov, Ap. 3, 8), et vice versa de Jesu aliquem 
cultorem suum esse negante, Mt. 10, 33. 2 Tim. 2, 
12. — b) aQv. deum et Christum dicuntur, qui 
alendis spargendisque pemiciosis opinionibus atque 
improbis moribns a deo et Christo defecisse judi- 
candi sunt, 1 Jo. 2, 22 (coU. 4. 2. 2 Jo. vs. 7-— 11); 
Jud. vs. 4. 2 Pet. 2, 1. — c) savxov, quod duplici 
sensu dicitur: a) sua commoda non respicere, Lc. 
9, 23; V. in oTtagviofiai. — ^) a semet ipso de- 
ficere, sui se prorsus dissimilem ostendere, 2 Tim. 
2, 13. — 3) abnego, r/, alieui rei renuntiare, pror- 
sus ab ea se abdicare; x^v aaifisiav x. xhg int- 
dvfziaQ, Tit 2, 12; factis animum ab aliquo alienum 
prodere, xi^v nlaxiv, 1 Tim. 6, 8. Ap. 2, 13; xfjv 
S'CvafAiv r§g Biatfiela^t 2 Tim. 3, 5. — 4) non (to- 
cento y oblatum repudio; xivd Act. 3, 14. 7, 35; o. 
inf. rem indicante, Heb. 11, 24. 

agvlovy iovy xd (deminut. ab a(>i}v, q. v.), agnel- 
lu8, agnus; Ap. 13, 11 ; xa &gvta fiov dicit Jesus as- 
sectatores sues, Jo. 21, 15; xh agvlov die. de Chri- 
sto ad ezpianda hominum peccata innocenter passo 
et mortuo, persaepe in apocalypsi, ut 5, 6. 8. 12 al. 
(Jer. 11, 19. 50, 45. Ps. 113, 4. 6. Jos. ant. 2, 5, 6.) 

apva^, accus. plur. nominis inusitati agjjv, q.v. 

dQOxgidwj &, {agoxQOv, q. v.), aro; Lc. 17, 7. 
1 Co. 9, 10. (Deut. 22, 10. Mich. 3, 12. — Ap. 
Graecos inde a Theophr. pro antiquiore uqow, cf. 
Lob, ad Phiyn. p. 254 b,)* 



50 *^QTefiig. 

aQoxQOVf oVj x6 (apSat, aro), aratrum; Le. 9, 62. 
(Ap. Graecos inde ab Horn.)* 

agnayij, flq,Jl (iigna^o)), rapina; 1) actus rapienr 
diy direptio; Heb, 10, 34. — 2) raptum, praeda; 
Mt. 23, 25. Lc. 11, 39 (Jes. 3, 14. Nah. 2, 12. — 
ap. Graecos inde ab Aeschylo.)* 

hgnayfAO^, ov, d (aiQndtw)^ 1) actus rapieneU 
(ita Plut. pn. educ. c. 15 |aL 14], unico e profanis 
script, enotato loco vocem habente). 2) res rapta 
vel rapienda; kgnaypLOv fiyeZo^alxt, aUquid velut 
praedam arripiendum vel retinendum putare, Phil. 
2, 6., de cujus loci sententia v. in fJtOQ<p^. {^yeXa^ai 
vel noisZad^l xi Sonaypta, Euseb. h. e. 8, 12. vit. 
Const. 2, 31. Heliod. 7. 11 et 20. 8, 7; alicmid pros- 
dam sttam ducere J Cic. Yerr. 5, 15, 39.)* 

agndCfW^ f daoi, aor. 1. fjgnaoa, aor. 1. pa.ss. ^p- 
nda&nv^ aor. 2. ^ondyri (2 Co. 12, 2. 4. Sap. 4, 11 ; 
cf. Win. p. 80), fut. 2. pass, agnayijaofiat^ ramo^ 
violenter auferoj r/, Jo. 10, 12; ampio, cupide et 
studiose mihi vindico; x^v fiaaiXelav xovd^sot^ Mt. 

11, 12. (Xen. anab. 6, 5, 18 al.); eripio; xl, Mt. 13, 
19; xl ix reigd^ xivoq^ Jo. 10,28 s.; xivd ix nvgd^, 
proverbiauter, ex exitii periculo liberare, Jud. vs. 
23. (Amos. 4, 11. Zach. 3, 2.); xivd, aliquem arrej)- 
tum celeriter abducere, Jo. 6, 15. Act. 23, 10; dici- 
tur de vi divina aliquem e loco in alium prodigia- 
liter et celerrime transferente (entrUcken), Act. 8. 
39; passive: ngoQ x. ^fov, Ap. 12, 5: sq. Sw^ c. 
gen. loci, 2 Co. 12, 2. 4; Wc aioa, 1 Th. 4, 17.* 

SgnaS^ayoQ, d, adj. rapax; Mt. 7, 15. Lc. 18, 11; 
Bubst. lairoj 1 Co. 5, 10 s. 6, 16. (utroque usu ap. 
Graecos inde a Xen.)* . 

a^^afitiv, divoQ^ 6 (hebr. fap?. Gen. 38. 17 s. 20., 
ab a;^j, mgneratnt; vox quae a Phoenicibus ad 
Graecos transiisse videtur, a quibus eam accepe- 
runt Latini), arrha, arrhabo, i. e. pecunia, quae in 
emtionibus pifiporis loco datur, ut totius pretii 
post solvendi ndes fiat {Angddj Draufgetd, Kauf" 
schilling, Haftpfennig)\ 2 Co. 1, 22. 5,^5: xdv ad^a- 
^(5va xov nvev/jiaxoQ, i. e. xd avevfia IbQ a^hapwva 
scil. xr^q xXfiQovofiLaqy ut plene legitur Eph. 1, 14; 
accepto enim spiritu sancto, quo Svvdfjieiq xov fiiX- 
Xortoq alibvog (Heb. 6, 5) continentur, futura bea- 
titas et praesentitur et oppigneratur. Cf. in anag- 
X^.c. (Is. 8, 23. Arist. pol. 1, 4, 5 al.)* 

a^^afpOQj Tdf. Trg. iga^oq (cf. Win. p. 48. 
Bttm. ntl. Qt. p. 29), ov 0dnxaf, consuo), non con- 
stUus, nullam nabens suturam; Jo. 19, 23.* 

UtiiVi v. in agajiv. 

Sggi^xoq, ov{^ijx6g, ^tiB^ijvai), a) quod non dictum 
est; Hom. Od. 14, 466. et saepe ap. Atticos. — 
b) quod (propter sanctitatem) €^6r6 nefas est (Hdt. 
5, 83 et ^saepe ap. alios), 2 Co. 12, 4, ubi explicatur 
additis S oi>x i^bv av^gdrntp XaXtfiai.* 

a^bwaxoq, ov {btovwiii^ q. v.), invalidus; aegro- 
tus; Mt. 14, 14. Mc. 6, 5. 13. 16, 18. 1 Co. 11, 30. 
(Xenoph., Plut.)* 

agoevoxoixTjg, ov, 6 {agatjv, mas; xolxtf, cnbile), 
qui cum masculo concumbit, cinaedus; 1 Co. 6, 9. 
1 Tim. 1, 10. (AnthoL 9, 686, 6; scriptt. ecdes.)* 

agariVy evog, <), agasv, xd, item (e 1. vUg. Ap. 

12, 5. 13 atque in multis edd. et ap. Tdf. Bo. 1, 
27 a.; cf.^^tzsche £p. ad Rom. I, p. 78) i^^riVy 
evoc, 6,a^^EVt x6, mas, masctdus; Mt. 19, 4. Mc. 
10, 6. Lc. 2, 23. Ro. 1, 27. Gal. 3, 28. Ap. 12, 5 
13 (quo loco Lchm. Tdf, Trg. exhibent Sgaevav, 
de qua alex. forma cl Win, p. 47 et p. 64. Mul- 
lack p. 22. Bum. ntl. Gr. p. 12).* 

^AgxtfjLag, ft, 6 (decurtatum ex ^AgxtiiUmgoq, cf. 
Win p. 97), ArtemaSf vir quidam Paulo apostolo 
amicus, Tit. 3, 12. 

^Agxsiiiq, iSoq et loc, ^t Artemis, et iUa quidem. 



aq%e^mv. 



51 



««^. 



quae tauricaf s. perfdca, s. ephesina appellatur, 
plnriam aaiaticanim gentium dea, a (xraecoram 
Artemide, ApollioiB soiore, distinguenda ; cf. Orimm 
Exgt. Handb. ad 2 Mace. p. 39. SplendidiBsimnm 
templosa ei exfltractoia erat £phefli, quod ab He- 
rostrato incensmn et in cineres redactum deinde 
Alexandri M. temporibas magnificentins instaura- 
turn eat; Act 19, 24. 27 a. 34 8. Gf. Stark in 
Sehenkel BL. I, p. 604 as. 

OQxilAwVt ovoQ {Lchtn. Tdf. Trg, covoQj cf. Win. 
p. 62), d, arteman, gwpparvm, velam navis, quod 
die. JBra/n^egely Act. 27, 40; cf. Meyer ad 1.* 

apTf, adT. ex etymo (of(>a», arcto) tempas arete 
ooigonctam denotans, 1) ap. Atticos „modo, nunc 
tp^um, german. gerade, eben, qnibus particolig rem 
significamns modo ac plane paulo ante hoc tem- 
pns, de quo loqoimur, vel coeptam vel absolatam" 
{Lobeck); Mt. 9, 18. 1 Th. 3, 6 et fortasse Ap. 10, 
12. — 2) £ recentionim Gniecoram usn nniv.: nunc, 
hoc tempore^ opp. praeterlapso tempori: Jo. 9, 19. 
25. 13, 33. 1 Co. 16, 7. GaL 1, 9 b,; — opp. futuro 
tempori: Jo. 13, 37. 16, 12. 31. 2 Th. 2, 7: opp.tem- 
pon post reditum ChriBti fatnro: 1 Co. 13, 12. 

1 Pet. 1,6. 8; -— die. de praesenti tempore arctis- 
sime circomscripto: hoc ipso temporCf hoc temporie 
jmncto, Mt 3, 15. 26, 53. Jo. 13, 7. GaL 4, 20. — 
uxQi trjq &QZt a!(»ac, 1 Co. 4, 1 1 ; S<oq tgrti, usque 
cidkuc; ad hoc usque tempus Mt. 11, 12. Jo. 2, 10. 
5, 17.^ 16, 24. 1 Co 4, 13., 8,^7. 15, 6. 1 Jo. 2, 9. — 
m aQxt Y. supra in inaQXi, — Cf. LohecTc ad 
Phryn. p. 18 ss.* 

&QXi-Yiwrito^, ov{yevvi<o\ recensncOus; 1 Pet. 
2. 2. (Ludan. Alex. 13. Long, past 1, 7. 2, 3.)* 

&QXio^9 a, ov {Spot^ apto), 1) cmtus. 2) per/ertus; 
ita^2 Tim. 3, 17. (ap. Graee. inde ab Hom.)^ 

apxo^. ov, d (ab apw, apto, compingo), pants; 
hebr. Wf^\ 1) dhusy e farina cum aqua permixta 
compact^ (Uque codus, apud Israeliias in formam 
placentae oblongae aut rotundae digiti poUicis cras- 
situdine et patellae s. disci magnitudine redactus 
(cf. Win. BwB. Art. Backen)^ quaprppter non dis- 
secabatur, sed frangebatur (v. in xAaaf^et xAaar); 
Mt 4, 3. 7, 9. 14, 17. 19. Mc. 6, 36 s. Lc. 4, 3. 24, 
30. Jo. 6, 5 ss. Act 27, 35 et saepe; i^oi, xnq itQO^ 
^iaemgt panes Jehovae consecrati. v. in ngoS'eai^; 
de pane ad agaparum et coenae s. celebrationem 
adhibito ef. Mt. 26, 26. Mc. 14, 22. Lc. 22, 19. Act. 
2, 42. 46. 20, 7. 1 Co. 10. 16 a. 11, 26—28. — 2) Ut 
ap. Graecos et ut hebr. an^, quivis dims; Mt 6, 
11. Mc. 6, 8. Lc. 11, 3. 2"Co. 9, 10; <) £gxoQX<3v 
xdxvwv, cibns, qui liberis apponitur, Mc. 7, 27; 
apxov ipayilv a. ia&liiVf cibwn capere, prandere 
(nrr^ Vbic), Mc. 8, 20. Lc. 14, 1. 15. Mt 15, 2; &QXoy 
^dyilvnoQa xivoq, yictum ab aliquo auppeditatnm 
anmere, 2 TL 3, 8; xhv havxoi) JSlqx, iomsiv, yi- 
ctu nti, quern ano ipaiua labore aibi paiayit aliquia, 

2 Th. 3, 12; fi^xe aqxov io^lwv, ft^s olvov nl* 
vwVf a yictu nomimbua conaueto abatinena, vel 
parco victu ntena Lc. 7, 33; XQwyBiv xbv a(fxov 
fiexi xivog, alicujna conyictorem, familiarem esae, 
Jo. ^13, 18 (Pa. 41, 10). —^tbv &qxov xov d-eov, 
T. a, ix xov oigavoVf r. a. xijQ ifoijq Jeaia ae ip- 
Bum appellat ap. Jo. 6, 32 — 35 tanquam divinum 
XoyoVf e coelia profectum, qui coeleatia vitae fon- 
tem in ae continena animia praebeat coeleate ali- 
mentum ad cpnsequendam vitam aetemam. 

oLQxvw, t voiOy pt paaa. ^prvjua«, fut 1. paaa. 
dpxvd'^aofiiai (Sgof), afparo, instruo; ita aaepe 
ap. Horn. — Apud comicoa et epi^rammatiatas de 
apparandia cibia dicitur, condimentts adsnergo, con- 
dto (ij(fxvfiivoq olvaQf Theophr. de odor. §. 51); 
ita Mc. 9, 50. Lc. 14, 34; metaph.: 6 Xoyoq SXaxt 



^(nvfiivoq, aapientiae et gratiae plenna indeque 
auavis et aaluber, CoL 4, 6.* 

^ApipaSdS, df Arphaxad(iv^t^»\ filius Semi (Gen. 
10,^22 24. 11, 10. 12); Lc. 3, 2(6.' 

d(fxoiyYiXog, ov, 6 (ab &QXi^ q« v. et oyyeAog), 
biblica et eccleaiaatica vox, arrhangelus i. e. ange- 
lorum princepa (Oberengel, Erzengel; hebr. ^, 
princepSj Dan. 10, 20. 12, 1), a. unua e piineipibua et 
praefectia angelorum (B*^aoM^n a^'ti^n Dan. 10, 13); 
1 Th. 4, 16. Jud. va. 9. Nam Judaei post edlium 
plurea angelorum ordines distinxerunt supremique 
ordinia alii (ut auctor libri Henochi 9, 1 sa. '^ cf. 
DUlmann ad h. L p. 97 a.) quatuor (e quatuor divini 
throni lateribua), alii, atque, ut videtur, plurimi 
(Tob. 12, 15., ubi cf. Fritzsche; Ap. 8, 2) sepiein 
(ad normam aeptem Amschaspandorum, aupremo- 
rum geniornm in Zoroaatria religione) angeloa 
numerayerunt Vide in FaPgi^k et Mtxa^.* 

dfx^^og, a/a, alov, (ab apx^, initium, hinc) pr.gta 
ab initio fuit (anfdnglich), vetus, priscusf die. de 
hominibus, rebus, temporibus, conditiombua; Lc. 
9. 8. 19. Act. 15, 7. 21. 21, 16. 2 Pet 2, 5. Ap. 12, 9. 

20, 2 ; oi ap;taroi, majorea, priaci laraelitae, Mt. 5, 

21. 27. 33; xa aQx^xta ethica hominum conditio, 
qualis antea erat 1 Co. 5. 17. (ap. Graeeoa inde a 
Pind. et Hdt)* 

'Apx^kaoQ, ov, 0, Archdaus (ab agx^ ®^ Xa6Q, im- 
perans popnlo), filius Herodis M. e Malthace Sa- 
maritana. Educatus est cum Antipa fratre Bomae 
apud priyatum quondam hominem (Jos. ant 17, 1, 
3). Post mortem patiis ethnarcha praefuit Jn- 
daeae, Samariae, Idumaeae (exceptis urbibus Gaza, 
Gadara, Hippo) per 10 annos. Nam quum enm 
Judaei et Samaritani Bomae tyrannidis accusassent 
a Caesare relegatus Yiennam Allobrogum est ibi- 
que obiit (Joa. ant 17, 9, 3. 11, 4. 13, 2. b. j. 2, 
7, 3); Mt 2, 22.* 

op/i}, ijc, if, ap. LXX plerumque — wh, rr^vot, 
n^nin; 1) tmhum, exordium: a) aenau abaoluto die 
de omnium ^rerum initio; iv agxi* Jo. 1* 1 a. (Gen. 
1, 1); an a(^ijc, Mt 19, 4 (quocum loco cf. Aen. 
mem. 1, 4, 5: o ef oqxv^^okop av^(fd}7tovq) ; ya. 8.^ 
Jo. 8, 44. 1 Jo. 1, 1. 2, 13 a. 3, 8; expreaaiua an 
a^XV^ ^^riaco^c yel xoa/iov Mt. 24, 21. Mc. 10, 6. 
13, 19. 2 Th. 2, 13 (ubi Lchm. iataQxnv), 2 Pet 3, 
4; xax* oQx^^f Heb. 1, 10. (Pa. 102, 26.) — ^) aensu 
relatiyo de initio rei, de qua aermo eat; ii agxv^* 
ex quo discipulos collegerat Jeaua, Jo. 6, 64. 16, 4; 
dn^ aoxv^f Jo* 1^» 27 (ex quo in pubUcam lucem 
prodii); — ut primum tradita est doctrina, 1 Jo. 
2,24. 3, 11. 2 Jo. ys. 5 s.; plenius: iv oQxi tov tiay 
yjEkiov, Phil. 4, 15 (Clem. Bom. 1 Co. 47. Ignat ad 
Philipp. 4); ab initio eyangelicae^historiae, Lc. 1, 
2; ab initio yitae. Act. 26, 4; ip apxv* iiii^o, cum 
fundaretur eeelesia, Act. 11, 15. — Aceus. apyj^yet 
xi^v apx^v Ap- Graecos (cf. Lennep ad Phalarid. 
p. 82 ss. et p. 94 ss. ed. lips. ; BrUckner in de Wette 
£xgt Hdb. ad Joann. p. 151) saepe adyerbiascit: 
■— ZXwq. omnino (ex accusatiyi directionem ad ali- 
quid inaicantis notione; pr. usque ad initium) 
plerumque, sed non semper sequente negatione; 
undo locum eximie yexatum Jo. 8, 25 : r^y - - vfilv 
ita interpretandum censemus: omnino s. prorsus 
(h. e. sine uUa excepldone) sum, quod etiam vobis 
eloquor (non solum sum, sed etiam yobis praedico 
id quod sum; non est igitur, quod me interrogetis); 
— ^X^^ ^fi^aveiv, initium capere, Heb. 2, 3. — 
add. ffenit rei, de qua igitur, o^Slvwv, Mt 24, 8. 
Mc. 13, 9; ^ffBQwv Heb. 7, 3; xov iiayyeXlov^ id, a 

?ao eyangelicae historiae initium factum est; Mc. 
, 1 ; x^Q{>nooxdai»g, fiducia, cujus feeimus initium, 
opp. fiix9'^ xiXovg, Heb. 3, 14. — xd ovoixeia xij<; 



aQXVyog. 



52 



>/ 



agxio. 



« > • 



apxvi Heb. 5, 12 {x^g <^;c$C additur ad rem expres- 
siuB aignificandam, ut m lat. rudimenia prima 
Liv, 1, 3. JuBtin. 7, 5; et prima ekmenta Horat. 
senn. 1,^1, 26 al.); o z^g a^xv^ ^^^ XgiatoyXo- 
Yog — o rov Xqiaxov Xoyog o xfjg agxv^i i* ®' 
institutio de Ghnsto, qualis erat, cum tirocinium 
poneretur, Heb. 6, 1. — 2) is yel id, a quo fit exor- 
dium, primus vel primum in aliquo rerum or dine, 
princeps: Col. 1, 18. (Ap. 1, 8 e 1. vulg.); 21, 6. 
22, 13. (Deut. 21, 17. Job, 40, 19 al.) — 3) id, per 
quod cdiqtUd ease coepit, prtndpium, causa (qua 
notione primus Anaumander philosophus sec. 7 
ante Ohr. n. voce usus esse dicitur; cf. Simpl. in 
Arist. Phys. f. 6 et 32), i^ aQx^ xrjg xxlastog^ de 
Christo tamquam divino Xoy^, Ap. 3, 14 (otDilster- 
diech adL; Clem. Al. protrept. 1, p. 6 ed. Pott.: 
Xoyog i^x^^ ^cta xwv ndvxwv. JEv. Nicod. 23 
diabolus dicitur 4 ciQX^ ^^v d-avaxov xal ^l^a xrjg 
hfjia^lag). — 4) exiremitas; de laciniis lintei, Act. 
10, 11. 11, 6. (Hdt. 4. 60. Died. 1, 35 aL) — b)prin- 
eipatus, imperium^ magistratus {agx^ xivdg)^ Lc. 
12, 11. 20, 20. Tit. 3, 1; munus demandatum (Gen. 
40, 13. 21. 2 Mace. 4, 10 al.) Jud. vs. 6; — hinc 
transfertur a Paulo ad angelos ac daemones im- 
peria sibi demandata in rerum ordine obtinentes 
(V. in &YysXog\ Ro. 8, 38. 1 Co. 15, 24. Eph. 1, 21. 
3, 10. 6, 12. Col. 1, 16. 2, 10. 15. Vide in iiovala* 

d^XVYOg* oVf adj. ducens, primam causam yel 
ansam praebens; £ur. Hipp. 881 ; Pl&t.^ Crat. p. 
401 d.;^plerumque substantiye dicitur o, niox^og 
{igX^t ^^h 1) ^upremus dux, princeps; de Cnhsto, 
Act. 5, 31. (Aesch. Ag. 266. Thuc. 1, 132. LXX 
Jes. 3, 5 s. 2 Chron. 23, 14 et saepe.) — 2) qui in 
aliqua re prosit (1 Mace. 10, 47: d^x* Xoywv el^rj- 
vixCbv) eoque modo exemplum edU, in aliqua re 
antesufnanus; x^g nlaxewg^ de Christo, Heb. 12, 2 
(qui fidei praestantia longe superaverit testes fidei 
c. 11 celebrates). Ita die. d^X^^^ afiagtlag, Mich. 
1, 13; l^i^Xovg, Clem. Bom. 1 Co. 14; r^ axdaswg 
xal Stroaxaalag, ibid. 51 ; x^g dnoaxaalag, de dia- 
bolo, Iren.4,40,1. xoiavxrjg q>iXooofpittg, de Thalete, 
Arist. met. 1, 3, 7. — Hinc 3) auctor; xfjg t^w^g, Act. 
3, 15; xrjg Oioxrigiag, Heb. 2, 10. (Ita saepe ap. pro- 
fanes; X(Sv ndvxofv, de deo, Tim. Locr. p. 96 c; 
xov yivovg xwv dvd-Qdanwv, de eodem, Died. 5, 72; 
conj. saepe dgxriyhg xal ahiog, antesignanus et 
auctor, ut Pol. 1, 66, 10. Hdian. 2, 6, 22.) Cf. Bleek 
Br.^an d. Hebr. II, 1 p. 301 s.* 

efpyi (ab agrw, dgxog), syUaba inseparabilis, 
praengi vocabulis muneris vel dignitatis solita ad 
nominandum eum, qui reliquis hoc munus gerenti- 
bus ^praefectus est, nostrum Ober-, Erz-^ velut 
d^dyyeXog, dQX^^olfirjv, d^xf^^Q^^^i dgxlaxgog, dg- 
X^^^vovxog, apxvTCf (»^TJ7c(ininscriptionibu8 aeg^rpt.) 
al. quorum pleraque alezandrinae et byzantinae 
graecitatis sunt. Cf. Thiersch de pentateuchi ver- 
sione alex. p. 77 s. 

d^X^SQaxixog, i}, 6v (agxh ligtxxixog, et hoc ab 
leQaofMci), pontificku; Act. 4, 6. Jos. antt. 4, 4, 7. 
6,6,3. 15,3,1./ 

CLQxtBQsygi sfog, summits sacerdos. 1) Hie, qui 

Srae ceteris hoc titalo omatus erat, princeps sacer- 
otum, iinin fnt (Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35, 25); Mt. 
26, 3. et saepe in evangg., actis atque epist. ad 
Hebr. — Licebat ei ^egariorum sacerdotum ofdcia 
administrare ; sed primarium ejus munus erat quo- 
tannis semel festo ezpiatorio sanctum sanctorum, 
reliquis sacerdotibus prohibitum, ingredi ad yicti- 
mam pro suis ac populi peccatis onerendam (Lev. 
16. Heb. 9, 7. 25.), atque in causis judicandis pr^ie- 
sidere summo synedrio (Mt. 26, 3. Act. 22, 5. 23, 
2.). E lege mosaica ad puntificatum nemo adspi- 



rare poterat, nisi qui esset e gente Aaronis et 
pontifida quidem familia oriundus, et is^ in quern 
collatum munus erat, ad mortem usque ei praeerat. 
At ab Antiochi Epiphanis temporibus quum reges 
e Seleucidis^ postea herodiani {)rincipes et Bomani 
creandi pontmces potestatem sibi arro^assent^ponti- 
flcatus nee pontificiae familiae addictus mansit, nee 
in perpetuum ulli committebatur, sed venalis fa- 
ctus ab uno ad alterum pro regum aut imperatorum 
arbitrio devolvi poterat. Unde factum est, ut ab 
Herode M. usque ad urbis sanctae excidium, intra 
CVn annorum spatium, XXYUl Tin dignitatem 
pontificatus obtinerent (Jos. antt. 20, 10; v. etiam 
supra in 'Avvag), Cf. Win. KWB. in Hoherpriester ; 
Oehler in Herzpg Enc. VI, p. 198 ss. — 2) Pluiali 
nomine rcbv dgx^'^Q^^'^ persaepe in evangeliis, 
actis apostolorum, yelut Mt. 2, 4. 16, 21. 26, 3. 27, 
41. Mc. 8, 31. 14, 1. 15, 1. Lc. 19, 47. 22, 52. 66. 

23, 4. 24, 20. Jo. 7, 32. 11, 57. 18, 35. Act 4, 23. 6, 

24. 9, 14. 21. 22, 30. 23, 14 al., scriptisque Josephi 
obyio comprehenduntur praeter eum, quiinfungen- 
do snmmi sacerdotis munere occupatus erat, turn 
ii, qui antea idem munus admrnistrarerant ab 
eoque amoti plurimum in ciyitate valere peigebant 
(Joseph. yita^38. b. jud. 2, 12, 6. 4, 3, 7. 9. 4, 4, 3. 
v. supra in *Awag), tum familiarum, e quibus 
summi sacerdotes creabantur, consortes, si qua in 
publicis rebus auctoritate pollebant (Jos. b. j. 6, 
2, 2) ; cf . quae hac de re erudite exponit Schurer 
Die dQX^^^^^<S im N. T. in Theol. Studd. u. Eritt. 
1872, p. 593 ss. et Ntl. Zeitgeschichte, p. 407 ss. 
— 3) in epist. ad Hebr. summus sacerdos appella- 
tur Christus, ut qui cruenta morte subeunda yicti- 
mam piacularem deo se obtulerit atque coeleste 
sanctuarium ingressus perpetuo pro nobis apud 
deum intercedat; 2, 17. 3, 1. 4, 14. 5, 10. 6, 20. 7, 
20. 8, 1. 9, 11. Cf. Winzer de sacerdotis officio, 

^uod Christo tribuitur in ep. ad Hebr. 3. Progrr. 
lips. 1825 s. Riehm Lehrbegriff des Hebr.-Briefs, 11, 
p. 431 — 488. — Inter Qraecos utuntur nomine Hdt. 2, 
143. 6, 151. Plat. legg. 12, p. 947a. Polyb.23,1.2. 
32,22,5. Plat. Numa c. 9 al. - ap.LXX, qui locutio- 
ne Upsi>g fiiyag usitantur, semelLey. 4, 3 ; — in apocrr. 
V. T. 3 Ear. 5, 40. 9, 40 et sae])ius in Maccab. libris. 
dgx^'^^^ffV^i ^vog, o, vox biblica, pastorum prin^ 
ceps; de Christo capite ecclesiae, 1 Pet. 5, 4. y. in 

TtOlfl^V.* 

*AQX^7t7tog, ov, o, Archippus yir quidam christia- 
nus inter Cplossenses, Col. 4, 17. rhilem. ys. 2.* 

dgx^'^^^^^y^^^p ov, o {avvaywy^f synagogae 
praefectus, nji^^on ok^ Mc. 5, 22. 35 s. 38. Lc. 8, 49. 
13, 14. Act. 13,' 15. 18, 8. 17. Ejus erat, in s^agoga 
qui l^erent aut docerent, deligere, dicentium ser- 
mones examinare, atque yidere, ut decore et ex in- 
stitute majorum omnia gererentur. (Ap. profEinos 
non exstat.)* 

dgxi-xixxotv, ovog, 6 {xixxofv, q. y.), architectus, 
aedmciorum exstruendorum gubemator: 1 Co. 3, 
10. (Hdt Xen. Plat, et sqq. Jes. 3, 3. Sir. 38, 27. 
2 Mace. 2, 29.)* 

dgx^-'^^^^^^if ov, 0, praefectus portitorum: Lc. 
19,, 2.* 

dQXL'XQlxXivo^, ov, o (tglxXivov), praefectus tri- 
clinii s. XQixXivaQX''J^i «^o. 2, 8 s. Differt a conyiyii 
magistro, avfinooiagxVf <iui enit conyiyarum ali- 
quis, sorte electus, ut caeteris conyiyis leges bi- 
bendi ferret; cf. Sir. 35, 1. Sed architricUni erat. 
mensas et lectulos collocare, fercula disponere, 
cibos ac yina praegustare. (Heliod. 7, 27.)* 

aQX^/^^^ y. m &qx^' 

Sqx^* primus sum; 1) primus facio, inctpio; 
qui significatus in gp-aecis bibliis non habetur. 



aqxLov. 



53 aoiXyBia. 



2) princepSf dux^ imperaiar sum, tivoq, Mc. 10, 42. 
Eo. 16, 12 (e JeB. 11,^19). Vide in voce apx^^"- — 
Med. ig^ofjuii, fnt aq^oiiai, (semel Lc.^13, 26), aor. 

1. ^Qia(Am>, ineipiOftaitiumfctcio; dno tirog^ Act. 
10, 37. 1 Pet. 4, 7 ; brachylogice aQiafASvoq and 
xivo^kwQ xivoQ pro: exorsus ab aliquo et progressaB 
yel progrediens ad aliqaem yel aliquid, lit. 20, 8. 
Jo. 8, 9. Act 1, 22; cf. Win, p. 577. c.j impersona- 
liter et absolute a^Scifievov, initio facto, Lc. 24, 27 
(eodem modo Hdt. 3, 91 ; cf. Win. p. 580) ; negligen- 
ter dpSfXfisvog and Mmaiw^ xal and navtfov nga- 
ipTfcwv SiriQfi^cveVi pro: ezorsus a Mose persecutus 
estpropheta8,Lc. 24, 27; TTtn. §. 67, 2. — ivl^Qiaxo 
noieZv zs xal SiddaxBiv, ivQi iiq i^fii^ag, quae agere 
et docere coepit et in quibus agendis ac docendis 
peirexit us^ue • . . } Act. 1, 1. — Gomponitur iQX^" 
cd-ai cum infinitivo, et qnidem tarn saepe, praeser- 
tim in bistoricis Bcriptis, ut olim plensque intpp. 
periphiaein verb! flniti ejus Tocia, quae in infini- 
tiyo locatur, efficere yideretur, velut ^(^{aro x^- 
pvacetv pro ixi^QvSs, Sed auctore potissimum 
JF\'itzschio ad Mt. p. 539 8. colL Win. p. 570 s. nunc 
intelligitur, temere effictam fuisse imm legem de 
ejusmodi periphrasi, et vix unum esse exemplum, 
^uod revocan nequeat ad haecce genera: a) In 
tnitii notiohe plus minusye inest ponderis et mo- 
ment!, ut singulari voce efferatur; Mt. 11, 7 (disce- 
dentibus Joannis discipulis coepit Cbristus dicere 
de Joanne, quod non fecerit ulis praesentibus); 
Lc. 3, 8 (ne incipite ouidem dicere; ipse conatus 
excusationis absit a voDis); 15, 14 (dilapidationem 
bonorum excepit tm'^tum inopiae); 21,28. 2 Co. 3, 1; 
praesertim ubi initium actionis opponitur perse- 
yerationi in ea yel repetition! ejus, Mc. 6, 7. 8, 31 
(coll. 9, 31. 10, 33 s.); vel fini ejus, Lc. 14, 30 (opp. 
ixteXiaai)'^ Jo. 13, 5 (coll. ys.l2). — b) Significatur 
aliquod ab aliquo inceptum aliis secutis. Act. 27, 
35 s. — c) Indicatur rem yixdum inceptam ab alia 
exceptam esse; Mt. 12, 1 (coeperant spicas eyel- 
lere; ab incepto perseqnendo prohibiti sunt inter- 
yenientibus Phansaeis); 26, 22 (Jesus prius respon 
dit, quam omnes perorayerant) ; ys. 74. Mc. 2, 23. 
4, 1 (yixdum coeperat docere, ad eum eongregata 
est multitude); 6, 2. 10, 41. Lc. 5, 21. 12, 45 s. 13. 
25. Act n, 15 (coll. 10, 44); 18, 26 et saepius. — 
d) Poterat qnidem pro initio actionis ipsa actio 
appellari, sed ut ad lacta, auae scriptori msi^niora 
yidentur, diligentius attenoatur. earum initium et 
primus impetus expresse indicatur; Mt 14, 65. Lc. 
1 4. 18. Act. 2, 4 al. — e) in enuntiatis , quae e 
duabus locutionibus coaluerunt: Mt. 4, 17. 16, 21 
(ex and tote ix^pv^e - - tdei^e et tots IJQSato xri- 
QvoaetV" Jfixwfiv).-— Abest infinitiyus e contextu 
orationis cognoscendus; a(>/(>jUfvo$, sc. officium 
messianum administrare, Lc. 8, 23; aQid/JLevoQ sc. 
Xiytiv, Act. 11, 4. 

aQX<oVy ovtoQf o (prtcp. praes. yerbi Aqx^)* ifnp^ 
rans^ princeps, dux; die. de Jesu, agrwr tS>v Paoi- 
Xiwv tijg yng, Ap. 1, 5 ; de imperatoribus populomm, 
Mt. 20, 25. Act. 4, 26. 7, 35; uniy. de magistratibus, 
Ro. 13, 3; Act. 23, 5 ^oppidorum galilaeorum, Jos. 
yit. 57); inprimis Judicious , Lc. 12, 58. Act. 7,27. 
35 (ubi attende ad antithesin: quem non a^oye- 
runt igyovta xal Sixaot^Vf hunc deus misit a^- 
Xovta [ducem, imperatorem] xal Avrpovri^v); 16, 
19; — ol i^rovteg tov alwvog tovtov, qui hoc 
aoyo (y. in aliov n. 3) nobilitato generis, eruditione 
et sapientia, potestate et auctoritate plurimum 
yalent, turn inter Judaeos, tum inter gentues, 1 Co. 

2. 6. 8 ; cf. Neander ad h. 1. p. 62 ss. — de assesso- 
ribus magni Judaeorum synedrii, Lc. 23, 13. 35. 
24, 20. Jo. 3, 1. 7, 26. 48. 12, 42. Act 3, 17. 4, 6. 8. 



13,27. 14, 5; de praefectis synagogarum, Mt 9, 18. 
23. Lc. 8^ 41 (&x^y ^^^ ovvay»yriQ^ eoU.Mc. 5,22 : 
oQXiOvvaywyo^^ et fortasse etiam 18, 18; Sgx»^ 
x(3v ^aQiaaloiv, qui magnam auctoritatem obtinet 
inter Pharisaeos, I^. 14, 1. — de diabolo, malorum 

Seniorum prindpe, apx(ov tcSv^Saifiovlwv Mc.3,22. 
ic. 11, 15, Mt. 12, 24. 9, 34; a^x- ^^^ xoofiov, qui 
regit profonam hominum multitudinem, Jo. 12, 31. 
14, 30. 16, 11. (ap, Eabb.^diiyn **; igx. tov alwvog 
toitov, Ignat £ph. 19; aoxofv tov xaigofj trig avo- 
filaq. Barn. ep. 18); tng i^ovoLag tov aigoq, Eph. 
2, 2 (v. in 4p )* 

aQwfAa, roc, to (ab obsoL aQOP, apparo, unde o^ 
tv(», condio), aroma, odoramentum; Mc. 16, 1. 
Lc. 23, 56. 24, 1. Jo. 19, 40. (2 Beg. 20, 13. fisth 2, 
12. Cant 4, 10. 16. — Xen. Theopbr. et sqq.)* 

kao, 0, (chald. k&|i, sanayit), AsOf rex Judae. fi- 
lins re^ Abiae (1 Reg. 15, 8 ss.), Mt 1, 7 s. Tide 
in Aaa^. 

aoalvw, 1 Th. 3, 3 praeeunte Lchm. in ed. ma- 
jore coigecerunt Kuenen et Cobet (in sua noyi test, 
edit, ad fidem cod. yat. Lugd. 1860) et in textum 
receperunt uffdhv aaalvec&ai, putant esse L q. ax- 
S-ea&ai, ;(aAC7ra)c ^igeiv. Sed nulla est lectionem 
receptam mutandi necessitas (y. in aaiva>\ neque 
pro dadw a Graecis etiam daaivm dici doceii po- 
test. 

aadXsvtoQt ov {aaXevw), inconcuMUs, immotug; 
propr. Act. 27, 41; metaph., fiaoiXsla, perturba- 
tion! et eyersioni non obnoxia, firma, stabiUs, Heb. 
12, 28. (Eur. Bacch. 389; iXtv&egla Died. 2, 48; 
thdaLfiovla ibid. 3, 47; i^ovxla Plat. Az. 370 d; 
Plutarch, al.)* 

*Aod^ (E)&M, collector), nom. propr. yiri, e yitio- 
sa scriptione a Lchm, Tdf. Trg. recepta pro yulg. 
'Aad, Mt. 1, 7 B. 

aa^eatoq, ov {oBivwfii\ inexstinctus (Ovid.\ inr 
exstinguibUia (Yulg.); nvQ, Mt. 3, 12. Lc. 3, 17. 
Mc. 9, 43 atjue^ e 1. yulg. Ghrsb ys. 45. (saepius 
ap. Hom. ; nvQ aoS. de perpetuo Vestae igne, Dion. 
Hal. antt. 1, 76.)* 

aaifieia, erCf 4 {^<f^Pv^t q*y*)> defecttu verecwndiae 
in deum, impietas; Ro. 1, 18. 2 Tim. 2, 16. Tit 2, 
12; plur. impie sensa et facta Ro. 11, 26 (e Jes. 59, 
20); td Spya aceSelagy impie facta, ex hebraismo, 
Jud. ys. 15. cf. Win. p. 222; al iniSvfjLlai twv dae^ 
^eicov, cupiditates impia faciendi, ibid. ys. 18. (ap. 
Graecos inde a Plat, et Xen. ; — ap. LXX respon- 
det potissimum yoci TDf.) 

daspioft lu, aor. 1. ^aifirioa {dosfi^Qf q. y.), inde 
a Xen. et Plat, impvua gum, impie ago; 2 Petr. 2, 
6 ; doefislv Ipva dasfislag, Jud. ys. 15; cf. Win. p. 
209. (— row Zeph. 3, 11; ano; Dan. 9, 5.)* 

doB^riQ, iq {aifiw, reyereor), inde ab Aesch. et 
Thuc, LXX pro arv^, verecundia erga deum degU' 
tiOuSj dei contemtor* impius; Ro. 4, 5. 5, 6. 1 Tim. 
1, 9 (conj. h. 1. cum a^apToiAoc, nt 1 Pet 4, 18); 
2 Pet 2, 6. 3, 7. Jud. ys. 4. 15.* 

daiXyeia, ag, 4, habitus et mores hominis, qui 
est doeXyng (quod alii compositum putant ex a 
priy. et SeXyrtj, nomine urbis Piaidiae, cujus ciyes 
morum seyeritate praestitissent, alii ex a intens. 
et oaXayiZv, turbare, strepere, alii et nunc qnidem 
plurimi ex a priy. et aiXyo) — ^ ^iXytOj non bene af- 
nciens, taedium excitans), effrenia libidOj vntempe- 
rantia^ lascivia^ protervitaa^ pettdantia, inaoleniia; 
Mc. 7, 22 (ubi mcertum, de quo singulari yitio di- 
catur); de libidinibus gulae et yeneris, Jud. ys. 4; 
plur. 1 Pet. 4, 3. 2 Pet 2, 2 (pro yulff. dnwXelag); 
ys. 18; de re yenerea 2 Co. 12, 21. Gfal. 5, 19. Eph. 
4, 19. 2 Pet. 2, 7; plur. ^^civiae, ut spurce dicta, 
indecor! corporis motus et impudicae marinm fe- 



>/ 



aofj^og. 



54 



dandJ^ofxat. 



minarumqne contrectationes'', (Fritzsche), Bo. 13, 
13. (Praetoreain b. cod. tantum Sap. 14, 26. 3 Mace. 
2, 26. — ap. Graecos ntontar Yoce Plato, laocr. et 

Sosteriores, sed demmn a Plat, et Luciano etiam 
e muUenan libidinibus.) Cf. Tittmann de Bjnony- 
mis N. T. p. 161 s.* 

Sotj/ioq, ov (aij/jia,8igTi\an)f non 8ignatu8{jmm\xs); 
iqnotus^ non dutinctus, ignobUis: Act, 21. 39. (3. 
Mace. 1, 3; ap. Graecos inde ab Udt.; tropice inde 
ab Eurip.)* 

^Aoi^f 6 J nom. propr. hebr. ("i^'m), indecl. (ap Jo- 
seph. Aaijgog, ovj 6), Abct, octavus Jacobi pabi- 
archae ^us; Lc. 2,^36. Ap. 7,6.* 

tcLS, inopia virium; a) corporis; a) nativa ejus 
debilitas et fragilitas, 1 Co. 15, 43. 2 Co. 13, 4. P) 
valetudinis imbecillitas; morbus, Jo. 5, 5. 11,4. Lc. 
13, 11 s. 12. Gal. 4,13 {ia^ivua xr^q aaQx6(;y,llQh. 
11, 34; plural. Mt. 8, 17. Lc. 5, 15. 8, 2. Act. 28, 9. 
1 Tim. 5, 23. — b) animi, et quidem inopia virium 
et facultatum, quae requiruntur a) ad aliquid in- 
telligendum, 'Bo. 6, 19 (ubi dad^. aagxdq est huma- 
nae naturae imbecillitsis). p) ad map^na et eximia 
praestanda, ut inopia humanae sapientiae, dexte- 
ritatis in loquendo, in usu hominum, 1 Co. 2, 3. 
y) ad compescendas pravas cupiditates; proclivi- 
tas ad peccandum, Heb. 5, 2. 7, 28; plur. yariae 
hujus procliyitatis species, 4, 15. d) ad miserias et 
Texationes sustinendas, Bo. 8, 26 (ubi legendum 
rf aa&iveia pro vul^. raZq aa&svslaiq); 2 Co. 11, 
30. 12, 9; plur. animi affectiones, quibus cemitur 
haec imbecillitas, 2 Co. 12, 5. 9 s.* 

iad-Bvia^ (h, impf. ^d^ivovv, pf. ^a&iv^xa (2 
Co. 11, 21. ap. Lehm. Tdf. Trg.) aor. 1. ^a^^vrica 
(aa9-£v^q)f imbeciUia, injirmus sum; univ. impo- 
tens sum, nihil valeo, Bio. 8, 3; rhetorice die. de 
eo, qui consulto se abstinet a virium usu, 2 Co. 13, 
4; ae de eo, cui occasio deest vires proband!, 2 Co. 
13, 9; ex adj.: invalidus sum ad exercendum et 
obtinendum in alios imperium, 2 Co. 11,21; per 
oxymoron: dtav aa^svG}^ x6xb dvvaxoq elfii, quan- 
di nihil valeo humanis viribus. tum demum valeo 
divinis viribus, 2 Co. 12, 10; ttg xiva, nihil valeo 
in aliqnem, 2 Co. 13, 3; add. dativo relationis: 
nlaxei, fiducia infirmus sum. Bo. 4, 19; nCaxsi, 
careo firma persuasione de rebus chnstiano^homi- 
ni Ileitis et lUieitis, Bo. 14, 1 ; ex adj. eadem no- 
tione simpliciter iaS^evsZv Bo. 14, 2. 21. 1 Co. 8, 
9 (e 1. vulg.); vs. 11 s.; xlq dad^evsTf xal olx 
aad^evS)^ quis imbeciUis est (fiducia et persuasione 
de rebus ncitis), quin ego ejusdem imbeciUitatis 
sensn et commiseratione perfiindar? 2 Co. 11, 29. 
— ex adj. infirmus sum opibuSj pamper ^ Act. 20, 
35 (ita Eur. ap. Stob. 145), cf. de WetU ad 1. — 
Speciatim de valetudinis imbecillitate ; add. vdootg^ 
Lc. 4, 4; simpliciter debUis sum, aegroto: Lc. 7, 

10. Mt. 25, 36 (vs. 39 Lchm, Trg. Tdf.) Jo. 4, 46. 

11. 1—3. 6. Act.^ 9. 37. PhiL 2, 26 s. 2 Tim. 4, 20. 
Jac. 5, 14; ol da&£voi)vxgg et dad-ivovvxeg^ ae- 
groti, debiles, Mt. 10, 8. Me. 6, 55. Lc. 9, 2 (e 1. 
vulg.) Jo. 5, 3 (vs. 13 Tdf.); vs. 7. 6, 2. Act. 
19,, 2.* 

dad^l^vri/jia, axog, x6 {daS-evi(o)j imbecillitas; Bo. 
15, 1 (ubi die. de errore e mentis infirmitate orto.)* 

da^ev^gy ig (to c&ivog, robur), imbeciUis^ infir- 
m«7«, invalidus; — a) univ. Mt. 26, 41. Me. 14, 38. 
1 Pet. 8, 7; xo do&evhg xov &iov, factum dei, in 

2 no imbecillitas comparere videtur, ut crucis supp- 
cium a Messia toleratum, 1 Co. 1, 25. — b) spe- 
ciatim; ex adj.: invalidus ad i>eragenda eximia, 1 
Co. 4, 10; potestate inter homines carens, 1 Co. 1, 
27; minus valens et praestans, fiiXog, 1 Co. 1, 27; 



lan^uidus ad honeste agendum. Bo. 5, 6; animi 
fortitudine et gravitate carens, 2 Co. 10, 10; die. de 
religionum ante Christum disciplinis nihil ad pro- 
movendam pietatem et salutem valentibus. Gal. 
4, 9. Heb. 7, 18; carens certo judicio de reous Il- 
eitis et illicitis (v.inao^fvci)), 1 Co. 8,7. (vs. 9 Lchm, 
Tdf. Trg.); vs. 10; 9, 22. 1 Th. 5, 14. — c) de 
corpore: debilis, aegrotus; Mt. 25, 39 (e 1. vulg. et 
Gh-sb.)] 43 s. Lc. 9, 2 {Lchm.); 10, 9. Act. 4,9. 5, 
15^s. 1 Co. 11, 80.* 

*Aala, ag, h, Asia; 1) Asia projyria^ ^ iSlwg xa* 
Xovuivv 'Aaia (Ptol. 5, 2), s. Asia proconsularis, 
Mysiam, Lydiam, Phrygiam, Cariam eomplectens. 
Act. 6, 9 (ubi Lchm. xal 'Aaiag omittit) ; 16, 6 ss. 
1 Pet. 1, 1. Ap. 1, 4. atque, ut videtur, Act. 19, 
26. 20, 16. 2 Co. 1, 8. 2 Tim. 1, 15 al. Cf. Win. 
BWB. s. V. Asien. Stark in Schenkel BL. I, p. 261 
ss. — 2) Asiao proconsularis pars, Mysiam, Lydi- 
am, Cariam eomplectens (Plm. h« n. 5, 28), Act. 
2, ,9. 

*Aaittv6gf ov, o, Asia oriundus, AjsianuSy AsiaO' 
cus: Act. 20, 4.*^ 

Aoid^XV^* ^v> ^* Asiarcha^ Asiae praefectus; Act. 
19, 31. A singulis Asiae proconsularis urbibus sub 
aequinoctium auctumnale concio habebatur civium 
honostissimorum atque opulentissimorum, e quibus 
elig^eretur, qui ludis hoc anno in honorem deorum 
et imperatoris romani suo sumtu edendis praefici 

Sosset. Quod quum factum esset, civitas quaeque 
esignati nomen concUio communi in uroe qua- 
dam primaria, velut Ephesi, Smymae. Sardibus, 
congregate per legatum indicabat atquo hoc gentis 
concilium, to xoivov dictum, e designatorum nu- 
mero decern scligebat, quos ad proconsulem mitte- 
ret, proconsul autem ex his ad se missis eum de- 
legisse videtur, qui reliquis Asiarchis praesideret. 
Undo explicandum est, quod Act 1. e. plurium 
Asiarcharum, ab Eusebio autem h. e. 4, 15 unius 
tantum mentio fit. Cf. Meyer ad Act. 1. c. Win. 
BWB. 8. V. Ajsiarchen.* 

daixtttf agy ^ (oiaixog q. v.), abstinentia a cibo 
(tum voluntaria, tum necessaria) ; 7eo>Ui^, diutuma, 
Act. 27, 21. (Hdt. 3, 52. Eur. suppl. 1105. Jos. 
antt. 12, 7, 1.)* 

ciaixog, ov {aTxog\jejunus; qui cibum non sum- 
sit; Aet. 27, 33. (Horn. Od. 4, 788; tum inde a 
Thuc. et Soph.)* 

daxiwf c5, 1) arte formo, omo; ap. Hom. — 2) 
exerceo, UxhorOf operam do; sq. infin. (ut Xen. 
mem. 2, 1. 6. (Jyr. 5, 5. 12 al.), Aet 24, 16.* 

daxogt ov, o, uter e corio f actus , in quo aqua 
vel vinum servabatur, Mt. 9, 17. Me. 2, 22. Lc. 5, 
37 8. (saepe ap. Graecos inde ab Hom. — LXX.)* 

da/iiva)g, adv. («» ^a/iivtogt ab fjdo/iai), inde ab 
Hom., cum gaudio, Itbenter; Act. 2, 41. 21, 17.* 

&aofpog, ov {aoip6g)j insipiens; Eph. 5, 15.* 

dcnd^ofiaiy aor. 1. ^anaadfirfv (a anecai eum a 
intensive; igitur pr.: ad me traho; cf. daxaigw 
pro axalQw^ danalgfo pro analQw^ danaQl^of pro 
anagl^wjf a) c. accus. personae, saluto aliquem, sa- 
lutem ei dico^ fausta imprecor (Israelitae in ade- 
undo et abeunm> maxime formula solenni Tf^ oiVv 
utebantur) ; die. de convenientibus ad aliquein, Mt 
10, 12. Me. 9, 15. 15, 18. Lc. 1, 40. Act. 21, 19; 
— de iis, qui ad breve tempus invisendi causa ali- 
quem adeunt; ut vix salutatione facta abiisse vi- 
deantur, Act 18, 22. 21, 7; ut lat salutare, nostr. 
seine Aufwartung machen, de iis, qui alicui digni- 
tate conspicuo reverentiam exhibent eum adeun- 
do, Act. 25, 13 (Jos. antt. 1, 19, 4. 6, 11, 1); — de 
salutantibus eum, quem in via ofEendunt, Mt 5, 47 
(etiam hodie in oriente Christiani et Muhamme- 



ttOTtaafiog, 55 

dani se salntare omittunt); Lc. 10, 4 (qunm non 
solum levi gesta et paucis yerbis, sed plerumque 
etiam amplexa et osculatione fieret salatatio, sae- 
plus salutando peregrinatio letardabatnr) ; — de 
abenntibus et yaiedicentibnB, Act. 20, 1. 21,6. —• 
de absentibua, qui alios per litteras valere jubent, 
Ro. 16, 3. 5—23. 1 Co. 16, 19. 2 Co 13, 12. Phil. 4, 
21 s. Col. 4, 10—12, 14 s. 1 Th. 5, 26. al. — ivjpi- 
X^fjiati, Eo. 16. 16. 1 Co. 16, 20. 2 Co. 13, 12. 1 Pet. 
5, 14. — b) cum ace. rei: kteto animo excipio, nostr. 
toUlkommen heissen, xaq inayyeXiag, Ueb. 11, 13 
{r^v avfi<poQdvj''Eva. Jo. 587; tifv svvoiav, Jos. 
antt. 6, 5, 3; tovq Xdyovg, ibid. 7, 8, 4; ita scUuto 
Yirg. Aen. 3, 523). 

aanaauSQy ov, 6 (aana^o/Aai), scdutatio yel ore 
prolata, Mt. 23. 7. Mc. 12, 38. Lc. 1, 29. 41. 44. 11, 
43. 20, 46; yel sciipta, 1 Co. 16, 21. Co. 4, 18. 2 
Th. 3, 17.* 

SaniXof^ ov (anViOQ, macula), qui sine macula 
est: ofivoq 1 Pet. 1, 19. i^nnoq, Hdian. 5, 6, 16; 
/if/kov, AnthoL 6, 252, 3.) — metaph. is, in quern 
n€m cadit reprehensio, 1 Tim. 6, lA; purus Jlagitiif 
2 Pet. 3, 14; and xov xoofiov, Jac. 1, 27. (ap. 
ecclea. scriptores.)* 

aanig^ iioq, ^, (ispis (gen. idis)^ serpens paryus 
yenenoaissimusy cujus morsus mortem certissimam 
infert, nisi partes contactae confestim amputan- 
tnr; Bo. 3, 13. (Deut. 32, 33. Jes. 30, 6. — AeL 
h. a. 2, 24. 6, 38. Plui mor. p. 380. f. Oppian. cyn. 
3, 433.)* 

Ranovdog, ov {cnovSii, libatio, quae utpote sa- 
crifidi genus cum foederibus et pactis conjuncta 
erat ; cf. lat. spondere), foederis, pacti expers; di- 
cuntnr ita res non pactae yelut induciae, Thuc. 1, 
37 al. — 2) qui aa ineundum foedus moveri ne- 
qmt, implacalnlis (hac notione inde ab Aeschylo; 

£raecipue in usu erat phrasis Sanovdoq ndXe/iog, 
>em. pro cor. p. 314, 16. Pol. 1, 65, 6. Cic. ad Att. 
9, 10, 5), junct. c. Sazo^OQ, Ro. 1, 31 (e 1. yulg.); 
2 Tim. 3, 3.* 

aoaaQiov, lov, to, assariutn yel assarius, nomen 
monetae aequanns decimam partem drachmae (de- 
minutiyum latinae yocis as, ap. Babbinos id'^k); 
Lc. 12, 6. Mt. 10, 29. (Plut, Dion. HaL aL)* " 

aoaov, ady., propius (comparatiyus yocis dy^i, 
prope); Act. 27, 13 (Hom. Hat., tragic, poet.; Jos. 
antt 19, 2, 4.)* 

^Aaaog, ov, ti, Assus, urbs maritima in Asia mi- 
nori ad mare a^^um sita et a Troade, Phrygiae 
minoris ciyitate, 1a milliariis distans, Act. 20, 13 s. 

aaraxiw^ ib {Sazazog^ instabUis, circumyagus; 
cf. axaxdaxaxoi), oberro, incerfis sedibus vagor; 
1 Co. 4, 11. (Appendix ad anth. 39.)* 

daxeiog, ov (aoxv, urbs), urbanus; qui est politis 
moribus ^opp. ttyQOixoq^ rusticus), leoidus (inde a 
Xen. et Plat.}. 2) faeetus {corpore), formostu (Ju- 
dith. 11, 23. Aristaenet. 1, 4 et 19); ae Mose (Exod. 
2, 2); Hob. 11, 23; r^ &€^, deo judice, i. e. yere 
formosus. Act. 7, 20; cf. Win, §. 31, 4. BUm, ntl. 
Gr. p. 156. — Philo yit. Mos. 1, §. 3 de^Mose: yev' 
VTjS^elg 6 natq fi^q S\ptv ivi^ijvev iaxnoxigav 
^ xax' Idiwxtjv.y 

aoxi^Q, kQog, o, Stella; Mt. 2, 7. 9. 10. 24, 29. 
Mc. 18, 35. ^1 Co. 15, 41. Ap. 6, 13. 8, 10—12. 9, 1. 
12, 1. 4; aax^Q ahxov, stella, quae ejus natiyita- 
tem aiguit, Mt. 2, 2 (i. e. stella Messiae, de qua 
cf. Bertholdt Christologia Judaeorum §. 14. Anger 
der Stem der Weisen, in Niedner Zeitschr. f. d. 
histor. Theologie, 1847. fasc. 3); — imagine septem 
stellarum, quas Christus dextera manu tenet, Ap. 
1, 26. 2, 1. 3, 1., si^nificantur septem ecclesiarum 
angeli Chriato subditi, ibid. 1, 20; y. quae supra 



aaq)aXi^b}. 

in SyyeXog dixL — aax^iQ 6 nQwXvSg^ stella matu- 
tina, Ap. 22, 16. 2, 28 (6wam a^qi xbv iaxipa x. 
nQwtvSv, dabo in manum mat. stellam, cnjus splen- 
dore ipse coUustretur et prae ceteris splendeat, 
h. e. efficiam, ut prae ^ceteris coelestis gloriae 
praestantia emineat); — oaxiQBQ rcXavrjxat, stellae 
erraticae, Jud. y. 13 (non sunt planetae, quorum 
motus a yulgo yix animadyertitur, sed longe pro- 
babiliuB cometae, quos Judas putat esse stellas, 
cursnm a deo sibi praeceptum non tenentes sed 
suo arbitrio circumyagantee [cf. Henoch 18, 15], 
quorum imagine sigmlcantur homines nXavoivxeg 
xal nXavuy/ievoiy 2 Tim. 3, 13).* 

acx^oiXxoQ^ ov {axffgliw\ non Jixus, nonfirma- 
tus: 2 Pet. 2, 14. 3, 16. (Anthol. 6, 203.)* 

aoxoffyog, ov {axopyi^, amor in necessarios), amo- 
ris expers: Bo. 1, 31. 2 Tim. 3, 3. (Aeschin. Theocr. 
Plut. al.)* 

aaxoxiof, dS, aor. 1. ^6x^00 (sum &<nozog, a 
axoxog, scopus), aberro (a scope); c. genit.: ab ali- 
quo abeiTO, 1 Tim. 1, 6 (Sir. 7. 10. 8, 9); nsol xi, 
1 Tim. 6, 21. 2 Tim. 2, 18. (Polyb. Plut Lucian.)* 

daxQon^^ ^g, ^, fiUgur; Lc. 10, 18. 17, 24. Mt 
24, 27. 28, 3; plur. Ap. 4, 5. 8, 5. 11, 19. 16, 18; 
die. de luminis ful^re, Lc. 11, 36.* 

iaxQdnxa (infenoris aetatis forma ax^dmot^ y. 
supra in aanaio/iai)^ Jkdguro (Hom. H. 9, 237. 17, 
595. et saepe ap. Atticos); Lc. 17, 24. — die. de 
rebus splendentibus; ia^xeq, Lc. 24, 4 (et per- 
saepe ap. Graeeos inde a Soph. PhiL HI. 6ed. 
Col. 1067.)* 

iaxqov, ov, x6, 1) sidus, signum stdUs coactum 
(Sterrunld); sed non rare etiiun 2) i. q. o otfTi}^, 
Stella; Lc. 21, 25. Act 27, 20. Heb. 11, 12; simu- 
lacrum stellae. Act. 7, 43.* 

'Ao'dyxQixog, ov, 6 {a priy. et avyxglvw, com- 
pare; incomparabilis), Asyncritus nomen ignoti yiri 
e romanis Christianis; Bo. 16, 14. 

a-av/iipwvoq, ov, dissonans, dissonus, non conr 
ears, dissentiens; ngbg iXX'fiXovQ (Died. 4, 1), Act. 
28, 25. (Sap. 18, 10; — Plat., Plut)* 

a-cvvexog, ov, non irUelligens; Mt 15, 16. Mc. 
7, 18; stolidusj Bo. 1, 21. 10, 19. — ex imitatione 
hebr« ^a|, impius (Sap. 1, 5. Sir. 15, 7 s.), quia im- 
pius non intelligit quae humanae saluti consulunt 
Ko.^ 1, 31. (ap. Graeeos inde ab Hdt.)* 

i'Ovv^ixog, ov, 1) nan compositus, simplex 
(Plat Aristot. al.). 2) {avvxid'tj/iai, paciscor) Vba- 
difragvs, perfidus. Bo. 1, 31 (ita Jer. 3, 8. 11. Dem. 
de falsa 1^. p. 383, 6; cf. Papii et PaMotTiV lexx. 
s. y.; iavv^exiXvy perfidum esse; aavv&eola, prae- 
yaricatio, 1 Chron. 9, I ; Btovvd'SxeTv, datam ndem 
senrare.)* 

doipdXeia^f ag, ij^ (da^aX^), a) status /lrmus,J!r' 
mitas; iv nday acip., firmissime. Act 5^ 23. — 
trop. certitude, Veritas indubitata, xwv Xoywv (y. 
in Adyog\ Lc. 1, 4. (ro0 Xdyov, certitude demon- 
strationis, Xen. mem. 4, 6, 15.) — b) securitas ab 
hostibus et periculis, 1 Th. 5, 3. (opp. nMvvog, 
Xen. mem. 3, 12, 7.)* 

daipaX^Q, ig (aipaXXw, labare s. yacillare facie, 
&II0, a^dXXofiai, labor, titubo^, a) firmus (cui in- 
sisti, confidi potest); ax»v^a,Heb. 6, 19 (ubi LcAm. 
et Trg. accus. sing, formam dapaX^ receperunt; 
y. supra in Aootiv). — trop. certus, versus; Act. 25, 
26; TO doipaXig, Act. 21, 34. 22, 30. — b) adfir- 
mandum aptus; xivl, PhiL 3, 1. (ita Jos. antt 3, 

2, 1.)* 
dapaXiiio, inf. aor. 1. pass. aawaXia^ijvaif aor. 1. 

med. ^OfpaXiodiifgv (do^aX^q), yo. potissimum inde 

a Polyb. frequentatum, firmum reddo, munio, ne 

laecU possit; pass., munior, Mt. 27, 64 (o xd^poq); 



aag)alfoc. 



56 



av&€VTi0. 



med., pr. mihi s. in meum commodam mnnio (saepe 
ap. Polyb.), Mt. 27, 65 a. ; firmiter adstringo, rovg 
nodag elg xd S^Xov, Act 16, 24.* 

aag>aXt3Qf adv., tuto (ne quis elabi possitl; Mc. 
14, 44. Act. 16, 23. — certo; yivwaxeiv, Act. 2, 
36.,(fi(foTfc, Saj). 18, 6.)* 

daxfifjoviofy o (sum ioxfifioov^ deformis; x^v xb- 
(paX^v dcxnfJLOVBlv, de calvo, Ael. v. h. 11, 4), inde" 
core ago (Xen. Plat. aL); 1 Co. 13, 5; inl xiva, 
contra aliqaem, ex adj.: ignominiam ei paro, 1 Go. 
7, 36.* 

aaxvf^oa-dvTjy ijg, ^ (ccaxTi/Jto)^), inde a Plat, tur- 
pitttdo, turpe facirvu8 ; Bo. 1, 27; die. de pudendis, 
Ap., 16, 15, ut Eiod, 20, 26. Deut 23, 14.* 

aaxTif^ofVf ovog, neutr. acxtifiov (^x^A**)' ^) ^" 
formic, h) indeconts; 1 Co. 12, 23., opp. eiaxT^- 
fiwy. (Xen. Plat, et sqq.)* 

dawxia, ac, ^ (indoles hominis da<hxoVf i. e. de- 
sperati, qui servari non potest, a cadw, com »» 
ace>^tt», 3 perf. pass. ; igitur pr. HeiUosiqJceit^ per- 
dita, dtssohsta vita, nequiiia, luxwria; £ph. 5, 18. 
Tit. 1, 6. 1 Pet. 4, 4. (Frov. 28, 27. 2 Mace. 6, 4. 

— Plat. rep. 8, p. 560. e. Arist. eth. 4, 1, 6. Pol. 
32, 20, 9. 40, 12, 7. Cic. Tusc. 3, 8. Hdian. 2, 5, 
2. et ap. al.) Cf. Tittmann Synon. N. T. j). 1 52 s.* 

da<6xQ>q, ady. (adj. Sacoro;, de qno v. m dawxlcC)^ 
dissolute, luxuriose; ^fjv (Jos. antt. 12, 4, 8), Lc. 
15,^13.* 

draxxioff w, aor. 1. ^xdxxriaa, sum Bxaxxoq, in- 
ordinatus, a) pr. die. de militibas non in ordine 
incedentibus ant ordinem deserentibus, Xen. Qyr. 
7, 2, 2 al. — Hinc b) officio desum, leges non obser- 
vo; Xen. Cyr. 8, 1, 22. oec. 5, 15. Lys. 14, 18 al. 

— c) dissolttte vivo; 2 Th. 3, 7 colL vs. 11.* 
axaxxog, ov {xdaaof), inordinatus (ita saepe de 

militibas), ordinem (modum) non servans {axaxxoi 
ijSovat, Ubidines intemp^rantes. Plat. legg. 2, 660. 
D; Plut. puer. educ. c. 7), a praescripto ordine 
declinans, 1 Th. 5, 14 coU. 2 Tn. "3, 6. (ap. Graecos 
inde a Thuc; saepe ap. Plat.)* 

dxdxxayq, adv., negUcio ordine; 2 Th. 3, 6: dxi- 
xxwg neQinaxeZv, quod explicatur addito xal (a^ 
xaxa x^v napaSoaiv^ Hjv nagiXapB naQ i^fiwv; vs. 
11; ubi explicatur fifjdhv ipya^dfjisvoi, dXXa ne- 
QiBpyal^ofAevoi. (saepe ap. Plat.) 

axexvoq, ov {xixvov), sine prole, liheris carens; 
Lc. 20, 28—30. (Gren. 15, 2. Sir. 16. — ap. Graecos 
inde ab Hesiod. op. 600,)* 

dt£vllC,(o, aor. 1. ijxivtaa (ab dxev^g^ intentus, et 
hoc ex xelvw et a intensivo), Jixis oddis intueor; 
sq. dat. personae, Lc. 4, 20. 22, 56. Act. 3, 12. 10, 
4. 14, 9. 23, 1; sq. sUg xiva., Act. 3, 4. 6, 15. 13, 
9 ; metaph. animum adverto ad alicujus exemplnm, 
Clem. Bom. 1 Co. 9; sig xi, Act. 1, 10. 7, 35. 2 
Co. 3, 7; etg rx, ts. 13; introspicio in aliguid. 
Act. 11, 6. (3. Mace. 2, 26. — Pol. 6, 11, 7. Diod. 
2, 51. Jos. bell. jud. 6, 12, 3. Lucian. cent. 16 

arc(>, praep., poetis frequentata, raro ap. prosae 
scriptores inde a Plat., sine, absque, c. gen., in sa- 
cro cod. tantum 2 Mace. 12, 15. Lc. 22, 6 (&xbq 
oxXov, non praesente popnlo, igitur sine tumultu); 
vs., 35. ^ 

dxtfid^of, aor 1. ^xifiaaa, inf. aor. 1. pass, ari- 
pLaod-fjvai, (ab Sxifxog, ergo) &xifxov fa/do, igno^ 
ndnia afficio, coniumeliose tracto, s. verbis s. fa- 
ctis 8. vilipendo; Lc. 20, 11. Jo. 8, 49. Act. 5, 41. 
Bo. 2, 23. Jae, 2, 6. — passiv. Bo. 1, 24, de quo 
loco cf. Win. p. 305. (ap. Graecos inde ab Hom. 

• dxifido}, <S (xifi^, honore privo, contemno, con- 
temtim vel contumelioss tracto; xivd, Mc. 12, 4: 



^xlfitjaav ap. Lchm, Trg.; ^xlfiaoav Tdf.\ v. in 
axifioio. (ap. Graecos inde at) Hom.) 

axifila, ag, ^ {Sxi/iog), turpitudo, ignominia, de^ 
decus; l,Co. 11, 14: opp. ddia 2 Co. 6, 8. 1 Co. 15, 
43 (iv dxifila sc. ov, m slatu dedecoris, die. de 
mortui corporis deformitate et foedo odore); xar* 
dxifilav, -B dxifiwg, cum contemtu sc. mei ipsius, 
2 Co. 11, 21; nd&ti crri^/a^, turpes libldines. affe- 
ctus infames. Bo. 1, 26; cf. Win. p. 222; — elg 
dxtfilav^ in indecorum usum, de vasis, opp. xiiiri. 
Bo^ 9, 21. 2 Tim. 2, 20.* 

ixLfios^ ov (xififi), inde ab Hom., honoris expers^ 
ignobilis, contemtus: Mt. 13, 57. Mc. 6, 4. 1 Co. 
4, 10 (opp. ivSoSog)] vUis^ minoris pretii; 1 Co. 
12,, 23.* 

dxifiow, tS {atifiog), inde ab Aeschylo, ianomi^ 
nia afficio, contumelia noto; Mc. 12, 4 e £ vnlg. 
Grsb.; v. m axifiawr 

dx/ilg, Idog, ^, vapor; Jac. 4, 14; xanvov (Joel 
2, 30), Act. 2, 19. (ap. Graecos inde a Plat. Tim. 
p. 86 e.)* 

6xo(Aog^ ov {xivfiw, seco\, qui dissecari, dividi 
nequit, individuus; iv dxifiqt, temporis puncto, 
1 Co. 15, 52.* 

axonog, ov {xonog), pr. quod non est loci ; non 
conveniens, non decens (ita ap. Graec. inde a Thuc. ; 
persaepe ap. Plat.); in fatiscente graecitate^ sensu 
ethico: improbus, Lc. 23, 41 (axonov xi itQaaaeiv, 
ut Job. 37, 6. 2 Mace. 14, 23); Act. 25, 5 Lchm. 
Tdf Trg. (LXX pro -pK Job. 4, 8. 11, 11 al.; Jos. 
antt. 6, 5, 6. Pint, de and. po€t. c. 3: ipavXii et 
&xona); do hominibus, 2 Th. 3, 2 {axonoi xal no- 
vtjQol. ladh. unartig, rectius iniquus). — incom- 
modus, Act. 28, 6: fiij6hv Sxonov Big airtdv ys- 
vouBvov, nihil incommodi, mali in cum venisse. 
(Thuc. 2, 49. Jos. antt. 11, 5, 2. Hdian. 4, 11, 7.)* 

^AxxdXBta {Tdf ^AxxaXLa\ ag, ^, Attalia, urbs 
Pamphiliae in .A^sia maritima, auae Lvciae finibus 
proxima erat, ab Attalo Philadelpho, Peigami rege, 
condita et nomen sortita; hodie Antali; Act. 
14, 25.* 

aiyydlCfW^ inf. aor. 1. ahyaaat, {aiyrl), Y\ aj. Grae- 
cos transitive illustro. 2) in sacro coa. intrans. 
splendeo, fidgeo ; 2 (3o. 4, 4. (Lev. 13, 24—28.)* 

avy^, Tjg^ rj, splendor (cf. german. Auge^ de qno 
nonnumquam a tragicis poetis dicitur aifyi^, ct 
Papii lex.), splendor, potissimum solis, undo saepe 




A^ovaxog, ov, o, Augustus, cognomen Jnlii 
Caesaris Octaviani, primi Bomanorum imperatoris, 
Lc. 2, 1.* 

ai^aStig, eg (ex ccixog et ^Sofjtai), qui sibi ipse 
placet, arrogans; Tit. 1, 7. 2 Pet. 2, 10. (Gen. 49, 
8. 7. Prov. 21, 24; inde ab Aeschylo et Hdt.)* 

a^ali^BXog, ov (ex alxog et aiQio/jitti), sponte 
electus; ap. (jrraeeos potissimum de conditionibus, 
ut dovXela Thuc. 6, 40 al., rarius de personis: 
voluntarius, propria voluntatis motu (ut cxQaxn- 
yog, Xen. an. 5. 7, 29, quod §. 28 explicatur: og 
%avicbv FAiyraO, 2 Co. 8, 3. 17.* 

ai^Bvxia), w (verbum solum biblicum et eccles. 
ab ai^ivxrig contr. ex abxoivxfjg, et hoc ex aixog 
et Ivrea, arma; inde a) ex usu loquendi veterum 
is, qui sua manu perimit out alios^ out se ipsum. 
b) apud recentiores Graecos: qui ipse aliqutdper- 
fcit, auctor [xtjg fCQaSewg Pol. 23, 14, 2 et ap. 
al.] ; ^i sua potestate^ et auctoritate agit \eigen- 
mdchtig], i. q. aijxoxQdxioQ, domtnus; cf. Liobeck 
ad Ph^. p. 120); impero alicm, imperium exer- 
ceo in aliquem, xivog, 1 Tim. 2, 12.* 



ctvXsu). 



57 



aitog* 



avJJw, a>, aor. 1. rfiXnca (avXog), tibia eano; 
Mt 11, 17. Lc. 7, 32. 1 Co. 14, 7. (inde a Xen. et 
Plat.)*, 

Mni ^1 fli (aco, flo;^«hXfi igitnr est) pr. locus 
tends per flatus {SnxnveofiSvoQ tonoq crdXhXiye" 
taty Athen. 5, 2. p. 189); 1) ap. Graecos Homeri 
aetate loots su^diaUs aedes etngens et muro se- 
ptus ^ in quo tnstituta erarU staMa (Horn. Od. 9, 
185. H. 4, 433), hinc ap. orientales septum iUud 
subcUale in aperto campo^ in quo greges noctu 
emtinebantur IHiirde)] Jo. 10, 1. 16. — 2) locus 
septus subdiaiis aedium^ hebr. ^sn, LXX abXti, 
Yolj^. atrium; die. in Y. T. potissimum de atriis 
saen ientorii et hierosoL tempii; ita in N. T. semel 
Ap. 11, 2 (tj^I' td))Jiv TJ>v i^fo&ev tov vaov). No- 
biliomm et opulentiornm hominum aedificia daas 
habebflmt a^Xdq, alteram exteriorem, inter januam 
etplateam, etiam npoai&Xiov (q. y.) dictum; alteram 
interiorem ipsis palatii aedmciis cinctam. Haec 
altera commemoratnr Mt. 26, 69 (nbi ?$(o opponi- 
tur conclayi, in qno judices erant congregati); Mc. 
14, 66. Lc. 22, 65. Cf. Win. RWB. Art. ffduser. — 
3) aedes ipsae^ paUxtium; Mt, 26, 3. 58. Mc. 14, 54. 
15, 16. Lc. 11, 4. Jo. 18, 15 et ita persaepe ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Horn. Od. 4, 74.* 

a^Ai7Tj}Ci ov, d (aiXiw), tibicen; Mt. 9, 23. Ap. 18, 
22. (ap. Graecos mde ab Hdt. 6, 60.)*, 

a:hXit,oiiau yb. deponens, imp£ rfiXiZoiArjv, aor. 1. 
rfiUa^v (odAi}), ap. LXX plemmqne ^ i^V, 1) pr. 
in aula commoroVf potissimnm noctu, die. de peea- 
dibns et pastoribus. 2) sub divo pemocto. 3) uniy. 
pemoeio; ita Mt 21, 17. Lc. 21, 37 {iiegrofisvoq 
rfiXit^ixo slg xb Bgoq^ e^ressus pemoctandi causa 
86 recepit in montem; cf. Bttm» ntl. Gr. p. 286). 
(ap Graecos inde ab Horn.)* 

ai)AoCt ov^ b {dw, ecSo)), tibia; 1 Co. 14, 7.* 

aif^dvw et antiquiore forma (qua sola utuntur 
Find, et Soph.) ail|a» (Eph. 2, 21. Col. 2, 19), impf. 
rfi^avov., fut. ai^^aof^ aor. 1. i/i^^i/oa, aor. 1. pass. 
i/tJ^jJ^iyv, 1) transit, crescere facio, augeo; 1 Co. 
3, 6 sq. 2 Co. 9, 10. — Pass, cresco^ incrementa ca- 
pio, augeor; Mt 13, 32. (Mc.4,8 Lehm. Tdf, Trg,)\ 
2 Co. 10, 15; Col. 1 6; Blq x^v inlyvwaiv xov ^«ov, 
ad deum cognoscendum , Col. 1, 10 {Gfrsb. Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg, rg intyvwaei xov &eov); elq amxrjglav, 
ad consequendam salutem, 1 Pet. 2, 2. — 2) ex usu 
inferioris aetatis (inde ab Arist. de pr. 1, 7; nnm- 
quam yero ap. LXX) intransit. cresco^ incrementa 
capio; de plantis, Mt. 6, 28. (Mc. 4, 8 e 1. yulg.); 
Lc. 12, 27. 13, 19; de infantibus, Lc. 1, 80. 2, 40; 
multitudine ponuli. Act. ,7, 17; de christiani animi 
incrementis: hq Xqicxov, respectu ad Christum, 
Epk 4, 15; elq vabv^ ut exsistat templum, Eph. 2, 
21; ivx^ixi 2 Pet. 3, 18; c. accus. argnmenti, xf^v 
aC^naiv UoL 2, 19; de extends eyangelii incremen- 
tis dicitur d Xdyoq tfi^ave Act. 6, 7. 12, 24. 19, 20; 
de crescente doctoris auctoritate et assectatorum 
nomero (opp. iXaxxovad'ai) Jo. 3, 30.* 

aS^ijoi^, ewg, ij {cti^w), incrementum; Eph. 4, 16; 
TOV SheoVf quod efficitur a deo, CoL 2, 19; cf. Meyer 
ad 1. (Thuc. Xen. Plat, et sqq.)* 

a^S^t ▼• avSdvm, 

a^Qiov^ ady. (ab a^QUt aura matutina, et hoc ab 
ita, spiro, flo), eras (mor/7en)Mt. 6, 30. Lc. 12, 28. 
(Act. 23, 15 e 1. yulg.); 20. 22. 1 Co. 15, 32 (e Jes. 
22, 13); ch/iBQOv xahc^Qiov, Lc. 13, 32 s. Jac. 4, 
13. — h avpiov scil. iifii^a. crastinus dies, Mt. 6, 
34. Acx. 4, 3 ; inl x^v aigiov, sub crastinum diem, 
h. e. die postero illucescente, Lc. 10, 35. Act. 4,5; 
xh x^g a^QioVy id quod crastinus dies pariturus est, 
Jac. 4, 14.* 

aiaxfiQOQf d, 6v (ab a$io, exsicco), amterus, de 



sapore, avaxtiQbv xal yXvxh xal nixQbv, Plat, de 
rep. 3, 398 a. J olvo<: Biog. LaSrt. 7, 117; — de 
ammo et monbus, asper^ Hgidus; Lc. 19, 21. 22. 
(Pol. 4, 20. Diog. Laert. 7, 26 et al. — 2 Mace. 14, 
30.)* 

ccbxdpxeiay crc* 4 (aixdgxtjqy q. y.), status vitae 
ahsolutuSy quo nulla vel auxilio vel subsidio indigo 
mus; ^ XBXeidxTji xx^aswg dyaS^v, Plat. def. p. 
412 b.; saep. ap Aristot.; hinc rerum ad sttsten- 
tandam vitam necessariarum sufficientia^ 2 Co. 9, 
8; snbjeetiye: animus sua sorte contentus; 1 Tim. 

6, 6. Diog. Laert. 10, 180.* 

aifxdpxrigf ig (ai^xSg, dQxia}\ sibi ipsi sufjiciensj 
satis valens vel habens ideoque nuUo vel auvilio vel 
subsidio indigens; saepe ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt. 

1, 32; subjectiye: sua sorte, suo victu, etsi tenuissi- 
mo, contentus; Phil. 4, 11. (ita Sir. 40, 8. Pol. 6,48, 

7. Diog. Laert. 2, 24 de Socrate: ai>xdQXfjg xal ae- 

/jLvSg.r 

abxoxaxaxoixog^ ov (x^xoq, xaxaxplvw), a sem^ 
ipso non condemnatus ; Tit. 3, 11. (script, eccles.)* 

alxdfiaxog, ov, et 17, ov (ex /ii/iaa^ studeo, a 
themate obsolete ^erctf), suo ipsius motu{aus eigenem 
Ik^be) actus Yelperkciens, non alio impellente aut 
interveniente (inde abHom.); saepe de terra sua yi 
plantas producente et de ipsis plantis et frugibus 
sine humana cultura nascentibus, Mc. 4, 28. (Hdt. 

2, 94. 8, 138. Plat. Polit. p. 272 a. Diod. 1, 8 et al. 
— Ley. 25, 5. 11.) — de portis sponte se aperien- 
tibus, Act. 12, 10 (ita etiam Hom. 11. 5, 749. Xen. 
hist. gr. 6, 4, 7. Apoll. Bh. 4, 41. Plut. Timol. 12. 
Nonn. Dion. 44, 21.)* 

ccbxonxijg, ov,d{aix6g, OJlTS£),suis ocuiisvidens, 
testis ocukUus (cf. abxifixooq^ qui ipse aliquid audi- 
yit); Lc. 1, 2. (ap. Graecos inde ao Hdt.)* 

ixbxoq, 9}, 0, pronomen („a particula av profectum 
adjoncta pronominis demonstrativi significatione, 
per se nihil aliud signiflcans, nisi rursus de eo, 
qui aut commemoratus antea est, aut, ut omnis 
oratio comparata est, necessario est intelligendus, 
dici^* Klotz ad Deyar. n, p. 219), a biblicis scripto- 
ribus Y. et N. T. longe frequentius quam reliqua 
pronomina usurpatum, quo frequentissimo et fere 
immodieo usu multum recedunt a profanis; cf. 
Bum. ntl. Gr. p. 93. 

I) ipse, a, um, ita dicitur, ut aliquis yel ali- 
quid ab aUo distinguatur yel ei opponatur, aut 
aliquis (aliquid) empbatice efEeratur. — 1) Ubi est 
opponentis et distinguentis, additur a) subjectis, 
in yerbo latentibus, omissis personalibus pronomi- 
nibus iyd), ^fieZg^ oi rel.; Le.5, 37 {abxbq ixxv^^n 
yinum opp. utribus); 22, 71 (avxol yag ^xovaafiev, 
nos ipsi. opp. testibus, qui audiri possent); Jo. 2, 
25 {avxog eylvwaxev, opp. testibus, quos rogare po- 
tuisset): 4, 42 (nos ipsi, non solum tu); 9, 21. Act. 
18, 15 (iyfsa^e avxol); 20, 34. 22, 19. 1 Th. 1, 9al.; 
addita negatione: is non ipse hoc illudye facit, 
i. e. relinquit hoc aliis; Lc. 6, 42 {avxdg, sciL tu, 
ov fiX^nwv); 11, 46 (avxol, scil. yos, ov ngogtpa^ 
Bxe)\ ys. 52. Jo. 18, 28. 3 Jo. ys. 10. Additur xai, ut 
alicui aliquid tiibuatur pariter atque aliis; Lc. 14, 12 
(jjL^noxs xal avxol as avxixaXiawoi); 16, 28. Act. 
2, 22. Jo. 4, 45 17, 19. 21. Phil. 2, 24 al. Aliis locis 
xal avxdg subjecto diserte nominate additur atque 
praecedente illo sequitnr, ut cum praedicato jun- 
ctum yerti possit: pariter {ebenfaus); Lc. 1, 36 (17 
ovyyev^g aov xal avxij avveiXrjipvTa vlov, cognata 
tua et ipsa. i. e. pariter atque tu); Mt. 27, 57 {3g 
xal avxog s/iaB^xsvaf x^ ^Irjaov); Lc. 23, 51. Mc. 
15,43. Act. 8, 13 {d dhSlfitDvxal avxdg iniazEvoe); 
15, 32. 21, 24. 1 Jo. 2, 6. GaL 2. 17. Heb. 13, 3. — 
b) additur subjectis diserte nominatis, siye prono- 



avtog. 



58 



avTog, 



minibiis vel personalibus vel demonstrativis, sive 
nominibus vel propriis, vel appellativis; Jo. 3, 28 
{aitol {>fi€U, vos ipsi testamini, non solum e^o af- 
firmavi); Act. 20, 30 (i^ \>fA<ov aiftoiv, e vobis ipsis, 
non solnm aliunde); Bo. 15, 14 (xal airing syoj^ 
etiam per me ipsum, non solum mma certior red- 
ditus, cf. 1, 8); 1 Co. 5, 13 {iS {>fi(5v avzwy, e vestro 
ipsorum coetu, opp. extraneis, de quorum moribus 
judicium sit deo relinquendum); 1 Co. 7, 35. 11, 13. 

1 Th. 4, 9; aixol o^roi, Act. 24, 20; airov xovtov 
(masc.) Act. 25, 25; ^Itjoovq ciircoq^ Jesus ipse, in 
eigener Person, o]). iis, qui ex ejus mandato bapti- 
zabant, Jo. 4, 2; avxbq Iriaovq, opp. iis, qui propter 
miracula fidem ei babebant, Jo. 2, 24; Jesus ipse, 
neque solum alii, 4, 44 ; avr. davU, opp. legis do- 
ctoribus, quorum decretum cum ipsius Davidis 
effatis non satis conffrnere videbatur, Mc. 12, 36 s. 
Lc. 20, 42; avxbq 6 ^aravag, opp. ejus ministris, 

2 Co. 11, 14; avTOQ 6 d-eSg, deus ipse, non alius, Ap. 
21, 3; avtii xa inovgdvia, ipsa coelestia, opp. ejus 
imaginibus, Heb. 9, 23. — c) ita die, ut aliquem di- 
stin^at non solum a comitibus. discipulis, mmistris, 
ut Mc. 2, 25 (avT^s xal ol fjLSt* avzov); Jo 2, 12. 4, 
53. 18, 1., sed etiam a rehua ab eo peractis vel ad 
eum j)ertinentibu8, ut Jo. 7, 4 [ti noisl xal ^rttel 
avToc); 1 Co. 3^ 15 {xivbg xh Sgyov^ xaxaxaijaexai, 
avxoQ ih cw^rfiBxai) ; Lc. 24, 15 (aixoq 6 ^IrfC.^ ipsa 
persona Jesu, opp. praecedentibus de ea colloquiis). 
— d) ipse exchms reUquis, b. e. solus; Mc. 6, 31 
{vfislq avxol, yos soli, sine comitibus e plebe; cf. 
Fritzsche ad 1.); Jo. 14, 11 (6ici xct ^ya avxd); 
Bo. 7, 25 (avxoQ iyw, ego solus, non adlutus a spi- 
ritu Christi; cf. 8, 2); 2 Co. 12, 13 (aixoq iym, se- 
clusis reliquis evangelii doctoribus); Ap. 19, 12; cf. 
Herm, ad Vig. p. 733. n. HI; Matth. §. 467. 5. 
A'uAner n, p. 562; — add. fiovoqiyit saepe ap. Atti- 
cos) Jo. 6, 15. — e) ipse, non impellente, movenJte, 
intercedente alio, h. e.siui sponte(nostr.von sMst)'^ 
Jo. 16,27 (ita jam Hom. it. 17,254; ap. Atticos, 
potissimum Xenopb.) — 2) Ubi efferentis est, re- 
spondet a^ nostris er, sie, es, sono elatis; Mt. 1, 21 
(avxdq awaei, er und keinAnderer), 5, 4 — 10 («v- 
xoC); 6,4. 17, 5 {ayxov dxovexs); Lc.^6, 35. 17, 16. 
24, 21. Jo. 9, 21 {avxSg - - avxov^ - avxoq); Act. 10, 
42. Gal. 4, 17 (aixovc); Eph. 2, 9 {aixov)-, Col. 1, 
17. 1 Jo. 2, 2. 4, 5. Jac. 2. 6 s. Ita etiam ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Horn.; cf. Herm. ad Yi^. p. 734. Y. Ea- 
demvi dicitur post relativas enuntiationes, ubiGraeci 
in pedestri oratione oyxoq ponunt; Mt 12, 50 (Saxig 
noi§ - •, aifxoq //ov adeXipog ioxiv, ubi Mc. 3, 35 
oixo<i)\ 26, 48. Mc. 14, 44. Cf. Bttm, ntl. Gr. p. 94 s. 
Minus emphatice praeponitur subjectis. denuo iis 
excipiendis inserviens; Mt. 3, 4 {avxbq 6h 'loiavvijq^ 
is, quern dixi, Joannes; er aher, Johannes); JAc. 6, 
17 (avxdg yag ^Hpwdrjg); Eo. 8, 16 {avto x6 nvev- 
(ia\ — b) denotat aliquem reliqnorum prindpem, 
ducem, magistrwn (ita saepe ap. Graecos, ut in no- 
tissimo illo Pythagoreorum avxbq ?^a); de Chri- 
sto, Mt. 8, 24. Mc. 4, 38. 6, 47. 8, 29. Lc. 5, 16 s. 
9, 51. 10, 38; de deo, Lc. 6, 35. Heb. 13, 5. 1 Jo. 5, 
36. — c) respondet germanieo eben^ aerade; Bo. 
9, 3 (avxbq iyci, ipse ego, qui IsraeUtis infestus 
esse videar); 2 Co. 10, 1 (ipse cjgo, quem coram 
inter vos depressum me gerere dixistis); avxci x& 
tpyaf Jo. 5, 36; saepe ap. Lucam iv avxy x^^fiiga 
auta>()a,ai^cp xw xaigw, ehen, gerade an d&n Tage, 
Lc. 2, ^8. 10. 21. 12, 12. 13,1. 31. 20, 19. M, 12. 24, 
13. 33. Act. 16, 18. in paulinis scriptis avxb xovxo. 
Gal. 2. 10. 2 Co. 7, 11. Phil. 1, 6; eiq avxb xovxo, in 
bunc ipsum finem, gerade fUr diesen Zweck, eben 
ilesshatb, Bo. 9, 17. 13, 6. 2 Co. 5, 5. Eph. 6, 22. 
Col. 4, 8; eodem significatu simplex accusativus (ut 



ap. Atticos, cf. MaUk, §. 470, 7. KUhner, II, p. 267. 
Anm. 2. Win, p. 135), xovxo adxo, 2 Co. 2, 3 et 
avxb xovxo, 2 Pet. 1, 5. — d) vel, adeo (jam ap.^ 
Hom.; cf. Herm, ad Vig. p.^733. II); xal avxii ij 
xxlatq^i Eo.fi, 21; xal avxfj 17 tpvaiq, 1 Co. 11, 14; 
xal avxbq o vloq, 15, 28; xal cevri) Sd^^a, vel ipsa 
Sara, etsi senex decrepita, Heb. 11, 11. 

II) Habet avxoq vim simplicis pronominis perso- 
nalis tertiae personae respondens nostris er, sie, 
es sine accentu pronuntiatis; et quidem 1) at ap. 
natiyos Graecos, in casibus obliquis: ejw, et, eutn, 
eorum etc., sexceuties, ut in structura genetivi ab- 
soluti, ut avxov iX^ovxoq, XaXjoavxoq, al;^auj in 
accusative cum infinitive, ilq xo slvai avxovq ava- 
noXoyi^xovq, Bo. 1, 20; aut post praepositiones, if 
avxov, iv €rbx(5 al. ; aut ubi possessorem indicat, 
naxfjo avxov, — aut ubi personam babes yerbo 
active obieetam, ut iniSoiaei avx^ Mt. 7, 9; aana- 
oaad-e avxjyv 10, 12; atpelc avxovq^y 26, 44; ^v Sia- 
vBViov avxolq Lc.^ 1, 22; ovx eta avxh XaXelv 4, 41 ; 
w axoxla avxb ov xaxiXape, Jo. 1, 5. Ceterum v. in- 
n» in a^Tov. — 2) Contra Graecorum usum in N. T. 
etiam in casu recto pro simplici personali prono- 
mine tertiae personae ibi ponitur, ubi Graeci aut 
oixoq vel 6 64 dicunt, aut nullo pronomine utuntur, 
id quod apposite ad persuadendum docet Bttm, 
ntl. Gr. p. 93 ss., etsi non omnia ab eo allata 
exempla ad probandam rem idonea, sed usui sub 

I, 1 illustrato aut tribuenda^ sunt aut tribui pos- 
sunt, ea autem, quibus avxoq de Christo dicitur, 
ad I, 1, b. referenda videntur. Sed, ut mihi (qui- 
dem videtur, satis efficitur res jam hisce: avxoq 
Mt. 14, 2. Mc. 14, 15. Lc.l, 22. 15, 14; ita etiam ap. 
LXX (cf. I'hiersch de Pentat. vers. alex. p. 08); 
Sir. 49, 7. Tob. 6, 10; avxol Mc. 2, 8 (ovxmq aixol 
biccXpyl^ovxai ap. Grsb.); Lc.^9, 36. 14^ 1. 22, 23; 
avxo Lc. 11, 14. An etiam avxi^ et avxal ita di- 
cantur, dubium est^ cf. BUm. 1. c. p. 95. — 3) non- 
numquam in obliquis casibus, avxov, avx^ rel., 
omittitur, quippe patens e contexta oratione; Mt. 

II, 12 (agnd^ovoi sc. avxriv); Mc. 6, 5 {int^elq 
sc. avToZq); Jo.^3, 34 {dldwai sc. avx<3); 10, 29 {di- 
d(oxi fioi sc. avxovqh Act. 13, 3 {&7tsXvaav sc. av- 
xovq); Ap. 18, 21 (spaXfv sc. avxov) al. — 4) non 
rare avxoq in casibus obliquis verbo additur, etsi 
casus ad hoc ipsum verbum pertinens jam prae- 
cessit; Mt. 8, 1 (xaxa^dvxi 6h avx<^ dnb xov ogovq 
^xoXov^oev ftvry) ; 4, 16. 5, 40. 8, 23. 29. 9, 28. 
25, 29 (dnb xov fi^ Hx^^^^^ - - «^' avxov); 26, 71. 
Mc. 5, 2. 9, 28. Jo. 15,2 {nav xXfjfia - - ato€i avxo); 
Act. 7, 21. Jac. 4, 17. Ap. 2, 7. 6, 4; cf. Win, §. 22, 
4. BUm, ntL Gr. p. 125. Nimirum scriptor, dum ver- 
ba priora hac mente scribebat, ut ea cum primario 
verbo postponendo coujungeret, haec ipsa verba tam- 
quam ali(]uod sententiae membrum per se distin- 
xit. quasi protasin efficerent, atque ita, cum ad 
verbum primarium ipsum accederet, hoc ita po- 
suit, ac si formanda esset apodosis. — 5) Ex ne- 
braismo a'dxoq abundanter ponitur in enuntiatio- 
nibus.relativis; ^q el^exbd^vydtQiovavxfk^'i&z.l, 
25; oi x<p fJLwXo^ni avxov^ 1 Pet. 2, 24 ^\,Yms.Gr8b. 
Tdf); potissimum in apocalypsi : ^v ovdelq ovvcccai 
xXeZoai avxfjv, Ap. 3, 8 (e vera lectione); olq iSo- 
^ avxoZq, 7, 2. — add. vs. 9. 13, 12. 17, 9; longe 
saepius ap. LXX; rare ap. natives Graecos; cf. 
Herm, ad Yig. p. 709. Jvin. p. 140, ubi exemplis 
adde Hdian. 8, 6, 10: olq innpotxtBai avxolq xaq 
Xoinaq noXeiq nvXai dvolyvvvxo. Noli autem hue 
referre Mt. 3, 12: oi xo nxvov iv xj x^'-Q^ avxov, 
et 1 Pet. 1, 24: dq xhq afiagxlaq ^fi<ov avxbq dv^ 
veyxev. Hoc enim loco avxoq opponitur nobis, qui- 
bus peccatorum poenae luendae ruissent, illo au- 



avTOv. 



59 



>/ 



O(pccvT0g, 



tern ezplicandnm est: yentilabram BQam tenet 
manu ana. — 6) Neglu^entiue persaepe cr^rocponi- 
tar, ubi Bubjectmn yel objectum, aa quod referen« 
dam est, diBerto non indicatar, sed ex anteoedente 
aliqtto potissimnm provinciae yel nrbis nomine 
ant e contextu sermonis dncendam est; Mt. 4, 23 
(negilfyev ri^v raXiXaiav diddaxa>v iv taZq owa- 
ywyatg aptwVf h. e. Galilaeorum); Act 8, 5 (Saiia- 
geiac ix^gvacBV€dtoTg,i.e.rbigJSauaQelxaig); 20, 
2 (etSrov^, i. e. incolas rdiv fiepSv ixeivav); 2 Go. 
2,13 (o^rorc, i e. Christianifl Troadis); Mt 19, 2 
(ox^^^ ifokXol xal iS^eQimyaev aitovi, h. e. ae* 
grotos eorom); 1 Pet. 3, 14 (9>d/?ov ctiytoiv, i.e. eoram, 
qni yo%xaxiSaai [ys. 13.] possint); Lc. 23, 51 (ry 
povXy avttSv, i. e. eorom, qnibuscam erat povXtV' 
Tj/c); Heb. 8, 8 {aixolq i. e. toXq Ix^v^t r^v diad^ri^ 
xtjv tifv TipcJr^); Lc. 2, 22(to€ xaB-agia/jiov at>- 
Tory, lostrationls, qnam mosaica lexj>aerperis prae- 
cepit); Jo. 8,44 (wevarfjq iatlv xal o nax^Q ccvrov, 
h. e. pater menaaeis; c£ Btntmg.-Onuius et Meyer 
ad 1.). Quo negligentiore pronominis usn factum 
est, ut tuidem avtoi simpEciter diceretnr nro Siv- 
&p€»noi, Mt. 8, 4. Mc. 1, 44. Lc. 5, 14. 17. (jf. quae 
nberins docet Win, §. 22, 3 coU. BUm, ntL Gr. p. 
92. — 7) nonnomqaam in enuntiationibns relatiyis, 
onae plnribos membris constant, membrum secun- 
dum non solet priori adjun^ seryato pronoroine 
relatiyo 8c,^sed nezu soluto sic pergitur, ut sen* 
batur xal ccvtOQ, ut Lc. 17, 31. Act. 3, 13 (2) v \>/iiZq 
nqgeSmxaxe xal ^Qv^aaaO-s avzdv); 1 Go. 8, 6 (i^ 
ov xci ndvxa xal r^fAstq sIq avxov, Wo xal elg 3v 
fjfieU): 2 Pet. 2, 3. Est haec ratio uraecorum pa- 
riter atque Hebraeorum; cf. Win. p. 135. Brnhdy 
p. 304.^ 

HE) o aixoq, ^ avx'q, xb aixo, cum articulo, idem, 
eadem, idem; 1) nullo addito nomine; o avro;, im- 
mutabilis, Heb. 1, 12. 13, 8 (Thuc. 2, 61); t^ odro— 
7roi«rv,Mt.5,46. Lc. 6, 33; XiytiVy eandem profiteri 
sententiam, I Go. 1, 10; dveiSl^siv^ non eodem mo' 
do, sed idem conyiciantes proferre, Mt. 27, 44 
{dveiSi^Biv xoitxvxa. Soph. Oed. Col. 1002); xii avxd, 
Act 15, 27. Bo. 2, 1. Epk 6, 9. — inl xh avxo (He- 
sycb. Sfiov, inl xbvcnndv xdnov^ineundem locum, 
eodem loco, Mt 22, 34. Act 1, 15. 2. 1. 1 Go. 11, 20. 
14, 23 (Ps. 2, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 13. 3 Mace. 3, 1. Hist. 
Su8.^14); una:simul, Lc. 17, 35. Act. 3, 1; xaxa xd 
avxo, simtd ( Vulg.), una, Act. 14, 1. (B»"tm, Ex. 26, 
24. 1 Beg. 13, 18; cxempla e Graecis affert Kyphe 
Obseryy. D, ^. 69 ss.); — ut nomina aequabtatis 
jnngitur o avxog c. dat ; kV xal xd avxo xy iSv^rj- 
fiivy, 1 Go. 11, 5. (Sap. 18, 11. 4 Mace. 8, 5. 10, 2. 
13 et saepe ap. Graecos, cf. Win, p. 141.) — 2) ad- 
dito nomine; Mt 26, 44. Mc. 14, 39 (xov avxbvXo- 
yov); Lc. 6, 38^ (ry avx(p fiixQip); PhiL^l, 30. 1 Co. 
1, 10 {iv xip avx<p vot); 12, 4 (xb 6h avxo nvevfia) 
et al. — xdi avxii (yi substantiyi: idem genus) x3>v 
naB-fffidxiov, 1 Pet. 5, 9. 

avxov pr. neutrum genitivi pronominis avxog, eo 
in loco, ihi, hie; Mt. 26, 36. Act 15, 34 (ys. spurius); 
18, 19 {Lchm. ixtt)-^ 21, 4 (Lchm, avxoXq).* 

atxov, fjq, ovy eui, sui ipeius, i. q. kavxov, q. y. 
Sexcenties legitur in Etzevirorvm^ ChieslMichii, 
Knappii, aHorum N. T. editionibus, sed Bengelius, 
MaUnaeit Lchm,, Tdf, Trg. ubique reposnerunt 
avxov, avx^ rel. pro avxov, aix^, .,Illud enim non 
mode in codd. unciaUbus YIU. IX. X seculi, sed 
otiam in aliis mnltis (neque tantum in N. T. codd.) 
fere constanter [igitur non semner? G.J poni obser- 
yayi. Quod ita recte scribi prooaut etiam exem^la 
sat multa ubi praepoeitionibus jungitur; eae enim 
saepe non tip, a<p, /i$d', xa&, avi' etc., sed en, an, 
fxix, xax, avx scripta inveniuntur/* Tdf, Prolegg. 



ad N. T. p. XLITT ed. min.; cf. ejusd. Prolegg. ad 
LXX ed. 1. p. LXX. Eandem sententiam fert et 
uberius exponit Bleek ad Hebr. 1, 3. Tom. II, 1, 
p. 67 ss. Gausam diiudicare difficile est tum quod 
m antiqnissimis codd. spiritus et accentus desunt, 
tum quod saepe e scribentis yel loquentis yolun- 
tate et arbitrio pendet, utrum e sua ipsius persona 
loqni yelit an ex mente ejus, de quo sermo est. 
Bectius sane in locis N. T. longe pluilmis resti- 
tuitur avxov, sed utique scribendum yidetur esse 
Si* adroi; (t yulg. kavxov) Bo. 14, 14; elg a{>x6v 
GoL 1, 20; ain^bq negl ainov, Jo. 9, 21. Cf. Win, 
p. 143 s. 

a^ofwQog, ov {avx6get<piog^ fw[,<pwgd, furtum), 
pr. in ipso furto deprehensua; deinde omnino in 
aliquo aUo scelere pairandodiprehenaus; persaepe 
in locutionibus in avxo<p6Q<p (junctim inavxo- 
(fOQw) xiva XafiBaveiv, pass. Xa/ipdvead^ai, xaxa- 
AaptpdveaB^at, aXlaxeo&ai (inde ab Hdt 6,72), addi- 
to sceleris nomine in participio, /loitevofiivij, Jo. 
8, 4, ut ap. Ael. y. h. 11, 15. 14, 3. Plut moral. T. 
YI, p. 446. ed. Tauchn. Sext. Empir. ady. Bhet 65.^ 

avxoxBiQ, og,o{avx6g etxei^f cf. ixaxQOxeiQ^ ddi" 
xdxBip)y eua ipsiue manu aliquidfaciene; Act. 27, 
19. (saepe ap. tragicos et aU. oratt.)* 

adxiof, inae ab Aesch. etHdt., pr. cervicemeffero, 
hinc alorior, auperbio; fieydXa avreX (pro 1. ynlg. 
/iByaXavx^t), Jac. 3, 5 Lchm, Tdf, Trg, Vide in- 
fra in /ieyaXavxifo.* 

avxfAiw6g,d, ov{avxfii<»i squaleo), squalidusy aor^ 
didu8(ien, Phit sqq.), et quum sordida careant 
splendore, caUginoeus; 2 Pet. 1, 1^ Aristot de color. 
3: TO Xa/ingbv ^ axlXBov • • • )7 xovvavxlov av- 
XMflQOv xal aXa/mig. (Hesych., Suidas, Pollux.)* 

A^-at^Jw, w, f. ijcio (Ap. 22, 19 e L yuk^.), fut. 2. 
a^eXw (ibidl Grab. Lchm, Tdf. Trg.; ae quo ra- 
riore futuro cf. Bttm. Gr. max.^ II. p. 100); apr. 2. 
afpslXov, fut. 1. pass. df>aigeB'^ouaij med. a^ai' 
Qofffxai^ aor. 2. atpeiXo/ifiv^ ap. Graecos inde ab 
Hom. ; — adimo, aufero^ removeo^ tollo; t/, Lc. 
1, 25; ahacindo, xb mxlov Mt. 26, 51. Mc. 14, 47. 
Lc. 22, 50 (r^y xe<paXfiy tivoq, 1 Mace. 7, 47; ^ 
rv^ 1 Sam. 17, 51); adimo, xl dno c. gen. rei Ap. 
22^ 19; xl dno c. gen. personae, Lc. 10, 42 (Gen. 31, 
31. Job. 36, 7. Proy. 4, 16 al.); med. (propr. mihi 
adimo yel aufero]^, Lc. 16, 3 (Ley. 4, 10. Mich. ^2, 8; 
ap. GhnMCos pro ano xivog nudus genitiyus); afai" 
Qslv xkq kfiaQxlag, toUere peccata, de yictimis ea 
expiantibus, Heb. 10, 4 (Jer. 11, 15; Sir. 47, 11); 
medium, de deo peccatorum ab hominibus commis- 
sorum memoriam e se tollente s. peccatorum yeniam 
concedente (y. in &fiapxla 2, a), Bo. 11, 27.* 

d^av^, ig {ipalvw\ non conapicuua^ abacondi- 
tua; Heb. 4, 13. (saepe ap. Graec. mde ab Hdt.)* 

&ipavlli<o, aor. 1. ^tpavla^v (d^pav^g), a) con^ 
apectui eripio^ removeo e conapeciu, efficto. ut non 
eonapiciatur (Xen. anab. 3, 4, 8: ijXiog vewBXijv na- 
paxaXi^tpag ^^dviae sc. xijv noXiv. Plat. PhiL 66 a: 
dipavLt^ovxeg xginxofiev). — b) evaneacere facio, 
deleo, perdo; Mt 6, 19 s. (ita saepe ap. Graecos et 
LXX); passiy. pereo; Act. 13, 41 (ubi nostr. vor 
Schrecken vergehen); evaneaeo, Jac. 4, 14 (Hdt. 7, 
6 167. Plat, et ss.). — e) nitore privo {unacheinbar 
macften); deformo, dehi/rpo (entatellen); xb nQoaw- 
nov, Mt 6, 16.* ^ 

dipaviofiog, ov, dJatpavi^w^q.Y,), aboliHo^interi- 
tua; Heb. 8, 13. (Theophr., Polyb., Diod., Plut, 
Lucian. aL; saepe ap. LXX, potissimnm ^ rn^ 
et rtwijw.)* 

^ipavxog^ ov (a niipavxai, 3 pers. peif. pass, 
yerbi (palvofiai), e conapeetu etiilatua; &<pavxog 
iyivtxo an a^div^ subito nee adspectabili mode 



afpeSQciv. 



discessit ab iis, Lc. 24, 31. (inde ab Horn. ap. ]>od- 
tas; aero demom etiam in pedestri oratione; Diod. 
4, 65: ifuticwy eiq xb ifdaiia- - iipavxoq iyivsto. 
Plat. orac. def. c. 1. f^onnnmqnam angeli Bubito 
ex hominam conspecta se subdacentes dicuntur 
d^avBtq ylvfa&ai, 2 Mace. 3, 34. Acta Thorn. §. 27 
et 48.)* 

dfpiSQwv^ wvog, o, ut videtur macedonicae fa- 
bricae vox, quam Suidas barbaram dicit; locwj in 
quem excrementa aim egeruntur; latrina, cloaca: 
legitar taotum Mt. 15, 17. Mc. 7, 19. Non ab d<p 
idQ<Sv, a podicibtis, deducendum videtur, sed ab 
&g>sdQOQt eadem macedonica Yoce, quae Lev. 12, 5. 
15, 19 as. respondet hebr. nna, aordes menstrtwrum. 
Of. quae uberiua de voce exponit Fischer de vitiis 
leiicc. N. T.^ p. 689 aa. 

afeidla {atpflSsia ap. Lchm.\ er^, ^ (indolea ho- 
minia, qui eat afpsiSi^qf non parcena), severitas, quae 
non parcit; add. genit. objecid rov awfiatoq. Col. 
2, 23 {tc5v otofAoxwv a^eiieZv, Lya. 2, 25. Diod. 13, 
60 al.; ap. Plat defin. p. 412 d. dweiSia est Itbera- 
Utas.y 

dg>sZSov, i. q. dnetSov^ q. v. Gf. Bttm, ntl. Gr. 
p. 7. MuUach p. 22. coll. Win. p. 44. 

dxpeXoxfiQt tijToq<f 17 (ab dtpsX^g, non aaxoaua, 
planua, et boo a ^eXXeiig, terra aaxoaa^, simplici- 
tas; xagdlag, Act. 2, 46, extra quern locum non 
reperitur. Graeci dixerunt dipiXeia.* 

dipeXni^at, i. q. dneXnD^o)^ — v. in dtpeldov, 

Stpeaiq, ea>;, i^ (a<plijfn), 1) dimissio, velut e vin- 
culia, e captivitate; Lc. 4, 19. (Jea. 61, 1 a. Pol. 1, 
79,1241.) — 2)&ipsaiq &ua(fTiSVf condonatio, venia 
peccatoram (pr. das Hingehenlassen, quaai non 
sint commiasa), remissio poenae eorum; Mt. 26, 28. 
Mc. 1, 4. Lc. 1, 77. 3, 3. 24, 47. Act 2, 38. 5, 81. 10, 
43. 13, 38. 26, 18. Col. 1, 14; tc5v na^omzwiidxiov, 
Epb. 1, 7; et aimpliciter iipeaig Mt. 3, 29. Heb. 9, 
22. 10, 18. (flpovov, Plat. legg. 9, p. 869 d.; iyxXtj- 
fAdxtoy, Diod. 20,44.)* 

^9"7, 9?. 17 (Rnxio^ necto« apto), pmctura (Vulg.), 
vinculum; Eph. 4, J 6^ CoL 2, 19. (Plut. Anton, c. 27.)* 

dip&afola, UQ, tj {aipd-apxag, cf. dxa&a^ala)^ in- 
corrwptibUitas (TertuU. et 8aq.),tncomfp<«o(Vulg.), 
perennitas; xov xoa/iOVj Pnilo q. mund. a. incorr. 
§.11; tribuitur x<p Beltpy Plut. Ariat. c. 6.; die. de 
corpore hominia poat resiirreetionem interitui non 
obnoxio, 1 Co. 15, 42 {iv d<p9:<, ac. ^v); 50. 53 a.; de 
beata immortalitate (Sap. 2, 28. 6, 18. 4 Mace. 17, 
12) Ro. a, 7. 2 Tim. 1,10.— T£vA dyanav iv d^^oQ- 
ala, amore aliquem amplecti numquam langue- 
acente, Epb. 6, 24.* 

a^d'afxa^f ov (jip&siQQ))^ incorruptus, corruptioni 
et inteniui non obnoxiuSj non interiturus, die. de 
rebuB, 1 Co. 9, 25. 1 Pet. 1, 4. 28. 3, 4; immortalisy 
die. de mortuia in vitam revoeatia, 1 Co. 15, 52; de 
deo. Bo. 1, 28. 1 Tim. 1, 17. (Sap. 12, 1. 18, 4. — 
Plut, Lucian. al.)* 

dip^OQitty crc, fi\&ip9^0Qoqt incorrnptua, a <p&€lpaf)f 
iniegritas; Tit. 2, 7 Lchm. Tdf, Trg.; v. in ddia- 
ip^oQla* 

d^irifjii^ 2 pa. nraea. aing. diptZq (pro lect. vulg. 
iaq Ap. 2, 20, a forma dipicai), imp. 8 pa. aing. Vi<pi€, 
augmento^ ante praepoa. posito, Mc. 1, 34. 11,^ 16., 
a rorma dq>l<o, a qua etiam 1 pa. plur. praea. cr^/o- 
liev Lc. 11, 4 Lchm. Tdf. Trg, pro 1. vulg. Awlt- 
fisv)t 3 pa; pi. dtplovaiv Ap. 11,9 ap. Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg. J fut. l.^dtpi^aWf aor. 1. dq>Tixa^ 2 pa. dq>fjxeq 
pro 1. vulg. dtpiixaq Ap. 2, 4 Tdf. Trg.; aor. 2. im- 
perat. ifpBQt &ipex€^ conj. 3 pa. aing. dipy, 2 pa. plur. 
dqtijxet ptcp. dfpeCqt dyivxsg, paaa. aipiefiai, perf. 
3 pa. plur. hpiiovxai (forma dorica, Mt 9, 2. 5. Mc. 
2, 5 [quo utroque loeo Lchm. Tdf. Trg. reposuerunt 



60 dq>lr]fii. 

8 pa. plur. praea. d^levxai]; Lc. 5, 20. 23. 7, 47. Jo. 
20, 23 [Lchm. Tdf Trg.]- 1 Jo. 2, 12); aor. 1. dipi- 
d^, fut. dipB^r^ofjiaif cf. Win. p. 77. Bttm. ntl. 
Gr. p. 42. (ab dno et l^SfiC), — mitto a me (airo, 
ich lasse von mir); 1) dimitto; a) aJbire vel disce^ 
dere jubeo; xoi>q oxXovq, Mt. 18, 86; xi^YwaTxa^ 
de marito uxorem repudiante, 1 Co. 7, 11 — 13. (Hdt. 
5, 39; et aubat. S^eoig, Plut Pomp. c. 44.) — 
b) emitto {von sich geben), xo nvtHpia, exapirare, 
Mt 27, 50. (t^v i^wx<»'» Gen. 35, 18. Hdt. 4, 190 et 
aaepe ap. alioa Graecoa.) ^(ovijv, emittere vocem 
(Liv. 1, 58), Mc. 15, 37 (Gen. 45, 2 et aaepe ap. Giae- 
coa). — c) mitto y missum facio (lassen); a) non 
euro, Mt 15, 14. — /3) nunc non tracto aliquod ar- 
eumentum, die. de doctoribua, acriptoribua, oratori- 
Dua; Heb. 6, 1. (Eur. Andr. 392. Tlieopbr. char. 




non postulo (hingehen lassen, fahren kissen^ovp. 
xQoxitv, Jo. 20, 28); i. e. remitto, condone; x6 od- 
vitov Mt. 18.27; x^vd^eiX^v, va. 32; xot 6g)€iX^ 
fioxa Mt 6, 12; xd na^anxcifjiata, 6, 14 a. Mc 11, 
25 a.; xdq afiapxlaq, xa &fia0x^fjuixa, rhg dvofilaq 
Mt. 9, 2. 5 a. 12, 81. Mc. 2, 5. 7. 3, 28. Lc. 5, 20 a. 
23. Eo. 4, 7 (e Pa. 32, 1^; 1 Jo. 1, 9. Jac. 5, 15. (Jea. 
22, 14. 33, 24 al.); x. inivoiccv x^qxagSiaq, Act. 8, 
22 (t^v alxiav Hdt 6, 30; xd xQ^a Ael. v. h. 14,24); 
absolute: d^iivai xivl, condonare, Mt 12,32. 18,21. 
35. Mc. 4, 12. Lc. 11, 4. 12, 10. 17, 3 a 23, 34. — 
e) non retineo, non amplius teneo^ r^y ng^Xfiv dyd- 
&tiv, Ap. 2, 4. — 2) permittOf sine, non impedio; 
a) aeq. infin. Mc. 10, 14. Lc. 18, 16 d<p€xe tpx^aB^i 
xal fiif xwXvExs avxd; Mt 13, 30. Mc. 1. 34. Jo. 11, 
44. 18, 8. — inf. aor., Mt 8, 22. 23, 14. Mc. 5, 37. 7, 

12. 27. Lc. 8, 51. 9, 60. 12, 39. Ap. 11, 9. — b) aine 
inf. Mt. 3, 15 {dwiq &QXi, lassfUr jetzi, lass es); c. 
ace. peraonae vel rei, quae non impeditur; Mt. 3, 
15 xox€ dipii^aiv (xbxov; Mc. 5, 19. 11, 6. 14, 6. Lc. 

13, 8. Jo. 12, 7 (e 1. vulg. et Grsb.); 11, 48, Act 5, 
38 {Lchm. Tdf. Trg.^;\ vulg. idaaxe), Ap. 2, 20 
(1. vul^. ia$), — c) d<ple(ii xivl ri, concede aU- 
ciii aUqmd, Mt. 5, 40 {a^eg avxqi xal x6 Ifjidxiov). 

— cO aeq. ?va, Mc. 11, 16 et ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg. 
Jo. 12, 7 e atructura reeentiorum; cf. Win. %. 44, 
8. — e) aeq. aimplici conjunctivo adhortativo, Mt. 

7, 4. Lc. 6, 42 {&q>€g ix^aXo)); Mt 27, 49. Mc. 15, 
36 {Sipsxe tdof/iBv); Epictet disa. 1, 1): atpeg df/- 
(atfiev. 3, 12: a^psg tSw. Ot Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 181 s. 
Win. §. 41, 4. — 3) linquo, relinquo, aliquem, dl- 
acedo ab aliquo, a) ut in alium locum me recipiam 
{sich entfemen vonjemand)] Mt 22, 22. 26, 44. MC. 

8, 18 (Mt 16, 4 xaxaXinciv); 12, 12. 13, 34. Jo. 4, 
3. 16, 28. — b) diaeedo ab eo, auem manu miasum 
volo; Mt. 4, 11; ita de morbia aesistentibua ; diplf- 
x€v xivd o nvpexog, Mt. 8, 15. Mc. 1, 31. Lc. 4, 39. 
Jo. 4, 52. — c) diaeedo ab aliquo, euinque aibi re- 
linquo, ita ut ei renuntiem atque ille me careat; 
xdv naxiga, Mt. 4, 22. Mc. 1, 20. Mt 18, 12 (Lc. 15, 
4 xaxaXslnei). Sic etiam dipiivai xd %(xvxov. opes 
et &cultatea, domum al., Mt. 4, 20. 19, 27. 29. Mc. 
1, 18. 10, 28 a. Lc. 5, 11. 18, 28 a.— d) deaero ali- 
quem (contra faa); Mt26, 56. Mc. 14, 50. Jo. 10, 12. 

— e) diacedena non meeum deporto {stehen, Uegen 
lassen, mtrUcklassen)', Mt 5, 24. Jo. 4, 28. — /) ita 
linquo aliquem, ut ofFendena eum non adjungam 
mini comitem; opp. napaXafjipdvstv, Mt. 24, 40 s. 
Le. 17, 34 a. — g) relinquo, de diaeedente e vita 
{hinterlassen), xixva, yvvaXxa, Mt. 22, 25, Mc. 12, 
20. 22 (Lc. 20, 31 xaxaXelmo). — h) relinquo, ut 
qui relinquitur, reatet {Ubrig lassen); ov fiif d^eO^ 
wSe Xl&og inl Xl^ov, Mt 24, 2. Mc. 13, 2. Lc. 21, 



aghixveofiai. 



61 



6. — t) a<piivai sequente accnaatiyo nominis vel 
pion<Hiii]iiB cum aociuatiyo praedicad, Lc. 10, 30 
(hfu^apf); Jo. 14, 28 (xivii ipwavdv); Mt 23, 38. 
Lc. \3, 35 (aed igrjftoi a Lcmu, utroque loco, a 
Tdf. et 2\r^. ap. Lucam oiuittitar; omisso eo d^ti* 
vai eat: diyini aaxilii e^pertem rellnquere); Act. 14, 
7 {ofioQXVQOv havxdv), 

d^'ixviofiai. o^fiai^ aor. 2. ag>ix6fifpfj yenMye 
ap. GraecoB inde ab Horn;, a5 ctliquo toco (paio) 
venio (sed praeverbii vis saepe fere periit) ; perve- 
nio; in N. T.^semel, tiop. Bo. 16, 19 lifi^v vnaxo^ 
tlq ndvtttQ dg>lxetOf oDaequii yestri fjama perlata 
est ad omnes; Sir. 47, 16: tlq tnjaovq Apixito to 
Svofjui aov.^ Jos. aiitt. 19, 1, 16: ilq to ^iax^ov 
- wplxtxo o koyoq). 

oupiXaya^oq^ ov (a priy. et <piXdya^oq\ boni et 
homiman banorum intmictu; ezstat solum 2 Tim. 

a^iXaQYv^oq, oy (a priy. et ^iXapyvgog), non 
canams pecuniae^ non avanu; habetur solum in N. 
T. Jl>is 1 Tim. 3,^ 3.^ Ileb. 13, 5. 

c^^^^<Ct fop^t V {i^ixviofiaCs^ ap. Graecos plerum* 
que advenhUy rarius abUua, ttueesstu ut Hat. 9, 17. 
Ilem. 1436, 6. Jos. antt. 4, 8, 47. 3 Mace. 7, 18; at- 
que ita Act. 20, 29.* 

iip-laxfifju, aor. 1. micxriaa, aor. 2. aneaxtiy, 
med. d^iatafiai^ imperat. iiplczaoo (1 Tim. 6, 5 in 
t. yulg.; ef. Win. 75), fut. inoax^ofiai. — 1) tran- 
sitiye in praes., impf., fat, aor. 1. actiyi: absistere 
facto, qmoveo; trof). eul de/eeHonem soUicito ; Ad. 
5, 37 (a^laxfjai kapV' - dnlam avxoVt abduxit ad 
suas partes; xivd dni xivoq Deut. 7, 4 et ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Hdt 1, 76). ~ 2) intrans. m j>erf., 
plusq., aor. 2. addyi: dentio {flbsUhen\ ex adj. ya- 
rio sensu: in6 c. genit. personae, abeo, dtscedo, ah 
aliguo; Lc.p, 27 (e Ps. 6, 9; eolL Mt. 7, 23 dno- 
XiOQSlxs an ifAov); Act. 12, 10. 19, 9$ desero alp- 
quern, 15, 38; dewno aiiquem vexar etLc. 4, 13. Act. 
5, 38. 22, 29. 2 Co. 12, 8; dsficio, and &eov, Heb. 3, 
12; evito, effugto, and x^q adixlag, 2 Tim. 2, 19.^ ~ 
Medium: me averto: absol. dejicio^ Lc. 8, 13; dno 
xivoq 22 f 29 j im aostineoah^ idiquo, absum ab eo, 
Lc. 2, 37 (ovx aipiaxaxo dno xov lipov^ nnllo die 
in templo non fnit); ab alicujus usu et consortio, 
1 Tim. 6, 5 e 1. yulg.* 

a<pv€»^ ady. (cognatum c. afyvriq^ y. supra in aig>- 
vl6i0(i\ repente; Act. 2, 2. 16, 26. 28, 6. (LXX. — 
Thuc et sqq.)* 

dipoBwq, ady. (ipofioQ), sine metu, intrepidef Lc. 
1, 74. Phil.^1, 14. 1 Co. 16, 10. Jud. ys. 12.* 

^ d^ofioiowj tt>, e/ficio, ut exemplum aliquod abeat 
{dno) in formam yel iinaginem ei nmtlem^ in ea 
exprtmatur(ctdneucaieiv, dneixovl^eiv^ dnonXda- 
oeiVj dno/iifietaO^ai); ad eimilitudinem alieujua 
easempli eaoprimo; in simile efformo; xd xaXd sfdrj^ 
die. de pictoribuB, Xen. mem. 3, 10, 2; saepe ap. 
Plat. — Passiy. in simile effonnor; smilis red- 
dor; ita Heb. 7, 3. (Epist. Jer. ys. 5, 63. 71. etap. 
Plat.)* 

dffhOQafOj tt>, oculos ab aliis rebus aversos in aUr 
quo denao; yide in dnoffXinof. — trop. animum ad- 
verto, eiq xiva^ Heb. 12, 2. (slg ^eov 4 Mace. 17, 10; 
exempla e Graecis y. ap. Bleek Hebr. n, 1, p. 862.) 
Cetemm ef. dneZ^ov^ 

d^ogitw, imp! dg>wgi^ov, fut. att. d^oQifo Mt. 
25,32 (Tdf. d^opiaw); 13, 49; aor. 1. d^wpiaa, 
ptcp. pi. pass. d^w(ft4JfiivoQ, imperat aor. pass. 
d<poQio&ijX€ {SqIZio ^ Zgov facio) , — scribendis 
finious secemo ah aliis {vcn6y abgrenzen), determino, 
separo: iavxov, ab aliis, CraL 2, 12; xovg fia^nxdq^ 
discipulos ab iis, qui eyangelio obsequi noleoant, 
Act. 19, 9; ix fiicov xivivv, Mt. 13, 49; dnoxivoq. 



AxoLixoq, 

25, 32; Passiy. signif. reflexiya, 2 Co. 6, 17; absolute 
et sensu male: secludo ut in/amia notatum, Lo. 6, 
22; sensu bono: xivd ntq xi, destino, seligo aliquem 
ad aliqtdd (ut aliquid agat), Act. 13, 2. Bo. 1, 1; 
xivd sq. infin. finau, GaL 1, 15. (Eurip. Isocr. Plat. 
Demosth. Polyb. aL; — persaepe ap. LXX, respon- 
dens potissimum yerbis ^^'nari, t)*tprr,^ B*«"in, "ta^ al.)* 

dipoQfi^f ^^ i i^Pf^Vy 4- ^** ®^ caio)^ 1) pr. locus, e 
quo JU motus vel incursio ; Thuc. 1,90 (r^v HeXo- 
n6vvfioovnacivdvaxd>Qficlv xs xal dtpoQixiiv \xaviiv 
Blvai)\ PoL 1, 41, 6. — 2) metapL id quo stadium 
excitatur et unde digreditur ; id guod eonaUU ansam 
praebet et materiam suppeditat, tncitamentum: pra&- 
sidkan^ quo utimiwr aa aliquid conandum veiperfi- 
dendum; Xen. mem. 3, 12, 4 (xoZq kavxSv naial 
xaXXlovg djfOQfAdq elq xbv fiiov xaxakelnovai), et 
saepe ap. Graeeos; Xafifidveiv, sumere incitamen- 
tum, ansam, Bo. 7, 8. 11; 6i66vai^ 2 Co. 5, 12; 
1 Tim. 5, 14 (8 Mace. 3, 2; utraque locutio saepe 
etiam ap. Graecos); — 2 Co. 11, 12. GaL 5, 13. — 
Vide de hujus yocis significatt. Vigor, ed. Herm. 
p. 81 s. Phryn. ed. Lob. p. 223 s.* 

dtpgll^Qf {dipQoq), spumo;lAa, 9, 18. 20. (Soph. EL 
709. Died. 3, ip. Athen. XI, p. 472 a.)* 

dipQoq, ov, o, spuma; Lc. 9,39. (Hom.IL20,168.)* 

dipQOOvmi, f^q, 71 {a^Qwv\ stultitia, insipi0nti€^, 
amentia} 2 Co. 11, 1. 17. 21; — temeritas, Mo. 7, 
22.; 

axpQ(»v, ovog, d, tj, — ov, xo (a ^p4.^, ut ivipgwv, 
cmipQiav), pr. raiione carens (de bestiis, Xen. mem. 
1, 4, 14), omens, insipiens^ stolidus; nihil perpenr 
dens aut intelligens^ temere agens; Lc. 11, 40. 12, 
20. Bo. 2, 20. 1 Co. 15, 36. 2 Co. 11, 16. 19 (opp. 
ipQOvifioq ut Proy. 11, 29); 12, 6. 11. £ph. 5, 17 
(opp. avvihrteq); 1 Pet. 2, 15.* 

dipvnvow, <S, aor. 1. dqftvnvcsaa (invom, sopio, 
dormio), a) expergefio (AnthoL IX, 517); — b) ob- 
dormio, nostr. entschlaj^en, Lc. 8, 23; pro quo ye- 
teres dixerunt xa^vnvoio, y. Lobeck ad rhryn. 
p. 224.' 

dq>'vaxBQiio^ 1) posterior sum, serius tfonio (dno, 
ita ut procul sim ab aliquo s. desim alieui); die. 
de iis, qui juste tempore non adsunt, PoL 22, 5, 2. 
Posidon. ap. Athen. 4, 37 ; — and dyad-ijq ^igag, 
desum suayi diei, suayis dies me praetemuit. Sir. 
14. 14. — 2) transitive subtrc^o, aefraudo^, deesse 
jubeo; xi fidvva aov ovx dfpvoxkgtiaaq dno cxd' 
fuxxoQ oirrcbv, Neh. 7, 31 (pro m, eohibeo); pass. 
fiia^og d^vaxegiifiivog, Jac. 5~, 4 Tdf. Trg, e 
codd. sin. et yat* 

awfovoq^ ov(<po>vij^, vocis expers^ m/utus; loquendi 
facuitate destitutusy die. de idolis 1 Co. 12, 2 (Ps. 
115, 5. Hab. 2, 18); de bestiis, 2 Pet 2, 16; — 1 Co. 
14, 10: xoiavxa yivti q>wvmv xal ovShv avx<bvdipt»' 
vov, i. e. nulla lingua est, quae linguae yim non 
habeat {keine dersetben ist sine Unsprache^ cf. 
phrases pioq dpimxoq, yita nomine yitae indigna; 
XaQig axagi^, -^ die. de eo, qui patienter tacet yel 
obmutescit, a/ivog, Act 8, 32 e Jes. 53, 7. (ap. Grae- 
cos inde a Pmd. et Aeschylo.)* 

"AraZ, 6 ^(ita LXX pro rm, possidens. possessor; 
ap. «joseph. ^Axd^ffg, ov, 6), J[Aanw,rex Judae. (2 Begg. 
16,^1 ss. 2Chron. 28, 16 ss. Jes. 7, 1 ss.); Mt 1, 9. 

^Axata, aq, ij, Achaia; \) sensu angustiore terra 
maritima septentrionalis Peloponnesi. — 2) latiore 
sensu inde ab anno 146 ante Christum proyincia 
romana totam Gra^ciam coinplectens. Ita in N. 
T. Act 18, 12. 27. 19, 21. Bo. 15, 26. 16, 5 (L 
yulg.); 1 Co. 16, 15. 2 Co. 1, 1. 9, 2. 11, 10. 1 Th. 
1,7 s.* 

^Apxlxog^ ov, 6^ Ackaicus, nomen incogniti yiri 
Chnstiaui coriothiaci; 1 Co. 16, 17. 



€cxaQi<nog. 



62 



BadX. 



axaQiCToq, ov (xapll^ofiai) , ingratus; a) in- 
juctmdus (Horn. Od. 8, 286. 20, 892. Xen. oec. 7, 
37 al.) ; b) beneficn immemor (ita ap. Graecos inde 
ab Hdt. 1, 90), Lc. 6, 35. 2 Tim. 8, 2. (Sir. 29, 17. 
Sap. 16, 29.)* 

Axsl/i^ 0, Achim, nomen proprium onius e majo- 
ribus Obristi in Y.T. non eommemorati; Mt. 1, 14. 

i'XeiQonoLrixoQ, ov {xeigonoifixog, q. v.), mani^ 
bus non factm; Mc. 14, 58. 2 Co. 5, 1. Col. 2, 11. 
(Exstat neque ap. pro&nos, neque a]^. LXX.^* 

ifXixi, i)o<;, 4^ ne^uZa, 'ceUigo, maxime ocmis ob- 
ducta (yox poetica, saepe ap. Horn.; turn ap. He- 
siod., Aeacnyl.; ap. prosae scriptores inde a Pol. 
34, 11, 15); Act. 13, 11. (Jos. antt. 9, 4, 3: tag xdiv 
noXsfdiov Sytetq afxavQwcai xbv ^sbv nagexdXei 
axXvv avratg iniBaXovxa, metaph. de animo Clem. 
Rom. 1 Co. 1 ixXiog ySfieiv,)* 

a-XQ^^og^ ov (xQsTog, utilis), muiUia: qui nihil 
praestat; Mt. 25, 30 (SovXogy cf. Plat. Ale. I, c. 87 
x&v obcsxmv xhv ^XQ^toxoxovYt ex hyperbole piae 
modestlae ap. Lc. 17, 10 senms se appeDat dxQslov^ 
quippe qni etsi omnia fedt, tamen nihil praestitit 
nisi quae debuity nihil igitur promeritua est ac de- 
mom ubiUa dicendus esset, si posset plura prae- 
stare quam quae debet; cf. Bengd ad 1. (Saepe ap. 
Graecos inde ab Horn.; Xen. mem. 1, 2, 54: dxpetov 
xal avmipeX^g. - LXX 2 Sam. 6, 22*=!>$iD, humiUsj 
vUis,)* 

a^j^siowy w, aor. 1. pass. tjxQficiS-Tjv {oxgeTog, q. 
v.), inutHem reddo; de monbus, Bo. 3, 12 (e Ps. 14, 
3) ubi Tdf, et Trg. ]^xpca»^aav a rariore flfx(>€OC 
= dxQBiog. (aliquoties ^proprie ap. Polyb.)* 

i'XQV^'^^^* oy ixQfiOxogf et hoc a XQ^OfiaC), inuU- 
liSf qui nonjrugi est; Philem. vs. 11 (opp. h. 1. si- 
XQJJoxog). (ap. Graecos inde ab Hom.)* 

&X9*^ ct SixQ^^ (quorum hoc in N. T. nusquam 
ante consonantem, illud autem nulla yocalis aut 
consonantis ratione habita ponitur, etsi euphoniae 
itii consulitur, ut fere constanter dicatur &xpi ^g 
^(ligagy &XQig oi [cf. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 9 coll. Win. 
p! 42], nee nisi Act. 7, 18. Ap. 2, 25 a Lchm, Tdf, 
Trg. legatur ^X(>* <>^» ^^' 21, 24 a Tdf. et Trg,, 
1 Co. 11,26. 15, 25 a solo Tdf.\ particula termi- 
num ad qtiem indicans (de cujus ap. Graecos usu 
of. Klotz ad Dev. II, 1, p. 224 ss.), tum praepositio- 
nis tum conjunctionis potestatem habens, usque ad; 
donecj usque dum (de etymo y. in fine hujus expo- 
sitioms). — 1) prciepositionis vi adsciscit sibi geni- 
tivum ac dicitdr a) de loco: Act. 11, 5. 13, 6. 20, 
4. 28, 15. 2 Co. 10, 13 s. Heb.4,12 (y. in fieQiafi6g)\ 
Ap. 14,20. 18, 5. — b) de tempore: a^gi xaiQOv, 
usque ad tempus, quod opportunum ei videbatur, 
Lc. 4, 13; usque ad certum tempus, Act. 13, 11; 
axQi f/g fj/iigag, usque ad diem, quo . . , Mt. 24, 38. 



Lc. 1, 20^. 17, 27. ^ct. 1, 2; SxQi xcnhrjg xljg ^fii- 
gag et a^C^i r^; v/^iffag ravri/C) Act. 2, 29. 23, 1. 
26, 22; SxQi ^fif^oiv nivxB, xiscpie ad spatium qnin- 
que dierum «» post quinque dies, 20, 6 ; j/pic odf' 
}^7jg, vs. 11; aroi xov vvv Bo. 8, 22. Phil. 1, 5; 
axQi x^Xovg Heb. 6, 11. Ap. 2, 26; praeterea Act. 

3, 21. Bo. 1, 13. 5, 13. 1 Co. 4, 11. 2 Co. 3, 14. GaL 

4, 2. Phil. 1, 6. — c) de modo et gradu; &XQ^ ^^' 
vdxov. Act. 22, 4 (ut adeo morti traderem) ; Ap. 2, 
10 (ut ipsam mortem oppetas^; 12, 11; ex mmto- 
mm intpp.. opinione etiam Heb. 4, 12. — d) cum 
relativo oi conp. (&XQ^Q oi -■ a^pc xoinov, y) ob- 
tinet vim eonptnctionis: usque dum, donee; sq. 
indicat. praeteriti de rebus vere factis, ad quarum 
usque initium aliquid durabat; Act. 7, 18 (axQig oi 
avlaxfi paoiXsvgy, 27, 33. — sq. ooigunctivo aoristi, 
vim futuri exacti habente; Lc. 21, 24 Lchm. Tdf, 
Trg.; Bo. 11, 25. 1 Co. 11, 26. (M. 3, 19. 4, 19 (ubi 




Ap. 2, 25. — c. indicat. praes. : quamdiuy Heb. 3, 
13;^cf. Bleek ad L et Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 199. — 
2) ixQig sine oi simplids conjunctionis vim obti- 
net; donee, usque dwn; sq. conj. aoristi; Lc. 21, 24 
(e 1. vulg. et Grsb.); Ap. 7, 3 (Lchm, Tdf. Trg.); 
15, 8. 20, 3; c. indicat. mt. 17, 17. — Quum axQt 
cognatum sit cum Sxtj et dxQdg, et ft^xQi cum i<»- 
xogt uax^og: prioris particuJae usu spatium illua, 
quoaa aliquid pertinere dicitur, comparatur cum 
aititudine, Tocis fiixQ^ usu cum longitudine; o^pt, 
adscensionem indicans, est i. q. bis hinauf {ut noa 
dicimus: bisaufdiesen Tag)\ fiixQh extensionem 
indicans, est i. q. bis hin; ct Klotz 1. c. p. 225 s. 
Sed neglecto hoc primitivo discrimine utraque 
particula baud rare de eadem re dicitur; cf. ^qi 
xiXovg Heb. 6, 11; fi^XQ*^ xiXovg^ ibid. 3, 6. 14; Xen. 




ix^QOV, ov, TO, culmus frumenHj cui grana sunt 
excussa; stramentttm trilndo comminuium; Mt. 3, 
12. Lc. 3, 17. (ap. Graecos inde a Hdt. 4, 72. Xen. 
oec. 18, 1. 2. 6. plerum^ue in plur. xdt &xvQa, — a 
LXX Job. 21, 18 die. etiam de palea a vento abigi 
solita.)* 

mpevS^gy ig (xpevSog), mendacii expersy verax; 
Tit 1, 2. (ap. Graecos inde ab Hes. theog. 223.)* 

&kptvS-ogf ov, ^, absinthium (Wermuth); Ap. 8, 
11; 6 onptvB-og ibid, quasi nomen propr. steUae tri- 
butum in aquas delapsae easque amaras red- 
denti.* 

atpvxogy ov, animae expers, vita et sensu carens; 
1 Co. 14, 7. (ap. Graecos inde ab Aeschylo.)* 



B. 



BaiX, 6 et ^, nomen indeclin. hebr. Vn, chald. Vb 
(contr. ex ^s^b), dominus; Bo. 11, 4. Gessit hoc no- 
men supremum coeli numen a gentilibus Semitis 
(Phoeniciis,Canaanitis,BabYloniis, Assyriis)nec rare 
etiam ab ipsis Israelitis cultum, in sole repraesen- 
tatum; xy BadX, Bo. 11, 4. CL Win. BWB. s. v. J. 
G, MilUer in Herzog £nc. I, p. 637 ss. Merx in 
Schenkel BL. 1, p. 322 ss. Schlottm^m in Riehm 
BWB. p. 126 s. In quo quum suprema naturae vis 
omnia progignens, igitur virile numen coleretur, 



cui femininum numen Astarte consociabatur, diffi- 
cile explicatu est. cur ol LXX aJiis locis o BadX 
(Num. 22, 41. Jud. 2, 13. 1 B^. 16, 31. 19. 18 al.), 
aliis (Hos. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 7, 4 al.) 17 B. dicant. Inter 
varias hac de re conjecturas ea facilitatis laude prae- 
stat, qua statuitur, LXX interpretes contemptim 
iUud numen ut invalidum et impotens xhv B. appel- 
lasse eodem modo, quo Arabes idola aeas etBab- 
bini ^SnrW dicunt. Ita Gesenius in RosenmiUler 
Bepertorium I, p. 139. et TholuckadBa, 11,4.* 



BafivXciv. 



BafivX<bVf thvoq, h ^ebr. ^^s a \h'^, conhuiit, e 
(jen. 11, 9; cf. Aescn. Pen. h\.^ BapfvXwv o 17 9ro- 
Xvxqvaoq nd/iuixTov Sr^ov nifiitei cvQdijv, sed 
re^iis, uti Tidetar, ex ^a aK|, porta i. e. aula s. 
civitas Beli), Babylon, urbs ofim celeberrima et 
amplissima, sedes regum BabyloDioruni, ad ntram- 
qae EaphratiB ripam sita. Expn^ayerat earn jam 
olim 0^8, sed diniit portae ejus et nmros Da- 
rias Hystaspes, templnm Beli destruxit Xerxes. 
Tandem urbs fere in solitudinem rediit exhausta 
vicinitate. Seleuciae ad Tigridem conditae a Se- 
leuco Nicanore. — Didtur in N. T. 1) de ipsa orbe, 
Act. 7, 43. 1 Pet. 5, 13 (quo loco olim nonnulli in- 
teUexerunt Babylonem exiguom Aegypti oppidum, 
contra qnos cf. Mayerhoff fiinleitane in d. petrin. 
Schriften, p. 126 as. — 2) de terra Babylomorum, 
Mt. 1, 11 8. 17. — 3} allegorice de Roma tamquam 
flagitioBissuna idololatriae aede et christianae caasae 
adyersazia, Ap. 14, 8. 16, 19. 17, 5. 18, 2. 10, 21. (e 
mnltorum opmione etiam 1 Pet. 5, 18.)* 

Pa&imq, ady., profunde; Sq&QOv ^a^iioq sc. Sv^ 
xog (cf. Bnhdy p. 338), wmo ailucalo, sommo mane, 
Lc. 24, 1 Lehm. Tdf. Trg.; ita e Meyeri ad 1. sen- 
tentia; sed rectins ibi pa^^totq habetar pro attica 
genitiyi forma a fiad^vq, q. y. Cf. BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 23.* 

fia&/Jt6g, 00, o (ab obsol. paa>, i. q. fialvWj cf. 
axa^/ioqX Umen, gradus; de grada anctoritatis et 
sainbris in coetu cbiistiano efncaciae dicitnr 1 Tim. 
3, 13. (Habent yocem Strabo, Lucian., Appian., 
Artemid.; cf. Ijob, ad Phryn. p. 824.)* 

fiaBoq, «o( (ovc), td (cobaeret cum yerbo obso- 
leto fia^of, fidw ~ cf. fiaBvq, pioowv et o fiv^oq^ 
o fiv^odq, nostr. Boden), profundUaSf aUitudo; 
1) pr. Mc. 4, 5. Mt 13, 5. Bo. 8. 39 (opp. vt^oH 
fia); Eph. 3. 18 (opp. (^0;); die. aealto mari (die 
hohe See) Lc. 5, 4. — 2) translate: 17 xaxa pahoq 
nta>xela aitdhf^ infima, extrema panpertas, 2 Co. 
8, 2; Ta pa^ xov ^eov, c^uae abscondita sunt et 
hnmana scmtatione supenora in deo, inpr. ems 
consilia, 1 Co. 2, 10 (xov Saxavd, e I. yulg. Ap. 
2, 24; xaQdlaq dv^gwnov, Judith. 8, 14); inex- 
iiausta copia, immensa amplitudo, nXovxov, Bo. 
11, 33 (ita etiam Soph. A|. 130); fiaHq nXovxoq 
AeL y. h. 3, 18; xaxwv £nr. Hel. 303. LXX Proy. 
18, 3.*^ 

^a&vvw (pa^vq\ frofundvm facto; Lc. 6, 48., 
ubi Icxatpe xal^ipa^ve non dicitur pro fiad-iwq 
^axawe, sed ipd^ve opens continuationem dicit; 
cf. Win, p. 487 (Ap. Graecos inde ab Hom.)* 

fia^qy sta, v, pro/undtu; pr. Jo. 4, 11. — trans- 
late: vTCvoq, sopor altus, Act 20, 9 (Sir. 22, 7; 
etiam saepe ap. Graecos); Sg^Qoq (y. in fia^iwq) 
Lc. 24, 1 (Plat Crit 43 a. Polyaen. 4, 9. 1; Ire 
fiad^ioq oq^QOV^ PlatProt 310 a.); xhBa^iaxov 
JSaxava, Ap. 2, 24 (Grsb. Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; v. in 
fid^oq,)* 

fiator, ov, TO, ramim palmae; add. xt»v ipoivl' 
xmv (ex eodem usu quo dicitur oixodeanixfiq x^q 
olxlaq, hnonodiov xdiv noSmv), Jo. 12, 18. (Vox 
solum biblica et eccles.; 1 Ma«c. 13, 61. Symmach. 
Cant 7, 9; ignot intp. Ley. 28, 40. In graeca 
ecclesia dominiea paimarum dicitur 17 xvoiaxij 
xdiv Batiov. Cf. Fischer de yitiis loxicc. N. T. p. 
18 ss.* 

BaXadfji (ap. LXX «- Q9V*» ^c Gesen, ex Vi et 
D9, non-populus, i. e. pere^rinns; sec. Jo, Simon, 
^ vf 9\^, absorptio populi, — ap. Josenh. o Bd^ 
kafioq), Balaam^ Bilecmue, e Petora, Mesopota- 
miae urbe, oriundus, a Jehoya prophetica facul- 
tate praeditus, a Babico (y. in BaXdx) mercede 
condnctus , ut Israelitas deyoyeret , et mercedis 
amore ductus Balaci yoluntati obtemperare yolens 



63 ^aXXoK 

Jehoyae yi subactus iis benedixit (Num. 22—- 24. 
Deut 23, 5 s. Jos. 13, 22. 24, 9. Mich 6, 5), unde 
in eo posteriores Judaei perditissimum yiderunt 
fraudatorem; Ap. 2, 14. 2 Pet 2, 16. Jud. ys. 11.* 

BaXix (p^i, manis, yacuus), Balacui, rex Moa- 
bitarum (Num. 22, 2 s. al,), Ap. 2, 14.* 

fiaXdvxiov, et fiaXXdvxiov (Lchm, et Tdf,; cf. 
Fritzsche ad Mo. p. 620. Win, p. 43. Paesovii Lex. 
s. y.). loVf x6^ orumena, mareupium {Geldbeiitel), 
Lc. 10, 4. 12, 83. 22, 85 s. (LXX Job. 14, 7. Ari- 
stoph. ran. 772. Xen. symp. 4, 2. Plat Gorg. p. 
580 e. al. Hdian. 5, 4, 4 et ap. al.)* 

pdXXw, I paXw, pf. SifiXtjxa, aor. 2. JSfiaXov, 8 
ps. plur. tfiaXov Lc. 28, 34. Act 16, 23; tfiaXav, 
ouae alexandrina forma est, Act 16, 37 (Lchm, 
Tdf Trg.; y. in dni(fx^fi^i\ pf. pass. fiifiXijfiai, 
pls^pf. ifif^Xjf^Tfv, aor. ifiX^^hjv, fut fiXti&^aofjiai, 
— jacio, die. de rebus, quae aut yi et impetu, aut 
sine yi at dedita opera, aut sic e manu mittnntur, 
ut non cures, quo cadajit. — l)m et impetu; fidX' 
Xeiv xivd ^anlauaai^ alapis aliquem fenre, Mc. 14, 
65 (die. e simiiitudine locutiunum xivd pdXXetv 
XiBiiq, piXsai^ x6{oiq al., xaxoZq, tj}6y<p, oxd/i- 
(lafy. aL ap. Graecos; cf. Paeaov. I, p. 487; pro 
yulg. l^aAxoy legendum est c, Fritzeehio etSchotto 
iBaXov, ex quo ortum MXafiov ap. Lchm. Tdf 
Trg,; paXstv et Xafistv in codd. saepe confundun- 
tur; cf! Chimm ad 2 Mace. 5, 6); — fidXXeiv Xl- 
O^ovq ini xtvi b. xivd, Jo.^ 8, 7. 59; /ovv inl xaq 
xe<p, Ap. 18, 19; xovloqxuv elq x6v aiga. Act 22, 
28; xl eiq t^v ^dXaaaav, Mc. 9, 42. Ap. 8, 8. 18, 
21; iiq xo nvg, Mt 8, 10. 18. 8. Lc. 8, 9. Mc. 
9. 22. Jo. 15, 6; slq xXlfiavov, Mt 6, 80. Lc. 12, 28; 
flq yhwavy Mt 6, 30. Mc. 9. 47; elq x, v^ Ap. 
8, 6. 7. 12, 4. 9. 18. tiq x. Xijvov 14, 19; elq x. Xl- 
lAvrpf 19, 20. 20, 10. 14 s.; dq x. aBvaaov 20, 8; ab- 
sol. et pass, yiolenter demoyeor ae loco, quem ob- 
tinui, Ap. 12, 10 Lchm. Tdf Trg. — de morborum 
aliquem inyaidentium impetu die. pdXXeiv xivct elq 
xXlvtjVf Ap. 2, 22; pass, aegrotus decumbo lecto 
affixua, pipXrifMi inl xXlvtjq, Mt 9, 2. Mc. 7, 80; 
omisso inl xXlvtjq^ Mt. 8, 6. 14 coll. Lc. 16, 20; xiva 
elq ^vXax^v, in yincula, carcerem conjicere, Mt. 6, 

25. 18, 80. Lc. 12, 58. 28, 19. 25. Jo. 3, 24. Act 16, 
23 s. 37. Ap. 2, 10; dginavov elqjy^v, yi admoyere 
falcem, Ap. 14, 19; fidxaiQav paXXtiv (immittere, 
iigicere) enl x. y^v, Mt. 10, 34., quae phrasis alte- 
ram peperit in eodem loco obyiam: ilg^vijv pdXX, 
inl X. y^Vj immittere pacem; Ifco, ejicio, Mt. 5, 13. 
13, 48. Lc. 14, 35. 1 Jo. 4, 18. Jo. 16, 6; kavxiv xd- 
Ta», deorsum se deiicere, Mt 4, 6. Lc. 4, 9; iavxbv 
elq X. ^dXaaaav Jo. 21, 7; pass, sensu reflex. fiXi^ 
^ffti, Mt. 21, 21. Mc. 11, 23; xivh and xivoq, depel- 
lere ab alia no; daemones, Mc. 16, 10; xl dip' havxofft 
abjicere, Mt 5, 29 s. 18, 8; vSmg ix xov axofuttoq, 
Ap.^ 12, 1 5 B. (bene Luth, : echoes aue ihrem Mvnde) ; 
ivciniov c. j^en. loci: projicere {hastig hinlegen)^ 
Ap. 4, 10; £c. de arbore yento yehementius agi- 
tata fructus abjidente, Ap. 6, 13. — intrans. mere 
(sich siUrzen), Act 27, 14. (Hom. IL 11,722. 28, 462. 
etap. alios.) — 2) sine vi et impetu: rem ita manu 
mUtere^ ut non curetur, quo caaat; — xXi^QOVf con- 
jicere in umam sortem, Mt. 27, 36. Mc. 15. 24. Lc. 
23, 34. Jo. 19, 24. e Ps. 22, 19. (x^povq, Plat legg. 
12, p. 968. et ap. al.); spargo; xonpia, Lc. 18, 8; 
semen, inlx^q yijq, Mc. 4, 26; sic xbv xtpiov^ Lc. 
18, 19. — injicio; dgy^giov elq xov xoQ^avav, Mt 
27, 6; xaXxov, dwQa^ al. elq xb yai,OfpvXdxiov, 
Mc. 12, 41—44. Lc.21,l-4coU. Jo. 12,6. — pdiXeiv 
xl xivi, objicere; xov igxov xoZq xwagioiq, Mt 15, 

26. Mc. 7, 27; tftngoad-iv xivoq^J&i, 7, 6; ivomiov 
xivoq, Ap. 2, 14 (y. infra in axdvSaXov); incertus 



PajviiCw. 64 

de sueceegu trade; a^VQiov toZq xganBl^lraiQ de- 
pono, eoUoco apad, Mt 25, 27. — de rebus floidis: 
/undOf in/undo; sq. elQ, Mt. 9, 17. Mc. 2, 22. Lc. 
5, 37. Jo. 13, 5 {olvov el^ xov nld-ov^ Epictet. 4, 13; 
de flaviis, ^6ov elg Si^(^y Ap. Bhod. 2, 401 et ap. al. 
LXX Judic. 6, 19); effundo, inl zivoq, Mt. 26,12. — 
S) nan invpetu, at data opera procedere facto; €k 
xi, ifndo, tngerOy insero; Mc. 7, 33 {xoijqdaxxvXovq 
eig xii (Sxa); Jo. 20, 25. 27. 18, 11; mjicio; xaXl- 
vovg elq ^o axofia, Jac. 3, 3; demitto (hinabsenken) 
Jo. 5, 7; Mt. 4, 18. 17, 21. — metaph.: eig x^v xag^ 
diav xivoq^ suggero, Jo. 13, 2. (r2 iv ^vii<3 xivog^ 
Horn. Od. 1. 201. 14, 269; slg vovv Find. J?yth. 4, 
133 et ap. al.); ififidXkeiv slg vovv xivi, Plut. vit. 
TimoL c. 3. 

fianxllsfOf t. iaw, aor. 1. ifidnxiaa, pass. impf. 
ipcmxt^ofirjVf ptep. pf. pass, fisfianxiofiivog, aor. 1. 
pass. iSanxlod'ijv, mt. 1. pass, paitxia^oofiaif aor. 
1. med. ifianxiaafjifjv (freqaentatiyum a parnw ut 
BaXkCC,io a fidXXat), passim ap. Plat, Polyb., Died., 
Strab., Joseph., Plat. al. — I) 1) pr. repetttis mciima 
immergOt immergo, mbmergo (de submersis naTibos, 
Pol. 1, 51, 6. 8, 8, 4; de animalibas Died. 1, 36^ — 
2) immergendo vel submergendo abluo, lavo^ aqtid 
purgo; Med. et aor. 1. pass, me lavo; itaMc. 7, 4. 
Lc. 11, 38. (2 Beg. 5, 14: ifianxioaxo iv xw ^Ioq- 
Savy, «= Vae; Sir. 34, 27. Judith. 12, 8.) — 3) trans- 
late: obrttOt velut ISidxag xalg elg^OQatg, Died. 1, 
73; dtpX^iAaai, Plat. Galba 21; r^ cvfi<pooS fie- 
fianxiOfievoQf Heliod. Aeth. 2, 3; et simpliciter: 
alicui graves et amplas calamitates infligere; ifii- 
nxiaav x^v noXiv^ Jos. b. jud. 4, 3, 3; ^ dvo/jila fie 
ficmxlaeij LXX Jes. 21,4; hinc panxlt^taO-ai fianxi' 
Ofia (cf. Win. p. 211; cf. Xoveod^at, xb Xovxqov, 
Ael. h. a. 3, 42), ccUamitatibua submergif de iis, 
quibos sustinendae infliguntur, Mt. 20, 22 s. (in t. 
vulg.) ; Mc. 10, 38 s. Lc. 12, 50 (cf. germ, phrasin 
etwaa auszubaden haben, et quae proprie dicuntur 



fiaTttO), 




lavationis ritu solenni a Joanne baptista primum 
instituto, posthac e Ghristi mandate a Ghristianis 
recepto et ad suae religionis argamentum et natu- 
ram accommodate (v. in fidnxio/ia), h. e. immer- 
sione in aqaam idcirco facta, at signam esset ab- 
stersorum vitioram ac sceleram, suscepta ab iis, 
qui salatis desiderio acti ad re^ messiani bene- 
ncia admitti volebant. — a) Usurpatur yerbom 
absolute: sacrae lavationis ritum administro, bap^ 
tizo (Vulg.), tingo^ tinguo (TertulL); Mc. 1, 4. Jo. 

1, 25. 28. 3, 22 s. 26. 4, 2. 10, 40. 1 Co. 1, 17; c. no- 
mine conjugate xb fidnxiana Act. 19, 4 ; o ficofxl- 
gcov. substantive i. q. o fianxiox^g, Mc. 6, 14. — 
xiva, Jo. 4, 1. Act. 8, 38. 1 Co. 1, 14, 16. — Pass. 
baptizor; Mt. 3, 13 s. 16. Mc. 16, 16. Lc. 3, 21. Act. 

2, 41. 8, 12. 13. 10, 47. 16, 15. 1 Co. 1, 15 {Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg:)\ 10, 2 (Lchm. Tdf), — Pass, reflexi- 
yo sensu: baptismo initiandum me curOf baptismum 
suacipio; Lc. 7, 30. Act. 2, 38. 9, 18. 16, 33. 18, 8. 
22, 16; add. nomine eonj. xo 8dnxiafia, Lc. 7, 29; 
aor. 1. medii 1 Co. 10, 2 (Lekm. Tdf, ^anxLc^ri" 
aav); Act. 22, 16. — sq. dative rei, qua adhibita 
bapuzatur, vdaxi, v. infra. — b) cum praepositioni- 
bus; aa) f/c, ad indicandam matertem, in quam 
immergitur; ilg tbv 'logdavjjVf Mc. 1, 9. — ad 
indicandum finem: eiq (lexdvoiav, ut obstringatnr 
aUquis emendationi animi, Mt. 3, 11 ; slg xo *i<tfdv' 
vov fidnxio/ia^ at obstringatur officiis, quae a Jo- 
annis baptismo imponuntur, Act. 19, 3; slg dvofid 
xivog, ad profitendum nomen (v. in Svofxa) alicujus, 
quem sequamur ducem, Mt. 28, 19. Act. 8, 16. 19, 



5. 1 Co 1, 13, 15; tig Sipsaiv kfiaQXiwv, ad conse- 
quondam veniam peceatorum, Act. 2, 38; eig xov 
Motva^Vf ut Mosem sequerentur ducem, 1 Co. 10. 

2. — ad indicandum effectum: elg Iv cibfjux, bapti- 
zando in unum corpus conjunffere, 1 Co. 12, 13; f^c 
Xqicxov, slg xov d-dvaxov avxov, baptizando per- 
ducere ad consortium Christi, ad consortium mortis 
ab eoopnetitae, in quo consortio peccato demortui su- 
mus, Gal. 3, 27. Eo. 6,3. — bb)ivyC. dat. rei, in quam ali- 
quis immeigitur, iv xfpIoQddvv Mc. 1, 5 ; ^v r^ vdaxi^ 
Jo. 1, 31 (Lchm. Tdf, Trg. iv vd., sed Cf. M»yer 
ad 1.); — rei, qua adnibita aliquis baptizat; iv vSa- 
XI, Mt..3, 11. Mc. 1. 8. Jo. I, 26. 33; cf. Bttm, ntL 
Gr. p. l58, 10; c. simplici dative, vSaxu Lc. 3, 16. 
11, 16. Act 1, 5; — iv nvevfiaxi ayi<p, largiter im- 
buere spiritu s. (ex eadem imagine, qua ejus lar- 
gitio etiam effuno dicitur), Mt. 3, 11. Mc. 1, 8. Lc. 

3, 16. Jo. 1, 33. Act 1, 5. 11, 16; add. xal nv^l, (eo3 
qui non resipiscant) igne obruere, h. e. gravissi- 
mis gehennae poenis amcere, Mt. 3, 11. — iv dvo- 
fiaxi xov xvolov, auctoritate domini, Act. 10, 48. — 
cc) pass, inl x^ dvdfiaxi *Iijaoi> Xqkjxov, fretom 
nomine Jesu Cnr., h. e. ita, ut spem in eo reponat, 
Act 2, 38 (ubi Lchm. et Trg. iv x<^ dv.). — dd) bnh^ 
xdiv vBXQwVf pro mortals, h. e. ad aetemam salu- 
tem iis conciliandam eo, quod nos eorum loco ba- 

Stismum suscipiamns, 1 Co. 15, 29; cf. inprimis 
Meander ad h. 1. RUckert Progr. de n. L Jen. 1847. 
Paret in Ewald Jahrb. d. bibl. Wissenschaft E£, 
p. 247.* 

fidnxiCfia, xog, xo (fianxltw), vox N. T. et ec- 
desiae propria, immeraio, wmersio^ die. \\ trop. 
de calamitatibus et afdictationibus, quibus aliquis 
undique obruitur, Mt 20, 22 s. (e 1. vulg.); Mc. 10, 
38 s. Lc. 12, 50 (y. in ^anxiZ^io I, 2). — 2) de 
Joannis baptismo, illo lustrationis ritu, quo homi> 
nes peccata confessi ad animi emendationem ob- 
stringerentur, peceatorum antea cemmissorum ve- 
niam impetrarent at(iae messiani regni propediem 
futuri beneficiis digni evaderent; Mt 3, 7. 21, 25. 
Mc. 11, 30. Lc. 7, 29. 20, 4. Act 1, 22. 10, 37. 
18, 25; fianx. /iexavolag, ad animi emendationem 
obstrin^ens, Mc. 1, 4. Lc. 3, 3. Act. 13, 24. 19, 4. 
— 3) de christiano baptismo; hie autem ex apo- 
stolica notione est ritus sacrae subm^rsionis, a 
Christo mandatus, quo homines peccata sua con- 
fessi et fidem, quam in Christo ponant, professi 
per spiritum s. ad novam vitam renascuntur, in 
Christi et ecclesiae (1 Co. 12, 13) consortium ve- 
niunt atque aetemae salutis participes redduntar; 
Eph. 4, 5. CoL 2, 12. 1 Pet 3, 21; dg xdv d^dvor 
xov, Bo. 6, 4 (v. in fianxl^w II, b.)* 

fiantia/idgn ov, 6 (Panxi^w)^ lavatio, luetratio 
per aquam facta ^ Mc. 7, 4. 8 {^saxoiv xal noxti- 
qiiov) ; die. de lavationibus mosaica lege nraeceptis, 
Heb. 9, 10; — didax^g fianxiapuSv *- Sioaxftg ne^l 
fianxiofiwVf Heb. 6« 2, quod videtur esse expositio 
discriminis inter lavationes lege mosaica praece- 
ptas et christianum baptismum. (Inter profanes tan- 
tum Jos. antt. 18, 5, 2 voce utitur de Joannis ba- 
ptismo.)* 

Panxicxrig, ov, 6 (panxi^w), baptista f qtU ritum 
baptismi adminietrat; agnomen Joannis, praecur- 
soris Christi, Mt. 3, 1. 11, 11 s. Mc. 6, 24 s. 25. 8, 
28. Lc. 7, 20, 28. 33. 9, 19, quod ei etiam a Josepho 
antt. 18, 5, 2 tribuitur, praeter quem locum apad 
profanes non exstat* 

fidnxoff aor. 1. tpcnpa, ptcp. pi -ptLSBj^fiafifii- 
vog, ap. Graecos inde ab Horn.; ap. LXX «= Vao, 
d) mergOf immergo, intingo; xl, Jo. 13, 26 (ufii 
Juchm, i(iBdipag)\ sq. genit. rei, in quam intingitur 
(quia tantum pars ejus intingendo tangitnr), Lc. 



piQ. 65 



^aaaviOTTfi. 



16, 24 (cl SnxtaS^ttl ttvoq, Xovea&ai noxafiolo. 
Ham. IL 5, 5. 6, 508; cf.BUm. nil. Gr. p. 148, 25. 
— b) tingo {fdrbtn), Ifiatiov ctlfiaxi^ Ap. 19, IS. 
(Hdt 7, 67. Anth. 11, 68. Jos. antt. 3, 6, 1.)* 

^ug, chald. ->a: /^^p 'Imva^ fiU Jonae, Mt. 16, 17., 
ubi iHihm, et Taf, BaoimvA, tamquam si cogno- 
men sit e similitadine Bapvafiag et aliorum.* 

Baoafifiagf a, 6 (ex ")i, filius, et k^|c, pater, igi- 
tur filiua patria, i. e. magitiri), latro captiyns, 
qnem repnoiato Jesa aibi condonari a Pilato efflar 
gitabant Jndaei; Mt 27, 16 s. (ubi codd. ab Orig. 
commemorati et nonnaUa alia testimonia ^riaovv 
ponant ante Ba(MKfifi&v, a FrUzsehto, de WetUo, 
MeyerOf Bleekio aL approbatum), vs. 20 s. 26. Mc. 
15, 7. 11. 15. Lc. 23, 18. Jo. 18,40.* 

BaQox, 6 (p^a, falgar), Bantcus, dox IsraSIita- 
rum (Jud. 4, 678). Beb. 11, 32. 

BagaxiaQ, ov, d, BarackktSf qui a Mt. 23, 35 
[Miter Zachaiiae in templo olim trncidati foisse di- 
citnr; cf. in ZaxaflaQ* 

fioQPago^j oy, 1) proprie w, cujtu loquda in- 
eampia, oBpera^ rauca est, quasi repetens syllabas 
fia^pag (cf. Strab. 14, p. 662; u^vofAaxondnalfftai 
^ A^^ig, EtymoL magiL); Mnc 2) U qui lingtut lo^ 
quitwr peregrina s, exotica^ quae ab aitero non 
intelUgUwr (Hdt. 2, 158: fiag^go^g itavraq ol 
Alyronxioi xakiovoi xohg fiij o<phi ofnoyXwocovg. 
Ovid, trist. 5, 10. 37 : „barbara8 hie ego sum, quia 
non intelligor ulli**); ita 1 Ck). 14, 11. — 3) a 
Graecis fidgpagog dicebatur qtiivis extertu, graecae 
linguae graecaeque ingeniarum mananque disci- 
pUnae ignarua, mjuncta inde a bellis com Persis 
notlone inhumanitatiB et feritatis, unde vox in N. 
T., Bed sine probro, dicitor Act. 28, 2. 4 de incolis 
Maltae, qni phoeniciae et punicae ori^inis erant; 
et de iis nationibus, quibus quidem politior morum 
disdplina, sed non mcultas ampiectendae cbristia- 
nae salatis deerat, ut Scythis, CoL 3, 11. Sed 
phrasis EXXt/vig xs xal fiaQ^aooi &cit etiam peri- 
phrasin notionis omnium poptUorum vel varietatis 
eoram sine convicio exterorum(Plat.Theaet.p. 175 a. 
Isocr. Eoag. c. 11. Jos. ant. 4, 2, 1 et ap. al.); ita 
Bo. 1, 14. (ap. Phil, de Abr. §. 45 extr. die. de 
cnnctis gentibxis non judaeis. Jos. b. jud. prol. 1 
JudaeoB refert inter oarbaros.) Cf. Ghrimm ad 2 
Maee. p. 61.* 

fia^tw, w, gravoy onero, premo; in N. T. ha- 
betur solum passivum et quidem ptcp. mi/d&.Ba" 
QovfABvoi, imper. praes. fiaQeio^io, aor. i^afif^rpf, 
ptcp. pf. fisfiagijfiivog. Scriptoribns mebons aevi 
praesentis usus nnllus est; utuntur solis partic. 
fiefiapijciq et fis8af^fiipoq, v. Afatth. §. 227. Win. 
p. 80; die. simpliciter: gravor, premor, externis 
malis et calamitatibus, 2 Ck>. 1, 8; de angore, quem 
animo illicit memoria necessitatis moriendi, 2 Co. 5, 
4; dg>d'aX/jicl fiefiagyfuivot, se. fhtvfjt, gravati somno, 
Mc. 14, 40 (Lchm. Taf, Trg, xaxafiagwdfiBvpi); Mt. 
26, 43; add. dnvqtf Lc. 0, 32; iv (f) XQaina}.^, Lc. 
21,34, ubi 1. vulg. ^agyv^tociv. (Hom. Od. 19, 122: 
ofv^ fi€pa(ni6xeq. Died. Sic. 4, 38: x§ v6af.) fji^ 
fiagelaS^Wt ne molestiae ei fiant, sc. sumtibus mcien- 
dis, 1 Tim. 5, 16. (slf^ogatg, Dio Cass. 46, 32.)* 

fiagiwg^ adv. (JfaQvq, q. v.), difficvUer; Mt 13, 
15. Act. 28, 27. (Jes- 6,^10.)* 

Bagd'oXofiaTogy ov, o (''^Vp ^a, filius Tolmai), 
Bartholamaeus^ unus e duodecim apostolis Christi; 
Mt 10, 3. Mc. 3, 18. Lc. 6, 14. Act 1. 13. 

Bapiiiacvgy o (ia, filius, shvn, Jesus), Bar-Jesua, 
pseadopropheta guidam; Act. 13, 6. 

BttQKovag, a, o (ex na, filius, et t^'n, Jonas), Bar- 
JofuUy cognomen Petri apostoli, Mt 16, 17. v. in 
pitQ et Iwv&g. 

GBIMM, Lexicon in N. T. 



Bagva^ag^ a. 6 (19, filius, et msj, ex Lucae in- 
terpretatione vtbg naoaxXi/jasafg / h. e. excellens 
facilitate x^g nagaxX^a., Act 4, 36; v. in naga- 
xXTjoig)fBam€tba9, cognomen Josae, genere Levitae, 
patria Cyprii, qui erat insignis christianae religio- 
nis doctor, comes et collega Pauli; Act. 9, 27. 11, 
22. 30. 12, 25. c. 13-15. 1 Co. 9, 6. GaL 2, 1. 9. 13. 
Col. 4, 10.* 

pdgogj eog, x6, gravOaa, pondua, anus, molesUa; 
— onus {BUrde\ iTtixi^ivcu xivl (Xen. oec. 17, 9), 
praestanda imperare alicui, (fits difficulter prae- 
stari possunt, Act 15, 28; paXXuv inl riva, Ap. 
2, 24 (sens.: non aliud vobis injungo praeceptum, 

?uod difficile observatn esset; cf. U^Merdieck ad 
); fittffxd^eiv xb fidgo^ xtudg, i. e. vel onus, quod 
res aHqua habet; xb pagogxijg huiqag^ molestum 
laborem diei, Mt. 20, 12; vel quod abquisfert, Ghil. 
6, 2 (ubi die. de vitiis conscientiae molestis; sens.: 
tolerate alii aliorum vitia); — aliiviov fiagog So-" 
Srjg, pondus gloriae numquam desitumm, h. e. am- 
TjU et eximia gloria (beatitas) 2 Co. 4, 17; cf. Win. 
|. 34, 3. {nXovxov^ Plut. Alex. 48.) — gravitaa i. q. 
auctoritas; iv fiagei tlvai^ auctoritate poUere et 
uti, 1 Th. 2, 6 (ita etiam ap. Graecos; cf. Wesse- 
linq ad Died. 4, 61).* 

Bagcapag (BagaafifiSg Lchm. Tdf. Trg.\ a, o, 
Barsabas (h. e. nlius Sabae), 1) cognomen Joseph! 
cujusdam. Act. 1 , 23. — 2) Judae cujusdain, Act 
15, 22. 

Bagxifiaiog, ov, o (filius Timaei), BartimaeuSf 
caecus quidam; Mc. 10, 46. 

fiagvvw^ graioo; Lc. 21, 34 e 1. vulg.; v. in 
fiagi(Oy 

pftgvgt era, v, aravia^ 1) pr. i. e. oneroaua: ipog- 
xioVf Mt 23, 4 (oppositum ^Aa^^oy habes Mt. 11, 
30V — 2) translate: a) moleatiam creana; ivxoXijt 
cujus observatio molesta est, 1 Jo. 5, 3. — b) aer 
verua, durua; inioxoXij, 2 Co. 10, 10. — c) gratna 
i. e. magni momenti; xcl fiagvxega xov vo/iov, 
graviora legis praeoepta, Mt. 23, 23; alxiafiaxa, 
Act 25, 7. — d) vioUntuay crudelia^ non parcena, 
XiSxoi, Act. 20, 29 (ita etiam Hom. II. 1, 89. Xen. 
Ages. 11, 12.)* 

fia^vxifiogy ov {fiagvg et xifii^) gravia h. e. magni 
pretit^ pretioaua; Mt. 26, 7. (ita Strab. 17, p. 798; 
grandi pretio vendens, Heliod 2, 30; magno honore 
ornatuB, Aesch. suppl. 25.)^ 

fiaoavl^Q), aor. 1. ifiaaavtaa, aor. 1. pass, ipa- 
aavlaf^, fut. 1. pass, fiaoavio^^aofiai (fiaaavog), 

1) pr. ejoploro (metalla) per lapidem lydium. — 

2) inquiro tormentia adhibitia. — 3) tarmentorum 
uau crucio (2 Macc.^7, 13); hinc 4) nmy.doloribua 
gravibua vexo; xiva Mt. 8, 29. Mc. 5, 7. Lc. 8. 28. 
2 Pet 2, 8. Ap. 11, 10; passiv. Mt 8. 6. Ap. 9, 5. 
20, 10; de partus doloribus, Ap. 12, 2 (Anthol. 2, 
p. 205. ed. Jac.); iv c. dat materiae, in qua aU- 
quis cruciatur, Ap. 14, 10. — 5) passiv. vexor, la- 
boro; de iis, qui in'mari cum aaverso vento con- 
flictant, Mc. 6, 48; de navi a fluctibus confiictata, 
Mt 14, 24. (Ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.; — saepe 
in apocrr. V. T.)* 

fiaaaviOfidgf ov, (fiaaavll^m^ q. v.), 1) explo- 
ratio per lavidem h/dium aut per tormenta. — 2) 
cruciatua; a) actus cruciandi; Ap. 9, 5. — b) sta- 
tus et conditio eorum, aui cruciantur; Ap. 18, 7. 
10. 15; o xdnvog xov paoaviofiov avx<0Vy fumus 
ignis illius, quo cruciautur, Ap. 14, 11. (4 Mace. 9, 
6. 11, 2. — Ab Alexi ap. Athen. 1, p. 30 f. malum 
vinum dicitur fiaoaviapidg.)* 

fittoaviaxiig, ov, 6 (paoavlt^io), gui tormentorum 
uau veritatem eruit, tortor quaeationariua (Dem. p. 
978, 11. Philo in Place. §.11. extr.), die. Mt 18, 

6 



/Sdaavog, 



66 



fiaaiXela. 



34 de carceris oustode {SeafjLOipvXai Act. 16, 23), 
sine dnbio, qnia ei etiam toiquendi negotium im- 
positum erat.* 

fiaaavog, ov, ^, a) lapis lydius, quo anrum et me- 
taua explorantur. — b) tormentum, quo aliquis ad 
veritatem confitendam cuUgitur, — c) crttciatus, 
acres doloresj dicitur de morborum doloribus Mt. 
4, 24; de cruciatibua improbornm postmortem fa- 
tans, iv paaavoiq vnaQx^*-^t ^- 16,23 (Sap. 3,1. 
4 Mace. 13, 14); hinc 6 xdnoq xrjg fiaoavov die. 
de gehenoa, Lc. 16, 28. (ap. Graecos mde a Find.)* 

paaiXslat ac, ^ {Vk fiaaiXevm, — distingae ab ^ 
fiaaiXeiat regia uxor, regina; of. If^e/a, sacerdo- 
tiaro, ab Uoevw^ et lioBta, sacerdos femina, ab le- 
(f€vg), 1) regia potestas, imperium, imperii admi- 
nistraii; Lc. 1, 33. 19, 12. 15. 22, 29. Jo. 18. 36. 
Act. 1. 6. Heb. 1, 8. 1 Co. 15, 24. Ap. 17, 12; die. 
de regia potestate Jesu triumphatori Meesiae in 
phrasi iQX^o&ai iv t^ fiaa, ainod, h. e. hac po- 
testate instructam venire, Mt. 16, 28. Lc. 23, 42; 
de regia potestate et dignitate Christianis in regno 
Messiae concessa, Ap. 1, 6 (e lect. Lchm,: inoirj' 
ifilv vel rifA(3v fiaoiXeiav); tov d-sov, regia 



CSV 



potestas ac digiodtas, quae del est, Ap. 12, 10. 
2) terra regis imperio sitbjecta; Mt. 12, 25 b. 24, 
7. Mc. 3, 24. 6, 23. 13, 8. Lc. 11, 17. 21, 10; 
plur. Mt. 4, 8. Lc. 4, 5. Heb. 11, 83. — 3) 9ele- 
brantur in N. T. de regno messiano phrases rj fia- 
aiXsia xov d-sov (Kt^VMn KinndVio Targ. Jes. 40, 9. 
Mich. 4, 7), pr. regnum^ cut praeest deus: 17 ^aoi- 
Xsla tov XQioxov (Mrpv'&n rtid^o Targ. Jonath. ad 
Jes. 53, 10), regnum ^ Messiae y quod a deo per 
Messiam^ condetur et cui Messias praeerit dei vi- 
carius; 17 ^ao, xwv oiQavwv^ apud solum Matthae- 
um, sed frequentissime, regrmm coelorum^ h. e. 
idem quod regn. dei, ex rabbinico dicendi usu, quo 
coelum dicitur pro deo, habitatore coeli (ap. Bab- 
binos u*>io^ii niDlbjd est regimen dei vel tfieocraiia 
universe spectata, non regnum messianum); aJi- 
quoties simpliciter rj fiaoiksia, Mt. 4, 23 al. Jac. 2, 
5; semel ^ fiaa. xov david, quia Messias e gente 
Davidis oriturus esse atque rex Davidi similBmus 
fore putabatur, Mc. 11, 10; semel etiam fiaa, xov 
Xqloxov xal d-Bov^ Eph. 5^ 5. Potissimum oracu- 
lis Danielis freti, qui esse m decretis dei docuerat, 
ut, postquam quatiior mundi regna vasta et ampla 
deinceps se excepissent atque eorum ultimum po- 
pulo d.ei infestum faisset, tandem fracta ejus ty- 
rannidti iniperium orbis terrarum in aetemum ad 
populuni deo sacrum abiturum esset (Dan. 2, 44. 
7, 14. 18. 27), Judaei sperabant regnum felicissi- 
mum, guod deus per Messiam, facta mortuorum 
in vitam resusciatione terraque et coelo ad melio- 
rem formam redactis, inauguraturus esset, quo Ju- 
daei aetenium in omnes terrarum gentes imperium 
occupaturi essent, regnum dei vel Messiae appella- 
tum, quo sensu haec nomina intelligenda sunt in 
effatis Jadaeorum et Jesu discipulorum cum eo lo- 
quentium, ut Mt. 18, 1. 20,21. Mc. 11, 10. Lc. 17, 20. 
19, 11. Jesus autem nomine regni dei vel coelorum 
utens intellexit per/ectum illumy guem conditurus 
esset, rerum ordinem, quo ex omniims populis qui 
sibi fidem habituri essent va unum coetum deo air 
catum et intime conjunctum congregandi ctetemae 
talutis participes redderentur. Jam inchoatum et 
praesens hoc regnum dicitur, quatenus jam nunc 
lundamenta ejus a Christo jacta sunt ejusque com- 
moda inter homines in Chnsto fidem ponentes pro- 
moventur^ Mt. 11, 12. 12, 28. 13, 41 (quo loco die. 
de terrestri ejus statu, quo bonos maiosque cives 
complectitur); Lc. 17, 21. 1 Co. 4, 20. Ro. 14, 17 
^sens. : natura et indoles regni divini non quaerenda 



est in eo quid edator et bibatur); Col. 1, 13. Sed 
multo saepius de reffno divino tanquam futuro 
bono sermo fit, siquiaem consummatio ejus speran- 
da est a Christo e coelis solenniter reverse, revo- 
catis in vitam mortuis, sublatis miseriis et mole- 
stiis, quibus praesens rerum status laborat, devictia 
potestatibus deo hostilibus; Mt. 6, 10. 8, 11. 26, 29. 
Mc. 9, I. 15, 43. Lc. 9, 27. 13, 28 s. 14, 15. 22, 18. 
2 Pet. 1,11; in dictionibus sUigx^^^^*^ ^^^ ^' P^^' 
T. »Bov, Mt.5, 20. 7,21. 18, 3. 25. 19, 239. Mc.9, 47. 
Jo. 3, 5. Act. 14, 22; xknQOVOfioq x^q ffaaiXfiaq 
Jac. 2, 5; xXfiQOVOfJieZv r. /9. x, -^.f^v. infra. — 
Singular! usu 17 fiaa. tov kvqIov 17 hcovQavioq 
2 Tim. 4, 18 dicitur sublimior et perfectus reram 
ordo, quails jam nunc in coelis exstat, in quern 
pii Christiani statim post mortem transfemntur; 
cf. Phil. 1, 23. Heb. 12, 22 s. — Manente significa- 
tione regni coelestis s. divini fiaa. x, oi>ifavwv s. 
xov d-eov^ prouti contextus orationis fert, intelli- 
gendum est a) de initiis, incrementis, viribus regni 
divini, Mt 13, 31—33. Mc. 4. 30. Lc. 13, 18. — 
b) de ejus fatis, Mt. 13, 24. Mc. 4, 26. — c) de con- 
ditionibus, quibus satisfacere debeatur, ut aliquis 
inter cives ejus recipiatur, Mt. 18, 23. 20, 1. 22, 2. 
25, 1 — d) de ejus bonis et beneficiis, sive jam 
nunc, sive futuro demum aevo obtingentibus, Mt. 

13, 44 8. Lc. 6, 20; in dictionibus gi/TeZy r^v fiaa. 
T. &eov Mt. 6,33. Lc. 12, 31; dix^a^ai x. fiaa. r. 
&, iyqicaiSiov, Mc. 10, 15. Lc. 18, 17; xXriQovoiABlv 
T. p. t. ^. Mt. 25, 34. 1 Co. 6, 9 s. 15, 50. Gai. 5, 
21; V. in xXtiQovofieZv. — e) de coetu eorom, qui 
conatituunt r^giam dei civitatem; noitlv tivaq (fa- 
aiXtlav, Ap. 1, 6. 5, 10 (utroque loco pro vulg. lect. 
SaoiXeZq), coll. £xod. 19, 6. — Praeterea hae no- 
tandae sunt dictiones: de hominibus ad leceptionem 
in div. regnum aptis die. airxwv vel toiovtwv iatlv 
fj fiao. TcJv aifQ. vel tov &eov, Mt. 5, 3. 10. 19, 

14. Mc. 10, 14. Lci 18, 16. — diSovai tivl t. fiaa. 
die de deo homines divini regni consortes reddente, 
Lc. 12, 32; na^aXafipdveiv de lis, qui regni dir. 
consortes redduntur, Heb. 12, 28. — Sia xi^v fiaa, 
X. oIq. ob promovenda regni coelestis commoda, 
Mt. 19, 12; 6VBX6V x^q fiaa, x. &,, ut oonsors reddfr- 
tur regni div., Lc, 18, 29. — Qui inaugurationem 
regni div. proxime futuram nuntiant et ejus natu- 
ram describunt et conditiones civitatis in eo impe- 
trandae exponunt, dicuntur diayyiXXeiv x, fiaa. r. 
&,, Lc. 9, 60; 6i>ayyeXl'^eo&ai r^v fi, x. ^., Lc. 4, 
43. 8, 1 16, 16; ns^i xijqfiaa. x, ^. Act 8, 12; x^ 
Qvaaeiv r^v fiaa. x, ^., Lc. 9, 2. Act 20, 25. 28, 
31; TO tiayyiXiov x^q fiaaiXelaq, Mt 4, 23. 9, 35. 
24, 14; add. xov d-eov, Mc. 1, 14 (t. vut.). — fjy- 
yixev 17 fiaa. x. oig. vel xov &eoVs de proxime 
instante divini regni inauguratione, Mt. 3, 2. 4, 17. 
Mc. 1, 15. Lc. 10, 9. 11. — e^x^ad-ai i. e. constUui 
dicitur regnum dei Mt. 6, 10. Lc. 11, 12. 17, 20 Mc 
11, 10. — £ comparatione div. regni cum palatio 
xXBlq x^q fi, X. oiQ. dicitur potestas in regnum 
coeleste recipiendi ab eoq^ue arcendi, Mt 16, 19; 
xXeistv xhv fi. x, ovq., prohibere ingressu in rejBpium 
coeleste, Mt 23, 7. — viol xrjq fiaaiXeiaq^ ii, ad 
quos prophetica promissio reg[ui divini pertinet; 
ctic. de Judaeis, Mt. 8, 12; de lis, qui ex omnibus 
gentibus collect! consortio hujus regni dignos se 
praestiterunt, 13, 38. (In apocrr. V. T. fiaa, xov 
^€ov est regimen dei^ gubematio diwna, Sap. 6, 
4. 10, 10. Tob. 13, 1; ita etiam Ps. 102 [hebr. 103], 
19; 104 [105], 11—13. Dan. 3, 33. 6, 26; —^ rerum 
universitas imperio dei subjecta [Reichsgebiet Got- 
tes] Cant tr. pu. vs. 32; fiaaiXsia simpliciter di- 
ctum theocrahea vet, testamenti dvUasy 2 Mace. 
1, 7.) — Cf. Fleck De regno divino. Lips. 1829. 



fiaatiieiog. 



67 



JB.'Onuius Bibl. TheoL p. 147 ss. Tholuek Ansleg. 
d. Baigpredjgt p. 74 ss. Ed. 4. Colin BibL Theol. 

1, p. 567 B8. II, p. 108 88. SchnM Bibl. Theol. des 
N. T. p. 266 88. ea. 2. Baur Ntl. Theologie p. 69 ss. 
Wei9$ Bibl. Theol. d. N. T. ^. 46 ss. ed. 2. SMi- 
rer der Begriff des Himmelreichs ans jtd. Quellen 
eri&atert, in Jahrb^cher t protest Theologie, 1876, 

p. 166 88. 

PaciXeioq (raro ela), eiov regnu, regalis; 1 Pet. 

2, 9. — substantiYe to fiaalXeiov (Hdt. 1, 30. LXX 
ProY. 18. 19. Jos ant. 6, 12, 4) et mnlto saepins 
(inde a Aen.) plur. tit fiaalXsta (LXX Esth. 1, 9 al.), 
pcdaUum regtum, Lc. 7, 25.* 

fiaOiXiTiq, ^a»c, o, papuli prmceps, imperaior, 
terrae daminus, rex; xadr. olaaaiXeZq t^c y^c, Mt. 
17, 25. Ap. 16, 15 al.; rwv i^vmv Lc. 22, 25; de 
Ae^Tptiornm rege Act. 7, 10. 18. Heb. 11, 23. 27; 
de Dayide, Mt 1, 6. Act 13, 22; de Herode Ifapo 
et ejas saecessoribas, Mt. 2, 1 ss. Lc. 1, 5. Act 
12, 1. 25, 13; de tetrarcha, Mt 14, 9. Mc. 6, 14. 22 
(de regis filio, Xen. oec. 4, 16 ; „reges Syriae, regis 
Antiochi pueros, scitis Bomae nnper msse,'' Gic. 
Yerr. 4, 27 colL de senect. 17, 59); de imperatore 
romano, 1 Tim. 2, 2. 1 Pet 2, 17 coU. Ap. 17, 9 (ita 
ap. pro&nos monarchiae romanae aoYO, velnt ap. 
Job. b. jnd. 5, 13, 6. Hdian. 2, 4, 8; de imperatons 
filio ibid. 1, 5, 15); de Messia 6 SaciXcvq xmv ^lov' 
Saiwv, Mt 2, 2 al.; tov 'loga^l Mc. 15, 32. Jo. 1, 
50. 12, 13; de Christianis utpote in regno milliaiio 
cam Messia orbi terrantm imperatoris, Ap. 1, 6. 
5, 10 (ntroqne loco in t vulg.; v. in paailela); de 
deo, sommo omnium gnbematore, Mt. 5, 35. 1 Tim. 
1, 17 (y. in a^cbr, 2.); Ap. 15, 3; ^aiXivq ffaaiki- 
mvy 17, 14; o paa, twv fiaaiXtvovratv , 1 Tim. 6, 
15 (cf. Grimm ad 2 Mace. 13, 4). 

fiaoiXiiow, f. 001, aor. 1. ifiaclXevaa (fiaaiXsvg)^ 
ap. Graecos c. genit. vel dat, ap. sacros scripto- 
res ex hebr. (h^ h^ia) aq. ini c. gen. loci Mt. 2, 22 
(ubi Xc^m. et Tdf^ im expnnxerant); Ap. 5, 10; 
sq. ijfl c. ace. personae, Lc. 1, 33. 19, 14. 27. Bo. 

5, 14; rex sum, region potegtatem exerceo, regno; 
uniy. 1 Tim. 6, 15. Lc. 19, 14. 27; de eo, qm alicui 
terrae praeest, etsi careat dignitate regia, Mt. 2, 
22; de deo, Ap. 11, 15. 17. 19, 6; de imperio Jesn 
Messiae, Lc. 1, 33. 1 Co. 15, 25. Ap. 11, 15; Chri- 
stianoram in leeno milliiuio, Ap. 5, 10. 20, 4. 6. 
22, 5; hinc a Paolo transfertar ad si^^iificandam 
sommametbicam dignitatem^bertatem, beatitatem, 
qua gaadebunt homines a Christo redemti, Bo. 5, 
17 (cf. de Wette et Tholuok ad 10; 1 Co. 4, 8. — 
Translate: summam vim exerceo, Bo. 5, 14. 17. 21. 

6, 12. — Aorist. ifiaolXevaa denotat regnum ode- 
ptua sum^ rex factue sum, 1 Co. 4, 8. Ap. 11, 17. 
19, 6 (ut saepe ap. LXX et profanos; cf. Ghrimm 
ad 1 Mace. p. 11. Breitenbach et KUhner ad Xen. 
mem. 1, 1, 18; de aoristo prime ingressom in aii- 
qnem statom indicante y. Bnhdy p. 382 KrUger 

§■ M, 5, ty , , 

paaiXixdq, ri, oy, cui regem speetane, regitUy re- 
gaUe; de homine, minister prvncipis^ amicus^ Jo. 
4, 46. 49 (Pol. 4, 76, 2. Plat. Sol. 27; saepe ap. Jos.). 
— regi subjedtLS ; de regione. Act. 12, 20. — regi 
conveniens, rege dignus; ia^^g. Act 12, 21. Hinc 
metaph. principalis, prcteciptme; vofxoq^ Jac. 2, 8 
(Plat. Min. p. 317 c: th dgd'bv vofiofiatl fiaaiXi- 
x6^. Xen. Birmp. 1, 8: SaciXueov xeAXog. 4 Mace. 
14, 2).* 

fiaciXlaoa, ac> 4» regina; Mt 12, 42. Lc 11, 31. 
Act. 8, 21. Ap. 18, 7. (Xen. oec. 9, 15. Arist. oec. 
9. Pol. 23, 18, 2 et saepias ap. recentioreB; LXX. 
Joseph.; Attidstae praefernnt formas BaaiXig et 
PualXeia. CI Lob. ad Phryn. p. 225.)* 



fidikvyfia. 

pioig^ smg, ^ (3dw^ fialvw), 1) gressus, ineessus 
(AeschyL, Sophocl. al.). — 2) id quo mdimur, 
pes; Act. 3, 7. (Plat Tun. p. 92 a. et ap. alios. Sap. 
13, 18.)* 

fiaaxalvWf aor.^1. dfiaaxava, de qua aor. forma 
cf. Win. p. 80 (/?aS®» ficiaxw, loqaor, garrio), xivd, 
1) mala loguor de aUquo, cahmwior^ obtrecto eum 
rDem. 8, 19. AeL y. n. 2, 13 al). — 2) simulata 
lauds vel malevolo adspedu aUcui aHquidmaHin' 
f^o, excanto, fascino aHquem (Arist. probL 34, 20. 
Theocr. 6, 39. AeL h. an. 1, 35); hinc de iis, qui 
alios mails artibus in errorem abducunt (Died. 

4, 6); Gal. 3, 1. Cf. Schott ad h. L Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 462.*^ 

fiaoxdl^w, fat aoa», aor. 1. dfiaaxaca, l)de loco 
suo toUo manibus; Xl&ovg, Jo. 10, 31. {Xaav, Horn. 
Od. 11, 594; t^v fidxaiQuv and r^cy^Ct Jos. ant 
7, 11,7). — 2) toUo, utportem^ feram; impono mihi 
porUmdum; /ero quae mihi oneri sant, xiv arav- 
oov, Jo. 19, 17. Lc. 14, 27 (y. in axavQog); transL 
paoxatetv xl, rei intelligendae et ae<][^uo animo ex- 
cipiendae parem esse, Jo. 16, 12^ (Epict ench. 29, 
4); (poQxlov Gal. 6, 5; fiaaxdaei xb xglfia, sascipien- 
da in se ei erit damnatoria judicis sententia, G^. 

5, 10 (t9»«» Kba, Mich. 7, 9). Hinc jper/ero, susHneo; 
Mt.20, 12. Act 15, 10 (Cvyov); Bo. 15, 1. GaL6,2. 
Ap. 2, 2 8. (Epict. diss. 1, 3, 2. AnthoL 5, 9, 3; quo 




Svofid fjLov iv(bniov i^vtov, ita ferre, ut sit coram 
gentibus, h. e. praedicando notitiam nominis mei 
perferre ad rentes, Act 9, 15. — gesto, Lc. 10, 4; 
GaL 6, 17; de utero foetum gestante, Lc. 11, 27; 
stistineOf L e. fidcio, Bo. 11, 18. — 3) ex usu Atti- 
cis alieno: aujero^ asporto; voaovg, sanando tol- 
lere s. remoyere, Mt. 8, 17 (Galen, de compos, me- 
dicam. 2: tpuiQag xe ^SQanevn xal {>nd>nia paoxd- 
tu)\ — Jo. 12, 6 (ipdaxa^e, furtim seponere sole- 
bat); 20, 15 (PoL 1, 48, 2: 6 &vsuog xovg nvgyovg 
xy ^la ^cxd^u. Apollod. bibl. 2, 6. 2. 3, 4, 3. 
Athen'. 2, p. 46 s. 15, p. 693 a; permultos e Josepho 
locos affen Krebs Obsery. e Jos. p. 152 ss.)* 

pdxog, ov, h et (Mc. 12, 26 ap. Orsb.^ Lchm., 
Tdf. Trg.) 6 (noc, ut Moeris docet, attice, illud 
heUenistice; cf. FriUsehe ad Me. p. 582; Win. p. 
62), rubus, sentisj Lc. 6, 44. Act 7, 30. 35; ini xov 
(t^() pdxov, beim Dornbusch^ h. e. ubi de rubo 
narratnr, Mc. 12, 26. Lc. 20, 37; cf. Fritzsche ad 
Bo. 1 1, 2.* 

fidxog, ov, 0, hebr. n$, batus, geung mensurae 
liquidorum apud Judaeos capientis LXXII sextarios 
(Jos. ant. 8, 2, 9;^, Lc. 16, 6.* 

pdxQaxog, ov, o, rana; inde ab Hom., Ap.l6,ld.* 

fiaxxoXoy^w {Tdf. fiaxxaX.), cb, aor. conj. ijaw, 
a) baUndio, et quum balbutientes eosdem sonos re- 
petere Boleant, est b) etuiem loquendo repetOy muUa 
et vnania verba facio, blaiero^ garrio; ita Mt 6, 
7., ubi expUcatur nomine xijg noXvXoylag, Volg.: 
muUium locpii; cf. Tholuek. ad L Qaod yerbum 
putant aUi dictum esse a Batto, rege cyrenaico, 
qui balbutiisse fertur (Hdt. 4, 155), alii a Batto, 
quodam longorum et yerbosorum carminnm auctore; 
sed si yerbum fiatxaQi^nv, quod idem significat, 
et pdQPuQog (q. y.) contuleris, longe prooabiUus 
putatur esse e ^enere x(bv dvofiaxonenoifjfiivmv. 
(Simplic: in Epict. p. 840 ed. Schweigh.)* 

86eXvy/jLa, xog, xo {pSeX^aaouai)^ yox solum 
biolica et ecclesiastica, ap. LXX plerumque »- 
r\xm, etiam — ^n^v et y^ji, res tetra (id ^uod ob 
foetorem abomination! est)', res detesiabilts; abo* 
minamentym (Tertall.); Luth.: Gfreuel; a) uniyerse, 

6* 



transl. abondnor^ detestor; xi^ Bo. 2, 22/ 

pi^ioij ala, ov (BASt, fialvw), sUUdUSf firmua; 
pr. Syxvgat Heb. 6, 19; transl. certtu; cut confident 
dum est', inayvekla. Bo. 4, 16; xXmuq xal ixXoy^ 
2 Pet. 1, 10; Xiyog n^o^ijxixdg, 2 Pet. 1, 19: qui 
non labefeu^tator, sibi constans, Heb. 3, 14; iXnig 
2 Co. 1, 7 (4 Mace. 17» 4); na^dycla^ Heb. 3, 6; 
ratas ideoque inviolabilis, Xdyo^ Heb. 2,2; dia^jxtj, 
Heb. 9, 17. (lisdem skrnificatibuB ap. Graecos inde 
ab Hdt)* 

fiefiaidoff (b, f. maWf aorJl. ifiefiaiofcaf aor. 1. 
pass, ipefiatw^v {fiipaiOQ\ firmum reddo, stabUiOf 
Jirmot eonJtrmOf cerium facto; tdv XSyov^ ejus veri- 
tatem et divinitatem comprobo, Mc. 16, 15; tag 
inayyeXla^f promissionum veracitatem eventu com- 
probo, h. 6. promissa impleo. Bo. 15, 8 (ita etiam 
ap. Graecos, velut Diod. 1, 5); passiv., to fiaQti^ 
oiov xov XQiotoVf 1 Co. 1, 6; 4 cmxr^Qla - - €iq 
iiua^ipepaiw&ti, constr. pra^gn^ans ita resolvenda: 
ilq rjfjL&Q nagsdi^ xal iv ^fiiP fiifiaioq iyivetOf 
Heb. 2, 3 coll. vs. 2; y. in fiifiaiog. — die. de homi- 
nibus, quorum animi firmi, constantes redduntur, 
Heb. 13, 9. 1 Co 1, 8 (fiiSaicSasi ifi&g ivsyxX'^tovq, 
ita vox firmabit, ut sitis irrepr^ensi); 2 Co. 1, 21 
(^Bfiaiibv ^fiag eU XQioxdv, efficiens, ut stabiles 
simus in consortio Christi; el Mej/er ad 1.); iw ty 
niazei, CoL 2, 7. (ap. Graecos inde a Thuc. et 

Platr 

fie^alwaig^ iwq^ ^ (fifpaidw), eanfirmaUo; xov 
iiayysXiov^ Phil. 1, 7; ilg BeSalt»civ, ad fidem fa- 
ciendam, Heb. 6, 16. (Sap. 6, 19. — Thuc. Plut Dio 
Cass.)* 

fiiBijXog, ov {BASiy Palvm, p^Xdg^ limen), 1) ctd 
mLod adirey quad calcare cudibet feu est; pr. die. 
de locis; bine 2) prof anus ^ Vn, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 
21. 4., opp. iyioq (ut ap. PhiL vit. Mos. Ill, §. 18 in 
fine); 1 Tim. 4, 7. 6, 20. 2 Tim. 2, 16; de hominibus: 
impius, 1 Tim. 1, 9. Heb. 12, 16. (saepe ap. Graecos 
inde ab Aeschylo.)* 

fisfifiXSwy (b, aor. 1. ifiefi^Xmca (fiififiXog), pro- 



(idsXvxtog. 68 

Lc. 16, 15. — &) in Y. T. die. persaepe de idolis 
et rebus ad idololatriam pertinentibus Israelitarum 
populo abominandis, velut 3 Beg. 11, 5. 21, 26. 
4 fieg. 16, 3. 21, 2. 3 Esr. 7, 13. San. 12, 23. 14, 
11; mnc in N. T. Ap. 17, 4 s. de idololatria ej us- 
que flagitiis; nonlv SdiXvyfia x. tpevdoq, Ap. 21, 
27. — e) loeutione xo fid, xnq i^fuhoeiDg, dete- 
stabile iUud. quo vcutatio efjUsUur^ Mt. 24, 15. Mc. 
13, 14 (1 Mace. 1. 54), tristissimum aliquod belli 
jadaid eventum aesignari videtur, quo templum 
misere profanabatur, fortasse iUud, quod a Jos. b. 
j. 4, 9, 11 s. narratur. (LXX Dan. 11. 31. 12, 1. ^d. 
iQtjfi(6aswq die. pro &eo' f 4)^ et otofe'io ''« Dan. 9, 
27. p6. iffffioioewv pro dbvu B*«s^pv , deteetabile 
[detestabma] a vastatore peractum, h. e. non sta- 
tua Jovis Olympii, sed idoli arula altari holocau- 
storum imposita; ef. Grimm ad 1 Mace. p. 31. 
Hengntenherg Authentie des Daniel p. 85 s.)* 

fid€Xvxx6q.ij, ov (fideXvaao/uu)f abominanduSy 
deteskUnlis, Tit. 1, 16. (praeterea tantum Prov. 17, 
15. Sir. 41, 5. 2 Mace. 1, 27.) 

fiSeXvaato (Bdiw^ tacite foedum flatum e ventre 
edOy foeteo), l) foedum reddo, abominandum fa- 
cto; xijv onii/jv, Ex. by 21; inquino, eontammo: 
xdq tpvx&q, X, yfvx^v, Lev. 11, 43. 20, 25. 1 Mace. 1, 
48; ptep. pf. pass. ipSeXvyfJtivog, abomtnatus, Ap. 
21, 8. (Lev. 18, 30. Prov. 8, 7. Job. 15, 16. 3 Mace. 
6, 9; fideXvaaofievoq 2 Hfoec. 5, 8.) Apud Graecos 
neque activum neque passivum haoetux. — 2) fide- 
Xvaaofitti 



Bij&ayla. 



fano^ violo; xo adfifiaxov, Mt 12, 5; vi legoVf Act. 
24, 6. (persaepe ap.LXX — V]pn; Judith. 9, 8. IMacc. 
2, 12 af. — HeUod. 2, 25.)* 

BeeX^efiovX et e npnnullorum testimonionun 
scriptuni BeeX^ffiovfi, o, indeel., Beelzebul, Beelze' 
bub, nomen sa&nae, malorum geniomm principis; 
Mt. 10, 25. 12, 24 27. Mc. 3, 22 Le. 11. 15. 18. 19. 
Forma BeiX^ifiovX composita est e Vtar (rabbinice 
pro h^, stercus) et V^a, domimu stercoris s. im- 
mwiditiae h. e. idololatriae; cf. Lightfoot ad Mt. 

12, 24. Pauci iUi, qui praeeunte Hieronyroo formam 
BseX^sfiovfi praeferunt, repetunt nomen a auT V?a, 
domino muscarum, Ecronitarum idolo (2 B^. 1, 2), 
molestas museas abigendi potestate praedito, quod 
nomen a Judaeis in satanam iffnominiae causa 
translatum putant. Cf. quae uDerius exponunt 
Win. BWB. s. v. Beelzebub; et J. O. MiiOler) 
in Herzog Enc. 1, p. 768 ss. (Praeterea tantuin in 
eccles. seriptis, velut Ev. Nicod. c. 1 s.)* 

BeXlaX, o (V^^Vf* malitia, nequitia), Belial, no- 
men satanae, 2 Co. 6, 15 in t. vulg. et Lchm. Sed 
praeferendum est BsXlap. q. v. 

BsXlaQy Of indeel., Beiiar, nomen satanae, 2 Co. 
6, 15 Grsb, Tdf Trg., quod aut asperiori Svroruui 
pronuntiationi voeis BeXlaX (q. v.) tiibaendum (id 
quod plerigue putant), aut ex ")9^ ^a, dominus eilvae, 
h. e. qui in suvis et desertis imperium exercet (cf. 
LXX Jes. 13, 21. Mt. 12, 43), ortum esse censendnm 
est. (Saepe in eccles. seriptis.)* 

fieXivfiy ng, ^ (fiiXog), a) ctupis haetae; b) acus; 
Lc. 18^ 25 Lchm, Tdf, Trg.; v. inbaipiq. (Aristoph., 
Aesehin. Aristot al. j cf. Lob* ad Phryn. p. 90.) 

fiiXoq, iog, xo {fiaXXw\ tehtm, iaculum, eagitta; 
Eph. 6, 16.* 

fieXxlwv, ov, genit. ovoq, meUor; neutrom adver- 
biaUter 2 Tim. 1, 18.* 

Biviafdv, o (fb;aa, h. e. f'^o; ^9, filius dexterae, 
h. e. felieitatis. Gen. 35, 18), Benjamin, filius Ja- 
cobi duedeeimus; <pvXii Beviaulv, tribus benjami- 
nitica. Act. 13, 21. Bo. 11, 1. Phil. 3, 5. Ap. 7, 8.* 

BeQvlxfi, 17C1 V (pro BiQcvlxtiy et hoe macedonice 
die. pro ^epevlx^, Bemice, Berenice, filia Herodis 
Agrippae majoris, matrimonio juneta primuro cum 
patruo suo Herode, Chalcidis rege, eo mortuo nupsit 
Polemoni, r^ Ciliciae, eoque mox deserto ad fra- 
trem A^ppam rediit, quoeum prius vidua in in- 
eestu vixisse ferebatur, tandem aliquamdiu Titi 
imperatoris eoneubina (Jos. ant 19, 5, 1. 20, 7, 1 
et 3. Tacit, hist 2, 2 et 81. Suet Tit 7); Act 25, 

13. 23. 26, 30. CI Hautrath in Sdienkel BL. I, p. 
396 ss.* 

Bigoia, ag, 17 (etiam Bi^^oia)^ Beroea, urbs ma- 
cedonica prope Pellam ad montun Bermium sita; 
Act 17, 10. 13.* 

BeQOiaZoq, a, ov,^Berohuis, Act. 20, 4. 

Brifafiafdy &q, jn (^93f M^a, locus trajectionisy i. 
e. ubi trigicitur, Ffurthhenuen) , Bethahara; Jo. 1, 
28 in t vulg.; v.^in Bijd-avla, n. 2.* 

BfjB-avlafag, 17 (m:^ rri, locus depressionis s. 
miseriae), BeAania;^ 1) oppidum vel vieus ultra 
montem oliveti situs, XV stadiis ab Hierosolymis 
distans, Jo. 11, 1. 18. 12, 1. Mt 21, 17. 26, 6. Lc. 
19, 29. 24, 50. Mc. 11. 1. 11 s. 14, 3; hodie viculns 
arabicus, el-^Azirijeh s. elrAair (qu od arabicum 
nomen Lazari est) dietus, circiter aX — ^XXX fa- 
milias complectens; ef. Robinson H, p. 309 ss. — 
2} oppidum vel pagus ad orientidem Jordanis npam 
situs, ubi Joannes baptizaverat; Jo. 1, 28 Crrsb. 
Lchsa, Trg, Tdf Sed Origenes, etsi in sui aevi 
codd. fere omnibus iv B^avlq legi profitens, ta- 
men se, quum illas regionea neragraret, nullum 
locum ita dictum reperisse, sed locum, ubi Joannes 



Bfjd'eadd. 



baptizMaet, monttrari illio BetKabaram doMt, id 
quod etiam Easebins et Hitfonymasi iidem regionis 
rauiBsiiiii, tradnnt. Unde Bewianiam post aposto- 
S)ram tempus ezstiiictam nomine Bethabarae resti- 
tatam ease Teriaimilliinnm est; cf. lAchs ad L p. 
391 88. ^ 

Bn^tcdd, 9 (chald. tnoi^ rra, It e. domoB mise- 
licordiae s. locus excipiendis cnnmdisqne aegrotis 
uaerneiDs\Betheadar nomen piscinae prope portam 
oTiariam Mierosolymae, cajas aqnae vim medendi 
habebant, Jo. 5, 2. Qaa in redone hodiemae nrbis 
locus quaeiendus sit, non satis constat; cf. Win, 
BWBl s. t. Arnold in Herzog Enc. 2, p. 117 s. 
Robinson II, p. 136 s. 158 s.* 

Btfi^aM, 4 (fortasse chald. w:^ r^^.^ locus olea- 
mm, non autem, quod nonnulli ' conjiciunt, rry 
i*>^i domus noYitatis {Nevhau^, quum litteiam n 
in sraecum £ transire exemplis doceri nequeat), 
Bethzaiha, Jo. 5, 2 Tdf. e lectione codd. mL aL 
testt sine dubio vitiosa, sed a Keindo II, p. 177 
approbata pr^o Tulg. Brj^eaMf a. ▼. 

bif&Xeifi, fi (ap. Joseph, non solum ita, sed etiam 
Bti^Xfifin, »Cf ant 6, 8, 1; 11, 7; mti Bf^Ufimv, 
5, 2, 8; ix B^^Xeifiwv, 5, 9, 1), BethMem (m^ 
nn^, domus panis, Brodhatuen\ o|)pidulum a fei^ 
tiutate soli ita dictum, sex miilianis romanis me- 
ridiem Tersus ab Hierosoljmis distans, hodie Beit 
lachm, drciter 3—4000 incolarum; Mt. 2, 1. 5 s. 8. 
16. Lc 2, 4. 15. Jo. 7, 42. Cf. Win. BWB. s. y. Ro- 
binson 11, p. 379 ss. v. Raumtr p. 276 sa. TobUr 
Bethlehem in PalAstina. Topograph, u. histor. 
geschildert. St. Gallen u. Bern. 1849.* 

Bn^oaiSd.^ei (Mt. 11, 21 t. vuljf., Orsb. Tdf, 
Bfi^aaiddv), ij, inaecL, sed c. accusatiYo Brjd'aatddv 

(Syr.: f^^ ^'^t i- ^ locus Yenationis Yelpisca- 

tionis, Jagdhansen ycI FitchhauBen) , Bethsaida; 
1) oppidumm {itoXiq Jo. 1, 45) yoI yIcus {xihfin Mc. 
8, 23} in ripa lacus Genesaret occidentali, Jo. 1, 
45. Mt 11, 21. Mc. 6, 45. Lc. 10, 13. Jo. 12, 21 (ubi 
add. r^ FaXiXaiaq). — 2) Yicus in Gaulanitide in- 
feriore ad orientalem lacus Genesaret ripam non 
procul a loco, quo Jordanes in lacnm se fundit, 
situs, a Philippe tetrarcha incolis ita auctus, ut 
in oppidis numeraretur, et in honorem Juliae, Au- 
gusti imperatoris filiae, Juiicu appellatus (Jos. 
antt 18, 2, 1. Plin. h. n. 5. 15), quam urbem multi 
intpp. apud. Lc. 9, 10 inteUigencuun putant propter 
Mc. 6, 32. 45. Jo. 6. 1., alus cYangelistas inter se 
discrepare statuentibus. Cf. Win, BWB. s. y. 
V, Raumer p. 109 ss.* 

Brf^ayi, i, indecl. (ex aa et rn^ , domus gros- 
soTum),^jB^pAa^6, nomen YiUae Yel Yici (Euseb. 
earn xwfiijv, Hieron. viUuUam nominat), ad mon- 
tem oliYarum prope Bethaniam siti; Mt 21, 1. Mc. 
11, 1 t Yulg OrBb, Trg,; Lc. 19, 29.* 

PnpLa, T0(, x6 (ab inus. ^dio, ?l?ni*'i "— fialvio), 
1) gresnu, poMus; fiyfux no66q, spatium, quod 
pianta pedis calcatur; latum pedem, Act. 7, 5 
(™ K«^J Deut 2, 5 coll. Xen. an. 4, 7, 4. Xen. 
Cyr. 7, 5, 6). — 2) editug locua^ cuL quern per gradua 
adacenditttr; suggegtus; die. de tribunali iudicum 
Mt 27, 19. Jo. 19, 13. Act 18, 12. 16 s. 25, 6. 10; 
Chrirti judicis, Bo. 14, 10 (Lchm, Tdf. Trg. tov 
d^£ov)i 2 Co. 5, 10; de suggestu, throni speciem 
referente, quem in theatro caesareensi Heroaes ex- 
struxerat, undo et spectabat ludos et Yerba faciebat 
in condone. Act. 12, 21. (de oratorum su^[estu 
2 Mace. 13, 26. Neh. 8, 4. Xen. mem. 3, 6, 1. ELdian. 
2, 10, 2.)* 

fi^gvXXoQ, ov, 6, hf beryUiu, gemma colons Yin- 
dis langttidioris (Phn. h. n. 37, 20), Ap. 21, 20. 



69 fiitmixog. 

(Tob. 13, 17; neutr. BnoiiXXiov — &Mb' Ex. 28, 20. 
39, 11.) Ct Win. BWB. s. y. Edeliteine* 

fila, ag, ^, 1) robur, tum corporis, turn animi, 
Hem. et sqq. 2) tnt violenter efficax; fitxh fiiaq, 
li adhibita, Act 5, 26. 24, 7 ; impetus, t&v xvfid- 
TOV, 27, 41; 6ih t, Blav xoi^ ^Xov, Yehementer 
uigente populo, 21, 35.* 

pidi» (pltt\ vi utor,^ tfim adhibeo; tivd, coao, 
vim in/ero ciicui; aciiYum perraro obYenit et fere 
solum ap. poetas; pass. Mt 11, 12 ^ paotXsla o^q, 
fiid^evai, regnum coelorum (wira entUmU), ex- 
pugnatur^ h. e. ferYidissimo studio et omni Yiiium 
contentione appetitur regni ooeL consortium; cf. 
Xen. HelL 5, 2, 15: ndXeiQ t&f fiefiiaafAivaq. Quod 
alii explicant: regntan dei tfim jpatitoir sc. per ad- 
Yorsarios, id neque tempori, quo Ohiistus haec Yerba 
loquitur, neque eontextui orationis couYenit; cf. 
Frittsehe, de WeUe, Meyer ad 1. — Med. ^la'C^o- 
fiat sq. Hq ri, xfiolenier ingredior in aliquid {elq 
ti^v noTl^aiav, Thuc. 1, 6; iq zii 7f». 7, 69; slq 
thv naQSfAfioX^Vf Pol. 1, 74, 6; elg xa ivrdq, Philo 
Yit. Mos. 1. §. 19; eiq xb axQaxdneSov, Plut Otho 
12 aL), eU i^* fiaaiXslav xo€ ^eoff, omni studii 
fenrore et Yirium contentione consortium reg^ diY. 
sibi acquirere, Lc. 16, 16.* 

fiiaioq, a, ov {fiia\ violenttu, vehemene; Act 2, 2. 
(apud Graecos mde ab Hom.)*' 

fiiaffx^^f oe, 6 (fiidJ^w), 1) validusy fortie; Pind. 
OL 9, 114. I^th. 4, 420. — 2) qui vim tnferi, violen- 
tu9, Philo agric. §. 19. — Mt 11, 12 fiiacxal dicun- 
tur, a quibus regnum dei fiid^txai, h. L qui omni 
studio et contentione ejus consortium appetunt.* 

BiSXaoldioVj ov, xo (deminutiYum cieminutiYi 
fiifiXdQiov ab fi fitfiXoQ), libeUua; Ap. 10, 2. 8--10. 
Apud profiuios non exstat. Cf. Win, p. 91.* 

SifiXiddoiovj ov, x6 (e fii^ldiov, ut Ifioxiddqioy 
ex Ifiotldiov), UbeUus; Ap. 10, 8 Tdf, ed. VII. 
(Arstph. Fragm.)* 

fiifiXlov, ov, x6 (deminut Yocis SlfiXoq\ UbeUue, 
volumen; Lc. 4, 17. 20. Jo. 20, 80. Gal. 3, 10. 2 Tim. 
4, 13 al.; documentum scriptum; scheda, in qua 
aliquid scriptum est, fi, dnoaxaalov, Mt. 19, 7. Mc, 
10, 4; Y. in mooxdoiov, — fiifiUov C<tf9ff, index 
eorum, quibus deus salutem aetemam decroYit, Ap. 
13, 8. 17, 8. 20, 12. 21, 17; Y. in g»i}. 

fiifiXoQ, ov, ^ (8. potius 4 P^fi^OQ, pknta, cui 
nomen papyrus rHieophr. hist, plant. 4, 9], e cujus 
libro charta connciebatur), liber tcriphu, volumen; 
Mt 1, 1. Lc. 3. 4. Mc. 12, 26. Act 1, 20; xfjc goi^fC, 
Phil. 4, 3. Ap. 3, 5 aL ; Y. in fiifiXiov. 

fiifigdxixop, pf. Bifigopxa, comeao; Jo. 6, 13. (ap. 
Graecos inde ab Hom.; saepius ap. LXX.)* 

BiBvvla, a(, ^, Bithynioy proYincia Asiae minoris, 
adjacens Ponto Euxino, Propontidi, Mysiae, Phiy- 
giae, Gahitiae. Paphlagoniae, Act. 16, 7. 1 Pet. 1, 1.* 

filoQ, ov, o, a) vita, quam vivvmus, Lc. 8, 14. 
1 Tim. 2, 2. 2 Tim. 2, 4. 1 Jo. 2, 16. 1 Pet. 4, 3. — 
b) (ut saepe apud Graecos inde ab Hes. op. 230. 
575; Hdt Xen.) id, quo Yita sustentatur, opea, far 
cuUates; Mt 12, 44. Lc. 8, 43. 15, 12. 30. 21, 4. 1 Jo. 
3, 17. (— 69) ProY. 31, 14.)* 

Bi6<o, (b, iiif. aor. 1. fii(baaif pro c[uo Atticis usi- 
tatior est inf. aor. 2. fii&vai, cf. Wtn, p. 80 (^/oc), 
vitam ago, vivo; xdv xq6vov, tempus transigere, 
1 Pet 4, 2. (Job. 29, 18; ■q/iiQaq, Xen. mem. 4, 8, 2.)* 

pitoaiQ, eopQ, 4, vivendi et aaendi ratio: Act. 
26, 4. (Sir. prolog. 1 : 6td xfiq iwbfiov finbasofq. 
~- ap. profanos non exstat.)* 

Pi(»xix6q, ^, 6v, ad vitam et res hujuB vitae per- 
tinena; Lc. 21, 34. 1 Co. 6, 3 s. (Vox, Atticis non 
usitata, primum offenditur ap. Arist. h. a. 10, 16; 
saepe dicitur ;((>£ ioi fiiwxixat, ut Pol. 4, 73, 8. Philo 



filaj^egog. 70 



fiXinw. 



vit. Mob. UJ, §. 18 in fine; Diod. 2, 19. Artemid. 
oneir. 1, SI. p. 30. Cf. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 355.)* 

BXapsQoq, d^ av {pXdnrat), noxius^ pemiciosus 
(Xen. mem. 1, 5, 3 opp. v)a>iXifiOQ)\ 1 Tim. 6, 9 
intdvfilai p3iap€Qal coll. ^ooval pX, Xen. mem. 1, 
3, 11. (persaepe ap. Graecos inde ab Horn.; aemel 
ap. LXX, Prov. 10, 26.)» 

pxdnxof, f. %pa>, aor. 1. ipXcnffa, noceOf laedo, 
tivai, Mc. 16, 18. Lc. 4, 35. (persaepe ap. Graecos 
inde ab Horn.; Tob. 12, 2. 2 Mace. 12, 22 al.)* 

fiXaardvQf^ 3 ps. praes. conj. fiXaot^ a forma 
fiXaaxdw, Mc. 4, 27 Trg, Tdf. (cf. BUm. ntL Gr. 
p. 48), aor. 1. ifiXdatijoa (cf. Win. p. 80), 1) intrans., 
progerminOf /randeaco : Mc. 4, 27. Mt. 13, 26. Heb. 
9, 4. (Num. 17, 8. Joel 2, 22 al.; ap. Graecos inde 
a Find.) — 2) ap. Graecos inferioris aetatis transit., 
produce; xbv xaQnov, Jac. 5, 18. (Gen. 1, 11 al.)* 

BXdotog^ oVf d, BlastuSf praefectus cubicnlo He- 
rodis regis; Act. 12, 20. 

pXaafpTjfiiw, CO, impf. ipXaa<pijfjioWt aor. 1. ipXa- 
Oip^fiijaa, fat. 1. pass. pXa<fg>ijfxij&^aofAai ifiXia^rj' 
fioqci. v.), conhmeliosa loquor^ convicia facio, eon- 
victor^ calumnior, Ynlg.: llasphemo; absol, Lc. 22, 
66. Act. 13, 46. 18, 6. 26, 11. 1 Tim. 1, 20. 1 Pet. 4. 
4 ; — c. accns. personae vel rei (ut ap. Graecos in- 
ferioris aetatis, Joseph. Plat. Appian. al.), Mt. 27, 
39. Mc. 3, 28 {Td/.),' 16, 29. Lc. 23^39. Tit. 3, 2. 
Jac. 2, 7. 2 Pet. 2, 10 (de quo 1. v. in ceyvoiw, p. 5); 
Jad. vs. 10: c. nomine conjugate pXaa^TjfjUav, con- 
viciam proierre (Plat. legg. 7, p. 800 c. ; v. in ova- 
7iaa»),^Mc. 3, 2g t. vulg., Orsb, (nbi Lchm. Tdf, 
Tra. oca pro oaaq). — Passiv. fiXaaipijfiovfiatt 
cauimniose de me didtur^ eonvieium in me ingeri- 
tur^ conrndis inceeior; Bo. 3, 8. 14, 16. 1 Co. 4, 
13 {Tdf, 6vc<pfi(jLO^(ABvoi); 10, 30. Tit. 2, 5. 2 Pet. 
2, 2; T^ Bvofia tivoq, Eo. 2, 24. 1 Tim. 6, 1. — 
Speciatim de iis die, qui contumeliosis verbis re- 
verentiam deo vel rebus ad eum pertinentibus de- 
bitam consulto ne^ligunt (»= B)ri« 2 Beg. 19, 6. 22 
coll. Ts. 4; cf. Grimm ad 2 Mace. 10, 34); absol.: 
Mt. 9, 3. 26, 65. (Mc. 2, 7. Lchm. Tdf Try.) xdv 
d^eov, Ap. 16, 11. 21; tiiv^S-edv Act. 19, 37 {Greb. 
Lchm. Tdf Trg. t^v d'sov); td Svofia rov ^foi;, 
Ap. 13, 6. 9; td nvtUfxa roD d'eo^y 1 Pet. 4, 14 t. 
vulg.; do^aq^ Jud. vs. 8. 2 Pet. 2, 10 (v. in JofaV, 
tlq xb nvsvfia x6 fiy., Mc. 3, 29. Lc. 12, 10 (elq 
i^eovg^ Plat. rep. 2, p. 381). — Graeci antiquiores 
dicunt pXaa<p. efq riva, nsgl aut xaxd xivoq.* 

pXaa<pijfiiaf aq, ^, eonvieium; Vulg. blasphemia; 
a) univ. ealumnia, obtreetatio, effatum, quo aliorwn 
famae injuste nocetur; Mt. 12, 31. 15, 19. Mc. 3, 28. 
7, 22. Eph. 4, 31. Col. 3, 8. 1 Tim. 6, 4. Jud. vs. 9 
{xQlotq pXaaiprifilaq, i. q. x^laiq pXda<pijfjioq 2 Pet. 
2, 11, sententia contumeliosis verbis pronuntiata) ; 
Ap. 2, 9. — b) speciatim impie et eontumeliose dp- 
ctum^ quo summt numinis laeditur majestaa; Mt. 26, 
65. Mc. 2, 7. 14, 64. Lc. 5, 21. Jo. 10, 33. Ap. 13, 5; 
dvofjLttxa SXaa^ijfilaq ^ i. q. pXdag>ijfjia (cf. Win. 
p. 222), Ap. 13, 1. 17, 1 ; xov nvBV(iaxoq, genit. 
obj., Mt. 12, 31; ngbq xbv ^€0v, Ap. 13, 6. (Eur. 
Plat. Demosth. al.; — h5^i^ Ez. 35, 12.)* 

pXiafprifjLoq, ov (fiXd^^ piger, stolidus, et g>^fJirj^ 
fama), maledicus, contumeliosus^ convicia faciens; 
Act. 6, 11 (^rifjLaxa pXdafpTjfjia elq Mtovaffv xal xov 
Seov); 2 Pet. 2. 11 (de quo loco v. in fiXaa^ijfiia); 
Ap. 13, 5; SXdag>tjfioq substantive 1 Tim. 1, 13. 
2 Tim. 3, 2. (Jes. 66, 3. Sap. 1, 6. Sir. 3, 16. 2 Mace. 
9, 28: ap. Graecos inde a Demosth.)* 

pxififia, xoqy x6 {fiXinto, pf. -j^tkBB, BipXefifjiai), vi- 
sugf cuUmectus; pxifi/naxi x, axojj, viaendo audiendo- 
que, 2 Pet. 2, 8. (Eur. Aristoph. Dem. Plut. aL)* 

fiXinw, f. tpw, aor. 1. ^,fiXitpa, ap. LXX »» nttp, 



hSB, xsn^'h, mn, ap. Graecos inde ab Aeaebylo, vi- 
aeOf eemo; 1) corporis oculia; a) viiu praedi^ts 
eum^ faeuHtcUem videndi haheo; oemere possum, 
opp. xv<pX6q, Mt. 12, 22. 13, 16. 15, 81. Jo. 9, 7. 15. 
19. 25. Act. 9, 9. Bo. 11, 8. 10. Ap. 3, 18 aL (Soph. 
Oed. CoL 73. Ar. Plut. 15. Xen. mem. 1, 3, 4. Ael. 
V. h. 6, 12 aL — Exod. 4, 11. 23, 8 al Tob. 1, 16). xo 
pXineiVf visas, facultas videndi, Lc. 7, 21 (Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg. omittunt x6). — b) oculorum usu per- 
cipio, conspicio^ conspicor (erbUcken); a) absoL, 
pienovxiov aintbvt conspicientibus iis, in eomm 
conspectu. Act. 1, 9; igx^^ ^^^ fiX^ne, Ap. 6, 1.3. 

6, 7 t. vulg. — ^ c. accus. personae vel rei, Mt^ 

7, 3. 11, 4. 24, 2. Mt. 5, 31. 8, 23 8. 13, 2. Lc. 6, 41. 
24, 12. Jo. 1, 29. Act 4, 14 al.; x^v ipwv^v, earn, qui 
vocem ederet, A^. 1,12; S^a/ia Act. 12, 9; ro ngoq- 
wnov xivoq^ dicitur is, cui aditus ad aliqnem patet, 
ut proceribus regni, ministris et amicis ad regem 
(nh^ ^}^ ■'«^ 2 Ee^. 25, 19. Jer. 52. 25. Esth. 1. 14), 
unde Mi. 18, 10 intelligendi sunt angeli inlimae 
admissionis s. supremi ordinis (v. in ap/ecy/f Aoc)- 

— pass, xd pXenofisva^ quae oculis cemnntnr, 2 Co. 
4, 18. Heb. 11, 3 (ubi Lchm. Tdf. Trg. xo faeno- 
fASvov, complexus coram, qaae conspiciuntor) ; iXnlq 
pXenofiivtjf spes rerum quae conspiciuntnr, h. e. 
adsunt, Bo. 8, 24. — c) converto oculos in aliquid, 
cuispicioj intueor^ specto (anblicken^ besekauen); 
yvvaZxa^ Mt. 5, 28; stq xu xiva, Lc. 9, 62. Jo. 13, 22. 
Act. 3, 4; elq x. oloavSv, Act. 1, 11 Tdf Trg.; 
sensu inspiciendi, fiipXlov, Ap. 5, 3 s. — universe : 

d) sensu percijnot sentio; xbv avifiov laxvgov^ 
Mt. 14, 30. (xxvTtov diSoQxa^ Aesch. sept. 100.) — 

e) usu cognoscoy experior;^ xl. Bo. 7, 23; sq. oxt, 
2 Co. 7. 8; per attract, xo ^rfQlov, Sri xxX. Ap. 
17, 8; inhg d fiXinei iab — htig tovto, 8 fiXinei 
(JLB Svxeiy ne majorem me censeat. quam me esse 
cognoscit, 2 Co. 12, 6. — 2) metaph. animi oculis 
video; — a) factdtatem intelliaendi habeo; fiXinov- 
x€q oi SXinovai^ intelligendi facultate instructi 
non intelligunt, Mt. 13, 13. Lc. 8, 10. — b) mente 
cemoy anim^vertOy percipio^ cognoscOy inteUigo; 
absoL 6i* icdnxQOVy 1 Co. 13, 12; de deo omniscio 
fiXinwv iv X4p xQvnxy, videns in oectdto, ubi homo 
nihil cemit, Mt. 6, 4. o. 18; iyyi^ovaav xtfv fifiipav^ 
Heb. 10, 25 (e quibusdam extemis signis); *Ifjao^ - - 
ioxeg>av<ofiivov, cemimus (ex ejus resurrectione 
atque e sjpiritus s. effdctis et testimoniis) Jesam 
coronatum, Heb. 2, 9; sq. Sri, 3, 19. Jac. 2, 22. — 
e) mentem advertOy attendo animum ad aliquid. con- 
sider o, respieio, rationem habeo; absol. pXsnfXf. 
germ, habt Achty Mc. 13, 23. 33; c. accus. rei vel 
personae, 1 Co. 1, 26. 10, 18. 2 Co. 10, 7. Phil. 3, 2. 
Col. 2, 15; sq. n(hq c. indicat. Lc. 8, 18. 1 Co. 3, 10. 
Eph. 5, 15; perpendoy sq. xl interrog. c. indicativo 
Mc. 4, 24; eiq ngbqmndv xivoq^ intueor, h. e. respi- 
eio aljcujus extemam conditionem, die. de iis, qui 
partium studio ducuntur, Mt. 22, 16. Mc. 12, 14. 
Ex usu Graecis inusitato die. kavxbv BXinsiv, ad 
semet ipsum aUendere «» sibi eaverey Mc. 13, 9; sq. 
cva iUif, 2 Jo. 8; fiXinsiv and xivoqy germ. Atmi 
haben von wegen «- sibi caver e ah aliquOy Mc. 8, 
15. 12, 38; sensu providendiy curandt pr. {Acht 
haben), sq. 7va, 1 Co. 16, 10; sq. fii^ c. conj. aor. 
Mt. 24, 4. Mc. 13, 5. Lc. 21, 8. Act. 13, 40. 1 Co. 

8, 9. 10, 12. GaL 6, 15. Heb. 12, 25; sq. fi^ cnm 
fiit. indie, CoL 2, 8. Heb. 3, 12. Graeci: dgavy fiij. 

— 3) sensu ^eographico ut lat. specto de locis 
montibus, aedificiis al. regionem aliqoam versus 
sltis, quasi vultum ad eam vertentibus, sq. xaxd c. 
ace; Act. 27, 12. (LXXEz. 11, 1; nooq Xen. HelL 
7, 1, 6. mem. 3, 8, 9. Hdian. 6, 5, 2. Diog. Laert. 1, 
2; LXX Ez. 9, 2. 40, 24; flq 8, 3 aL) 



filtftio^ 71 

filtftioft ia, iop (fiaXXm), conjteienduB^ fundmr 
due (y. in j^6XX«» no. 2); obvenit Bolnrn neutr. Mc. 2, 
22 (t Tulg. Chsb. Lehm.); Lo. 5, 39 pXtftiov iczl sq. 
ace. tdv olvov, cf. MtOth. §. 447, 3, a. (Praeterea 
exstat tantnm ap. BaaiL I, p. 137 c.) 

Boavepyiq (Lehm. Tdf, Trg. Boav^ifyiq), Bo- 
anergest yoz hebr. va; "^aa, i. e. jUii tonUru (at ipse 
Marcos inteipretatar]f, h.'e. tanantes. Me. 3, 17; ^ 
pronuntaatom boc^ at Noobhyim pro Ncbhyim; t. 
Idghi/oot hor. hebr. ad h. L ; V|p, fs. 55, 5 /remens 
s^epenaque hominum turba^ ap. Sjros ngnificasse 
Tidetar tonitru, at nomine Boave^yi^ efrervescens 
perdendi eupido procellosae tempestati comparanda 
si^mifieari et ad fiustom Le. 9, 34 nanatum respici 
Tiaeatnr.* 

fioaw, (b, aor. 1. i^d^aa (/9oi}), inde ab Horn., ap. 
LaX pleromqae — irig, p9T, pfs, boo, elamoy voci- 
feror; 1) ekanarem touo, de laetantibos, QaL 4, 27 
(e Jes. 54. 1); de dolentibas, Mt. 27, 46 Trg,; Act. 8, 
7. — 2) cUta et tn<ento voce dico; Mt. 3, 3. Mc. 1, 
3. Le. 3, 4. Jo. 1, 23 (e Jes. 40, 3); Mc. 15, 34. Lc. 
9, 38. {Lchnu Tdf, Trg.); Act 17, 6. 21, 34 (t. Yulg. 
et Grsb.); 25, 24 {Lcim. Tdf. Trg.\ — 3) nifog 
nva, aUcujua auxUnan imploro, Le, 18, 7 (t Sam. 
7y 8. 1 Ghr. 5, 20. Hos. 7, 14 aL * ^m pft)* 

Boili, V. in Boo^. 

fioi/jy lig, hf clamor; Jac. 5, 4 (rindictam implo- 
rantiam). Ap. Graecos inde ab Horn.* 

fio^tiUf ag, hjy. in ^ofi^iw\ auxUium, Heb. 4, 
16. (saepe ap. LaX potissimom <» m^ et '^if ; ap. 
Giaeoos inde a Thae. et Xen.); ^lurl' adminicular 
Act. 27, 17.* 

Boij^iio, CO, aor. 1. i^oifitiaa (ex ^r^^ clamor, et 
^im^ cnrro), ap. LXX pnotissimam <» ^r»\ ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Hat , pr. od cUsmcrem (periclitantiam) 
accurro: hinc aniv. auaedlior^ opemfero; Xivl, Mt. 
15, 25. Mc. 9, 22. 24 (Sorf&si fiov x§ axiatlif, „qaod 
fidaciae meae deest bonitate taa supple," GroL); 
Act. 16, 9. 21,28. 2 Co. 6, 2. Hes. 2, 18. Ap. 12,^16.'^ 

fiOffB-OQ, ov, ausciliaiM {vfjeQ, Hdt. 5, 97 ; axypiy- 
fAa Tob. 8, 6); pleromoae substantive, auxihator, 
Heb. 13, 6 (de deo e rs. 118, 7 at persaepe ap. 
LXX).* 

fid^woQ, ov, df/oveoj Mcrobs; Mt. 12, 11. 15, 14. 
Lc. 6, 39. (Solon in BMeeri Ajiecd. 85. Xen. oec. 
19, 3. Theophr. hist. pi. 4, 22. — LXX 2 Sam. 18, 
17 al.)* 

poX^, ffi, 4 (fidVno\ jactus; wcel Xi^ov fioX^v, 
fere lapuUe jactum, tontum spatii, anantam lapis 
manu iadtar, Lc. 22, 41 {laael xoiovJoX^v Gen. 21, 
16; fiixQi Xl^ov ar. axomlov fioXfjg, Thae. 5, 65; ii 
axovriov fioX^Q^ Xen. HelL 4, 5, 15).* 

/foXi^of^nar. 1. ^/?oAioa(/?oiuc,jacalam; bolis, i. 
e. perpenaiculom nauticum, quo explorant naatae 
maris altitadinem,* Senkblei), boUdan i. e. perpenr- 
dundum naxjOicum demitto; Act 27, 28. (praeterea 
ap. solom Eastath.)* 

/foXlq, l6oq, ^ (/?a>Ua»), telum^ jaculum; Heb. 12, 
20 in t Yuli. ex Exod. 19, 13. (Neh. 4, 17. Num. 
24, 8. Plot Demetr. 3.)* 

Bo6Z {Td/, Bo^^), 6 (T9k, alacritas). Boosts Boas, 
Bathae propinqaus et poAea maritus (Bath. 2, 1 ss. 
1 Chr. 2, 11); Mt 1, 5. Lc. 3, 32.* 



fiovkofiai. 




fiofj^ag, &y 6 (« fioifiag, iov). persaepe ap. LXX 
pro T«|, 1) boreae; aquUOf NordrNord-Oet. — 
2) fiaga septeatriofudis, Lc. 13, 29. Ap. 21, 13.* 

poaxm^ at ap. Graecos inde ab Hom., paxco; 
Xolfiovg, Mc 5, 14. Lc. 15, 15; i^vUxy rtf^oBaxa^ Jo. 
21, 15. 17 (in imagine, qua doctoris chnstiani offi- 



dam saluti socionim coetus christiani omni modo 

grospiciendi adumbratur); b poaxiov^ pastor, Mt. 
, 33. Lc. 8, 34. — Pass, et med. de gregibus, pa- 
teor; Mc 5, 11. Mt 8, 30. Lc. 8, 32. (ap. LXa — 

»!?>)* 
^J^oaop, 6 (*^, fax, lampas, LXX Biiof^. Num. 

22,5. 31,8. Deiit 23, 4; e permutatione litterae 

9 in a BoaoQ)i Boeor, pater Bileami; 2 Pet 

2. 15. ^ 

/Soran^, ng, fi {fiocxm), pr. herba ad pascendum 

idonea^ Aerba in agro virens; Heb. 6, 7. (Hom. Pind. 

Plat. Eur. Biod. Ael. al. — LXX pro KV^n, ^n-^sirr, 

PozQVQ, voQ, d,uva; Ap. 14, 18. (Gen. 40, 10. Num. 
13, 23 B. — ap. Graecos indo ab Horn.)* 

fiovXevtiig, ov, ^, coneiliariuBf eenator, btdeuta 
(Plin. epp.), primum ap. Hom. U. 6, 114; die. de 
assessore synedrii magni Mc. 15, 43. Lc. 23, 50. 
(Job. 3, 14. 12, 17.)* 

fiovXevooy aor. 1. med. ifiovXevaifiijv, VideUbero, 
canaUiwn capio, deeemo, consilium do (Jes. 23, 8). 
2) senator sum, senatoris munus administro, Xen. 
mem. 1, 1, 18. Plat Goig. p. 473 e. — In N. T. 
med. 1) meeum deUbero; seq. il, Lc. 14, 31. (Xen. 
mem. 3, 6, 8.) — 2) consilium eapio, decemo; seq. 
infin. Act 5, 33. 15, 37. 27, 39; r/, 2 Co. 1, 17; sq. 
%va, Jo. 11, 53 {Lehm. Tdf. Trg.); 12, 10.* 

fiovXilt^ ^q, if {fioi^Xo/jMi), inde ab Hom.; saepe 
ap. LXX <« h;uf, consilium, quod capitur,. decre^ 
turn; Lc. 23, 51 (ubi distingaitar if noaSio); Act. 5, 
38. 27, 12 (y. in xiBiiiii)\ 42; plur. 1 Co. 5, 4; ^ovXif 
rot; l^ffoCf, Act 13, 36; die. potissimum de consilio 
dei salutem hominibus per Christum parandam 
spectante, Lc. 7, 30. Act 2, 23. 4, 28; naaav xifv 
fiovXifv xov d'CoVf omne decreti dinni argumentum, 
20, 27; if fiovXif xov BeX^fiaxog aifxov, decretum 
voluntatis suae, Eph. 1, 11.* 

povXfffiay roc, x6 (fio^Xofjiai, perf. fisfiovXrffjiai), 
ctmsUiumj proposihun, decretum; Act. 27, 43. Bo. 

9, 19. (1 Pet 4, 3 Lehm. Tdf. Trg.) (2 Mace 15, 5; 
ap. Graecos inde a Plat)* 

fioidXofjiait 2 pers. sing. Boi^XHf Lc. 22. 42 (attice 
pro fioyXjf^ cf. Win. p. 73. BUm. ntL Gr. p. 37), impf. 
efiovXofirfV (attice ^^ovXSfAnv), aor. 2. iSovXi/jd^fv 
(Mt. 1, 19) et ^povXi^ffv (2 Jo. vs. 12 t vuJg. Lehm. 
Tdf. Trg. iBovX^B., cf. Win. p. 68. Bttm. ntl. Gr. 
p. 29), LXa pro n^ij, f|in, — volo, et quidem 
1) plerumque deliberate consilio volo, propositum 
habeo {WtUens sein\ so. inf., Mc. 15, 15. Act 5, 28. 
83 {Lehm. Trg. pro vuJg. i^ovXsvovxo); 12,4. 15, 
37 {Lehm. Tdf. Trg. pro vulg. i^ovXivaaxo)', 18, 
27. 19, 30. 22, 30. 23, 28. 27, 43. 28, 18. 2 Co. 1, 15. 
Heb. 6, 17. 2 Jo. vs. 12 (rove povXofiivovg sc iv- 
Sixiod-ai rove aSiXipovo); Jud. vs. 5. Jac. 1, 18 
{fiovXud^eU anexvifaev iffdaq, e voluntatis suae de- 
creto genuit nos, cui voluntati male convenit, quod 
nonnuUi dicunt, a deo se soUicitari ad pecean- 
dom.) — c. accus. objecti, rovro, 2 Co. 1. 17 {l^chm. 
Tdf. Trg, pro vultf. povXevdf^evoQ); sq. ace. c. 
inf. 2 Pet. 3, 9. — oic. de voluntate inter duo vel 

Slura eligente, ut respondeat latino placet nvihi; 
It 1, 19 (coU. iv^fisXa^ai vs. 20); 11, 27. Lc. 

10, 22. 22, 42. Act. 25, 20. Jac. 3, 4. 4, 4; sq. conj., 
Boi^Xso^e, vftlv anoXvoap; woUet ihr, soil %ch euch 
losgebenf (cf. Win. S. 41, 4. BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 180), 
Jo. 18, 39. — die. de voluntate praecipienle, sq. 
ace. c. inf., PhiL 1, 12 {yivwaxeiv i>(iag fioi^Xofiai, 
Bcitote); 1 Tim. 2, 8. 5, 14. Tit 3, 8. — 2) ea; af 
fectu volo, cupio; sq. iuf., 1 Tim. 6, 9 (pi fiovXd' 
fisvoi TiXovtBtvYy Act. 17, 20. 18, 15; ifiovXdfitfV 
(de cujus imperfecti usu cf. Btkn. ntl. Gr. p. 187 s.). 
Act. 25, 22. Philem. vs. 13. — De discrimine, quod 



fiovvSg, 72 

inter BovXofiai et ^i),w intercedere statuitur, y. 
in ^Ad),* 

Bovvdc^ oVf dj vox, quam Hdt. 4^ 199 Cyrenaicis 
trioait, Eustath. ad II. 11, 710 Philemoni, comico 
poetae (sec. 3 ante Chr.) usitatam dicit, ab Atti- 
cistis reprobata, inde a Polyb. a commonis grae- 
citatis scriptoribas passim recepta (Strab. Pansan. 
Plut. al.)f ap. LXX frequentissune pro n|3A (forsi- 
tan ab inns, filbt ascendio), coUiSf cUvus^ tumulus; 
Lc. 3, 5 (Jes. 40, 4); 23, 30 (Hos. 10, 8). CL Sturz 
de dial. mac. p. 153. Lobeck ad Phryn. p. 355.* 

Sovg^ fiodq, ace. fiovv, 6, ^, bos, vacca; Lc. 13, 15« 
14, 5. 19. Jo. 2, 14 8. 1 Co. 9, 9. 1 Tim. 5, 18.* 

figafieZov, ov, to {figafievQ, arbiter et moderator 
certaminis, qui dat praemiom certaminis, dictus 
etiam figafievt^q, lat. designator)^ fraemium, quod 
certaminis victori decemitur, brabeum, brabium (in 
ecclcs. latinitate), bravium (Vnlg.); 1 Co. 9, 24; 
metapb. de coelesti christianae virtntis praemio, 
Phil. 3, 14. (Oppian. cyn. 4, 196. Lycopnr. 1154; 
inofJtovflQ Pq. Clem. Eo. 1. Co. 5, 5; atp^tLQcCa^^ 
Mart. Polyc. 17.* 

pgafievw, ap. Graecos inde ab Isocr. et Demosth. 
1) sum ppafievQ (v. in figapetov). 2) deeemo, 3) di- 
rigo, moderor, gubemo; ita Col. 3, 15.* 

pgaSvvio (figadvq), tardo, 1) raro transit, tarde 
faciOy reiardo: xhv amTtiglav, LXX Jes. 46, 13; 
pass. ddSg, Sopn. £1. 1501. — plerumque 2) intrans. 
cunctor (ita inde ab Aescbylo), 1 Tim. 3, 15; inso- 
lenter c. gen. rei, qoam ahqnis efficere conctatnr, 
2 Pet 3^ 9 T^c inayyiXlag b. e. cunctator implore 
promissionem; cf. Win. p. 186. (Sir. 35, 22.)* 

pQaSvnkoia), (figaSv^ et nXov^), tarde navigo; 
Act. 27,^ 7. (Artem. 4, 30.)* 

Pgadvq, era, v, tardus; a) propr. cfc ^h JftC. 1, 
19. — b) metapb. qui kebetis, ignaxn animi est; in- 
docilis; qui aegre eo addudtur, ut aliquidpercipiai 
vel sibi persuadeat (itajam Hom. II. 10, 226; opp. 
avvetoQ PoL 4, 8, 7; xov voOv, Dion. Hal. de att. 
orat. 7; Svqfia^ia BoaSvr^Q iv fia^aei. Plat, de- 
fin, p. 415 e.); c. dat. rationem mdicante, ty xag^ 
6lq, Lc. 24, 25.* 

PQaSvz^q (de accentn cf. Bttm, Gr. max. T. II, 
p. 417), riftoqy ^ {pgaSi5q\ tarditaSf cunctatio;2Fet, 

3, 9. (ap. Graecos inde ab Hom.)* 
^pay/cov, ovoq, 6, brachium; — dei^ ex bebr. vw, 

potentta dei, Lc. 1, 51 (cf. Dent. 4, 34. 5, 15. 26, 8); 
Jo. 12, 38 (Jes. 53, 1); Act. 13, 17.* 

Pgarvg, eta, v, brevis, exiguus, parvus (inde a 
Pind. Hdt Thnc); die. a) de loco; neutr. pgaxv ad- 
verbialiter, parum, paullukun, Act. 27, 28. (2 Sam. 
16, 1. Thuc. 1, 63.) — b) de tempore; pgaxv ri, 
paullispert ad breve tempus, Heb. 2, 7. 9 (quo loco 
scriptor quae interpres LXX Ps. 8, 6 de gradu di- 
cit. ad tempfus transfert); Act. 5, 34; iiBxh figaxVj 
paoUo post, Lc. 22, 58. — c) de copia et mensura; 
Pgaxv ri, exiguam partem, Jo. 6, 7 ^gaxv xi xov 
fjiiXixoq, 1 Sam. 14,29; ^Xaiov Sfaxv, Jos antt. 9, 

4, 2; figayvxaxog Xifidvwxoq, Pnilo de sacrif. §. 4); 
6ia Sgaxiiov, paacis sc. verbis, breviter, Heb. 13, 
22 (ita Jos. b. jud. 4, 5, 4; iv ^gaxtl, Ps. 104, 12; 
iv pgaxvxdxio oriXovv, paucissmiis ostendere, Xen. 
Oyr. 1, 2, 15.)* 

_figi^0Q^ ovg, rd, a) embryo^ foetus; Lc. 1, 41. 44. 
(Efom. H. 23, 266. Plut. rep. Stoic. 41 : xd ^g. iv 
xy yaaxgl.) — b) infans recens natus (ita inde a 
Pind.), Lc. 2, 12. 16. 18, 15. Act. 7, 19. I Pet. 2, 2; 
and pgi<povq^ ab incunabilis, 2 Tim. 3« 15. (ita ix 
Pgi<p€OQ Antb. 9, 567.)* 

figix^^ aor. 1 . I'/^pf |a, ap. Graecos inde a Pind. 
et Hdt. 1) madefacto, humecto; Lc. 7, 38 (r. nbdaq 
ddxgvatf cf. Ps. 6, 6); vs. 44. — 2) ap. inferioris 



^qdaiMO. 



aetatis acriptores (cf. Lob, ad Pbiyn. p. 291) pUwia 
irrigo (PoL 16, 12, Z^pluere juheo^ pluviam fundo, 
die. de deo. — inl river, Mt. 5, 45 ; phiviae instar 
dendtto; xigioq tfigeSe d^elovx, nvg^ Gen. 19. 24; 
XdXatav, Exod. 9, 23; impersonaliter Pgix^h phut 
Opf. Win. p. 486), Jac. 5, 17; addito accus. nvg x. 
9-eZov, Lc. 17, 29; addito subjecto itxoq, Ap. 11,6.* 
figovx^t 9?) ^< tonitru, Mc. 3, 17 (do quo loco v. 
in Boavegyfq), Jo. 12, 29. Ap. 4, 5. 6, 1. 8, 5. 10, 3 a. 
11, 19. 14, 2. 16, 18. 19, 6.* 

Pq^X^j flif 4 {Pq^X^> 4' ^Oi fatiscentis graecitatia 
vox (cL Lob. ad rmmi. p. 291), adspersio^ irrigation 
pluvia; die. de imore s. vebementiore pluvia Mt. 
7, 25. 27; Ps. 68, 10. 105, 32 — is^* 

Ppix^^f ov, <3, ki^iueus, quo aliqiiis vel aliquid 
capitur vel adstrin^tur vei suspenditur (inde ab 
Hom.); Pgoj^ov iniSdXXBiv xivl, laqueum alicui in- 
jicere, tropica locutio ab usu bellioo (ita Pg, negi- 
pdUeiv xivl Philo vit Mos. m. §. 34. Jos. b. jud. 
7, 7, 4) petita, b. e. astute vel violenter aliquem 
alicui necessitati adstringere, praecepti aUcujns 
observationi subjugare, 1 Co. 7, 35.* 

PgvypLOCf ov, 6 {figvx<Of q« v.), stridor dentium; 
add. xlbv odovxmv^ qua pbraai summus dolor sum- 
maque desperatio bominum aetemae damnationi 
adjudicatorum significatur, Mt. 8. 12. 13, 42. 50. 
22, 13. 24, 51. 25, 30. Lc 13, 28. (Sir. 51, 3 tribuitur 
pgvyfioq bestiis, quae frendentes praedam inva- 
dunt; LXX Prov. 19, 12 pro am, fremitus. Knur- 
ren, Brummen; significatu morsus, Nic. ul 716., 
vox deducenda est a Pgvxw^ mordeo; cf. FriUsche 
ad Sir. p. 308.)* 

pgvyw, strideo, firendeo dentibus; dSovxag ini 
xivaj Act. 7, 54 (Job. 16, 9. Ps. 35, 16. 37, 12 — 
WWA pnh et a*^* py^; sine ddortaQ inlrana. Plut. 
Pericl. 33). E^usdem^ originis est ac figvxw (cf. di^ 
y<tf et Six<»\ mordeo, mando; v. Hermann, ad Soph. 
Philoct. V. 735.* 

BgvWy 1) intrans. scaieo, ebuUio, succis abundo 
(cr. nosbr. Brust^ BHihe\ ita persaepe inde ab Hom. 
(II. 17, 56: ^gvoQ hf&s'i figvei). 2) raritis transi- 
tive largiter' emitto; absol. jpidhdo, ^ yf} Bgvei 
Xen. yenat. 5, 12; c. accus., nores, fiructus; Xdpi- 
xeq ^oSa Pgvovai, Anacr. 44, 2; aquam, scaturirSf 
Jac. 3, 11.* 

pgCbfiOf roc, ^o (Jgow «> piPgiboxw, perf. pass.), 
id quod comediturt cibus, esca; (inde a Thuc. et 
Xen.) 1 Co. 8, 8. 13. 10, 3. Ro. 44, 15. 20; plur. Mt. 
14, 15. Mc. 7, 19. Lc. 3, 11. 9, 13. 1 Co. 6, 13. 1 Tim. 
4, 3. Heb. 13, 9; figfbfiaxa x. nofiaxa, dbi et potio- 
nes, Heb. 9, 10 (ut Plat leg^. 11, p. 932 e. 6, p. 782 a. 
Crit. p-. 115 b; in sinj^n Xen. C^. 5, 2, 8). — 
die. de alimento animi, h. e. aut institutione, 1 Co. 
3, 2 (ut solidior cibus opp. X(p ydXaxxi)^ aut eo, 
quo animus oblectatur et vere ei*satisfit, Jo. 4, 34.* 

Pgd>oifJu>^^ ov (Pg(baig)f qui comedi potest, edulis, 
esculentus; Lc. 24, 41. (Lev. 19; 23. Ez. 47, 12. — 
Aescb. Prom. 479.)* ^ 

pgibciq, f<tfc« 4 {fioovo, ^iPgdiaxw), 1) actus come- 
dendi, esus (^ertml?); Bgiaciq x. noaig Ro. 14, 17 (de 
quo loco V. in voce paaiXsla n. 3); c. genit. o^. 

1 Co. 8, 4 (Plat. rep. 10, p. 619 c. naldwv abxo^\ 
latiore sensu corrosio, erosio, Mt. 6, 19 s. — 2) ut 
fere ubi^ue ap. Graecos, id quod comeditur, esca, 
cibtu, victus; Heb. 12, 16; elq figiboiv, ut sit dbua, 

2 Col. 9, 10. Sap. 4, 5; Pgwciq x. noaq Col. 2, 16 
(Hom. Od. 1, 191. Plat. leg^. 6, 783 c. Xen. mem. 1, 
3, 15). — die. de alimento animi s. de eo, quo animus 
tum oblectatur, Jo. 4, 32., tum alitur et sustentatur 
ad consequendam vitam aetemam, Jo. 6, 27. 55.* 

Ppooaxof^ praes. inusit., undo pf. fiipgwxa, v. fli' 
pga)axw. 



fiv&l^w^ 



73 



yaCog}vXdxiov. 



fiv^i^fa (fiv^6c» Q< y-)i in pro/vmbsm mergo, de- 
mtirgo; ware ffv^i^eaS^ai avta^ de nayibas (at PoL 
2, 10, 5. 16, 3, 2), tU demergi inciperent, Lc. 5, 7; 
translate, zivi ek SXe^goVy 1 Tim. 6, 9.* 

fivO^dg, ov, St fandku (fossae, Xen. oeo. 19, \X\\ 
fundus 8. profundum maris, saepe ap. Graecos inde 
ab Aescb. Prom. 432; ipsum mare, mare aUum, 
2 Co. 11, 25; at Ps. 107, 24. Ita lat. profundum 
Lnc. Pbars. 2, 680: „profandi ora yidens."* 

fivQoev^, iia^f 6 (fivQaa, cutis detraeta, corium), 
coriartua {Gerher); Act. 9, 48. 10, 6. 32. (Artem. 
4, 56.)* 

^ fivaaivog, rj, ov (^ fivaaog, q. v.; ef. axiv^ivoQ, 
d/iaQavtivoq), byuinus^ e bysso eonfectus; neatr. 
fivaaivov, sc. Ifidtiov {Win. p. 550), veetis bywinaf 



Ap. 18, 12 (1. vulg. pvoaov); 16. 19, 8. 14. (Gen. 41 » 
42. 1 Chr. 15, 27. ~ Hdt. Aeschyl. Eur. Diod. 1, 85. 
Plut. al.)* 

pvaaoQ, ov, 4, byssus, species lini aeg;fptiaci 
(etiam indici et acbaici) pretiosisBimi, tenuissimi, 
moUissiini, candidissimi, etiam flavi (de quo Pollux 
onomast 7, c. 17. sect. 75); Lc. 16, 19. Ap. 18, 12 
in t. Yulg. (ap. LXX plerumque »«««, etiam rna 
1 Chr. 15, 27. 2 Chr. 5, 12; cf. Win.^EWB. s. v. 
Baumwoile; — Jos. antt. 3, 6, 1 s. 3, 7, 2. Philostr. 
Tit ApolL 2, 20; de achaico lino circa EHdem 
crescente cf. Paosan. 5, 5, 2. 7, 21, 7.)* 

fit^ffOQ, ov, 6 (v. supra Pqvv6g\ locus editus; ire- 
quentissime ap. Graecos ihde ab Hom., ara, al- 
tare; Act. 17, 23. (saepe ap. LXX pro natto.)* 



r. 



Fapfia^d, 4, GahhaHha, nomen cbaldaicom k>;^, 
hebr. aj, dorsum, ergo locus emmens (cf. Fritziehe 
Yerdienste Tholucks p. 102 f.; Delitzsch in Zeitschr. 
f. d. lutb. Theologie 1876, p. 605; sed cf. quae 
aliter judicat JTeim m, p. 365); Jo. 19, 13 aifdita 
pamm accurata interprelatione Xi&6<npu>tovj i. e. 
pavimerUum lapidilms stratum^ quod nonnuUi in- 
terpretefl putant did pavimentum portabile s. tes- 
seras, qoales romanos belli duces constat secum 
tulisse, cum sedibus omnino, tum sedibus, unde 
jus dlctori essent, substernendas (cf. Suet. Caes. 
46 et Casaub, ad h. ].). Cui opinioni obstat, quod 
Joannes graecam interpretationem non nisi fixis 
Hieroaolymorum locis nebraice dictis addere solet; 
cf. 5, 2. 9, 7. 19, 17; neque secus esse hoe loco, 
patet etiam inde, quod auctor dixerit eh tonov, 
1. e. in certo loco cui illud nomen esset. Accedit 
quod ilium' imperatorum morem etiam provincia- 
rom praefectos in urbibus secutos esse demon- 
strari nequit. Sine dubio chaldaicum nomen loco 
illi Inditum est ab ejus forma, graectan a pavi- 
menti natura. Cf. innra in v. Xi^ooxQtoxov et Win. 
BWB. s.^Y. lAihostroton. 

Fappt^X, (^irt^f ex 1^, vir fortis, et h», deus), 
Gabriel, unus e principibus angelorum (Dan. 8, 
16. 9,21); Lc. 1, 19. 26; y. supra in aQxayyeXog* 

yayyQaiva, ij^, 17 (yqcIw s. Ygalvaf\ ganpraena, 
nomen morbi, quo pars quaedam corpons labo- 
rans yi inflammatioms ita corrupta est, ut nisi 
medela opportune afferatur, malum latius in dies 
serpens reliquaa simul corporis partes inyadat et 
ossa tandem carie arrodat (kreos- oder brand- 
artiges Geschwftr); 2 Tim. 2, 17. (Scripta medica; 
Plut discr. am. et adulat c. 36.)* 

rdd, (i« fortuna, cf. Gen. 30, 11). Gad, Alius 
Jacobi patriarchae septimus, e Zilpa, anciUa Leae, 
snsceptns; Ap. 7, 5.* 

Fadaofivoq, ^, ov (a nomine pr. FaSagd, cf. 'Afii- 
Xijri^, mw^dX^vi^, Gadarenus. Erat Gadara me- 
tropolis Peraeae (Jos. b. jud. 4, 7, 3), extremae 
meridional! parti lacus Genesaret exadyersus ab 
oriente brumali sita, sed praeterfluente Hieromace 
flumine ^Plin. h. n. 5, 16) a lacu sejuncta, 60 sta- 
diis a Tiberiade distans (Jos. yita 65), a gentilibus 
maxime habitata (Jos. ant 17, 11, 4); cf. Win. 
RWB. 8. y. Cladara; RUetschi in Herzog Enc. 4, 
p. 636 a. Kn eucker in Schenkel BL. 2, p. 313 ss. 
Iliehm HWB. p. 464. — X^ifo. x(bv FaSagiivwVf 
GadariSf e 1. yulg. et ChsS, Mc. 5, 1. Lc. 8, 26. 87 



et ap. Tdf Trg. Mt 8, 28; sed codd. his in locis 
yariant; y. infra in Fegaaijvol et Feffysarivol.* 

yaga, fiq, 17, yox persica Graecis et Latinis (Cic. 
off. 2, 22) recepta, aerarium regium, thesaurus, cU- 
mtiae (Curt 3, 13, 5: „pecuniam regiam, quam gor 
zam Persae yocant"); Act. 8, 27. (Poljb. Diod. 17, 
35. 64. Plut.^al. — LXX Esr. 5, 17. 7, 20.) 

rd^a, fjg, ^ (my, i. e. yalida, munita [cf. Valeniia], 
r(p 9 per y pronuntiato [cf. rt^, Fofio^^a], urbs 
quondam Philistaoorum celebns yersus fines ter- 
rae Israeliticae australes Baphiam inter et Asca- 
lonem in coUe sita, yiginti stadiis a mari et unde- 
cim milliariis geographicis ab Hierosolymis di- 
stans. Erat munita et muro in^entis opens cincta. 
Praesidium quum baberet persieum, Alexander M. 
post obsidionem duorum mensium eam expu^^ayit, 
neque tamen delovit. (Diod. 17, 48. Plut Alex. 25. 
Curt. 4, 6 s.) Posthac autem anno 96 ante Chr. Ale- 
xander Jannaeus, rex Judaeorum, captam post 
anni unius obsi<uonem diruit (Jos. antt. 1. c. 13, 
13, 3), dirutam anno 58 ante Cnr. instaurayit Ga- 
binius (Jos. 1. c. 14, 5, 3). Denique Augustus im- 
perator eandem donavit Herodi tf. (Jos. 1. c. 15, 
7, 3), quo mortuo Sjriae adjecta est (Jos. 1. c. 17, 
11, 4); hodie Ghuzzeh, oppidum non munitum, duo- 
rum milliariorum anglicorum spatium obtinens, a 
15—16000 incolis habitatum. Commemoratur in 
N. T. Act. 8, 26., ubi verba avtrj iatlv igrifiog per- 
tinent ad ^ oSoc. Jubetur enim Philippus yiam in- 
gredi, quae sit lip^^o^, solitaria: cf. Meyer ad 1. — 
Uberiorem urbis historiam praebet Stark Gaza u. 
d. philist&ische Xiiste. Jen. 1852; succinctam Win. 
EwB. s. y. Gaza; Arnold in Herzog Bealencl. IV, 
p. 671 ss. ^ 

yal^otpvXaxiOv, ov, to (ex yita, q. y., et fpvXaxtj, 
igitur i. q. ^ijaavifowvkaxiov; Iiesych.), thesauri, in- 
primis publici conditorium, Esth. 3. 9. Esr. 8, 18. 
45. 1 Mace. 3, 28; — ap. LXX die. pro mvV et 
nfeva de cellis in atriis templi exstructis, in auibus 
turn res templo sacratae et ad cultum aomini- 
strandum necessariae condebantur, tum sacrorum 
ministri habitabant, Neh. 13, 7. 10, 37 ss.; deaera- 
rio sacro, in quo non solum thesaurus, sed etiam 
publica litterarum monumenta (1 Mace. 14, 49; cf. 
Grimm ad 1.) asseryabantur ac yiduarum et or- 
phanorum opes deponebantur (2 Mace. 3, 14; cf. 
Grtmm ad 1.), 1 Mace. 14, 49. 2 Mace. 3, 6. 28. 40. 
4, 42. 5, 18. — Commemorantur a Josepho et ya- 
l^o^vXaxia (in plur.) in atrio mulierum templi he- 



Fcrioff. 



74 



yaQ. 



rodiani, b. jud. 5, 5, 2. 6, 5, 2; et to ya^o^. antt. 
19, 6, 1. — In N. T. Mc. 12, 41. 43. Lc. 21, 1. Jo. 8, 
20 (iv xdi ya^o^.f ad, apud gazoph.) td yal^. dici 
videtur ae receptacalo lUo a Babbinis commemo- 
rato, cui aptatae erant tredecim cistae, h^*ifSo, i. e. 
iubae appellatae ob formam tabis similem, in quas 
indebantur stipes in templi usnm et paupemm 
sostentationem vel sponte oblatae vel quotannis a 
.Tudaeis pendendac. Cf. Lightfoot hor. bebr. et 
talm. p. 536 s. LUche ad Jo. 8, 20. p. 291 s. (Strabo 

2, K 319.)* 

rd'ioQf ovj S, Gajus s. Caju8, nomen pr. viri chri- 
stiani 1) Derbensis, Act. 20, 4. — 2) Macedonis, 
Act. 19, 20. — 3) Corinthii, qui Pauh, qunm Co- 
rinthi versaretur, bospes erat, Bo. 16, 23. 1 Co. 1, 
15. — 4) ignoti cujusdam, cui inscripta est tertia 
Joannis epistola, 3 Jo. vs. I.'* 

yaXa^XaxzoQf to, lac; 1 Co. 9. 7; — translate die. 
de facUiore cbiistianae religionis institutione 1 Co. 

3, 2. Heb. 5, 12 s. (Quintil. 2, 4: ^doctoribus hoc 
osse curae velim, ut teneras adhuc mentes more 
nutricum molUus alant et satiari velut quodam 
jucundioris disciplinae hide patiantnr); de verbo 
del, quo animi nominum moao r^nitorum salu- 
briter nutriuntur ad capienda cbristianae vitae in- 
crementa, 1 Pet.^2, 2.* 

FaXaxriqy ov, o. Galata^ incola Galatiae (t. vocem 
sea.); Gal. 3, 1^(1 Mace. 8. 2. 2 Mace. 8, 20.)* 

ra)Mx(a,aq, y, Galatia^ Gallograecia, r^o Asiae 
minoris. confinis Paphlagoniae, Ponto, Cappado- 
ciae, Pnrygiae, Lycaoniae et Bithyniae. Komen 
traxit a gallicis gentibus, quae anno 278 ante Chr. 
in Asiam minorem trajecerunt ibique diu circum- 
vagatae tandem inter eos, quos ante diximus fines 
perpetuas sedes fixerunt et connubiis sese conuni- 
scuerunt cum Graecis. Inde ab a. 189 ante Chr. 
Bomanis subiecti suis tamen ipsorum principibus 
parebant, sea a. 24 ante Chr. eorum terra in pro- 
vinciae romanae formam redacta est (cf. Liy. 37, 8. 
38, 16. 18. Jos. ant. 16, 6. Strab. 12, p. 394. 567. 
Plor. 2, 11); Gal. 1, 2. 1 Co. 16, 1. 2 Tim. 4, 10. 
1 Pet. 1, 1. Cf. Qrimm Ueb. d. (keltische) Natio- 
nalit&t der kleinaslat. Galater, in Studd. u. Eritiken, 
1876, p. 199 88. Contra quern scripsit K. Wieaeler 
die deutsche Nationalit&t d. kleinas. Galater. Gtt- 
tersl. 1877.* 

raXarueog^ 17, ov, Galaticust ad Galatiam perti- 
nens; Act. 16, 6. 18. 23.* 

yaki^vij, tjq, 17 (adj. o, 17 yaktivoq, serenus. bllaris), 
serenitaSf tranqmluias marisj Mt. 8, 26. Mc. 4, 39. 
Le. 8, 24. (ap. Graecos inde ab Horn.)* 

FaXiXala, ag, ^ Galilaea (a ti^'^^m 2 Beg. 15, 29; 
W*n Jos. 20, 7. 21, 32; W« t^s'l Be^. 9, 11., i. e. 
orbis^ Kreis, quo nomine jam uite exilium tractus 

Suidam Palaestinae septentrionalis si^nificabatur; 
XX FaXtXala); nomen regionis Palaestinae se- 
Stentrionalis, septentrionem versus a Sjria, ocei- 
entem yersus a Sidone, Tyro. Ptolemaide earum- 
que agris et promontorio Carmelo, meridiem versus 
a Samaria, orientem versus a Jordane terminatae, 
divisae in GalUaeam sufferiorem (a finibus Tyrio- 
rum et Sidonlorum indpientis et usque ad Jorda- 
nis fontes procurrentis) et inferiorem (quae plana 
magis et depressa terras tribuum Isascnar et Sa- 
buion et partem Naphtali ad mare Galilaeum sitam 
complecteoatur), 1/ &vio xal ^ xdzw FaXiXaia (Jos. 
b. jud. 3, 3, 1., ubi fines ejus describuntur). Erat 
regie fertilissima, incolis abundans, oppida vicos- 
que habens 204 (Jos. vit. 45), inter incolas sues, 
potissimum in superiore parte, quum multos gen- 
tiles haberet (Jud. 1, 30—33. Strab. 16, p. 760), 
Mt. 4, 15 FaXiXala zwv i^vdiv (Jes. 8, 23. 9, 1), 



et 1 Maoc. 3, 15 FaXiXala aXXo<pvXwv vocatoj. 
Commemoratur saepe in evangeliis atque ter in 
aotis apost.; 9, 31. 10, 37. 13, 31. 

FaXiXaToQ^ a/a, aZov^ GcdUaeus, Galilaea orion- 
dus; Mt. 26, 69. Mc. 14, 70; Lc. 13, 1 8. 22, 59. 23, 

6. Jo. 4. 45. Act 1. 11. 2, 7. 5, 87.* 

FaXXla, ac, ^, G^allia; 2 Tim. 4, 10 Td/^ e ^ua 
lectione inteDigenda est Galatia in Asia minon s. 
FaXXla ^ ^g>a, App.^b. civ. 2, 49. 

FaXXiwv, <ovoq, o, GalUo ^ jaiOQOUBxd Achajae. 
frater natu major L. Annaei Senecae philosophi, 
antea suo ipsius nomine Marcus Annaeus Novatus, 
sed ex quo in familiam JuL Gallionis rhetoris per 
adoptionem transierat, Gdllion appeUatus; Act. 

18, 12. 14.^ 17.* 

Fa/jtaXitjX, o (Vir!>&A, retributio dei; Num. 1. 10. 
2, 20), Gamaliel (quern co^nomine igjn Judaei ab 
ejusdem nominis nepote distinguunt) ,^ doctor pha- 
nsaeus, fiiliuB B. Simeonis, nepos HiUelia, praece- 
ptor PauH apostoli. Plurimum in synediio magno 
valuisse et 18 annis ante Hierosoljmorum excidium 
obiisse dicitar. Perpetua floruit inter Jndaeos 
gloria; Act. 5, 34. 22, 2. Cf. Grdtz Geschichte 
der Juden, III, p. 289 ss. Sckenkel in BL. II, p. 
328 ss.* 

yafiio), <3, impf. iydfiow (Le. 17, 27); aor. 1. 
tytffAa (quae est elegantiorum Graeoorum forma: 
Lc. 14, 20. 1 Co. 7, 28) et (quae inferioris aevi forma 
est) iydfiT/aa (Mt. 5, 32. Mc. 6, 17. 16, 11. 1 Co. 7,9. 
33); ^tysydfjLtjxa, aor. 1. pass, iyafi^riv (cf. Win. 
p. 80. BUm. Gr. max. II, 134. AL BUm, ntL. Gr. p. 
48. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 742); 1) ut ap. Graecos inde 
ab Hom. die. de viris, in matrimonium duco^ uxo- 
rem dxico; a) add. ywalxa vel alio accns., Mt. 5.32. 

19, 9. Mc. 6, 17. 10, 11. Lc. 14, 20. 16, 18.— d) sine 
casu, absolute, ma/trimonium ineo, Mt. 19, 10. 22, 
25. 30. 24, 38. Mc. 12, 25. Lc. 17, 27. 20, 34 8. 1 Co. 

7, 28. 33. (Ael. v. h. 4, 1 ; ol yeyafitixoxBQ Xen. C^. 
1, 2, 4; opp. &yttfjLOi Xen. syinp. 9, 7.) — passiv. 
et med. yafiiofiai rivij de feminis, in matrwnoniuin 
me do, nubo alictii; aor. 1. pass. Mc' 10, 12 (abi 
Lchm. Tdf. Trg. yafii^ay &XXov pro vnlg. yafiifd-y 
8XX(p)'t 1 Co. 7, 39. — Contra Graecorum usnm acti- 
vum ya/ielv die. 2) de feminis, in mairimonium 
me do; et quidem a) cum accus. Mc. 10, \2Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg.; b) absol. 1 Co. 7, 28. 34 (rj yapLtfiaoa, 
opp. ^ Sryaiio^\ 1 Tim. 5, 11. 14. — 3) absolute de 
utriusque sexus nominibus 1 Tim. 4, 3. 1 Co. 7, 9 s. 
36 {yafishwaav, sc. virgo et qui eam uxorem quae- 
rit). — In vet. testam. yaiieXv offenditor solum 
2 Mace. 14, 25.* 

yafjil^w (ydfiog), nuptum dOt filiam, ap. Grsb, 
Lchm. Tdf. Trg. 1 Co. 7, 38; pass. ap. Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg. Mt. 22, 30. Mc. 12, 25. Lc. 17, 27. 20,85. (Com- 
memorat vocem Apoll. de synt. p. 277.)* 

yafiiaxw^ i. q yafAlt^oi, q. v.; passiv. Mc. 12, 25 
(t. vulg.); Lc. 20, 34 Lchm. Tdf Trg. (Arist. pol. 
7, 14, 4 aL)* 

ydfAoq, ov, Of ut ap. Graecos inde ab Hom. 
1) nuptiae s. festum nwpUale; Jo. 2, 1 s. Ap. 19, 7 
(nuptiarum imagine h. 1. adumbratur intima et in 
aeternum duratura Christi e coelo reducis con- 
junctio cum coetu fidelium); to delnvov tov yd- 
fiovy ibid. vs. 9 (imago futurorum messiani renii 
beneficiorum); inpr. convivkaii nuptiale, eptuae 
nuptiales, Mt. 22. 8. 10 — 12; plur., quo respid vi- 
dentur singuli actus convivii, Mt. 22,2s8. 9. 25, 10. 
Lc. 12, 36. 14, 8 (cf. Win. p. 166. BUm, ntl. Gr. p. 
21). 2) confugivm^ Tnatrimoniumf Heb. 13, 4«* 

ydp, coinunctio, quae pro compositione ex yi 
et 8ga («* Sg) propria est particula afftrmanJAs et 
concludentia, denotans sane igitur; sane pro rebus 



roQ. 



75 



yag. 



eomparaiiSf ,^ primnm afBrmatar res pro pate- 
state particnlae yi, deinde refertur eadem ad ante- 
cedentia per Tim particulae aga** (Klotz ad Dey. 
IT, 1, p. 2S2 coll. Kdhner II, p. 724). Qunm autem 
eo, quod nova qnaedam res afnrmatur^ non raro rei 
cigQsdam ante inemoratae ratio et indoles expo- 
natar et Aniatnr: fit inde, at particulae usn ant 
ratio et causa antenedientis cnuntiati addatur, 
unde nascitur causatU s. argumentaiiva vis parti- 
culae, wtnh etdnit nostr. denn; aut ut aliquid antea 
dictnm explicetur, unde yag expUcativam vim ac- 
cipit: noMy enim, videlicet, Rostit, ndmlieh. Ita par- 
ticula vim habet aut conehteionist aut comproba- 
tionis et demonetrationist aut explicationis ettdeokt- 
raiionie; cf. Eatt in PassaviiLei, T. I, p. 635 ss. 
KOhner 11, p. 724 ss. 852 ss. Nihil in N. T. offen- 
ditnr, qvLod a particulae apud Graecos usu recedat. 
I) Prima et nativa eanehuianis yis cemitur in 
interrogationibus (ap. Qraecos etiam in exclama- 
tionibus) et responsis cum a£fectu prolatis, ubi, 
prout orationis contextus fert, germanice reddi po- 
test f<ij^eij doch^ wohlf eanach, gar, derm; — iv 
yap Tovtif . • . , nescire tos profitemini, unde hie 
sit; sane igitur mirum est in nac causa, nun uoakr^ 
lick, Jo. 9, S9; oi ydp^ aXXa . . . . , minime vero 
{mcht dock) bac rerum conditione, Act. 16. 37; 
profeeto, si ita res se habet, 1 Co. 8, 11 Lchm. 
Tdf, Trg. Adjungitnr interrogationis particuHs et 
prouominibus; fi^ yap, Jo. 7, 41 ^num igitur puta- 
tis e Galilaea venire MessiamV e» k6m7ntdenn,..f 
kcmmt derm gar ...?); iiii yap - - ovx, 1 Go. 11, 12 
(^uum tarn avidi sitis cibi potusque, nonne habe- 
tis . . . ?)) zlq yap, xl yap, lit. 27, 23 {tly&p xaxbv 
inolncevt postulatis, ut afficiatur crucis supplicio, 
cui obnoxii sunt malefici, quid igitur .../); 9, 5 
(mala cogitatis; igitur utrum putatis facilius 
esse ...?); 16, 26. 28, 17. 19. Lc. 9, 25. Act. 19, 35; 
r/ ydg; «* tl yap iatif quid igitur f h. e. quid rebus 
ita comparatis statueudum est? Phil. 1, 18; tcwq 
yap Act 8, 31. Gf. Klatz L c. p. 245 ss. EUhner II, 

{>. 726. Win, p. 416. Hue pertinet etiam vexatus 
ocus Lc. 18, 14: ij yhp ixsXvoq; {Lchm, Trg, nap 
ixBlvov) an putatis rebus ita comparatis ilium de- 
gcendisse deoprobatum? oder gar jenerf cf. Win, 
p. 226 s. 

U) caueam affert vel rationem reddk anteceden- 
tis sententiae velnotionis; 1) univ. Mt. 2, 5. 6, 24. 
Mc. 1, 22. 9, 6. Le. 1, 15. 18. 21, 4. Jo. 2, 25. Act. 2, 
25. Eo. 1, 9. 11. 1 Go. 11, 5. Heb. 2, 8.^ 1 Jo. 2, 19. 
Ap. 1, 3 et saepissime. — Jo. 4, 44 yip infert cau- 
sam, cur nunc demum Jesus in Qalilaeam se con- 
tulerit; auctoritatem enim, quae propbetae in sua 
ipsius patria (Galilaea) denegaretur, antea apud 
exteros quaerendam et perandam ei fuisse, cf. vs. 
45. Meyer ad 1. Strauss Leb. Jesu I, p. 725 ed. 3. 
Neander Leb. Jesu p. 885 s. ed. 1. jEkoald Jahr- 
bfleher d. bibl. Wissenschaft, X, p. 108 ss. — 
2) Saepe haec est ratio sententiarum nectenda- 
rum, ut aut dictum aliquod comprobetur per no- 
tionem aliquam universam (das Besondore durch 
ein AUgemeines), ut Mt. 7, 8. 13, 12. 22, 14. Mc. 4, 
22. 25. Jo. 8, 20. 1 Go. 12, 12. Heb. 5, 13 al; aut ut 
id, quod universe dictum est, quam recte dictum 
sit, exemplo aliquo demonstretur (das Allgemeine 
durch das Besondere), Mo. 7, 10. Lc. 12, 52. 58. 
Bo. 7, 2. 1 Go. 1, 26. 12, 8. — 3) Sententiis, quibus 
aliquid jubetur aut prohibetur, adnectit yap can- 
sam, cur res aut facienda aut fugienda sit; Mt. 1, 
20 s. 2, 20. 3, 9. 7, 2. Ro. 13, 11. Col. 3, 3. 1 Th. 4, 
3. Heb. 2, 2 et saepissime. — Phil 2, 13 yap ita 
nectit cum vs. 12: intentissimo studio pemte sa- 
lutem vestram, quia nisi tali studio non obtempe- 



ratis salutari dei in animis vestris efficaciae, cui 
debetis et bonam voluntatem ct exsequendae hujus 
voluntatis efficacitatem. — 4) Qaaestionibud ad- 
nectit cansam, cur guaeratur; Mt. 2, 2 (jure hoc 
quaerimus , quia vidimus stellam, quae natum eum 
esse indieat); 22, 28. Ro. 14, 10. 1 Go. 14. 9. Gal. 

1, 10. — 5) Non raro enuntiatio, quae causam 
continet, interrogatio est; r/(, xl yap, Lc. 22, 27. 
Bo. 4; 3, 11, 34. 1 Go. 2, 16. 7, 16. Heb. 1. 5. 12, 7; 
xl yap pro xl yap iaxi^ Bo. 2, 3 (cf. FVitzsnhe ad 
1.); 7va xlyap 1 Co. 10, 29; nola yap Jac. 4, 14. — 
6) Nonnumquam in responsis ita usurpatur ad 
comprobandum antegressae auaestionis ai-gumeu- 
tum, ut reddi possit pro/ecto (.;a); 1 Co. 9, 10. 1 Th. 

2, 20; cf. KUhner II, p. 724. — 7) Interdum non 
singularis sententiae, sed totius disputationis sum- 
ma coiiflrmatur; Bo. 2, 25 (flagitioso Judaeo nihil 
prodost, nam . . . ). At vero etiam unam tantum 
notionem ita firmat, ut asseverationis vim involvat 
et reddi possit pro/ecto {ja); Bo. 15, 17 (eiSoxti- 
ttav yap)\ 6ic etiam xal yap Phil. 2, 27. -- 8) Vulgo 
docetur, sententiam, cujus causam yap inferat vel 
rationem reddat, saepe non verbis expressam ideo- 
que e contexto sermone cognoscendam et cogitando 
sapplendam esse. Sed commenticiam esse banc el- 
lipsm eximie probat Klotz ad Devar. II, p. 236 s. 
coU. Win, p. 416. Ubic^ue enim usu particulae 
ad (|uaedem expresse dicta respicitur. Sufftcit 
paucissima exempla apponere; multorum aliorum 
qualis sit indoles et natura, in reliquis hujus ex- 
positiouis partibus indicatuj. Mt. 5, 12 ante yap 
snpplent: „neque vobis solis hoc accidit'^; sed causa 
additar, cur iia, qui persecutiones sustineant, ma- 
^um in coelis praemium reservetur, quae causa 
m eo ponitur, quod etiam propbetae persccutiones 
sustinuerint, quorum magnum praemium esse nemo 
dubitet. — Ko. 8, 18 suppleverunt: „nolite vos 
subtrahere x^ ovfindaxsiv rep Xpiaxtj}'* , at qualis 
sit h. 1. particulae usus, v. mfra in p. in a. — 
De loco Mc. 7, 29., quo ante xal yap supplent: 
„at succurre mihi", aut ,,neque tamen canes fame 
perire sinimas", sed v. infra in n. 10. b. — Act. 9, 
11 ante yap a multis suppletur: ,,audiet te*'; sed 
potius antecedentis ^ussi ratio redditur. — 9) Ubi 
m enuntiatis se excipientibus yap bis vel ter vel 
adeo quater et quinquies repetitur: aut a) una 
eademque sententia tot argumentis, quorum sua 
cui^ue vis est, firmatur, quot sunt particulae re- 
petitiones; Mt. 6, 32. Bo. 16, 18; aut b) quovis po- 
steriore enuntiato ratio proximo antecedentis con- 
tinetur, ita ut enuntiata sibi subjiciantur; Mc. 6, 
52. 16, 25—27. Jo. 3, 19 s. 5, 21 s. Act. 2, 15. Bo. 4, 
13—15. 8, 2 8. 5 s. 1 Go. 3, 3 s. 9, 15—17 (ubi quin- 
quies repetitur ap. Crrsb, Lchm. Tdf. Trg.)] 16, 7. 
Jac. 2. 10 al.; aut c) diverso seusu repetitur; Mc. 9, 
39—41. Bo. 5,6 s. (de quo 1. cf. Win. p. 422); 10, 
2—5 (ibi quater); Jac. 4, 14. — 10) xal yap (de 
quo ci. Kuhner ll, p 854 s. Win. p. 417) est a) ete- 
nim, namque; Mc. 14, 70. Lc. 22, 37. 1 Go. 5, 7. 11, 9. 
12, 13. - b) nam etiam; Mt. 8. 9. Mc. 10, 45. Lc. 6, 
32. Jo. 4, 45. 1 Co. 12, 14 al. - Mc. 7, 28 verbis 
xal yhp xvvapia , . . loqnens mulier afferendo 
exemplo firmat ea, quae dixerat Christus, sed 
exemplum ejusmodi est, quo etiam precibus suis 
satisiaciendam esse probetur. — r^ ydp, nostr. 
denn ja, Bo. 7, 7; cf. Fritzsche ad 1. llvin. p. 417. 
— iSov yapf V. in ISov. 

m) Antecedent sententiae vel notioni expli- 
candae^ declaraiidae, Ulustrandae inservit; nam, 
enim "— videlicet (ndmlich); a) ita, ut rei mode 
annuntiatae expositionem exordiatur: Mt. 1, 18. 19, 
12. Lc. 11, 30. 18, 32. - Bo. 8, 18 yap infert enun- 



yaavvQ, 



76 



ywea. 



tiatum, quo explicator, quails sit ratio et natura 
xov avvdo^aad^ai modo memoratL — b) ita, ut 
explicatio sermoni interseratux yoI etiam appendi- 
cis loco addatnr; Mt. 4, 18. Mc. 1, 16. 2, 15. 5, 42. 
Ro. 7, 1. 1 Co. 16, 5. — Mc. 16, 4 notitia ^v yag fii- 
yaQ a^ddga additur ad illostraada omnia , quae vs. 
3 8. de lapide narrata piaecedant. 

lY) Locum quod attmet, yag nuiiiqnam ab initio 
enuhtiati locatur, sed secundum aut tertium aut 
adeo quartum (o rot) ^eo€ yhg vloq 2 Co. 1, 19 e 
vera lectione) locum occupat. Neque tamen, „nost 
quotwn, sed post quale verbum ponatur, yidenaum 
est"; Hermann ad Soph, Phi|. 1437. 

yaaxiflQ, pdc (poet, ^qo^), ij, ap. Graec. inde ab 
Horn.; ap. LXX «« i^s, 1) venter; per meton. totius 



&' 



ro parte 2) uterus; i'v yacfrgl tx^^^t gravidam esse, 
[t. 1, 18. 23. 24, 19. Mc. 13, 17. Lc. 21, 23. 1 Th. 5, 
3. Ap. 12, 3. (ap. LXX — m^ Gen. 16, 4 s. 38, 25. 
Jer. 7, 14 al. Hdt. 3, 32. yit.^Hom. 2. Artemid. 2, 
18. 3, 32; Pausan. Hdian. al.); avlXafiSdvea&ai iv 
yaoxQlj concipere, gravidam fieri, Lc. 1, 31. — 
3) ventrictdtu, stomachus; synecdochice heluo, 
lurco, homo, qui quasi totus ventriculus est, Hes. 
theog. 26 (sic etiam yaaxglg, Aristopb. ay. 1604. 
Ael. y. h. 1, 28; et lat. venter ap. LucU. sat. 2, 24 
ed. GerL: „yiyite yentres"); yaax^QB^ a^aij Tit. 
1, 12; y. in dgyo^t b.* 

yif particula enclitica, nulH apud Latinos et 
Crermanos voci omni ex parte respondens, a bibU- 
cis scriptoribus multo rarius usurpata quam a 
Graecis, qui quo modo.ca utantnr, inter alios do- 
cent Hermann ad Yig.' p. 822 ss. Klotz ad Deyar. 
U, p. 272 ss. Rost in l^assovii Lex. I, p. 538 ss. In- 
dicatur ea, notionem yocis, ad quam pertinet, ante 
alia eminere Ideoque a reliquis enunnationis par- 
tibus distinguendam et majore soni contentione 
efferendam esse. Quae distmctio „duobus modis 
fieri potest, aut ut- minimum^ autut m<iximum com- 
memoretur; quo fit, ut yi yideri p6ssit contrarias 
habere signincationes, cujusmodi sunt quidem et 
vel s. etzam^* {Hermann 1. c. p. 822). — 1) ubi mini- 
mum indicatur, quidem^ cerU, saUem; Sia ye xi^y 
dyalSeiaVj Lc. 11, 8 (ubi, quum enuntiationis yis 
sit in substantiyo, non in^praepositione, miece 
dicendum erat Sta xt^v ye dvalS., cf. Klotz T. c. p. 
327. Rost 1. c. p. 542); Sid ye xb nagix^ivfioi xo- 
novg, saltem propterea, quod facessit mihi mole- 
stias, Lc. 18, 5 (melius graece Sia x6 ye • . .). — 
2) ubi maximum indicatur, vel, etiam (ja); dq ye, 
qui quidem is est, qui . . . , der ja^ der es ja ist^ 
welcher. . . Bo. 8, 32; cf. Klotz 1. c. p. 305. Matthiae 
Lex. euripid. I, p. 613 s. -^ 3) conj. c. particulis 
vim earum intendit; a) dXXi ye s. dXXaye (cf. Win. 
§. 5, 2), Lc. 24, 21. 1 Co. 9, 2; y. in aXkd, p. 18. - 
o) agaye s. aga ye, v. in iga n. 4. p. 48; — iga ye, 
y. in aga p. 48. — c) etye, sq. inoicat., si quidem^ 
quandogtUdem, die. „de re, quae Jure sumta cre- 
ditur" (Herm. ad Vig. p. 831 ; cf. Fritzsche Praeli- 
minarion p. 67 ss. Anger Lftodicenerbrief p. 46), 
wenn denn; unter der sicheren Voraussetzung, doss 
(y. in efneg\ £ph. 3, 2. 4, 21. Col. 1, 23; add. xal 
wenn denn auch; elye xal ivSvadfievoi, oh yvfivol 
e{)gf&., si quidem etiam (novo corpore) indutinec 
nudi apparebimus, 2 Co. 5, 3 (cf. Meyer ad 1.); 
ffye xal eixrj sc. xoaavxa ind^exe^ si quidem, ut 
credo, sine fructu tanta beneficia yobis obtigerunt 




p. 95. Klotz ad Dey. II, p. 527) fortius quam el 6h 
f^Vi tt) P<>st affirmantes enuntiationes , sed nisi 
forte, sin minus; Mt. 6, 1. Lc. 10, 6. 13, 9. p) post 



n^gatiyas sententias, ceteroquin (widrigenfaUa); 
Mt. 9, 17. Lc. 5, 36 s. 14, 32. 2t!o.ll, 16. — e) xafye 
(cf. Klotz ad Dey. n, p. 319), a) et saltern, Lc. 19, 
42. p) et sane, quin etiom (ja sogar), Act 2, 18 et 
ap. Lchm. Td/,Trg. 17, 37. — f) xalroiye^ quam- 
quam quidem (und dock): Jo. 4, 2. Act 14, 17. 17, 
27 ibi e 1. yulg. et Orsb). — g) uevovvye, y. suo 
loco in M. — h) fiiinye, y. in fi^ti.* 

FeSediv, o, indecl.; ai>. Joseph, antt. 5^ 6, 4. 7>- 
<Tf (by, ibvoQ (partji, exscindens, a yna), Chdeon^ dux 
Israelitarum, qui Israelitas e potestate Midianita- 
rum liberayit (Judd. 6—8): Heb. 11. 82.* 

yiewa, 17c, ^ (ex bin *«« Neh. 11, 30; plenios ""i, 
.h\rt 19 K'^i, Jos. 15, 8. 18, 6. 2 Chr. 28, 3. Jer. 7, 32; 
Din <i^ '^i 2 Beg. 23, 10 Chethibh; chald. &}m, vcd- 
lisfilii lamentationis, fiUorum lamentatioms, vallis 
lamenUUionis , yocabulo blti pro Dhp, lamentatio, 
dicto [y. HUleri Onomastic. colL Hitzig ad Jer. 7, 
31*^ e yulgari opinions tUrt est nomen proprium 
yin]), nomen yallis ab austro et oriente Hieroso- 
lymorum sitae, quae a lamentatione pueruloram 
brachiis ignitis Molochi i. e. idoli, imaginem tauri 
referentis, traditorum sic appellata est. Huno lo- 
cum, postquam horrenda sacra a Josia rege abro- 
gftta erant (2 Beg. 23, 10), ita abominati sunt Israe- 
tae, ut in eum non solum omnes sordes ejicerent, 
sed etiam cadavera animalium et ultimo suppHcio 
affectos insepultos eo projicerent. Et cum ad car 
dayera consumenda, ne ex putredine inficeretur 
a€r, semper ignibus opus esset, factum est, ut ille 
locus diceretur ^ievva xov nvgoQ et deinde hoc 
nomen ad ilium m infernis locum transferretur, in 
quo impii homines post fata poenas perpessuri 
assent; Mt. 5, 22. 29 s. 10, 28. Lc. 12, 5. Mc. 9, 43. 
45. Jac. 3, 6; yiewa xov nvgSq^ Mt.5,22. 18,9. Mc 
9, 47; xqlaiq r^ yeivvf^q, Mt 23, 15 ; vXbq rjc yeiv- 
vvQ, iniernalibus poenis dignus, 23, 33. Ceterum 
CI. Dillmann ad Henoch, p. 131 s.* 

Fe^onfjiavrj vel FeBarifiavei (Tdf.) vel Fe^arff^t- 
veZ (Lchm. Trg.) (a ri, torcular, et K3&^, oleum). 
Qethsemane, nomen agri(ya)p/ov)ad radicem mentis 
oliveti ultra torrentem Kidron siti, hodie Dsckee- 
manije, Mt. 26, 36. Mc. 14, 32.* 

yeixwvy ovoQ, 0, 17, inde abHom., vieinus; Lc. 14, 
12. 15. 6. 9. Jo. 9. 8.* 

yeXdoi, w, f. data (pro quo apud Graecos frequen- 
tius est daofiai), rideo; Lc. 6, 21 (opp. xXalw); 
vs. 25.* 

yiXwQ, wxoq, o, risf/s; Jac. 4, 9.* 

yepUl^w, aor. 1. iyifiioa, aor. 1. pass, iyefila^ijv 
(yifjiQfi q. y-)t repleo; a) absoL, pass. Mc. 4, 37. Lc. 

14, 23. — b) xl xivoq, iropleo aliquid aliqua re, Mc. 

15, 36. Jo. 2, 7. 6, 13. Ap. 15, 8 (Aesch. Aff. 443 et 
ap. al.): tl dno xivog, aliauo ad implenoum alte- 
ram adhibito, Lc. 15, 16; iaom denotatrl tx xtvoQ., 
Ap. 8, 5. ()'a «Vtt. Ex. 16, 32. Jes. 51, 34 al.)* 

yi/jiat, verb, defect, solum in praes. et impf. usi- 
tatum, plenus, re/ertus sum; a) xivoq (ut plerum- 
que ap. Graecos) Mt. 23, 25 (Lchm,); vs. 27. Lc. 
11, 39. Ro. 3, 14 (e Ps 10, 7); Ap. 4, 6. 8. 5, 8. 15. 
7. 17, 3 s. 21. 9. — b) Mx xivoq, Mt. 23, 25 (yifiov- 
a IV is hgnayijQ, id, quo implentur, petitum est e 
rebus raptis^ v. in ye/iil^w), — c) ex hebraismp 
(v. in nXiigow) c. accus. materiae, yifjiov xh dvo- 
/lata fiXaa^tifilaq Ap. 17, 3.* 

yevedf aq, jj (yivw = ylvofiai)^ ap. LXX per- 
saepe — *iin ; ap. Graecos inde ab Hom^ — 1) pro- 
creatio, natales, nativitas; Hdt. 3, 30. Xen. Cjr. 1. 
2, 8 al. — 2) passive: id ^od procreatum eHj ho- 
mities ^jusdem stirpis, famdia; a)pr.^am ap. Horn.; 
=-W7WDft Gen. 31, 3 al.; adot^eiv ^'Paxafitjv x. t^v ye- 
veav^dvx^q, Jos. antt. 5, 1, 5; — singult posteri sibi 



yeveaXoyita. 



77 



rewrjaaQh, 



9uecedenU8%. membra^sUmmatia, Ht. l,n* {iBSofiTj 
ycveee ovzig i<rtty and roD XQchov, Philo Tit. 
Has. I, §. 2.) — b) translate: genus hominimn ing^ 
UU8, siudiiSf moribus nbi nmulimorum, et quidem 
malo aemsa pervenum genua; Mt. 17, 17. Mc. 9, 19. 
Lc. 9, 41. lo, 8. — 3) omnis covia hanunum eodem 
tempore viveniium; Mt. 24, 34. Mc. 13, 30. Lc. 1, 48 
{n&aai al ytvfal); 21^ 32. Phil. 2, 15; die potissi- 
mum de gente israelitica anum idemque aetatis 
tempos degente, Mt. 11, 15. 12, 89. 41 s. 45. 16, 4. 
23, 36. Me. 8, 12. 88. Lc. 11, 29 s. 32. 50 8. 17, 25. 
Act. 18, 36. Heb. 8, 10; av^gmnot r^ j^fvfeic rov* 
tfiq Lc. 7, 81 ; ivSQtq t^« ycv. 11, 31 ; %^¥ Sh yevi^ 
iip ttbtov xlg SifjY^aexai, qois potent describere 

fentis hac aetate viyentis nequituun, Act 8, 33 (e 
es. 53, 7 LXX). — 4) hominum aeUu (etn Menechen- 
alter) ^ tempos circiter XXX— XXXTTT annorom 
spatio circomscriptom (Hdt. 2. 142 ^ a^. al.; He- 
raclit. ap. Plot. def. orac. c. 11), s. o xq^^oq. iv ^ 
ytwwvra napixBi tbv i( abtov yfyswiffiivov 6 
yevn^aag (Plot. L c); in N. T. pleromqoe in plo- 
lali, Eph. 3, 5; nuifqfxijfiivaig yeveaU^ praeteritis 
aetatibas. Act. 14, 16; dvio t<Sv yevewv, ex qoo 
foeront aetates, GoL 1, 26; ix yerewv d^;^a/a>y, ab 
antiqois inde aetatibas. Act 15, 21 ; elq yeveiiQ ye- 
pewv, per omnes aetates, in peipetoom (qoa loco- 
tione breTioribos aetatibos longioies aetates effici 
ponitor; y. in al&v p. 12), Lc. 1, 50 e 1. voU^. jhrrV 
D'^'nin Je8.5J,8); «fe yeveag x. yevidq, ihid. T^.Trg.\ 
«> *nSiv^^ Ps. 89. 2 s. Jes. 34, 17; freqoentissime 
ap. LaX. (de secoli spatio ytvsd die. Gen. 15, 16; 
CI. Knobel ad h. L et qoae Keim m, p. 206 obor 



rios de hoc argomento docet).* 

yevtttXoY^^t^^genealogum ago (ax^vcaetil^j^a^), 
fanUUarufn genua et oriqinea recenaeo yel inveitigo 
(saepe ap. Hdt.; Xen. Plat. Theophr. Loeian. Ael. 
aL); pass, originem duco, genua meum deducilur, 
& tivoQf Heb. 7, 6.* 

yeviaXoyia, ac, ^, genealogia, generia s. atemmor 
turn reeenaio (Phil Crat. p. 396 e. Pol. 9, 2, 1. Dioo. 
HaL antt. 1, 11. — LXX 1 Ghr. 7, 5. 7. 9, 22); in 
plur. die. de aeonum, qoales Gnostid statoebant. 
ordinibos, 1 Tim. 1, 4. Tit. 3, 9; ct de Wette ad 
Tit 1, 14.» 

J^epicia^ <»v, vd (ab adj. yBviaioc AyivfatQ)^ nor 
iUa, featum diei natalia, Mt. 6, 21. Mt 14,6. (Al- 
ciphr. epist 3, 18 et 35. Die Cass. 47, 18 aL j} yf- 
vicioq ^(liQa Jos. antt. 14, 4, 7. Antiqoiores (jfrae- 
ci dizeront ysv^aia de iTeriis denicalibos^ Todtenr 
/eier; y. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 104. C!f. Keim H, p. 
516.» 

yiveoi^, iwq^ ^ (FBNSi), ap. Graecos primom 
Hom. D. 14, 201. — 1) ortua, origo; pl^Xoq yevi- 
0ffi>C tivo^j liber originom alicojos, l e. liber, 
in qoo stirpes s. majores ejos receoseotor, «> ^fp 
rmVin Gen. 5, 1 al. — 2) die. de natitntatef natalibua^ 
Mt.' 1, 18 et Lc. 1, 14 ^ro I. yolg. yiwtfaig (fifiiQai 
r$( yeviaedi^ fiov <* a^* oi iyfw^Bnv Jodith. 12, 
18 colL ys. 20); ngd^wnov r$$ yeviaswgt forma 
natiya, Jac. 1, 23 as. — 3) die. de eo, qood seqoitor 
oiiginem, i. e. de exaiatenda^ de vtto, o XQOx^i f^fiQ 
y€viin»i, rota yitae, Jac. 3, 6 (cf. Grimm 'Eijgt. 
Hdb. ad Sap. 7, 4) ; sed alii ezplicant rota origi- 
nia hominum, qoae simolatque nati sont, cursom 
aospicator, h. e. yitae decorsos.* 

yevet^, $C, i^ {FENSi), qoasi die Gewordenheit^ 
ortua; hinc persaepe ix yivetij^^ a natalibos inde 
(Horn. n. 24, 585. Arist eth. 6, 13 al. Pol. 3, 20, 4. 
Died. 5, 32 et ap. al. -> LXX Ley. 25, 47), Jo. 
9.1.» 

yivrifia^ oro^, t6 (a yiyivtifuxi, pf. yerbi ylvofuxi), 



e forma Mt 26, 29. Me. 14, 25. Lc. 12, 18. 22, 18. 
2 Oo. 9, 10 optimis codd. stabilita ideoqoe a Td/. 
et Trg. recepta, a Grab, tantom Lc. 12, 18. 2 Co. 
9, 10 ezpressa, sed a noUo grammatico allata ideo- 
qoe a Fritzachio ad Mc. p. 619 s. librariorom in- 
coriae tribota, pro yol^. yivvri/ia^ q. y. — Lchm. 
Mo. 14, 25 seryayit yu^. lectionem.* 

yevvdw, cb, f. jjao, aor. 1. iyivvTjoa, pf. yey^v- 
vffxa, pf. pass, yeyivv^fiai, aor. 1. pass, fyevvi^d^v 
(a yivva, poet. <« yivog)^ ap. Graecos inde a Pind., 
ap. LXX t» nV, gigno^ die. de yiris liberos pro- 
creantibos, Mt7l, 1—16. Act, 7, 8. 29; sq. ix c. gen. 
matris, Mt 1, 3. 5. 6; rarios de moUeribos infantes 

Jarientibos, Lc. 1, 13. 57. 28, 29. 16, 21; el^ Soth 
tlavt edere partom, aoi seryiat, Gal. 4, 24. (Loc. 
sacrif. 6. Plot. edoc. lib. 5. et ap. al. LXX Jes. 46, 
9. 4 Mace. 10, 2 al.) — Pass, gtgnor; td iv a^§ 
yewii&iv, in otero ejos genitom, Mt. 1, 20; naacor, 
Mt 2, 1. 4. 19, 12. 26, 24. Mc. 14, 21. Lc. 1, 85. Jo. 
8, 4. £o. 9, 11. Heb. 11, 28; add. elq tdv xocfiov Jo. 
16, 21 ; sq. iv c. dat. loci Act. 22, 8; mio tivoq, ab 
aliqoo patre ortum habeo, Heb. 11, 12; Sx tivoc, 
nasci matre, Mt. 1, 16; ix noQvela^ Jo. 8, 41; iS al- 
fidtopv, ix ^BliuaxoQ dvdgoq, Jo. 1, 13; ^4f t^c oaQ- 
xoc, Jo. 8,6; ^v aiiagxlaiq SAoc, Jo. 9, 34 (y. in ^a(H 
r/a, p. 20); stq xi, ad aliqoid nascor, Jo. 18, 87. 
2 Pet 2, 12; com adjectiyOt xvg>Xdq yeyivvfifiai^ 
Jo. 9, 2. 19 s. 32;^8upplendo *Piofialoi, Act 22, 28; 
xy SiaXixxiptiv y iyewij^fiev^ Act. 2, 8; yivvti^elq 
xaxd adfxa, genitos yel natos secondom (per) na- 
toralem fibidinem et yim; xaxd nvevfia^ secondom 
(per) yim promissionis diyinae, GaL 4, 29 coU. ys. 
23. — 2y translate, a) only, efficio, oriri faciOy ex- 
cito ; fMxai, 2 Tim. 2, 23. (fiXdfiiiv, XvnT^v al. ap. 
Graecos.) — b) jodaico senso die. de iis, qoi ad 
soam disciplinam aliqoem perdocont; i>f4&q iyiv* 
vfioa^ yitae yestrae Christo dicatae aoctor som, 
1 Co. 4, 15. Philem. ys. 10. (Sanhedr. foL 19, 2: 
„Si qois filiom prozimi soi l^m docet hoc idem 
potat scriptora, ac si eom genoisset.") — c) e Ps. 
2, 7 die. de dec Christom faciente filiom soom; 
a) Messiam {vlbv xov ^sov) solenniter declare, yi- 
delicet per resorrectionem. Act. 18, 83. 8) aoctor 
som diymae natorae, qoa C^lhristos gaodet, Heb. 
1, 5. 5, 5. — d) singolari senso in Joannis eyang. 
et prima epistola die. de deo natoram et indolem 
filiorom soorom s. yitam spiritoalem hominibos 
triboente, h. e. sancto soa yi eorom animos ad 
fidem in Christo ponendam ac noyam sibiqoe di- 
catam yitam agendam moyente et perdocente; ab- 
sol. 1 Jo. 5, 1 ; pleromqoe passiye ix ^iov yel ix 
xov ^eoH iyipvii^oav^ yeyivvfjftai^ yeyswrjfiivoq 
aL, Jo. 1, 13. 1 Jo. 2, 29. 3, 9. 4, 7. 5, 1. 4. 18; etiam 
ix xov nye^fiaxoq yevvao^ai, Jo. 3, 6. 8; i^ ^6ttxoq 
xttl nvevfAoxoQ (qoia ilia ethica generatio in sosci- 
piendo baptismo emcitor), 3, 5: &v<o&iv yevvdo&aif 
3, 3. 7 (y. m Svwd^sv, p.Zb)'^xixvov ^iov ylvea^at, 

1, 12.* 

yiwrjfxa, xoq, xo (ytwdw, yeyivvtiiiai), quod ge^ 
nikmit natum, procreatum eat; a) ot ap. annqoiores 
Graecos inde a Sophocle hominom yel animaliom 



avbolea^ progenies; irtdvwVf Mt 3, 7. 12, 84. 23, 83. 
Lc. 3, 7. (ywaixwv Sir. 10, 18.) — h) inde a Polyb. 
terrae et agrorum proventua (ap. LXX persaepe 
yevv^fiaxa xijg y^q), Lc. 12, 18 (obi Trg. xbv aXxov); 
x^q dfiniXoVy Mt 26, 29. Mc. 14, 25. Lc. 22, 18; cf. 
Jbob. ad Phryn. p. 286. — metaph., fructua^ orae' 
fuMcm, commodum; xtiq Sixaiocvvtiq, 2 Co. 9, 10. 
(Hos. 10. 18; T^c aoiplaq Sir. 1, 17. 6, 18). Ceteroro 
y. in yivfifia.* 

FevvfiaaQix, Fewiioa^i^, (targom. ^i> s« ^n, 
yMWfioag 1 Maoc. 11, 67. Jos. d. jod. 3, 10,' 7. Gene' 



sarOf Plin. 5, 15), Genesaret, regio ad mare gaU- 
laeum sita amoenissiraa et fertilissima (Jos. 1. c).; 
fj yfj revvtjo. Mt. 14, 34. Mc. 6, 53; fj Xifivtf Fev- 
vria. Lc. 5, 1, nomine prisco rrjfc a;, Num. 34, 11. 
B. »ti*n» &;, Jos. 12, 3., ab urbe r^^i, Dent 3, 17., 
quae brope sita fuit, dicta, in evangg. ^ ^ecAaaaa 
xriq rizXiXalaq^ Mc. 1, 16. Mt. 4, 18; ^ ^akaaaa xriq 
Tij^egtaSoq^ Jo. 6, 1. 21, 1. Lacui Joseph. 1. c. tri- 
buit CXL stadiorum longitudinem et XL stadio- 
rum latitudinem. Of. Ruetschi in Uerzog Enc. Y, 
p. 6 8. Furrer in Schenkel BL. 2. p. 322 ff.* 

yiwijcig, €wg, ^ {yswdto), generaUoyprocreatio 
(ita saepe ap. Plat.); noHvitas, natales; Mt. 1, 18 et 
Lc. 1, 14 in t. vnlg.; v. in yiveaiQ.* 

yevviftdq, i}, 6v {yswdof, yByivvrifiai\ genihWy 
neUua (saepe ap. Plat.; Diod. 1, 6 et an. aL poste- 
riores); ex hebr. (nw« t^jV;* Job. 14, 1 al.) yewrp^oi 
yvvatxdiv facit penphrasin homtnum inclusa no- 
tione imbecillitatis et fragilitatis , Mt. U, 11. Lc. 

7, 28.* 
yivoq, ovg, to (FENSif ylvofiai), genua j a) pro- 

geniesy rivoq, Act. 17, 28 s. (e dicto Arati poetae); 
Ap. 22, 16. — b) famiUa; Act. 7, 13. 13, 26. — 
c) gens; Act. 7, 19. 2 Co. 11, 26. Phil. 3, 5. GaL 
1, 14. 1 Pet. 2, 9 (Gen. 11, 6. 17, 14 al. = ft?); 
noHo (Abstammung von einem bestimmten Volke), 
Mc. 7, 26. Act. 4, 36. 18, 2. 24. — - d) concr. com- 
plexus plurium, quae ejusdem naturae sunt^ species 
(Gattung, Art, Sorte); Mt. 13, 47. 17, 21. Mc. 9, 29. 
1 Co. 12, 10. 28. 14, 10. (lisdem signiflcatibus ap. 
Graecos inde ab Horn.)* 

Fepaativoq, ov, d, Gerasenus^ i. e. ad Gerasam 
(rd Figaaa, Jos. b. j. 3, 3, 3) urbem pertinens; Mt. 

8, 28. Mc. 5, 1. Luc. 8, 26. 37 an. Lchm. e codd. 
permultis, quos vidit Orig^enes. Sed qnum Gerasa 
esset urbs in finibus meridionalibus Peraeae (Jos. 
1. c. coll. 4, 9, 1) vel in Arabia sita (Qrig. opp. torn. 
4, 140), de ea h. 1. cogitari non potest; y. in FaSa- 
0ffv6q et in voce seq. 

FsQysoijvoq, 17, dv, Gergesenus, pertinens ad 
urbem Gergesam, quae ad orientalem lacus Gene- 
saret ripam sita ponitur; Mt. 8, 28 e lectione vul^. 
Sed nititur haec lectio auctoritate et ingenio Ori- 
genis, qui quam in suis codicibus repererat variam 
scripturam FadaQrivdtv et Fsgaarivwv (v. in his no- 
minibus) ita immutandam censuit ad eorum fidem, 
qui olim urbem quandam Gergesam ad lacum Gali- 
laeae sitam fuisse dicerent. Sed Josephus eam 
ignorat, veterum autem Gergesaeorum Gen. 15, 21. 
Jos. 24, 11 eommemoratorum nihil nisi nomina in 
V. T. tradita superesse diserte docet antt. 1, 6, 2. 
Unde Mt. 8, 28 Fadagrivwv legendum atque Gadarae 
urbis ditionem usque ad Is^um Genesaret perti- 
nuisse, Matthaeum autem 8, 34 ex errore banc ur- 
bem ad ipsura lacum sitam putasse statuendnm 
videtur. Nam apud Mc. 5, 14 s. Lc. 8, 34 nihil ob- 
stat, quo minus homines e soils ruribus ad Jesum 
confluxisse censeamus. 

yegovalttj aq, fj (adj. yeQOVoioq, ad senes spe- 
ctans, a ySQ<ov)f senatus, seniorum concilium; die. 
ap. profanes de populorum et urbium summo se* 
natn (^y xaXq noXsai al yegovalai^ Xen. mem. 4, 4, 
16; in y. T. de summo senatu turn totius populi 
Israelitarum Ex. 3, 16 al. 1 Mace. 12, 6 at, turn ur- 
bium, Deut. 19, 12 al.); de magno Judaeorum syn- 
edrio Act. 5, 21., ubi Yoci td avvidqiov additur 
xal naoav ysQOvalav xdlv vliSv iapai^Xy et quidem 
{xai explicalivum) totum senatiim, ut signiflcetur 
sjnedrium non infrequens.* 

yipwVf ovToq, 6, senex, Jo. 3, 4.* 

yevwy gustare facio^ gustandum praebeo, rtvd 
(Gen. 25, 30); InN. T. solum med. yBvofiat, f. -aofiai^ 



rV' 



aor. 1. iyevadfiriv; 1) degusto, saporem exploro 
{kosten); Mt. 27, 34; contra elegantioris graecita- 
tis usum (ef. Win, p. 187) c. accus. objecti Jo. 2, 
9. — 2) sapore afficior, saporem percipioy /rtior, 
tivoq, Lc. 14, 24 {ysvaettxl fiov Toi) dilnvov^ L e. 
conviyii mei particeps erit); bine, ut ap. Graeeoa 
inde ab Horn. i. a. sentio, tuu eognoseo, experior; 
Tivoq Heb. 6, 4; ^^fux ^eov, vs. 6. (t^q yviacemq^ 
Clem. Bo. 86.) — ut ap. Chaldaeos, Syros, Babbi- 
nos die. yivea^ai xov h-avdxov Mt. 16, 28. Mc. 9, 1. 
Lc. 9, 27. Jo. 8, 52. Heb. 2, 9. — seq. dri, I Pet. 2, 
3. (Pa. 34, 9.) — 3) cibum capio, absol. Act. 10, 10. 
20, 11; cf. Kypke Obserw. 11, p. 47; comedo, c. 
gen., ijLfiSEvoq, Act. 23, 14; mente supplendo genii, 
ciborum Tetitomm, Col. 2, 21.* 
yBWQyiot, d> (ysofgyoq, q. y.), agrieuUuram ex&r- 



ceo, agrum cola; xifv ytjy (Plat. Theag. p. 121 b. 

J. 14, 8); pass. 
Heb. 6, 7.* 



Eryx. p. 892 b. 3 Esr. 4, 6. 1 Mace. 



yith^yioVf ov, rd, arvum; 1 Co. 8, 9. (Prov. 24, SO. 
81, 16. Theag. ap. schol. Pind. Nom. 5, 21. Strab. 
14. p. 671.)* 

yuaQyoqt ov, d (ex yfj et EPF^), inde a Xen. 
et Plat., agrieola; qui agrum coUt; 2 Tim. 2, 6. 
Jac. 5, 7; aliquoties ap. LXX; die. de vinitore 
(Ael. nat. anim. 7, 28), Mt. 21, 33 ss. Mc. 12, 1 s. 

7, 9. Lc. 20, 9 8. 14. 16. Jo. 15, 1.* 
y^, gen. y^q, i^ (contr. ex yia, po6t. yata), LXX 

frequentissime pro y^if et nrni!, terra; 1) terra 
arabilis, teOus; Mt. 13^ 5. 8, 28. Mc. 4, 8. 20. 26. 28. 
81. Lg. 18, 7. 14. 35. Jo. 12, 24. Heb. 6, 7. Jac. 5, 7. 
Ap. 9, 4; die. de materie terrena, ex qua aliquid 
formatur, injuncta notione fragilitatis et imbecil- 
litatis; ix ynq roueoq, 1 Co. 15, 47. — 2) humus, so- 
lum, cuiinsi8tSur{Bodsn); Mat. 10, 29. 15. ,85. 23, 
85. 27, 51. Mc. 8, 6. 9, 20. 14, 85. Lc. 22, 44. 24, 5. 
Jo. 8, 6. 8. Act. 9. 4. 8. — 3) terra eontinens, mm 
Tel aquis opposiui; Mc. 4, 1. 6, 47. Lc. 5, 8. 8, 27. 
Jo. 6, 21. 21, 8 s. 11. Ap. 12, 12. — 4) terrarum or- 
bis; a) terra coelo opposita; Mt. 5, 18. 85. 6, 10. 
16, 19. 18, 18. 24, 85. Mc. 13, 31. Lc. 2, 14. Jo. 12, 
32. Act. 2, 19. 4, 24. 2 Pet. 8, 5. 7. 10. 18. Ap. 21, 1 ; 
x^ inl xijq yijq, res et naturae, quae sunt m terra, 
Eph. 1, 10. Col. 1, 16; die. ita, ut involvatur notio 
mutabilitatis, fragilitatis, imbecillitatis, et in re- 
bus intelligendis et in rebus a£[endi8; Mt. 6, 19; 
xoL inl x^ yfjq (=. xa inlyeiarlnl 3. 19), bona, 
gaudia, yoluptates, honores terrae, CoL 3, 2 (opp. 
xdi &vw) ; xii fliXjf vfiwv x& inl xijq yijq, membra 
corporis vestn' terreni tanquam sedes et instm- 
menta pravarum cupiditatum, CoL 3, 5; 6 wv ix 
Xfjq yt,q - - XaXeT (opp. Christus e coelis profectus), 
qui terrestris (humanae) originis est, raert terre- 
strem indolem et loquitur ut fert terrestris ejus 
origo et indoles, Jo. 8, 81. — b) terra habitata, 
sedes hominum et animaUum; Lc. 21, 35. Act. 1, 

8. 10, 12. 11, 6. 17, 26. Heb. 11, 13. Ap. 3, 10; afpf/v 
tttoffv xivoq vel xiva &nd xfjq y^q, Act. 8, 33. 22, 
22 ; xXriqovoiAElv xr^v yrpf (t. in xXijQOvoficS) Mt. 5, 5 ; 
nvg pdXXsiv inl x^v yijv, i. e. inter homines^ Lc. 
12, 49 coll. vs. 51 et Mt. 10, 34; inl xijq yfjq, inter 
homines, Lc. 18, 8. Jo. 17, 4. — 5) terra ceriis fini- 
bus circumscripta, tractus terrae, regio (Land, Ge^ 
Met); simpliciter ubi e contextu orationls patet, quae- 
nam terra sit inteUigenda, velut judaica, Lc. 4, 25. 
21, 23. Bo. 9, 28. Jac. 5, 17; addito nomine gentis: 
yrj *IaQariX, Mt. 2, 20 s. ^lovSa, 2, 6: Few^a^ix, 
14, 34. Mc. 6, 53: ZoSofiwv x. Fofio^pwv, Mt. 10, 15. 
11, 24; XaXSalwv, Act. 7, 4; Afyvnxoq, v. supra 
in Afyvnxoq p. 10; ^ 1ov6ala yij, Jo. 3, 22; ad- 
dito adj.: dXXoxQla, Act. 7, 6; ixslvtj, Mt. 9, 26. 
31 ; cum genit. pers., peUria aUoujuSy Act. 7, 3. 



rrjQCcg. 



79 



yivofiai. 



y^f tff > ^OQ (tt»(), ion. y<{jp€oc, dat. ytige'^ yrJQUf to, 
senectfu; Lc 1, 36 iv vnQ^i &(• Grab, Lehm. Tdf. 
pro L volff. ^v yi^C^a, ia qaod sine L var. exstat Sir. 
25, 2; cf. FriUMcht ad Sir. 3, t2. jSturis do dialecto 
maeedon. p. 153. Win. g. 9, t.* 

yti^daxto a. ytiQaw, aor. 1. ^^^^aaa, inde ab Horn., 
9enesco; Jo. 21, 18; de rebus, institatis al. obsolesco^ 
Heb. 8, 13 (vi et aactoritate privor.)* 

ylvofiai (ap. ionicos prosae scriptores et in coni- 
muni graecitate inde ab Aristot. pro attico ylyvo' 
fiULi), fat. yiv^ofiai^ aor. 2. iyivififfv ^sae^ 3 
ps. sing, optal yivoixo) et eadem signincatione 
aor. 1. nass. iyev^^r/v^ ab Atticistis reprobatus (cf. 
Lob. ad Phryn. jj. 108 s.), in oommnni graecitate 
non raro, ap. LXX saepe obvins (Act 4, 4. 1 Th. 
2. 14. 1 Co. 15. 10 aL), imperat-ysvY^^ctf (Mt. 6, 10. 
15, 28 al.); pf. yeyiviifiai etyeyovOf 3 ps. plnr. yi- 
yovctwBjo. 16, 7. Ap. 21,6 Lchm,Td/. Trg.;cf.Win. 
p. 36 et 73. MuUach p. 16. Bttm, ntL Gr. p. 87 s.) ; 
3 ps. sing, plnsqpf. iysyovsi (Jo. 6, 17. Act. 4, 22); 

— Jio, et qnidem 

1) Jio, L e. exsigto, esse incipio {das Dasem er- 
haUen); absol., Jo. 1, 15. 30 {^/jotQoa&iv (lov yiyO' 
vtv); 8, 58 {nQlv 'ApQatifi yeviad^ai); 1 Co. 15, 37 
{td aibfia td yempfdiiBvov)) tx xivog, nascor, Bo. 1, 
3 (ix ani^fiatoQ davtS)\ Ga]. 4, 4 (ix yvvaixd^'ylUt, 
21, 19 {fi^xixt ix oov xaonbg y^i^ai); de omnium 
renim ongine, Heb. 11, 3; did ztvoq, Jo. 1, 3. 10. 

— orior, exoriar {erUtieken^ einireten), de eventis 
in remm natura ant inter homines, velut yivetai 
pQOvx^y Jo. 12y 29; aaxpani^ Ap. 8, 5; aeiafibg 16, 
18; yaX^vfi, Mt. 8, 26. Mc. 4, 39. Lc. 8, 24; XuXXanp, 
Mc. 4, 37; yoyyvapidq Act. 6, 1; ^^ri^a^^, Jo. 3, 25. 
Act. 15, 2; ndXefiOQf Ap. 12, 7; i^ BaaiXsla xxX. 11, 

15. 12, 10; x^9^ Lc. 8, 8 et mult. fu. ezemplis. Hue 
pertinent etiam phrases ylvixai ^fiiga , dies iUur 
ceecU {es wird Tag), Lc. 4, 42. 6, 13. 22, 66. Act. 
12, 18. 16, 85. 23, 12. 27, 29. 33. 39; d^f^, ingruit 
vespera, Mc. 11, 19., i. q. d%pla, Mt. 8, 16. 14, 15. 23. 

16, 2. 26, 20. Mc. 14, 17. Jo. 6, 16 al.; nQi»ta, Mt. 

27, 1. Jo. 21, 4; i^{ Act. 27, 27; axinla, Jo. 16, 17. 
Hinc 

2) fieri L q. eoeiMre, (xecidere (gesehehen)^ de 
eventis; a) universe; Mt. 5, 18. 24, 6. 20. 34. Lc. 
1, 20. 12, 54. 21, 28. Jo. 1, 28. 13, 19 al.; rofhro W- 
yovsv, %va, hoc eum in finem factum est, ut ...; Mt. 
1, 22. 21, 4. 26, 56; xa yev6/Afva, Mt. 18, 31. 27, 54. 

28, 11. Lc. 28, 48; x6 yevofievov Lc. 23, 47: xd ye- 
yov6q,lAc. 5, 14. Lc. 24, 12. Act 4, 21; xd Qmta xd 
ysyovog Lc. 2, 15 : x&fiiiXXovxa ylvBo^ai^ Lc. 21, 86. 
Act. 26, 22; xi^v dvdaxaaiv HjStj yeyovivai, 2 Tim. 2, 
18 ; B^avdxov yevcfiivov, nach er/olgtem Tode, Heb. 
9, 15. — fiilj yivoixo, formula potisBimum Paulo 
(atque Epicteto, cf. Sckweighaeuser Index graec. 
in Epictet. p. 392) frequentata, ahsii! deus avertat! 
Lc. 20, 16. Eo. 3, 4. 6. 31. 6, 2. 15. 7, 7. 13. 9, 14. 
11, 1. 11. 1 CJo. 6, 15. GaL 2, 17. 3, 21 (— rt^-^^n Jos. 
22, 29 aL); cf Stiarz de dial, maced. p. 204 s.; — 
xl yiyovep, Sxi ..., miid fiactum est, quod ... »> 
quam ob causam, cur? Jo. 14, 22. (xl iyivexo, Sxi ,,. 
Eecles. 7, 10; xl iaxiv, 6)? ... Eur. Troad. 889.) — 
b) Tritissime in tribus prioribus evanj^g., potissi- 
mum Lucae, et in actis apost. xal iyivixo ("^rr^ 
seq. *i); cf. Win, p. 565 et potissimum Bitm. ntl. Gr 

£2^7 8. a) xal iyivixo xal cum verbo finite, 
c. 2, ib(Td/. Trg, xal ylvsttti)\ Lc. 2, 15. 6, 1. 8, 

1. 9, 28. 51. 10, 38. 14, 1. 17, 11. 19, 15. 24, 15. Act. 
5, 7; seq. xal Ido^, Mt 9, 10. Lc. 24, 4. — S) multo 
saepios non iteratur xal, Mt 7, 28. Mc. 4, 4. Lc. 1, 23. 

2, 46. 6, 12. 7, 11. 9, 18. 33. 37. 11, 1. 19, 29. 24, SO. 
y) xal iyiv. seq. ace. c. inf., Mc. 2, 23. Lc. 6, 1. 6. 
Act. 19, 1. — c) Item iyivixo 6i a) seq. xal c. ver- 



bo flnito, Lc. 5, 1. 9, 28. Act 5, 7. — /J) iyivsxo 6i 
sq. verbo finite sine xal, Lc. 1,8. 2, 1. 6. 8, 40. 9, 
37. 11, 14. 27. — y) iyivexo 6i seq. ace. c. infin. 
Lc. 3, 21. 16, 22. Act. 3, 37. 4, 5. 9, 3. 32. 37. (11, 26 
t vulg., Grsb.) 14, 1. 28, 8. — (J) iyiv. Si sq. toC 
c. infin. Act 10, 25. Grsb, Lchm, Tdf. Trg.; cf. 
Meyer ad 1. et Win. p. 307 s. — <i) c. dativo perso- 
nae: evenit^ aecidit, conHngity obtingit alicui- sq. 
infin. Act 20, 16; iav yivrixai (sc. ai>x^) bvqbXv 
airxo, si obtigerit ei, Mt. 18, 13 ; iixol 6'k fi?) yivoixo 
xavxaa&ai, absit a me, ut glorier, Gal. 6, 14. (Gen. 
44, 7. 17. 1 Beg. 20, 3. Alciphr. epp. 1, 26.); sq. ac- 
cus. c. inf<^ accidit mM, ut ,., Act 11, 26 {Lchm. 
Tdf* Trg^)', 22, 6. 17^; c. adverbiis (ergehen): fv, 
Eph. 6, 3. (^1^ yivoixo aoi o{jxaf xaxCbq, Ael. v. h. 
9, 36.) — cum notatione rei aJicui contingentis; xl 
yiyovEv ahttf^ Act. 7, 40 (ex Ex. 32, 1); iyivixo 
nacv yfvxi 4*6^0^^ obortus est metus, Act 2, 43. 

— Mc 4, 11. 9, 21. Lc. 19, 9. Jo. 5, 14. 15, 7. Bo. 
11, 26. 1 Co. 4, 5. 2 Co. 1, 8. 2 Tim. 3, 11. 1 Pet 
4, 12; supplendo iifilv, Jo. 1, 17. — iyivixo avxip 
yv<bfiii, subiit ejus animum consilium, cepit con- 
silium, Act. 20, 3. — sqq. praepositionibas; in^ 
abxi, in se, bei s. an ihr, Mc. 5, 33; Bf(i rivce, Act. 
28, 6. 

3) exsisto (auftreten, kertfortreten unter tien Men' 
schen, in tier Greschichte), de bominibus in publi- 
cam lucem prodeuntibus; Mc. 1, 4. Jo. 1, 6. 2 Pet. 
2, 1; ysydvaot, exstiterunt et adsunt, 1 Jo. 2, 18. 

4) efficior, peragor; xd %gya, Heb. 4, 3; did jcei^ 
qS>v de rebus arte fabrieatis. Act 19, 26; de mira- 
culis, patroTf edor, Sid xujv xsiglbv xivog, Mc. 6, 2 ; 
did xivog^kct, 2, 43. 4, 16. 30. 12, 9; \>n6 Tiro?, Lc. 

9, 7 (t vuJg. Grsb. Lchm.); 13, 17. 28, 8; yivdfieva 
iU kaaa^v., gethan an Eapemaum, h. e in ejus 
commoanm (Win. p. 388), Lc. 4, 23. — de manda- 
tis, decretis, consiliis, petitis al. peragor; Mt. 6, 10. 
21, 21. 26, 42. Mc. 11, 23. Lc. 14, 22. 23, 24. Act 
21, 14 ; ysviioexai 6 Xoyoq, perficietur quod dicitur, 
1 Co. 15, 54. — junct. c. nominibus certam actio- 
nem significantibus, ^ dnwXeia yiyove^ Mc. 14, 4; 
drcoyQaipri Lc. 2, 2 ; inayyeXia yevofjiivii i>nd ^fov, 
data a deo, Act. 26, %:dvdxQiaiq, 25, 26; vofiiov fie- 
xd^BOKi, Heb. 7, 12; atptOK;, 9, 22.^ — de institutis, 
legibus al., instituor, feror; xb ad^fiaxov ivivexo^ 
indtitutum sabbati, Mc. 2, 27; 6 vdpioq^ Gal. 3, 17; 
oi) yiyovev oixa>q, non ita institutum est, Mt 19, 8. 

— de festls. nuptiis, epulis, agar, celebror: xb nd- 
axa, Mt 26, 2 (— r^ 2 Eepg. 28, 22); xb adp^a- 
xov, Mc. 6, 2; Tc^ iy xal via, Jo. 10, 22 (xd OX^finia, 
Xen. HelL 7, 4, 28; la&inia, ibid. 4j 5, 1); ydfuoq 
Jo. 2, 1. — ylvexai iv ifiol, mecum aptur, 1 Co. 9, 15. 

5) fioy i. q. redder, evado, „in locis, ubi definitur, 
quis aut quid fiat vel factus sit aliquid qualitate, 
conditione, loco, dignitate, moribus'* (Wahl Clav. 
apoer. V. T. p. 101). a) ita ut addatur praedica- 
tum substantive aut adjectivo expressum ; ol Xl^oi 
ovxoi iQXOi yiva>vxai,mt. 4, 3. Lc. 4, 3 ; viwoolvov 
yeyevfjfiivov Jo. 2, 9; aQXi^Qfvq ysvOfiBvoq, Heb. 6, 
20; 6idxovo<;^ Col. 1, 25; <) Xoyoq adg^ iyivexo, Jo. 
1, 14; av^Q, 1 Co. 13, 11 et multa alia exempla; 
xi(fiQ oixixi ylvexai x^^Qt gratia non amplius na- 
bebit naturam gratiae, non amplius gratia dicenda 
est. Bo. 11, 6; axagnoQ ylvexai Mc. 4, 19. Mt. 13, 
22; — Mt. 17, 2 Lc. 8, 17. Jo. 5, 6 et al. multis 
locis; — ex adj. me exhibeo, me praesto, me gero, 
Lc. 10, 36. 19, 17. 24, 19. Bo. 11, 34. 16, 2. 2 Co. 1, 
18 (in t vulg.); 1 Th. 1, 6. 2, 7. Heb. 11, 6 al.; 
maxime in adhortationibus; ylveo^e, Mt 10. 16. 
24, 44. Lc. 6, 36. Eph. 4, 32. Col. 3, 15; fi^ ylvov, 
Jo. 20, 27 ; lA^i ylvec^Sy Mt 6, 16. Eph. 5, 7. 17. 1 Co. 

10, 7; lA^ yiv&fiB^a, Gal. 5, 26; — hinc. die. decla- 



Fivdiaxw. 



80 



Fiviotniu. 



rative i. q. cognoscij mamfestari, Lc. 13, 2 (trieti 
eorum sorte manifestatum est, faisse eos pecca- 
tores); Ko. 3, 4. 2 Co. 7, 14. — yivouai xivl ttq, me 
exhibeo aliquem erga aliquem, 1 Co. 9, 20. 22. — 
h) praedicato pronomine interro^ativo; xi 6 Hi' 
tQoq iyivstOf quid Petro accidisset, Act. 12, 18. 

— c) ylvead^ai wq vel wasl riva, similem vel 
parem fieri aUcui; Mt. 10, 25. 18, 3. 28, 4. Mc. 9, 
26. Lc. 22, 44. Ro. 9, 20 (e Jes. 1, 9); 1 Co. 4, 13. 
Gal. 4, 12. — dj ylvEO^ai eiq xu mtUari in alimtid, 
abire in aliqmdf cedo in al. (zu etwas werden); 
iyev^^Ti elg xetpaXifV ywvlaq Mt. 21, 42. Mc. 12, 10. 
Lc. 10, 17. Act. 4, 11. 1 Pet. 2, 7 ex Ps, 118, 22. — 
JvC. 13, 19 (slq Sivdgov fiiya)) Jo. 16, 20. Act. 5, 36. 
Ro. 11, 9 (e Ps. 69, 23); 1 Th. 3, 5. Ap. 8, 11. 16, 
19 al. {r=^% ti'^tr; sed euam Graeci locutione utnn- 
tur; cf. Win. pVl73. BUm, ntl. Gr. p. 131.). — c) yl- 
vea^tti c. casibiis copulatum; a) c. f^enitiyo; fio s. 
reddor alicujus peculium, venio in ejus poteataJtem; 
Lc. 20, t4. 33. Ap. 11, 15; nQOtpijxela Idlaq inM' 
aewq oh ylvBxai, fieri ncquit, ut suae mentis yi ali- 
quis yaticinium ezplicet (toird nicht Sache mbjec' 
liver Erkldrun0, sed ad explicandum opus est 
eadem per spintum s. illuminatione, cui debetur 
yaticinium, nam .. 2 Pet. 1, 20. — yiviad^ai, c. gen. 
numerum annorum aetatis indicante: tot quot in- 
dicantur annos natum, Lc. 2, 42. 1 Tim. 5, 9. — 
fi) c. datiyo; ylvfcBai avJ(>/, alicujus yiri uxorem 
fieri, Eo. 7, 3 s. (»■»«> n;n Ley. 22, 12. Ruth 1, 12 al.) 

— /) adjunctis praepositionibus c. substantiyis; 
|y xivif in aUqicem statvm incido aut me converto; 
iv iymvla, Lc. 22, 44; iv ixaxdosi, Ap. 22, 17; iv 
nvei>fiaxi, 1, 10. 4, 2; iv d6^^ 2 Co. 3, 7; iv naga- 
fidaet, 1 Tim. 2, 14; iv iavx^, ad se redire, sui 
compotem fieri, Act. 12, 11 (etiam ap. Graecos; 
cf. Jaermann ad Vig. p. 749); iv Xgiax^ ad Christ! 
consortium adduci, Christianum fieri, Ro. 16, 7; 
iv ofioiwiJMXi dv^QihnwVf hominibus similem fieri, 
Phil. 2, 7; iv X6yq> xoXaxelaq, yersari in sermone 
adulatorio, h. e. uti eo, 1 Th. 2, 5. — indvw xivdq, 
praefici alicui, Lc. 19, 19. — fisxd xivof yel avv 
xiviy fieri alicujus sociunit cum eo versari; Mc. 16, 
10. Lc. 2, 13. Act 7, S8. 20, 18. — ^6 xiva, aUcui 
subjici, Gal. 4, 4. — g) notato termino motus aut 
loco mansionis; elq c. ace. loci yenire aliquo, ad 
aliquid (tookin qelangen)^ Act. 20, 16. 21, 17. 25, 15. 
(brff Jo. 6, 25; wq iyivBXO - - Blq xd wxd uov, cum 
yox aures meas pertingeret, Lc. 1, 44; eiq c. ace. 
personae de malis aliquem inyadentibus Ap. 16, 2 
(e. l.YvUg.Ch'sb.); de beneficiis alicui continfi^entibns. 
Gal. 3, 14. 1 Th. 1,5; yevia^ai inl xov xSnov, Lc. 
22, 40; inl xf/q yf^q, Jo. 6, 21; &de ys. 25 (ixeX, 
Xen. anab. 6, 3, 20); inl c. ace. loci, Lc. 24, 22. 
Act. 21, 35; iyivexo Snoyfibq inl xhv ixxXtfciav, 
8, 1 ; iyivBXo (pdfioq yel ^dfJL^pq inl ndvxaq, Lc. 
1, 65. 4, 36. Act. 5, 5. 11; SXxoqxaxdv inl xovc dv- 
^Q<bnovq Ap. 16, 2 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; iyivsxo ^tjfia 
inl xtvoy Xoyoq yel wwvii n^dq xtva {erging an), 
Lc. 3, 2. Jo. 10, 35. Act. 7, 31. 10, 13. 32. (Gen. 15, 
1. 4. Jer. 1, 2. 11. 13, 8. Ez. 6, 1. Hos. 1, 1.) xaxd 
c. ace. loci Lc, 10, 32. Act. 27, 7. (Xen. Cyr. 7, 1, 
15.) xaxd c. gen., xb ytvdfjisvov ^^(Aa xab^* ZXriq 
xr^q iovSalaq, res, eujus fama omnem Judaeam 
perapprayit, Act. 10, 37; nfidq xiva 2 Jo. 12 Lehm. 
Td/.Trg.; 1 Co. 2, 3; avv xivi^ alicui socium ad- 

i'ungi, Lc. 2, 13 (Xen. Cyr. 5, 3, 8) ; iyyvq yivEod^at, 
Cph. 2, 13 (Xen. anab. 1, 8, 8); xivoq, Jo. 6, 19. — 
h) ylvsaS^ai ix fiiaov, e medio tolli, 2 Th. 2, 7; 
ysviad-ai dfAO^vfiaSdv de pluribus in unnm con- 
gregatis, Act. 15, 25 coll. 2, 1. 

VLvdiOXQ) (attice yiyvioax<a^ y. in yivofiat, a 
rNOii, nt fiipQwaxof a BPO£i\ f. yvd}aofjiai, aor. 2. 



fi 



%yv(ov (a rNSiMl), imper. yv&^i, yvdjxw, com.yvw 
(3 ps. sing. yvoZ Mc. 5, 43. 9, 30. Lc. 19, 15 Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg. pro L^ yulg. vvf ; cf. BUm, ntL Gr. 
p. 40): ptcp. yvovq, pr. syvwxa (Jo. 17, 7; 3 ps. 
plur. Byvatxav pro iyvdyxaai, v. in ylvofMii\ plqpf* 
ByvdixBiv^ pf. pass, iyvwofxai^ aor. 1. iyvd>o^^t 
fut. yvatalf^oofiai ^ ap. Graecos inde ab Hom.; 
LXX pro y^, lat. nosco, novi; J) nniy. 1) nosco, 
comperio, certior fio {kennen lernen, erfahren); 
pass, innotesco; e. aeeus. Mt. 22, 18. Me. 5, 43. 
Act. 21, 34. 1 Co. 4, 19. 2 Co. 2, 4. Col. 4. 8. 1 Th. 
3, 5 aL; pass. Mt. 10, 26. Act. 9, 44. Phil. 4, 5 al; 
xl tx xtvoq Mt. 12, 33. Lc. 6, 44. 1 Jo. 4, 6; xiva 
yel xl iv xivi^ in aliqua re notam habeo, qua 
cofiposco, an eiwas erkenneny Lc. 24, 35. Jo. 13, 35. 

1 Jo. 4, 2; xaxd xl yvwaofjiai xovxo, hujus promia- 
sionis yeritatem, Lc. 1, 18 (Gen. 15, 8); ncQl x^q 
SiSaxvQi Jo. 7, 17; — saepe non additur objectom, 
sed ex antea dictis facile intelligitnr, Mt. 9, 30. 
12, 15 (consilium a Pharisaeis captum); Mc. 7, 24 
(polebat cognosci a quoquam se adesse); 9, 30. 
Ro. 10, 19 al; sq. Sxu Mt. 21, 45. Jo. i, 1. 5, 6. 12, 
9 al; sq. xl interrog. lit 6, 3. Lc. 16 4; dno xivoq, 
per aliquem certior fio, Mc. 15, 45. — c. ace. per- 
sonae: eognosoo aliquem consortio meo et amore 
dignnm, als den Meinen erkennen; ita ^o xov 
d-eot yivd}0xea^ai dieuntur, quos deus eyangelii 
beneficiis dignos judicayit, 1 Co. 8, 3. Gal. 4, 9; 
negatiye in effiato Christi: ovSinaxe iyvmv tfiaq, 
ikr seid mir stets unbekannte Leute gebHeben, Mt. 7, 
23. — sentio {wahmekmen), ivv<» x<p Oia/iaxi, Zxi . . 
Me. 5, 29; fyv<ov diivauiv iSsA^o^aav an* i/iov, Lc. 
8, 46. — 2) noviy intelligo^ perspicio, scio;^a) intel- 
ligo; c. ace., re^ Xeydfieva, Lc. 18, 34; & dvayivd)- 
axeiqy Act. 8, 30; sq. 8xi, Mt. 21, 46. Jo. 8, 27 s. 

2 Co. 13, 6. Gal. 3, 7. Jae. 2, 20; sq. xl interrog. 
Jo. 10, 16. 13, 12. 28; d xaxeovd^ofiai o^ yivcSaxw, 
mein Handeln isi mir uneriUirlich, Ro. 7, 15. — 
b) novi; x6 d-iXtifta, Luc 12, 47; xdq xagdlaq, 16, 15; 
xbv fi^ yvdvxa hiiaifxlav, peecati neseinm «- ejus 
sibi non conscinm, 2 Co. 5, 21 ; inioxoX^ yivtucxo- 
fiivfi xal dvayivwaxofAivtj. 2 Co. 3, 2 ; xivd^ nosse 
aliquem, ejus persomam, mgenium, mentem, eon- 
silia, Jo. 1, 49. 2, 24. Act. 19, 15. 2 Tim. 2, 19 (e 
Num. 16, 5); sq. Zxi, Jo. 21, 17. Phil. 1, 12. Jae. 1, 3. 
2 Pet 1, 20; sq. ace. e. inf. Heb. 10. 84; sq. interrog. 
indirecta, Ap. B, 3; kXXtjviaxl yivwax., graece scire 
(Cie. fin. 2, 5), Act. 21, 37 {inlaxaad'ai avQioxl, Xen. 
Cyr. 7, 5, 31 ; graece nescire Cie. ]>. Flaeco 4); fcie 
(1- vulg. iaxe) ^tvc^axovxeq, seitis inteUigentes, 
i^ph. 5, 5; cf. Win, p. 333. — imperat yivofoxsze^ 
scUote, Mt 24, 32 s. 43. Mc. 18, 29. Le. 10, 11. Jo. 
15, 18. Act 2, 36. Heb. 13, 22. 1 Jo. 2, 29. — 8} per 
euphemismum ex hebraeo et inde ab alexanarina 
aetate etiam graeco usu yivwax. die. de maris et 
feminae congressu, rem cum dUguo aut aUqua ha- 
bere {mitjemandem BekanntscJiaft haben); de ma- 
rito, Mt. 1, 25; de femina, Le. 1, 34. (Gen. 4, 1. 17. 
19, 8. 1 Sam. 1, 19 al. Judith. 16, 22. Callim. ep. 
58, 3; saepe ap. Plutarch.; cf. Vogelvn Plut. Brut, 
p. 10 ss.; sic etiam latin, cognosco Orid. met. 4, 596; 
novij Justin. 37, 3,^11). — II) Speciatim l^quen- 
tatur in N. T. yivwaxeiv, noscere^ novisse, de del 
et Christi rerumque ad eos speetantium yel ab iis 
profectarum cognitione et mtelligentia; a) xbv 
^i6v, unum et yerum deum, opp. gentilium pply- 
theismo, Ro. 1, 21. Gal 4, 9; item xov fiovov 0^37- 
d^ivbv deov. Jo. 17, 3 coU. 1 Jo. 5, 20; tbv d-eov, 
naturam et yoluntatem dei, oppJ falsae et Judae- 
orum et gentilium sapientiae, 1 Co. 1, 21 ; xov na- 
xiifa, naturam dei patris, potissimmn sanctun 
ejus yoluntatem et caritatem, qua homines sanctos 



yXevxog. 



81 



yviaqiCw. 



et salvos esse ynlt per Christum, Jo.. 8, 55. 16, 3. 
1 Jo. 2, 3 s. 13. 3, 1. 6. 4. 8^ singularem dei patris 
cognitionem sibi tribuit Chnstus, Jo. 10, 15. 17, 26; 
yvib^L xbv xvQioVj domini praecepta, Heb. 8, 11; 
TO &iXti/ia (dei), Ro. 2, 28; vovv xvplov, 11, 34. 
1 Co. 2, 16; trjv aawlav tov ^iov, 1 Co. 2, 8; rag 
oSovq TOV ^€0v Heb. 3, 10 (e Ps. 95, 10). — b) Xgi- 
atov, ejus beueficia, Phil.3,10; Xgiaxbv fyvtoxivai 
xaxa ocLQxa Paulus 2 Co. 5, 16. dicit earn Christ! 
cognitionem, quae sibi fuerat ante conversionem 
suam, qua solam servilem iilius formam noverat 
ideoque in eo filium dei nondum, viderat. — E 
joanneo dicendi usu yivciaxeiv, iyvwx^vai Xgi- 
czov est cognoscere, novisse messianam ejus digni- 
tatem (17, 3. 6, 69)* divinitatem ejus (tov an aQxv^ 
1 Jo. 2, 13 8. coll. m. 1, 10), suramam ejus erga nos 
caritatem et beneficia ex ejus consortio in nos re- 
dundantia (in dicto Christi yivcaaxofjiai ino twv 
ifimv Jo. 10, 14); amorem ejus in deum (14, 31); 
sanctitatem ejus et a peceatis immunitatem (1 Jo. 
3, 6). Junguntur a Joanne Tucxivuv et vivwoxsiv 
et ita quidem, ut alias priorem locum ootineat r^ 
TtiozBveiv, 6, 69; alias vero ro yivcioxeiv, 10, 38 
(e 1. Tulg., pro c[ua Lchm. Tdf. Trg. exhibent tVa 
yvwTE xal yivoaxiyre ) ; 17, 8. 1 Jo. 4, 16 (^amorem 
dei). — c) ta tov nvevfjuxtoq, quae proficiscuntur 
a spiritu, 1 Co. 2, 14; to nvBVfAa t. dkrj&elaQ xal 
TO nv. TTJQ nXavTf^, 1 Jo. 4, 6; xit fAvazriQia t^q 
paoiXelaq rcSv ovgavcSv, Mt. 18, 11; tr^v aXi^^siav, 
Jo. 8, 32. 2 Jo. 1 ; absolute die. de divinarum rerum 
cognitione, 1 Co. 13, 12; de eognitione rerum chri- 
stiano homini licitarum, 8, 2. 

ykevxoQ, ovc, to, muttum, succus dulcis ex uvis 
expressus; Nic. alex. 184. 299. Plut. al. Job. 32, 19; 
vinum dulce^ Act. 2, \Z* 

yXvxvg^ £{«, v, dulcis^ Jac. 3, 11 (opp. nixgov)'^ 
vs. 12 (opp. aXvxov); Ap. 10, 9.* 

yXwaoOf j?5, ^, lingua; 1) lingua^ corporis mem- 
brumf loquelae instrumentum ; Mc. 7, 33. 35. Lc. 1, 
64. 16, 24. 1 Co. 14, 9. Jac, 1, 26. 3, 5. 6. 8. 1 Pet. 3, 
10. 1 Jo. 3, 18. K poetico ot rhetorico, potissimum 
hebraeo dicendi usu membro corporis in aliquo 
actu praecipue efficaci tribuitur id quod est no- 
minis; ita etiam linguae Act. 2, 26 {^aXXidaaxo ^ 
yXmaaa fjiov); Ro. 3, 13. 14, 11. Phil. 2, 11 (cujusvis 
hominis lingua); die. de flammulis formas lingua- 
ram referentibus , doni peregrinarum linguarum 
signis, Act. 2, 3. — 2) lingua h. e. sermOf quo popu- 
lu8 aliquis utitur et ab aliis popuiis dignoscitur; 
Act. 2, 11; unde e posteriorum Israelitarum usu 
(Jes. 66, 18. Dan. 3, 4. 5, 19. 6, 26. 7, 14. Judith. 3, 8) 
junct. c. vocibus ipvX^, Xaog, i&vog significandis 
variarum linguarum populis inservit, Ap. 5, 9. 7, 9. 
10, 11. 11, 9. 13, 7. 14, 6. 17, 15. — XaXetv ktigaiQ 
yXwaaaiQ, aliiet ouam-quae alicui natae sunt, s. 
peregrinis Unguis toqui. Act. 2, 4 coll. vs. 6—11; 
yXwaoatq XaXstv xaivaZg, novis Unguis loqui, quas 
antea non didieit qui iis utitur, Mc. 16, 17; cL €le 
Wette ad acta apost. p. 27 ss. ed. 1. A qua utraque 
dictione probe distingue siniplex XaXslv yXdaaaiq, 
yX(Daaaiq XaXetVfXaXsZv yXeiaaji, yXdacy XaXeZv (et 
ngoaevxeaS^ai yXciaay 1 Co. 14, 14), lingud (loque- 
lae instrumento). Unguis loqui (mit Zunge sick ver- 
nekmen Uissen, mit Zungen reden)^ quod, ut ex 1 Co. 
14, 7 SB. patet, homimbus tribuitur, qui ad sum- 
mum ecstaseos gradum abrepti neque mentis et 
sui ipsorum conscientiae satis compotes jfervidis- 
sima animi sensa sermonibus insolitis, incomptis, 
abstrusis, parum inter se cohaerentibus, ad aUo- 
rum animos edocendos et commovendos nihil va- 
lentibus expromerent. Act. 10, 46. 19, 6. 1 Co. 12, 
30. 13, 1. 14, 2. 4—6. 13. 18. 23. 27. 39. Origo di- 

GBIMH, Lexicon la N. T. 



ctionis inde repetenda videtur, quod hebraeo di- 
cendi usu lingua celebratur instrumentum, quo 
dei laudes praedicantur (fj twv ^slmv vfivwv fieAtp- 
66q 4 Mace. 10, 21 ooU. Ps. 34, 8. 66, 17. 71, 24. 
126, 2. Act. 2, 26. Phil. 2, 11; XaXelv iv yXwaoy Ps. 
39, 4), atquG e severiore inspirationis notione in 
inspirato nomine nihil humani efficax putabatur 
nisi lingua a spiritu s. motitata (;ieaTa/()^a< hsgoq 
otitov ToZq g>atvrjti]gioiq^^6Qyavoiqf ctofiati xal 
yXojxty ngbq lAi/jwaiv mq av ^iXy, Philp rer, div. 
naer. §. 53), undo opponitur 6ia tov vooq XaXsZv 
1 Co. 14, 19 coll. vs. 9. Plurali in phrasi yXtoaoaiq 
XaXeZv etiam de uno dicta (1 Co. 14, 5 s.) respicitur 
ad varios motus linguae. Per meton. causae pro 
effectu yXwaoai sunt i. q. Xoyoi iv yXwaa^ 1 Co. 14, 
19., orationes lingud prokUae {Zungenvortrdge)^ 13, 
8. 14, 22; yivTj yXwaawv, 1 Co. 12, 10. 28., o quorum 
exemplis duo commemorantur ngoqBv^i^ et t^aA- 
uoq 1 Co. 14, 15; yXwaaav ^xo^f suppetit mihi quod 
lingua prpferam, vs. 26.* 

yXwaooxo/iov, ov, to (pro antiquiore yXwaaoxo- 
/xeZov 8. yXwaooxofjiiov, a yXdiaaa et xofiiat), a) ci- 
steUof in qua tibicines tibiarum lingulas reponebant. 
b) areola etiam aliis usilms destinata; speciatim 
locuhtSf marsupiumf in quo argenium reconditur^ 
Jo. 12, 6. 13, 29; cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 98 s. (^ji'i^ 
cista, 2 Chr. 24, 8. 10 s.; Jos. antt. 6, 1. 2. Plut. 
Longin. al.)* 

yvaipevq, iwq^ 6 (etiam xva^evq a yvantw s. xva- 
nt(»\ fuUOf {Walker); Mc. 9, 3. (Hdt. Xen. et sqq. 
LXX Jes. 7, 3. 36. 2. 2 Reg. 18, 17.)* 

yv^aioq, o, ov (per syncopen pro yev^oioq a ye- 
vijoofiai), legitime natus^ genuinus; vents , sincerus; 
PhiL 4, 3. 1 Tim. 1, 2. Tit. 1, 4; ro t^q ayanijq yv^- 
oioVf Lq. T^v vvTf Clotrit a 2 Co. 8, 8. (inde ab Horn.)* 

yvijatcDq, adv., genuine, germane, sincere; Phil. 
2, 20.* 

yv6<poq, ov, 6 (pro antiquiore 6v6<poq, cogn. c. 
vStpoq), tenebrae, caligo; Heb. 12, 18. fArist. de 
mundo c. 2. Luc. de m. peregr. 42. Dio Chrys. — 
LXX., etiam pro )r9 nubes, Deut. 4, 11 al. et Vfi'^y, 
idem, Exod. 20, 2l'aL)» 

yvcSfiij, 17c, ^ (ab infin. yvcSvai, epice yv<6/jisvai), 
1) facuUas cognoscendi, mens, ratio. — 2) id quod 
pu&tur vel cognoscitur, sententia; a) sententia, 
puUcium, opinio, 1 Co. 1, 10. Ap. 17, 13. — b) sen- 
tentia de eo, quid sit faciendum, aa) de eo quid 
mihi sit facienaum, consilium {Absicht), proposi- 
tum; iyivsto yvwfin tov vnoatgi^Biv, Act. 20, 3. 
bb) de eo, quod aliis sit faciendum, consilium 
{Rath); SiSovai yvci/irjv, 1 Co. 7, 25. 2 Co. 8, 10. 
cc) decretum, Ap. 17, 17; X^Q^^ '^Vi ^V^ yvcifJiriq, te 
invito, Philem. vs. 14. (iisdem signiflcatibus ap 
Graecos ^* 

yviogil^w, f. low (Jo. 17, 26. Eph. 6. 21. Col. 4, 7); 
attice tw (Col. 4, 9), aor. 1. iyvwoiaa, aor. 1. pass. 
iyvwglo^riv^ ap. Graecos inde ab Aeschylo, LXX 
pro y»'^^n et chald. a^Sn; 1) trans, notum facio; 
t/, Ro. 9, 22 s. tl tivi, Lc. 2, 15. Jo. 15, 15. 17, 
26. Act. 2, 28. 2 Co. 8, 1. Eph. 3, 5. 10. 6, 21. Col. 
4, 7.9; 2 Pet. 1, 16; tivl t6 fivatiJQiov , Eph. 1, 
9. 3, 3. 6, 19; tivl, dti 1 Co. 12, 3; tivl ti, Sti 
BB tivl, dti tl, GaL ], 11; sq. tl interrog. Col. 1, 
27; negl tivoq, Lc. 2,^17 {Lcnm, Tdf, Trg.); yvw- 
Qitio^w TtQoq tov B^aov, notitia perferatur ad deum, 
Plul. 4, 6; yvwgl^Ba&ai elq ndvta xa f^v», di- 
vulgari inter omnes gentes, Ro. 16, 26; ex adj. et 
emphatice i. q. in memoriam alicui revoco, quasi 
eum lateat, quod notum facio, 1 Co. 15, 1 ; c. accus. 
personae, pass, notus Jio, cognoscor. Act. 7, 13 Trg. 
— 2) intrans., scio, novi; tl alg4<^o/jiai, oi yvwgl- 
S<», Phil. 1, 22.* 

6 



yvfoaig. 



yvcSaiq, e<og, ^ (a rNO£i\ cognitio; c. j^en. ob- 
ject!: afoxfigiuqy'Lo. 1, 77^ xov ^sov, cognitio del, 
qualis offertur in evan^eiio, 2 Co. 2, 14., maidme 
in paolina ejus ezpositione, 2 Go. 10, 5; tijq So^f^g 
tov^iov iv 7iQogcon(p Xqioxov^ 2 Co. 4, 6; jfjyaov 
Xqioxov^ Christ tanqaam serratons, Phil. 3, 8. 
2 ret. 3, 18; c. gen. suDJ. xov ^sov^ scientia reram, 
quae del est, Ko. 1 1, 33. — yvciaig nude diet, est 
univ. intelMgentia^ Eph. 3, 19; uniy. cognitio chri- 
stianae religionis, Ro. 16, 14. 1 Co. 1, 5; interior 
perfectior amplior hujus religionis cognitio, qua* 
lis est provectiorum, 1 Co. 12, 8. 13, 2. 8. 14, 6. 
2 Co. 6, 6. 8, 7. 11, 6; inpr. rerum Christianis lici- 
tarum et iUicitarum, 1 Co. 8, 1. 7. 10 s.; sublimior 
divinarum et christianarum rerum cognitio, qnam 
jactant falsi doctores, yfevSciwfjioQ yvwaiQf 1 Tim. 
6, 20; ethica sapientia, qualis cemitur in recte yi- 
vendo, 2 Pet. 1, 5 s.; in usu et consortio aliorum, xa- 
xhyviSaiVy sapienter, 1 Pet. 3, 7. — objective: ea 
quae cognoscuntur de rebus divinis et officiis hu- 
manis, So. 2, 20. CoL 2, 3; de salute per Christum 
obtinenda, Lc. 11, 52. Ubi junguntur yvwaiq et 
aofpla, ilia videtur esse cognitio jper se spectatOt 
haec tntelligeniia in agendo conaptcua, Bo. 11, 33. 
1 Co. ^12, 8. Col. 2, 3.* 

yvciaxijQf ov, o, gnarus.^der Kermer ; Act. 26, 3. 
(Pint. Flam. c. 4; ^eog 6 x(5v xpvnxSv yvcioxriQ 
Hist. Sus. Ys. 42; de fnturarum rerum diyinatoii- 
bus 1 Sam. 28,^3. 9 al.)* 

yvwaxog, i], oV, cogniius^ notus; Act. 9, 42; xivl 
Jo. 18, 15 8. Act. 1, 19. 15, 18 (e 1. vulg.); 19, 17. 
28, 22; yvwaxdv ^oxm i>uTv, scitote. Act. 2, 14. 4, 
10.^ 13, 38. 28, 28; ex adj. itmgnis, Act. 4, 16; yvto- 
axov noieZv^ notum facere, pate&cere. Act. 15, 17 s. 
Orsb. Tdf. Trg.; xo yvwaxdv xov ^eov vel w?, 
quod de deo cognosci potest, vel L q. yvwaiq xov 
&€O0, utrumque enim ad idem redit. Bo. 1, 19; cL 
Ftitzsche ad 1. et Win. p. 220. — plur. ol yvw- 
axoij familiares (Ps. 31, 11. 88. Neh. 5, 10), Lc. 2, 
44. 23, 49. (Ap. Graecos inde ab Aeschylo.)* 

yoyyi5ga>, impf. iyoyyvl^ov^ aor. 1. iyoyyvaa, 
murmuro , musso , mussito (PoUuce et Phavorino 
testibus die. de nativa columbarum voce, ut xov- 
^gvtw et xovd'OQiitWf quo elegantiores Graeci 
utuntur; cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 858); hinc die. de 
lis, qui clandestinos sermones confenmt, xl tisqL 
xivoq, Jo. 1, 32; de iis, qui indignabundi conquerun- 
tur, 1 Co. 10, 10; nQ6q xiva, Lc. 5, 30; ^ct aAAi}- 
Xwv Jo. 6, 43; xaxd xtvog, Mt. 20, 11; tlbqI xivoq, 
Jo. 6, 41. 61. (LXX Antonin. 2, 3. £h)ict diss. 3, 
26.)* 

yoyyvofiog, oC, o (jyoyyvJ^w q. v.), nmrmttr, mur* 
muroHo; appellatur ita a) disputatio clandestina, 
TCBifl xivoff Jo. 7, 12. — b) indignatio clandestina, 
quae non palam profertur; npog xiva Act. 6, 1; 
/tt>^/c vel &v£v yoyyvofitov, sine indignabundis 
querelis, h. e. hilari et lubenti animo, Phil 2, 14. 
1 Pet. 4, 9 (ubi Lchm. Tdf. Trg. yoyyvofAOv), 
(Exod. 16, 7 ss. Sap. 1, 10 s. Antonin. 9, 37.)* 

^oyyvaxtig, ov, o, mwrmurator (Vulg., Augustin.); 
qui indisnabundus efiundit ques&s (adversus 
aeum; additur^enim /isutf/lfjioiQoi), Jud. vs. 16.* 

yoTfg, vxog, o {yodw, lamentor, ululo), 1) lamen- 
tans, ululans; Aesch. choeph. 809. 2) praestigiator^ 
tncantator (quia incantationes ululatu quodam pro- 
ferri solebant). 3) Jraudator, impostor; 2 Tim. 8, 
13. (Hdt. Eur. Plat et sqq.)* 

roXyo^d, 8. (Tdf.) ToXyo^a. accus. av (Mt 15, 
22 Td/.), Golgotha, chald. KrVaVa, heb. M^iVfi (a 
^W: solvit), i. Q. xpavlovt calvaV^calvaria,n6men 
loci extra Hierosolvma siti, ubi Jesus supplicio 
afficiebatur^ ut viaetnr, ita dicti, quod calvae si- 



82 yQafdfiarevg. 

militudinem referebat; Mt. 27, 33. Mc. 15, 22. Jo. 
19, 17. Cf. Tobler Golgatha. St. Gallon. 1851. Fur- 
rer in Schenkel BL. 2 , p. 506 ss. Eeim III , p. 
404 8.* 

FofjLO^^a, ag, J7,et wv, xdj Gomorr?ia(yryB^ct^^. 
Gaza), nomen urbis ad plagam orientalem' terrae 
Judaeae sitae, cum Sodomis et aliis vicinis oppidis 
eodem eversae motu terrae, Gen. 19, 24. Quarum 
urbium loca nunc occupata tenet asphaltites lacus 
8. mare mortuum. Mt. 10, 15. (Mc. 6, 11 t. vulg.) 
Bo. 9, 29. 2 Pet 2, 6. Jud. vs. 7.* 

yofJLog, ov, 6 (vifjicj), a) onus navis, merces, quae 
navi vehuntur; Act. 21, 3. (Hdt. 1, 194. Dem. et al.) 
b) merces quaevis, Ap. 18, 11 s.* 

yovBi&g, fwg, 6 (FENSi, yiyova), parens ; vim. 

01 yovBtg, parentes^ Lc.2,41.43 (Lchm. Tdf. 2rg.); 
21, 16. Jo. 9, 2 8. 22 8. 2 Co. 12, 14. Bo 1, 30. Eph. 
6, 1. Col. 3, 20. 2 Tim. 3, 2; de accus. plur. vovg 
yovslg Mt 10, 21. Lc. 2, 27. Mc. 13, 12., cf. Win. 
§. 9, 2.* 

ydw, ydvaxog, xdrgenu; Heb. 12, 2 ; xi^Svai xa 
ydvaxa, flectere genua, die. de precantibus, Lc. 22, 
41. Act 7, 60. 9, 40. 20, 36. 21, 5; de adorantibus, 
Mel 5, 19., Mieiih&mnQogTihtxeiv xotg ydvaal xivog, 
Lc. 5, 8 (idem de supplice Eur. Or. 1332); xdfocxeiv 
xd yivaxa, fiectere genuc^ de iis, qui deum aut Chri- 
stum adorant; xivl Bo. 11, 4; ngdg xiva^ Enh. 3, 
14; reflexive, ydw xdfinxei xivl, in alicujus hono- 
rem, Bo. 14, 11 (1 B^. 9, 18); iv dv6/juxxt ^ItjooVj 
Phil. 2, 10 f Jes. 45, 23).* 

yownsxiw, d>, prtcp. aor. l.yownfxiiaag (yow- 
nex^g et hoc ex ydw et TlET£i, i. q. nlnxw)^ in 
genua procido, quod est et opem implorantium et 
reverentiam honoremque si^incantium; xivl, Mt 
17, 14 e t vulg.; xivd ibid, Grsb. Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg.; Mc. 1, 40 t vulg. Grsb.; 10, 17- cf. Win. p. 
197; tfingoa^iv Xivog, Mt 27, 29. (Polyb. Heliod. ; 
script, eccles.)* 

yodfifia, xog, x6 (ygdipco), id quod scriptum est; 
1) foWa, h. e.Jigura litterae; Lc. 23, 38. Gal. 6, 11. 
— 2) quodvis scriptum, litterarum monum&nJbunh 
(JJrkunde)\ a) chirographum, syngrapha, ScJudd- 
verschreibung (ut scripUo ap. Yarr. Sat Men. 8, 1); 
Lc. 16, 6 8. (ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg. plur. xd ygofi- 
(laxu, ea quae scripta sunt; ita de uno scripto 
etiam ap. Antiph. p. 114. Dem. p. 1034, 16. Vulg.: 
cautio). — b) litterae, epistola, Act. 28, 21. (Hdt 
5, 14. Thuc. 8, 50. Xen. Cyr. 4, 5, 12 al.). — c) ra 
legd ygdfjifiaxa, litterae sacrae (Vet. Test.), 2 Tim. 
3, 15; ygafJifiaLq. scripta lex mosaica. Bo. 2, 27; 
Mwvoiwg ygafifiaxa, Jo. 5, 47. Quum Jndaei ita 
subsisterent in scripta le^e, ut non solum mera 
scriptura iis maneret, sea etiam veram pietatem 
impediret: Paulus eam in malam partem appellat 
ygdfi/jta atque x^ nvev/iaxi, h. e. divinae menU 
opponit tum in mosaica lege. Bo. 2, 29., tum in 
evangelio efficaci, qua Christiani regantur, Bo. 7, 6. 

2 Co. 3, 6 s., opponit — 3) xd ypafifjoxa, ut lat. 
litterae, Wissenscfiafien, quae litterarum menu- 
mentis continentur. Act. 26, 24; eiSivai^ fjiBfta^- 
xivai yQ. (nostr. studirt hahen\ die. de eruditione 
sacrariun litterarum perita, Jo. 7, 15. {fiecv^avtiv. 




yqafifiaxevg, 

(yQa/zfiia), LXX pro "^fcb et ^'do, 1) ap. profanes et 
passim in V. T. scriba, potissimum scriba pubUcus 
{Staatssecretdr ; Luth. Kanzler), cujus alia erat in 
aliis civitatibus di^itas et auctoritas; Act. 19, 35 
(Sir. 10, 5). — 2) in sacro cod. legis mosaicae et 
scTMtturae s.perUus, interpres, doctor; Mt. 23, 34. 
1 Co. 1, 20 (dictus quoque vofjuxog^ Lc. 10, 25., et 



yqamog. 



83 



yQ'qyoQfti}. 



vofiodiSdifxaXoq, Lc. 5, 17); Jer. 8, 8 (coll. 2, 8); 
Neh. 8, 1 s. 12, 26. 86. Esr. 7, 6. 11 et prae ceteris 
Sir. 38, 24. 31 ss. 39, 1—11. Interjjretabantar ol 
yqafifioTstg sensum oracoloram divinorum, Mt. 2, 
4. 17, 10. Mc. 9, 11. 12, 35; qnaestiones de lege 
excatiebant difficiliores ac sabtifiores. Ml 9, 3. Mc. 
2, 6 s. 12, 28 ; addebant legi mosaicae varii generis 
placita. quibos ejus sensum et argumentmn ezpli- 
cari opinarentoT) eoque officio foi^ebantur in de- 
tnmentnm religionis, Mt. 5, 20. 15, 1 ss. 23, 2 ss. 
Mc. 7, 1 ss. Lc. 11, 46. Quum legis peritoram con- 
silio utendam esset in cansis cognoscendis ct in 
solvendis difficilioribos quaestionibus, adscripti 
erant synedrio magno, unde in N. T. passim com- 
memorantor simol cum sacerdotibus et presbyteris 
populi. Mt. 21. 15. 26, 3 (t. vulg.); Mc. 11, 18. 27. 
14, 1. 15, 1. Lc. 19, 47. 20, 1. 22, 2. Cf. SckUrer 
Ntl. Zeitgeschichte p. 441 ss. Klopper in Schenkel 
BL. 5, p. 247 ss. — 3) univ. religionis doctor; 
y0afiLfi<xT6i>g fjux9^$v^elq sIq ^^^ paaiX, t<Sv oIq,, 
doctor sic institutus, ut ex ejus doctrina et docen- 
di facoltate utilitas redundet ad regnum coelomm; 
Mt. 13, 52. 
yqaTtrp^f 17, 6v, scriptus, Ro. 2, 15.* 
Y^CKpii, ijg^ ^ {YQeig>ap, cf. yXv^^ a yXvipm) a) scri- 
ptura, wcriptum; naca yQa<p^, quaelibet scriptora 
sc. y. Ti., 2 Tim. 3, 16; plar. ypaipal 8yiai, scripta 
sacra, libri sacri (Yet Test.), Ko. 1,2; ngo<pijTixalj 
Bo. 16, 26; al ygatpal xwv^ nQOfprixwv, Mt. 26, 56. 

— b) ii ypag>i]f xax i^oxi^v scripttira sacra (Vet. 
Test.)» et ita quidem, ut intelligatur aut ipse co- 
dex aut argumentum ejus; Jo. 7, 38. 10, 35. Act. 8, 
32. Bo. 4, 3. Gal. 3, 22. 4, 30. Jac. 2, 8. 1 Pet. 2. 6. 
2 Pet. 1, 20; item plar. al yqaipal, Mt. 21, 42. 26, 
54. Mc. 14, 49. Lc. 24, 27. Jo. 5, 39. Act 17, 2. 11. 
18, 24. 28. 1 Co. 15, 3 s.; semel nomine tdiv yQU- 
fwv comprehendontur etiam novi test, libri turn 
in canonem coUigi coepti, 2 Pot. 3, 16; meton. 17 
y^atp^ i. q. deus in ea loquens, Bo. 9, 17. Gal. 4, 
30; ut persona inducitor et a deo distinguitur ^ 
vQaiptj GaL 3, 8. — elSivai riig yQa<pdq Mt. 22, 29. 
Mc. 12, 24; awiivai Lc. 24, 45. — c)pars s. peri- 
copa quaedam scripturae s,; Mc. 12, 10. Lc. 4, 21. 
Jo. 19, 37. Act 1, 16. 

yQUipWf f. ipco, aor. 1. lyQa^a^ft yiygaipa, pf. 
pass. yiyQafi/iaiy aor. 2. pass. iyQUfprfv (pr. sctdpo, 
insciupo, sccdpo: cf. nostr. graben, eingrahen; yga- 
^fsv Sh ol doxeov &XQ^^ ^^Xf^V* Horn. D. 17, 599; 
arjfiLcna ygatpaq iv nLvaxi^ ib. 6, 169; hinc litte- 
ras exaro), scribo; 1) ita, ut spectetur forma lit- 
teramm; UUercu pingo {exaro) m tabula, membra- 
na, charta aliave materia; z^ daxtvXqt ^ygawev 
iigtifv yfpf^ figuras insculpsit humo, Jo. 8, 6; ovxta 
ygcupw, ita ego litteras mngere consuevi, 2 Th. 3, 
17; TtfjXlxoig yQajiifiaat syQoyfa, quam grandibus 
(atque adeo informibus) littens scnpserim , Gal. 6, 
11; cf. Winer, Ruckert, Hilgenfeld ad h. 1. — 
2) at spectetur scriptionis argumentum; a) litteris 
exprimo, seqq. yerois, quae litteris oxprimnntur; 
fyiforpB Xiywv 'iwdvvijQ ioxl x6 dvo/ia ccifxov^ 
Lc. 1, 63; fi^ yQwpv fiaoiXsvg xwv ^lovdalwv, 
xxX, Jo. 19, 21; yQcnpov (laxaQiOiXxX, Ap. 14, 13. 

— ygatpto r/, Jo. 19, 22. pass. Ap. 1, 3; xl inlxi, 
Ap. 2, 17. 19, 16; xl inl xiva 3, 12; inl xivoq, 14, 
1. — b') litteris man€lo (res,^ ne oblivion! dentur), 
aufzeichnen; Ap. 1, 19 {ygmffov ^ elSsg); 10, 4; 
ygdipetv elg fiipxiov, 1, 11; inl x6 Bi^Xlov xfji 
?a»^C, Ap. 17, 8; yeygafjifji. iv r. fiifiilo), iv xolq 
ffifiXloig, 13, 8. 20, 12. 15. 21, 27. 22, 18. 19; xit 
6v6fxaxa i>fji(hv iyifdfrj iv xoXq oijQavolq, sens., 
accensiti estis iis, quibus aetema beatitas parata 
est Lc. 10, 20; ygdipsiv xl xivi, in usam aficujus 



litteris aliquid roandare, Lc. 1, 3. — c) iygd^pij 
et yiyQanxat (ap. Synopt. et Paulum), yEypafifii' 
vov iaxl (ap. Joannem), de iis, quae scripta ex- 
stant in lions sacris (Yet. Test.); absol. yiyQanxai, 
seqq. Terbis e sacro codice allatis, Mt. 4, 4. 6 8. 
10. 21, 13. Mc. 7, 6. 11, 17. 14, 27. Lc. 4, 8. 19, 
46. Act. 15, 15; xa^wQ yiyQanxai, persaepe ap. 
Paulum, Telut Bo. 1, 17. 2, 24. 3, 4. 1 Co. 1, 31. 2. 
9. 2 Co. 8, 15. 9, 9; xa&inecQ yiyg. Bo. 11, 8 Tdf, 
Trg.; yiyganxai ydg^ Mt. 26,31. Lc. 4, 10. Act 
23, 5. Bo. 12, 19. 14^11. 1 Co. 3, 19. GaL 3, 10. 13, 
4,22.27; o Ao/o( ysygafjifiivogt 1 Co. 15, 54; 
xaxd xo ysyga/ifiivov, 2 Co. 4, 13; yeygafftiivov 
ioxly Jo. 2, 17. 6, 31. 12, 14; iyQdg>7jSh ngoq vov- 
d'saiav ff/iibv, 1 Co. 10. 1 1 ; iygdiprj 61 Tjpi&Q, pro- 
pter nos, Bo. 4, 23. 1 Co. 9, 10; nominatis aucto- 
ribus verborum scriptorum aut libris, in quibus 
verba exstant; yiyganxai iv fiipXaf tpaX/jiibv Act 1, 
20; iv pipXip xmv ngo(prix6)V 7, 42; iv x^ nQOiXw 
yfaXfiip, 1 3, 33; iv naata Mc. 1, 2 al. — xivd vel x'l, 
scribentem commemorare vel indicare aUquem vel 
aliquid; 8v fygayfc Miovaijigf qui Mosi de Messia 
scribenti obversatus est, s. cujus^ imaginem ex- 
pressit Moses, Jo. 1,46; Mwvafig yfd<psi xf^v StxaiO'^ 
avvfiv x^v ix vofiovj Moses, scnbens verba Bri o 
noci^aaQ ahxd xxX,, indicat justitiam, quae est ex 
lege. Bo. 10, b.—yiypanxah ygd^eivalsiiegl xivoQ^ 
de aliquo, Mt 26, 24. Mc. 14, 21. Jo. 5, 45. Act 13, 
29: inl xov vlbv xov dv&gwnov, at in eo eventum 
habeat, Mc. 9, 12 s.; in aifXfpf super eo «- de eo 
(cf. Tr*n.p. 368), Jo. 12,16; xdyeyQapLfiiya xqivltp 
xov av^Q,^ quae in scriptura ei sunt destinata, h. e. 
at eventum nabeant in ejus fatis, Lc. 18, 31* cf. 
Win. p. 199; Mwva^giyga%pev fj/xtv, 'Iva . . , M. in 
sacris litteris praecepit nobis, ut . . Mc. 12, 19. Lc. 

20, 28. — d) ygd^eiv xivl, per litteras (in epistola 
scripta) alicui aliquid signijicare, indicare, praeci- 
pere al.; Bo. 15. 15. 2 Co. 2, 4. 9. 7, 12. Philem. vs. 

21. 2 Pet. 3, 15. 1 Jo. 2, 12 ss.; 61 dXlyov, 1 Pet 5, 
12; dikfiiXavoq xal xaXdfiovt 3 Jo. vs. 13; seqq. 
verbis in epistola scriptis aut scribendis, Act. 15, 
23. Ap. 2, 1. 8. 12. 18. 3, 1. 7. 14; ygdipBiv xivi r«. 

1 Co. 14, 37. 2 Co. 1, 13. 2, 3. Gal. 1, 20. 1 Tim. 3, 
14. 1 Jo. 1, 4. 2, Ij negl xivoq, 1 Jo. 2, 26. Act 25, 
26. 2 Co. 9, 1. 1 Th. 4, 9. 5, 1. Jud. vs. 3; did x^*- 
Qog xivog, per aliquem litteras mittere, Act 25, 23 ; 
ygdfpeiv xivlj sq. inflnit, per litteras aliquem ju- 
oere aliquid &cere, Act. 18, 27; sj. ptj cum infinit 
(interdicere), 1 Co. 5, 9. 11. — 3) lUtens impleo (be- 
schreiben); fiifiXlov ysygafifievov MotuO^evxal oni- 
aB^ev, voiumen intus et a tergo, igitur utrinque in- 
scriptum, Ap. 5, 1 (Ez. 2, 10); cf Dilsterdieck ad L 
— 4) litteris exaro, scribendo compono^ conseribo; 
PifiXloVy Mc. 10, 4. Jo. 21. 25; xtxXov, Jo. 19, 19; 
imaxoX^v, Act 23, 25. 2 Pet 3. 1 ; ivxoXi^v xivi, 
praeceptum scribo alicui, Mc. 10, 5. 1 Jo. 2, 7 s. 

2 Jo. vs. 5. 

yoadiSfig, sg (a ygavg, anus, et eldog), aniUs; 
1 Tim. 4, 7. (Strabo 1. p. 32. Galen. aLJ* 

yQfjyogiw, <3, aor. 1. iygtjySgTjaa (ductum ab 
iygnyoQa, expergefactus sum, vigilo, pfct. verbi 
iysiow, cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 118 s. Bttm, Gr. max. 
p. 158), vigUo; 1) pr. Mt. 24, 43. 26, 38. 40. Mc. 13, 
34. 14, 34. 37. Lc 12, 37. 39. Ut dormire saepe est 
i. q. mortuum esse, ita semel, 1 Th. 5, 10., y(>^. di- 
citur pro vivere, in vita (terrestri) esse. — 2) transl. 
diligenter attendo, promdus, strenuus sum, — CAveo 
ne socors et ignavus ingruente teropestate exitiali 
improviso opprimar, Mt. 24, 42. 25, 13. Mc. IS, 35. 
Ap. 16, 15., aut ad defectionem a Christo inducar, 
Mx. 26, 41. Mc. 14, 38; aut ne in peccata incidam, 
1 Th. 5, 6. I Co. 16, 13. 1 Pet 5, 8. Ap. 3. 2 s.; ant 



ne oorrampar erroribus. Act. 20, 31; JbV xivi, in 
aliqaa re oaram exactissimam adhibeo, Col. 4, 2. 
(LXX. Jos. antt. 11, S, 4. AchilL Tat. al.)* 

YVfjLv&CfW (yvfivoQ), Tb. Graecis ab Aeschylo 
inde freqaentatmn, 1) pr. nudo corpore exerceo (in 
palaestra). — 2) qaalicnnqae modo enize exerceo, 
8. corpus, 8. animnm; kavtov ngoQ iiaSfietav ^c. 
qui enixe laborat in eo, ut eradat pins, 1 Tim. 4, 7; 
yeyvfjtvaa/jiivo^^ exercitcOus^ Heb.5, 14. 12.11; xaq- 
Slav ysyvfiv. nlsoveSiag ([.Yalg.nXBOveSlaiQ), ani- 
mum, quern in artibus suis exercuit avaritia s. lucri 
studium, 2 Pet. 2^ 14; ct Win. §. 30, 4.* 

yvfjivaoiu^ ac, 17 (yv^vajctf), a) pr. corporis exer- 
citaUo in palaestra, b) quaevis exercUatio; aujfia- 
ruc9j yv/jivaala, pietatis exercitalio ad corpus spe- 
ctans, quails ascetarum est at^ue per abstinentiam 
a matnmonio et quibusdam cibis nt, 1 Tim. 4, 8. 
(4 Mace. 11, 19. Apud Graecos inde a Plat, de 
legg- U p. 648.)» 

yvfivfireva {^fivlxebw ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg,), 
(yvfivtjvr^q), levUer aut nude vesHtua mm; 1 Co. 4. 
It. (Ita etiam a]^. Dio Chr. 25 et al. posteriores; 
— miles sttm lems armatwrae, Plut Aem. 16. Dio 
Cass. 47. 34.)* 

yv/jivoQ, fit oVf ap. LXX pro h^^ et h^yp, nodus, 
non iectus; 1) pr. a) nuUis vestibus indues, vesti- 
hus carens; Mc. 14, 52. Ap. 3, 17. 16, 15. 17, 6; rb 
yvfivoVf substantive nudum corpus; inl yv/ivov, 
Mc. 14, 51; cf. Fritzsche ad 1. (ra yvfivd Luc. naT. 
33). — b) male vestitus; Mi 25, 36. 38. 43 s. Act. 
19, 16 (laceris vestibus); Jac. 2, 15. (Job. 22, 6. 24, 
10. 26, 6.) — c) veste interiore tarUum {subuctda) inr 
dutus (toga aut pallio depositis), Jo. 21, 7. (1 Sam. 
19, 24. Jes. 20, 2. Hesiod. opp. v. 389; saepe ap. 
Atticos; ita nudus ap. Virg. Geoig. 1, 299.) — 
d) de numano animo, cujus vestimentum corpus 
est: corporis expers, sine corpore, 2 Co. 5, 3. (Plat. 
Crat. c 20 : j; tpvxi yv/ivij xov OfhfAaxoq,) — 2) transl. 
a) dewudatus i. e apertus; Heb. 4, 13. {yv/iv6g 6 
ifSijq ivfoniov aixov, Job. 26, 6; exempla e Graecis 
a|fert Bleek ad Heb. 2, a, p. 585.) — b) sohts, menu, 
i. q. tpiXog (ut lat. niidus); yvfivoq xdxxoq, nudum 
granum, non ipsa planta, 1 Co. 15, 37. (Clem. 1 Co. 
24, Stani^/jiaxa ninxwxev elq x^v y^ Sfi(^^ xal 
yvfivd,)* 

yvfAvixfiQ, XfixoQ, ^ (yv/ivoi), nuditas; corporis. 



84 



daLfioviCofiai, 



Ap. 3, 18 (v. in cclaxvvfi); die. de vostium penuria 
Bo. 8, 36. 2 Co. 11, 27. (Deut. 28, 48. Antonin. 

11, 27.)* , 

yvvaixagiov, ov, x6 (deminutiv. a yvvij), muUer- 
ciua; contemptim die. 2 Tim. 3, 6. (Diodes com. 
Bekk. anecd. p. 87, 4. Antonin. 5, 11^ passim ap. 
Epictet.) De deminutivis terminationis aQiov t. Lod, 
aa Phryn. p. 180. Fritzsche ad Mc. p. 638.* 

yvvaixeZog, ela, eZoVy muliebris; 1 Pet. 3, 7. (LXX; 
ap. Graecos ^inde ab Hom.)* 

yvvi}, aixoq^ ^, 1) univ. femina cujusvis aetatis, 
8. virgo, s. nupta, s. vidua; Mt. 9, 20. 13, 33. 27, 55. 
Lc. 13, 11. Act. 5, 14al.; ^ ifivijoxsvfiivrjxiylyvvii, 
Lc. 2, 5 (t.^ vulg. Grrsb.); tj vnavd^og yvvij, Ro. 7, 
2; yvvhy^Qa, Lc. 4, 26 (3 Ei&g. 7, 14. 17, 9; femina 
vidua, Nep. praef. 4.) — 2) uxor; 1 Co. 7, 3 b. 10. 
13 s. Eph. 5, 22 al.; yvv^ xivoq, Mt. 5, 31 s. 19,3. 5. 
Act. 5, 1. 7. 1 Co. 7, 2. Eph. 5, 28. Ap. 2, 20 al. — 
de sponsa die. Mt. 1, 20. 24. — ^ yvvij xov ncex^dg, 
noverca, 1 Co. 5, 1 (aK jii^k Levit. 18, 8). — l;|re«y 
yvvatxa, Mt. 14, 4. 22^28. Mc. 6, 18. 12, 23. Lc. 20, 
33; V. in ^x^* — Compellatio yvvat est vel indi- 

fnantiis, Lc. 22, 57; vel admirantis, Mt. 15, 28; vel 
landientis et faventis, Lc. 13, 12. Jo. 4, 21; vel 
reverentiam testificantis, Jo. 2, 4. 19, 26 (ut Horn, 
n. 3, 204^. Od. 19, 221. Jos. antt 1, 16, 3). 

PcJv, (a^a), nom. propr. Gog, rex terrae Magog, 
j[ui £z. 38 s. e remotissimis septentrionibus cum 
mnumerabilibus et suis ipsius et sociorum poj>u- 
lorum copiis civitatem Israelitarum post exilium 
instauratam invasurus, sed per dei interventuni 
internecione delendus dicitur. Hinc Ap. 20, 8 o 
Fciy et 6 Maywy collective dicuntur populi post 
finem regni milliarii a satana instigati ab extremis 
quatuor terrae finibus ad impetum in messianum 
regnum prorupturi, sed igne coelitus demittendo 
prorsus exstinguendi.* 

ytovluy aq, ^, angulus; i. e. a) quod nos dicimus 
Eche; xcSv nkaxsi<5v, Mt. 6,5; xE(pa).^ ywvlaq, Mt. 
21, 42. Mc. 12, 10. Lc. 20, 17. Act. 4, 11. 1 Pet. 2, 7 
(nffi ON% Ps. 118, 22); caput anguli, i. e. lapis an- 
gularis {jkxQoywvtaXoq, (\. v.); cuxiaaaosq yatviac 
xijq ynq, quatuor extremi fines terrae, Ap. 7, 1. 20, 
8. — b) ut nostr. Winkel et lat. angulus 1. q. locus 
abdxtus; Act. 26, 26. (ita Plato Gorg. p. 485 d.: ^lov 
fiidtoai ix ytovlff. Epict. diss. 2, 12, 17.). 



A 



Aa^ld (forma textus vulg. e recentioribus codd. 
petita), AavtS (SchoU., Knapp, Theile al.) et Jav- 
eld {Lchm, Tdf. Trg.; cf. Win, p. 44 s. Bleek 
Hebr.-Br. 2, a, p. 588 ; ap. Joseph. JavtSijq, ov), 6 
(Tin et potissimum post exilium T'la), Davides, no- 
men indecl. regis israelitarum longe celeberrimi: 
Mt. 1, 1. 6. 17 al. — j} oxfiv^^ A,, Act. 15, 16; w 
xXzXq xov A,, Ap. 3, 7; d-govoq A., Lc. 1, 32; i 
vloq A,, nomen jjiiessiae: is, qui est eposteris Da- 
vidis et cui regnum Dav. destinatum est (v. in vloq); 
tj ^/£a A„ proles Dav.^ Ap. 5, 5. 22, 16; ^SaaiXsla 
xov A., Mc. 11, 10 (v. m paoiXsla p. 66); iv Aavid^ 
in libro psalmorum Davidis, Heb. 4, 7. 

6ai/iovl^ofjtai, ftc^. aor. 1. pass, daiuovio&slq 
{Salfjtofv), daemoms viagitor; ^Xkoq xax aXXriv 6ai- 
fiovltexai XT^ijv, Philemo ap. Stob. eccl. n. 196; 
die. ae insanis, Plut. symp. 7,^5, 4 et ap. alios re- 
centiores. In N. T. Sai/jioviiQo/ievoi sunt homines 



gravioribus vel corporis vel animi morbis (ut pa- 
ralysi, caecitate, surditate, inopia facultatis lo- 
quendi, morbo comitiali, melancholia, insania al.) 
afflicti, quorum corpora e Judaeorum opinione 
daemones (v. in daifjioviov) ingressi eraot et ita 
obsessa tenebant, ut non solum malls ea vexarent, 
sed etiam animum sede sua emoverent ej usque 
locum ipsi occuparent, undo obsessi homines e 
daemonum sibi mhabitantium mente et conscien- 
tia loqui solebantj ad quorum sanationem requiri 
putabatur daemoms ex eorum corpore ejectio; Mt. 

4, 24, 8, 16. 28. 33. 9, 32. 12, 22. 15, 22. Mc. 1, 82. 

5, 15 s. Jo. 10, 21 ; dttifAOvio^elq, qui obsessus fue- 
rat a daemone, Mc. 5, 18. Lc. 8, 36. Dicuntur etiam 
6xXov(JL£voi imb vel inb Tcvevfiaxotv ixa^oQxwv, 
Lc. 6^ 18. Act. 5, 16; xaxaSvvaaxsvofievoi {>7td xov 
diapoXov, h. e. per ministros ejus, daemones. Act. 
10, 38.* 



dai(i6viov. 

Saifiiviov, oVi x6 (neutr. adj. SaifiSvioff la, ov, 
diyinas, a dalfAaVt^^xo ^iZov), 1) ntanenf deua; ita 
nonnninqiiain ap. pro&nos, velnt Jos. b. j. 1, 2, 8. 
Ael. T. n. 12, 27; in i^lxa. xaiva dai/iovia, Xen. 
mem. 1, 1, 1 a. etsemelm N.T. Siva Saifiovia, Act. 

17, 17. — 2) spiritiu {ein Geigt)^ rmmen deo inferius, 
hoTmnOma supernu^ die. in nlaramqae partem; ita 
Jesum rediyiynm discipulis dizisse: oix elfil dai- 
fiopiov aawfAcn:ov, refert Ignat. ad Smyrn. d; Tcvfv- 
fia daifiovlov axaB^agtov (genit. appositioniss Lc. 
4, 33. (novTiQOv, Tob. 3, 8. 17. 6, 7.) Sed in reliquo 
codice sacro nude die. de malis spiritibus s. dia- 
bolt angeUs et ministrta; Le. 4, 35. 9, 1. 42. 10, 17. 
Jo. 10, 21. Jac. 2, 19. (Ps. 90, 6. Jes. 13, 21. 34, 14. 
Tob. 6, 17. 8, 2. Bar. 4, 25); nvsv/xaxa Saifiovlwv 
(1. Tolg. daifiovmv), h. e.: ex eo spiritaum ordine, 
qui snnt daemones (^en. appos.), Ap. 16, 14; a^vafv 
Tdiv daifAovlmv, prmeeps daemonam s. diabolas, 
Mt. 9, 34. 12, 24. Me. 3, 22. Lc. 11, 15; dicnnt'or 
ttqi^ecB^at itqxiva, alienjus corpus ingredi morbis 
eom vexaturi (y. in daifiovltpfiai), Le. 8,^30. 32 s.; 

nixpXnJ^^ai et iSigx^a^ai sx xtvog vel an 6 rivoq, 
ido coguntur egredi ex aliquo ad restituen- 
ei sanitatem, Mt. 9, 33. 17. 18. Mc. 7, 29. 30. 
Lc. 4, 35.41. 8, 2. 33. Sb.—ixpdXketv datfiovia die. 
ii, qui daemones cogunt egredi e corporibus. Mt 
7, 22. 12, 27 s. Mc. 1, 34. 39. Lc. 9, 49 al. — ^x^iv 
Sai/jioviov, daemonem insidentem sibi habere, a 
daemone obsideri, die. qui aut grairiore morbo la- 
borant, Le. 4, 33. 8, 27 (I;j^. Saifiovia); aut qui ita 
agunt vel loquuntur, ut videantur insanire, Mt. 11, 

18. Lc. 7, 33. Jo. 8, 20. 48 a. 52. 10, 21. — E Judaeo- 
mm opinione ad Ghristianos profecta daemones 
dii gentilium sunt et idololatnae auetores; hinc 
Saifiovta pro tr^hnhn Ps. 95, 5., et tj-^n^ Deut. 32, 17. 
Ps. 105, 35 coU. Bar. 4, 5; nQoqxvvslv ra dai/iovia 
xal Tck siSmXaf Ap. 9, 20. Paulus apost. deos genti- 
lium eommenticios esse quidem docet (1 Co. 8, 4. 
10, 19), sed eorum opinionem a daemonibus homl- 
num animis injectaim esse putat, qui sacrifieia 
idoUs oblata in suum bonorem et usum recipiant, 
inde S Svovai gentiles, daifiovloiQ &vovoiv xal ol 
^eS, 1 Co. 10, 20 (e LXX Deut. 32, 17 coll. Bar. 
4, 5), et ii, qui sacrificalibus gentilium epulis inter- 
aunt, in daemonum consortium veniunt, 1 Co. 10, 
20 a. — Spaiguntur a daemonibus in ipso ehri- 
stiano coetu pemiciosi errorea a vera docWina ab- 
dacentea, 1 Tim. 4, 1. Commemorat etiam Joae- 
phus daifiovia homines obaidentia, antt. 6, 11, 2, a. 
6, 8, 2. 8, 2, 5., in auibua non ut N. TL acriptorea 
pravoa angeloa, sea animos improborum hominum 
mortuorum cernit, bell. jud. 7, 6, 3. 

SaifioviwSrig, eg (daifAdviov, q. y. et elSoQ)f malo 
9piritm similia vel ab eo proficiscens; Jac. 3, 15.* 

datfxfovy ovoQ, o, ^, 1) apud Graecos deus, dea; 
ntanen^ aummis diia inferiusj s. bonum, a. malum, 
unde aya&oSalfioveg et xaxoSalfioveQ diatinguun- 
tur. 2) in N. T. apiritus TncUua (y. in Saifi^iov), 
Mt. 8, 31. Mc. 5, 12. Le. 8, 29. Ap. (16, 14 t. vulg.) 
18, 2 (ubi Lchm, Tdf. Trg. dai/iovimv)* 

Saxvo), tnordeo; a) pr. dentibua. b) metaph. 
animttm laedo , aegritudinem paro, convicUa pro- 
scindo} Gh&l. 5, 15. Ita jam Hom, II. 5, 493: /xv^oq 
dixe fpQivaq. Menuid. ap. Athen.l2, p. 552 e: iS^" 
^v xolQ nagcL aov XoyoiQ a>c i>n6 xvvog Xvxxibv- 
TO?, et aexeentiea ap. aJioa. 

Saxgv, vo(, x6 et x6 daxgvov, vov, lacrima; Mc. 
9, 24 (1. yulg. et Grab.); Act. 20, 19. 31. 2 Co. 2, 4. 
2 Tim. 1, 4. Heb. 5, 7. 12, 17. Forma nominat. xo 



85 



dandvrj. 




SaxxvXioQi ov, o (a dixxvXoq^ quia diffifi eo or- 
nantur), annakia;^ Lc. 15, 22. (inde ab Hdt.)* 

daxxvXog, ov, o, digttua; Mt 23, 4. Lc. 11, 40. 
16,24. Mc. 7,33. Jo. 8, 6. 20, 25. 27; iv SaxxvXqt 
d'SOVf per dei potentiam, vi diyina, qua hominibua 
aliquid monatretur, Lc. 11, 20 (Mt. 12, 28 iv nvev- 
fiaxt &sov)', Exod. 8, 15.* 

JaXfiavovd-a, ^, Dalmanutha, nomen oppiduli 
yel yici non proeul a Magdala yel in ejua agro aiti, 
Mc. 8, 10 (colL Mt. 15, 39), cf. Fritzache ad 1. Ety- 
mon nominia incertum eat; cf. Keim II, p. 528. 

JaXfiaxlUf aQ, i^, Daknatia, Ulyrici para, ad 
mare adriaticum aita, ad orientem contermina 
Pannoniae et Moesiae auperiori, aeptentrionem yer- 
aua a Liburnia Titio amne aeparata, meridiem 
versus usque ad Drinum amnem et Lissum oppi- 
dum se protendens; 2 Tim. 4, 10.* 

Safjta^a>t aor. 1. iSapiaaa, pf. pass. dsSdfiaofiai, 
inde ab Hom. usitatum, damo; Mc. 5, 4. Jac. 3, 7; 
cofrceo; r^v yXaopav, Jac. 4, 8.* 

ddfiaXiq^ ewg, ^ (femininum voeis masc. o Ja- 
uaX^g, vitulus), vitulaj bucuia, juvenca; (Aeachyl., 
Dion. HaL, Luc. al.) die. Num. 19, 2. 6. 9 a. pro rr)| 
et Heb. 9, 13 de vaeca rufa, eujua combuatae einere 
e lege moaaica conap eige ndi erant qui ae pollue- 
rant (Praeterea ap. X1& plerumque pro n^f;^.)* 

Jafiaoig, idoq^ ^, Damaria^ mmier athenieiisia a 
Paulo ad Christum converaa, Act. 17, 34.* 

Ja/iaoxijvoQ, j}, av, damaacenua; substantive ol 
JafiaaxTjvol 2 Co. 11, 33. 

JafjiaoxoQ, ov, 4, Damaacua (hebr. ^^^n), anti- 
quissima (Gen. 14, 15), celeberrima, norentisaima 
Svriae urbs, ad orientEjes Antilibani radices in 
planitie amoenissima ac fertiliaaima aita, inter 
cujua incolaa eximiua erat Judaeorum numerus (Jos. 
b. jud. 1, 2. 25. 2, 20, 2), etiamnune ex opulen- 
tisaimia anterioria Aaiae urbibua c. 109,000 incolaa 
complectena; Act. 9, 2 aa. 22, 5 as. 1 Co. 11, 32. 
(hX. 1, 17.* 

Savel^io (Tdf, 'iZw\ aor. 1. iSaveiaa (Lc.^6, 34, 
Lchm, Tdf.), aor. 1. med. iSavsiadftijv {daveiov 
q. v.), mtiucan dopecumam; Lc. 6, 34 s.; in med. 
mutuam aumo s. mtUor pecuniam, Mt. 5, 42. (Deut. 
5, 6. 8. Prov. 19, 17; ap. Graecos inde a Xen. et 
Plat.)* 

ddveiov, elov, x6 {Sdvoq^ donum), id quod mw 
tuum datwr vel datum eat; Mt 18, 27. (Deut. 15, 8. 
24, 11. Arist eth. 9, 2. Died. 1, 79. Plut. et al.)* 

Savsiax^Q {Tdf. -larj}?), ov, o (Javf/Cco, q. v.), 
qui mutuam j>ecuniam dedit, creditor; Lc. 7, 41. 
(4 Beg. 4, 1. Ps. 109, 11. Prov. 29, 13. Sir. 29, 28. — 
Dem. p. 885, 18. Plut Sol. 12; de aere aL c. 7.)* 

davlt^m, V. in davBl^m. 

Javii^X, o, Daniel (^M]?an, et ^Ma^ i. e. judex dei), 
nomen ^r. israelitici prophetae, msigni sapientia 
conspicui, cajus nomini supposita snnt notissima 
oracula intra annos 167 — 164 acripta; Mt. 24, 15 
et e L vulg. Mc. 13, 14.* 

Saviax^Q, V. in daveiax^Q. 

Sanavdw, w, fut. i^ow, aor. 1. iSetndvtjaa (Sa- 
ndvrf}, inde a Thuc, aumtua facio^ inaumo, im~ 
pendo; xl, Me. 5, 26 (1 Mace. 14, 33); inl c. dat. 
pera. propter aliquem, in ejua gratiam, Act 21, 24; 
vnig xivoq, 2 Co. 12, 15. — aenau malo: verdo, 
dilapido, abligurio; ndvxa, Le. 15, 14; iva iv 
xatq ijdovatg v/imv Sanav^atjxB, ut voluptatibus 
vestria indul^entea s. luxuriose bona accepta con- 
sumatis, pronmdatia, Jac. 4, 3.* 

Sanavfi, ijg, h (a Sanxw dilacero, absnmo), tm- 
penaa, aumtua; Le. 14, 28. (Esdr. 6, 4. 1 Mace. 3, 
30 aL — ap. Graecoa Hes. opp. 721. Pind. Bur. 
Thue. et sqq.)* 



Javeid. 



86 



deixvvw. 



JetvelS et JavtS, v. in da^lS. 

Si (cognat. c. df/, ut fiiv cnm fi^v, of. Klotz ad 
DeT. il, p. 355), particula adversativa, distiiictiya, 
discretiva, autem, vero (Win. p. 411 as. 421 8.)i quae 
in bistoricis N. T. scriptis miuto frequentias quam 
in relii^ois ejus libris, rarissime in joanneis episto- 
lis et in apocalypsi legitur. Est autem 1) uniy, 
opponentis et distmguentis; additor enuntiatis, 
quae ant^esso enuntiato opponnntnr; ictv di 
a<pnts — iicv d'k /jifj dwfjts, Mt. 6, 14 s. ; iav 6h 6 
dq>B'aXfidQ xtX. 6, 23; eXsiiaovtai Sh ^fiigai^ Mc. 2, 
20; personas personis yel rebas ante appellatis vel 
cogitatis aut com vi opponit; i/u> di, Mt. 5, 22. 28. 
32. 34. 39. 44; ^t^slq di, 1 Co. 1, 23. 2 Co. 10, 12; ai> 
Si, Mt. 6, 6; i>fjtetg Sh Tdc. 8, 29; ol Sh viol x^q ^aoi- 
Xsla^, vs. 11; al dXoinsxeg - - o Sh vIoq xov dvB^g. 
8, 20. Lc.^9, 58 ; nag 6 Xaog -- ol Sh ^agioaZoiy 

7, 29 8.; oSh Tcvevfjianxog, 1 Co. 2, 15 et saepe, — 
aut ab iis leviter distinguit 6 Si, cdfxbg Si^ Mc. 1 ,45. 

5, 84. 6, 37. 7, 6. Mt. 13, 29. 37. 52 15, 28 88. Lc. 4, 
40. 43. 5, 16. 6, 8. 8, 10. 54. 15, 29; ol Si, Mt. 2, 5. 
Mc. 3, 4. 8, 28 et 8excentie8, addito etiam nomine 
proprio, velut o Sh^Itjaovg^ Mt. 8, 22. 9, 12. 22. 13, 
57. Mc. 1, 40. Lc. 7, 48 (in t. vulg.); 2, 19 al. — 
2) fihv - - Si, V. in /jiiv. — 3) post negatiyas sen- 
tentias: sed, potttuf, nostr.ti^oAZ aber; ifi. 16, 19 (^^ 
d^oavQlt,£xs - - dTjaavoll^exe Si)] 10, 5 s. Act. 12, 9. 
14. Eo. 3, 4. 4, 5. 1 Co, 1, 10. 7. 87. 1 Tb. 5, 21. Eph. 
4, 14 8. Heb. 2. 5 a. 4, 13. 15. 9, 12. 10, 26 a. 12, 13. 

1 Pet. 1, 12 {ovxhavxoiQy ijfiTv Si); Jac. 1, 13 a. 2, 

11. — 4) consociatur notionibua, quae mode enun- 
tiatae cum yi quadam repetuntur, additia iis, quae 
ad accuratius eaa constituendaa pertinent, quo usu 
particulae atatuere licet auppressam negatiyam sen- 
tentiam; Bo. 3, 21 a. (non yulgaria ilia Sixaioovvti, 
quam jactant et aectantur Judaei, aed Stxaioa. 
Sia nlaxBwg); 9, 30. 1 Co. 2, 6 (aog)lav Sh oi 
xov aliSvoQ xovxov); Gal. 2, 2 (adscendi non meo 
arbitrio, sed ...); Pbil. 2, 8; cf. Klotz ad Dey. 11. 
p. 361 a. Lud. Dindarfiu 5««pAam Thea. 11, p. 928. 

— 5) inaervit Si tranaitioni ad aliquid noyum {Si 
metabaticum) , quo uau peirticulae id, quod novi 
additur, ab antegreasia diatinguitur iisque quasi 
opponitup; Mt. 1, 18. 2, 19. 10, 21. Lc. 12, 13. 13, 1. 
Jo. 7, 14. 37. Act. 6, 1. Ko. 8, 28. 1 Co. 7, 1. 8, 1 et 
aexcentiea; ita etiam in phrasi iyivsxo Si, y. in 
yivofiai, 2, c, y. — 6) infert explicationea easque 
ab iis, quae explicanda aunt, aecernit; Jo. 3, 19. 

6, 39. 1 Co. 1, 12. 7, 6. 29. Eph. 5, 32 aL; maxime 
notationea et explicationea erpositioni interpositas, 
aut quasi appendicis loco additas, Mc. 5, 13 (^oav 
Si ... e 1. vulff.); 15, 25. 16, 8. Jo. 6, 10. 9, 14. 

12, 3; TOVTO si yiyovBy Mt. 1, 22. 21, 4. Quo usu 
particulae factum est. ut baud rare in codd. (etiam 
profanorum scriptorum) confunderetur cum yag, 
cf. Win. ad Gal. 1, 11. Fritzsche ad Mc. 14, 2; ejusd. 
Bpist. ad Rom. T. I, p. 234. 265. T. 11, p. 476. 
T. m, p. 196. — 7) post parenthesin yel exposi- 
tionem, quae a re, de ^ua agitur, abduxerat, reci- 
piendae orationi inseryit; Mt 3, 4. Lc. 4, 1. Ro. 5. 

8. 2 Co. 2, 12. 5, 8. 10, 2. Eph. 2, 4; cf. Klotz 11, 
p. 376. — 8) infert apodosin eamque protasi quasi 
opponit; Act. 11, 17 t. yulg. Grsb. (1 Mace. 14, 29. 

2 Mace. 1, 34); post participialem structuram, quae 
yim protasis obtinet, CoL 1, 21; cf. Matthiae U, 
p. Ul^, Kuhner 11, p. 818. Klotz p. 370 s. — 9) xal 

— Si, etiam - vero^ et vero etiam, praeterea vero; 
Mt. 10, 18. Lc. 2, 35. 16, 18. Jo. 6, 51. 15, 27. Act. 3, 
24. 22, 29. Ro. 11, 23. 2 Tim. 3, 12. 1 Jo. 1, 3. 2 Pet. 
1, 5; ct. Klotz 1. c. p. 645 s. Bttm. ntl. Ur. p. 312; 

— xal iav Si, etiamst vero, Jo. 8, 16. — \^)Si num- 
quam primum enuntiati locum tenet, sed plerum- 



qne secundum atque quando vocea, quibas adjici- 
tur, aeparari a ae neqneunt, tertium (yelut Mt 10, 

11. 18, 25. Mc. 4, 34. Lc. 10, 31. Act 17, 6. 28, 8. Gal. 
3, 23. 2 Tim. 3, 8 aL; in ov fiSvov Sh, Ro. 5, 3. 11 al.), 
yel adeo quartum, Mt. 10, 18. Jo. 6, 51. 8, 16 s. 
1 Jo. 1, 3. 1 Co. 4, 18. 

Siriaig, eoDQ, ^ (Siofiai), 1) indigewtia (Ps. 22, 25. 
Aeschin. dial. 2, 39 s. Arist. rbet. 2, 7). — 2) peti- 
tio. rogatioy precatio, preces rogantium (ap. Graecos 
inde a Plat.), in N. T. preces, quibus deum adeunt 
hominea (Bittgebet); uniy. Jac. 5, 16. 1 Pet. 3, 12; 
ut aaepe ap. LXX junct. c. ngogevxii (b. e. qualis- 
cunque pius aermo ad deum conyeraus), Act 1, 14 
t vulg.; Eph. 6, 18. Phil. 4, 6; plur. 2 Tim. 1, 3; 
junct. c. TtQOQSvxal 1 Tim. 5, 5 ; c. vtjaxsiai Lc. 2 37; 
TCoiBtad'ai Sinaiv "PMll,^; Se^sig,Lc.b,SZ. 1 Tim. 

2, 1. — ex aajunctis die. de precibus, quibus in 
certa quadam causa del auxilium imploratur, Lc. 
1, 13. rhil. 1, 19; plur. Heb. 5, 7; precatio pro aliis, 
nsgl tivoq, Eph. 6, 18; {>7iig xivog 2 Co. 9, 14. Phil. 
1, 4; add. ngog xiv ^eov, Ro. 10, 1.* 

Set, conj. praes. Siy, impf. iSsi, impersonale 
{Sico, sell. xivoQy opus habeo, indigeo, igitor pr. 
nostrum ee hedarf), neceese eet, opus set, oportet, 
decet, sq. yel simphci infinitiyo {man muse), vel ac- 
cus. G. inf., denotat quamlibet necessitatem; a) ne- 
ce8s. in cauaae, de qua agitur, natura positam, Jo. 

3, 30. 2 Tim. 2, 6. — b) neceaa. conditione rerum 
yel aliorum erga nos agendi ratione allatam, Mt. 
26, 35 et Mc. 14, 31 {xav Siy fie ano^avelv)\ Jo. 

4, 4. Act. 27, 21. 2 Co. 11, 30., yel animi affectione 
impoaitam, Lc. 2, 49. 19, 5. — c) necess. ejus, quod 
requiritur ad assequendum aliquem finem, Lc. 12, 

12. Jo. 3, 7. Act. 9, 6. 16, 30. 1 CoL 11, 19. Heb. 9, 
26 (de quo loco cf. Win. p. 266); 11, 6. — d) ne- 
cess. legis et praecepti, officii , aeqnitatis, Mt. IS, 
33. 23, 33. Lc. 11, 42. 13, 14. 15. 32. 18, 1. 22, 7. Jo. 
4, 20. Act. 5, 29. 15, 5. Ro. 1, 27 (dvxifuad-lav, fjv 
^Sei, 8c. catoXa/ifidveo^aiy compenaationem lege 
dei debitam); 8, 26. 12, 3. 1 Col 8, 2 aL; — vel 
muneria Lc. 4, 43. 13, 38. Jo. 9, 4. 10, 16. Eph. 6, 20. 
Col. 4, 3. 2 Tim. 2, 24. — e) neceaa. consOio et de- 
creto dei constitutam, maxime illo ejus decreto, 
quod ad salutem hominibus intercessore Christo 
parandam spectat et ex Y. T. vaticiniis elncet; 
Mt 17, 10. 24, 6. Mc. 9, 11. Act 4, 12. 1 Co. 15, 53; 
die. ita potissimum de fatis extremis Christo sub- 
eundis, passione, morte, resnrrectione, adscensu in 
coelum, Lc. 24, 46. Mt 26, 54. Jo. 8, 14. Act 8, 
21 al. (de necessitate fcUi Hdt. 5, 33; add. xaxa 
xb ^eongSmov 8, 58; Thuc. 5, 26.) 

SsTyfJia, xoq, x6 {Seixwfii), a) pr. quod ostensvm 
est. — b) cupisvis rei specim^en, exemplvm; Txvgbq 
altovlov, admonendi et dehortandi causa nroposi- 
tum, Jud. vs. 7. (inde ab Isocr. Xen. Plat.)* 

SeiyfiaxLC^to, aor. 1. iSsty/idxiaa {Setyfia), exemr 
phim facio, ostendo in exemplum; xivd, aliquem 
ignommiae expono (cf. nagaSsiyfiaxi^ta, d^eaxgtl^w). 
Mt. 1, 19 Lckm. Tdf. Trg.; Col. 2, 15. Vox Grae- 
cis incognita.* 

Setxvvm (Seixvi^eiv, Mt. 16, 21 ; Ssixvveig, Jo. 2, 
18; xov SsixviSovxog, Ap. 22, 8) et Seixwfii (Mt 
4, 8. 1 Co. 12, 81. Jo. 5, 20; cf. Bttm. ntL Gr. p. 39), 
f. Sel^Qt, aor. 1. ^d«$a, ptcp. aor. 1. pass. SsixO^elq 
(Heb. 8, 5), LXX plerumque pro nK-jri, monstro, 
ostendo; 1) pr. ocviis conspiciendum praebeo ; xivl 
T£, Mt 4. 8. Lc. 4, 5. 20, 24 (pro L vulg. iniSel^.)', 
22, 12. (24, 40 Lchpi.) Mc. 14, 15. Jo. 20, 20. Act 
7, 8; SSov xivi, metaph. qua via incedendum, i. e. 
quid agendum sit, aliquem docere, 1 Co. 12, 31; 
xaxd xov xvnov xbv Seix^ivxa ool, Heb. 8, 5; ^ov- 
xbv Ssixvvvai xivi, aiatere ae alicui spoctandum. 



detlia. 



87 



iB^LoXdfiog, 



Mt.8,4. Mc. 1,44. Lc.5,14; SeZSov ^fiXv xbv nati^a, 
adspectabilem nobis redde patrem, Jo. 14, 8 8.; de 
iis, quae alioui in visione repraesentantmr, rivl ti, 
Ap. 17,1.21, 98. 22,1. S; Sexual rivi, S StiYBvio^at, 
ib. 1, 1. 4, 1. 22, 6. — conspiciendom dare, L q. e^^ 
cere ea, qnae aliquis conspioere possit Uehen las- 
sen), de miraculis, quae aliquis coram aliis edit iis 
Gonspicienda; arifxslov Jo. 2. 18 (Bar. 6, 67; al^fioL^ 
Hom.Od 3, 174. IL 5, 244); MQya Sx xivog, &cta ali- 
^o adjutore odita, Jo. 10,32; ri^v im^dveiav'Iiiaov 
Xgiaxov, die. de deo adspectabilis reditioniB Gbxisti 
aactore, 1 Tim. 6, 15; uiter die. i^ya Siucvvsiv 
Jo. 5, 20., fieicta monstrare alicui ea edituro. — 
2) metaph. a) c. ace. rei. aUcujua rei documentum 
do; nlatiVy Jac. 2, 18 ; r/ Ix xivoQ, nt x^v nlcxiv ix 
xe5v igymv^ ibid.; xa l^ya ix xtjg xaXtjg dvaaxoO' 
^ijg, 3, 13. — b) verbis demansirOy doceo; sq. ixi, 
Mt. 16, 21 (pro duxvvtiv Mc. 8, 31 Siddaxsiv); seq. 
inf. Act. ID, 28.* 

SeiXla, ac, h {deiXog), imidit(u;2Tvtti. 1, 7. (Soph. 
Eur. Thuc. et sqq.)* 

SeiXida, <b, {deiXla), tknidus sum; Jo. 14, 27. 
(Deut. 31, 6. 1, 31 et passim ap. LXX. Sir. 22, 14. 
31, 14. 4 Mace. 14, 4. — Diod. 20, 78. Graeci prae- 
ferunt compojdtum dnodeiXiib.)* 

dsiXog, j}, 6v {SelSm)f Umidus, meticidosus ; Mt. 8, 
26. Mc. 4, 40; die. Ap. 21, 8 de Cbristianis^ qui timi- 
di persecutioDibus cedentes a fide cbristiaiia defi- 
ciunt. (ap.^ Graecos inde ab Horn.)* 

SeZva^ Of ^, to, gen. deZvog^ dat. deZvi^ ace. x6v, 
Ti^v, xb SsZva (cf. McUthias^. 151), tpUdam^ german. 
der und der, A. e. quern illico nonunare neqneo aut 
cujus dici nomen nihil attinet; semel in sacro cod., 
Mt. 26, 18. (Aristoph. Demosth. al.)* 

SsivwQ, tAY.(6eiv6Q),vehemenierf graviier; Mt. 8, 
6. Lc. 11, 63.* 

dsinviw, (h, aor. 1. iSelnvfjoa {d€Znvov\ eoeno; 
Lc. 17, 8. 22, 20. 1 Co. 11, 25; in allegoria: Ssmv^aw 
fXBx^ aixo^, intimae et beatissimae familiarilatis 
meae consortem eum faciam, Ap. 3, 20.* 

dsZnvoVf ov, to, atque e rariore eademque in- 
ferioris aetatis forma o delnvog Lc. 14, 16 Lchm, 
(ap. Hom. epulum matutinum s. jentaculum [cf. 
Passow 8. ▼.], quod posthac Graeci xb Soiaxov 
Yocant [t. supra aQiarov], xb dstnvov contra di- 
centes epulum vespertinum, coenam), 1) coena, 

Eotissimum eptdun solenne vespere instihu soUium, 
€. 14, 17. 24. Jo. 13, 2. 4. 21, 20; plur. Mt. 23, 6. 
Mc. 12, 39. Lc. (11, 43 Lchm.) 20, 46; die. de epulo 
messiano, cujus imagine salus regni diyini adum- 
bratnr, Ap. 19, 9. IT; xvgiaxov SeZTCvov{Y. in xvota- 
xoq) 1 Co. 11, 20; xoieZv deZnvov, Lc. 14, 12 {a^i- 
axov ifi Selnvov); 16 ^Dan. 5, 1); add. xivi, Mc. 6, 
21. Jo. 12, 2. — 2) uniT. cibuSf qui vespere capitwr^ 
1 Co. 11, 21.* 

deiCiSaifiovla, ag, ^ (SnotSatfiwv), metus deo^ 
nam; 1) sensu bono: reverenHa deorum, pietas, reli- 
ffio; Pol 6, 56, 7. Jos. antt. 10, 3, 2; xal d^softXi^Q 
fiiog, Diod. 1, 70. — 2) i. q. ^ dsiXia ngbq xb dai- 
fiovtov (Theophr. cliar. 16 [22]), euperstitio ; Plut. 
Alex. c. 75; de adulai c. 12 et in ejus scripto nsql 
xfjg buoidaifiovlaq, Antonin. 6, 30: ^eoaepiiq xwqIq 
dsiaiSatfioviaq. -— 3) religio sensu objectivo, quo s. 
Claudium Judaeos jississe ixij xaq x(bv &XXwv td-vwv 
SetoiSaifjiovlaQ iSovd-evi^siv narrat Jos. antt. 1 9, 5, 3. 
— Ambigue et catte coram Agrippa judaeo rege 
voce utitur Festus ict. 25, 19 de judaica religione, 
scilicet ita suum d« ejus veritate judicium in sus- 
pense relinquens. Cf. ZezschwUz^ Profangrfieit&t 
n. bibl. Spracbgeist. p. 59.* 

deiaiSalficfv, ov, gen. ovog {dslSw et SalfimVf 
numen), jiumen vel numina metuens ut lat. religio- 



sus, die. in utramque partem, 1) sensu bono : deum 
vel deos reverenSf pius; Xen. Qyr. 3, 3, 58. A^s. 
11, 8. Arist. poL 5, 11. — 2) male sensu: superstttio- 
sus, Theophr. char. 16 (22); Diod. 1, 62. 4, 51. Plut. 
de adul. c 16. de superstit. c. 10 s. — Clemente 
ambiguitate ntens Paulus Athenienses in exordio 
orationis ad eos habitae Act. 17, 22 appellat xaxd 
navxa SeanSaifioveaxSgovg (sc. reliquis (^raecis, cf. 
Meyer ad 1.), ut qui citra veri dei notitiiun pii 
essent; cf. Bengel ad 1.* 

Sixa, ol, ai, xd, decern, Mt. 20, 24 aL — d-XZtpiQ 
^(ABQwv Sixa^ i. e. per breve tempus futura, Ap. 2, 
10; cf. Dan. 1, 12. 14. Num. 11, 19. Ter. Heaut. 5, 
1, 36: „decem dlerum vix mi est familia.*' 

dixaSvio. rare ap. antiquiores, saepius ap. recen- 
tiores (v. Passow s. v. Sixa) et LXX, i. q. 6<o6ixa, 
duodecim; Act. 19, 7. 24, 11; quo utroque loco 
Lchm. Tdf. Trg. SvDdexa.* 

dtxanivxe, pro antiquiore nsvxexalSexa^ qidt^ 
decim;^ Jo. 11, 18. Act 27, 28. Gal. 1, 18.* 

JsxoJtoXiQ, Ctt)c. ^1 DecapoUs, regio deeapolitana 
(Plin. h. n. 5, 16. 17 K i. e. regio, decem uroes com- 
prehendens. Appeliatur hoc nomine regio tribus 
Manassiticae trans Jordanem sita et fines Syriae 
attingens, decem urbes primarias, quibus quidem 
et afia oppidula inteijecta erant, complexa. Sed 
in enumeratione harum decem urbium scriptores 
geographic! variant Plinins 1. c. lis annumerat 
Damascum, quam exclusisse videtur Josephus, Scjr- 
thopolin fzeyiaxriv xfjq SsxanoXiwg dicens, b. j. 
3, 9, 7. In eo consentire videntur omnes, quod ex 
earum urbium numero fuerint Gadara, Hippo, Pella, 
Scythopolis. Cf. Win. BWB. s. v. D ecap otis. Vai- 
hinger in Herzog Enc.3, 325 s. Riehm HWB. p. 266 s. 
— Mt 4, 25. Mc. 5, 20. 7, 31.* 

Ssxaxiaaageg, wv, ol, al, -aaga, xd, gwxbuorde' 
dm; Mt. 1, 17. 2 Co. 12, 2. Gal. 2, 1.* 

Ssxdxij, f/^, h {dixaxoQ)f decimaparscujuscnnque 
rei, decimae {der Zehend); speciatim decima pars 
praedae ab hoste eaptae, Heb. 7, 2. 4; decimae, 
j[uae lege mosaica e fm^bus terrae et pecoribus 
m ecclesia israSlitica LevitiB offerebantur, Heb. 7, 
8 s. (ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt. 4, 152; LXX pro 

dixaxoQ, 17, ov (Sixa), decimus; Job. 1 , 40. Ap. 21 , 
20; xb dixttxov, substantive, decima pars, Ap. 11, 13.* 

Sexttxom, w, pf. act Se6exdx<»xa, pf. pass. SeSe^ 
xdxokfjuxi (dixaxog), decimam partem exigo vel aeei- 
pio (pro ^uo Graeci Ssxaxevco); c. accus. personae, 
a qua accipitur, Heb. 7. 6; pass, decimas persolvo; 
Vulg.: decimor, Heb. 7, 9. (Neh. 10, 37.)* 

bsxxog, 17, ov (Siyofiai), acceptus, gratus; Lc. 4, 
24. Phil. 4, 18 ; nv/TAct 10, 35 ; xaigbq Sbxxoq 2 Co. 
6, 2 (e Jes. 49, 8 pro ytr^ rf$) et iviavxbq dexxoq 
Lc. 4, 19 (e Jes. 61, 2 pro 'fx; n^w) die. de tempore 
laetissimo, quo salus et larga dlei beneficia obtin- 
gunt. (Exod. 28, 38. Jes 56, 7. Inter profanes utitur 
voce Jambl. protr. §. 20. p. 350.)* 

dBXidt^m {oiXeag, esca), 1) pr. inesco, escd capio, 
Xen. mem. 2, 1, 4 et ap. al. — 2) ut saepe ap. pro- 
&nos metaph. blandimentis circumvenio, iuecebris 
peUiciOj decipio; xivd^ 2 Pet. 2, 14. 18. Jac. 1, 14., 
ad quem locum cf. Philo q. omn. lib. prob. $-22: ngbg 
im^/ilag iXavvexai ^ tip* ^dovtjQ SsAid^evai.* 

Sivd^ov, oVf x6. arbor; Mt. 7, 17 al.; ylvic^ai 
6iv6Qov s. elg dMgov in arboris formam et magni- 
tudinem excrescere, Mt. 13. 32. Lc 13, 19. 

SeSiofioXoQ, ov, o (e SeSiog et fidXXm), dexterdja- 
ciens, /unditor^ Sagittarius; Act. 23, 23 in Lchm, 
ed. mm.;^cf. vocem^ seq.* 

SBSioXdfioff ov, o (S€l£i6g et Xafifiava), vox anti* 
quioribus scriptoribus ignota, ap. Constantinum 



de^iog. 



88 



deanLOQ. 



PorphTrogennetam (sec. X) them. 1, 1 de^ipXafiovg 
ut militum genus com arciferis (To^o<p6(foiQ) et 
peltastis commemorantem, obvia. Quomm qnum Act. 
23, 23 praesto esse jubeantur ducenti, viaentiir in- 
telligendi esse lancearii (dextra lanceam gestan- 
tes), qaos inteUexit etiam interpres Yulgatus. lis 
enim interpp., qai cogitant de militibus, quoram 
fuerit custodire captives, a manu dextra catenae 
alligatos, obstare videtur horum hominum h. 1. 
commemorata multitado. Meyerus ad 1. intelligit 
jacuUttores.* ^ 

SeS^og^ a, 6v (a Sixofiat, f. Sofiai vel d^arco, quod 
affine est verbo Selxw/iiy pr. de manu ea, qua capi 
pariter solet atque monstrari; eodem mode a^iog 
ab S^ctf, fut. verbi 5ya»), dexter ; Mt. 5, 29. 39. Lc. 22, 
50. Jo. 18, 10. Ap. 10, 2; ij de^ia /c/p, Mt. 5, 30. Lc. 
6, 6. Act. 3, 7. Ap. 1, 16. 13, 16; et (omisso nomine 
X^Iq) ^ Se^id Cut fi dQiats^d) Mt. 6, 3. 27, 29. Ap. 1, 
20. 2, 1. 5, 7; ml tr^v SeSiav^ ad dextrum latus, Ap. 
5, 1 ; 6iS6vai t^v Ss^idv vel ra? deSid^t jungendis 
dextris mutuam vel gratiam et amicitiam vel initi 
pacti fidem finnare, Gal. 2, 9 (1 Mace. 6, 58. 11, 50. 
62. 66. 13, 50. 2 Mace. 11, 26. 12, 11. 13, 22; cf. Ge- 
9enii Thes. 11, p. 566 et 599; et ap. profanos, ut 
Xen. an. 1, 6, 6. 2,^5, 3. Jos. antt. 18, 10^ 3: ds^iav 
XB xal nlaxiv SiSovai rivl) ; deus aliquid effecisse 
dicitur rf Ss^ia avrov, i. e. e consuetudine loquen- 
di hebr. poteniia 8udf Act. 2, 33. 5, 31 ; za Zn/ia tic 
Ss^id, arma, quae feruntur dexlra ad faciendum 
impetum, ut gladius, basta, xal iqictega^ quae sini- 
stra feruntur, quibus se defendit aliquis, scutum. 
2 Co. 6, 7 ; ra 6e%id fiigri tov nkolovt Jo. 21,6. — ret 
Ss^id, latus dextrum, Mc. 16,5; ^x Ss^iwv xivoq^ lat. 
ad alicujus dextram, Mt. 25, 33 s. 27, 38. Mc. 15, 27, 
Lc. 1, 11. 23, 33; slvai, Act. 2, 25 (e Ps. 16, 8: mihi 
a dextris est, scil. tamquam dux, qui me sustentet). 
Ut in hac dictione Graeci praepositione ix, ita 
Hebraei interdum jia (•j^n'^to a dextra, "& VitKte, a 
latere alicujus) et Latini ah utuntur {sedere a dex- 
tra alicujusj proximum esse ab aliquo), quia situm 
assidentis vel adstantis definiunt o^ eo profici- 
scentes, cui aliquis adstare vel assidere* dicitur. — 
xaS-laai ix SeS^wv x. i^ svwvv/iwv xivog fiaaiXimg^ 

£roximos a rege locos et honores oecupare, tenere, 
[c. 10. 37. 40. Mt. 20, 21. 23 ("s T^-^ a©% 1 Reg. 2, 
19. Ps. 45, 10). Hinc e Ps.'UO. 1 ad Messiam 
relate (Mt. 22, 44. Mc. 12, 36. Lc. 20, 42} Ghristus 
in coelum sublatus dicitur xa^^ad-ai vel xad-loai 
ix 6eSid>v dei: Mt. 26, 64. Mc. 14, 62. 16, 19. Lc. 
22, 69. Act. 2, 35. Hcb. 1, 13; elvat vel xa^loai iv 
deSia dei, Bo. 8, 34. Eph. 1, 20. Col. 3, 1. Heb. 1, 
3. 8, 1. 10, 12. 12, 2., ut significetur divini rerwra 
imperii consore foetus (cf. Knapp de J. Chr. ad 
dextram dei sedente, in ej. Scriptis varii arg. p. 41 ss.). 
Hoc tropico enim sensu neque de certo miodam 
et circumscripto in supremis coelis loco (id quod 
praeeuntibus orthodoxis reformatae ecclesiae tneo- 
logis probare studet CTir. Fr. Fritzsche in Nov. 
Opuscc. acad. p. 239 ss.) illas dictiones intelligen- 
das esse, a nuUo dubitabitur, qui locum Ap. 3, 21 
diligenter perpenderit. — Dicitur semel Chr. $axd}g 
ix 6sSi€5v xov ^sov quasi is, qui indi^nabundus 
in adversaries e coelesti solio surrexent, Act. 7, 
55 s. 

Siofiaif 3 pf impf idiexo (cf. Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 220) Lc. 8, 38 (ubi Lchm. iSseZxOf Trg. idsZxo, 
cf. Meyer ad 1. et Bttm, ntl. Gr. p. 48); aor. 1. 
iSe^^Tiv (a Sim^ indigeo, opus habeo, unde med. 
6io/4ai, mihi opus habeo, mihi deest^, 1) careo, 
indigeot xivoq. 2) cupio, desidero, xiviq. 3) rogo, 
peto {bitten); a) univ. et ita quidem ut res quae 
petitur, pateat e circumjectis; c. genit. personae. 



a qua aliquid petitur, GaL 4, 12; ita, ut petitum 
oratlone directa enuntietur, Luc. 5, 12. 8, 28. 9, 38 
(e 1. inipXetpov); Act. 8, 34 (Siofial aov, negl 
xlvoq o nQO(pifixriq Xiyei xovxo; de quonam, quaeso, 
vates haec dicit?); 21, 39. 2 Co. 5, 20; sq. infin. 
Lc. 8, 38. 9, 38 (e 1. inifiXiyfai); Act. 26, 3 (ubi 
Lchm, Tdf, Trg, oov post Siofiai omittiint); sq. 
Iva, Lc. 9, 40 (cf. Win. p. 315); sq. x6 c. infin. 
2 Co. 10, 2; c. accus. personae et rei, 2 Co. 8, 4 
(Orsb. Lchm. Tdf, Trg,; nam in t. vulg. perperam 
additur SiSaoBai fifidq). — b) speciatim die. de 
precibus, quae ad deum funduntur; absol. preces 
facio^ Act. 4, 31; xov d-eov; 10, 2; sq. bI aga 8, 
22; xov xvQiov, SnwQy Mt. 9, 38. Lc. 10, 2; sine 
genit. d-eoVf sq. et nwq^ Bo. 1, 10; sq. ?va, Lc. 21, 
36. 22, 32; s^. slq to finali, 1 Th. 3, 10; vnig xtvoQ 
TCQdQ xov xvQioVy Sttoi^, Act. 8, 24.* 

6iov, ovxoQ, xo (ptcp. verbi del, q- ▼.), inde ab 
Hdt;, id ^uoid opus est, quod reqviritur, quod 
debetur, quod decet; Siov iaxlf opus est, 1 ret. 
1, 6; sq. ace. c. inf Act. 19, 36; xdi /lij diovxa, 
quae non decent, 1 Tim. 5, 13.* 

dioq, ovQ, x6 {S6lSw)f meius; Heb, 12, 28 Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg.* 

JsQfiaXog, ov, o, Derbensis, Derhe oriundus; Act. 
20, 4.* 

diopfff tjQy ^, Derbe, urbs Lycaoniae in confinio 
Isauriae; Act. 14, 6. 20. 16, 1.* 

digfia, xoQ^x6{9,Sigw s. SelQW, utxigfia VLxelow), 
cutis, peiXis^ corium; Heb. 11, 37. (Horn, et sqq.r 

Segfjidxivog, rj, ov{6iQfia\epellefactuSy peuiceus 
(Vulg.), germ, ledem; M. 3, 4. Mc. 1, 6. cf. 2 Beg. 

I, 8. O&om. Hdt. Plat. Strab.) 

digw, aor. 1 . iSeiga, fut. 2. pass. dKO^aofiai, 1) co- 
rium detraho; Hom. II. 1, 459. 23, 167 al. — 2) per- 
cutio, verbero {durchgerben) ; ita nonnumquam ap. 
profanes inde ab Arist. ran. 618; tivd^ Mt. 2i, 35. 
Mc. 12, 3. 5. Lc. 20, 10 s. 22, 63. Jo. 18, 23. Act. 5, 
40. 16, 37. 22, 19; sig ngoqwnov iigeiv xiv&, 2 Co. 

II, 20; diga Sigeiv (y. in df}p), 1 Co. 9, 26; pass., 
Mc. 13, 9. Lc. 12, 47 (Sagi^osxai noXXdg, scil. n?.ri- 
ydg, multis verberibus afficietur); vs. 48 {dXlyag, 
cf Xen. anab. 5, 3, 12; naleiv cXlyag. Soph. Ant. 
1412: naUiv dinX^v. Arist. nul. 968: xvnxeaB^ai 
noXXdg. Plat. legg. 8, p. 845 b. : /iuaxtyovo&ai nXij- 
ydg, cf. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 164.)* 

d£a/ji€i5(o {dea/iog), a) vinculis constringo; L. 8. 
29 Tdf. Trg.; Act. 22, 4. (LXI Judd. 16, 11. Eur. 
Bacch. 616. Xen. Hior. 6, 14. PUt. legg. 7, n. 808 d.) 
— b) colligo (ssusammenbinden); ipogxia, Mt. 23, 4. 
{Sgayfiata^ Gren. 37, 6. Judith. 8, 3.)* 

6so/ii(tf, u), vineio, ligo; Lc. 8, 29; v. in Sb- 
aiieixo, (Heliod. 8, 9.)* 

diofATi, rjg, vel, ut alii scribunk, deofiri, ijg, ^ {Siw>\ 
fasciculus, manipuhis {Biindel), Mt. 13, 30. (Exod. 
12, 22. — Dem.^Dion. Hal. ei al.)* 

Siafjuog, iov^ o, vinctus, in tinctda conjectus, ca- 
ptivus; Mt. 27, 15 s. Mc. 15. 6. let. 16, 25. 27. 23, 18. 
25, 14. 27. 28, 16 s. Heb. (10, J4 Grsb.^Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg.); 13, 3; o diofiiog xov Xgicxov *Iijaoij, quem 
Christus. h. e. causa ejus a me praedicata in vin- 
cula conjecit {Win. p. 178), i^jh. 3, 1. 2 Tim. 1, 8. 
Philem. vs. 1. 9; idem denotat p d^a^eio; iv xvgltp, 
Eph. 4, ^1.* ^ 

Ssofjiog, ov, 6^{6iw), mnculun; Mc. 7, 35 {iXv&fj 6 
dBOfibg xrig yXioaotig aixov, i. •. sublatum est impe- 
dimentum loquelae); Lc. 13, 16 (Xvd'^vai And xov 
dsofjLOv, de muliere incurvala et quasi vinculis 
constricta). Pluralis forma Graecis usitatior (IFih. 
p. 62) xii dsa/jid exstat Lc. 8^ 29. Act 16, 26. 20, 
23; altera ol SBOfioi Phil. 1, IS (S)Oxb xoi>g dsafiovg 
(JLOV ^avBgovg iv Xgiax<p yevia&ai, ut captivita^ 



deofiOfjpvXa^. 



89 



dititf. 



mea tamquam ob caasam Christi facta manifesta 
fieret); genitiTus et dati?u8 habetur Act. 22, 30 
(L VT%.); 28, 29. 26, 29. 31. Pbil. 1, 7. 14. 17. Col. 4, 

18. 2 Tim. 2, 9. Philem. vs. 10. Heb. 10. 34 (1. VTilg.)j 
11, 36. Jud. vs. 6; iv roTg Sso/jioU tov tlayyeXlov, 
in captivitate, in quam eyangelii praedicatio me 
conjecit, Philem. vs. ^13.* 

SeofiOipvXaSy xog, o (deofiog et ^vXaS, cf. ^tiaav' 
(>o^i;Aa$), careeris et vinctorum ctutos; Act. 16, 23. 
27. 36. (Jos. antt. 3, 5, 1. Lucian. Toz. SO; dgx^^^- 
Ofio^vXaS Gen, 89, 21—23.)* 

Seofjiafxiigiov, lov, xOjCarcerj Mt. 11, 2. Act. 5, 21. 
23. 16. 26. (Gen. 40, 3. Thnc. Plat. Dem. et al.)* 

Sfa/icizr^g, ov, o, vincku, captivua: Act. 27, 1. 42. 
(Gen. 39, 20. Bar. 1, 9. Hdt. Aeschyl. Soph. Thuc. 
et sqq.)* 

otanoxriQ, o\\ o, herus (ciii snbsunt SovXot^ ohei" 
xai)y 1 Tim. 6, 1. 2 Tim. 2, 21. Tit. 2, 9. 1 Pet. 2, 18; 
dens hoc nomine salutatur ab eo, qui se ejus iov- 
Aov apijellat, Lc. 2, 29 coll. Act. 4, 24. 29 {SBcnoxrig 
x<3y nivxiov Job. 5, 8. Sap. 6, 7); die. ita CJhristus, 
qui servos sibi emerit, 2 ret. 2, 1., ecclesiae impe- 
ret, Jud. vs. 4., cujus sit, in suorum persecutores 
severe et vehementer vincQcare, Ap. 6, 10.* 

devpOy adv., inde ab Hom. 1) ae loco, a) hue; 
hunc in locum. — b) est hortantis et provocantis, 
veni^ accede (LXX potissimum pro ^V et ra^), Mt. 

19, 21. Mc. 10, 21. Lc. 18, 22. Jo. 11, 48 {devQO lfa», 
egredere); — Act. 7, 34. Ap. 17, 1. 21, 9; dsvgo elg 
yrpf, ^v xxX, Act 7, 3 (Ssv^o sig xdv olxov aov 3 Eeg. 
1, 53; elg IlxoXefiafda 1 Mace* 12, 45). — 2) de tem- 
pore, adhtu^t nunc; SyQi xov Sevgo, ad hoc usque 
tempus. Bo. 1, 13. {uhQ* Sei>gOj Athen. 1, p. 34 c. 
Hut. vit Num. 4. Pomp. 24.)* 

devxs adv., quo semper plures compellantur vel 
admonentur, fortasse ortum ex SevQ Txe, v. in 
Sbvqo, n. 1.), 1) inde ab Hom. kite venite, accedite; 
sq. imperat. devre, xXnjgovofji^aaxSt Mt 25, 34 ; Sbvxs, 
BffTf, 28, 6. Jo. 4, 29; devxs, apiax^aaxi, Jo. 21, 12; 
Sevxe, awdysad^e (e L vulg. 6. xal away,). Ap, 
19, 17. — d€vx€ dnlam fiov, sequimini me, disci- 
puli mei estote, Mt 4, 19. Mc. 1, 17 (— "^rtltt «^ 
2 Eeg. 6, 19); Sevxi elg x, yofiovg, Mt 22, 4; Bigigti^ 
fiov x6nov^ Mc. 6, 31 ; Sevxe ngSg fie^ Mt. 11, 28. — 
Inteijectionis vim obtinet, age, agedum (auf !), sq. 
conj. adhortativo, Ssvxe, dnoxxeiviofisv, Mt. 21, 38. 
Mc. 12, 7 et in t vulg. Lc. 20, 14 (LXX plerumque 
pro !0^, aliquoties pro nM'a.)* 

Sevxegalog, ala, aXov (Ssvxsgog), secundariue, die. 
de eo qui secundo die venit vel aHquid fecit (cf. 
xgixaZog, xexaoxaTog efc); SsvxeoaZoi fjXd-ouiv, 
Act 28, 23. Cf. Win. §. 54, 2* 

SBvxsQ&Jtqmxog^ ov, securido primus^ secundus e 
primis {der Zweiterste; cf. Sevxegiaxtxxog) ; iv aafi- 
paxip devxsgongoixq), Lc. 6, 1 videtur esse secundo 
e primis posipaschatisfestum sdbbatis; cf. Redslob 
in Intelligenzblatt zur Hall. Lit. Zeit. 1847. N. 70. 
Ewald Jahrbb. d. bibl. Wissensch. I, p. 72. Alias 
aliorum sententias recensent Meyer ad 1. et Luhkert 
in Theolog. Studien und Kritiken, 1885, p. 664 ss. 
(£ust. in vita Eutych. n. 95 diem dommicam a 
Christianorum festo paschali proximam appellat 
dsvxBQonQwxrjy xvQiaxi^v,)* 

Sevxegog, iga, ov, secundus; Mt. 22, 26. Mc. 12, 
21. Lc. 12, 38. Jo. 4, 54. Ap. 4, 7 aL; aUer e duobus, 
Mt. 22, 39. Mc. 12, 81. l^Oo. 16, 47. Tit 3, 10. 2 Pet 
3, 1. Heb. 8, 7. 10, 9; devxsgog d^dvaxog (v. in d^ava- 
xog) Ap. 2, 11. 20, 14. 21, 8; Ssvxiga xdgig 2 Co. 1, 
15 non est ^emiTium beneficium, sed secundum^ 
priori oppositum^ quod Corinthiis obtigisset, si 
Paulus per Achaiam in Macedoniam profieiscens 
Tigoxfgov iUos adiisset — Neutrum SevxBgov ad- 



verbialiter: secundo, secunda vice; Jo. 8, 4. Ap. 19, 
8; ut saepe ap. Graecos (v. in avm^Bv) addito ni' 
Xiv, Jo. 21, 16; item xd dBVXBpov, 2 Co. 18, 2. Jud. 
vs. 5; ix dBvxipov (1 Maec. 9, 1). Mc. 14, 72. Jo. 9, 
24. Act. 11, 9. Heb. 9, 28; cf. Win. it. 895; addito 
TtdXiv, Mt 26, 42. Act. 10, 15 (Hom. (Jd. 3, 161 : inl 
Sbvxbqov avxtg) ; ^v rcflf SBVxiptp, bevm snceiten Male, 
Act 7, 18 (cum altera vice venissent); Sbvxbqov, 
deinde, secundo loco, in partitione, 1 Co. 12, 28. 

Sixo/Jiat, aor. 1. iSB^a/uiriv^ pf. SSSByfiac (Act. 8» 
14), depon. med.; LXX plerumque pro n)?V; — 
1) capio; manu sumo; x6 ygdfifjta Lc. 16, 6 s"^; x^ 
noxriQioVy Lc. 22, 17; apprehmdo. sttscipio^ x, itB-- 
QtxB<paXalav,^ x. /jid^aigav^ £ph. 6, 17; xd naiSlov 
Big xdg dyxaXag, Lc. 2. 28. — 2) excipio, recipio 
{aufnekmen^ annehmen); a) die. de loco aliquem 
excipiente; dv 6bX ovgavov Si^aad^ai {oi>g. est sub- 
jectum). Act. 8, 21 (Plat Theaet. p. 177. a: rcAfvTjJ- 
aavxag aixovg --6 xc5v xaxcov xa^apog xonog oh 
SiiBxai), — b) c. ace. personae: excipto^ advenienti 
aditum ad me concedo, non respuo ejus usum et fa- 
mUiaritatem; Lc. 9, 5. 11 (1. vulg.); Jo. 4, 45. 2 Co. 
7, 15. Gal. 4, 14. (Jol. 4, 10; hospiHo excipio, Mt. 

10, 14.40 8. Mc. 6,11. Lc.9, 5. 53. 10,8.10. Act 
21, 17 (1. vulg.); Heb. 11, 31 (saepe ap. Graecos 
inde ab Hom.); naiSlov^ recipio in domum alen- 
dum et educandum, Mt 18, 5. Mc. 9, 37. Lc. 9, 48; 
recipio^ Big x. ofxovg, xagoxrjvdg, Lc. 16,4. 9; di^at 
xh nvBd/id fiov, ad te in coelum, Act. 7, 59. — 
c) c. ace. rei, quae dicendo, docendo vel praeci- 
piendo offertur: pronis auribus excipio, amptector, 
meum facio, approbo, non respuo; xdv Xoyov, Lc. 
8, 13. Act 8, 14. 11, 1. 17, 11. 1 Th. 1, 6. 2, 13.^ Jac. 
1, 21 ; xd xov nvev/iaxog,^ 1 Co. 2, 14 ; xifv nagdxXrt- 
aiVf 2 Co. 8, 17; xnv dydnijv Xfjg dXrj&Blag, sc. iis 
commendatam. 2 Th. 2, 10 (saepe ap. (jraecos); — 
oblatum beneficium excipio, non respuo, 2 Co. 8, 4 
t. vulg. — d) excipio L q. suscipio, sustineo, fero^ 
tolero; xivd, modum, quo aliquis se gerit, 2 Co. 

11, 16. {x^v &Sixl4xv, hebr. «fc}, Gen. 50, 7; wfiv. 8 
iSiv inax^fjf Sir. 2, 4; fjivd'ov xctXBnSv, Hom. Od. 
20, 271 et saepius ap. Graecos.) — ^3) accipio 
{emp/angen); inioxoXdg, Act. 22, 5; ygdiifxaxa^ 28, 
21 ; x^v fiaoiXBlav xov ^«ov, particeps fio beneficio- 
rum re^ divini, Mc. 10, 15. Lc. 18, 17; Xoyia ^div- 
ra. Act. 7, 88: iiayyiXiov, 2 Co. 11, 4; xifv zdgtv 
xov &BOV 2 Co. 6, 1; — i. q. disco, Phil. 4, 18.* 

dim, aor. tStjooj ptcp. pf. oBdBxt&g (Act 22, 29), pf. 
pass. Sidsfiaiy inf. aor. pass. dB^fjvai (Act. 21, 38); 
iSJi plerumaue pro ^^*; — ligo, vincio; 1) pr.; xl. 
Big SBCfidg Mt 13, 80; od-ovrj xiooagai o^^^fc 6b - 
SBfi„ linteum quatuor extremitatibus (coeloj alliga- 
tum, Act. 10, 11 (ubi Lchm. Tdf. Trg. dBSBfiiv. 
xal omittunt); animal, quod impediatur, ne circum- 
vagetur, ubi nos anbinden, 9vog SBdBfiivTj, moXog 
dBSBfiivog, Mt 21, 2. Mc. 11, 2. Lc. 19, SO; add. ngog 
X. ^gav, Mc. 11, 4; c. ace. personae, vincio, vin- 
cutis constringo, in vincula conjicio; dciryiXovg, 
Ap. 9, 14 ; furibundum hominem, nidaig xal oiXvcBat, 
Mx5. 5, 8 s.; captivos, Mt. 14, 8. 22, 18. 27, 2. Mc. 6, 
17. 15, 1. Jo. 18, 12. Act 9, 14. 21, 11. 22, 29. Ap. 20, 
2; passiv. Mc. 15, 7. Jo. 18, 24. Act 9, 2. 21 (utroque 
1. dBdBfiivov &VBIV xiva); 21, 18,^22,^5. 24, 27. Col. 
4, 8; aXvoBOi Act. 12, 6. 21, SS; o Xoyog xov &bov 
ov didBxai, trop.: haec vincula mea nuUo modo 
impediunt cursum h. e. praedicationem , propaga- 
tionem, efficaciam evangelii, 2 Tim. 2^ 9; mortuorum 
corpora, quae fasciis et linteis^ vinciri solebant; o 
XB^vrjxmg SBSBfiivog xovg noSag x, xdg XBtgag 
XBigiatg, fuciis ligatus pedibus manibusque, Jo. 11, 
44; :t6 om/ia d&ovtoig (Chrsb. iv d^ov.). circum- 
ligare linteis, Jo. 19, 40. •— 2) translate, a) die. sa- 



dij. 



90 



did. 



tanas mnlierem incurvatam Sijoat^ h. e. per daemo- 
nem, ministmm snum, mulieri inaidentezn, impedi- 
visse earn, quo minus se erigeret, Lc. 13, 16 coll. 
vs. 11. — b) objs6ringo sc. lege, officio cet.; SsSi- 
uivoq t(p nvBVfiaxi vinctns animo s. obstrictus, 
h. e. dnm animus me cont, Act. 20, 22 (ita non 
raro ap. Giaecos, velut I*lat. rep. 8., p. 567 e: 
dvdyxy didtxai, fj nQogrdzret aififp); c. dat. pers. 
dsSiaS-ai xtvl, obstrictum esse alicui, an jemand 
gebunden sein; dvdQi, de muliere; yvvatxl, de 
marito, Ro. 7, 2. 1 Co. 7, 27 ; S^dsrai, aDsolute, opp. 
iXsvd^iQa iari, vs. 39. (Achill. Tat. p. 41: iUy 
Side fiat nagd-iv<p. Jambl. vit. Pyth. 11, 56: t^v 
fxhv SyafioVf - vifv Sh ngbq Svdga dedsfjtivtjv.) — 
c) e cnaldaismo et rabbinismo (»» i^m) prohiheo^ 
prohibitum s. illicihan declare; ULt? 16, 19. 18, 
18.*^ 

6ri (ortum ex ^c^??)} particula, fuae, si epicas 
dictiones dr^ xizs, iij yag excepens, numquam ab 
initio enuntiationis locatur, sea ad praecedentem 
vocem applicatur significatque, „de eo, quod in- 
dncatur per eam particulam , quasi de re in facto 
et ventate posita constare^' {Klotz ad Dot. p. 392}, 
jam, igiiur, sane, profecto^ etsi Latinis et Germanis 
deest Yocula, qua dtf accurate reddatur. — 1) re- 
lativis pronom. addita: dq Sij^ quitalisy quaUa eat^ 
qtdprae ceteris^ ^i igituTj Mt. 13, 23. — 2) impera- 
UYia et hortatiyis coi^unctivis adjuncta significat 
rem praeceptam iUico, sine haesitatione agendam 
esse, quasi ut pateat, eam agi (c£ Passov, I, p. 612), 
ubi Latini agedum, iam^ nos tioch^ nur; Lc. 2, 15. 
Act. 13, 2, 16, 36. 1 Co. 6, 20 (Sir. 44, 1). — 3) sane, 
profecio, 2 Cor. 12, 1 t. vulg. Orsb* 

dtjlavyibQ (e d^kog et crdy^), perlucide, clare; 
Mc. 8, 25 Tdf. e codd. mCL J pro 1. vulg. ttjXaV' 
yibg. Hesych.: dtiXavyChq- Syav <pavsoihQ. adder 
StjXavyiai xexiirfQloiq, Democr. in F(wricii Bibl. 
gr. IV, p. 333. Praeterea si rarissimum SijXoipav^Q 
excepens, i^Xoq in compositis non habetur. 

S^XoQt 17, ov, conspicutu^ manifeatus; Mt. 26, 73; 
dfjXoVf sc. ioxlv, manifestum est, patet, sq. dxi 
(4 Mace. 2, 7. Xen. an. 1, 3. 9 et ap. al.), 1 Co. 15, 
27. Gal. 8, 11. 1 Tim. 6, 7 (ubi Lchm. Tdf. Trg. 
dijXov omittunt).* 

dijXdWf CO, aor. id^Xotaa^ pass. hdfjXdo^v (drjXoq), 
LXX pro j^iin et aliquoties pro njSn; ap. Graecos 
indeaoHdt.; manifestum fctcio ; r/, 1 Co. 3, 13; no- 
turn f ado narrando, xl. Col. 1, 8: xivl tcbqi xivoq^ 
Zxi^ 1 Co. 1,11; cognoseendum do, indico; xL Heb. 
12,27. 2 Pet. 1, 14; sq. ace. c. inf. Heb. 9, 8; siq 
xif hindeuten auf etwasy 1 Pet. 1, 11.* 

dfifiaq^ <J, Demas (nom. propr., auod videtur con- 
tractam esse ex Jtj/ji^xgioq cf. TVin. p. 97), socius 
Pauli, qui apostolnm cum Bomae captivus tenere- 
tur, deseruit et Thessalonicen rediit, CoL 4, 14. 
Philem. vs. 24. 2 Tim. 4, 10.* 

dfifitfyo^Sw, (0 (sum StifitiydQoq, tkjij/xoq et dyo- 
g€i^<o)f conciowfr, verba ad populum facioj iSnji^- 
yd^ii ngbq aixovq, Act. 12, 21. (Aristph. Xen. Rat. 
Item. al. — Prov. 30, 31. 4 Mace. 5, 15.)* 

dtipL^XQioq, ov, 6f Demetrius; 1) argentarius qui- 
dam epnesinus, gentiHs, Act. 19, 24. 38. — 2) Chri- 
stianus quidam, 3 Jo. vs^. 1 2.* 

dfj/jiiOVQyoq, ov, 6 (S^fiiOQ^ publicus,^ad popu- 
lum pertinens, et EPFSi, cf. Ugovgyoq, ofjoisiovQ' 
ydqj^ id.), saepe ap. Graecos inde ab Hom. a) pr. 
opifex pubUcw. 0) univ. cufuslibet operis auctor, 
optfexj arehitectus; xsxvltTjq x. drifiiovgyoq^ Heb. 
11, 10 (Xen. mem. 1, 4, 7: oo<pov rivoq Sijfitov^yov 
xix^ij/jia, Deus dicitur 6 xov oigavov Srnjnovgyoq 
Plat. rep. 7, p. 530 a.; & dtifi, xibv SXwv Jos. antt. 1, 
7, 1 et saepe in eccles. scriptis inde a Clem. 1 Co. 



20. 26. 33. Praeterea in sacro cod. tantum 2 Maco. 

4, 1: xaxwv drj/ji.). 

Stjfioq, ov, J, populus, multitudo popuU in pubUco 
loco conveniens; Act 12, 22. 19.33; Siyciv, elqsXB-stv 
elq xov S^/nov, Act. 17, 5. 19, 30.* 

SfifjLoaioq, la, lov, potissimum Atticis frequenta- 
tum, popido propriusy ^ublictts (opp. tSiO^; Act. 

5, 18; oat. fern, dnfiooia adverbiascit (opp. iSla), 
publice, in locis puhlicis, in omnium conspectu, Act 
16, 37. 18, 28; Jjy^. xal xax ohcovq. Act. 20, 20. 
(2 Mace 6, 10. 3 Mace. 2, 27; ap. Graecos etiam 
publica auctoritate^ publicis sumiibtis.)* 

dijvdgiov, loVf x6, vox lat. , denarius, nummus 
argenteus, decem, posthac XVI assibus constans. 
aequans XXIV ejusmodi nummos, qui apud nos a 
crucis signo nomen habebant; Mt. 18, 28. 20, 2. 9. 13. 
22, 19. Mc. 6, 37. 12, 15. 14, 5 Lc. 7, 41. 10, 35. 20, 
24. Jo. 6, 7. 12, 5. Ap. 6, 6; xd Ava Sf/vdfiov sc. ^v, 
merces diama singulorum denariorum singulis ope- 
rariis promissa,^ m. 20, 10 Tdf Trg* 

Srpioxe (ex 6ri et noxi), adv., jam aliquando; tm- 
quam; tandem; demum; ^ drptoxe voorjfiaxi, quo- 
cunque demum morbo, Jo. 5, 4.* 

S^nov, adv. (ex S^ et nov), pr. ja7n alimto modo, 
quieungue is modus est, ponitor ubi aliquid per 
levem ironiam quasi cum oubitationis specie afnr- 
matur, sane, profecto, nostr. ehen ettca, soUf ich 
meinen; oi S^nov, dock nicht etwa (cf. JRostinPas' 
sovii Lex. I, p. 613. Klotz ad Dev. p. 427), semel in 
sacro cod. Heb. 2, 16. 

Sid cognat. c. Siq et lat. dis in compositis voci- 
bus, propr. divisionem in duas pluresve partes de- 
notans, praepositio, genitivum et accusativum sibi 
jungens; in cujus usu biblici scriptores nihil di- 
screpant a Graecis; cf. Win. p. 353 ss. 372 s. 

-4) cum genitivo: per; die. I) de loco; 1) pr. 
post verba vel extentionem, vel motum, vel actum 
si^ificantia, qui per aliquem^ locum fit; 61 KXXijq 
ooov dvaxmpsTv, Mt. 2, 12; (f«* dvvdQOfV xonwv, 12, 
43; 6ih XTJq ^afiaQilaQ, Jo. 4, 4; Sid xijq d'vgaq^ 10, 
1 s.; adde Mt. 19, 24. Mc. 2, 23. 10, 25. 11, 16. Lc. 
4. 30. 5,^ 19. t8, 25. 2 Co. 11, 33. Heb. 9, 11 s. 11, 29 
al.^ Si vfi<5v, pervestram urbem, Bo. 15,28; d Siot 
navxwv, diffundens salutarem suam eMcaciam per 
omnes, £ph. 4, 6; adt^BaB^ai Sid nvgoq^ 1 Co. 3, 15; 
Siaaat^. Si^i^Saxoq,^ 1 Pet. 3, 21 (Ev. Nicod. p. 568 b. 
ed.Thilo: Sid d-aXdaoijq coq Sid ^rjgaq): pXinsiv Si 
iaonxgpv, 1 Co. 13, 12. Adde adverbialem locutio- 
nem Si ZXov, a summo ad imum, ex toto, Jo. 19, 
23 (translate: omnimodo, 1 Mace. 6, 18). — Ex quo 
usu praeverbii prodiit 2) ille tropicus usus, quo 
die. de statu, in (}uo constitutus (pr. per quern ve- 
lut spatium transiens) aliquis facit vel j>antur ali- 
quid, ubi nos alitor rem animo concipientes dici- 
mus bei, unter, mit\ in; 6 Sid ygdfifiaxoq x. nsQixo- 
fi^ naQapdivq vofiov , Bo. 2, 27 ; oi maxsvovxBg 
Si dxQoPvaxlac, qui credunt praeputiati (v. supra 
p. . . .), 4, 11 ; Sid TtQoqxofifJiaxoq iad-lsiVfCum o£^n- 
diculo s. ita, ut offensioni sit, 14,20; Sidnlaremq 
neginavsTv, ov Sid etSovq (v. in elSoq), 2 Co. 5. 
7 ; xd Sid xov adfiaxoq, in statu corporis Qi. e. dum 
teirenno corpore induti eramus) peracta, in. vs. 10; 
Sid noXXmv Saxgvojv, 2, 4; Sia So^rjc, splendore 
indutum; 3. 11; %QX^^^^h ^h^Qp ^^^ xivoq, mit 
ettvas,Ueb. 9, 12. 1 Jo. 5, 6; Si vno/jiov^q^ Bo. 8, 
25 {Sid Ttivdovq xd yrjgaq Sidysiv, Xen. Cyr. 4, 

6, 6; cf. Matthiae II, p. 1353). 

II) de tempore; 1) de conHnuitate temporis, 
undo a) de tempore, o^r quod aliquid fit; Mt. 26, 
61. Mc. 14, 58; Si oXtjq x^q vvxxSq, Lc. 5, 5; Sid 
navxoq xov g^. Heb. 2, 15; Sid navxoq vel junctim 
Sianavxoq, per omne tempus, semper, Mt. 18, 10. 



iid. 



91 



diet. 



Mc. 5, 5. Lc. 24. 53. Act. 2, 25 (e Ps. 16, 8); 10, 2. 
24, 16. Ro. 11, 10 (e Ps. 69, 24); 2 Th. 3, 16. Heb. 

9, 6. 13, 15 (8a6j>e ap. Graecos). — b) de tempore, 
intra quod aliquid fit; Sict xt^q wxtog (Juchm, 
Tdf, Trg, 6ia wxtog), noctu, Act 5, 19. 16, 9. 17, 

10. 23, 31 (Palaeph. 1, 10); Si ijfisgwv xeaaaQOr 
xovxa, intra XL oierum spaidum repetitis vicibas, 
Act 1,3. (Quern praeTerbii usum C.F\A.FV^zsehtu8 
in FVitzachiorum Opnscc. p. 164 s. negans ad eum, 
quem sub a notavimus, revocare studet.) — 2) de 
tempore, quod trandU ideoque. ut ita dicere liceat, 




fert Fritzscke ad Mc. p. 50. 

m) de adminiculo s. instrumentOt quo ali- 
quid efficitur, quia id, quod per ali^uam personam 
vel rem fit, quasi per eam transire videtur; — 1) de 
eo, qui pariter auctor et instrumentum actionis est. 
s. de causa efficiente; Si teirov (i. e. xov S-eov) ra 
Tcdvxa 8C. ioxlv s. iyivexo, Bo. 11, 36; item Si oi 
Heb. 2, 10; di' ov ixX^^e, 1 Co. 1, 9; adde Heb. 
7, 21 (^ laxQixij Tt&aa 6ia xov ^eov tovxov, h. e. 
Aesculapio. Oiaxvpegvaxai, Plat symp. p. 186 e.; 
ct PHtzsche in ep. ad Roman. T. I, p. 15); die. de 
eo, cui id, quod aliquis habet aut pNarfecit, debe- 
tur; hine i. q. ctjJ/p& vel vitio alictipu; 6i\ oi xd 
axdvdaXov Mqxsxait Mt. 18, 7 ; 6i kvdg avB^Q. 17 aiuiQ' 
xla - - slg^X^e, Ro. 5, 12 coU. vss. 16—19; ^a^ivii 
dia xrjq aa^xog, 8, 3; merito, virtute, atuctUo, bene" 
fieio aUeujus, iv ^cd^ fiaaiXsvaovoi did - -, Ro. 5, 17 
coIL vs. 18 8. 1 Co. 15, 21 ; Sid rou Xpioxov et simi- 
lia, Ro. 5,^1 8. 11. Act. 10, 43. Gal. 4, 7; SoSd^eiv r. 
^ebv Sid ^IrjaovXaiaxov 1 Pet. 4, 11 et ii)X(itQiOteXv 
tS d-ew Sid ^Itja. jtg, Ro. 1, 8. 7, 25 (quo 1. Lehm. 
Tdf, Trg, xdgig xf &e^; CoL 3, 17., quia Christi 
beneficio debetur taculras et deum illustrandi et 
CTitias ei agendi; xavxaa^ai ivxtpd'ewSid'lija, 
Ag. Ro. 5, 11 ; dvanavead^ai Sid xivog^ Philem. vs. 
7 ; oi Ttsniaxevxoxeg Sid xijg ;(ffpiTO(, Act. 18, 27; 
noXXrjg slif^vfjg xvyxdvovxig Sia aov - - Sid xrjg 
Cfjg nQOvolag, 24, 3; htegvix&v Sid xov dycai^- 
cavxog ^fiagj Ro. 8, 37; neQiaoei^eiv Sid xivog, 
aiupnentis, quae, ab aliquo accedunt, Phil. 1, 26. 
2 Co. 1, 5. 9, 12; Sid xijg ^fidiv Ss^aewg^ PMl. 1, 
19; adde Philem. vs. 22. Ro. 1, 12. 2 Co. 1, 4. Gal. 
4, 23. 1 Pet 1, 5. — 2) de instrumento, quo aliquis 
ad aliquid peragendum utitur, s. de cctusa instru^ 
merUati stnctiore sensu; et quidem c. genit per- 
sonae: ministerio, interventu aUcujtu; c. genit rei: 
adminiculo, ape dUcujua; a) in locis, ubi a sub- 
jecto aliquo diserte memorato per aliquem hominem 
B. per abquam rem aliquid effici vel effectum esse 
dieitur, Mc. 16, 20 (xov xvglov xov Xoyov peflai- 
ovvxog Sid X. art/jislatv); Lc. 1, 70. ^Ad;. 1, 16. 2, 22 
ixSgaai x. otifieloigj olginolfjce Si avxov o ^e^s); 
8, 20. 10, 36. 15, 23 {ygmpavxsg SidxBiQog avxcSv); 
20, 28. 21. 19. 28, 25. Bo. 2, 16. 3, 31. 7, 13. 15, 18. 
16, 18. 1 Co. 1, 21. 2, 10. 4, 15. 6, 14. 14, 9. 19. 15, 
57. 2 Co. 1, 4. 4, 14 (t vulg.); 5, 18. 20. 9, 13. 10, 
9. 12, 17. Eph. 1, 5. 2, 16. Col. 1, 20. 22. 2, 8. 1 Th. 
4, 14. 2 Th. 2, 14. Tit 3, 5. Heb. 1, 2 s. 2, 14. 6, 12. 
7, 19. 9, 26. 13, 2. 12. 15. 21. Ap. 1, 1; y? iS tSa- 
xog (causa materialis) x. Si VSaxog avveaxdiaa x^ 
xov ^fov X6y<pt 2 Pet 1,5. — b) in locis, in qui- 
bus auctor s. causa principalis non memoratur, at 
ex rei memoratae natura aut e junctura sententia- 
rum facile intelligitur; Ro. 1, 12. 1 Co. 11, 12. Phil. 
1, 20. 1 Th. 3, 7. 2 Th. 2, 2. 15. Heb. 11, 39. 12, 11. 
12, 15. 1 Pet 1, 7; Sid nokXSv (lagxvgmv, interve- 
nientibus s. adscitis ad eam rem mnltis testibus, 
2 Tim. 2, 2; — ubi e biblicae religionis argumento 



patet. d€um esse auctorem s. causam principalem, 
Jo. 11, 4. Act. 5, 12. Eph. 3, 10. 4, 16. Col. 2, 19. 
2 Tim. 1, 6. Heb. 10, 10. 2 Pet. 3, 6; awt^ia^ai Sid 
X. niaxewg^ Eph. 2, 8; avveysigeaS^ai Sid x. niax.f 
CoL 2, 12; Sixaiovoi^ai Sid r. nlax. Gal. 2. 16 coll. 
Ro. 3, 30; in dictionibus Std xov *Iria. Xqioxov et 
simil. Jo. 1, 17. 3, 17. Act 13, 38. Ro. 1. 5.^ 5, 9. 
1 Co. 15. 17. 1 Jo. 4, 9. Phil. 1, \\\Sid xov svayye- 
Xlov, 1 Co. 15, 2. Eph. 8, 6; Sid Xoyov ^fov, ^1 Pet 

I, 23 coll. vs. 3; Sid vofjiov Ro. 3, 27. 4, 13; Si chto- 
xaXj^ea>g*Iijo, Xg., Gal. 1, 12 coll. vs. 15 s.; Sid 
xov (dyiov) nvc^fiaxog t Ro. 5, 5. 1 Co. 12, 8. Eph. 
3, 16; maxB^uv Std xivog (v. in Ttioxsvot), Jo. 1, 
7. 1 Co. 3, 5; OTipLBtor yiyove Si avx(Bv, Act 4, 17 ; 

Xoyog Si iyyiXmv XaXijd'elg, Heb. 2, 2 coll. Gal. 

3, 19; h vofiog Sid Mofvaiofg iSod^, Jo. 1, 17 ; in 
locis, in quibus aliquid memoratur per prophetas 
V. T. aut per aliquem eorum esse dictum, Mt. 2, 5. 
17 (Lehm. Trg. Tdf.); 23. 4, 14. 8, 17. 12, 17. 21, 

4. 24, 15. 27, 9. Act. 2, 16., aut scriptum, Lc. 18, 
31; addita mentione causae principalis: iyrcd xov 
xvqIov Sid xov n0o<p,^ Mt. 1, 22. 2, 15 coll. Lc. 1, 
70. Act 1, 16. 28, 25. Ro. 1, 2; - in locis logolo- 
sicis: ndvxa Si avrov (i. e. per divinum logon) 
SYivexo Tel ixxladjj Jo. 1, 3. 1 Co. 8, 6 (ubi diserte 
distinguitur a causa principal!: i^ avtov); Col. 1, 
16 coll. Heb. 1, 2 (Philo de cherub. §. 35). - Di- 
stinguuntur causa instrumentalis et principalis 1 Co. 

II, 12 (Sid xng yvvaixog " ix xov d-sov): Gal. 1, 

1 {am av^Qionwv - " St <xvd-(((onov). — 3) c. genit. 
rei die. Sid de modo, quo aliquid fit, s. de causa for- 
nudi; sine Sid nagapoX^g, Lc. 8, 4: ilns Si* ogd- 
fJLaxog, Act. 18. 9; dnayyiXXeiv Sid Xoyov, verba 
{mUndlich), 15, 27; ra> Xay<p Si iniaxoXwVy 2 Co. 
10, 11 coll. 2 Th. 2, 15; nlaxig ivsgyovfzSvtj Si dyd- 
nijg. Gal. 5, 6; xc/a^iffrai Si inayyeXlag, 3, 18; 
SovXeveiv Sid xijg dydnijc^ 5, 13; imaxiXXeiv Sid 
pgaxitav^ Heb. 13. 22; ygatpetv Si SXlywv, 1 Pet. 
5, 12 (Plat. Gorg. p. 449 b: Sid noXXoiv Xdyovg 
noiitad'ai); Sid ;i^apTov xal fiiXavog, 2 Jo. 12; 
Std fiiXavog x, xaXdfiov, 3 Jo. vs. 13 (Plut. Sol. 
c. 17). — Retulerim hue etiam illud Sid xivog in 
adhortationibus et obtestationibus, ubi aliquis hor- 
tationem firmare studet mentione rei Tel personae 
iis quos admonet suictae {Sid «« durch Hinweisung 
auf, , . , durch Erinnertmg an . . .), Ro. 12, 1. 15, 
30. 1 Co. 1. 10. 2 Co. 10, 1. 1 Th. 4, 2. 2 Th. 3, 12 
(t. Tulg. Orsb,). 

B) cum accusa^va, I) de loco: per; ita saepe 
ap. Grraecorum poetas, semel in N. T. ap. Lchm, 
Tdf Trg. Lc. 17, 11: Sid fiiaov Sa/jiaQ€lag pro 
1. Tulg. Sid fiioov Sttfi. 

II) de ratiane, qua Tel ab quam aliquid fit Tel 
non ^i; propter, germ, aus Grund. — 1) de ratiane, 
qua aH(}uia fit s. de ratione efficiente qnando diei- 
tur, majoris perspicuitatis causa reddendum est 
per; a) c. ace. rei^ Si ^v, sc. x^v xov d^eov fjfii- 
gav (pr. propter diem — > quia ingruet), 2 Pet. 2, 12; 
Sid X. Xoyov (pr. propter Terbum = quia Torbum 
&cultatem purgandi habet), Jo. 15, 3; Sid xb d^i- 
Xtifid aov ( V ulg. : propter voluntatem tuam =« quiii 
tu Toluisti), Aj). 4, 11; adde Ap. 12, 11. 13, 14 (ava- 
piSaaxexai Sid xhv xov naxgbg wvoiv, Plat, con- 
viT. p. 203 e). Cf. Grimm ad 2 Mice. 3, 1. — b) c. 
ace. personae^ cujus voluntate, efficacia, beneficio. 
culpa aliquid est vel fit; Sid xbv naxiga - - Si* 
ifii (pr. quia pater vivit, - - quia vivo), Jo. 6, 57; 
Sid xov i>noxaSavxa, voluntate subjicientis, opp. 
o^x hxovaa, Ro. 8, 20; ^^ c^Tty^, dxi Sid xvgiov 
oTt^axtpfy Sir. 15, 11. Ita etiam ap. Graecos cujus- 
vis aetatia ; cf. KrUger §. 68, 23. Grimm ad 2 Mace. 
6, 25. — Multo saepius didtur 2) de ratione vel 



did^ 



92 



dia^yivofiai. 



ccBuaa, oh quam aliqidd fit Tel est, vel &ciendam 
est; oi, propter, — a) in clictionibus Siu rovro, 
tfom oh rem; hanc oh eausum; propterea; qtuie 
cum Ua sint; Mt. 6, 25. 12, 27. 31. 13, 13 aL Mc. 
6, 14. 11, 24. Lc. 11, 49. 14, 2fl». Jo. 6, 65. 9, 23. Act. 
2, 16. Eo. 1, 26. 4, 16. 5. 12. A3, 6. 15, 9. 1 Co. 4, 
17. 11, 10. 30. 2 Co. 4, 1. Eph. 1, 15. 5, 17. 6, 13. 
Col. 1, 9. 1 Th. 2, 13. 3, 5. 7. 2 Th. 2, 11. 2 Tim. 2, 
10. Heb. 1, 9. 2, 1. 1 Jo. 4, 5. 2 Jo. ts. 10. Ap. 7, 
15. 12, 12. 18, 8. - seq. Srt, propterea quod; Jo. 
5, 16. 18. 8, 47. 10, 17. 12, 1.9. 39. 1 Jo. 3, 1; cf. 
Tkohick ad Jo. 10, 17 ed. 7; -— ordine inverso (ubi 
verba cum bti praecedentia (mm vi pronnncianda 
sunt), Jo. 15« 19. Indicat finem et consuium sequente 
yeUva, 2 Co. 13, 10. 1 Tim. I, 16. Philem. vs. 15 
(ordine in verso, Jo. 1, 31); vel Sn<oQ, Heb. 9, 15. — 
Sia xl et junctim scriptom 6 taxi, curf qttam oh 
remf Mt. 9, 11. 14. 13, 10. 17, 19- Mc. 2, 18. Lc. 5, 
30. Jo. 7. 45. Act. 5, 3. Bo. 9, 32. 1 Co. 6, 7. Ap. 17, 
7. — Si Jv alxlavt v. supra in alxla, — xIq ^ 
aixlay Si ijv, Act. 10, 21. 23, 28; dia xwixviv xijv 
alxLav, Act. 28, 20; 6ia ravra, Eph. 5, 6 al. — 
h) cum alicujus nominis acensativo die. de animi 
affectionibus, ouibus aliquis ad aliquid faciendum 
agatur; 6ia g>S'6vov, quia invidia agebantur, ^nos 
au8 Neidy Mt. 27, 18, Mc. 15, 10; dia x6v tpo^ov 
xivoQ, Jo. 7, 13. 19, 38. 20, 19. Ap. 18, 10. 15; dia 
xf^v nokX^ dvoatfjVf Eph. 2, 4; — de quibuslibet 
aliis causis, od anas aliquis aliquid facere vel fe- 
cisse dicitur, ut Mt. 14, 3. 9. 15, 3 s. Jo. 4, 39. 41 s. 
12, 11. 14, 11. Act. 28, 2. Bo. 3, 25 (Sia xifv ndge- 
aiv xwv TCQoyey. afiagxijfi., quod praetermiserat 
h. e. impunita reliquerat peccata . . .); 6, 19. 15, 
15. 2 Co. 9, 14. Gal. 4, 13 {di da&iveiav xljQ aaQXoq, 
propter camis imbecillitatem, h. e. morbo apud 
vos retentus; cf. Wieseler ad 1.); vel aliquid pati 
vel passus esse, Mt. 24, 9. 27, 19. Lc. 23, 19. 25. 
Act. 21, 85. 2 Co. 4, 11. CoL 3, 6. 1 Pet. 3, 14. Ap. 
1, 9. 6, 9; vel aliquid adeptus esse, Heb. 2, 9. 5, 14. 
1 Jo. 2, 12; vel auqnid esse aut fieri Bo. 8, 10. 11, 
28. Eph. 4, 18. Heb. 5, 12. 7, 18; -- die. de causa 
impeoiente, ubi aliquid propter aliquam rem vel 

Personam effici nan potuisse dicitur, Mc. 2, 4. 
[t. 13, 58. 17. 20. Lc. 5, 19. 8, 19. Act. 21, 34. 
Heb. 3, 19. 4, 6. — did c. ace, nersonae saepe est, 
1. q. in alicujus commodum; Mc. 2, 27. Jo. 11, 42. 
12, 30. 1 Co. 11, 9. Heb. 1, 14. 6. 7; 6ia xovg ^xXs- 
xxo^g, Mt. 24,22. Mc. 13, 20. 2 Tim. 2, 10; dice Xgi- 
oxdvt ad promovendam Christ! causam, 1 Co. 4, 10; 
Si t/iag, Jo. 12, 30. 2 Co. 4, 15. 8, 9. Phil. 1, 24. 
1 Th. 1, 5. — Sid xiva, propter exemplum ab aliquo 
editum,^ 2 Co. 2, 10. Bo. 2, 24. 2 Pet. 2, 2; Sia xdv 
Xqicxov, ut Christi censors reddar, Phil. 3, 7 
(s> 7v« Xqicxov xegS^oat vs. 8). — c) Ponitur Sia 
T(f, propterea quod, cum infinitive vel solo, ut Lc. 
9, 7. Heb. 7, 23, vel accusativum subjecti secum 
habente, ut Mt. 24, 12. Mc. 5, 4. Lc. 2, 4. 19, 11. 
Act. 4, 2. 12, 20. 18, 2. 27, 4. 9. 28, 18. Phil. 1, 7. 
Heb. 7, 24. 10, 2. Jac. 4, 2 ; vel accusative subjecti 
e contextu sermonis patente, ut Mt. 13, 6. Mc. 4, 6. 
Lc. 11, 8. 18, 5. 23, 8. Act 8, 11. 18, 3. 

C) In composUis Sid indicat 1) transitum per 
spatium aut rompus, per^ dwrch {Siafialvw, Slip- 
XOfiai, SivU^m al.), unde 2) continuitatem tem- 
poris {Sia/iivatf SiaxeX<5f SiaxT^Qiit> et actionis 
absolutionem (Siaxad-aQlttto^ Siatiovwfu). — 3) di- 
stributionem {SiaSlStofiif SiayyiXXto, Sia(ptjfill^<o). 
— 4) sejunctionem {SiaXvto, Siai^ioa), — 5) con- 
tentionem et studium {Sianlvw, Siaxax^Xiyxo- 
[iai)t cf. Herm. ad Yig. p. 854). — 6) transitum 
ex alia in aliam conoitionem^ (SiaXdaaw, Sioq- 
d^ow). — Verbis, quibus Sid pr%efixum est, ne- 



mo inter N. T. scriptores Luca frequent! us uti- 
tur. 

Sia-fialvw, aor. 2. Siifirjv, ptcp. Siafidg, ut ap. 
Graecos inde ab Horn. pertran8eo^(Phii.)f trcmcio; 
a) transit., r^v d-dXaaoav ibg SiaSvQ^^f Q^"* 11* 
29. -^ h) intransit., tt^o^ xiva, Lc. 16, 26; elg c. 
accus. loci, Act. 16, 9. («■ w 1 Sam. 13, 7.)* 
Sia-pdXXOf aor. 1. pus. Sie^X^d'^v, 1) pr. trajp- 
io, tranamiUo {xl Sid xivoq), 2) inde an Udt. per- 



cio 



saepe verhis traduce, perstringo {durchtBieheni, crir 
minor^ acctiao, ingimulOf defero, nee solum die. de 
iis, qui falso aliquem crimine insimulant (SiifiXfj- 
xo ngbq airtdv dSUmq, Jos. antt. 6, 20, 2), verum 
etiam de iis, qui vera q[uidem, sed malitlose, insi- 
diose, invidiose de aliquo ad aliquem defenmt 
(LXX Dan. 3, 8. Theodot. ad Dan. 6, 24); ita Sie- 
pX^^ri air€<p log Siaaxo^nl^^wv Lc. 16, 1 (c. dativo 
ejus, apud quem defertur, etiam Hdt. 5, 35 et ap. 
al; xivd tcooq xiva Hdt. 5, 96 et ap. aL; sq. 
ibg c. ptcp. Xen. Hell. 2, 3, 23. Plat. epp. 7, p. 
334 a).* 

Sia-fi€fiai6ofjtai {oi/fiai)i med. Jarmiter aseevero; 
ntgl xivog (PoL 12, 12, 6), 1 Tim. 1, 7. Tit. 3, 8. 
(Dem. n. 220, 4. Died., Dion. HaL, Plut., Ael.)* 

Siapkinok, f. tpw, aor. 1. SUpXe^pa, perspido, vi- 
dendo penetro; a)fixi8 ocuUs specto, starr vor sick 
kin sehen (Plat. Phaed. p. 86 d.); SiiBX&pB^ de caeeo 
visum recuperante, Mc. 8, 26 Tdf, Tr^, — h) dispir 
do, considero; sq. infin. consilium mdicante, Mt. 
7, 5. Lc. 6, 42. (Arist. Plut.)* 

SidfioXog, ov {SiapdXXm, q. v.), ad conviciandum 
proclivis, calumniana (AJntoc. Aristph. Plutarch, 
id.); 1 Tim. 3, 11. 2 Tim. 3, 3. Tit. 2, 3: substantive 
o SidpoXoQ, calumniator, ohtrectator, delator (Xen. 
Ages. 11, 5), LXX^ Esth, 7, 4. 8, 1; id sacris et 
eccles. scriptis xax* i^ox^v appellatur SidfioXog 
is, qui Hebraeis dicitur l^ton, 6 oaxav&g (q. v.), 
Satanasj daemonum princeps, mali auctor, bonum 
quemque invidia persequens (Job. 1. Zach. 3, 1 ss. 
coll. Ap. 12, 10), homines a deo avertens atque ad 
peccandum soUicitans et ]}er daemones, quos cor- 
poribus eorum insidere jubct, morbis affligens, 
infestissimus de! et Messiae adversarius, Mt. 4, 1. 
5. 13, 39. 25, 41. Lc. 4, 2. 8, 12. Jo. 13, 2. Act. 10. 
38. Eph. 4, 27. 6. 11. 1 Tim. 3, 6 s. 2 Tim. 2, 26. 
Heb. 2, 14. Jac. 4, 7. 1 Pet. 5, 8. Jud. vs. 9. Ap. 2, 
10. 12, 9. 10. 12. 20, 2. 10. (Sap. 2, 24.) — elvai ix 
xov SiafioXoVj pr. originem a diaholo ducere, trop. 
sentiendo agenaoque pendere ex diaholo^ ah eo agi, 
moveri, regi, dicuntur homines, qui mentis et vo- 
luntatis similitudinem cum diabolo prae seferunt, 
Jo. 8, 44. 1 Jo. 3, 8. 10; qui iidem dicuntur xixva 
xov Siafi. 1 Jo. 3, 10; viol xov S. Act. 13, 10 colL 
Mt. 13, 38. Jo. 8, 38. 1 Jo. 3, 10. Transfertur nomen 
xoH SiapoXov in hominem, qui, quum divinae cau- 
sae adversetur, diaboli partes agere sive ab ejus 
Sartibus stare dipendus sit, Jo. 6, 70 coll. Mt.16,23. 
[c. 8, 33. 

Si-ayyiXXWf aor. 2. pass. SitfyyiXfiv, inde a Pind., 
mmtium perfero, nuntio circumquaque^ per loco, 
per homtnvm coetus; divulgo; r?, Lc. 9, 60. Act. 
21, 26 {Siayy^^tov sc. omnions, qui aderant in 
temple causaeque, de qua agebatur, gnari erant); 
add. iv nday xfj yy, Ko. 9, 17 ex Ex. 9. 17. (Lev. 
25, 9. Jos. 6, 10. Ps. 2, 6. Sir. 43, 2. 2 Mace. 3, 
34.)*, 

Siiyi V. in yi, 

Sia-ylvofjiai, aor. 2. Suyevo/jitjV, 1) permaneo, 
2) interjicior, unde ap. Graecos inde ab Isaeo (p. 
84, 14:^pov«»y Siaysvofiiv4»v) de tempore Siayevi- 
adtii, tnterea fuiese^ inierea elapsum esse; ffpisgwp 
Siayivofihwv xivwv^ Act. 25, 13; Ixavov x^ovov 



dux'^ivwa%ia. 



93 



diadTjnrj. 



Siayevofiivov, 21, 9; Siavivofiivov rov aaSfidtov^ 
Mc. 16, 1.*^ ^ 

Sia'-yivtiaxaj f. yvciao/iai^ i) dianoBco^ i. e. cu?- 
curaie cognosco; rl, Act. 23, 15 (ap. Graecos ita 
inde ab Horn.)- — 2) sensn forensi: cognosco (Gic), 
decemo ; ra xad^ iJiJi&Q, yestram causam, Act. 24, 22. 
(2 Mace. 9, 15. Dem. p. 629, 25.^ p. 545, 8 et ap al.)* 

6tU'YvtDQlll^oi^ aor. 1. diByviOQioa, narrcmdo di- 
vtUgo; negl xivoq, Lc. 2, 17 t. vulg. Grsb. Prae- 
terea tantmn ap. SchoL in Bekk. Anecd. p. 787: 
aceurtite discemo, 

Sid-yvofCiQf e<0C> \ (▼• in SiaYiv<iaxiD\ 1) distin' 
cHo, 2) BenflQ forensi cognitio^ sententia, judicium 
(Sap. 8, IS.^Plat. logg. p. 865 c); Act. 25, 21.* 

dia-yoyyv^mf invpt disyoyyv^ov, commurmurOf 
h. e. yel per totam qoandam torbam vel inter se 
{durek dnander) mnrmurare, unde semper de plu- 
ribas indignabunde conquerentibns Jv. in yoyy^- 
Ceo, p. 82) dicitur; Lc. 15, 2. 19, 7. (Exod. 16, 2. 8. 
Jos. 9, 18 aL Sir. 34, 24. Caem. Alex. I, p. 528. He- 
Hod. 7, 27 et ap. nonnullos Byzant.) Gf. Win. v. 
comp. V, p. 16 s.* 

<fta-y(>jyyo()to, ctJ>,aor. 1. diey^Tiy6if^a,pervigilo 
(Hdian. 8, 4, 8: ndatiq T»y wxxdq - - SiaygiyyoQ^' 
oavreg. Niceph. Greg. Hist, byz, p. 205 et 571); 
vigU maneo, Lc. 9, 82 (saperaverant enim yim 
somni,^ qua premebantur, fispaQrjfji. Znvf)* 

Si-Hxym, 1) oerducOf traduco^ transmUto, 2) ad- 
ditis ant snpplendis tbv plov, xhv xQOvov al. trans' 
igo; 8lov, 1 Tim. 2, 2 (persaepe ap. Graecos); did' 
yeiv iv rivi, sc. t6v filov. Tit. 3, 3 {Sv g>iXoaowlef, 
rhkt. Phaedr. p. 259 d.; iv eig^vy xal oxoXy^ Plat. 
Tim. 3).* 

SiO'di^Offaif aor. 1 . SiBdi^dfifiv, pr. accipto per 
alium ali^uid ab eo reUctum yel Iraditum, nieces' 
none acctpio, excipio; r^v axijv^v, tentorium sa- 
crum, Act. 7, 45. (t^v d^X^v, r^v fiaoikelav aL ap. 
Pol. Died. Joseph. aL)* 

diddfifia, toQy to (SiaSiw, reyindo), diadema, L 
e. fascia caerulea albo distincta, qua reges Persa- 
rum tiaram praeligabant; omamentum capitis re- 
gium; Ap. 12, 8. 13, 1. 19, 12. (Xen. C^r. 8, 3, 13. 
Est. 1, 11. 2, 17 pro w; 1 Mace. 1, 9.* 

Sia^dlSfofjiif f. duiow' (Ap. 17, 18 e 1. yulg.), aor. 
1. Slid wxa, imperat. aor. 2. Stddoq^ 3 ps. sing, 
impf. pass. SudiSoto (Act. 4, 85), pro quo Lchm, 
Trg, Tdf, SiedlSsto (y. in djiodlSwfii^ cf. Delitzsck 
Gomm. z. Br. an d. Hebr. p. 632), 1) dietribuo; ti^ 
Lc. 11, 21: rl rivi, 18, 22 (ubi Lchm, ddg); Jo. 6, 
11 Cabi Td/.iSwXip); passiy. Act 4, 35. Signifi- 
catu! iUustrando praecipue inseryit Xen. Gyr. 1, 8, 
7 : tov KvQOv Xafiovra xCbv xqbwv SiaSidovai xoXq 
- - Q^SQanBvxalQ - -• xoiavxa inolsi, Smq disSidov 
navxa, & tXa^i xQia. — 2) trade; xl xivi, Ap. 
17, 13; sed restituerunt ibi didoaci Orsb, Lchm. 
Td/.^ Trg* 

diiSorp^f ov, 0, ^ (diadixof^cii), successor; Act. 
24, 27. (Sir. 46, 1. 2 Mace. 14, 26; saepe ap. Grae- 
cos inde ab Hdt. 5, 26.^* 

Sia-tfiivv^io s. dia}^wvyvfii, aor. 1. dii^^maa, aor. 
1. med. diB^tooafijjVf ptcp. pf. pass. Sie^wouivog, 
circumquaque {dia) succtngo (quae praeyeroii yis 
patet e tnunslato yerbi usu ap. Plut Brut. 31 : oi; 
o fl <pX6S ^vslaaxal Sia^^woaca navxaxd9-€V 
x^vnoXiv diiXa/jnps noXX^); havxov, Jo. 13,4; pass. 
dia'C^fowvfxal xi, succingor; c^(ex attractione pro S) 
Tjv Sie^ata/jiivog, Jo. 13, 5; med. Sial^tuwvfjtal ti, 
succingo me ali^piOf Jo. 21, 7. (£z. 23, 15. — ap. 
Graecos passim inde a Tbuc.) Cf. Win. y. comp. 
V, p. 13.* 

diad^4^ij, Tjg, ^ {Siazl&rjfii), 1) dispositio, quae- 
cnnque est, quam aliquis ratam fieri yult ( Verord- 



nww^ Willensverf&gffng\ Gal. 3, 15., ubi intelli^tur 
quidem humanae tiispoeitionis nomine speciatim 
testamenhim, sed in quantum iUias dispositionis 
aliquod specimen et exemplum est; speciatim 
stattUum uUimum, quo aliquis de rebus suis ter- 
renis post mortem tuturis decemit, testamentum 
(ita ap. Graecos inde a Plat. legg. 11, p. 922 c. S8.\ 
Heb. 9, 16 B. — 2) pactum, fo^us (Aristpb. Av. 
440), sexcenties in ss. U. pro hebr. m^ (Vulg.: 
testam&nJbunik). Foederis enim nomine necessitudo 
significatuf, quam deus primum cum Noacho (Gen. 
6, 18. 9, 9 ss.), deinde cum Abrahamo, Isaaco et 
Jacobo eommque posteris (Lc. 26, 42), potissimum 
yero cum Abrahamo (Gen. 15 et 17) et posthac Mose 
ministro cam Israelitanun populo (Exod. 24. Deut. 
5, 2. 28, 69 al.) iniit, quo postremo foedere Israe- 
litae ad obedientiam diyuiae yoluntati mosaica 
lege expositae et solenniter declaratae habendam 
obstringuntnr, ille autem potentissimam tutelam 
et cujuslibet generis his in terris salutem ei pro- 
mittit, transgressoribus au^'^m legis grayissimas 
poenas minitatur. Undo in N. T. commemorantur 
aX nXdxsQ x^q Sia&nxtig (m'^.a^3 rhk Deut 9, 9. 
15), tabulae legis, quious o/ficia foederis inscripta 
erant (Ex. 20); ^ xifiwxoi tr§c <^*«*- (n^ian y^^Kf 
Deut 10, 8. 31, 9. Jos. 8,6al.), area foederis s. legis, 
in qua illae tabulae erant reposiitae, Heb. 9, 4. Ap. 
11, 19; ij dia^^xri xriq negixofjiijVt foedus circum- 
cisioniSf cum Abrahamo factum, cuius signum at- 
que testimoniupi esset circumeisio (Gen. 17, 10 ss.), 
Act. 7, 8; xd alfia xriq dia^if^xfiq, sanguis yictimfr- 
rum, quo effuso et sparse mosaicum foedus sanci- 
tum est, Heb. 9, 20 ex Exod. 24, 8; a^ diad'fptai^ 
foedera, unum cum Abrahamo, alteram perMosen 
cum Israelitis ictum, Bo. 9;, 4 (Sap. 18, 22. Sir. 44, 
11. 2 Mace. 8, 15. Barn. ep. 9); al Sia^ijxai xjjq 
inayyeXlaq, foedera, quibu s adjuncta erat promis- 
sio salutis messianae, Eph. ^,12 {avvB'fixai dya&wv 
imooyiaewq, Sap. 12, 21); ehrisuanae enim salutis 
benencio diyina promissa ii^lis foederibus, potissi- 
mum ei, quod cum Abraham o factum est, adjuncta 
persolyuntur: Lc. 1, 72 s. Act 3, 25. Bo. 11, 27. 
GaL 3, 17 (q. 1. Sia^ijxji est tlivina dispositio, h. e. 
promissio Abrahamo facta). • — Quum noya ilia et 
longe praestantior necessitniio, quam messiano 
tempore deus cum Israelitaram populo initurus 
esset, w^^n Jr*«» xaivij (fia^j}^? (Jer. 31, 81) Appel- 
letur, cui 'diyiiiae promissioni Christus satisiecit, 
(Heb. 8, 8-10. 10, 16): in N. T, distinguuntur 6i6o 
oiad^^xai (Gal. 4, 24), mosaica ei Christiana, quo- 
rum haec illi (r^ nQwxy dta^xy Heb. 9, 15. 18 coll. 
8, 9) opponitur tamquam xaivii Siec^xri Mt 26, 28. 
Mc. 14, 24 (utroque loco in t yiilg., Orsb. Lchm.); 
Lc. 22, 20. 1 Co. 11, 25. 2 Co. 8, 6. Heb. 8, Six^bIx- 
X(DV Sia^rpcfi Heb. 7, 22; alwviog Siadi^xtj Heb. 13, 
20; Christus autem appellatur scQBlxxovoq et xaivfig 
et v^ac 6ia^rixfiq /iBolxTjq Hob. 8, 6. 9, 15. 12, 24. 
Quo noyo foedere homines fidei Christo habendae 
obligantur, deus yero gratiani lis et aeternam sa- 
lutem promittit Quod foedus Christus, 77k>rte sub- 
eonda maugurayit et sanxit; h inc rd alfia xijc xai- 
v^Q Siaf^xfiq, xo alfia x^g Su :^xi]g, y. in alfia n. 
2, c; xo alfidfiov x^g dia^ijxf^g, sanguis mens, quo 
effundendo foedus sancitur, Mi:. 26, 28 Tdf et Mc. 
14, 24 Tdf Trg. (de duobus genitiyi uni nomini 
conjunctis ct.Matthiae §. 380. Jtuhner II, p^. 288s.). 
— Ex metonymia contenti pr(^ ^ontinente 17 naXaia 
dia&TJxij 2 Co. 8, 14 die. de sacris V. T. libris, quippe 
in quibus leges et rationes autiquioris foederis 

Eerscriptae essent — Denique notanda est amphi- 
oUa, qua scriptor ad Heb. 9,, 16 s. yoci xrjg oia- 
B^iixtjg, in reliquis epistolae paxtibos foedus deno- 



Siaigaaig, 



94 



didxovog. 



tanti, supponit notionem teatamenti (t. snpra in 
n. 1.) Chnstmnqne comparat cum testatore, tain 
quia felicitatem aeternam tamquam haereditatem 
a Chiisto aliis relictam spectat, turn quia docere 
studet, et aetemae salutis consequenoae potesta- 
tem iis, qui Christo addicti sint, &ctam esse morte 
Chiisti (9, 15), et jam mosaicum foedus san^ine 
victimarum sanciendum fuisse (vs. 18 ss.), unde 
factum Tidetur esse, ut yetus intenires latinus Sia^ 
•&i^f/( Yocem, ubicunque in s. codice obvenit, la- 
tino testamenti yocabmo exprimeret.^ 

SuzlQsaiqt emq, ^ {diatgim, q. y,), 1) divisio, cU^ 
strihtUio (Hdt Xen. Plat. al.). 2) disUnctio^ discri- 
men. (Plat. Soph. p. 267 b.: xlva dialgsaiv iiyvafolai 
XB xal yvciosojq &iiaofi€v; — al.); speciatim discri- 
men € distribuUone aliis aUdfctctA ortum, 1 Co. 12, 
4— j6 colL Ys. 11: diaiQOvv 16 Uf, kxdaxfp xad-iag 
fiovkexai.* 

di^aigiof, m^ aor. 2. J<eZ>loy, 1) divide in partes, 
diffindoy discindOf duseco (Hom. et sqq. Gen. 15, 10. 
3 Bag. 3, 25). — 2) dutribuo; xl xivi (Xen. Cyr. 4, 
5, 16. Hell. 3, 2, 8), Lc. 15, 12. 1 Co. 12, 11 (Jos. 18, 
15. 1 Chron. 23, 6 »1.).* 

dm-xa^ap/gco, L im, jaerpwrgo, peni^us pwrgo ; 
permundo (Yulg.); x^v akwva, Mt. 3, 12. Lc. 3, 17. 
(Apudprofanosnonexstat, qui dicunt diaxa&alQeiv, 
veiut T^v &XWf Alciphx. opist. 3, 26.)* 

dia-xax-eXiyx^l^^^^ impi. SiaxaxfjXeyxo/iijv, con- 
tentione et studio vel certatim [do quo praeyerbii 
Sid in compositis usu cf. Herm. ad Yig. p. 856) 
confuio, c. dat. pers.^; non exstat nisi Act. 18, 28.* 

SiaxoviWf di, f. ^(», impf. Sitixovovv (quasi 
compositum sit verbum e 6ia et dxovim^j^io rariore 
eademque antiquiore forma iSiaxdvovv , cf. Bttm, 
§. 86. not. 4. Gramm. max. §. 86. not. 6. Kriiger 
§. 28, 14, 13); aor. 1. Sifjxdvijaa (pro antiquiore iSia- 
xovijaa); pass. ptcp. praes. Siaxovov/isvoQ, aor. 1. 
inf. diaxovfj^^vai, ptcp. diaxovri^Blq {Suixovog q. 
v.), ap. Graecos inde ab fldt., minister^ famulus «um, 
ministrOf famulor; 1) uiiy. c. dat. peisonae, alicui 
ministro; ministeria el officiapraesto: Jo. 12, 26. 
Act. 19, 22. Philem. yi. 13; passiy. miki ministra- 
tur ( Win, §. 39, 1), Mt. 20, 28. Mc. 10, 45. — 2) Ut 
lat. ministrare, ad mensam appareo et aecumben- 
tibus cibum potumqus offer o; c. dat. person. Mt. 4, 
11. 8, 15. Mc 1, 13.31. Lc. 4, 39. 12, 37. 17. 8; ab- 
solute 6 diaxovibVf Lc. 22, 27; et ita etiam ae femi- 
nis cibos apparantibus Lc. 1(), 40. Jo. 12, 2. (Me- 
nand. ap. Athen. 6, c. 46. Anacr. 4, 5 et ap. aL; 
pass. diaxov£la^€i i>n6 xivoq, Diod. 5,28. Phuo yit. 
contempl. §.9.) — 3) victum et quae ad vitam neces- 
saria sunt, miniUro^ suppedito; c. dat. pers. Mt. 25, 
44. 27, 55. Mc. 15, 41 ; Oir^xovovv aixolQ ix (1. Yulg. 
and) xwv vnaQxdvxotv ccixatg, Lc. 8, 3; necessitatir 
bus alicujus stufvenio (ut eleemosynis colligendis), 
Bo. 15, 25. Heb. 6, 10; xpaniJ^aiQ^ ea, quae ad 
sustentandam yitam requiruntur, parare, curare,' 
distribuere, Act. 6, 2. — absolute Siaxovstv, i. e. 
curam pauperum, a^rotorum agere, dicuntur, qui 
munus diaconi (y. ii diaxovo^ in coetibus Clm- 
stianorum administia.nt, 1 Tim. 3, 10. 13. 1 Pet. 4, 
11. — 4) c. accus. lei, ministro, procuro aliquid, 
quo commodis alicuias inseryiam; ;cdp<c Siaxovov- 
fiivri v<p^ ^/ifSv, 2 Q>. 8, 19; daa dirjxdvtios, (juam 
multa sint, quae ejus ministerip debeam, 2 Tim. 1, 
18; iniaxoX^ diaxotnj&eZoa i)<p rj/ji<Sv, epistola nl- 
stra quasi amanuensis ministerio seripta, 2 Co. 3, 3. 
— c. ace. rei et dat. personae: suppeditando ali- 
quid alicui ministro {mit eiwas einem dienen), 1 Pet. 
1, 12; xlBlg kavxovq, i. e. sIq akXiqkovq^ in mutuos 
uflus, 1 Pet. 4, 10.* 

Siaxovla, ag, ^ {diaxovog), ministerium (Dienst, 



DiensHeistung) , potissimim eorum, qui aliorum 
mandata peragunt; 1) uniy. 2 Tim. 4, 11. Heb. 1, 
14. — 2) eorum, qui ex mandato dei religionem 
inter homines nuntiant et promoyent; die. a) de 
mnneie Mosis: ^ 6 tax. xov d^avdxov, concise: mini- 
sterium, quo lex mortem minitans et afferenspro- 
mulgatur, 2 Co. 3, 7; xfj^ xaxaxgiCBioq, ministenum, 
quo condemnatio nuntiatur, ys. 9. — h) de munere 
apostolorum et ejus administratione. Act. 1, 17. 25. 
20, 24. 21, 19. Bo. 11, 13. 2 Co. 4, 1. 6, 3; 1 Tim. 1, 
12; xov Xdyov, Act 6, 4; xov nvevfiaxoQ, ministe- 
rium, cnjus est eMcere, ut diyinus spiritus homi- 
nibus obtingat eosque regat, 2 Co. 3, 8; xfjg Stxaio^ 
ovvrfQ, quo homines docentur, quo mode deo pro- 
bati reddantur, ys.9; xr^q xaxaXkayfj^y ministenum, 
cujus est efficere, ut homines reconciliationem cum 
deo sibi oblatam amplectantur, 2 Co. 5, 18; nodq 
x^v vfiatv Siaxovlav, ut eyangelio docendo yoois 
mmistrarem, 2 Co. 11, 8. — c) de ministerio omni- 
um, qui singularibus ingenii animi^ue facultatibus 
in hunc finem a deo instructi studio et opera chri- 
stianae causae inter homines promoyendae con- 
sulunt, ut apostoU, prophetae, eyangelistae, pre- 
sbyteri al., 1 Co. 12, 5. £ph. 4, 12. 2 Tim. 4, 5. De 
quonam ministerio yox Col. 4, 17 dicatur, non 
constat. — 3) ministerium eorum, qui christianae 
caritatis officia aliis praestant, 1 Co. 16, 15. Ap. 

2, 19., imprimis eorum egestati subyeniunt bene- 
ficiis yel colligendis yel tribuendis; pauperum 
cura; beneficiorum subministratio yel distrioutio; 
LutjUrus passim^ Handreickung ; Act. 6, 1. 2 Co. 9, 
13; ^ Siaxovia ^ slg xovq aylovq^ 2 Co. 8, 4. 9, 1 ; ^ 
Siaxovla xfjg Xsnov^yslag, ministerium, quod fit 
per xifv Xeixovi^,, 9, 12; nifinsiv elg Siaxovlav 
xivl, mittere alicui aHqaid, quo egestati ejus snb- 
yeniatur, Act. 11, 29 (xo/jU^biv x^^fi*^'':ct noXXa sIq 
diaxovlav xmv Tqgiov, Acta Thomae §. 56); 17 Sia- 
xovla fAov tj €ii iBQOVoaX,, „meum pecunias meo 
studio coUectas deportantis ministenum Hieroso- 
lymis destinatum*' {Fritzsche), Bo. 15, 31. — 4) mu- 
nus diaconi in primaeya ecclesia (y. in Sidxovog 
n. 2), Bo. 12, 7. — 5) ministerium eorum, qui cibos 
apparant et offerunt; Lc. 10, 40 (ut ap. Aen. oec. 
7, 41;.* 

SiaxovoQ^ ov, o, 17 (yox incertae originis, minime 
autem, ut olim putabatur, e did et xovig compo- 
sita. ut sit "gioprie properando pulverem excitans; 
cf. iyxovelv. Nam a in praepos. did corripitur, in 
didxovoQ producitur. Buttmannus Lexil. I, p. 218 ss. 
yocem ab obsoL Sidxot »« Si^xw deducendam pu- 
tat), qui alicujus^ potissimum domini, mandata ex- 
sequitur; minister, famulus; 1) uniyerse; die. de 
famulis regis, Mt. 22, 13; c. genit. personae, cui 
ministratur, Mt. 20, 26. 23, 11. Mc. 9, 35. 10, 43 (qui- 
bus locis per imaginem yox die. de iis, qui yel cum 
suo ipsorum incommodo commoda aliorum promo- 
yent); xijg ixxXnaiag, de eo, qui praestat, quae 
ecclesiae commoois et saluti inseryiunt, Col. 1, 25; 
didxovoi xov d'Bov, ii, per quos deus causam suam 
in terris agit, ut magistratus. Bo. 13, 4; christianae 
religionis doctores, I Th. 3, 2 t. yulg. Tdf Trg.; 
1 Co. 3, 5. 2 Co. 6, 4; qui iidem appellantur Siixovoi 
xov Xqioxov, 2 Co. 11, 23. Col. 1, 7. 1 Tim. 4, 6; 
iv xvflfp, in causa domini. Col. 4, 7 ;^ o Sidx, fiov, 
is, qui me sectatur, Jo. 12, 26; xov aaxava, is quo 
satanas ministro utitur, 2 Co. 11, 15; didx. tcbqi- 
xo/ifjQ (fkhstr. pro concr.), de Christo, qui saluti 
circumcisorum hominum s. Judaeorum consuleret. 
Bo. 15, 8; c. genit. rei, cui ministratur^ h. e. cui 
alicujus studiis consulitur: xaiv^g dia^fjxrjg, 2 Co. 

3, 6; xov eiayyeXlov, Eph. 3, 7. Col. 1, 28; Sixato- 
aiuvtjQ, 2 Co. 11, 15. — 2) diaconusj qui ex muneris 



dicntoOLOi. 



95 



diO'^fia^QOfiai, 



a coetu sibi imposiii officio caram pauperum agit 
pecnniamque in eomm nsus collectam administeit 
et distribuit (Jrmenpfieger), Phil. 1, 1. 1 Tim. 8, 8. 
12 coll. Act. 6, S 88.; 4 Sidxovog, ministra (Plin. 
epp. 10, 97), cui cara nralienmi Tel panpemm vol 
aegrotarom commissa erat. Bo. 16, 1. — 8) mmi- 
Hrator cibi ac pottu; Jo. 2, 5. 9 nt ap. Xen. mem. 
1, 5, 2. Hier. 8, 11. Polyb. 81, 4, 5. Lucian. de met- 
ced. cond. §. 26. Athen. 7, p. 291. 10, 420; r. in dia- 
Movim n. 5.* 

dioxoatot^ ai, a, ducerUi, ae^ a; Mc. 5, 87. Jo. 
6, 7 aL ^ 

dt-ixxovw, f. aofiai, pr. ad finem tuque audio, 
accurate audio, peraudio (Xen. Plat sqq^.); de jn- 
dice cansam "cognoscente Act. 23, 35; ita etiam 
Dent. U 16. Dio Cass. 86, 86.* 

dia-xp/yco, impf. diixQivov, aor. 1. Siix^tva^ 
med. impf. SisxQivSfiriv, aor. 1. disxQl^f/v (ap. pro- 
fanos sensn passiTO aecreius man; cf. Wtn. §. 89, 2), 
ap. GraecoB inde ab Horn., ap. LXX potisaimom 
pro 0|v, etiam pro ■piri et al. — 1) discemo^ discri- 

xal abz^v, Act. 15, 9; iiydhv SiaxQlvayxa^ discri- 
men non fftcientem sc. inter Jndaeos et gentiles, 
Act 11, 12 Lchm, Tdf. Trg,; ut lat diatinguo 
emphatioe: aliqaem vel aliqaid a ceteris distingao, 
sensu i. q. pratfero, praerogativam vel honorem ei 
concedo; xivoy i Go. 4, 7; xh ocSfxa xov xvqLov, 11, 
29. — 2) discemendo cognosco, judico, dijudico; 
Mt 16, 8. 1 Co. 14, 29; ^avxiv, 1 Co. 11, 81; de- 
cemo, seiUentiam /era, litem dirimo, 1 Co. 6, 5. — 
Passiv. et med. diveUor, me secemo; 1) »ecedo ab 
aUquo, defieio ah eo (Tbac. 1, 105. 3, 9); die. de 
haereticis a coetu verorom Chnstianonim seceden- 
tibas (Sozom. 7, 2: ix xovxov ol fxhv diaxQiS'iyxeq 
161a ixxhjaia^ov) , Jnd. vs. 22 e lectione Lchm. 
Tdf, Trg. ntique probanda: iXivxsxe SiaxQivo- 
(livov^y eosy qui secemunt se a voois, h. e. qui tie-' 
ficiuntt pro vnlg. iXeetxe diaxQivoiievoi, qna red- 
dendnm est: vobis secementes s. delectum facien' 
tes; cf. Hutker ad 1. — 2) me secemo hostili in 
aliquem animo, pugno^ litigo^ discepto, aUercor; c. 
dat pers. Jnd. vs. 9 (PoL 2, 22, 11); nQO^ xiva^ 
Act. 10, 2 (Hdt. 9, 58). — 3) significatu a profanis 
alieno: Ttiecum dissentio^ haesito, dubito {sich mit 
aich erUzweien); Mt 21, 21 ; Bo. 14. 23. Jac. 1,6; iv 
xy xagSla ai^xov Mc. 11, 23; iv havxf, Jac. 2, 4; 
fjirj6hv dtaxQivo/xfvoQ^ nihil, i. e. plane non dubi- 
tans, Jac. 1, 6; sine nlla dubitatione, ntrnm liceat, 
necne, Act. 10, 20 et in t. Tolg. 11, 12; od disxgi^ 
xj intaxia, non dnbitavit fidei inopia indnctos, 
Bo. 4, 20.* 

6iaxoiaiqyfm(;,tl{6ittXQivw),di9tinctio^ aestimatio 
(BeuHheUung): nvevfiaxwv 1 Co. 12, 10; xakov xs 
xal dyaB^, Heb. 5, 4 ; fiij elf diaxgioiv Siakoyi- 
afiwv, non eo coDsilio, nt judicetis opinioiles, utra 
ntri sit verior praeferenda, Ko. 14, 1. (Xen. Plat al.)* 

Sia'XwXvw, impf. SiBxmXvov {Sia hoc in compo- 
sito non denotat obnixe, nt vulgo dicunt, sed amo- 
tionem, dis^ nostr. verhindem; ef. SiOxkBlw, inter- 
cludo; cf. Win. y. comp. 5, p. 17 s.), prohibeo; xivi 
Mt. B, 14. fap. Graecos inde a Soph, et Thnc.)* 

dia-XaXiw, impf. SuXdXovv, pass. impf. dieXa- 
Xovfinv, colloquor, confabulor (ex usa praererbii 
6ia id quod altematim vel ntrinque fit, indicantis; 
y. in diOxaxBXivxofxai), xl, pass. Lc. 1, 65; ngdq 
dXXijXavQ (nt Pol. 23, 6, 9), xi av noirfisiav, de col- 
loqnio deliberantium, Lc.6, 11. (Enr. Q^cl. 174.)* 

dia^Xiyofiaif impf. SieXfyo/irfv, aor. 1. dieXix^v 
(med. verbi SiaXfyw, seligo, secemo), 1) meeum di- 
verge cogitOf cogttata cogitatie interficio (cf. diaXo- 
yll^ofiai^ reputo; sic ap. Hom. — 2) ut nrequentis- 



sime ap. Atticos, eoUoquor^ verbis cum aUquo ago^ 
disputo, dissero; absol. Act. 19, 8 s.; nsfi xivog. 
Act. 24, 25; xivl, cum aliquo. Act. 17, 17. 18, 19. 
20, 7. Heb. 12, 6; addito dnd xq>v yqa^&v^ e scri- 
• ptis s. rationes aucens, Act 17, 2; nQoq xiva, 17, 
I 17. 24, 12; praevalente notione diseepiandi, ngdg 
' dXX^Xovg, sq. xlg inteirogat, Mc. 9, 34; neQlxivoq, 
Jud. vs. 9.* 

SiaXelnWf moram interpono, coeptum aliquid ad 
tempuB irUermitto; oi SiiXine xaxafiXovaa (de quo 
participio cf. Win. §. 45, 4), contmuo deosculiata 
est, Lc. 7. 45. (Jes. 5, 14. Jer. 17, 8; saepe ap. Grao- 
cos inde ab Hdt)* 

dtaXexxoQ, ov, if {SiaXiyo)), 1) colloquium, eermo^ 
oratio, dictio (Plat, Dem. aU. — 2) inde a Pol. 
lingua genti alicui propria; Act. 1, 19. 2, 6. 8. 21, 
40. 22, 2. 26, 14. (Pol. 1. 80, 6. 3, 22, 3. 40, 6, 8 s.; 
fisd'igfirfveveiv elq x^v ^EXX^vatv SidXexxov, Diod. 

1, 37; n&oa fihv^SiaXixxog, ^ 6h iXXtivueh Sia- 
^igovxmq dvofiaxav nXovxel, Philo yit. Mos. II, 
§. 7.* 

di-aXXdoam, aor. 1. pass. difiXXaytiv (v. in 6id, 
C, 5), 1) permute, xl opxl XivoQ. — 2} permute men- 
tern fdicujua^ reconcilio (ita inde a Thuc), xtvd 
xivu Passiy. reconcilier, xivl, in gratiam redeo cum 
aliquo, Mt 5, 24. (1 Sam. 29. 4. 8 Ear. 4, 31.) CI 
quae doctissime de hoc yeroo dispntat Frihuche 
£p. ad Bom. T. 1, p. 276 ff. colL Win. y. comp. V, 
p. 7.* 

SiaXoyl^^ofiai, dep. med., impf. diBXoyi^dfitiv (Sid, 
ut in SiaXiyofiai), diverecu rationes con/ere^ ratio- 
nes eomputo, rc^ociner, meeum reputo, delihero; 
simpliciter, Lc. 1, 29. 5, 21; iv r§ xaQSltf, Mc 2, 
6. 8. Lc. 5, 25; add. nsgl xivoq^ Lc. 3, 15; ^y kavx<p, 
secum, Mc. 2, 8. Lc. 12. 17; iv kavxeiq^^^iv dXXfj- 
Xoiq, Mt.16,78.; n^fdq kavxovg i. q. ^^oc dXX^Xovg, 
alter ad altemm conyersns, alter com altero, Mc. 
9, 33. (11, 31 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.); Lc. 20, 14; ngoQ 
dXX^Xovi;, Mc. 8, 16; nag' kavxoU, Mt 21, 25; oxi, 
Jo. 11, 50 e 1. yulg. ; 9xi — negl xoixov dxi, Me. 8, 
17. (-- avn aliquoties in psalmis; 2 Mace. 12, 43; 
ap. GraecoB inde a Plat et Xen.)* 

3iaXoyia/i6g, ov, 6 (SiaXoyiio/jiai), LXX pro 
naw:^ et chald. 'p**p, ap. Graecos inde a Plat, 
cogitatio hominis secum perpendentis ; hinc 1) mente 
cogitatum; Lc. 2, 85. 5, 22. 6, 8. 9, 46 s. Bo. 14, 1; 
ratiecinium eorum, qui sibi yidentur sapientes esse, 
Bo. 1, 21. 1 Co. 3,20; sentenOa; XQixal SiaXoytOfjiwv 
novrjQfSv, i. e. judices, qui peryersas sequnntnr 
sententias (von venoerJUenen Orundsdtzen) , Jac. 

2, 4; consilium, Mt 15, 19. Mc. 7, 21. — 2) detibe- 
ratio, dvMtatio, de eo, quid sit yemm, Lc. 24, 38; 
ad id quod agendum eat apectans, haesitaiio; %{Xi' 
oig yoyyvaiAmvxalSiaXoyiCfAwv, Phil. 2, 14; j^tt»^2c 
OQyriq x. SiaXoyiofiov, 1 Tim. 2, 6.* 

oia-Xvof, aor. 1. pass. SisXvd'ijv, disselvo; Act. 5, 
36 de agmine hominum soluto et dissipate, ut 
saepe ap. Graecos.* 

oia-fiagxvQOfiai, dep. med., impf. diBfiaQxygS- 
(ifiv (Act 2, 40 e 1. yulg.), aor. 1. oiSfxagxvQdfi^, 
ap. IjXX plemmque pro I'^yn, saepe ap. Graecos 
inde a Xen., e quorum scriptis laigam exemplo- 
mm copiam affert Win, y . comp. Y, p. 20 ss. ; — 
interposita deerum hominumque invecatione tester. 
— 1) obtestor, graviter, religiose adhortor; sq. im- 
perat Act. 2,40 ; add. ivwniov xov &eov x. Xgiaxov 




xxX. sq. iva, 1 Tmi. 5, 21 (sq. /ui}, Exod. 19, 21); sq. 
infinit. 2 Tim. 2, 14 (Neh. 9, 26). — 2) attestor^ testi- 
ficor, sancte et religiose affirmo; Act. 20, 23. 1 Th. 



dia-fiaxofiai. 96 

4, 6. Heb. 2» 6; sq. Sti, Act. 10, 42; c. dat. pen., 
aaneium tegtimomum edo alictU, Lc* 16, 28; c. accus. 
object! » int&rposito teatimonw aliquid confirmo, 
fidem eifacio; xbv k6yov tov xvqIov^ Act. 8, 25; xb 
siayyiXiov^ 20, 21 ; rr)v fiaoiXelav tov ^eov, 28,23; 
omnis enim apostolorum institutio denique rediit 
ad testimoDiam de iis, quae ipsi viderant vel audi- 
▼erant aut quae sibi erant per divinam revelatio- 
nem patefacta (Act. 1, 21 s. 5, 82. 10. 41. 22, 18); — 
add. €lg c. ace loei, in quein testimoiiiam perfe- 
ratnr, tcc nsgl ifxov elg ^ligovaaX., Act. 23, 11; add. 
dat person., cni testimonitun editor, tolq 'lovdaloig 
zdv Xqioxov ^Iijaovvy inessianam Jesu dignitatem, 
18, 5 ; lovSaioiq xijv pisxdvoiav xal nlaxiv, poeni- 
tentiae et fidei necessitatem, 20, 21 {xy *^IsQovca' 
X^fji xcaq dvo/iiag, in qaae et quanta inciderint 
peccata, Ez. 16, 2.)* 

dia'/idxofJLai, impf. disfiaxofiijv, depugnOf acriter 
pugilo; de disputantibus, Act. 23, 0. (Sir. 8, 1. 4; 
Atticis frequentissimum).* 

Sia-fjiivatf 2 ps. sing. fut. diausvelQ (Heb. 1, 11 
e scriptione Knappii, Bleekii al. pro vulg. diafii- 
veig), aor. 1. diifjisivUf pf. Sia/iefJifvijxa^ p erTnaneo 
(Philo de gigant. §. 7: Ttvevfia Mov fjiiveiv Svva- 
xbv ^v tffvxit ^lafjtiviiv dh ddvvaxov); Gal. 2, 5; 
opp. dnoiXvfiaij Heb. 1, 11 e Ps. 102, 27; addito 
adjectivo yel adverbio conditionem denotante, Sii- 
fieivB xoKpoq^ Le. 1, 22; ovxoi, in eo quo sunt 
statu, 2 Pet. 3, 4; persevero, ?f xivi Lc. 22, 28. 
(Xen. Plat, et sqq.)* 

dici'/JieQi^Q)^ impf. die/ii^iZov, 2 ps. plnr. imper. 
aor. 1. diafieglaaxSf pass. ptcp. pf. pass. Siafis/jiS' 
(ficfiivog, aor. 1 . disfisglad-tiv^ fut. Sia/iSQiaS'i^aouai, 

— divido; l)disoindo, disseco; ^ma dia/iegia^svxa 
sc. a lanio, Plat. leg^. 8, p. 849 d; ex usu Lucae 
peculiari in passivo: m partes sibt {idversantes dis^ 
solvor, dissuieo; ini Tiva, contra aliquem, Lc. 11, 
17 8.; inl xivi 12, 52 s. — 2) distnbuo (Plat. Polit. 
p. 289 c. — ap. LXX plerumque pro pSn), r/, Mc. 
15, 24 (t. vulg,); xi xivi, Lc. 22, 17 (ubi iJckm, Tdf. 
Trg, sig bavxovg pro vul^. kavxolg); Act. 2, 45; 

Sass. Act. 2, 3; med. sibi distribuere; xi, Mt. 27, 35. 
[c. 15, 24. Le. 23, 34; add. havxoXgy Jo. 19, 24 e 
Ps. 22, 19.* 

d icLfJte^iafxog, ov, o (diafjugl^w), dtviaio; 1) par- 
tition distribuUo; Plat. legg. 6, p. 771 d. Died. 11, 
47. Jos. antt. 10, 11, 7. LXX £z. 48, 29. Mich. 7, 12. 

— 2) dissidium, opp. eign^tj, Lc. 12, 52; v. in Sia- 
[isgiCffOy n. 1.* 

dia-vifjiQ), aor. 1. pass. Sieve fjti^rjv, distrihuo^ di- 
vido (Aristph. Xen. Plat, sqq.); pass, elg xbv Xaov^ 
dispergi inter vulgus. Act. 4, 17.* 

oia-vevof, rmtu aigmfico, inmio (zutvinken; did, 
quia „nutus spatium intermedium transgressus 
ad eum perrenire cogitatur, cui innuis"; Win. 
V. comp. 5, p. 4); Lc. 1, 22. rPs. 35, 19. Sir. 27, 
22. Died. 3, 17. Lucian. ver. nist. 2, 44. Icarom. 

15.)* 

6(av6ij/iaf xog, x6 (6iavoiw\ cogitatum; Lc. 11, 
17. (LXX. Sirac; saepe ap. Plat.)* 

didvoia, ecff, ^ {did et vo6g\ LaX pro aV et uV; 
frequentissime ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.; 1) mens 
tamquam intelligendi, senttendi^appetendi fcusuLtcts ; 
Mt.22,37. Mc. 12, 30. Lc. 10, 27. Epb. 1, 18 (t vulg.); 
4, 18. Heb. 8, 10. 10, 16. 1 Pet. 1, 13. — 2) inmi- 
genHa {Einsicht) 1 Jo. 5, 20. — 3) animus (Gresin' 
nung), cogitandi et senHendi ratio ; CoL 1, 21. Lc. 
1, 51. 2 Pet. 3, 1. — 4) cogitatum; plur. ex adj. in 
malam partem : prava cogitata Eph. 2, 3., ut Num. 
15, 39: fxvTjoB^aea&e naaoiv xdiv ivxoXihv xvqIov 

— - xal oh diaoxga^i^oeod-e 6nia(o xwv diavoiwv 
i>fui<Sv,* 



dia^nQayficeT^vofdai. 



Si-avofyOf imnf. di^voiyov, aor. 1. SiiljvoiSa, aor. 
1. pass. SifjvolrB'ijVj^ftcp. pf. pass. Stijvoiyfjiivog 
(Act. 7. 56 Lcnm» Tdf. Trg.), LXX maxime pro 
n}?f et rtp^f passim ap. profanes inde a Plat. Lys. 
p. 210 a; findendo vel dubicendo (Sid) aperio, acL- 
aperio (quod clausum erat); 1) pr. aQoev SiavoT- 
yov fjLi^xQav, masculus uterum (clausam matricem) 
aperiens, 1. e. primogenitus, Lc. 2, 23 (Ex. 13, 2 al.); 
ovQavovgy pass. Act. 7, 56 Lchm, Tdj. Tra,; aurest 
octUoSf auoitum, visum restituere vel praebere, Mc. 
7, 34 s. Lc. 24, 31. {Qen. 3, 5. 7. Jes. 35, 5. 2 Beg. 
6, 1 al.) — 2) trop. x&g ygaipdg, sensum recludere 
scriptorum s., explicare scripturas s., Lc. 24, 32; 
xbv vovv xivog, captum alicujus reserare, b. e. ef- 
ficere, ut aliquid percipere possit, Lc. 24, 45; t^v 
xagSlaVf animum apenre, i. e. intelligendi faculta- 
tem vel discendi cupiditetem in aliquo excitare. 
Act. 16, 14 (2 Mace. 1, 4. Themist. Orat. 2 de Con- 
stantio imp.: Siavoiyexal fiov rjxuQSla x. Siavye- 
oxi^a ylvexai 17 tpvxj); absoL sq. 8r<, explano^ ex- 
pono (Au/sohUus geoen) ; sc. avxdg, i. e. xagypa- 
(pdg, Act 17, 3. Cf. JVin. v. comp. 5, p. 19.* 

Sia-wxxegevaf (opp. Sirffie^evat), pemocto, totam 
noctem iransigo ; sv xivi, in aliquo negotio, Lc. 6, 
12. (IMod. 13, 62. Antonin. 7, 66. Plut mor. p. 950 b. 
Hdian. 1, 16, 12 al. Jos. antt. 6, 13, 9. b. jud. 2, 14. 
7; add. r^v vvxxa Xen. HelL 5, 4, 3.* 

Si-avv(o, ptcp. aor. 1. Siavvaag, plane pernio, 
ad finem perduco, ahsolvo; xbvnXovv, Act. 21, 7. 
(2 Mace. 12, 17; ap. Giaecos inde ab Horn.)* 

Sianavxog, v. in dia,^A. U, 1, a. 

Sia-naga-xQi^rit fig, tj, coniinua contention assi- 
dua simuUas (naQaxQipi^f attritus; contentio, si- 
multas), vox 1 Tim. 6, 5 a Ghrsb. Lchm, Tdf. Trg. 
Optimo jure recepta (pro vulg. naQaSiaxqiPal, q. v.), 
praeterea non oDvia; cf. Win. p. 96. Cf. decompo- 
sita SianagaxrjgeZv 2 Beg. 3, 30; et quae perquam 
dubiae fidei sunt, Sianageaevnxo/iai B Beg. 6, 4; 
Sianago^vvw Jos. antt. 10, 7, 5. 

Sia-TteQaWf <o, aor.l. SieniQaaa^transeOf trajicio^ 
velut fluvium, lacum; Mt. 9, 1. 14, 34. Mc. 6,^ 53; 
sq. elg c. ace. loci Mc. 5, 21. Act. 21, 2; ngog c 
ace. person., Lc. 16, 26. (Anstpb. Xen. et sqq.; 
LXX pro ^3f )♦ 

Sia-nXiw, ptcp. aor. 1. SianXevaag^ — pemavigo 
(Plin.), navigando transeo; niXayog (ut saepe ap. 
Graecos), Act 27, 5.* 

Sia-7toviat, elaboro, lahorando perfido, — Med. 
c. aor. 1. pass. Sienovih^riv (pro quo Attici Sieno- 
vriadfifiv), a) enitor, 0) studiose tracto; sttmmo 
labore efjicio; utroque significatu apud profiBinos. 
c) mol&ie fero, indtgnor^ doleo; Ad;. 4, 2. 16, 18. 
(Aquila Gen. 6, 6. 1 Sam. 20, 30; LXX Ecd. 10, 9 
pro n^aja; Hesych. Sianovyd-eig* Xvntj&elg.)* 

Sia-TiOQevafffacio, ut alibis transeatper locum; 
trajido; pass. c. fut. medu, iter facio per locum, 
ut ap. Graecos sq. Sid c. gen. loci Mc. 2, 23 Lchm. 
Trg.; Lc. 6, 1 ; sq. accus. peragro. Act. 16, 4; absol. 
Lc. 18, 36. Bo. 15, 24; addito xaxd noXeig xal 
x<i>fiag, Lc. 13, 22.* 

di€c7iogi(s)f Wf impf. StrjTtogovv, med. impf. Siij- 
noQovfiTjv (Act 2, 12 Tdf. Trf.). in sacro cod. ap. 
solum Lueam, pr. penitus {Sia) anogim (q. v.), mc^ 
xime dubius yel incertus haereo ; consternor; cur is 
soUicitor ^in Verlegenheit sein); absoL, Act. 2, 12; 
sq. Sia xo c. inf. Lc. 9, 7; negl xivog^ Lc. 24, 4 
(b. 1. med. apud me Sianogdo}, pro quo Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg. simplex dnoQela&ai); Act. 5, 24; iv kavx<p 
sq. oratione indireeta, Act 10, 17. (Plat. Aristot 
Polyb. Died. Philo, Plut. al.)* 

Sia-nQavfAaxe^ofiai, aor. X.SiengayfmxevadfJtijv, 
studiose {Sia) negoUum suscipio, Dion. Hal. 3, 72; 



dia-^Qiw, 



97 



dia-taaau}. 



ex adj. auaeioio negotwm biercundi cauM, Lc. 19, 15. 
(ap. Plat. Phaed. p. 77 d. 95 ei^perscnUor.)* 
i^ dia-nQlm^ impf. pass. Sii7i(^i6fi7iv, terra diweco; 
1 Chion. 20, 3. Flat. cony. p. 193 a. Ay. eqa. 768 
et ap. ai. — Pass. trop. animo diasecor, h. e. vehe- 
mentissima indignatione commoyeor, Act. 5, 33; 
add. %at^ xaQdlaiq avtw, 1, 54 (coll. Lc. 2, 35); 
lAsydXwq ixakhuxivov xal disn^lovto xa9^ iifJi<3v, 
£iiseb. h.^e. 5, 1^ 6. 

6 1- agni^ayy f. aao}^ inf. aor. 1. Siaonaaai, diripio; 
Mt 12. 29 a. (ubi Tdf. Trg. aondoai); vs. 29 b. 2V/./ 
Mc. 3, 27.* 

dta^^iiywfu et 6ia^hrflo<a (Lc. 8^ 29), aor. 1. 
iU^h^ia^ 3 ps. sing, impt pass. dte^^r/yvvTO (Lc. 5, 
6; nbi l^idf, et Trg. daotiyvvTO, item diaQriacmv 
Lc. 8, 29; v. in &pha<poq)t dijfrinao, dirumpo, di^ 
9cindoj x^ ieo/jia, Lc. 8, 29; to Stxtvopfsss. 5, 6; 
ta Ifiazia, j^irtSvaQ, qaod fiebat a Judaeis in vehe- 
mentissima indignatione vel in sunimo dolore, Mt. 

26, 65. Mc. 14, 63. Act 14, 14 coll. Gen. 37, 29. 34 aL 
1 Mace. 11, 73. Jos. b. j. 2, 15; 4. (LXX. — SophocL 
Xen. et Bqfl^.)* 

Siaoa<p€Wf Of, MI. 1. difffa^^aa (aa^i^), X) per- 
apieuwn reddo (verdeiUlichen)^ explano^ expUcOt de- 
claro;ripf napapoXfjv, Mt. 13, 36 Lchm. Trg. (Em. 
Phoen. 401. Plat. leeg. 6, 754 a. aL Polyb. 2, 1, 1. 3, 
52, 5.) — 2) de rebus factls, nuncio {vermelden\ 
encarro; Mt. 18, 31 (2 Mace. 1. 18. PoL 1, 46, 4. 2, 

27, 3.) Cf. Fischer de vitiis lexicor. N. T. p. 622 ss. 
Win. Y. comp. 5, p. 11. 

Sia-aelw, aor. 1. diiotioa, ap. Graecos inde ab 
Hdt., conctUio; trop. perterreo (Job. 4, 14 «« MT?")! 
perturbo; ut lat. conciUio ap. jnreconsultos romanos, 
injecto terrore alicui extorqueo peconiam vel alia 
bona; xiva, Lc. 3, 14. 3 Mace. 7,^21 et in Basilicis.* 

6ia'^xoQT,lt,a}, aor. 1. Sieaxognioa, pass. ptcp. 

Sf. duaxo^mafjiivoq, tkoi. 1. SieaxopniovijVf fut. 1. 
iaaxo(>nia&ijao/iai, saepe ap. LXX, rarius ap. 
Graecos inde a Pol. 1, 47, 5. 27, 2. 10 (cf. Lob. ad 
Phiyn. p. 218), — digpergo, disnpo, disficio; Jo. 11, 
52 (opp. avvdyw); die. de hostibas, Lc. 1, 51. Act. 
5, 37. (Nam. ^10, 35 al. Jos. antt. 8,^5, 4. Ael. ▼. h. 
13, 46: 6 dgaxiov xovq fihv dteaxoQmas, xovq 6\ 
ijtixxitvt,) — de grege, Mt. 26, 31 (e Sach. 13, 7); 
Mc. 14, 27; de opibus: dilapido, Lc. 15, 13. 16, 1 (at 
dtaanefgui Sopn. El. 1291). — ex usa hebr. ?nt 
(LXX Ez.5,2. 10. 12 a].) de framento: verUilo, vanno 
(tourfein; in longias spatium jactare grana, ut a 
paleis secernantur, opp. avvayw, frumentum a pa- 
leis pargatam in granario collide), Mt. 25, 24. 26.* 
dia-andw, aor 1. pass. SiBcnaa^riv, distraho, di- 
rumpo; xaq hXiasig, Mc. 5, 4 (rove ^fOfiovq Jadic. 
16. 9); hominem, discerpo, dilanio. Act. 23, lu (rove 
ivSga^ xgsovQYTjSoVf Hdt 3, 13).* 
Sia-aneigw, aor. 2. pass. disonagijVf distipo. di- 

2>€rgof pass, de lis, qui in di versa fngantur loca, 
cl 8, 1. 4. 11, 19. (ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt; sae- 
pissime ap. LXX.)* 

Siaanogd, ag, fi {diaanBLgio, cf. voces iyogd^ 
SiaipS^oga), dutpersio ^(Vnlg.), dissipatio; atofiwv, 
opp. cvfXfAiiiq X. nagatfv^i^. Pint. mor. j). 1105 a.; 
ap. LXX die. de Israelitis inter peregnnos popu- 
los dispeieendis vel dispersis, Deut 28, 25. 30, 4; 
inprinus de eorum babylonico exHio, Jer. 34, 17. 
Jes. 49. 6. Judith. 5, 18; abstr. pro concr. die. de 
ipsiB exsnHbas Ps. 147, 2 (<-• e^rn?. expulsi) 2 Mace. 
1, 29; si^ X. dtaanoQav xtbv ^XX^vtov, inter eos, 
qui dispersi sunt inter Graecos, Jo. 7, 35. Trans- 
fertar nomen ad Christianos inter gentiles disper- 
ses Jac 1, 1 {iv xy SiaanogB, scil. ovoi)\ naQS^ 
nidtjfiot 6iaanog&q UovxoVt ' peregre dispersi in 
Ponto, 1 Pet. 1, 1 (v. in nagsnidrifAoq).* 

GBIMM, Lexicon in N. T. 



dia-axiXXw, diducOy divido, discemOf dispono^ 
iubeo (Plat Polvb. Died. Strab. Plut; saepe ap. 
LXX); pass. x6 otaaxeXXo/jievov, mandcUum^ Heb. 
12, 20 (2 Mace. 14, 28). -- Med., impf. duaxeXXofifji^^ 
aor. 1. duaxitXdfjiiiv, explico me >— mentem meam; 
accurate expono (Aristot. Polyb.), hinc in N. T. 
moneo, jubeo^ praecipio; xlvI, Mc. '8, 15. Act. 15, 
24; sq. Xva, Mt. 16, 20 t vulg., Grsb. Tdf. Trg.; 
Mc 7, 36. 9, 9; dieaxBlXaxo noXXa^ 7va, 5, 43.* 

Siaaxfj/ia^ roe,r(^, intervallum^ distantia; detem- 

?orey tog wq&v xqicSv didax., Act. 5, 7 {xBXQaexig^ 
'ol. 9, 1, 1).* 

diaaxoX^, fjg, ^SiaoxiXXot, cf. dvaxoXi^), distin' 
ctio, discrimen; Ko. 3, 22. 10, 12; de discrimine so- 
norum instrumentis musicis editorum, 1 Co. 14, 7. 
(Polyb. Plut al.)* 

6iix-oxQi(paf, inf. aor. 1. 6iacxpi%pait ptcp. pf. 
pass. dieoxga/dfjiivoQ, ap. Graecos inde ab Aeschylo, 
a) digtor^(ueo, detorqueo; x&q dSovq xvplov xag 
ii^elagj in imagine (Prov. 10, 10): consiliis et in- 
stitutis dei salutaribus contraria moliri. Act. 13, 
10. Hinc b) a recto tramite abduco {eine verkehrte 
Richtung geben\ perverto, corrumpo; xi J^vog, 
Lc. 23, 2 (Pol. 5, 41, 1. 8, 24, 3); xiva dno xivog, 
pervertendo aliquem abducere ab ..., Act. 13, 8 
(Exod. 5, 4; „voruptates animum detorquent a vir- 
tute", Cic); — disaxgafjifiivoQf pervereuSt corru- 
ptu8, impius, Mt 17, 17. Lc. 9, 41. Act 20, 30. PhU. 
2, 15.* 

J«a-0(J^€o, aor.l. SiiawaafOOT.i. pass. diBOm^v, 
ap. Graecos inde ab Hdt.; saepe ap. LXX, potis- 
simam pro ttV)9 et af^vSn, salvum et incolumen prae- 
Ho per periculum; aegrotum. sano (nostr. eineii 
durchhringen\ Lc. 7, 3; pass. Mt 14. 36; incolumem 
tueor {nicfit umkommen la88en\ Act. 27, 43; libera 
e periculOt servo {retten\ Act. 28, 1 ; ix x^q ^aXdc- 
ctii, V. 4; — ut sexcenties ap. Graecos (v. exempla 
ap. Win. V. comp. 5, p 9 s.) cum notatione perso- 
nae, ad^quam vel loci, in quem servatus perduci- 
ijiir; npog 4^^Xtxa, Act 23, 24; inl xrjv y^v, 27, 44; 
iti xiy 1 Pet 3,^ 20.* 

diaxay^, ijq, ^ {6iaxdaaw\ vox mere biblica et 
ecclesiastica, pro qua Graeci dicunt 6idxa^ig\ 
diep08jti0t ordinaUo, institutio: Bo. 13, 2; iXdpsxB 
xov vofiov iU SiaxayaQ dyyiXwv^ recepistis {thr 
habt angenommen) angelorum mandantium aucto- 
ritate moti, s. quia vestrum ducebatis ea, quae ab 
angelis mandarentur, recipere {auf EngeUAiwrd- 
nungen hin, e similitudine dictionis eig ^vofjia di- 
XBObait Mt 10, 41 ; v. infra in bIq^ B. II, 2, d). De 
angelis e Judaeorum opinione in mosaics lege 
solenniter promulganda dei administris cf. LXa. 
Deut 33, 2. Act 7, 38. Gal. 3, 19. Heb. 2, 2. Jos. 
antt ^15, 6, 2.* 

Sidtayt^at xog, x6 (Siaxdaaw), mandalum^ prae- 
ceptum; Heb. 11, 23. (Esr. 7, 11. Add. Esth. 2, 4. 
Sap. 11, 7. Philo decaL §. 4. Died. 18, 64. Plut. 
Marcell. c. 24 fin.)* 

dia-xagdaaWf aor. 1. pass. SiBxagax^vVj per- 
turbo, perceUOf Lc. 1, 29. (Plat Xen. al.)* 

Sia-xdoaw, aor. 1'. diixaSa, inf. pf. diaxBxa- 
Xivai (Act. 18, 2), ptcp. pf. pass. SiaxBxayjiivog, 
ptcp. aor. 2. pass. Siaxax^Big^ tut med. diaxd^ofjiai, 
aor. 1. med. dtBxa^dfAtiv (e vi praeverbii did nostr. 
verordnetC), disponoj constUuo, praecipio. jvheo; 
xivly Mt 11, 1. 1 Co. 16, 1;^ seq. ace. c. inf.,^Lc. 8, 
55. Act 18, 2; r/, pass, d vofioq diaxayelg Si* ayyi- 
Xwv (v. in diaxayrf). Gal. 3, 19 (Hes. opp. 274); xivL 
xu pass. Lc. 3. 13. 17, 9 s. Act 23. 31. — Med. 
1 Co. 7, 17; ovxo} ^v diaxBxayfiirog i cf. Win. p. 246), 
Act. 20, 18; T*v/, Tit 1, 5; xl, 1 Co. 11, 34; nW, 
sq. inf. Act 7, 44. 24, 23.* 

7 



dia^tiXBw, 



98 



iidvKTmakla, 



Siot'TiXiWf (&, perfieio, absolvo; add. rdv fiiov, 
tdv xQ^^'ov al. cum participiis vel adjectiyis de- 
notat continuitatem actus vel statas, qui partiei- 
pio vel adjectivo notatur (velut Hdt. 6, 117. 7, 111. 
rlat. apoL p. 31 a.); multo saej^ins antein eadem 
vi nnde jtmeitnr cum participus aut adjectivis; 
ita HaiTOi diarsXeTre. continerUer Mtis inpransif 
Act. 27, 33 (ita aowtxXiavatog StatBXeZ Thnc. 1,34; 
saepe ap. Xen.; Win. p. 326).* 

oiaTfjQioft (S, S ps. sing. ixDpf. ditvifgeit canHnen- 
ter vel dUiaenter {did) servo; Lc. 2, 51 (Gen. 37, 11); 
ifiavthv Bx zivoQ (of. tijqsZv fe rivog Jo. 17, 15), 
purum me servo ab aliquo, Act. 15, 29; dnS rivog 
— *ittw sq. p. Ps. 12, 8. (Plat. Dem. Pol. al.)* 

Stailf V. m Sia B. n, 2. 

diaxl^fifjii^ disponOy ordtno, constituo; in N. T. 
exstat solum med. Siatl&tjfiai, aor. 2. Su^ifjnjv, 
fnt. Sia^rioofiaiy 1) de rebus meis dispone; a) tit de 
dUquOy quod meum est (ita saepe ap. pro&nos inde 
a Xen.) ; add. dat. pers. in ciUcujus favorem^ hinc 
addico alicui aliquidf quod possideat; tivl fiaa- 
XelaVf Lc. 22, 29. — b) testamentum jacio; Heb. 
9, 18 8. (Plat. legg. p. 924 e; add. dmOjapjyv, ibid, 
p. 923 c. et ap. al.) — 2) 6iati&e/jiai diad'tptriv xivi 
("« riK rrna n^a, Jer: 31, 31 ss.), foedus pangOf pa- 
ctum ineo' cum aliquOi Heb. 8, .10 (Qen. 15, 18)^ 
m^og Tirof, Act. 3, 25. Heb. 10, 16 (Deut. 7, 2);/i€xa 
tivog 1 Mace. 1, 11. Qraeci: ovvtid'efiai ngiq tiva, 
al TiQog xiva avvS-^xai, Xen. Cyr. 3, 1, 21.* 

Sia-xglpio^ inrpf. Siixgipov, aor.l. dihgiyfa^ con- 
tero (propr. Horn. II. Jl, 847 et ap. al.); absumo, 
consume; tqovov vel tifjiiQag, tempus tero, contero, 
transigoy Act 14, 3. 28, 16. 12. 20, 6. 25, 6. 14. (Lev. 
14, 8. Aristopb. Xen. Plat, al.); simpficiter, com- 
moror, Jo. 3, 22. 11, 54. Act 12, 19. 14, 18 (Lchm, 
ed. min.); 15, 35 (Juditb. 10, 2. 2 Mace. 14, 23 et 
saepe ap. profanos inde ab Horn. Od. 265).* 

oitixQoq>fit ^« ^ {di€LXQ^<pa\ alimentumj victus; 
1 Tim. 6, 8. (Xen. vect. 4, 49. Menand. ^. Stob. 
floril. 61, 1. Diod. 19, 32. Epict ench. 12. Jos. antt. 
2, 5, 7. 4, 8, 21; saepe ap.^Plut 1 Mace. 6, 49.)* 

8i'(xvyaC,mf aor. 1. Sirivyaaa, perluceo, eHucesco 
(Vulg.), iilucesco; de luce diuma per caliginem 
noctufnam prommpente (Pol. 3, 104, 5), 2 Petr. 

1, 1».* 
diavyrjgj ig {jubyrDy perhicidus; Ap. 21, 21 pro 

6ia<pavi^ m t. vul^. (Pnilo, Ap. Bn., Lucian., Pfut. 

Themist.; j>assim m Antbol.)* 



e 




Q6/iijVf 1) per/ero s. porto per aliquem locnm; 
axevog dih xov Upo^, Mc. 11, 16. — 2) differ o^ i. e. 
a) transitive: in diversas partes^ in diversa loea 
fero; ita dittipigea^ai dicuntur, qui navi buc illuc 
feruntui, agitantur, Act. 27, 27 (Strab. 3, b. 144; 
axdfpog {>n ivavxlmv nvevfidxtov diaipegSfievov, 
Pbilo migr. Abr. §. 27; Luc. Hermot 28; saepe ap. 
Pint.); tnmslate: divukfo, die^i^sxo 6 Xoyogrov 
xvglov 6i' dXrjg x^g x^fi^^> •A-<5t. 13, 49 {ivyeXlagf 
Luc. dial. deor. 24, 1 ; q>tififj Sia<pSQextti, Pint. mor. 
p. 163 d.). — b) intransit. ut lat. differo, diversus 
sum; Soxiua^eiv xdc dia<pigovxaf explorare ea ^uae 
difFerunt, n. e. disoemere bonum et malum, Ucitum 
et illicitum, Bo. 2, 18. Pbil. 1, 10 {Siaxpiaig xaXo^ 
x€ xal xccxoi) (Heb. 5, 14); cf. Tholuok Obmm. z. Br. 
an d. B5m. p. Ill ed. 5. Theoph. Ant. p. 6 ed. 
Otto : doxifta^ovxeg xii difxtpigovxay ^ei f>ibgy ^ 
axbxogy \ Xevxdv ^ /jiiXctv xxX.); — dienpiQw xivdg, 
dtffero ao aliquo, i. e. essceUo, praesto alioui, Mt. 6, 
26. 10,31. 12,12. Lc.l2, 7. 24 (ita saepe ap. Atticos); 
xivdg ly xivi, 1 Co. 15, 41. — o) impersonaliter dia- 



ipkQBiy refert, interest^ ad rem perimet (es madkt 
einen Vniersckiedy iH van BeUvng); otdiv fioi «fMC- 
^ipBiy nihil mea refert, Qal. 2, 6. (Plat. Plot, 
p. 316 b.: iipiZP o^dhv Sia^i^si, p. 358 e. de i^ 1, 
p. 340 c. Dem p. 312. Pol. 3, 21, 9. Ael. v. h. 1, 95 
et ap. al.)* 

SiafpBvyot inde ab Hdt., fugio per p^cnlum^ 
effugio {entrinneny^ Act 27, 42. (Piiov. 19, &. Jos. 
8, 22.)» 

Sga-qyrinlK^Wy aor. 1. 6i9<piititaay aor. 1. pass, ^f- 
ipilfjila(h]Vy divtdgo; xov Xiyov, Mc. 1, 45. Mt 2C(, 
15; Xivdt alicujus famam spargere, ejus glorniii 
eormonibus differre, Mt. 9, 31 ; ap. latinos diffamare 
aliquem^ sed in mi^m parton. (rare ap. (iraecos, 
velut Arat phaen. 221. Dion. Hal. 11^ 46. Palaeph. 
incred. 14.)* 

6ia-<p&si^a>, aor. 1. Sii^^stga. ptcp. pf. pass. 
die^^agfiivog, aor. 2. pass. Ste^d^a^v^ LXX sae- 
pissime pro rnv, passim pro Van; ap. Qraecoe inde 
ab Horn. — 1) tn deterius muio, corrumpo; aniknoa, 
mores; xijv yfjv, i. e. bomines terram incoleKiea, 
An. 11, 18; diB^^'aqjAhoi xhv vovvy 1 Tim. 5, 6 
(ri>y didvoiav rlat legg. 10, 888 a.; r^v yveipnjVy 
Dion. Hal. ant. 5, 21 ; xoi>g d^^aXfio^ Xen. an. 4, 
5, 10). — 2)perdo; a) edfsumoy corporis vigorsm 
et vires; d f^cv fjfiibv op^gamog oiaip&s&eTat^ 
2 Go. 4, 16 ; die. de tinea firunenta, vestimeom al. 
corrodente, Lc. 12,31 — b) deleo; Ap. 8, 9; oeewdo, 
Siafpd-Bigetv Tovj ... 11, 18.* 

6iaq>&o(fdt &gi V {SiaipB^Blgw\ corrttptio^ interittu; 
in N. T. ea interitio, quae emcitur putresceado in 
morte, Act 2, 27. 31. 13, 34~-37; v. in $idw et^iro- 
axgiipt», (LXX pro rtryo; ap. Graecos inde ab 
Aeschylo.)* 

didifogeg^ ov (^la^i^oo), 1) div&rsns, variigmieris 
(Hdt et sqq.); Ko. 12, 6. Heb. 9, 10. — 2) prae- 
stanSj antecellens (Pol. Plut al.); Heb. 1, 4. 8, 6.* 

dia^vXd00a>t aor. 1. inf. dcce^viUl^ai, inde ab Hdt. 
diUgenter ctuftodioj tivdy Lc. 4, 10 e Ps. 91, 11. 
„Placuit enim LXX InterpretibHS de del cm ac 
providentia hoe mazime vocabnlo uti, of. Gen. 29, 

15. Jos. 24, 17. Ps. 41, 3. Inde est, qnod in exita 
epistolarum scribere posterieres ooaaaeverunt ^sc- 
ipvXdxxoi, dia<pvXdSoi '^fi&g 6 ^eog, cf. TbeiniM^t. 
Ill, p. 800. 818. 826 ed. Hal." Wm. v. ooiiip. 5, 
p. 16.* 

StaxBtgi^iOy aor. 1. med. 6itxBtgi9af/aiVy %u(u rna- 
nuum agOf manibus tracts, cuininistro, rego (inde a 
Xen. et Plat); med. manuit/i injioio, oe<ndo; xtva 
(PoL 8, 23, 8. Diod. 18, 46. Jo«., Dion. Hal., Pint 
Hdian.), Act 5, 30. 26, 21.* 

diu-x^Bvdl^Wf derideoy irrideo; Act 2, 13 Qrsb, 
Lchm, Tdf. Trg. (Plat Ax. p. 364 b. D«m. p. 12tti, 

16. Aescb. dial. 3, 2. PoL 17, 4, 4 aL ficcles. son^tt) 
Cf. Win. V. comp. p. 17.* 

(fia;ira>^/g<v, aor. 1. pass. Siiympl0^ff9fprormu 
(Sid) separo (Aribtph. Xen. Plat, al.: LXX); para. 
(cf. dnoYfOQi^of) separo me^ discede (Oea, 13, 9. il. 
14. Diod. 11, 53); and xivog, Lc. 9, 33.* 

Si6axtix6g, ij, 6v (1. q. diSaaxaXixdg ap. Grae- 
cos), Optus et peritus ad doeendum; 1 Tun. S, 2. 
2 Tim. 2, 24. (St^axxixh d^€Ti}, ea praestaatia) qtia 
aliquis est docilis, Pbilo, praem. at virtt. $.4.)* 

oiSaxtdg, j, 6v {6i8iaxw\ 1) quiy ^rtuM, ^aod do- 
oeri potest (Pmd. Xen. Hat al.); 2) doetus; vmU- 
tukis; sq. g»nit ab <dfqu(t, tov ^sovy a dec, Jo. 0, 
45 e Jes. 54, 13; KVBVfiaxog hylov, a spir. s.^ 1 Co. 
2, IS. iyov^Bx^fASLxa xelvrig SiSaxtdj So^b. £1. 844.)* 

SiSaoxaXla, ag, 17 (diSdaxaXog), l^insHtmti^ {Un- 
terweimng); Bo. 12, 7. 15, 4 (tig x^v ^fjBBxiQsn^ ^«da- 
axaXiaVf ut nos edoceremur); 1 Tun. 4, 13. 16. 5, 17. 
2 Tim. 3, 10. 16. Tit 2, 7. — 2) doctrina, quM tra- 



didiowxkog. 



99 



did(Ofi$. 



di^ur: Eph. 4, 14 1 Tim. t, 10. 4, 6. 0^ 1. 8. 2 Tim. 
4, 3. Tit. 1, 9. 2, 1. 10; plnr. SiiaoxallaL, praeoepta 
(e Jes. 29, 13), Mt. 15, 9. Mc. 7, 7; dv^Qwnwv Col. 

2, 22; daifJioviwVt 1 Tim. 4, 1.* 

SiSdaxaXoq, ov^ d (6i6daxw), doctor, praeceptor; 
Ih N. T- is, qui de divinia rebas et hamanis oificiis 
docet ; die. 1) de eo, qui ad docendam idonens est 
aut idoneom se putat, Heb. 5, 12. Bo. 2, 20. — 
2) de jadaicae religienis doctoribus, Lc. %, 46. Jo. 

3, 10; undo hebr. a; ffraece redditur 6i6d<sxaXoq, 
Jo. 1. 39. 20, 16; cf. infra in voce ^P^ et Pve8»d 
in Herzog Enc. 12, p. 471 s. — 8) de iis, qui 
magna auctoritate pollentes docendo coetum sibi 
coner^abant; a) de Joanne baptista, Lc. S, 12. 
h) de Jeso, Jo. 1, 39. 3, 2. 8, 4. 11, 28. 13, 13 s. 20. 
16; saepius in tribus prioribos evan^g. — 4) xa%* 
iSoxn^ de Jesn a semet ipso, at qui salutis viam 
monstraret bominibus, Mt. 23, 8 Lchitk, Tdf, Tra, 

— 5) de apostolis; 6 diddaxaXoQ tibv i^vibvy de 
Paulo, 1 Tiro. 2, 7. 2 Tim. 1, 11. — 6) de iis, aui 
in aacris Christianorum^ conventibus negotium ao- 
cendi suscipiebant a spiritu a. in banc causam ad- 
jati, 1 Ca 12, 28 s. £i>h. 4, 11. Act. 13, 1 coU. Jao. 
3, 1. — 7) de £alsis inter Gbriatianos doctoribos, 
2 Tim. 4, 3. 

dkddaxoi^ impf. idldaaxov, fat. di6dS<o, aor. 1. i6l- 
Safa, aor. 1. pass, ididdx^ijv {4A^), LZX ^ro 
r»nin, rrnr, et maxime pro tii^, — doceo, praectpio,- 
1) abaof. a) orationes ad alios haheo^ quibvs edo- 
ceantiar {iJekrvortr&ge kcUten); Ht. 4, 23. 21, 23. 
M& 1. 21. 6, 6. 14, 49. Lc. 4, 15. 5, 17. 6, 6. Jo. 6, 59. 
7, 14. 18, 20 et saepias in evangg.; 1 Tim. 2, 12. 

— b) doctor mm (v. in SiddaxaXo^, n. 6), Eo. 12, 7. 

— c) doctorem me gero, 1 Co. 4, 17 — 2) in structuris : 
a) aat ex imitatione bebr. ^ i);^ (Job. 21, 22), aat 
ex abnormi recentioram Graecorum usu (cujus pro- 
batam exemplum non exstat nisi unum ap. Pint. 
MarcelL c. 12) c. dat pers.; r^; BaXd^^ Ap. 2, 14 
(e lectione a plerisque nunc recepta pro Yuig. xbv 
BoA.); cl Bttim. ntL 6r. p. 130. Win, p. 209 ooU. 
213). — h) e legitimo nsa c. ace. pent., doceo ali' 
guem; die. de Jesa et apostolis pro condone di- 
centibas qaae yellent ab auditofibus sciri ac teneri 
{Lehroortr&ge haUen an jemand); Mt.5, 2. Mc. 1,22. 
X 13.^4, 2. Lc. 5, 3. Jo. 8, 2. Act. 4, 2. 5, 25. 20, 20; 
xovQ^'EXXrivaq^ apud Graecos doctoris partes a^ere, 
Jo. 7, 35; die. de iis, qui alios aliquod placitam 
tenore, s. aliqaam amplecti opinionem s. alicui 
praecepto obtemperare jubent, Mt. 5, 19. Act 15, 1. 
Heb. 8* 11; ratio inprimis babetor increment!, 
quod doctor seientiae addit ejug, qaem edocet; im- 
ouere aUquem docirina. Act 11, 26. 21, 28. Jo. 9, 
34. Eo. 2, 21. CoL 3, 16. 1 Job. 2, 27. Ap. 2, 20. — 
c) id quod docetar rel de quo praecipitor, indi- 
eator sq. Sti, Mc. 8, 31. 1 Co. 11, 14; sq. infinit, 
Lc. 11, 1. Mt. 28, 20. Ad. 2, 14; nsQltivo^f 1 Jo. 2, 
27; iv XQiatiS Mctj^vcu, in consortio Cbristi 
edootum esse, Epb. 4^ 21^ sq. ace. Tei;^praecipio 
{diguid; 6i6acxaXlagy ivzaXiictza dv^Qcinofv, prae- 
cepta, quae sunt mandata bominom (e Jes. 29, 13), 
Mt 15, 9. Mc. 7, 7; t^v dSbv xov ^eov Mt. 22, 16. 
Mc. 12, 14. Lc. 20, 21; vavra, 1 Tim. 4, 11; S /«>} 
Ssl, Tit 1, 11; expono aliquid; Act 18, 11. 25; 
knooxaalav dnb Mmvaiafg^ necessitatem deficiendi 
a Mose, Act 21, 21. 28. 31. — d) e. ace. personae 
et rei, doceo aliquem aliquid; vov diddaxeiv i/aag 
tiva tci axoix^ta. Heb. 5, 12 (ubi male ChrMh. Tdf. 
Trg.: x[va)\ hxigovg SUd^ai, scil. «ir«, 2 Tim. 
2, % bine pass. dtSa^^vat t/, Gral. 1, 12 {^iSt,- 
Sdr^, sc. avxd); 2 Th. 2, 15. 

QiSax^j ^, 4 (diddax€9)f 1) c(octrina^ quae tradi- 
titr,' lie. 1, 27. Jo. 7, 16. Act 17, 19. Eo. 16, 17. 



2 Jo« vs. 19. Ap. 2, 24; ii <f«i xivog, doctrina qoam 
aliquis tradit, Mt 7, 28. 16, 12. 22. 33. Mc. 1, 22. 11, 
18. Lc. 4, 32. Jo. 18, 19. Act. 5. 28. Ap. 2, 14 s.; ^ 
diSax^ dei, xov xvQiovt xov Xgiaxov doctrina, 
quae deiun, Cbristum, domimam habet auetorem 
et adjutorem, Jo. 7, 17. Act. 13, 12. 2 Jo. ts. 9; c. 
genit object! , doctrina de aligua re, Heb. 6, 2; 
plur. Heb. 13, 9. — 2) inatitutio (cf. vocem Sida- 
axuXla\ Act. %, 42. 9 Tim. 4, 2 ; iv xy SiSaxi^ inter 
docendum^ dtim docebatj quibua verbis se ex iis, 
quae Jesus tunc muUa dixerit, nonnulla allaturum 
esse, indicat Mc. 4, 2. 12, 38; xov K*^xa xr^v diSax^v 
ntaxQv Xdyov^ ftdae doctrinae, quae acceptae in- 
stitutionis (2 Tim. 3, 14) normam sequitur, Tit. 1, 9; 
speciatim institutio, quae est xov didaoxdXov (v. 
in bac voce n. 6) in sacris Christianorum conven- 
tibus; XaXflv iv dtSaxrj, docendo loquor, opp. aliis 
P90 Qoncione dicendi modis, 1 Co. 14, 6; ix^ ^^' 
oaxiiv, suppetit mihl aliquid, quod doeeam. vs. 26.* 

oiS^axf*ov^ ov, x6 (neutrum adjecti diSgaxf^og, 
ov, ac. v6fAL9fjLa^ ex 6lg et (S(»a;(/te}J), didrackmum, 
nummus argenteus aequans dracbmas duas atticas, 
vel unam alexandrinam, vel sielum dimidium (v. in 
d^yvgiov, p. 48), Mt 17, 24. (LXX saepe pro ^^^-f 

dldvfioc, f}, ov et og, ov, yeminus (duplex, Horn. 
Od. 19, 227; at xgidvfiog, triplex, xexQadvfjLog, qua- 
druple!, hnxd6v(iog)\ bine gemeHue, ZtmlUng (sriL 
nalg, ut xqISv/aoi nalSfg, viol, DrilUnge),hQhT. aMn, 
cognomen Thomae apostoli; Jo. 11, 16.20, 24. 21, 2! 
(mm. 11. 23, 64.)* 

didtofii (6i6<M Ap. 3, 9 Lchm. Td/.), 3 pers. plor. 
didoaat (Ap. 17, 13), imper. 6l6ov (Mt. 5, 42 e L 
vulg.); impi. 3 ps. sing. eSldov. 3ps. plur. idiSovv 
{ididooav Jo. 19, 3 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.)] fut. <Ja>oa>, 
aor. 1. tdioxa^ cum coojunctivo dwav e commentitia 
forma indicativi edwaa, Jo. 17, 2. Ap. 8, 3 (Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg. Saiaei); cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 720 a. 
Bttm. nil. Grr. p. 31. Win. p. 76); perf. 6i6(oxa, 
plnsq. idedcixsiv^ et absque aogroento 6eS<axeiv, 
Mc. 14, 44^et ap. Lchm. Tdf, Trg. Lc. 9, 15; 3 ps. 
plur. Stdwxsioav, Jo. 11, 57 {Win. p. 70); aor. 2. 
mip. 46g,d6xe, opt 3 ps. sin^. J9I7 pro do/17, Eo. 
15, 5. 2 Tim. 1, 16. 18 et alibi inter varr. (v. Lob. 




^^aofjMi , cf. Bttm, ntL Gr. p. 39 s. — LXX sex- 
centies pro ^ , passim nro onb ; et pro cbald. at!?;, 
do; et quidem^ A) aosolute^ et univ., fiaxdQiov 
iaxi iiaXXov Sidovai, ^ Xafifidveiv^ Act. 20, 35. — 
B) in structuns ; I) xivl xi, do alicui aliquid; quod 
vario sensu dicitur 1) mea sponte do alicui cdiquid, 
quod in snum vertat commodum; Zoryior, muneri 
do; Mt. 4, 9. Lc. 1, 32. 12, 32 et saepe; Sd/Aora Mt 
7, 11. Lc 11, 13. Eph. 4, 8 (Ps. 68, 19); xct indQ- 
Xovxa sua xolg nxojxoZg, Mt. 19, 21 ; ;|fpj}/ieata. Act 
24, 26. — %) concede (gewahre, laste zukonunmi), 
roganti do; Mt 12, 39. 14, 7 s. 16, 4. 20, 23. Mc. 9, 
22. ^. 8, 12. 10, 40. Lc. 11, 29. 16, 16. Jo. 11, 22. 
14, 16. 15, 16. 16, 23. Act. 3, 6. Jac. 1, 5; ei oppo- 
nitnr, quod aliquis sibi arrogat; Jo. 3, 27. 19, 11. 
— 3) guppedito, res necessahas {reichen), velut 
H^xov zivl Mt 6, 11. Lc. 11, 3. Jo. 6, 32. 61; xgo- 
<pyv, Mt 24, 45; figdiaiv, Jo. 6, 27; p^^oterea Mt 
25, 15. 28 s. Mc 2, 26. 4, 25. Lc 6, 4. 8, 18. 12. 42. 
19, 24. 26. Jo. 4, 10. 14. 15, Eph. 6. 19. — 4) trado, 
i. e. a)porrigQ; velut Mt 14, 19. 17, 27. Mc. 6, 41. 
14, 22 s. Lc. 9, 16. 22, 19; x6 xpwfiLov, Jo. 13, 26^ xb 
noxrifiov^ Jo. 18, 11. Ap. 16, 19; xkg x^^Qcigiidovai 
alicui, Act. 9, 41. GaL 2, 9. — b) de litteris, dno' 
avdaiov, Mc. 5, 31. — c) trado curae dUcujus^ con-- 
credo, committo {antfertrauen) ; aa) aliquidadmini- 

7* 



dldwixi. 



100 



dld(ofii. 



strandtun; nniy. navrl ^ id 6^ noXv, Lc. 12, 48; 
opes, pecanias, Mt 25, 15. Lc. 19, 13. 15; dfine- 
Xwvay colendam Tineam, Mc. 12,9. Lc. 20, 16; xaq 
xXeU ffj^ ficta. Mt. 16, 19; ti^v xqIoiv, Jo. 5, 22^ 
xQlfjia Ap. 20, 4; r^v i^ovalav kavrwvt 17, 13; ta 
^Qya, %va tsXsiwaw atzd, Jo. 5, 36; to %QyoVi 
*Lva Tcoii^aWf 17,4; rd dvofza xov &soVf nantian- 
dum, Jo. 17, 11. — hb) trado s. mando cdicm aH- 
quid pie sanctegue ohservandvm; Sia&i^xtjv nsQi- 
TOfiik, Act. 7, 8; ri^v nsQito/A^Vf circmncisionis 
mandatam, Jo. 7, 22; tdv vSfjioVf i\)i&, vs. 19; Xoyia 
^dfvta, Act. 7, 38. — 5) do, quod officii lege debeoy 
solvo; mercedem, Mt. 20, 4. 14. 26, 15. Ap. 11, 18; 
aQyvQiov pro mercede, Mc. 14, 11. Lc. 22, 5; vecti- 
gaua, tributa, decimas al., Mt. 17, 27. 22, 17. Mc. 
12, 14, Lc. 20, 22. 23, 2. Heb. 7, 4; ^oiav sc. ry 
xvQlipf Lc. 2, 24 ifivalav anodovvai xtf ^e^, Jos. 
antt. 7, 9, 1); kSyov, rationem reddere, Bo. 14, 12. 
— 6) conjungituT 6i66vat cum nommibas actionem 
yel effectum significantibus et quidem a) actionem 
vel effectam ejus, qui dat, ut quod dicitur Sidovai 
(yel simpliciter yel rivl), id cogitetur efficere eum 
vel auctorem ejus exsistere. Quare tb didSvai cum 
nomine conjunctum saepe in yerbum actiyum mu- 
tari potest, quo effectio rei nomine denotatae ex- 
primatur. Ita diSdvai alvov r<p 9^B(5, i. q. alveXv 
%bv d-eov Lc. 18, 43; andxQiciv rtvt L q, aTtoxgl- 
vea^ai Jo. 1. 22.^ 19, 9; iyxonf^v Sovvai r^ tbay- 
yeXitpy L q. iyxonTSiv zb siayy., cursum eyangelii 
impedire, 1 C!o. 9, 12; ivxoX^v xivt, i. q. ivx^lXs- 
aM tivi, Jo. 11, 57. 12, 49. 13, 34. 1 Jo. 3, 22; 
SoSctv Zivl, i. j[. do^iC^stv nvi (y. in SoSfc); ig- 
yaalav, e latinismo, operam dare, L q. igyd^ead^ai, 
Lc. 12, 58; SiaavoX^v %ivi, i. q. SiaoriXXeiv ri, 
1 Co. 14, 7; naQayyeXlav, 1 Th. 4, 2; nagaxXtjaiv, 
2T1l 2, 16; SXsog, i. q. HbbIv, 2 Tim. 1, 16. 18; 
dyanrjv, ezhibeo, 1 Jo. 3, 1: ixSlxriaiv, 2 Th 1, 8; 
Paoaviafiov, Ap. 18, 7; ^aniafia, i. q. ^antC^Biv 
tivd, Jo. 18, 22. 19, 3; (plXrifia, L q[. <piksXv xtva, Lc. 

7, 45. — aut b) significatur nomine aliquid al) eo 
effieiendum, cui £uri dicitur; SiSovai xivl fiexd- 
voiav^ efficere, ut resipiseat, Act. 5, 31. 11, 18; 
yvioaiv OioxTiQlaq, Lc. 1, 77; iXnlSa xivi, 2 Th. 2, 

. 16. 7) CJonjunctum cum nominibus yim, facultatem, 
potestatem, yirtutem denotantibus Sld(o/it (xivlxi) 
idem est ac instnw (cUiquem re); Lc. 21, 15 {6 daw 
xifilv axo/ia x, ao<piav)\ Act. 7, 10; i^ovalav, Mt. 9, 

8. 10, 1. Lc. 10, 19. Jo. 17, 2. Ap. 2, 26. 6, 8. 13, 7; 
Sidvoiav, 1 Jo. 5, 20; avv€aiv^2 Tim. 2, 7; in fre- 
quentissima dietione diSovai xb nvevfia, 

U) SlSof/il XI absque datiyo et dld(Ofil xiva, — 
1) SldfoiAi XI. a) yim habet effici&ndi, e se profer 
rendi, edendi; {>€x6v, de coefo, Jac. 5, 18; xapnov, 
Mt. 13, 8. Mc. 4, 7. 8 s. (Deut. 25, 19. Sir. 23, 25); 
atjfjieZa, Mt. 24, 24. Mc. 13, 22. Act. 2. 19 (Exod. 7, 
3. Deut. 13, 1 al.); vnoSsiyfjia, Jo. 13, 15; <piyyoq, 
Mt. 24, 29. Mc. 13, 24 (^^dig, Jes. ^13, 10); ^(ovi^v, 
1 Co. 14, 7 8.; Sitt xrig ykwaoTjQ koyov, ibid. ys. 9; 
yvih(iny^ sententiam ferre, consilium dare, 1 Co. 7, 

25. 2 Co. 8, 10. — 5) dtdovaixXiiqovg^ (^jia p;. Ley. 
16, 8), sortes porrigere sc. conjiciendas in umam, 
Act. 1, 26. — c) didwfjil xi c. ace praedicati, Mt. 
20,28. Mc. 10,45 (tamquam Xvxqov tradere); Mt. 16, 

26. Mc. 8, 37 (tamquam avxdXh solyere). — 2) 61- 
dwfil xiva. a) ubi nomen a munere dicitur, quod 
aliquis gerit, constituo ; XQixdq Act. 1 3, 20. — b) pro- 
dire facip; SlSwfjLi ix XTJq avvaywyrjg xov aazava 
xwv kByovzwv {acxivdg) Ap. 3, 9; ita etiam mare, 
mors, orcus dicuntur dare {reddere) e se 'mortuos 
a se absorptos vel receptos, Ap. 20, 13. — 3) di6w/zl 
xivd Xivi. a) do alicui aliquem proprium; eum, 
cujus salutem procuret, Heb. 2, 13; do alicui oZi- 



quem, qui ilium sequatur ducem ac dominum, Jo. 
6, 37. 39. 10, 29. 17, 6. 9. 12. 24. 18, 9., quibuslocis 
deus dicitur Christo dedisse quosdam homines, 
h. e. eos aptos reddidisse, qui m Christo salutia 
suae auctorem et procuratorem agnoscerent cum 
eoque intimam necessitudinem inirent, undo Chri- 
stus eos xoyg iavxov (r<i i/jidy 10. 14) appellat. — 
b) do alicui aUquem, qui rebus ejus consutat; Jo. 3, 
16 {eSatxBv sc. abx<p, i. e. x<p x6a/jtq>); Act. 18,21. 
— c)do aliquem alicui, cujus jam erat ante; reddo; 
Lc. 7, 15 (9, 42: dniSwxB), — d) 6id(»fjii ifiavxov 
xivi, poscenti me aliquid me ipsum quasi trado, 
hyper Dolice pro : spretts omnibus meis vpsnus com- 
mode, quantumcunque possum, do^ 2 Co. 8, 5. — 
4) 6l6<ofiL xiva c. accus. praedicati; havxbv xvnov, 
se praebere s. proponere exemplum, 2 Th. 3, 9; c. 

Sraedicato dignitatis, muneris, negotii et addito 
at. personae, in cujus commodum aliquis digni- 
tate yel munere instructus daiur h. e. donatur; 
aixbv %d<oxBv xBfpaX^v {>7tho ndvxa r| ixxXiicla^ 
summum caput ecclesiae, Eph. 1, 22; mwxbv xovq 
[ikv dnoaxoXovQ xxL, sc. xy ixxXrjaicf, Eph. 4, 11. 
Neutro enim loco cogit necessitas cum multis intpp. 
ex usu hebraei ')r| explicare: constituitj fecitj prae- 
sertim quum altero loco Paulus yideatur yelle 
comprobare yerba ys. 8. allata: iSwxB Souaxa xoU 
dvd^Qwnoiq, Nam eos ipsos, quos in ecclesia Chri- 
stus ad communem usum dotibus muneribusqae 
instruxit, inter 66/iaxa ab iUo post ejus in coelom 
adscensum data refert. 

III) j>hra8es, quibus yerbo Sldwfii yel simpli- 
citer dicto yel cum casibus conjuncto additur 1) ia- 
finitiyus, yel solus, yel c. aceusatiyo conjunctos; 
6lSw/iil xtvi sq. infinit. objectum indicante; dlSafjU 
xivi wayBtv, do, suppedito, quod comedatur, cibum 
do, Mt 14, 16. 25, 35. 42. Mc. 6, 37. 5, 43. Lc. 8, 35. 
9. 13. Ap. 2,7; niBiv, Jo. 4, 7. 10; add. accusatiro 
oDJecti a yerbo (payBtv yel niBlv pendente, Mt 27, 
34. Mc. 15, 23; add. aceusatiyo pendente a yerbo 
SlSwfjii, Jo. 6, 31. Ap. 16, 6; sq. innnitiyo consilium 
indicante : concedo s. permitto alicui, ui", Lc. 1, 
73 s. (Sovvai ^(jlIv a<p6p(oq XaxQBVBiv airttS)-, Jo. 
5, 26. Act. 4, 29. Eo. 15, 5. Eph. 3, 16. Ap. 3, 21.6, 
4. 7, 2; e structura ex hebraeo usu facta xal S<b<jw 
xolq - - xal 71 Qog>in£va ova I, Ap. 11, 3; passiy. Mt. 
13, 12. Mc. 4, 11 {vfiZv didoxai yvCbvai, vobis con- 
cessum est. ..); seq. accus. c. inf. ddri t>uTv - - xa- 
xoixijaai xbvXgiaxbv iv xaiq xaQdtaiq v^d)fy,Eph. 
3, 16 s.; iSwxBv ahxov i/iipavij yBviad^ai, Act. 10, 
40; ot dwoBiq xbv daiov aov IdBlv diafB-oodv {e 
Ps.^16, 10), Act. 2, 27. 13, 35. — 2) dlSmfil xivi, 
sq. ?va, concedn s. permtto, ut - -; Mc. 10, 37. Ap. 
19, 8. — mando; Ap. 9, 5. 

IV) 6l6w(jil XI, yel xivl ta, yel xivl yel xivd se- 
quentibus prae[}ositionibus cum aliquo nomine (ant 
pronomine) conjunctis. — 1) xivl tx xivoq; doze 
hitv (partem) ix xov iXalov {>(idiv Mt. 25, 8 ; ix xwv 
Sqxcov e circumjectis facile intelligendo, Mc. 2^, 26. 
Lc. 6, 4; ix xov nvBVfAOXoq aixov tdmxBv rifilv, 
1 Jo. 4, 13; alitor Jo 3, 34: 6 d^Boq oi 6L6aai zb 
nvBV(ia ix fiixQov, e mensura, i. e. ad mensuram, 
modice; aliter Ap. 3, 9: didwfii ix xfjq avvaywy^ 

(v. supr, n, 2, b). — xivl ano xivoq, Lc. 20, 10: 
iva and xov xaqnov xov diinBXwvoq ScSaiv airtS, 
soil, partem debitam. — zivi sq. Blq e. nomine: do, 
quocf immiittaiur, Lc. 6, 38 : fiizoov dwaovaiv Blq 
zbvxoXnov i)fjiwv (immittent, infundent in sinum), 
yel quod affigatur, Lc. 15, 22: Sozs SaxzvXiov elg 
xijv Xf^9^ abxov (afQgite ad manum, einen Ring 
an die Hand); bIs xbv ay gov, ut pretium agri 
solyerent, Mt. 27, 10; xivl xi Blq xciqx^Xgaq, com- 
miitere aUcui aliquid, trader e aliquid alicujui 



di'SysiQa. 



101 



di-ixvioiiai. 



pciataU^ Jo. IS, 3 (hebr. "t n^^a ^a, GeiL 9, 2. 14, 
20. Exod. 4, 21); ilq x, Sidvoiav yel inl xhq xoQ' 
iluQ (Jer. 31, 33), tn mentem injicio, menti infigo, 
Heb. 8, 10. 10, 16; vel elg r. ^caoSlaQ c. infinit rei, 
Ap. 17, 17. (Xen. Cyr. 8, 2, 20: iiSovai tivi re tig 
r^v yv/jfv.) — iavr^v didovai sIq c. ace. loci, 
«0 ahguo dare^ in aHquem locum se conferre. Act. 
19, 31 (tlq xonovg naQafioXovg, Pol. 5, 14, 9; elg 
xanavq xgarstQ, Diod. 14, 81; ilq xag ievfUaq, 
Diod* 5, 59. Jos. ant. 15, 7, 7; tig xcSiativ xiva, Jos. 
ant. 7, 9, 7). — 2) Sldmiil xi Iv xivi, tU sitin , ,; 
^^ ^iXf^Q^ tivo^f Jo. 3, 35 ; iv xatQ xa^dlaig, 2 Go. 
1, 22; 7y xg xaQd, xivdq^ 8, 16. 1 Beg. 10, 24; f^(>1^ 
vipf Sovvai iv xy yy, pacem afferre, quae sit in 
tern, Lc. 12, 51. — 3) oidtofil xi ^nig xivoq, trado 
(hiogeben) pro . . , ^Jo. 6, 51 ; kavxbv ^nig xivoQr 
Tit. 2, 14 ; havxdv avxiXvxgov i>nig Xivoq, 1 Tim. 
2t 6; kcmxdv negl xtSv &fiaQxiwv, propter peccata, 
h. e. ad expianda ea, GaL 1, 4. — 4) Sidovat xivl 
xaxct xit ^Qya^ x^v nQa^tv^ rependere alicni pre- 
tinm factorom, Mt. 16, 27 (cf. Bo. 2, 6: cmoJoArci]; 
Ap. 2, 23. — 5) ex hebr. dicendi usa: Sidwxa ^voh 
ni6v aov Bvgav avBtpyfiivtiv^ effeci, nt tibi pa- 
teat janna, Ap. 3, 8. ^ 

Si'Sysigwy aor. 1. SirfyBipa, pass. impf. SttiyuQO- 
^/iijv, ptcp. aor. 2. Sieyegd'eig, — expergefado^ excUo 
(e qmete; nam differt a simplici iy elgof. qaod la- 
Una patet); e somno, rcva, Mc. 4, 38. IjC. 8, 24; 
pass. Lc. 8, 24 Tdf. Trg.; Mc. 4, 39; add. a^d xoC 
Vnvov, Mt. 1, 24 {Lchm, Tdf. Trg, iyiQ^flq); e 
quiete; pass, de mari, qaod commoyeri coepit, ex- 
citor, Jo. 6, 18. — metaph. animium incito; ex»tp- 
mulo^ alacrem reddo; 2 Pet. 1, 13. 3, 1, at 2 Mace. 
15, 10 xivh xotq BvfAOlq, (alijaoties in apocrr. V. 
T.; Hipjpocr. Hdian.., passim u AnthoL)* 

ii'€v4vfJiiofiai, ov/juxi, animo pervendo; nepl 
xivog, Act. 10, 19 pro iv^vfA, in t. volg. (praeterea 
tantom in scriptis eccles.) 

6i'S^~iQX^l^^*'y egretiiorper aliqoid; 6iB§fX^ovaa 
sc. 6id ipQvydviov, Act 28, 3 Tdf. ed. Yu. (LXX; 
ap. Graeeos inde ab Eorip.)* 

Si'iS'OSoif ov, j^ inde ab Hdt.; tfia, per quam 
exituir, exitua; diiioSoi xmv odwv Mt 22, 9pr. sunt 
viae per quae exeunt tncte, h. e. e contexta et fine 
parabolae loea cmte vrbem, in quae desinunt mae 
rtisticae, igitar exitus victmm rtuticarunk, qai iidem 
intellignn&r earam aditue, qaoram imagine adum- 
brantnr fines civitatum pafanarum, in qnos pro- 
fectari essent apostoli (id qaod optime exponit 
Fischer de yitiis lexx. K T. p. 634 ss.). De regio- 
nnm terminis die. tox pro heor. rnKxin Nam. 34, 
4 s. 8 8. et saepias^in ubro Josnae.* * 

SiSQfjinvtla^ ac, ^ {diegfjupuvw^ q. v.), interpre- 
tation oDscore dictoram, 1 Go. 12, 10 Lchm, (Ex 
aliis scriptoribas nondam enotatam est) 

diZQfiflvevxffg^ ov, b{SiBgiAriVivw,(i.y.)finterpreB; 
1 Co. 14, 28. (eccles. script)* 

Si'egfiilvevQfy impf. diriQfifjvivov et (nejB^lecto 
aagmento, cL Bttm, ntl. Gr. p. 30.) Siegfirivevov 
(Lc. 24, 27 Lchm.), aor. 1 (item ne^lecto aagmento) 
SiSQiifivtvaa (Lc. 1. c. Tdf. Trg.\ tnterpretor {ver- 
deutlichen, Sia); 1) aensum dictorum explico; xl, 
Lc. 24, 27; simpliciter, 1 Go. 12, 30. 14, 5. 13, 27. — 
2) tn linguam patriam trans fero; Act. 9,36. (2 Mace. 
1, 36. PoL 3, 22, 3 et aliqaoties ap. Pnilonem.)* 

SiiQXOfJtat, impf. Stijgxof^^v, fat. diiXevaofxai 
(Lc. 2, 36; v. Win, p. 79), aor. diijA^ov, ptcp. pf. 
SifXijXvd'WQ (Heb. 4, 14); 1) die. ita, at Sid sit per; 
igitar pervadOy permeo^ pertranseo; a) 6id xivo^y 
ambuloy iter facio per locum, traneeo per locum 
(den Duirckweg nehmen\ Mt 12, 43. 19, 24 t vulg. 
Lchm.; Mc, 10, 25. Lc. 11, 24. 18, 25 Lchm.; Jo. 4, 



4. 1 Go. 10, 1 ; 6ih (jLiaov o^rcov, per mediam tur- 
bam, Lc. 4, 30. Jo. 8, 59 t valg. Lchm. ; 6i {>/it5v, 
i. e. dia xiJQ x^QO^Q i>fi(ov^ 2 Uo. 1, 16 (ubi Lchm. 
anBX9^stv). — b) c. acens. mam, quae per aliquem 
locum ducit, conficio; regionem peragro; Lc. 19, 
1. Act 12, 10. 13, 6. 14, 24. 15, 3. 41. 16, 6. 17, 23 
{xa aefidafiaxa); 18, 28. 19, 1. 21. 20, 2. 1 Go. 16, 

5. fleb. 4, 14; ae re: x^v tpvr^v dieXevoexai ^ojn- 

Sala, penetrabit Lc. 2, 35 (oe telo, c. genit Hom. 
.20, 263. 23, 876). — c) absoL; ixelvi^q sc. dSoit 
{6i ante ixelvtjg in t valg. spuriaih est) ^fisXXe 
Siigx^a^ai, ilia enim via transitarus erat, Lc. 19, 
4. — d) c. notatione termini, ad ^aem pervenitur, 
ita at praeverbio did respiciator mterjectum spa- 
tiam, qaod est peragrandam et saperandom; iv^ 
&d6s, Jo. 4, 15 Tdf.; ilg xh nigav, trajicere in 
nlteriorem ripam, Mc. 4, 35. ^Le. 8, 22 ; 6 d^dvaxog 
difjX^ev iig ndvxag dv9'Q(o7iovgj pertransiit ad 
omnes homines, ita ut nemo potestatem ejas effa- 

feret, Bo. 5, 12; Swg xivog, perrenio asque ad ... , 
ic. 2. 15. Act 9, 38. 11,^19. atqae e L ralg. et Grsb. 
vs. 22. — 2) ita ut 6id respondeat latino die; di" 
versa loca obeo (2 Chi. 17, 9. Amos. 6, 9); Act. 8, 
4. 40; SieXd'Svxeg anb x^g Uigyrjg, cum Peiga 
discessissent sc. in varia loea, 13, 14; iv olg SitjX- 
^ov, in quorum regione hue iliac migravi, s. di- 
▼ersa loea obii, Act. 20, 25; Si^gx^^''^^ xaxd xag 
xwfiag^ Tias diversas ingressi singulos Ticos obie- 
rant {sie zoaen nach verschiedenen Richtungen von 
einem FlecTeen zum andem)t Lc. 9, 6; de funa: 
divulgor, spargor; 6iiQX'^'^^^ ^ Xoyog, Lc 5, 15. 
Thac. 6, 46. ien. an. 1, 4, 7.* 

6i-iQwxd<o, ptep. aor. SieQcax^aag, perrogo (b. e. 
plures deineeps rogo); xL, perrogando invenio^ per- 
contor {erfragen), Act 10. 17. (Xen. Plat I>em.Tol. 
Dio Cass. 43, 10. 48, 8.) Cf. Win. v. comp. 5^ p. 15.* 

Siix^g, ^g {Slg et ixog\ biennis, bimtUus; caib Sis- 
xovg, suppl. naiSog, Mt. 2, 16; cf. Fritzsche ad L 

6 ax la, ac, ^ (a Sax^g^ cf. XQiexla, xBxgaexla), 
Uennium; Act. 24. 27. 28, 30. (Pbilo in Place. §.,16.)* 

di'fiyio/jiai, ovfiai, f. ^aofiai, aor. Sitiytiodfjifjv, 
pr. ad finem perduco narrando yel exponendo 
(nostr. durchfuhren metaphorice dictum); expono, 
enarro; absol. Heb. 11, 32; r/, describe, Act. 8,33 
(v. in ysved); nv/ sq. orations indirecta, ;ic5( etc , 
Mc. 5. 16. Act 9, 27. 12, 17; sq. S eUov, Mc. 9, 9; 
Saa inolfjas, inolfiaav Lc. 8, 39. 9, 10. f Aristph. 
Thuc. Xen. Plat al.; LXX saepe pro ^ti^.r 

Si^yriaig^ fcoc* 4 {dirjyiofZai\ narratio; Lc. 1, 1; 
de evangelicis narrationibus die. etiam Ens. h. e. 
3, 24. 3, 39; cf. Grimm in Jahrbb. f. deutsebe Theol. 
1871, p. 86. (Plat Aristot Polyb.; Sir. 6, 34. 9, 15 
al. 2 Mace. 2, 32. 6, 17.)* 

diriysxrig, ig (a dif^vBVxa, 6ia<p^g<o, ut simplex 
^vexng ab Ijveyxa, q>^Qto), inde ab Hom., continuus; 
elg xo Siijvsxig. in perpetuum, Heb. 7, 3. 10,1. 12,14 
{6ixxdx<og ig x6 Siijvsxhg igiO^Tj, App. b. civ. 1, 4).* 

di&dXaaaog, ov (Slg et ^dXaaaa), 1) duorum 
marium formam refer ens; ita de Ponto Euxino, 
Strab. 2, 5, 22. Dion. Per. 156. — 2) bimaris, h. e. 
qui vtrinque mari alluitur (Dio Chr. 5, p. 83); x6^ 
nog Si^aXaaaog, isthmus^ nostr. ErdzungCy cnjus 
extrema pars fluctibus obtegitur, Act. 27, 41; sed 
alii h. 1. intelligant scopulum maris eminentem, 
Qui utrinque fiuctibus petitar, contra quos cf. 
Meyer ad 1. (In Clem. hom. p. 20 ed.^ Dressely in 
allegoria homines dXoyiaxoi x. ivSoid^ovxsg nsQl 
XQ}vxTjg aX^d^elag inayyeXudxtovA^peWdkntui xonoi 
SiB^dXaaaoi 6h xal ^tigiwdeig.)* 

Si'CXviofjLaiy ov/iai^ pervado, permeo, penetro; 
Heb. 4, 12. (Exod. 26, 28; Thuc. Theophr. PlutaL; 
— ap. Hom. teansit. narrando percurro.)* 



Si-tatfifit. 



10& 



6tyiat0(jvvf]. 



Si'tcrxrifitt aor. 1, diiatijaa^ aor. 2. Matijv, seor^ 
nfti colloco, Bejtmgo; in med. et act. pf. et aor. 2. 
dUto, diBcedo; ^Qtxxv 6h diaari^aavtsg, sc. havto{>i 
vel T^f foCv (cf. Jbttm, ntl. 6r. p. 41), quum pan- 
lalum discessissent sc. a loco ante commemorate, 
h. e. paulnlom progress!, Act. 27, 28; de tempore: 
Siaaxaaijg^ Sygag /im^, inteijecta una faora, Lc. 22, 59 ; 
Siiaxrf ari avrmv, discesslt ab lis, Lc. 24, 51.* 

Si-'ic/yQltofiai^ impf. 6uaxv(}it6fjiriv^ 1) annttor, 
2) acriter affirmo^severo ; Lc. 22, 59. Act. 12, 15. 
(Lys. Isae. Plat. Dem. Jos. antt. 2, 6, 4. Ael. hist, 
an. 7, 18. Dio Cass. 57, 23 et alii.f 

SixaioxQiala, a?, ^, jttgtwnjttdzcitmi; Bo. 2, 5. 
(incert. intp. Hob. 6, 5. Test. XII patr. p. 547 et 
581 ed. Fabric; Justin. M. tiaaest. et reap. p. 352 
Bd. Otto,' Basil, m, p. 426.)* 

Slxaiogf ala, ov (a Six^f jns), pr. hebr. p*^?!^, 
tijv SixTjv servans, justuSf divinas humanasque leges 
servans: talis, qualis esse debet, german. recht- 
heschaffen; in antrqniore nostra Hngn^a ^ eaqne 
ap. Lutherum: gereefit sensu latiote (ap. "^raecos 
etiam de phTsicis rebus, velut ^nnog, Xen. mem. 
4, 4, 5; yrjoiov Sucaiotatov, fertilissimum , Xen. 
Gyr. 8, 3, 38); 1) latiore sonsu: probus, pitts, hone~ 
stus, praeeepta dei observans; a) univ. Mt. 1, 19 
(sens.: prooitati ejus non congruebat| sponsam 
publicae contumeliae eiponere); 10,41, 13,43. 49. 
23, 28. 25, 37. 46. Lc. 1, 6. 17. 14, 14. 18, 9. 20, 20. 
Ro. 5, 7. 1 Tim. 1, 9. Heb. 10, 38. Jac. 5, 6. 16. 1 Pet. 

3, 12. 1 Jo. 3, 7. Ap. 22, 11; opp. hfiaQxmkol xal 
dae^eZg, 1 Pet. 4, 18; Slxaioi xal &6ixoi^ Mi 5, 
45. Act. 24, 15; die. de personis in V. T. propter 
pietatem et probitatem ceiebratis, Mt. 13, 17. Heb. 
11, 23; ita de Abele Mt. 23, 35. iBLeb. 11, 4: de Loto 
2 Pet. 2, 7 8. (San. 10, 4's.); de iis, qui sioi viden- 
tur esse probi, de suamm vel verarum rel opina- 
tarum yirtutum admiratoribus, Mc. 9, 13. Mc. z, \1. 
Lc. 5, 32. 15, 7 (Cohel. 7, 17). — junct. o. f^Ao^iJc, 
Lc. 2, 25 (^d*^ eilafifj x. itxaia. xb Slxaiov x. 
eiXttfiig, Plat, polit. ^p. 311 b); c. Sytog.Uc, 6, 20. 
Lc. 23, 15; c. ayaB'Og, t. 50; c. ^opovfievog xbv 
^e6v, Act. 10, 22; fpva Slxaia, opp. uovmA^ 1 Jo. 
18, 12. — neutrum xo Sixatov, td, quoa postulat 
officii ratio^qiwd fas est; dlxaiov ^yov/icu, 2 Pet. 
1, 13; plur. Phil. 4, 8; Slxaiov iaxiv, Eph. 6, 1. 
Phil. 1, 7; add. ivcimov xov d^eov, judice aeo. Act. 

4, 19. — b) praeyalente notione negativa: insons, 
integer, innocens (pro yi Prov. 1, 11. Job. 9, 23 aL); 
ita de Christo in sermonibus gentilium hominum 
de eo, Mt. 27, 19 et t. yuI^. ys. 24; Lc. 23, 47; alfia 
Slxaiov (Prov. 6, 17. Joel 3, 19. Jon. 1, 14), Mt. 23, 
35; 4 ivxoXri ciyla x, dixala (nullam rem habens 
cum peccando), x. dya^^, Ro. 7, 12, — c) eminen- 
tissimo sensu de eo, cnjus cogitandi, sentiendi 
agendiquo ratio tota ad yolunta&m dei est eonfor- 
mata, qui inde nulla opus habet animi et morum 
emendatione, quo sensu solus Christus praedican- 
dus est Slxaiog, Act 7, 52. 22, 14. 1 Pet 3, IS. 1 Jo. 
2, 1; Syiog x, Sixaiog, Act, 3, 14; inter reliquos ul- 
lum Sueaiov deprehendi recte negatur, Eo. 3, 10 




bvm, propter ea, quae adduntur xal xbv SixaiodV' 
xa,qm probum pronimtiat, sed si rem spectas, 
intemge sanctitatem, qua odit nee impunita relin- 
quit peccsta); 1 Jo. 3, 29. — djex adi. deo probatus 
(gottwohlgefdUig); Ro. 5, 19; add. ex nlaxnag, per 
fidem deo probatus, Ro. 1, 17. Oal. 3, 11; Six, na- 
ga x(p d-eip, Ro. 2^ 13. — 2) sensu strictiore*. qui 
suum cuique tribmt; et quidem sensu judiciali qui 
justwn de aliis fert jududum^ sire id yerbis ex- 



primator, sive agendi cum aliis ralbione sil^iiifiee- 
tur; Tit. 1, 8; ita de deo iusta Wnee homiisibus pr© 
factis eorum rependente Ap. 16, 6; nee alio sensu 
Jo. 17, 25 (qui piie et fidis ChriWi cuUotibfts Iiob 
eandem decemit sortem ac v^ xoff/a^); 1 Jo. 1, 9 
(qui leges regni sui exercet ideoque etiaai legfem 
ae concedenda yenia peccatorum); 6 Sixaiog xqt^ 
xfig, 4e Ohristo, 2 Tim. 4, 8; xgioig dixala, Jo. 5, 90. 
7, 24. 2 Th. 1, 5; plur. Ap. 16, 7. 19, 2; al d9ol t. 
^Bov dixaiai X. aXtf^ival, 15, 3; neutr. xb Sixatov^ 
quod aliis debetur, Col. 4, 1: quod juri et legi con- 
sentaneum est, Lc. 12, 57; Mxaiov sc. ecxiv, Spri 
donsentaneum est, 2Th. 1, 6; meritis congruum,Mt. 
20, 4 et in t. yu^. vs. 7.* . - ir 

Sixaiocvvff, ijg^ ii {6lxaiog\ frequentissime LXX 
pro ^^ et Hg^4, nuro pro Tpij, virtus vd hahiius 
vel contUtio ejus, qui est Slxaiog; 1) sensu latiore 
vonditio ^jus, qui talis est, qualis esse debet {RecM- 




mode, quo homo conditionem deo probatam cenae*- 
quatur, Heb. 5, 13; faaiXshg SixaioaiSfVTjg, rex, crai 
ipse deo probatur et cives suos deo probatos reddit, 

7, 2; cf. Bleek ad 1. — *) pro/b^, pittas^ vUae 
sanctitas, honestas, recta cogitandi, sentiendi, agen^ 
dique raUo: Mt. 3, 15. 5, 6. 10. 20 et Orsb. Ldim, 
Trg. Tdf 6, 1: Act. 13, 10. 24, 25. Ro. 6, 18. 16. 
18—20 (opp. h/iagxla, avopila et tnratftrptf/a); 

8, 10 (opp.^iM«()rZa); Ro, 14, 17 (?); 2 Co. 6, 7. 14 
(opp. avoula. ut Xen. m«DQ. 1, 2, 24): 2 Co. 11, 
15. Eph. 6. 9. 6, 14. Phil. 1, 11. 1 Tim. 6, 11. 
^ Tim. 2, 22. 3, 16. 4, 8. Tit. «, 5. Heb. 1, 9. 12, 11. 
Jac. 8, 18. 1 Pet 8, 14. 2 Pet. 2, 5. 21. 3,^13 et fre- 
quentissime in V. T.; hf 66 ip 6ixaioavvKg^ viam 
probitatis ingressus « vir integer et probus, Mt. 
21, 82; Tol; ^(oi^, probitas, quam postulat dens, 
Mt 6, 38. Jac. 1, 20 ; de probitate benefaciendo eon- 
spicua die. 2 Co. 9, 9 s. (coll. Tob. 14, 11. Oesenii 
iSies. Ill, -p. 1151 ; ita chald Tif^ri Dan. 4, 24 atque 
ap. Talmud. etKabbinos); ubijunguntur 6ix. x€d 
6ai6xtig Lc. 1, 75. Eph. 4, 24 (Sap. 9, 8. Clem. Rom. 
1 Co. 48 et passim ap. profanes), illud rectam ei^ 
homines se gerendi riddonem, hoc pietatem in demn 
indicat (cf Plat Oot^. p. 507 b. Cfrimm Exgt Hdb. 
ad Sap. p. 181 s.; e^tr^peia x. 6ixaioavvijmodL. 1, 
2); noieTvxfiv Sixaioa., probitatis virtutem colere, 
ho^este vivere, 1 Jo. 2, 29. 3, 7. 3, 10 atque e iectione 
omnibus nunc probata Ap. 22, 11 ; item igydlisa^tti 
6ucaioavvrjv, Act. 10, 35. Heb. 11, 83; £^v ry 6i- 
xatoaibvy, vitam dicare probitati, 1 Pet. 2, 24; nXti- 
govv naaav 6ixaioavvfiv^ quidquid fas est, per- 
fecte praestare, Mt. 8, 15. — de Christo ]^iuedicata 
6ixaioaibvfi est perfecta'ejus sanctimonia, mteg^tas, 
innocentia, Jo. 16, 8. 10; de deo ei^xxAsanttitas, Ro. 
3, 5. 25 s. — c) singularis est m Pauii scrtptis 
noiio Xfig 6ixaioavvtjg, Judaeiset judaicisOhristia- 
nis opposita. Ad quam inteUigendam potissimum 
haec tenenda sunt : Judaei et permulti, qui ex eorum 
coetu ad Christum se converteisnt, faetis Bd mo- 
saicae legis normam compositis tamquam suis me- 
ntis deo se probari inaeque aetemam salutem 
conseduturi esse sibi videbantur. At vero haec lex 
exactissimam omnibus suis praeceptis praestandam 
obedientiam postulat et iis, qui eam non praestatft, 
damnationem minitatur (GaL 8, 10. 12). Cujusmodi 
obedientiam nemo praestitit (Ro, 3, 10), neque Ju- 
daei, neque gentiles (Ro. 1, 24^ — 2, 1), apud quos 
naturalis morum lex animls inscripta locuiJi mo- 
saicae legis obtinet (Ro. 2, 14 s.). Quam ob causam 
Paulus 'roneficium dei piaedicat, quod Christo filio 
sue tamquam piaculari victima pro nominibus moiti 



dixaiow. 



m 



dixaioio. 



tEMHto i^tiam swm et laaam yolcMttatem Unma- 
no generi teatifieatas ait, ut salutwn sperare jmb- 
ut, 4ua8i Qon peccaverit. Sed ad ha^ apem con- 
cipiendam non patere yi^m 9nfn .per fidnciam (y. 
JB ntcrii)^ qaa oomo Ulam dei gratiam m Ghnsto 

Stefairtam et oi^igneratam amplecta(;iir; haac 
ineiam homioi a deo iippatari ut ^^aioavvijv, 
h. e. condiH&nem deo prohciwrit quae pecoaiori ob^ 
iingtt per Ulamjiduciam, cpAaaratiam dei in expior 
toria snorte J. CkrisH siU obiatam amplectitur (y. 
in ifiMtti4<»). Qao agpau die. simplieiter ii ditcaio- 
irwj? Bo. 4, 5 s. 11. 5, 17. 21. 9, 30 g. jRo. 14, 17 (?); 
1 Co. 1, 80. Gal. 5, 5; SixatoaiSvij &$0v, ^ r«v ^eov 
^txatoavvfi^ pxobitfis, quaoi deas attribiut, b. qoam 
dens probilatem declairat, Bo. 1, 17. j3, 21. 10, 3: 
piao^foant^r <» iA9titiitttm dei, quo homines ad 
conditionem sibi probatam perdncit, 10, 4; abstr. 
•pn> concr, ■» ii, quiJ^as ac(judicatar a dao probitas^ 

61X. T nc mat6Q>Q, quae fidei obtingit leel in iide cer- 
Bilmr, ao. 4, 11. 13; 17 iir #^ov d^a<oa., quae a deo 
proif iaeitur, k. e. aidjudicatar, Phil. 3, 9 (ubi quod 
additur 4ni ry 7c/t7i:«<,^pendet ab €Xf»Vf babens - - 
avperatrnctain Sd^i); 17 ^x niav€<»Q SixaiiMf., quae 
■e nde proficiscitur, Ko. 9, 30. 10, 6; ^ rfia niaxEmq 
X^t0toii, PMLSy 9; ^ xaxa nl0iiv Sixawa.f fldfii 
.aeeoBimotdata, Heb. 11, 7 (8e4 teaemduiu est, fidsi 
iMtaoDem ia epist ad Heb. latius MUere, quam 
apud Paulum); Christus appellatur otxt^oo^vri '^ 
48, sine quo npn est probitas, Auctor probiiatis, 

1 Go. i, 30; eIc dAxaiooiovijVy ut probitas obti^at, 
ad x^oIl8aqQeB0a]B ppobitaifim, £0. 10, 4. 10; tj ai- 
atlq Xoyi^stal xivi elqdixaioovvijv, fides alicul ifn- 
putatur pro piobitate s. int^pritate, a. e. ita in 
cationes refertur, ut ei adjucucetur probitas s. ut 
esQAator iii^ieap«4)itas, Ho. 4, 3. 6. 9. 22. Gal. 3. 6. 
ifUB. 2, 23 ; ^ SiuMOvlu riji Sixcuoa. (y. m iSiaxovla)^ 

2 Co^. 3 9. Cui jkxfitiocvv^ e fide orinndae opponi- 
4^ 19 ix v^iuw 6ixtnoa,, conditio deo probata, ^quae 
iw letgiB obsofuio nascd putatur, Bo. 10, 6 s.; ^.due. 
iv,v64i4f, ,1^ i. e. i<:g)i^ato ejus obsequio inniteus, 
Pi^. 3, 16; «^ idifiL dixaiva. et 77 ^^ cax^ ea quam 
aliquis ipse suis lact^s aciyuaiyisse opioatur, Bo. 
10, >3. Phil 3, 9 coll. GaJ. ^, 21. 8, 21. — 2) s«nau 
altTvstiM»Jusiitia js. ea tfirius, gva aiigws enwn c^ 

.^gue fi^Jiiit; dicitur ea dei esse et iCoriati -sine par- 
tium pt^dio oBmiJims Cbnetianis la^i^v nlativ 
largMBtiuiUf 2J^et. 1, i; de foransi justitia, Bo. 9, 
^j ^vw iv SixMunifiv:^, Afit. 17, 3i. Ap. 19, U.* 
iutauwi, Wf £ut. moat, aor. 1. idtxalwaa, pass. 
pf..^6^^obuw!/Mxx, aor. 1. iStxamO^^v, ivA.dixtufo^.ri" 
^o'lfML ifiUftia^, IiXX pro pnx ex ^n^; 1) pr. (ex 
4awl^a aUoi^wi yerborum in im exeuntium, ut 
TVipXow, 6ovko(o) dlxaiov facio; jimtfti^^ probum 
8. kd4sn, gtudis oliquis ease debe^ reddo.j Yulg.: 
jf^stifico; sed haee'airnififtatio t^dmedum rarau oisi 
|nx)r8us ^ubia est; 4aA9calv>^a» x^v xaQ^lav f4fiv «-* 
^V T''>.^ -Pb. 33, 13 i(nj»idbi gra^ca^xeddere ma- 
f\)»: pnabam e^hibut), — £} .r/invie, ei^hibeg, 
comproh0 {dar^teUerifernvmen) aliqmm jy^tuvfi^ 
probiany 'ialem qwdis est -et mt^uem ^ baheri imlt 
(Hzcb. 16, "51 8.; xijv yfvv^v avxoi;, Jer.»3, U, atque, 
.Qjd wdetor, dixaukvv dlnatop Jes. 53, 11); ^ ao^pla 
iSixmjfi^tj dgid zSv xixftov aix^, ^^pientiae a 
Jeanne bauti^a et Jesu tvaditae et commemdatae 
ex €(jus ^umnis (h. e. ex eorum yita, moribus, 
iustis) id aocidit xommodi, ut proba h. e. yQca lOt 
(diyina ej^iberetur, Mt. 11, 19. Lc. 7, 35; pass, de 
•Qhxiato: iducaiwBm iv jtvBVfiaxLj CQViprol^atus est 
secundum spiritualem (diyinam suam) aa^unun, 
4'!Cim.d,lB; a^ deo:-8flMi( Sucaiio&pq dy xqiq Xoyoiq 
r«evrBo..3,4 e Ps. 51,6 {xiu^q fiova^ dixaim&iioe' 



xeii, Sir. IS, 2); pass* reflexiye: me ^hii/eo prohm, 
de hominibus, Ap.22,11 in t. \xi\g.{xliixuti»^wiiev; 
Gen. 44, 16.) — 3) xivdy dejolaro, pronuntio 
aliquem probum^ integrum s. tcdemt qualis esfc debet 
(of. Sfioidijf, similem deolaro, comparo; i^aioso, Sap. 
6, 10; afioo, quod numquam eat dignum facer e^ 
sed dignt4m judicare, cleclarare, ut dignum tra- 
ctare; v. etiam infra xoiv6w)\ a) praeyalente nega- 
tiya notio^e: insontem declaro eum qui erat ac- 
xsusatus yel accuaari potest, absolvo crimine, op- 
prabrio (Deut. 25, 1. Sir. 13, 21 al.; improbus judex 
dicitiur Sixaiovv xbv aaefi^ Exod. 23. 7. Jes. 5, 23) ; 
kavxpyf Lc. 10, 29; pass, ov SsSixmwuai^ sc. deo 
judice, 1 Co. 4, 4; praegnauter add. ano xwv kfia^ 
xidav, insontem declarari indeque absolyi peccato- 
rum opprobrio, Act. 13, 39 (ita and aiAttQxlaq Sir. 
26, 20; simpUciter: absolvi, sc. a debito solyendi 
yoti. Sir. 1$, 22; hinc ex usu praeterea iion obyio 
translate: liberari, find xijq a/ia^xlaq, a dominio 
peccati, Bo. 6, 7., ubi cf. Fritzacke. — b) prae- 
yalente positiya notions: probum ideoque mihi etc- 
ceptum judico, declaro, pronuntio {Sixcuovv ^Sl- 
xaiov dicitux deus 3 B^. 8, 32); hixvxov, Lc. 16, 
15; i&ixuUoaav xbv &£6v, deum declararunt justum, 
h. e. suscipiendo baptismo declararunt, jure liuni; 
baptismum a deo esse mandatum, Lc. 7« 29; pass., 
a deo. Bo. 2^ 13; iS fyywv idixatm^tj, e lactis 
laudem probitatis pactus est, sc. a popularibus, 
Bo. 4, 2; ix xwv toyxffv, e sermonibus, opp. xaxa- 
.^aC^BoikaL, sc. a deo, Mt 12, 37. Ita maxime e 
techmco Paul! dioandi usu de deo homjaes, qui 
fiduciam in Ghristo pofiunt, probos sibique aoceptos 
ideoque ad yeniam peccatorum et aeternam salutem 
impetrandam idoneos judicante et declarante (y. 
in 6ixaio0vvv); ita simpUciter Sixcuovv xiva. Bo. 
^, 26. 4, 5. 8, 30. 33 (sc. j^//a^, opp. iyxakeZv); Add. 
ix (»n Folge .von) niaxewq, .3, 30. Gal. 3, 8; dia 
z^g vl0X£Q)gf Bo. 3, 30; homines dicuntiir dixaiov- 
.oifai,6ixaiw^ivtti, zg X^ptT^ xov ^tov. Tit. 3, 7; 
dwQthy xy x^Q' ^* ^^ov, Bo. 3, 24; niaxsi, Bo. 3, 
28; ix nlaxatPSf per fi^dem, Bo. 5, 1. Gal.2f 16. 3, 
24; iv z^ iiliiokxi xov XjQicxbv (tanquam causa 
meriioria^ ut 4hcologi ye^eires dicunt, probajJonis» 
dam fides est cauaa^ apprekendens s. mbjectiva\ 
Bo. 5, 9; iv x<p dvofiaxi xov xvqIov ^I^apv zai 
iy ti<p nvevjiaxi xo€ ^eov ^/4fiv, profitendo no- 
ijuine domini (quod prp^tea nequit nisi qui fidem 
in eo ponit, Bo. 10, 10 coll. 2 (;o. 4, 13) et spiritu 
dei (qui iQdem in animis excitayit), 1 Go 6, 11; 4^ 
XfitaxiS^ per Christum, Gal. 2, 17. Act. 13, 39; 
acriter negatur a Paulo, hominem SixaiovaSm 4| 
Mpy,(ov pofiov. Gal. 2, 16; add. ivwniov jaifzov, 
h.^e. del. Bo. 3, 20 colL ys. 28. 4,2 (y. in dixtfio- 
avvri), ii quod assoyeratur a Jacobo 2, 21, 24 s. 
(eo quidem simpUciter dicente^ i^ f^y.oiv Stxcuov- 
ai^aif non temere ojnittente yoftov); — yel, quod 
ad eandem notionem recurrit, iv v6(iip, in obse- 
quio l^is 8. jper legis obseryatiouem. Gal. 5j 4; 
add. na^h x^ 9^e(p\ deo judice, 3, 11; — Intuno 
peccatorum dolore, quo depressus .salutepi a sola 

fratia dei speret, hominem -Sixaioivo&ai dooetur 
ic. 18, 14. rauUnas irov J4xa/ou, x^ jSi^aioifvvr^g, 
xov Sixaiovv notiones praetor aUos^ ^ustrant Wtn- 
zer de yooabulis dlxaiog^ Sixnuoavvrif Soea^ovv in 
epist. ad Boman. Lips. 1831. U^teri PauUu. Lebr- 
begriff, p. 86 ss. ed. 4. Neander, Gescb. der Pfian- 
jzuqg - - der christl. Eirche durch die Apost. JI? 
ip. 567 ss. et passim, ed. 3. Baur, Paulus p. 572 ss. 
iRavuDcaiihoff Disquisitio de loco paulino, qui est 
de Sixatwaei. Li4gd. Bat. 18^2. Zapsius die pauUn. 
BeehtfertignngsleEre, Lpz. 1853. Schmia Bibl. 
Theologie des N. T. p. 562 ss. ed. 2. Eraesti vom 



diKalajfia, 



104 



dmXow. 



Ursprnng der Sfinde nach paulin. Lefai^rebalte, T. 

1, p. 152 88. Mesaner Lebre der Apostei p. 256 88. 
Jul. KoMin in Jahrbficher f. deutscbe Tbeologie 
1856. p. 89 88. Wteseler Commentar z. Br. an d. 
Gfalater p. 177 S8. Kahnis Lntber. Dogmatik I. Bd. 
p. 592 88. ed. 1. Philippi Dogmat. V, p. 208 8S. 
Weiss Bibl. Tbeologie des N. T. p. 224 S8. Ritschl 
die cbristl. L. v. d. Yersohnnng u. Becbtfertigung 
II, p. Slt:isB. Ffleiderer PaulinismuSi p. 172 88. Apud 
profano8 SixaiSw (ion. Sixaiiw^ Hdt.j est 1) «* 6i- 
xatov vo/jii^Wfjustum et aequum censeOt tf, 8aepe 8(|. 
infin.; justfim et aequum volo, bine univ. volOj desp- 
dero^ opinoTf Hdt. Sopb. Thuc. al. — 2) c. ace. 
pers. td dixaiov notw ziva, in malam partem: con- 
demno, punio aliquem; Hdt. Tbnc. Plat, al.; bine 
dixaiova^ai, fusta pott, opp. dSixiia&aif Ariat. 
etb. nicom. 5, 9. Ita nostr. rechtfertigen ex anti- 
quiore forenai dicendi U8a in malam qnoqne par- 
tem ita dicebatnr, nt esset ins Verhdr nehmen (ita 
pro avaxglvtiv ap. Luth. Aet. 12, 19), tnm verur- 
theilen; deii Urtheilsspruch voUziehen, inprimis hin- 
richten* , 

6ixalio/xa, xoq^ t6 (a 6txai6<t>, d SsSixaloixai s. 
t6 SeSixaiCDfiivov), LXX persaepe pro pH, ^^ ^^ 
t9|o»; pro nis& Dent. 30, 15. 3 Beg. 2, 3; plnr.'^aa- 
sim pro D'^'inpB, 1) id quod decretum est, ut vim juris 
habeat; a) quod lege constitutum et sancitum est, 
8. statutum, aniv. de decreto dei legi8 yim babente, 
Bo. 1, 32; plnr. die. de diyini8 moeaicae legi8 prae- 
eeptis, xov xvqIov,Lo. 1, 6; toff vd/zov, Bo. 2, 26; 
to Sixalw/jia xov vo/iov^ collectiye de (etbieia) ejua- 
dem legis praeeoptia, Bo. 8, 4; Sixaidfiaxa ka- 
XQBlaq, praeeepta de cnitu dei pnblieo, Heb. 9, 1 ; 
dixaiwfiaxa aagxoq^ le^ea de corporis pnritate, ts. 
10. — b) senterUia fudtcis; dei, in bonam partem, 
decretnm, quo absolvit et sibi probatoa aeclarat 
bomines, Bo. 5, 16; in malam partem: decretum 
damnatoriumj Ap. 15, 4 {poenOf Flat. legg. 9, 864 e). 
— 2) recte factum; xdi 6ixaim(iaxa x<Sv hyiwv, 
Ap. 19, 8 (xwv naxipwv, Bar. 2, 19); kvdQ 6ixaiwfiaf 
uniu8 (Cbriati) recte factum, quo morti 8e tradidit, 
opp. prime Adaml acejieri. Bo. 5, 18. (Arist. etb. 
me. 5, 7, 7: xakelxai x6 xdivbv fx&XXov Sixaiongd- 
Yfia, dixaltofia 6h xo inavoQ&tofjta xov aduaf- 

fittXOQ.)* 

dixalfoq, adv., 1) juste; iuri cimvenienterj xol" 
vBiv (y. in dlxaioq n. 2), 1 Pet. 2, 23; pati, te. 23, 
41. — 2) rite atque itOf tU par est, 1 Co. 16, 34. — 
3) koneste, honestatis legi convenienter^ 1 Tb. 2, 10 
(oaiwg xal SixalwQ, ut Plat rep. 1, p. 331 a): Tit. 

2, 12.* ^ 

Sixalwaiq, emg, ij (a Sixaioof «" x6 Sixaio^v, 
actu8 xov Sixaiovvxog, ap. extero8 inde a Tbnc. 
cauaae defensio; aententia damnatoria: opinio de 
eo, quod ju8tum sit), actus, qiw deus homines in- 
sontes sibique probatos declarat, integritatis adju' 
dicatio; Sia x^v Sixalwaiv ijfidtv^ quod integros 
nos deus declarare yoluit, Bo. 4, 25; tlq dixaiwaiv 
^ofTJg in absolutionem, quae yitae laigitionem se- 
cum fert, 5, 18.* 

Sixaax^g, ov, 6 (dixal^w), judex^ arbiter; Lc. 12, 
14. Act 7, 27 (ex Exod. 2, 14); 35. (LXX pro BjpV, 
ap. Graecos^inde ab Hdt.)* 

61x11, Tjgy ^, inde ab Hem. 1) mos. 2) jus; justitia. 
3) actio coram judice. 4) pidicis cognitio^ judicis 
sententia^ ea praesertwn, qua aliquis condemnatur; 
ita Aet. 25, 15. 5) sententiae exsecutio^ poena (Sap. 
18, 11. 2 Mace. 8. 11); SCxriv tnix^iv, Jud. vs. 7; 
dlxTfv xlvBiv (Sopb. El. 290. Ai. 113. Eur. Or. 7), 
poenam dare, 2 Tb. 1, 9. 6) Dea justitia, Justitta 
vindex; Act. 28, 4., ut saepe ap. Graecos mde ab 
Hes. tneog. 902. (de dei justitia yindice quasi per- 



Bonae formam induta Sap. 1, 8 al.; cf. Orimm Ezgt. 
Hdb. ad b. 1. et^ad 4 Maoc. p. 318.)* 

Slxxvov, ov, TO, rete; Mt. 4, 20 s. Me. 1, 18 8. Lc. 
5, 2. 4—6. Jo. 21, 6. 8. 11. (Hom. et sqq.)* 

6tXdyoc, ov {6iq et kiyw), \)bis eadem dicens; 
Poll. 2, 118; unde SiXoyeTv et StXoyia Xen. de re 
equ. 8, 2. — 2) bUinguis; duplex sermone; (fnudu- 
lento animo) apud alios alia dicens; 1 Tim. 3, 
8.* 

6 10, conjunctio, L q. 6i* S, quare, quapropter; 
Mt. 27. 8. Le. 1, 35. 7, 7. Aet. 10, 29. Bo. 1, 24. 2, 1. 
1 Co. 12, 3. 2 Co. 6, 17. Heb 3, 7. Jac. 1, 21. 1 Pet. 

1, 13 et saepius. 

di'Odevw^ impf. SioiSevov, 1) peragro; x6xov 
xiva. Act. 17, 1 (LXX. Pol. Pint. al.). — 2) hue 
illuc iter dirigo; add. xaxh noXtv xal xcififp^, oppi- 
datim et yicatim, Lc. 8, 1.* 

Jiovvatoq, ov, 6, Dionysius, Atbeniensis, ai6(H 
pagita, Pauli opeiil ad Obristianorum sacra ad- 
ductus, Act. 17, 34.* 

SioniQ, conjunctio (ex Si6 et partieula enelitica 
n^Q), hane ipsam ob causam; 1 Co. 8, 13. 10, 14. 14, 
13., q. L Lchm. Td/, Trg. 6lo* 

Sionex^q, iq (a dio^, loyis, et nixts «* nlnxm, ap. 
profanes etiam ^unsx^q), a Jove i. e. de coelo tie- 
lapsus; xd Jionexiq, sc. ayaXfia (quod additnr Eur. 
Ipb. T. 977. Hdian. 1, 11, 2), simulacrum Artemi- 
dos epbesiae, quod de coelo delapsum putabatnr 
Act. 19, 85.» 

diOQ^mfia, xoq, xo (dioQ^oto)^ correction emenr 
datio: Act. 24, 3 Ijchm. Tdf, Trg. pro vulf . xaxop- 
d-wfjtaxtov, (Hippoer. Aiist. PoL 3, 13. Pmt Num. 
17. Diog. Laert. 10.^ 121.)* 

SiopB'waiq, ewq, ^ (a Siogd^om), 1) pr. sensu pby- 
sico direcHo eorum, quae aliquo modo excedunt el 
a recto declinant, yelut membrorum fraetomm yel 
distortorum (Hippoer.), in naturdUm et moderatum 
statum, — 2) de actis et institutis: emendatio; xai- 
Qdq StoQ^uioBtoq^ emendationis s. perfectionis re- 
rum, de tempore Messiae, Heb. 9, 10. (Arist. PoL 
3, 13; voumv, 12, 17; PoL 3, 118, 12: xmv noXixtv- 
/jtdxofv. Diod. 1, 75: xwp ctfiaox^fidxtovr Job. antt. 
2,4,4; b. j. 1, 20, 1 et ap. aL)* 

8t-0Qvacw, inf. aor. 1. pass, diogvx^tjvai (Mt. 24, 
43 Tdf. Trg,; Le. 12, 39 Tdf); aor. 2. Siogvy^ai, 
— p^fodio; domum (Xen. cony. 4, 30. I^X Job. 
24, 19), Mt. 24, 43. Lc. 12. 39; absoL Mt 6, 19 a.* 

JiOqxovQOi (cui formae Pbryniebns praefert 
JioqxoQOi; antiquioribus Atticis usitatior erat dufr- 
lis ru> /iioqxoQw^ cf. Lob. ad Pbryn. p. 235), oov, ol 
(a Jioq, Joyis, et xovQoq s. xdgoq, puer, ut xS^ffy 
puella), Dioscuri; ita appellabantnr Castor et 
Pollux, Joyis et Ledae nfii, nantamm numina, 
Act p, II.* 

6toxi, conjunctio «* 6ih xovxoy Srt, 1) propterea 

fiod; Le. 2, 7. 21, 23. Act. 17, 31 (L yulg.); 22, 18; 
Co. 15, 9. GaL 2, 16 (Lchm, Tdf, TrgTl^xi); PbR 

2, 26. 1 Tb. 2, 8. 4. 6. Heb. 1 1, 5. 23. Jac. 4, 8 1 Pet. 
1, 16. 24. 2. 6. — 2) nam (cf. Fritzsche ad Bom. 1, 
19, p. 57 8.); Lc. 1, 13. Act 10, 28. 18, 10. Bo. 1, 19. 
21. 3, 20. 8, 7. (1 Tb. 2, 18 Lchm, Tdf Trg, pro 
yulg. 616.)* 

^loXQSw^q, 6 (e dioq et XQ§q><», nutritus a Joye, 
8. Joyis alumnus); Diotrephes, bomo quidem cbri- 
stianus, sed fastosus et insolens; 3 Jo. ys. 9 s.* 

dinXooq (ovq\ otf (^), oov {of)v\ duplex, duplus; 
1 Tim. 5, 17. Ap. 18. 6; 6inX6xBQoq (qui eompara- 
tiyus etiam ap. Appian. bist praef. §.10; a forma 
positiyi dinXoq) tfAwv^ duplo magis, quam voe, Mt. 
23, 15.* 

diTiXoio, <S, (StnXooq), dupUco: SinXwaaxB edfxy 
6inX&, I, e. reddite ei duplicia, auplicatam mensn- 



dig. 



105 



doyfia. 



I 



ram malonun, quae Tobis intnlit, Ap. 18, 6. (Xen. 
HeU. 6, 5, 19. Plut. Cam. 41. Diog. L. 6, 22.)* 

dig, adv., bis; Mc. 14, 30. 72; dig tov aafifidxov, 
Mb hebdomade, Lo. 18, 12; xal SnaS xal 61q (v. in 
cbtaf), Phil. 4, 16. 1 Th. 2, 18. In dig Ano^avovxa 
Jad. T8. 12 Sig non est i. q. plfjney prorsus, sed ita 
conformatur ima^o ad rem ea adambrandam, ut 
respiciantur homines bis ethico sensn roortui, pri- 
mnm quum nondom essent regeniti, turn qnom 
statn gratiae excidissent; y. in ano^vi^axw.* 

dlq, inns, nominat. pro Zfvc, gen. dioc, accns. 
Ma (Jiav Act 14, 12 JV// ed. VU; y. in 5^^i?v et 
Bum. ntl. 6r. p. 373), Zeus, Jupiter , e Graecomm 
et Soroanoram opinione sapremum nnmen, pater 
deonun hominnmqae;^Act. 14, 12 s. (2 Mace. 6, 2.)* 
digfivoiag^ aSoQ, », numerua duorum mUlium: 
Ap. 9, 16 Lchm, Tdj, pro I. vnlg. dvo fjivgiaSeg.* 
diota^Wf aor. 1. idiataaa (Slg), dubito^ amhigo; 
Mt. 14, 31. 28, 17. (Plat Arist Plutarch. aL)* 

dlaxofiogy ov (dig et ax6fia), gsminum os habensj 
Telat flayina, Pol. 34, 10, 5; ut atSfia die. de acie 
gladii alioramque armomm, ita 6iatofiog est da- 
pUeem cunem habena; die. de gladio Heb. 4, 12. 
Ap. 1, 16. 2, 12 et ap. Orsb. SchoU 19, 15; etiam 
Judic. 2, 16. Proy. 5, 4. Ps. 149, 6. Sir. 21, 4; ^l^og 
Enr. HeL 989.* 
dtgx^^ioi, ai, a, big miUe, duo miilia; Mc. 5, 13.* 
Sfvki^io ("bki^Wt defaeeo, de faecibus yel sordi- 
buB purgo), percolo, per colum trans/undo; tdv xio- 
9mntt, percolando yinmn pnigare a culice, Mt. 23, 
24. (Amos. 6, 6: divXia/iivog olvog. Artemidor. 4, 
50: Sivkll^wv ngdzsifov tdv otvov. Dioscor. 2, 86: 
6ia ^dxovg Xivov divXiad^iv, Archyt. ap. Stob. floril. 
. 13, 40 metaph.: d'Sdg ilXixgiv^ xal dtvlio/iivav 
H rifV &(^ezdv,)* 

dixd^w, inf. aor. 1. Stxdoai (d/^a)* in duos partes 
dissecoy discindo; Plat, polit. p. 264 d; metaph. 
^ixa^ui xivd xatd xivog, discordem aUquem facio 
cum aliquo; Mt. 10, 35.* 

dixoataaia, ag, ^(Sixoaxaxim), dissidium; facUo; 
plor. fio. 16, 17. 1 Co. 3, 3. Gfal. 5, 20. (passim ap. 
Qraecos inde a Solon, ap. Dem. p. 423, 4. et Hdt. 
5, 75.)* 

Sixoxofiiw, w, f. i}<rw (dixoxofjiog, in daas partes 
secans), in duos fortes disseco (Exod. 29, 17) ; Mt. 
24, 51. Lc. 12, 46., qoibus ioeis malti patant de- 
signari cmdelissimum illad supplicii genus He- 
braeis (1 Sam. 15, 33) aliisqne veteribus populis (y. 
Winer BWB. Art. Lebensttra/en) receptum, quo 
reorum et captiyorum corpora media aissecaban- 
tnr. Sed huic explicationi yerba in textu adjecta 
obstant, quibus 6 6ixoxo/itj^elg superstes pomtur; 
qnare h. 1. aptius yox explicatur kagellis discing 
dere. (passim ap. Graecos inde a Plat.)* 

6i}pai», (3, 3 ps. sing. conj. praes. Siy;^ (Jo. 7, 37. 
Bo. 12, 20; ita saepius inde a macedonico tempore 
pro attico di^J, ci. Win. §. 13, 3. Lob, ad Phryn. 
P- 61). fut. Sitpijcm^ aor. 1. idl^ttiaa (d/^a, sitis), 
sitio; 1) absol. sitimvatior; siti laboro; pr. Mt. 25, 
35. 37. 42. 44. 19, 23. Jo. 4, 15. 19, 28. Bo. 12, 20. 
1 Co. 4, 11; in oratione symbolica sitire dicuntur, 
QbI penuriam eorum, quibus animus recreatur, 
BUBtentatur, firmatur, aegerrime sentiunt et ayidis- 
Bime ea cnpiunt, Jo 4, 13 s. 6, 35. 7, 37. Ap. 7, 16. 
21, 6. 22, 17 (Sir. 24, 20. 51, 24); c. ace. rei, quae 
desideratur, r^v Sixaioavvtiv, Mt 5, 6. (Ps. 63, 2; 
ap. meliores (iraecos c. genit; cf. Win. p. 192; 
iXev^fQlag Plat. rep. 8 p. 562 c; tifi^g Plut. Cat. 
n»j. 11 et al.; cf. Win. p. 17.)* 
dlyfog, eog (ovg), ro, sitis; 2 Co. 11, 27.* 
Slynxog, ov (6lg et ^fnyi'fi)^ qui dupUk est animo; 
a) ineertus, duintans; Jae. 1, 8. (oi ditpvxoi xal ol 



Siaxd^ovx^g ni(fl xf^g xov d^eov Swd/jieiogf Clem. 
Bom. 1 Co. 11; xaXainwgoi flatv ol Siyfvyoi, ol 
Siaxd^^ovxsg t^v V'vyi/v, ibid. 23; //^ ylvov dirpvxog 
iv nQogsvxi ^^^* eisoxai ^ ov, Const, apostol. 7, 11 : 
fjiil ylvov oitprrog iv nqogsvxi oov, fiaxd^iog yag o 
fiij diaxdaag^ Jgnat. ad Horon. 7.) — b) studio di- 
stractus so. inter deum et terrestria, Jae. 4, 8. Non 
habetur ap. profanos.* 

diotyfiog, oi>^ 6 (Sioixw), persecutio ; vexatio; Mt. 
13, 21. Me. 4, 17. 10, 30. Act 8, 1. 13, 50. Ro. 8, 35; 
plur. 2 Co. 12, 10. 2 TK. 1, 4. 2 Tim. 3, 11.* 

Siwxxtig, ov, 6 {6i(6xo}), persecutor; 1 Tim. 1,13. 
Non habetur ap. profanos. 

6i<uxa>^ vmyi. iSlwxov, fut 6i(aiw (Mt. 23, 34. 
Lc. 21, 12. Jo. 15, 20. 2 Sam. 22, 38. Sap. 19, 2; 
rarior forma pro usitatiore Atticorum diw^o/jiai, cf. 
Bttm. Or. max. II, 154. Win. p. 80 s.), aor. 1. iSlcjia, 
ptcp. pf. pass. deSiwyufvog^ fut. 1. pass, diwx^^oo- 
(jLat (a d/of, fogio), LXX plerumque pro t)n^.^ — 
1) cvrrere y^fagere facio, fugo^peUo; (nvd) anh 
ndXetog elg noXiv^ Mt. 23, 34 coll. 10. 23 ap. Grsb. 
— 2) celeriter curro, ut aliquem yel aliquid prehen- 
dam; absol. (Horn. U. 23, 344. Soph. £1. 738 et al.; 
Siwxeiv Sp6/Ji(p Xen. an. 7, 2, 20), nostr. dahinjagen, 
nachjagen, in symbolieo sermone de eo, qui in 
stadio celeriter currit, ut metam attingat, Phil. 3, 

12 (q 1. distinguitur a xaxaXafipdpBtv) ; ys. 14. — 
jper^eguor (hostiliter), xivd, Act. 26, 11. Ap. 12, 13. 
Hinc die. 3) de qiuilicunque modo, quo aliquem 
vexo^ hostiliter tracto^ molestias ei creo; ut lat. per- 
seguoTf nostr. verfolgen; Mt. 5, 10 — 14. 44. 10, 23. 
Lc. 21. 12. Jo. 5, 16. 15, 20. Act 7. 52. 9, 4 s. 22, 4. 
7 8. 26, 14 8. Ro. 12, 14. 1 Co. 4, 12. 15, 9. 2 Co. 4, 9. 
Gal. 1, 13. 23. 4, 29. 5, 11. Phil. 3, 6. 2 Tim. 3, 12; 
pass. c. datiyo causam indicante, propter allguid 
vexari. persecutiones stibire^ GaL 6, 12. — 4) sine 
inimicitiae notione, sequor, sector {nachgehen, nach- 
lau/en), aliquem, Lc. 17, 23. — 5) metaph. c. ace. 
rei, studiose appetOy acquirendae rei alicui studeo; 
dixaioavvffv, Bo. 9, 30 (disting. h. L a xaxaXafipd- 
vsiv)\ 1 Tim. 6, 11. 2 Tim. 2. 22 (quo utroque loco 
opp. ipsiyBiv)*, vdfjLov Sixatoovvijg, Ro. 9, 31 (Prov. 
15, 10; xd Sixaiov, Deut 16, 20. Sir. 27, 8., q. 1. di- 
sting. a xaxaXafiBdveiv)\x. ffiXo^Bviav, Ro. 12,^13; 
ro; xf^g sigiiv^g 14, 19; x. aydjifjv, 1 Co. 14, 1 ; td dya^ 
^6v, 1 Th. 5, 15; dgnvn^^ Heb. 12, 14. 1 Pet. 3, 11 
(h. 1. coni e. t,fixzlv ri); sexcenties ap. Graecos 
(inde ab Horn. 11. 17, 175: diwxeiv axlxrixa, yelut 
xifidg, a^exipf, xA xaXd.)* 

doyfitt, xog, xo (a Soxiw ■= to 6t6oy(Aivov\ opi' 
nioj sententia (Plat, al.), plaeifum^ decretum, praer 
ceptum; die. 1) de decretis publicis (yelut tnc no" 
>lf<u(, Plat legg. 1, p. 644 d; senatus romani, Hdian. 
7, 10, 8); principum, Lc. 2,1. Act 17, 7 et ap. Lchm. 
Heb. 11, 23. (Theodot ad Dan. 2, 13. 3, 10. 4, 3. 6, 

13 al., quibus IL LXX aliis yerbis utuntur.) — 
2> de praeceptis et mandatis legis mosaicae, 3 Mace. 
1, 3; Siax^QTioig xwv aylwv Soyfidxiov, Philo 
legg. alleg. §. 16; injuncta notione seyeritatis et 
poenarum comminationis, xbv v6/iov xwv ivxoX(5v 
iv ddyfAaai. legem praecepta formam decretorum 
referentia eontinentem, Eph. 2, 15; xb xa^' ^fiwv 
XSiQoyga^ov Soyfiaai, — » xb Soyfiaat (dat. in- 
strum.) dv xa^^ Vf^^^t chirographum, quod de- 
cretis adyersabatur nobis; cf. Win. p. 206. — 3) de 
Quibusdam apostolorum decretis ad recte yiven- 
aum spectantibus , Act. 16, 4. (de omnibus chri- 

I stianae religionis praeceptis: j^f/^a<(tf*5>a« iv xolg 
\ Soy/iaaiv xov xvoiov xal xwv dnoaxbXwv, Ignat. 
I ad Magnes. 13; de philosophorum praeceptis ap. 
I profanos recentioris aetatis; Cie. acad. 4, 9: „de 
I suis decretis, quae philosophi yoeant dogmata**.)* 



doyfioiiCto. 



106 



36§a. 



Soyfjiazi^^t deoerno^ tnando, prtiecipio^ Diod. 
4, 83 aL £Htb. 3, 9. 2 Mace. 10, 6. LKX (boh Tbeo- 
dot.) Dan. 2, 18; pass, deoreta mihd wnpammtur^ 
decreta rrUhi imponi potior, Col. 2, 20.* 

SoxSw^ cv, impf. iSoxovv, aor. 1. tdoia (cognat. c. 
Sdxofiai 8» dixofiai, unde dexo^, sumtio, opinio), 
1) opinoTf puto, existimo; sq. ace. c. inf. Me. 6, 4Q. 
(ap. Tdf. sq. Zzl); 2 Co. 11, 16. 12, 23; c. infinit. 
ad idem sabiectuni pertinente, quod verbo doxico 
ipsi subest, Lc. 8, IS (ij 6oKti ix^iv); 24, 37 (iSo- 
xovv nvevfia d-swQSlv); Jo. b, 39. 16, 2. Act. 12, 0. 
27, 13. 1 Co. 3, 18. 7, 40. 8, 2. 10, 12. 14, 37. Gal. 6, 
3. Pbil 3, 4. Jac. 1, 26; /jl^ do^ijxs kSysiv iv hem- 
xolQ, nolite patare, licere vobis cogitare, Mt. 3, 9; 
cf. FrUzsche ad L — sq. 8rtf, Mt 6, 7. 26, 53. Lc. 
12, 51. 18, 2. 4. 10, 11. Jo. 6, 45. U. 18. 13, 29 20, 15. 
1 Co. 4, 9. 2 Co. 12, 19. Jac. 4, 5; — ita, ut objectum 
e contoxta sermonis faoiXe inteUigartur, Mt. 24, 44 
(^ &^ oi SoxBlxe S vld^ xov avB-^nov ^(iKSiiti) ; 
Lc. 12, 40. 17, 9; at in interrogationibns parenthesm 
faciat; noaw, 'SoxsZte^ z^if^^^C dii<oi^iic€tai zi- 
fiwQiaq; Ueb. 10, 29. (Anst. Acharn. 12: nwg xavx 
%ouck fxovy doxehit xifv xa^dimv; Anaer. 40, 15: 
noaoVf doxeZq, novovatv, l(>u>g, &iJovQ a-b paiJ^iQ.) 

— 2) intrans. videor^ existimor {habe das AfUB' 
hen); Lc. 10, 36. 22, 24. Act. 17, \%. 25, 27. 1 Co. 
12, 22. 2 Co. 10, 9. Hdb. 12, 11; IsdoSa i/jiavt<p Sttv 
Ttga^i, mihi ipsi ^videbar, h. e. putabam, Act. 26, 
9; oi ^oxovvTiQ clqxuv, qoi censentur impeiare, 
qui agnoscuntur imperatores, Me. 10, 42; ol da- 
xovvxsg slvai %i, qui aliquid (magni) esse cen- 
sentur indeqoe auctoritate valent, Gal. 2, 6 (Plat. 
£uthyd. p. 303 c.); simpliciter ol doxowze^ {die 
Geltenden) aestimati, auctoritate pollentes, GaL 2, 

2. 6 (saepe ap. Graecos, velut iEur. Hec. 2d8., ubi 
cf. Schdfer.). Ex attica urbanitate etiam quae 
certa aunt, non rare dicuntur doxelv, ita Heb. 4, 
1 (cum q. L ef. Cic. offic. 3, 2, 6 : „at tute tibi de- 
fuiase videare'Oi 1 Co. 11, 16; ef. Win. p. 570. — 
3) impersonal, ioxeifioij videtur m&ii; b. e. /i) puto, 
exuitimo; ita in intenrog. tl aai {joptUf) 6oxbI; Mt. 
17, 25. 18, 12. 21, 28. 22, 17. 42. 26, «6. Jo. 11, 56; 
xaxh CO iaxovv aivolg, prout iis videtur, HejbK. 12, 
10. (Lucian. Tim. §. 25. et napa xo Saxovv i^v, 
Tbuc. 1, 84.1 — b) ^6o(i /jioi^ ^piiwuit mihi, -de- 
erevit sq. innn. Lc. 1, 8. Act. 15, 22. 25. 2S ft in t. 
vnlg. TB. 34; etauun saepe Ap. Graecos.* 

doxifidiw^ aor. 1. idoxiftatna, pf. pass, ^sdoxl- 
(laaiiai (tfoxi^o^), LXX potissimum pro 113; ut 
ap. Gsaeeos inde la Xen. et Plat, proho; h. e. 
1) examino, eocploro (sitne aliquid prdbum), ut me- 
talla; ;i^0va/ov 6ia nv(^6^ (Isocr. p. .240 d; ad Dem. 
p. 7 b. LXX ProY. 8, 10. Sir. 2, 5. ISap. 8, 6; agyv 
gov, Prov. 17. 8), 1 i'et. 1,7; alias res, Lc. 12, 56. 
14. 19. 2 Co. 8, 6. GaJ. 6, 4. 1 Th. 2, 4. 5, 21 ; ra 6iU' 
4pl^ovta, Bo. 2, 18. Phil. 1, 10; homines, 1 Tim. 18, 
10 (in pass.); kavtov, 1 Co. 11, 28. 2 Co. 13, 5 (cf. 
i^BxaC^kiv havxov, Xen. mem.2, 5, 1 et4^; ^ov, Heib. 

3, 9 (in t. Tulg. e Ps. 95, 8; de-sensu aictionis v. in 
neiQa^to); xk nvevfiaxa, sq. £i, an ..., 1 Jo. 4, 1 ; sq. 
sermone indirecto, Bo. 12, 2. 1 Co. 3, 13. £ph. 5, 10. 

— 2) exploratione facta probum cognosco, e^probo, 
comprobo, digmmi judico;^X Co. 16,3; XLvaajtOi)- 
6alov ovxa, 2 Co. 8, 22; ^v ^ doxifidisi ■» iv xomif, 
d 6oxifiii€L, quod probatum s. zeotum oenset, Eo. 
14, 22; 6edoxi(ida^B^a vno xav^soU nioxevB^vat 
xo evayyehov, proisati sumns deo^ quibus concre- 
4i)eretur munus hominibus indJlcandi viam ad salu- 
tem, 1 Th. 2, 4; oix idaxl^acav xov ^eov ix^iv iv 
iniytmaei, dignuim non habuer^st deom, quern 
tenerent in ed^mtione, tBo. 1, 28.* 

doxifiaola, agjij^^obatio^exj^loratio; neigaieiv 



iv <foxt/jim§la, ezplonuide tentans, Heib. fi, B Lehm. 
Trg. Tdf. fX^on. Plat. Dem. Pol. Pint. AL;ii^c <fo- 
xt^iuciac. Sir. 6, 21.)* 

60x1 f*rj, ^^, 97 (dSxtfios), 1) aetiYe ^MpUraHo; 
^Xijpsm^, quae m per calianitates. 2.O0. % 2. — 
2) indoles probata s. M>ectata (Bmodknmg); Bo. &, 
4. 2 Co. 2, 9. PhiL 2, 22; r^c 6i€uc(wiuQ, ooUatis be^ 
neficiis conspicna, 2 Co. 9, 11. — 3) exvgrimentim^ 
apecimen indoUs probatae, 2 Co. 13, 3. (Dioac. 4, 
186; passim in eccles. scrif^.)* 

doxlfiiov, lov, xo {Scxifoj], 1) -» «o doxifioCuyf 

X^otatio; xijq nUjx£»Q, Jac. l^B,^Z)id quo eoB- 
atur vel probatur aliquid; Dion, ars ^et. 11 ; 
ylwaatt ysvatm^ Soxifuov, Loagin. 32, 5 ; SikxiMH^ 
6h azgaziwx^v jeoMOfOQf Hdiaii.2, In), 12; ap..LZX 
die. do catiUo (ScktMitftiegd) , Prov. 27, 2L Ps. 
12, 7. — 3) i. q. doMifAnn. 2; ^(bv %^ nlCffmSf 
spectata fiaes vestra, 1 Pet. 1, 7. Copiose^ide Toce 
agit FrUtistsbB Br&liminaiimi p. ^ as.* 

^dxifAoq, ov (^6ixofJtai\ inde ab Hdt, 1) pr. ac- 
eeptm, in prunis de numniis et motayis, (Sen. .88, 
16. 2 Chr. 9, 17. Lucian. Herm. |S3 et al.« hinc 
univ. myibaku^ speatatue; in N« T. qui est ^^leeta^ 
tae fiaei et pcobitatia, Bo. 1^, 10 {rpv dixi/wr ir 
JCgioxif, probum Christi (cultorem); 1 Co. 11, 18. 
2 Co. 10, 18. ,18, 7. 2 Tim. 2, 15 (na^iaxiven kmh- 
xhv SSxipietv tip J^e^); Jac. 1, 12. — 2) aceeptus, 
i. q. gratua; AaQ§axpQ xtp d-e^ x. doMifto^i %olg 
av^gcinoiQ, Bo. 14, 18.* 

Soxoq, ov, rj (a dixopwt >— Siroi^ttit quoad ei tri- 
bui yis sustinendi potest), inde jab Horn., trabt, 
Ogmim, Ugneuan; Mt. 7, 3— 15. Lc. 6, 41 a.* 

66X4OQ, /«, lov {46log), inde ab Horn., /rauduUn- 
tue: 2 Co. 11, 13.* 

ooki6e» {60X10Q), decipio: Bo. 8, 13 e Ps. 5, 10 
impf. idoXio^oav yxo idoktovv e diaJtecto alesan- 
drina, y. Lob. ad Phiyn. p. 849. Win, p. 74. Mtd- 
lack p. 16. Btim. ntl. Gr. p. 87. (a|>. proiaaQS asm 
habetur.)* 

66kog, ov, 6 (a 64Xw, ineseo, y. supia deX^aZof)^ 
pr. eaca {Koder), Hiom. Od. 12,212; de9ip»ki; hinc 
dolus, fraus; Mt. 26, 4. Mc 14, 1. 7, E2. Jo. 1, 48. 
Act. 13, 10. 2 Co. 12, 16. Bo. 1, 29. 1 Th. 5, 3 
(ovx tax IV 4v dokip, non ita fit, «t idoLis ei sub- 
sit); 1 Pet. 1, 22 et in t. Yuk. Aj). 14, 5 e Jea. 63, d ; 
Xakslv 66X0V, fraudulenta Toqui (Ps. 88, li3)« i B«t. 
8, 10.* 

6ok6w^ w (46Xoq), 1) failo ; .Bob. UM, et s^q.— 
2)^ camtmpo {xdv obo$f, Lcian. Hexjn^t. 59), viv 
koyov xov d'Bov, doctrinam -del jadmiseendis per- 
Yorsis opinionibus, 2 Co. 4, 2.* 

doua, xoq, xo (6ldmpu\ donum; Mt. 7, 4. IiC. 11, 
18. £ph. 4, 8. Phil. 4, 17. (Plat. def. p. 415 b. Pint ; 
saepe LXX, maxime pro ^ipha.) Cf. J*Htasche .ad 
Mt. p. 2918.*^ 

4oi^, riQ, tl {6oxi(o), LXX frequenti^sinc Pfo 
tia^, aliquoties pronSn, yrn et al.; I) opinio, aen- 
tenUa; quo signifieatu y«i saepisaime ap. pro- 
fanos, in sacro cod. solum 4 Maoc. 5, 17 pabatur. 
II) ^xisUmatio de aliquo a. bonats. maU^ s^d (fit 
latin, existimatio) ap. profanes plerumtqiie, in sacro 
eod. semper bona extstmatio de aliquo ex ea^ae 
proficiseens kms, honor, gloria; Lc. 14, 10. JEab. 3, 
3. 1 Pet. 5, 4; optp. ini^kt^ 2 C]lo. 6, j8; opp. o^cy^vw/. 
Phil. 3, 19; junct. c. r<^^, Eo. 2, 7. 10. 1 Pet 1, 7. 
2 Pet. 1, 17; 60^ xivoq, laus«. honor aZftOM» ■obtin- 

fepis, Lc. 2, 32. £ph. 8, li3; ab aliquo eMagWBj 
0. 8, 54. 12, 43;- xmv civiS^QwiLwf^ *ov ^aov, .Jo. 12, 
48. Bo. 8, 23; persoaae^ quarum Yirtus .aUis U^ndi 
et gloriae rertenda est<^ o^eJUantur horum tt^p^a, 
ita V^, i^^ il '46£a n/mv^ 1 Xh.i2, 20; 4dal9>ol 
rjf/Lid/v 66S« JigiatoH, 2 Co. 8, 28. — J^stv m^v 



do^et. 



107 



do^a^to. 



Mmf 6iSav a. t. dof. «it6€, Jo. 7, 18.8, 50; <iM, 

Sromoyeiido dei^honori operam dare, 7, 18; S^etv 
^§ap 4^ ap^'pMmv, 1 Th. 2, 6: r^y d o^av t. na^ii 
xov 0€ov, Jo. 5, 44; Xm/ifidvBtv io^aVf eaptare hoiio- 
mu, Jo. 5, 41. 44; accip^e hoftorem, 2 Pet. 1, 17. 
Ap.^^ 12; ri^v S64mv^ deJbitam honorem, Ap. 4. 11; 
6i66vut, S^iav Z4p d'Stpy n^^ iSa| friiD vel (Jer. 13, 
16) "jra, habere i. tribaere^ iionor em deo; quam ob 
lem aat qnoiiam modo hie honos triboatur, e suo 
^njusque loci eontextu apparet; ita ob aooeptum 
b^efifchim deo grata animi sensam deelarando, 
Lc 17, IS; iis, quae deaa promisit, non diffidendo, 
Bo. 4, 20; laadibus ejus e^ebrandis, Ap. 4, 9. 11, 
13. 14, 7. 19, 7 (ubi rijfv S^v, debitnm honorem); 
ouijeBtati del ^uum tribaeado, Act 12, 23; 6oq do- 
4»v T9> &s^, agnoBce, denm omnia scire idqae te 
czedare per earn profeisieiMm, quae danda tibi 
€Bt, ostebde, Jo. 9, 24 coll. 1 Sam. 6, 5. Jos. 7, 19. 
£y. Niood. c. 14; of. Grimm ad 4 Mace. 1, 12. — il<: 
So^av #foi?, ad illnstrandum deum, ad gloriam 
eJBg (imtar homines) promoYendMo, Bo. 15, 7. 1 Co. 
10, 31. Phil. 1, 11. 2, 11 ; tig xi^^oS. x. ^eov, Bo. 3, 
7. 2Co. 4, 15; x^ ^ip nQhq Softcv, 2 Co. 1, 20; nj^g 
1^ rot) ^tvolov 66^v, 2 Co. 8, 19 ; ^ho rijfc So^ijq 
tov O'cov, Jo. 11, 4; in doxologiis: do^a iv ^yflaxoiq 
Bmif, Lc 2, 14 oeiL 19, 38; ahif ^ SoSa, Bo. 11, 36. 
i^L 8, 20. 2 Pet. 3, 18; ^ i} dofa, Bo. 16, 27. Gal. 
1, 5. 2 Tim. 4, 18. Heb. 13, 21 ; Xf5 ^iw 17 d^a, Phil. 
4, 20; xifii^ »al ^oiti, 1 Tim. I, 17. 

Ili) £ tran^tione hebraei -rSep, use a Graecis 
«lirao: ^plendor^ fulgor; 1) pr. xov fpmxoq^ Adt. 
22, 11; sriiSf Imiae, steUarom, 1 Co. 15, 40 s.; die. 
de Bplandore coelesti, quo deus cireuBofusus cogi- 
tabatur, Lc 2, 9. Act. 7, 55., et quo coelites in 
tenam egressi circumfundebantur, Lc. 9, 31. Ap. 
18, 1; quo MoBis fiicies olim illnstrabatur, 2 Cfo. 

3, 7., atque etiam Chriatus transfiguratus, Lc. 9. 
32; M^a xov xvglov^ ap. T^X^ «■ nirp -rias, ap. 
taignmistas et talmndistas Ma*^9V, ^mnUnu aei 
(Loth. : die HtrrlichkeU des Herrn), et simpliciter 
^ So^a, Incida nubes, qua dens praeseutiam suam 
et efficaeiam in tem neoniBibus declarabat (Exod. 

24, 17. 40, W 88. al.), Bo. 9,4. Ap. 15, 8. 21, 11. 23; 
hine d UwqdS^tjQ (deus, cui -est 66^a) &f^, Act. 
7, 2; XBQovplii doff/c, auibss insidet nimbus dei 
(ka io^a sine articulo £&od. 40, 34. 1 Sam. 4, 22. 
tiir. 4J^, -8), Heb. 9, 5, — 1) mctgrdficentia, excdlenf 
im, praeBtantiaf^ omamenhim, decua; paaiXelai 
xov xSofiov K. Tf (fo£a ain<Sv, h. e. eonun opes, 
oopiae, urbium magn&eentia et amplitude, agro- 
Tum lertilitas, populorum frequentia, Mt. 4, 8. Lc. 

4, "6; 17 66§a x&v fiaaiksiwv xyg yf^g, Ap. 21, 26; 
die. de apparatu regie, splendido vestimfeuto al., 
Mt. 6, 29. Lc. 12, 27 ^Bsth. 5, 1. Jos. antt. 8, 5, 
6); eioellens forma et species; humanorum cor- 
poTum in vitam reyooaterum, opp. rf avtfjUtf, quae 
-eOTum erat qunm sepelirentur, 1 Co. 15, 43; '17 do^a 
T^ <ia^6qf „omne id, quod in rebus humanis 
magnificam dicitur** (Calvin.)^ 1 Pet. 1, 24; elvtti 
XIV I SoiUf deceri esse alicui, 1 Co. 11, 15; univ. 
praegtantiaf exceUentia, 2 Co. 8, 8 — 11. — 8) maje- 
9ta8; a) quae dei est; et quidem a) majestas 
regia, ^fuae ei est tamquam summo r^; ita in 
locis, qoibus jnngitur c. paaiXfla, 6vva/iig, xgdxoq, 
iiovffla al.; Mt. 6, 13 (e 1. vule.); potissimum in 
doxol(^g:ii8: 1 •Pet. 4, 11. 5, 11 (I. vulg.); Jud. vs. 

25. Ap. 1, 6; quos locos distingui volumus ab iis, 
qui supra in n. £[. afferuntur; nee tamen in iis, 
quos sibi simdles habent, omnibus satis patet, utrum 
Hd^a dieatur de laude et honore, an de regia ma- 
jestate, velut Ap. 7, 12: rj ehXoyla x.^ rj 66^a x, 17 
oo^ia X. 1} evxceipiOT/a x, 17 xifi^i x, ^ Icxvq* 19» 1 : 



fl Bwxfi^u X, 17 SSStt X, 4 xifih X. 17 6i5va/itQ. item 7, 
12. — de majestate dei jnoicis die eztremo con- 
spieua die. Jud. yb. 24. — dvi^Q elxwv x. 66^a 9-sov 
indfx^^'i is, in cujus imperandi facultate refulget 
dei imperatoris majestas, 1 Co. 11, 7; yvvi^ do^a 
avS^q, ea, in qxi& refulget praestantia et aucto- 
ritas mariti eui, ibid. — p) majeetas tamquam ab' 
soluta 9upremi numinie per/ectio; Bo. 1, 23. 2 Co. 
4, 6. Heb. 1, 3. 2 Pet. 1, 17. 1 Pet. 4, 14; iv 66^^-^ 
ivddSofq, h. e. ut congruit divinae majestati, Phil. 
4, 19; die. de majestate gratiae salutaris, Bo. 9, 23. 
Eph. 1, 12. 14. 18. 3, 16. 1 Tim. 1, U. 2 Pet. 1, 3; 
plenius dd^a xi^g xd^^toq Eph. 1, 6; naxTjQ zfjq 66- 
I17C, pater, ciii est majestas, 1, 17; majestas dei 
potenter faetis eonspieua, Jo. 11, 40. Bo. 6, 4 (unde 
66ia pro if LXX. Jes. 12, 2. 45, 24); hinc xb XQa- 
xoq xfig ^o^nq at^ro^, potentia, qua praestat ejus 
majestas, Col. 1, 11. — b) majestas, quae Christi 
est, et quidem a) regia Messiae, ad quam pertinet 
apparatus regius, extemus quo fulgebit splendor, 
pompa angelorum aL (t. in n. HI, 1); Mc. 10, '37; 
hoc sensu Chrietus ad regnum messianum instau- 
randum didtur olim Teaturus esse iv 66^^ xov na- 
XQoq, a patre omatu regio amictus, Mt. 16, 27. Mc. 
8, 38. Lc. 9, 26; ficra Svvdfitewq x. So^fjq nokXnq, 
Mt. 24, 30. Mc. 13, 26. Lc. 21, 27 coll. Mt. 25, 31. 
Tit. 2, 13. 1 Pet. 4, 13; atque xaHoai inl ^qovov 
xjiq Soifiq at)TOv, Mt. 19, 28. 25,31 coll. 1 Sam. 2, 8; 
ri io^a x^ ioxvoq ai/xov^ majestas potentiae suae 
messianae, qua instructus adversanoa punitnrus 
est, 2 Th. 1, 9. — P) interna Christi exceUentia 
omnibus numeris absoltUOf 2 Co. 3, 18. 4, 4; qua 
praestat per suam xov &slov Xdyov naturam, Jo. 
1, 14. 12, 41; cojus majestatis specimina edidit pa- 
trandis miraculis, Jo. 2, 11 coll. 11, 40; 6 xvQioq 
xr^q SoSijq^ 1 Co. 2, 8. Jac. 2, 1. — y) majestas an- 

£elorum, et quidem extemo fulgore conspicua, 
c. 9, 26; latiore sensu, quo angeh utpote numina 
majestate eminentia dicuntur So^aiy Jud. vs. 8. 
2 Pet. 2, 10. — 4) splendidissima conditio, exceUen- 
tissimtis status; a) die. de ilia conditione apnd 
deum pAtrem in coelis, ad quam Chnstus admini- 
strate in terris munere sublatus est; Lc. 24, 26. 
Jo. 17, 5 (ubi dicitur in eodem statu jam fuisse 
ante incamationem adeoque jam ante mundi initia); 
vs. 22,^24. Heb. 2, 7. 9. 1 Pet. 1, 11. 21; xb awfia 
x^q do^ijq aixov, coi]^us, quo manifestatur splen- 
dida ejus conditio, PhiL 3, 21; avfAi}^^]; iv doj^y, 
sublatus est (in coelum) ita ut nunc sit iv ^o^y, 
1 Tim. 3, 16. — b) splendiela beatae mtae conditio 
piis Ckristianis post servatoris e coelo reditum 
destinata etpromissa; Bo. 8, 18. 21. 9, 23. 2 Co. 4, 
17. Col. 1, 27 (bis; cf. Meyer ad 1.); 3, 4. 1 Tim. 2, 
10. Heb. 2, 10. 1 Pet. 5, 1 ; cujus conditionis initia 
jam nunc capiuntur e divina Chriati majestate pie 
intucnda per vim, quam haec majestas in con- 
templantes exercet, 2 Co. 3, 18; neque solum ani- 
morum beatitatem, verum etiam praestantioris 
corporis excellentiam complectetur (1 Co, 15, 43. 
Phil. 3, 21); cf. Lipsius raulin. Bechtfertigungs- 
lehre, p. 203 ss.; Sd^a xov &eov, quam deus largi- 
tur, Bo. 5, 2. 1 Th. 2, 12; dd^ci xov xvq. T^fi. 'Ina. 
XQ.f quia eadem est, qua Christus^gaudet, 2 Th. 
2, 14 (cf. Bo. 8, 17 al); Blq do^av tkjlwv, ut parti- 
cipes redderemur do{^?, 1 Co. 2, 7. Cf. Weiss Bibl. 
Theol. des n. T. p. 282.* 

<5of agco, f. cE<r<u, aor. 1. iSoSaaay pf. pass. deSo^ 
^aa/jiai, aor. 1. pass, idoida^ijv {60^0)] Vulg. : hono- 
rifico^ gloriJicOf <darifico; LXX potissimum nro 
Ta^, aliquoties mro ntcfi (Exod. 34, 29 s. 35. So^a^s- 
olhaifTO "pj, splendeo); 1) vvinor, existimo, censeo 
(Aesch. Soph. Xen. Plat. Thuc et sqq.; nusquam 



JoQ-Kcig, 



108 



SovXoct). 



ita in sacro cod.]^. — 2) inde a Folyb. (6, 53, 10: 
SeSo^nafji^voi in aQSzy) laudo, praedico, cdebro; 
Tivd, pass. Mt 6, 2. Lc. 4» 15; havrdv, se jactare, 
Jo. 8, 54. Ap. 18, 7; tdv kdyov zov xvqIov, Act. 13, 
48; rd Svofict rov xvplov, Ap. 15, 4; rdv 9-e6v, Mt. 
5. 16. 9. 8. 15, 31. Mc. 2, 12. Lc. 5, 25 s. 7, 16. 13, 
13. 17, 15. 18, 43. 23, 47. Act. 11, 18. 21, 20. Eo. 15, 
6. 9. 1 Pet. 2, 12 atque in t. vnlg. 4, 14; add. inl 
Tivif propter aliquid, Le. 2, 20. Act. 4, 21. 2 Co. 9, 
13; iv ifjoif propter me (proprie: in me materiem 
laudationis inyenienteB)| GaL 1, 24; ivt<3 dvo/ioti 
rovTq> {Lchm. T(ff. Trg.\ 1 Pet. 4, 16. — 2) honaro, 
honore afficio^ in honore habeo; r^v diaxoviav 
fjLov, religiosissima ejas adminlBtratione quam plu- 
rimos gentiles ad Christum conyertere studens, Bo. 

II, 13; membrom corporis, 1 Co. 12, 26; ^iov^ colo, 
Bo. 1, 21; add. iv xif aw/jtaxi^ corpus purum et in- 
tegrum servando, 1 Co. 6, 20; tw ^avdx(p, in dei 
honorem mortem subire, Jo. 21. l9. — 3) ex usu a 
profanis aliono: splendidum facto, splendare omo; 
a) ffloriam paro alicui, /ado praestans aliquid ; pf. 
pass. dsSo^aafJiai, emineo, excello: Sedo^aciihoq, 
ezcellens, eminens, 2 Co. 3, 10; deooSac/iivrj x^^d* 
eicellens =« coeleste gaudium, 1 Pet. 1,8. — b) no- 
bilitOf conspicuum reddo, h. e. officio, ut alicujua 
rei aut peraonae dignitaa et excellentia pateficU et 
agnoscatur; tbv Xoyov tov d-eov 2 Th. 3. I ; Chri- 
stum, iilium dei, Jo. 8. 54. 11, 4. 16, 14. 17, 10; 
deum patrem, Jo. 13, 31 s. 14, 13. 15. 8. 17, 1. 4. 
1 Pet. 4, 11; T^ Svo/jiatov^eov. Jo. 12, 28. — c) od 
excellerUem vel dignitatem vet conflitionem eveho 
(Jes. 44, 23. 55, 5 al.; junct. c. i>tpovVf Jes. 4, 3. 
Estb. 3, 1); oi'x kavtbv iSoiaos, non ipse dignita- 
tem sibi tribuit (=> ri^v rifitp' tXa^Bf ys. 4), addita 
epexegesi yevri^rivai a^x^eg^a {Win, §. 44, 1), Heb. 
5, 5 ; die. de deo Christum filium suum ad splendi- 
dum in coelis statum eyehente yel potius reducente, 
Jo. 7,39. 12,16. 13,31s. 17,1.5. Act.3, 13 (y. in 66^a 

III, 4, a); de deo Christianos ad coelestem digni- 
tatem et conditionem ducente (y. in So^a III, 4, b), 
Eo. 8, 30.* 




quaedam Christiana, Act. 9, 36. 39; y. in TafiiB^d, 

doaig, ectfc, 17 \^6l6o>fAL\ 1) daiio {das Geben); Ao- 
yoQ 66o€m^ X. XMpewq^ rationes dati et accepti, 
Phil. 4. 15., ubi r. per facetam euphemiam indicat 
pecuniarum beneficium, quod largita ecclesia in 
expensi tabulis referat, ipse autem in tabulis ac- 
cepti; cf. van Henael ad. 1.; ita dociq xal Xf/yfiq 
de pecunia, quae datur et accipitur, Sir. 41, 19. 
42, 7 ; et plur. Epict. diss. 2, 9. — 2) donum; Jac. 
1, 17.* 

doTTjQ, ov, 6 {6ldwpii\ pro u8itatioredoT^(>, riotor, 
largitor; 2 Co. 9, 7 e Proy. 22, 9. Praeterea non 
exstat. 

dovkaywyiwy m {dovkdywyog^ cf. naiddywyoQ)^ 
in servitutem abduco, servum mihi vindico (Died. 
Sic 12, 24, et passim ap. al. recentiores), servum 
facto et fit servum i. e. duriter tracto, sever ae et 
rigidae disciplinae subjicio^ 1 Co. 9,27. Cf. Fischer 
de vitiis lexicorum N. T. p. 472 s.* 

dovXfia {Tdf. — la), aq, j} {6ovkt6w)f servi- 
tuSf servitium^ conditio servilisf r^q ipB-OQaq, ser- 
yitus quae cemitur in interitu «- interitionis lex 
et necessitas. Bo. 8, 21 ; die. de seryili timoris 
sensu et animi alacritate et dei fiducia destituto, 
quern injiciat tum mortis cogitatio, Ueb. 2, 15., 
turn cultoribus suis mosaica disciplina, Bo. 8, 
15 {nvfv/ia dovXflaq); efficere dicitur haec disci- 
plina SovXelav ob molestissima praeceptorum 



onera, quae cultoribus suis imponit, Gal. 4, 21. 
5, 1.* 

SovXivWf t aw, aor. 1. i6oi5Xsvoaf pf. 6e6oT&kevxa, 
{dovXoq), LXX pro -ra^; 1) pr. servtts sum, servio, 
servitium praesto; absoL Eph. 6, 7. 1 Tim. 6, 2; 
Tiv/, Mt. 6, 24. Lc 16, 13. Bo. 9, 12; die de popnlis 
aliorum imperio subjectis, Jo. 8, 33. Act. 7, 7; Sov- 
Xei^siv dicuntur homines jugo legis moeaicae con- 
stricti, Gal. 4, 25 (y. in dovXsla). — 2) metaph. pa- 
reoy obsequor; a) in bonam partem: absol. obe^ 
dientiam praesto, Bo. 7, 6; zivi, alicujua praecepta 
observo eique debita o/ficia praesto; Lc. 15, 29; 
deo, Mt. 6,24. Lc 16, 13. 1 Th. 1, 9; xvqI^ et riu 
xv^iqf, Act. 20, 19. Bo. 12, 11 (t vulg. Lchm, Tdf. 
Trg.); Eph. 6. 7; Christo, Bo. 14, 18. CoL 3, 24; 
vdfjifp ^sov, ex adi. obstrictum me sentio^ Bo. 7, 25; 
zoLQ &6oZg, colo deos, Gal. 4, 8; zip xatQ^ (Anth. 
9, 44), sapienter me accommodo. Bo. 12, 11 Ghrsb^ 
cf. Fritgsche ad L; humanitatis et christianae carita- 
tis officia praesto; aXX^fXoiQ, Gal. 5, 13; die. de iis. 
qui alicujus rei commoda studiose promoyent; wq 
nazpl zixvov avv ifiol idovXevosv sIq x6 fiayyi- 
Xiov'^wq nazQl zixvovSovXevei, duolidovkevosv 

xal ovzw aifv i/iol idovX Phil. 2, 22. — d) in 

malam partem de iis die, qui abjecta libertate turpi 
imperio reguntur, indulgeo, toium me trado; zv 
hfJLaQzia I^. 6, 6; v6fiq> afxagziaQ, 7, 25; ini^vfii" 
atq X. ^Sovatq, Tit. 3, 3 (Xen. meuL 1, 5. 5. ApoL 
Socr. 16. Plat. Phaedr. p. 238 e. Pol. 17, 15, 16. 
Hdian. 1, 17, 22); zy xoiXltf, Bo. 16, 18 {yaozQi, 
Antfaol. 11, 410. Xen. mem. 1,6,8; abdomini servire, 
Sen. de benef. 7,26; ventri obedire, SalL); fia/jn^- 
va, diyitiis acquirendis et augendis dedo me, Mt 
6,' 24. Lc 16, 13. — zoZq azoix^ioii zov xoafiov, 
Gal. 4, 9.* 

SovXoi, fi, ov (deducunt plerique a <fia>, yincio, 
ligo; nonnuUi a dEASi, inesco, capio), servus^ a, 
um; na^eozijaaxe zd (liXn vfitov dovXa xff dxaO-a^- 
alif, Bo. 6, 19. — Inde suostantiy. ^ SovXij, servo, 
anciUa; xov ^eov, zov xvplov, quae deum colit 
eique se submittit. Act. 2, 18 (e JoeL 3, 2); Lc. 1, 
38. 48. — d SovXoQ, LXX pro n^jp, 1) servus, homo 
servilis conditionis; a) pr. opp. iXevO'sgoQ, 1 Co. 7, 

21. 12, 13. Gal. 3, 28. Eph. 6. 8. CoL 3, 11. Ap. 6, 
15. 13, 16. 19, 18; opp. xvgiog, Ssanozijq, olxods- 
cndzfiq, Mt. 10, 24. 13, 27 s. Lc 12, 46. Jo. 15, 15. 
Eph. 6, 5. CoL 3, 22. 4, 1. 1 Tim. 6, 1. Tit 2, 9 et 
saepissime. — b) metaph. a) qui se totum eubjicit 
aliorum arbitrio; 1 Co. 7, 23; aut imperio, z^g 
afiagxiag, Jo. 8, 34. Bo. 6, 17. 20; z^g ip&OQ&g, 
2 Pet 2, 19. (zdiv ijfovibVj Athen. 12. p. 531 c; zwv 
XQVf^dzwv, Plut. Pelop. c. 3; zov nlvetv, AeL y. 
h. 11, 41.) — fi) dovXoi Xgiazov, zov Xqiozov, 'If- 
aov Xqioxov, ii, quorum opera Christus utitur in 
causa sua inter homines propaganda et promoyen- 
da; die. ita apostoli. Bo. 1, 1. GaL 1, 10. PhiL 1, 1. 
2 Tim. 2, 24. Tit 1, 1. Jac. 1, 1. 2 Pet 1. 1; alii 
eyangelU praecones et doctores, CoL 4, 12. 2 Tim. 
2, 24. Jud. ys. 1 ; yeri Christi (qui est xvQiog ndv- 
xQfVf Act 10, 36) cultores, Eph. 6, 6. — dovXoi xov 
^bov, rnrr *^ra9, ii, quorum ministerio deus utitur 
in consiliis suis exsequendis ; dicuntur ita apostoli 
Act 4, 29. 16, 17; Moses (Jos. 1, 1), Ap. 15, 3; pro- 
phetae (Jer. 7, 25. 29, 19). Ap. 1, 1. 10, 7. 11, 18; 
omnes, qui praeceptis dei parent, pii ejus cultores, 
Lc. 2, 29. Ap. 2, 20. 7, 3. 19, 2. 5. 22, 3. 6. (Ps. 34, 

22. 69, 26. 89, 4. 21.) — y) dovXog xiyog, seryum 
se et spretis suis ipsius commodis officiosum gerens 
erga aliquem, Mt. 20, 27. Mc. 10, 44; in procuran- 
da alicujus Christiana salute laboriosus, 2 Co. 4, 5. 
2) minister (regis), Mt. 18, 23. 26 as. 

6ovX6<o, (o, f. 6}aat, aor. 1. idovXafca, pf. pass. 6$' 



doxfi. 



109 



dvvamg. 



So'6X€»fiai^ EOT. i.^aBjdovXw^fjv {SovXoq;), senmm 
fcunOf in sermtutem redigo ; a) pr. tiva Act. 7, 6; 
tovzqt xal dsdovXiotai, nnic ctiam manceps fiactus 
est, 2 Pet. 2, 19. — b) metaph. ifjtavxov xtvi, totum 
me alicQJQs uaibas et necessitatibas accommodo, 
1 Co. 9, 19; SovXovo9-al xivi^ alicujas imperio sab- 
jici, xy Sueaioovvy, x^ d^ew, Ro. 6, 18. 22; item 
vnoxi, Oal. 4, 3; obSovXw/isvoq o^vw, prorsus de- 
ditus,^ Tit. 2, 3 16ovXsvbiv otv(p Liban. epist. 319); 
6s6ovX(o/jLai Iv rxv<, leg! aat necessitati adstrictus 
teneor (bin gebunden) in aliqna causa, 1 Co. 7, 15.» 

^^XAi V^* V (<^^p^«'» excipio hospitio), convi- 
vittm, eptuuni: doxrivnoidi, Lc.5,29. 14,13.(=srtt:wo 
Gen. 26, 30. Esth. 1, 3. 5, 4 S8. Athen. 8, p. ^'8* 
Pint, moral, p. 1102 b.)* 

dpdxtov, ovxoq, 6 (ut videtur a Sigxofjiai^ aor. 1. 
MSgaxoVy unde dgaxwv pr. « d^y px^nuav), LXX 
maxime pro pan, draco, serpens iu^ens, mythicum 
animal (ita jam Horn. II. 2, 509 al.), cnlns ima- 
gine e Qen. 3, 1 ss. petita diabolus describitur Ap. 

12, 3-17. 13, 2. 4. II. 16, 13. 20, 2.* 
SQaacofiaij manu comprehendo ; capio ; xivi, 

1 Co. 3, 19. (ap.^ Graecos mde ab Hom. ; LXX.)* 

S^axpt^f fJQi ^ {dgoaao/itti) , drachma^ nummus 
argenteos, ejusdem cam Bomanorum denario pon- 
deria (v. in SrivaQiov), Lc. 15, 8 b.* 

SgiiuDf currOf t. xq^x^- 

dQsnocvov, ov. x6 (i. q. d^endnj, a d^inw, carpo, 
decerj^), Jnix, ctdter falcatits, quo utnotur messo- 
res et yinitores; Mc. 4, 29. Ap. 14, 14—19. (Hom. 
et sq^.; LXX.)' 

Sgofio^^ ov, 6 (a dPEMS^, cf. vofjioq^ xgofiog, al.). 
eursua {Eom. et sqq.), in N. T. metaph. vitae vel 
muneris eursua; nXrufova^ai xbv 6q6^ov, Act. 13, 
25; xbXuovv, Act. 20, 24; xsXeXv, 2 Tim. 4, 7.* 

jQOvalXXa, 17?, ^, DrusUla, Agrippae majoris 
filia, Felicis, praesidis Judaeae, uxor, libidinosis- 
sima feminajjos. antt 20, 7, 1 s.); Act. 24. 24; 
cl Win. RWU. B. V. Schilrer NtL Zeitsresch. p. 
304* ^^ ^ 

Svvafiai, verb, depon., 2 ps. ind. praes. Svvaaai, 
ataue e rariore forma, passim ap. jjoetas et inde a 
Polyb. etiam prosae scriptores obvia (cf. Lob. ad 
Phiyn. p. 859), dvv^i ^(Mt. 9, 22 s. Lchm.Tdf. Trg. 
Ap. 2, 2), impf. idvvafjLtiv et attice ^dvvd/iffVf inter 
qnam ntramque formam fere nbique fluctuant 
codd. et edd. ; fnt. SvvriaofAaiy aor. 1 . ^Svv^d-ijv at- 
que (Mc. 7, 24 Tdf. e solis codd. kB; Mt. 17, 16 
cod. B) ^dvvda^fjv (ct KUhner I, p. 802) LXX 
pro hb^'j posnan, valeo s. per vires et facultates 
meas, s. per animi affectionem, s. per rerum con- 
ditionem et occasionem, s. per legum vel morum 
veniam; a) sq. infinit. praes. aut aoristi, de cujus 
ntrinsque discrimine cf Win. §. 44, 7. — a) sq. in- 
finit. praes. Mt. 6, 24. 9, 15. Mc. 2, 7. 3, 23. Lc. 6, 

39. Jo. 3, 2. 5, 19. Act. 27, 15. 1 Co.. 10, 21. Heb.5, 
7. 1 Jo. 3, 9. Ap. 9, 20 et saepius. — ^ sq. infinit. 
aor. Mt. 3, 9. 5, 14. Mc. 1, 45. 2, 4. 5, 3. Lc. 8, 19. 

13, 11. Jo. 3, 3 8. 6, 52. 7, 84. 36. Act. 4, 16. 5, 39. 
10, 47. Ro. 8. 39. 16, 25. 1 Co. 2, 14. 3, 1. 6, 5. 2CJo. 
3, 7. QaL 3, 21. Eph. 3, 4. 20. 1 Th. 3, 9. 1 Tim. 6, 7. 
16. 2 Tim. 2, 13. 3, 7. 15. Heb. 2, 18. 3, 19. Jac. 1, 
21. Ap. 3, 8. 5, 3. 6, 17 et saepissime. — b) inflni- 
tiTO. qui facile e contextu facile intelligitur, non 
adjeeto, Mt. 16, 3. 20, 22. Mc. 10, 39. 6, 19. Lc. 9, 

40. 16, 26. 19, 3. Ro. 8, 7. — c) conj. c. accus., dv- 
vafml XI, possum aliquid (icn vermag etwas) ; Mc. 
9, 22. Lc. 12, 26. 2 Co. 13, 8 (et ap. Graecos inde ab 
Hom.). — d) absoL ut lat. possum (velut Caes. b. 
g^lL 1, 18, 6) i. q. sum patens , robustus, va&dus; 
1 Co. 3, 2. 10, 13. (2 Chron. 32, 13. 1 Mace. 5, 40 s. 
et in cod. alex. 2 Mace. 11, 13 ac saepe ap. Grae- 



cos, yelut Eur. Or. 887. Thuc. 4, 105. Xen. anab. 
4, 5, 11 8. Isocr. Dem. Aeschin.). 

dvvafjiii^ BQpq, ij, LXX pro V"«rT, rrnw, t^, nb, 
K^s (exercitus), ms, facuLtas, potential poteatas; 
CL) univ. vis alicui per naturam suam insideiis, ant 
quain aliquis vel aliquid exserit et prodit; Lc. 1, 
17. Act. 4, 7.^1 Co. 4, 20. 2 Co. 4, 7. 2 Co. 12. 9 (r) 
Svvafxig iv aad^eveia xeXeZxat^ Lckm. Tdf Trg.); 
13, 4. 1 Th. 1, 5. Heb. 7, 16. 11, 34. Ap. 1^, 16. 17, 
13; Idia Svvd/jiiij Act. 3, 12; fif^dXy Svvdfjiei, Act. 
4, 33; h'xdoxq) xaxa r^v ISiap dvvafjiiv, Mt. 25, 15; 
vTfhQ 6vva/Jiiv, ultra vires, 2 Co. 1, 8; iv Svvdfiei 
sc. (ov, vi instructus, Lc. 4, 36. 1 Co. 15, 43; ita in 
dictione Ipx^^^^* ^^ Svvdfisi Mc. 9, 1; poteiUerj 
Col. 1, 29. 2 Th. 1, 11; ex adj. i. q. evitienter ^ Ro. 

1, 4; iv Swdfiei aij/jisiwv x. xex^dxtov, per vim, 
quam editis miraculis in animos exercebam, Ro. 15, 
19; Svv. efg t/, Heb. 11, 11; 6vv, inlxd daifiovia 
xal voaovg ^eganevfiv Lc. 9, 1; ^ SvvapiiQ r^c 
afiagxlag d vofiOQ, peccatus vim suam (in animos) 
exercet per legem, h. e. legis abusum, 1 Co. 15, 56; 
xijg dvaoxdafwq xov Xqioxov^ vis, quam resur- 
rectio Christi habex in animos edocendos, emen- 
dandoii, erigendos, tranquillandos, Phil. 3, 10; xriQ 
evaspsiac, pietati insita et in animos efficax, 2 Tim. 
3, 5; Svvdfiitg fAiXXovxoQ altbvog (v. in aldtv n. 3; 
p. 13), Heb. 6, 5; xb nvsv/na t^q Swdfieatg (v. in 
nvevfia), 1 Pet. 4, 14 Grsb. Lchm.; 2 Tim. 1, 7; 
die. 6vvafJLiQ de vi qua angeli poUent, Eph. 1. 21. 
2 Pet. 2, 11; de vi, quae diaboli et daemonum est, 
1 Co. 15, 24; TOO ix^QOv, i. e. diaboli, Lc. 10, 19; 
xov SQdxovxoq, Ap. 13, 2; angeli tamquam vi prae- 
stantes dicuntur Svvdfisig Ro. 8, 38. 1 Pet. 3, 22 ss. 
— fj dvvafAig xov &B0Vf univ. dci vis et potential 
Mt. 22, 29. Mc. 12 24. Lc. 22, 69. Act. 8, 10. Ro. 1. 
20. 9, 17. 1 Co. 6, 14; 6vva/iig vtplaxoVf Lc. 1, 35; 
f) SvvafjiiQ, potissimum in doxologiis, regia dei po- 
tontia. Mt. 6. 13 t. vulg.; Ap. 4, 11. 7, 12. 11, 17. 
12, 10. 15, 8. 19, 1 ; et abstr. pro concr. (ut ap. Ju- 
daeos rn«s?i; ci, Buxtorf \(i\. talra. p. 385) = 6 
(Jvvaroc.'Mf. 26, 64. Mc. 14, 62; die. Svvafitg xov 
&SOV de vi divina in hominum animos efficace 1 Co. 

2, 5. 2 O. 6, 7. Eph. 3, 7. 20; el^q xiva, 2 Co. 13, 4. 
Eph. 1, 19; ivSvsa&at Svvafiiv iS vxpovg, Lc. 24, 
49; meton. res vel personam in quibus vis dei sa- 
lutaris efficacem se praebet, dicuntur Svvafiiq d^sov, 
ita 6 XQiOxbq 1 Co. 1, 24; 6 Xoyog xov axavgov 
1 Co. 1, 18; xh ebayyiXioVf add. bIq awxtiQlav 
navxl ... Ro. 1, 16. — Tribuitur Christo dvva/AiQ 
alia in aliis locis notione; vis morbos sanans ab 
eo proficiscens,-Mc. 5, 30. Lc. 5, 17. 6, 19. 8, 46; 
regta Messiae potentia, Mt. 24. 30. Lc. 21, 27. 2 Pet. 
1, 16, Ap. 5, 12; UyyBXoi xrjg dvvdfjiBCjg abxov (v. 
in SyyBAog), potestati ejus suppetentes, 2 Th. 1, 7; 
vis metaphysica, quae ei tamquam^ xw ^Biip Xoytp 
est, in dictione xo ^rifia t^c Svvdfi. ahxovy ver- 
bum, quod ab ejus vi enuntiatur =» voluntas et effi- 
cacia ejus potentissima. Heb. 1,3; vis ethica in 
animos effieax, 2 Co. 12, 9 t. vulg. Grrsb.f (]^uae 
dicitur 17 d'Bia avxov 6vva(HQ 2 Pet. 1, 3; j; dwa- 
fiiq xov xvqIov, vis Christi invisibili mode in chri- 
stiano coetu solenniter congregate praesens et effi- 
cax, 1 Co. 5, 4. — Svvauig xov aylov nvBVfia- 
TO^, Act. 1, 8; nv. Syiov «. dvva/jiiq^ 10, 38; 
anoSBiSiq nvBVfjiaxoq xal dwdfiBtog (v. in dno- 
SbiS^q), 1 Co. 2, 4; iv x§ SvrdfiBi xov nvBVfiaxog^ 
imbutus 8. plenus vi spir. s., Lc. 4, 14; iv SvvdfiBi 
nvBVfiaxoQ aylov, per vim et efficaciam sp. s., Ro. 
15, 13; per vim, quam spiritu s. imbutus in animos 
exercebam, Ro. 15, 19. — b) speciatim vis s. far 
cvUas miracula patrandi; Act. 6,8; naaa 6vvafiiq^ 
quaevis species facultatis miracula edendi, add. xal 



3vvafi6(o. 



110 



dvgv6t]9og. 



atifieioK; x, ri^at, 2 Th. 2, 9; plnr. 1 Co. 12, 28 b. 
Gal. 3, 5; ivegy^fiata dvvd/jiswv^ 1 Co. 12, 10;^per 
meton. caasae pro effectu : potenter factum: diva- 
(iiv noieZv Mc. 6, 5. 9, 39; item plural. Mc. 6, 2. 
Lc. 19, 37; junct. c. crifisla, Act. 8, 13; c. <Tiy^. x, 
ripata. Act. 2, 22. 2 Co. 12, 12. Heb. 2, 4; noisTv 
dvvafieiq, Mt. 7, 22. Act. 19, 11; ylvortai dwa/inq, 
Mt. 11. 20 8. 23. Lc. 10, 13. — c) ethica animi vis 
et virtus; 1 Co. 4, 19. 2 Co. 4, 7. Eph. 3, 16. Col. 1, 
11. — djvia et potsstaSf quae in op i bus est; opes, 
faeuUates'y xov azQi/ivovq, divitiae ad luzum sup- 
petentes (Grot), Ap. 18, 3; xaxa Svva/iiv xal tnhg 
ovvafAiv, pro facultatibus , imo supra facultates, 

2 Co. 8, 3. (hoc seusu — Vt LXX 5 Mos. 8, 17 s. 
Ruth. 4, 11; Don raro ap. Graecos, velut Xen. Cyr. 
8, 4, 15. an. 7, 7, 21.) — e) vis et facultas e multi- 
tudine sociorum nascens, Ap. 3. 8. — /) vis et^o- 
tentia in exercitibus sita vel Us nttens, copiae, 
exercitus (ita turn ainfful. turn plural, saepe ap. 
Graecos inde ab Hdt. Thuc. Xen.; ap. LXa et in 
apocrr.); bine dvvafisiQ xov oipavov, copiae coe^ 
testes, ex bebr. sidera, Mt. 24, 29. Lc. 21, 26; et ^v 
xoZ^ o^povotc, Mc. 13, 25; — a'^evn Mas. 3 Reg. 
17, 6. 23, 4. Jes. 34, 4. Jer. 8, 2. Dan. 8' 'lO al. — 
g) ut latin, vis atque potestas i. q. significatus, 
sernionis, vocis, 1 Co. 14. 11 (Plat. drat. p. 394 b. 
Polyb. 20, 9, 11. Dion. Hal. 1, 68. Dio Cass. 55, 

3 et al.).* 

6vvaii6w, Sif validum reddoy corroboro, viribus 
avgeo ; Col. 1,11; idwafim^npav^ Heb. 1 1, 34 Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg, (Ps. 67, 29. CoheL 10, 20. Dan. 9, 27 et 
passim ap. eccles. et byzant. scriptores; cf. Lob, 
ad Phryn. p 6u5.)* 

6vvaoxfi^y ov, o (dvvafiai), inde ab Hdt.; potens; 
i)princep8, Lc. 1, 52; die. de deo (Sir. 46, 5. 2 Mace. 
15. 3. 23 al.; de Jove, Soph. Ant. 608), 1 Tim. 6, 25. 

— 2) aulicus, purpuratus^ regius minister; Act. 8, 
27 (dvvdaxai ^aQa<b^ Gen. 15, 4).* 

SvvaxitOf ibf {6vp(xx6^) potens sum; potentem me 
exhibeo^ 2 Co. 13, 3 (opp. aa^£V(3)\ possum; sq. in- 
finit. Ro. 14, 4; atque ap. Lchm, Tdf. 2 Co. 9, 8. 
Neque ap. profanos, neque ap. LXX exstat.* 

SvvaroQj i/j, 6v {dvvafiat), LXX pro i^«, qui po- 
test, potens, valens, validus; 1) abaol. a) opibus et 
€tuctoritcUe pollens; 1 Co. 1, 26. (Ap. 6, 15 t. vulg.); 
ol 6vvaxel, proceres, Act. 25, 5. (Jos. b. jud. 1,12, 
4: ^xov^Iovdaliov ol dvvaxol. Xen. Cyr. 5, 4, 1. 
Thuc. 1, 89. PoL 9, 23, 4.) — 6 SwaxSq, potens xax* 
i^ofi^v, deus potentissimus, Lc. 1. 48. — b) animo 
validus; ad calamitates et yexationes fortiter et 
patienter perferendas, 2 Co. 12, 10; Christiana vir- 
tu te pollens, ibid. 13, 9; persuasione et^fide firmua, 
Ro. 15, 1. — 2) in structuris: a) 6vvax6^ sifii c. ii>- 
finit. valeo (qliqyid facere\ Le. 14, 31. Act. 11, 17. 
Ro. 4, 21. 11, 23. (14, 4 1. vulg.); 2 Co. 9, 8 (t. vulff. 
Grab.)', 2 Tim. 1. 12. Tit. 1, 9. Heb. 11, 19 (ubi 
Lchm. 6vvaxai)\ Jac. 3, 2. — b) Svvaxbq Iv xivi, 

fraestans, excellens aliqua re, iv €py(p x. X6y<j>, 
c. 24, 19; iv XdyoiQ xal %(yyoiq. Act 7, 27; iv 
yQaif>aZ<;, praestans peritia scripturae, Act. 18, 24. 

— e) ngdq ri, vaUna ad cUiquid, 2 Co. 10, 4. — 
d) Neutrum Svvaxot*, quod fieri potest (moglich); 
€l dvvaxdv (iaxtv), Mt 24, 24. 26, 39. Mc. 13, 22. 
14, 35. Ro. 12, 18. Gal. 4, 15; o^x ^v dvvaxov sq. 
infin. Act. 2, 24; 6vvax6v xi iaxl xivt, Mc. 9, 23. 
14. 36. Act. 20, 16; nagcL ^etpndvxa Svvaxaioxi, 
Mt 19, 26. Mc. 10, 27. Lc. 18, 27. — xb Svvaxbv 
avxov, quod potestas sua valeret, i. q. x^v dvva/niv 
a^xov, Ro. 9, 22; cf. Win, §. 34, 2.* 

di;va», dvw, aor. 2. S6vv, aor. 1. (ap. Graecos 
transitivo significiM^u) tSvca (Mc. 1, 32 Lchm, Trg,); 
cf. Bttm Gr. max. II, p. 156 a. Win, p. 81. BUm, 



ntl. Gr. p. 49; ineo, tngredwr; subeo. cnuMryor^ 
submer^or: in N. T. bis de sole oecidenta (man 
se quasi suomergonte), Mc. 1, 32. Lc. 4. 40. Ita sex- 
centies ap. Graecos inde ab Horn. LXX Gen, 28, 
11. Lev. 22, 7 al. Tob. 2, 4. 1 Mace. 10, 50. 

Svo, genit. indecl. 6vo (ut ap. epioos et passim 
ap. Hdt Thuc. Xen. PoL at pro dvoTv, Atticis usi- 
tatiore), dat. Svaly Svaiv (forma ab antiqaioribus 
et melioribus graecis aliena, ap. Hippocr. Aristot 
Theopbr. obvia, inde^ a Polyb. frequentiore pro 
attica SvoTv\ accus. 6vo (cf. Lob, ad Phryn. p. 210« 
Bum. Gr. max. p. 276 s. Win, §. 9, 2. Passowl, 
p. 729); duo, dtwe, duo; absol. ovx Ixi slat Jvo, 
aXXa atkpi fila, Mt. 19, 6. Mc. 10, 8; <fi$o ^ xgslg^ 
Mt. 18, 20. 1 Co. 14,^29; xpflq inlSvcl x. 6vo inl 
XQialv, Lc. 12, 52; dvii et xax& 6vo, binij Lc. 9, 3. 
10, 1. Jo. 2. 6. 1 Co. 14, 27; 6vo 6vo, bim, ace. binas, 
Mc. 6, 7 (ita ex hebr. quid em usu, (s^n. 6, 19. 20; 
sed ne a graecis quidem poetis prorsus alieno, ut 
Aesch. Pers. 981: fivgia, fivgia^ xaxa fzv^idSaq, 
cf. Win, %, 37, 3); neutr. bIq 6vo, in dvas partes^ 
Mt 27, 51. Mc. 15, 28; c. genit 6vq xmv fia^xiov 
avxov, Mc. 11, 1. 14, 13. Lc. 19, 29; xSyv olxexwv^ 
Act. 10,7. — dvo i^ avxwv, Lc. 24. 18. — c. no- 
mine aut pronomine; $vo 6aifiovit6fA€voi, Mt. 8, 
28. — 8vo ixaxatQai, Lc. 22. 38; im axofiaxo^ 6vo 
/jiagxvgwv, Mt. 18. 16. 2 Co. 13. 6; 6val xvQioi^, 
Mt 6, 24. Lc. 16. 13; fldf Svo ddeXipov^, Mt 4, 18; 
praefixo articulo: ol 6xo, amho {die Zwsi), Mt. 19, 
5. Mc. 10. 8. 1 Co. 6, 16. Eph. 5, 31 ; xovg dvo, Eph. 
2, 15; al 6vo diaf^^xai. Gal. 4, 24; ovxoi ol 6vo 
viol fiov, Mt. 20. 21; negl xwv Svo adeXipciv, Mt. 
20, 24; iv xavxaiq xalg Svolv ivxolatQ, 22, 40; 
xoix: dvo Ix^vaQ Mt 14. 19. Mc. 6, 41. Lc. 9, 16; 
6vo StjvaQitt, Lc. 10, 35. 

6vq, syUaba inseparabilis, in compositione diffi- 
cultatem, contrarium, pemiciosum indicans, no- 
stro miss, un respondens; opponitur x<p si. 

dvQBdaxaxxoq, ov {fiaaxai,io\ , portafu difficiUs; 
Mt. 23, 4 et Lc. 11, 46 tpogxla Svqfidoxaxxa die. 
de praeceptis observatu difficilibus et moleatis. 
(LXX Prov. 27, 3. Philo omn. lib. prob. §. 5. Plat 
qa. nat. c. 16.)* 

SvQevxfQla, ag, ^ (?vTf(»ov, intestiaum), dysmi- 
teria, tormina intestinorum {Ruhr); Act. 28, 8 t. 
vulg. et Grsb.: v. vocem sq. (Hippocr. et scr. 
med.; Hdt. Plat. Aristot Polyb. al.)* 

SvQSvxigiov, lovy x6, recentioris aetatis forma 
ro dvQtvxepia, q. v. ; Act. 28, 8 Lchm. Tdf, Trg. 
f. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 518. 

6vgfpfiiiv£vxoq, ov {i^firivsvoi), difficUis expU- 
catu; Heb. 5, 11. (Died. 2, 52. Philo de somn. §. 32 
extr. Artemid. 3, 66.)* 

dvqxoXog, ov {^xdXov^ cibus), 1) pr. cut cUfficuUer 
cibua gratus inveniiury morosus circa cSoum, — ^ 
2) morosus, qui ubique habet, quod reprehendat 
(Eur. Aristoph. Xen. Plat, al.)^ — a) univ. diffieiUs 
(Xen. oec. 15, 10: ^ y€m(yyla dvqxoMq i^xi /ia¥fZv); 
nCbq Svgxokov iaxiv, sq. ace. c. inf., Me. 10, 
24.* 

6vgx6XmQj adv. (6vQxoloq), difficuUer; Mt 19, 
23. Mc. 10, 23. Lc 18, 24.* 

Svcfjn^, $C» fit multo saepius plur. Svoftal^ al {Svm 
8. dvvw, q. Y,\ sc. ^Xlov, occasus solis;^lii, 12,54; 
plaga coeli occidentaUs ; Ap. 21, 13; ini avoro- 
Xwv xal Svofiwv, ex omnibus regionibus vel gen- 
tibusMt 8, 11. 24, 27. Lc. 13, 29; hebr. v^ftKiatt, 
Jos. 1, 4; saepe ap. profanos inde ab Hdt.'ium adf- 
dito, tum omisso tjIXlov.* 

dvqv6fjxoq, ov (voiw), difficiUs inteUeoiu; 2 Pet 

^1 14* (xk^^f^^r L^^ -^^x* ^f "^^g- LaSrt. 9, 13: 
SvgvSrjxov xe xal Svqsf^ijxov,)* . 



S 



Svgqnj/iicD. 



Ill 



ifiv. 



mei&f; paae. cotmciis afficior, 1 Co. 4, 13 Tdf, 
(1 Maoe. 7, 41 ; sp. Graecos inde ab Aesch. Agam. 
107«.)* 

dvifiliiLa^ uq, rj^eit conditio kominis Svgtp^fiOVf 
i. e. ejne qui mcUe audit, et ejus actio, qui maUs oer- 
dis uPitar; eonvicia, probra; Sih Svq<prifilaQ x. si- 
^fiiac^ 2 Co. 6, 8. (1 Mace. 7, 38. 3 Mace. 2, 26. 
Itton. HaL antt. 6, 48. Plat, moral, p. 587 s.)* 

S»6txa, ol, al, rOfduodecim, Mt. 9, 20. 10, 1. Ap. 
7, S^. 31, 21 al.; 4»l Svi&sxei^ daodecim Jcsn apostou, 
xar ifoxiiv ita dicti, Mt. 9, 35. 10, 32. 11, 20. Mt. 
26, 14. 20. Lc. 22, 3. 14 al. 

di^dinatoc, 17, ov, duodecijnus, Ap. 21, 20.* 

SmStxctipvXoVy ov, to Tex SdSsxa et ^vXj, tribos) 
duodecwn trihuum eomplexus, de popalo israfilitico 
duodaenn tribubas constante, Act. 26, 7. (Clem. 
Bom. 1 Co. 55. Prot. Jae. c. 1 ; — Xadq 6 SmStxatpV' 
koq Oiac. Sibyll.; cf. Sexd^vXoq, ntQaipvXoq Hdt. 
5, 66.)* 

dS/tut^ roc, td (Sifi<», ezstrao), aedifieium, aedes^ 
dtmnm (Bom. et sqq.). — 2) pars aedinm, eo^nacu- 
lum, conclave (Horn, et sqq.). — 3) in s. cod. = u, 
teettan, Bostr. DcLch; Mt. 24, 17. Mc. 13, 15. Lc. 5, 
19. 17, 31. Erant atqne sunt Orientalinm tecta 
plana, in q^iiae adscendebant non modo obambula- 
turi. aed etiam nieditatiiri et preces facturi. Act. 
10, 9; Mac ^l 3wfMixe»v, in tectis, i. q. pdUxm, Mt. 
10, 27. Lc. 12, 3; inl td Swfta - - xaT o^9-tiX/ioi>q 
nawdq *I<f^^iiXf 2 Sam. 16, 22.* 

6wQ€a, aCt ^ {Stdwfit), inde ab Hdt., donum; 
Jo. 4, 10. Act. 8, 20. 11, 17. Ro. 5, 15. 2 Co. 9, 15. 
Heb. 6, 4: 4 X^9 iSo^ii xenk xo fiitpov ZTJg dc»- 



pe&Q to^ XoiaraHf ad earn menraram, qua Christus 
earn dedit, Eph. 4, 7: add. genit. epezeg. rei do- 
natae: T0I; ayiov itvevfiarog,^ A.ct. 2, 38. 10, 45; Si- 
xaiocvvfiQ, £0. 5, 17 ; rr/q ;i(a()iroc tov Oeov, Eph. 

3. 7. — AccQS. SwQsav (pr. als Geschenk, geschenka- 
loeise) adverbiascit ; LXa pro dbh; a) grcUUs, grti- 
tis, ffratintOy Mt. 10, 8. Bo. 3, 2'4. 2 Co. 11, 7. 2 Th. 
8, 8. Ap. 21, 6. 22, 17 (Pol. 18, 17, 1; Exod. 21, 11; 
^a>Qtav &VBV agyvQlov, Jes. 52, 3.) — h) ex usu, 
OQJas nollnm e Graecia adhao enotatnm est exem- 

Slum, sine justa eatua, non impeUente necessitate ; 
0. 15, 25 (P8. 85, 7); Gal, 2, 21. (Job. 1, 9. Ps. 34, 
8; ita lat. ffratuittis; Liv. 2, 42: ytgratuitus foror in 
patres". Sen. epp. 105, 3: „odiam aut est ex of- 
lensa - -^ aut gratuitum".)* 
Sw^eav, v. in 6<oq9&. 

dm^Wy w, dono, largior (Hes. Pind. Hdt. al.); 
pass. Lev. 7. 5 (hebr. t. vs. 1 5) ; sed longe usitatius 
est dep. med. 6(»^io/Aai, ovjdtti (Horn, et sqq.). aor. 

I. idmQfioafjifpff pf. dtddgtiftai, xivlxi, Mc. 15,45. 
2 Pet. 1, 8. 4. 

dtoQtifia, roc, x^6w^iofMLi\donmn, rminus, bene' 
ficium; Ro. 5, 16. jac. 1, 17. (SophocL Xen. al.)* 

dmQoVf ov, ro, LXX plemmque pro la*^}?, non 
raro etiam pro nnpia et '^'riio\ donum, munus; Epfa. 

2. 8. Ap. 11,10; die. de doiiis, otiae honoris causa 
offemntur, Mt. 2, 11; de saerinciis et aliis donis 
deo oblatis, Mt. 5, 23 s. S, 4. 15, 5. 23, 18 s. Mc. 7, 

II. Heb. 5, 1. 8, 3 8. 9, 9. 11, 4; de pecunia, quae 
gazophylacio immittebatur in nsum templi et ad 
sustentationem paaperum, Lc. 21, 1.* 

diOQOffOQia, aq, 17 (SfoQo^oQOc), doni vel done- 
rum oblatio; Ro. 15, 31 Ijckm. (Alciphr. 1, 6. Pollux 
4, 47; aliquoties in eccles. scriptis.)* 



E. 



fa, inteijectio turn indli^ationis, tum admira- 
tionis metu mixtae (nata, uti videtur, ex imperative 
praes. verbi ^v), atticis poetis usitata, raro ap. 
proflae seriptorea (nt Plat. Prot. p. 315 d.), van! 
heu! oA/ Mc. 1, 24 (t. vulg. Grsb.); Lc. 4. 34; Cf. 
Ffitfsche ad Mc. p. 32 s.* 

iav, I) particula conditionalis (orta ex el Sv), 
quae ad t^pus et ad experientiam relbrtar, po- 
nens ali^d, quod ali^nando fntuynm est, m nt, 
nrtsniia vere ftitarum sit, nunc ante tempus non- 
dum definiatur; lat. si, german. toenn: im FaU, 
4im9; faUs; wc/etn; cf. inter alios Hermann ad 
^er. p. 832. Klotz ad Detar. II, p. 451 sa. Win, 
». 273 88. — Adjaactnm habet 1) conjunctitntm ox 
hgltuno antiqaioram et elegantiomm Gvaeoorum 
want, €ft quid^ a) coffjunctw. praesentis; Mt. 6, 
21 {iitv ovv 6 6<pPaXfioq aov knlovq i, si fit, quod 
an vere fiaturmn sit nesofe, nt ocnlua tuna etc.); 
▼a. 23. 17, 20. Lc. 10, 6. Jo. 7, 17. 8, 64. 9, 31. 11, 9 a. 
10. Act ^ 38. 13. 41. Ro. 2. 25 s. 1 Co. 9, 16. Gri. 
5, 21 1 Tim. 1, 8. Heb. 13, 23. 1 Jo. 1, 9. 2, 3. 15 al. 
d) eonjunetiv, aoristi, qui Latinemm futufo exacto 
respoadet; Mt. 4, 9 {iiiv n^oaxw^cyQ fia, ai ado- 
ravaria me); 5, 46. 9, 21. Mc. 3, 24. 9, 50. Lc. 14, 34. 
17, 4, 20, 28. Jo. 5, 43. 11, 57. Ro. 7, 2. 10. 9. 1 Co. 
7, 8. 39. 8, 10. 16, 10{ihpiX»jf Tiftd^Boq, Etsionim 
j«m erat in itineije Corintitnm profieiseens, pote- 
nnt tamen impedimenta objici, quo minna adT&- 
niits^; 1 Co. 9, 4. GaL •, 1. Jac. 2, 2. 1 Jo. 5, 16. 
Ap. 3, 20 et aaepe; etiam in orationo obliqua, ubi 



meliores Graeei optativo utuntur, Jo. 9, 22. 11, 57. 
Act. 9, 2 ( Win. p. 276). — Quid discriminis intersit 
inter praesens temp, et aoristum, ex his potissi- 
mum locis cognoscitur: 2 Tim. 2, 5: i&v Sh xal 
a^Xfj xiQ, oi axtipavo^xat, iav ^h vofif/iwq d9^Xijay. 
1 Co. 14, 23: iav oiv avviXd^y ^ ixxXnala - - xal 
ndvxiq yXwaaaiq XaXwaiv, tlqiX^iBOi i^lSiwxai ^ 
iniaxot. vs. 24 : ihv 6'k ndvxsq npoipBxevwaiv, elq- 
iX^fg Si xiQ SnictoQ, Mt. 21, 21: ioLv Hx^e nlaxiv 
xal 11^ Siax^i^^xs. Etiam el („quod ner se nihil 
signifieat praeter conditionem'S Klotz 1. c. p. 455) 
et idv distingnuntnr in ennntiationibus sibi sub- 
junetis; Jo. 13. 17: el xavxa ofdaxe, fiaxuQioi iaxe, 
i&v noifjts aixa. 3, 12. 1 Co. 7, 36; in enuntiatis 
sibi oppositis, Act. 5, 38 s. ; ant sibi paiaUelis, Mc. 
3, 24 — 26; denique ex evangelistis alter conjun- 
ctione el ibi utitur, ubi alter ponit iav, ita tamen, 
ut sua coiqne particnlae vis maneat, si qnidem 
una eademque res ab alio alitor animo concipitur; 
Mc. 9, 43: iav axavdaXl^v if ;(e/f aov, et vs. 47: iav 
axaviaXll^y ce 6 dipSaX/aoq aov,n. e. siaccidit ut ...; 
contra Mt 18, 8 s. et 5, 29 s. de eadem re dicit et 
— c) perverao usu ex imitatione hebr. w, quae 
particnla est etiam temporis (cf. GesenU Thes. a. 
Y. nr. 4), explicandum iav c. coi^. aor. die. de re- 
bus, quas loquens aut scribens certissime futuraa 
putat ubi dicendum erat ixav, guum, guando; iav 
v^<a4<5^ Jo. 14, 32; iav nof^ev^A, va. 3; iav fci^^- 
Q»^i, 1 Jo. 2, 28 (Lchm. Tdf. Trg. pro vnlg. Sxav)\ 
3, 2; iav axo'ioifxe Heb. 3, 7 e Pa. 95, 7. (iav elg^ 



> / 



eavnBQ, 



112 



^EpQoioq. 



iX^Hq Elq xbv vvfifpwvaf Tob. 6, 16; iotv anod^avcOf 
^cnpov fi€i Tob. 4, 3 colL vs. 4: Etav ano^dvy, 
^dxpov txhtrfv, — pro DK, quando, Jes. 24, 13. Am. 
7, 2.) — rf) interdum usu particulae cum conj. aor. 
junctae aliqaid non tam ponitur, qoam fiDgitur 
luturum esse, quod nunquam futurum esse scias; 
idcv ftnji d novQ^ si pes diceret, s. dictorus esset, 
1 Co. 12, 15; iotv %X^io npbq -bjui&Q yXwoaaig ka- 
X(oVf 14, 6. — 2) E neeligentiore usu inde ab Ari- 
stotelis aetate obvio idv componitur ctiam cum 
indicativo (cf. Klotz 1. c. p. 468 ss. Kvhner II, 
p. 978. Win, p. 277. BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 191 ss.), et 
^uidem a) fntiirit notione sua, ut constat, con- 
jnnctivo cognati, idv oixoi ciconi^oovai^ Lc. 19, 
40 Lchm, Tdf. Trg.; idv — dd^y^asi, Act. 8, 31 
Tdf, Trg. {4av fifPijX^aovaiv avzd, Lev. 22, 9), 
sed etiam b) praesentisj idv daveiXsrSf Lc. 6, 34 
Trg.; idv atfjxsre, 1 Th. 3, 8 Tdf. Trg.; idv ts 
dno&v^oxofisv, Eo. 14, 8 Lchm,; c. ind. praeteriti, 
sed quod praeseutis vim babet, idv oUSa/xBv, 1 Jo. 
5, 15 sine var. — 3) idv cum aliis particulis jun- 
ctum : a) idv 6h xai^ si vero etiam, etictmsi vero; 
c. coniunct. Mt. 18, 17. 1 Co.7, ll. 28. 2 Tim. 2, 5. 
— b) idv xal. Gal. 6, 1. — c) idv f^ij, nisi; c. conj. 
praes. Mt. 10, 13. Lc. 13, 3. Act. 15, 1. 1 Co. 8, 8. 

9, 16. Jac. 2, 17. 1 Jo. 8, 2; c. conj. aor. Mt. 6, 15. 

18, 35. Mc. 3, 27. Jo. 3, 3. 8, 24. 1 Co. 14, 6 s. 9. Eo. 

10, 15. 2 Tim 2, 5. Ap. 2, 5. 22 et saepe. — €^ c. in- 
die, praes.; iav fi^ niaxsvsxe Jo. 10, 38 Tdf: — 
NonnuUis locis, etsi maneat particulis idv fxri na- 
tiva sua vis nisi, si non, tamen, si sensum spectas, 
reddere eas licet quin^ german. ohn^ doss; Mt. 26, 
42 (si non bibero, poculum non potest praeterire); 
oi yixQ Mar IV xi xgvnxov, idv fiij fpavsgw&j {Trg.), 
non est quidquam occultum, quin patefactum fue- 
rit (proprie: nisi fuorit patefactum, omnino non 
fiiit^ quidquam occultum^, Mc. 4, 22; oiSeig iaxiv, 
^g atpTiXiv olxiav .... iav n^i hi^^, quin acceperit 
(pr. ; si non acceperit ..., dici nequit, esse uUum, 
qui reliquerit), Mc. 10, 29 s. — cO idvneg, simodo^ 
ni qw'dem {wenn anders\ Heb. 3, 6 (ubi Lchm. et 
Tdf. Trg. idv\\ vs. 14. 6, 3; neque ap. LXX, neque 
in apocrr. V. T. extat; de usu ap. Graecos cf. Elotz 
1. c. p 483 s. — e) i dv r e - - idv re, sive - - sive; 
Bo. 14, 8. (saepius LXX pro dm - - dk, ut £xod. 

19, 13. Lev. 3, I. Deut. 18, 3.) Cf. Klotz I c. p. 479 s. 
Kuhner II, p. 838 s. — /) xav « xal idv, v. in x&v. 

II) Quum Graeci pro conditionali particula idv 
etiam uterentur contracts forma Sv (v. supra p. 22, 
col. 2) : inde vidotur factum esse, ut ntriusque testa- 
menti biblici scriptores (ex usu ap. profanes ma- 
xime dubio, cf. Win. p. 291. BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 63 s.) 
pro potentiali particula dv cum relativis pronomi- 
nibus et adverbiis connecterent idv, velut dg idv, 
S idv al. Mt. 5, 19. 10, 14. 15, 5. Mc. 6, 22 s. Lc. 9, 
48. 17, 33. Act. 7, 7. 1 Col 6, 18. Eph. 6, 8. 3 Jo. vs. 
5 aX.\Znov idv, Mt. 8, 19. 26, 13. Mc. 6, 10. — dad- 
xiQ idv Ap. 11, 6. — oi idv, 1 Co. 16, 6 (1 Mace 6, 
36). — xaH idv, 2 Co. 8, 12. Multis locis codd. dis- 
sentiunt inter idv et av. Cf. in aiv n. II, p. 22. 

idvnfQ, V. in idv, n. 3, e. 

kavxoi', r^g. ov, rel. contr. a{>xov, ^g, ov (v. supra 
p. 59); plur. kavxoiv, dat. oTg, atg, oTg, rel., prono- 
men reflexivum tertiae personae. IHcitur 1) de 
sola tertia persona sing, et plural, ita. nt is, qui 
agit, idem sit ad quem actio dirigitur; velut acb- 
teiv kavrdv Mt. 27, 42. Mc. 15, 31 Lc. 23, 35; hpovv 
iavxov, Mt, 23, 12aL Adduntur ^avr^, lavrov non 
rare etiam verbis mediis; 6iefi€Qiodvxo kavxolg, 
Jo. 19, 24 (Xen. mem. 1, 6, 13: noielad^ai kavx<p 
^iXov); et Win. §. 38, 6. — E dictionibiis ex hoc 
pronomine compositis notamus has: d^* kavxov, 



V. in and n. U, 2, d. aa. ; 6i kavrov, per m, i. e. na- 
tura sua, Bo. 14, 14; iv havx0^ v. in SiaXoyl^ea&ou., 
Xiyeiv, elnetv, — elg kavxdv epx^o^ai, ad meliorem 
mentem redire, Lc. 15, 17 (Diod. 13, 95); — xa^^ 
kavrov, seorsim, solus, Act. 28, 16. Jac. 2, 17. — 
TtaQ* kavtip, apud se, h. e. in domo sua, 1 Co. 16, 2. 
(Xen. mem. 2, 13, 3.) — n^g kavxov, ad se, i. e. in 
domum suam, Lc. 24^ 12. Jo. 20, 10; apud animum 
suam, secum; ngogivxio^ai, Lc. 18, 11 (2 Mace. 11, 
13); in genit. junct. c. substantivis vim pronominis 
possessivi habet, velut xovg kavxoiv vBXQovg, Mt. 8, 

22. Lc. 9, 60. — 2) refiectitur etiam ad primam et 
secundam personam, ut saepe apud Graecos, si 
quidem orationi non infertur amDiguitas; ita iv 
eavxoZg =^iv fi/utlv airxoTg,^ Bo. 8, 23; kavrpvg =« 
ijfi&g txixovg, I Co. 11, 31; o^* kavxoti, q. a»o ae- 
avxov, Jo. 18, 34; kavrov i. q. oBavxov, £o. 13, 9; 
iv kavrolg pro iv iifJtZv avrotg, Mt. 23,31 al. cf. Mat- 
ihiae §. 489. 11. Win. §. 22, 5. — 3)^ponitur plural, 
baud rare pro reciproco pronomine aXX^Xwv, dXXii- 
Xotg, dXXi^Xovg, invicem, mtUuo^ alius alium; Mt. 16, 
7. 21, 38. Mc. 10, 26. 16, 3. Lc. 20, 5. Eph. 4, 32. 
Col. 3, 13. 16. 1 Pet. 4, 8. 10; v. Maithiae%, 489. HI. 
Kilhner 11, p. 497 ss. Brnhdy p. 273. 

idoi. Of, rut. idaw, aor. 1. etaaa, impf. etotv, 
inde ab Horn., 1) sino', permitto (lassen), sq. infinit. 
oix ctv sTaoe Siopvy^vai, Mt. 24, 43; sq. accus. 
personae et infinit., Lc. 4, 41 (ovx fia avrd XaXeZv); 
Act. 14, 16. 23, 32. 27, 32. 28, 4. 1 Co 10, 13; omisso 
in£, quia facile ^e contexta oratione intelligitur; 
oi)x eiaasv airovg, sc. noQevB-rivai, Act. 16, 7; o^x 
etwv avrpv, sc. 6l(;eX&eZv, Act. 19, 30. — 2) vivd, 
patior aliquem facer e, quid velit; non coerceo ali- 
quem, deststo ab aUquo; Ap. 2, 20 e 1. vulg.; Act 
5, 38 t. vulg. Grsb.; ictre sc. ainovg, dicit Chri- 
stus apostoHs hoe sensu: „ne coercete eos, desi- 
stite at) iis" (quod sequitur Fu>c rovxov ab antece- 
dentibus sejungendum est), Lc. 22, 51. — 3) trcuio, 
relinquo; xdg dyxvQag - - eto>v elg ri)v d^cuiaaaav, 
demiserunt in mare. Act. 27, 40.* 

kpdofirfxovxa, oX, al, xd, septuaginta; Act. 7, 14. 

23. 23. 27,37; ol hpSopi^^ovra, septuaginta disci- 

Euli, quos Jesus praetor duodecim apostolos emisit, 
,c. 10, 1. 17.*^ 

kpSofiTjfeovxdxig, s^tuagies; ' kp6ofiijxovxdxig 
knxd, septuagies septies, h. e. quam saepissime; 
Mt. 18, 22, 

SpSofiog, tj. Of, Septimus; Jo. 4, 52. Heb. 4, 4. Jud. 
vs. 14. Ap. 8, 1. 11, 15. 

*EpiQ, Tectiw&TBpsQ, 6, Eber s. Heber, nom. propr. 
indecl. viri hebraei, Lc. 3, 35. (Gen. 10. 24 s.)* 

ipgaucdg, ij, 6v, hebraicus; Lc. 23, 38 e L vulg. 
et^Cfrsb.,* 

^E^galog^ ov, 6, Hebraeus {'^^'XP^ nomen primnm 
Abrahamo [Gen. 14, 131 tributum, deinde ad ejus 
posteros ex Isaaco et .facobo translatum, quo in 
V. T. Israelitae et alienigenis opponuntur et ab 
alienigenis appellantur, ut posthac a Pansan., 
Plutarcho al. Deducunt nomen nunc longe pin- 
rimi ab ^^? as -infin ^y, i. e. regione transeuphrc^' 
tensi, unde ^*;a9 i. qi advena transeuphratensis; 
LXX Gen. 14, 3: 6 negdxrig. Cf. Gesenius Ge- 
schichte der hebr. Sprache und Schrift, p. 11 s. 
Thesaur. II, n. 987. Knobel Vdlkertafel der Genesis 
p. 176 ss. Bleek Einleit. in d. A. T. p 73 s. ed. I), in 
X^. T. 1) quivis judaicae s. israeliticae nationis 
homo; 2 Co. 11, 22. Phil 3, 2. (Quo sensu Euseb. 
h. e. 2, 4 Philonem, alexandrinum Judaeum, qui 
graece eruditus ne hebraicae quidem linguae sa- 
tis flniarus erat, et Praep. evang. 8, 8 Aristobolum, 
eunaem alexandrinum et graeciensem Judaeum, 
vocat ^Efigalov.) — 2) arctiore sensu dicuntur 



kfiQatg, 



113 



iyelQW, 



EfiQatoi ii, qui in Palaestina degentes lingu& 
patria, i. e. enaldaica utereDtar, a qoibus distin- 
guontnr ol ^XXrjviaxal, q. v. suo loco; manaitqne 
lis nomen iUud etiam postquam ad Ghristiaiiornm 
sacra transgresai erant; Act. 6, 1 (Philo de conf. 
ling. §. 26 opponit sibi tovq ^Efigaiovq et hfActq at- 
qae de congr. erud. grai. §. 8 graecam imgiiam 
r^y ^usxigav StdXextov appeUat; ergo 86 ipsum 
in HeDraeomm namemm non refert). — 3) omnes 
de Judaeis siye aramaice sire gniece loquentibus 
Christiani, <« niaxol iS ^figala^Vf ita in inscriptione 
epistolae ad Hebraeos datae; ap. Easeb. h. e. 3, 4: 

kpQatg^ IdoQ, h, Jiebraea, hebraica; lingua hebrai- 
ca, non autem iUa, qua Y. T. conscriptum est, sed 
chaldaica (non syrocbaldaica, ut Yulgo sed per- 
peram vocatnr; cf. A. Th. Hoffmann Grammat. 
syriaca, n. 14), quae Jeau et apostolorum aetate 
dudum iUius in Palaestina locum obtinuerat; Act. 
21, 40. 22, 2. 26, 14; kfigatg ^orvi}, 4 Mace. 12, 7. 
16, 15.* 

ifyaZarl, ady. {kfiQatl^w), hebraice, i. e. chaldaiee 
(t. in Toce antecedente) ; Jo. 5, 2. 19, 13. 17. 20. 
Ap. 9, 11. 16, 16.* 

iyyit^w, impf. ^yyit^ov, fat. attic, iyyilb (Jac. 4, 8), 
aor. fiyyiaa, ptiyyixa (iyyiiq), ap. Graecos inde a 
PoL et Died.; LaX pro v'sa et at^; 1) iranait., ad- 
moveo aUquid ad aliquid, Pol. 8, 6. 7. LXX Gren. 
48, 10. Jea. 5, 8. — 2) intransit. appropinquo, pro-' 
piu8 aecedo; absol. Mt. 21, 34. Lc. 18, 40. 21, 28. 
34. 22, 1. 24, 15. Act. 7, 17. 21, 33. 23, 15 ; pf. ^fiyvucB, 

S'oxime abest^ proxime inatat; h fiaaiJi, xoH ^eov, 
t 3, 2. 4, 17. 10, 7. Mc. 1, 15. Lc. 10, 11: add. iip^ 
vfJiaq, vs. 9; ^ iQ^fiwaig, 21, 20; ^ &Qa, o nagadi^ 
(fovc^f, Mt 26, 45 a.; ^ xaiodg, va. 8; ^ ^fiiQ€t, Eo. 
13, 1 2. xo xiXoqf 1 Pet. 4, 7 ; « napovala xov scvplov. 
Jac. 5, 8. — constr. c. dai. hominia vel loci, aa 
quern accedit aliquis, Lc. 7, 12. 15, 1. 25. 22, 47. 
Act. 9, 3. 10, 9. 22, 6; iyyl};eiv x^ ^etf (apud 
LXK dicuntur potiaaimum aacerdotea templum 
adeuntea aacrificia ibi oblaturi vel alia negotia 
adminiatraturi, Ex. 19, 22. 34, 30. Ley. 10, 3 al), 
colore deum, Mt. 15, 8 in t. yulg. e Jea. 29, 13; ani- 
mum conyertere ad deum; familiaritatem cum eo 
contrahere, Heb. 7, 19. Jac. 4, 8; <J B^sdq ivyll^ei 
xivl, deua alicui obyenit gratia sua et auxOio ad- 
juyana, Jac. 4, 8. — aq. eiq et accua. loci, Mt. 21, 1. 
Mc. 11, 1. Lc. 18, 36. 19, 29. 24, 28; fiixQ^ ^avdxov 
iqYyiaE, morti proximua fait, Phil. 2, 30 {iyyl^eiv 
Hq Bdvaxov, Job. 33, 22); c. adv. loci, inovxX^xriq 
oix iyyl^u, Lc. 12, 33.* 

iy-ygd^Wfft iyyiyga/jifiaif insculpo; inacribo; 
xiy pasa. c. oat. adminiculi et aq. sv c. dat. loci 
(animia, tabulis), 2 Co. 3, 2 a.; refer o in tdbtdas, 
xa dvdfxaxa, pass. Lc. 10, 20 Tdf. Trg,* 

Myyvoq, vov, d, ^, sponsor (Cic. Vulg.); XQsix- 
xovoq diadiljxrjq fyyvoq^ ia, per quem certisaimi 
sumns facti de praeatuitiore loedere a deo nobis- 
cum icto ac de promiaaionum huic foederi ad- 
nexarum yeritate et firmitate, Heb. 7, 22. (2 Mace. 
10, 28. Sir. 29, 15 a. — Xen. vect. 4, 20. Aeachin. 
epp. 11, p. 128 a. Ariat. oec. 2, 22. Polyb. Died, al)* 

syyvq, adv. (ab iv et yvtov, ad manua), T.YT 
pro a^g; prope; 1) de loco et situ; a) propr.; ab- 
soL Jo. 19, 42; c. genit. (Matthiae p. 812. Win. 
p. 183 s.), Lc. 19, 11. Jo. 8, 23. 6, 19. 23. 11. 18. 54. 
19, 20. Act. 1, 12; c. dat. Act. 9, 38. 27, 8; Matthiae 




beneficiia sunt aJieni, i. e. gentilea, Eph. 2, 17 (coU. 
Jea. 57, 19); iyyi>q ylvta&ai, adducz, sc. ad regni 
GRIMM, Lezioon la V. T. 



divini beneficia, Eph. 2, 13 (ita an. Babbinoa baud 
rare propinquum facer e «— proseliftum facere; cf. 
Wetsten, ad 1. c); iyyvq oov x6 ^fjfid icxiVf prope 
te h. e. in promptu tibi est, animo tuo quasi jam 
inaidet, Bo. 10, 8 e Deut. 30, 4. — 2) de tempore; 
de rebua proxime inatantibns et mox faturia, Mt. 
24, 32. 26, 18. Mc. 13, 28. Lc 21, 30 a. Jo. 2, 13. 6, 4. 
7, 2. 11, 55. An. 1, 3. 22, JO; de peraonarum ad- 
ventu proxime luturo; d xvgioq iyyvq, de Chriati e 
coelia reditu, Phil. 4, 5 (alio aenau de deo. Pa. 145, 
18); add. inl ^gaiq, juxta tbrea, Mt. 24, 33. Mc. 
13, 29; iyyvq xaxdpaq, prope adest, ut devoveatur, 
Heb. 6. 8; dtpaviofiov, mox evanescet, Hob. 8, 13.* 

iyyvxsqov, neutr. comparativi iyyvxspoq (posit. 
iyyvq)^ adverbialiter, propius; Ro. 13, 11.* 

?/£/(>(», f. iysQih, aor. 1. Ijyeipa. pass, imperat. 
iysioov (Mc. 2, 9 Trg.) Lc. 8. 54 (ubi Trq. ^ysige); 
pf. iy^ysQfxaif aor. 1. ^yigd'fjVf rut. 1. eyf^lhjao- 
/lai, med. imperat. aor. 1. fysigai, quem e t. vul^. 
retinuit Lchm.; aed e bonis codd. multis locis 
Grsb., nuper ubiqne in N. T. Tdf, et Trg. (ia qui- 
dem Mc. 2, 9 iyeipov) restituerunt fyupe, impera- 
tivum praes. activi, intransitive dictum et ut ex- 
citandi formulam usurpatum: propr. surge; nostr. 
a?if; ut ays. Ita Eur. Iph. A. 624. Ariatoph. ran. 
340; cf. Fritzsche ad Mc. p. 55; — LXX potissimum 
pro ^7n et B'^pn, — exeito, surgere facio; 1) ut 
ap. Graecos inde ab Hom. dormientem e somno ex- 
ctto, expergefacioj Act. 12, 7 ; pass, exeitor e somnOy 
evigUo; Mt.25,7. Mc.4,27; iysi^S^slqc. imperat, Mt 
2, 13. 20; c. verbo finite, ibid. vs. 14. 21. 8, 26; 
pslQtoB^, Mt 26, 46. Mc. 14, 42. — metaph. ii 
tmvov iysQ^jvatf ex ethicae socordiae statu emer- 
^ere ad vegetam vitam deo dicatam. Bo. 13, 11; 
item tyeiQs, surge, d xaj^fvdcoy, Eph. 5, 14. — 
2) e mortis somno excito, mortuum in vitam revoco; 
add. viXQOvq, Jo. 5, 21. Act 26, 8. 2 Co. 1, 9. — 
fyBige, surge, Mc. 5, 41 ; pass. iyslpoVf Lc. 8, 54 ; 
iyig^xi, evigila e morte, 7, 14 ; iyelpovxai ol vs- 
xQol, Mt 11, 5. Lc 7, 22. 20, 37. 1 Co. 15, 15 s. 29. 
32 (Jes. 26, 19); iyeloBiv ix vsxQtbv, e coetu mop- 
tuorum, Jo. 12, 1. 9. Act 3, 15. 4, 10. 13, 30. Bo. 4, 
24. 8, 11. 10. 9. Gal. 1, 1. Eph. 1, 21. CoL 2, 12. 
1 Th. 1, 10. Heb. 11, 19. 1 Pet 1, 21; pass. Bo. 6, 4. 
9. 7, 4. 1 Co. 15, 12. 20. Jo. 2, 22. 21. 14. Mc. 6, 16. 
Ac. 9. 7; and xwv vexplbv, Mt. 14, 2. 27, 64. 28, 7; 
(vsxgbv ix S^avdxov xal iS SSov, Sir. 48, 5; « f&3 
4 B4r- 4) 31); iysiQeiv simpliciter. Act 5, 30. 10, 
40. 13, 37. 1 Co. 6, 14. 2 Co. 4, 14; passiv. Mt 16, 
21. 17, 23. 26, 32. 27, 63. Mc. 16, 6. Lc. 24, 6. 34. Bo. 
4, 25. 1 Co. 15, 4 aL — 3) e recentioris graecitatis 
usu univ. surgere facio, e sede, e lectu, e cubiculo 
al.; pass, et med,surgo; die. a) de sedente; iyel- 
Qsxai xaxv, Jo. 11, 29 coll. vs. 20; imperat. praes. 
act. iyeiQi (v. supra), Mc. 10, 49 coll. vs. 46; hinc 
(ut hebr. B^ip Gen. 22, 3.^1 Chr. 22, 19) ex ilia di- 
cendi conia, de ^ua in avlaxij/zi diximus, ponitur 
seqq. verois eundi al. ; iysg&elq ^xokov^Oiv abxiS, 
Mt 9, 19; tyeiQC xal /lixgfjaov, Ap. 11, 1. — b) de 
accumbente; iyslgerai ix xoD Selnvov, Jo. 13, 4; 
iyei^BcBs, Jo. 14, 31. — c) surgere facio, erigo jor 
centem; l^yeipsv atx6v, Act. 10, 26; iyig^xe, sur- 
gite, Mt 17, 7; lyuoB (v. supra} Act. 8, 6; ^yig^ 
dnb x^q yfjq, surrexit de terra, Act. 9, 8; extraho e 
fovea animal, Mt 12, 11. — d) surgere facio decumr 
bentem morbo; activ. Mc. 9, 27. Act. 3, 7 ; iyeiQtt 
a:hxbv 6 xvQioq convalescere eum jubebit, Jac. 5, 
15; pass. Mt 8, 15; iyBiQB (v. supra), surge, Mt 9, 5. 
Jo. 5, 8. Act 3, 6. — 4) prodire facio ; a) prodire 
in publicum facia ^aliquem, qui npminum attentio- 
nem in se convertat); iyBiQa x<3 ^laga^X atoxn^a, 
Act 13, 23 in t vulg.; ^yfipfv aixotqxbv Javto eiq 

8 



eyegaig. 



114 



iyxQoevevofiat, 



fiaaMa, ibid. vs. 22 (ita B-^jpn Judd. 2, 18. 3, 9. 15); 
pass. iyelQOfjiai, in publicum procleot exaisto; Mt. 
11, 11. 24, 11. 24. Mc. 13, 22. Lc. 7, 16. Jo. 7, 52; 
ex adj. compareo coram judice; Mt. 11, 42. Lc. 11, 
31. — b) inl rtva, prodire facio contra aliquem, 
irritOt exstimtUo; pass, insurgo; Mt.24, 7. Mc. 13, 8. 
Lc. 21, 10. — c) nasci jnbeo; rixva rivl, Mt. 3, 9. 
Lc. 3, 8; xiQUQ owrijglaq^ Lc. 1, 69 (y. in avloxrjfit^ 
i^aviaxij/jii) ; d-Xitpiv toTg deOfioXq^ efficere, ut vin- 
culis nascatnr afflictio, i. e. ut miseria captivitatis 
augeatur afflictione, Phil. 1, 17 Lchm, Tdf. Trg. 
— «?) de aedificiis : eoostruo, erigo (auffuhren, auf- 
richten); tov vaov, Jo. 2, 19 s.; ita d-^jpn, Deut. 16, 
22. 1 Reg. 16. 32. — Aelian. hist, an.* 11, 18. Jos. 
antt. 4, 6. 5. Hdian. 3, 15, 6. 8, 2, 12. Lucian. Pseu- 
domant. §. 19. Anthol. 9, 696. — 3 Esr. 5, 44. Sir. 
49, 11; latin, exdto turrem^ Caes. b. g. 5, 40; se- 
pidcnunf Cic. legg. 2, 27. 

iysQaiqy ۩?, ^ {iyslgw), concitatio; rovd-vfiov, 
Plat. Tim. p. 70 c; surrectio, Ps. 139, 1; resusci' 
tatio, e morte, Mt. 27, 53.* 

iyxaB^etog, ov, d, ^ {iyxa&lrj/4i), 8ubomatu8 ad 
imtdias faciendas; insidiator; die. Lc. 20, 20 de 
eo, qui subomatus ab aliis aliquem dolosis verbis 
capturus est. (Plat. Ai. p. 368 e. Dem. p. 1483, 1. 
Jos. b. j. 6, 5, 2. Pol. 13, 5, 1 et ap. al. LXX Job. 
31, 9.)* 

iyxalvia, latv^ rd, (ex iv et xatvdg), vox solum 
biblica et eccles., dedicatio {Eintoeihung) ; ita Esdr. 
6, 17. Neh. 12, 27 pro n&srr; speciatim encaenium, 
festum annuum per octo^ dies inde a 25 die mensis 
Gislev (medio nostro decembre) celebratum, a Juda 
Maccabaeo institutum in memoriam tempi! a sor- 
dibus Antiochi Epiphanis repurgati (al ^fiigai 
iyxaiviOfiov tov ^vaiaatijglovj 1 Mace. 4, 59), 
Jo. 10, 22. Cf. Win, RWB. s. v. Kirchweihfest ; 
Oehler in Herzoq Enc. 4, p. 389. Chimm ad 1 Mace. 
1, 54. 4, 52. DiUmann in Schenkel BL. 3, 534 ss.* 

iy-xaivl^CD, aor. 1. ivexahiaa^ pf. pass, iyxsxal- 
viQfiai, vox solum biblica et eccles.; innovo; h. e. 
1) renovo; 2 Chr. 15, 8. — 2) denuo facio; orifiElay 
Sir. 33, 6. — 3) initio^ consecro (weihen); (Deut. 26, 
5. 1 Beg. 8. 68. 1 Sam. 11, 14 al.) dia^xriv Heb. 9, 
18; dSdv, Heb. 10, 20.* 

iy-xax^w, S) {xaxdQ), in aliaua re lassus sum vel 
lassum me gerOj defatigor; a Lchm. Tdf. Trg. Lc. 
18, 1. 2 Co. 4, 1. 16. (Jal. 6, 9. Eph. 3, 13. 2 Th. 3, 
13 (ita tamen ut a Tdjio ubique scribatur ivxa- 
xetVf exceptis 2 Co. 4, 1. 16. 2 Th. 3, 13) receptum 
pro vulg. ixxaxio), q. v. (aliquoties ap. Symma- 
chum; Clem. Bom. 2 Co. 2, 2; ap. profanes non ex- 
stat praeter Pol. 4, 19, 10: to nifinuv zaq fiov- 
d'elag ivsxixijaav, pravo animo auxilia mittere 
neglexerunt.)* 

iy-xaXiw, (b, f. iaw, im^f. ivexdXovv^ pr. appeUo 
(aliquid) in aliquo {iv), hinc in jus voco, accuso; 
ut ap. Graecos sq. dat. pers. Act. 19, 38. 23, 28 (Sir. 
46, 19); xard c. gen. pers. exsisto accusator contra 
aUguemj Bo. 8, 33. — pass, accusor (cf. BUm. ntl. 
Gr. p. 163); sq. gen. rei; atdaewg, Act. 19, 40 {dot- 
Pslaq iq xbv TifiiQiov iyxkri^eiq, Dio Cass. 58, 4; 
activ. c. dat. pers. et gen. rei, Plut. Arist. c. 10; v. 
Win. §. 30, 9. Matthiae §. 369); negl xovtwv, (bv 
iyxaXovfiaif nisi resolvere malueris: n. rovzotv, 
a " e notissima structura iyxaXelv xivl xi^ Act. 
26, 2; nsQl xivoq (activ. Died. 11, 83), Act. 28, 29. 
26, 7. (apud Graecos inde a Soph, et Xen.)* 

iy-xaxa^Xsimo^ f. i/;<», aor. 2. iyxaxiXinov, aor. 1 . 
pass. iyxaxsX€ig)^riv, — LXX pro atj; 1) derelin- 
quo, desero,iv "» ^v xivi, in ahquo loco, in aliquo 
statu; h. e. in angustiis derelinquo, auxilio destituo 
(im Stick lassen); xivdf Mt. 27, 46 et Mc. 15, 34 e 



Ps. 22, 1; Heb. 13, 5; pass. 2 Co. 4, 9; ex hebr. aT7 
sq. hf xiva eiq Sdov, derelinquendo aliquem facio' 
ut abeat in orcum. Act. 2, 27 et ap. Lckm. Tdf. Trg. 
otiam vs. 31. — perfide desero; xtvd, 2 Tim. 4, 10. 
16; xi^v iniavvayotyi^v, Heb. 10. 25. — 2) retinqtio 
inteTy superstitem relinquo; r](iXv cn^Qfiaj Bo. 9, 29 
e Jes. 1, 9 (Hesiod. op. 376. Thuc. et sqc^.)* 

iy-xaX'OixiWf w, inhabito; iv cdnolq, mter eos, 
2 Petr. 2, 8. (perraro ap. profanes, ut Eur. fr. ap. 
Dion. Chr.^ or. 73. Pol. 18, 26, 13.)* 

iyxavxdofiai^glofiamreponoin aliquo; glorior; 
sq. iv c. dat. objecti (Ps. 51, 3. 96, 7. 105, 47), 2 Th. 
1, i Lchm. Tdf. (hie ivx.^ Tra, (c. nudo dat. rei 
ap. eccles. scnptt. et Aesop, fab.)* 

iy-xsvxQil^Qf, aor. 1. ivexsvxQiaa, aor. 1. pass, ive- 
xsvxglad^rjVf fut. 1. pass. iyxsvxQta&^ao/naif — sur- 
culi inserendi ergo incido ; insero surculum resectum 
in stirpem alicujus arboris, einpfropfen (Aristot. 
ap. Atnen. 14, 68. Theophr. h. p. 2, 2, 5. Antonin. 
11,8); xivd. Bo. 1 1, 17. 19. 23 s., quibus locis P. paga- 
nos in Christianorum numerum et ita in ejus po- 
puli, cui messiana salus destinata est, societatem 
receptos surculis feris, arbori miti insitis, com- 
parat.* 

%yxXfifia^ TOCf t6 (iyxaXiw), accusaUo; crimen^ 
cujus aliquis accitsatur; Act. 25, 16 ; "iyxXrifjia. ^/civ, 
criminis leum esse, 23, 29. (saepe ap. Atucos inde 
a Soph, et Thuc.)* 

iyxofifioofjiai y ovfiai (ex iv et xofifiow, nodo, 
necto, et hoc a xofipoq^ fascia, nodus, quo duae res 
constringuntur, Schleife), innecto, incingo mihi; 
iyxofipcDfia servorum erat albus lemniscus (weisse 
Sch&rpe der Sclaven), qui exomidis cingalo inne- 
ctebatur, quo signo servi ab ingenuis disceme- 
rentur; hinc 1 Pet. 5, 5 t^v xaneivotpg. iyxofifiih- 
aaxf, modestiam vobis pro servorum encombomate 
incingite (schleift euch die Sclavenschdrpe der De- 
muth ein), h. e. sumta modestia unum alteri sub- 
jectum esse ostendite; quam sententiam in verbis 
inesse perdocte demonstrat C. F. A, Fritzsche in 
Fritzschiorum fi^yx&cc. p. 259 ss.* 

iyxon^, ^C, 17 {iyxonxop), pr. incisio (et ea quidem, 
(][uae fit in via, ut hostis in cursu impediatur, hinc), 
impedimentum; 1 Co. 9, 12, ubi Tdf. ixxoniqv. 
(Diod. 1, 32. Dion. Hal. comp. verb. p. 157, 15. 
Longin. 41, 3.)* 

iy-xonxo), aor. 1. ivixoy^a^ impf. pass, ivexo- 
nxofjLTjVy— incido, intercidendA via cursum impedio, 
hine univ. impedio (Hesych. : ifxitodit^fOy SiaxwXvw), 
c. dat. objecti, Pol. 24, 1, 12; in N. T. c. accus. ob- 
jecti, 1 Th. 2, 18; sq. infin. Gal. 5, 7 (v. in avaxo- 
Tixw); posito xov ante infinit., Bo. 15, 22^ siq xd ^7) 
iyxonxsa^ai (t. vul^. ixxonxea^ai) xaq ngoqetT- 
Xaq vfjimv, ne impediatis, quo minus (communes) 
preces faciatis, 1 ret. 3, 7; i. q. moror, aliquem. 
Act. 24, 4.* 

iyxQdxsia, aq, ^ (iyxgaxi^q), contineniia, tempe- 
rantia (ejus virtus, qui libidines et cupiditates, 
potissimum sensuum appetitus coercet); Act. 24,25. 
Gal. 5, 23. 2 Pet. 1, 6. (Xen. Plat, et sqq. Sir. 18, 
29. 4 Mace. 5, 33.)* 

iyxgaxevofiai, dep. med. , continentem (iyxQairj) 
me praebeo, continens sum; c. dat. rationem indi- 
cante, x$ yXwaaVf Sir. 19, 6; navxa, in omni re, 
quovis moao, 1 Co. 9, 25 (in imagine ab athletis 
petita, qui ad certamina se praeparaturi a ciborum 
corpus gravantium,^ vini ac veneris usu abstine- 
bant); ovx iyx^axevea&ai die. qui libidines veneris 
coercere nequeunt, 1 Co. 7, 9. Etsi hoc verbum in 
antiquorum Graecorum scriptis ad nos traditis 
non exstat, tamen ejus usus a Phiynicho proba- 
tur; cf. Lob. ad Phryn. p. 442,* 



iyxQun^g. 



115 



5/ 



€d'VOQ. 



iyxQavi^Qt ^C (xgdzoq), l)pT. i. q. 6 iv xquxbi u>v, 
vcUidus, rohustus; Aeschyl. Thuc. et sqq. — 2) com^ 
po8f adeptus (aliquid), c. gen. object! ; ita inde ab 
Hdt. — 3) dominans, coercens, temperans; atpgO' 
6tolmv^ Xen. mem. 1, 2, 1; tfiov^q, ibid. 4, 1, 14; 
havxoVf Plat.; absol. (nollo addito genit.) nbitem- 
peranSy cantinena (Sir. 26, 15. Sap. 8, 21. Philo de 
Jos. §. 11); Tit. 1, 8.* 

iy-xgivia^ accenseo; rivd rivif dignum aliquem 
judico , qui in ordinem aUquem recipiatur; 2 Co. 

10, 12. (mde a Xen. et Plat.)* 

iy-xQwixitty aor. 1. iv^x^wpa^ — abscondo in ali- 
qno, rl etg xi (Diod. 3, 62. ApoUod. 1, 5, 1); ex adj., 
immisceo aUctd aliquid, Mt. 13, 33. Lc. 13, 21, quo 
L Tdf. Trg, Ixqv^sv. {rl nvi, Od. 5, 488.)* 

Syxvog, ov, pro usitatiore iyxvfimv (ex iv et xvio\ 
gravida^ praegnana; Lc. 2, 5. (Hdt 1, 5. Diod. 4, 2. 
Jos. antt. 4, 8, 33.)* 

iy-XQ^^* imp. aor. 1. ivrgiaov, med. (aj. Tdf. 
Trg,) §yxQiOat, inungo^ ilMno; med. mihiinungo; 
Toiq dip^aXfiovq, Ap. 3, 18. (Tob. 6, 8. 11, 8. Strab. 
Anthol. Epict. al.)* 

iy6ij ^en. iiAov, endit. /uo0, dat. ifjioLy end. fiol^ 
ace. ifiB, end. (i^^ plnr. ^^^r^, pronom. personale, 
ego. 1) Nominativi ^ycb et jJa«**C» ^bi veroo addun- 
tiiT, plenunque quidem vim qnandam et grayita- 
tern nabent aut oppositioni inserviimt, at Mt. 3, 

11. Mc. 1,8. Lc. 3, 16 (iyw fihv - - 6 U)\ Mt.^3, 14 
{iym - - IJjfCtf, xal at);^ 5, 'l2. 28. 39 et saepe; ^fistg, 
opp. deo, Mt. 6, 12; ^fisig x. ol 4»aptoaiot, 9, 14; 
cf. Win. §. 22, 6.; sed nonnomqaam etiam ita 

S^nuntnr, nt vis aut oppositio in lis non insit, ut 
t. 10, 16. Jo. 10, 17 et in multis edd. Mc. 1, 2. Lc. 
7, 27; cf. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 115. — iSov iy<b^ •'Mrt, 
ecce me, adgum, praesto gum; Act. 9, 10. (1 Sain. 
3, 8.) — iyih, ut''3«, ego sum, Jo. 1, 23. Act. 7, 32. 

— 2) Genit., dat. et ace. enclitici (et monosyflabi) 
adduntur nominibus, verbis, adverbiis, non autem 
praepositionibus; Isfinooa^iv fiov^ Jo. 1, 15; dniato 
§jLOVy Mt. 3, 11 ; iaxvQ0X€Q6<; fiov, ibid.; iiov ijtpaxo 
Mc.5,31; iivft fjiotfA^. 1, 5; apvijafixai fAS, 10, 33. 
Lc. 12, 9 (de accentu his in dictionibus cf Win. 
%. 6, 3); dicitnr autem 6i ifiov, xax ifiov, ngo ifxov 
aL avv, iv i/ioi, negl^ 6i\ in\ xat\ elg ifjiL Excipi- 
tor solum Trpo;, cui plerumque apponitnr enclit. 
fiif Mt. 25,^36. Mc. 9, 19 et saepissime; rarissime 
dicitur itpog ifii, Jo. 6, 37; ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg. 
Act. 22, 8. 13. 24, 19. Praeterea pleniores formae 
ifjLOVy ifiol, ifjii ponuntur ubi oppositio fit vel in 
pronomine vis quaedam reponitur; ita ifjiov Lc. 10, 
16; ifiolJo. 7, 23. 10, 38 aL; ifii, Mc. 14, 7. Jo. 7, 
7 al. — 3) Ut apud Graecos , fiov et ^fiihv per- 
saepe die. pro pronominibus possessivis ifiog et 
^fiix€Qog, et quidem hoc usu a) plerumque^ post 
substantiva ponuntur, ut 6 olxog fiov, ri l,<o^ rjfiibv 
al.; — plemor forma ifiov tantum in distinctioni- 
bus vel oppositionibus, ut fif^xsQa cctxov xal ifiov. 
Bo. 16, 13; Tilaxewq v/jiibv xe xal i/jioVf Bo. 1, 12. 

— b) praemittuntur substantivis, etiam articulo 
instructis, ubi nulla vis in pronomine poniturne- 
que ejus usu oppositio fit; fiov xovg koyovgt Mt. 
7, 24. 26; quin imo praepositionibus, fjiov ^d xr^v 
axiyijVf Mt. 8, 8; rarius ^fi(ov, ut ^fjiwv xt^v noXiv, 
Act. 1 6, 20 ; cum vi praemittitur in ^/jiibv xb noil- 
xevfiUy Phil. 3, 20; cf. Win.jo. 146 s.; nubem ex- 
emplorum e Graecis obfert liogt Gramm. g. 99, 3. 
p. 453 ed. 5. — 4) xl ifiol (^fitv) xal ooi (v/xTv), 
quid mihi (nobis) tecum (voliscum) rei est? Mt. 8, 
29. Mc. 1, 24. 5, 7. Lc. 8, 28. Jo. 2, 4; hebr. ?j^"» -^Vnta 
Jud. 11, 12. 2 Beg. 3, 13. 2 Sam. 16, 10. 2 Cbr. 35, 
21. 3 Esr. 1, 26; etiam ap. Graecos; cf. Gell. n. a. 
1, 2. Epict. diss. 2, 19, 16; xl tifiXv x. aix^, ibid. 



1, 1, 16; x£ ifiol xal aixotq, ib. 1, 27, 13. 22. 15; 

— xl ycLQ fiOi^ S^^ enim mea refert; quid ad 
me pertinetf 1 Co. 5, 12; cf. Bos Ellipses graec. 
p. 599. ed. Sch&fer. Bemkdy p. 98. KrUger, §. 48, 
3, 9. KUhner II, p. 364 s. 

ida^ll^w. fut. att. iw (v. ^Sa^og), ad terram prO' 
stemo, et de urbibus, aedificiis, solo aequo, et de 
hominibus; utroque significatu, Le. 19, 44. (Ps. 
137, 9. Jes. 3, 25. Ez. 31, 12. Hob. 14, 1. Am. 9, 24; 
raro ap. profanes, ut Pol. 6, 33, 6.)* 

idatpog^ BOQ (pvg\ tJ, fundus y basis, solum; nl- 
nxuv tig xb ^6a<pog, Act. 22, 7. (LXX; ap. Graecos 
inde ab Horn.)* 

kSgaiog (raro fem. c:la\ aZov {SSga, sedes, sdla), 
1) sedenSf sedentarius (Acn. Plat. al.). 2) firmus, 
immotus (Eur. Plat, til.); in N. T. metaph. de lis, 
qui firmo animo sunt, 1 Co. 15, 58. Col. 1, 23; 
Boxrjxev iv xy xagdla, 1 Co. 7, 37.* 

kSgaliOfjia, xog, x6 {hdQa'ioo}), stabiUmenkim, fulr 
crum; Vulg.: firmamenJbum ; 1 Tim. 3, 15. (eccles. 
scriptores.) 

'Bt.Bxlagy Tdf: *E^€xelag (Vrppm, robur Jehovae, 
i. e. a Jehova datum, eermvii.^ Gotthard; LXX 
!^^f;^/ac), Ezechias s. Mtskias, rex Judae (2 Beg. 
18, 1 ss. 20, 1 S3. Jes. 38, 1 ss.); Mt. 1, 9 s.* 

i^eXod^Qfjaxela {Tdf . . «a), ag, 17 (ex id^iXw et 
^QTjaxela^ q. v. suo loco), voltmtarius, arbitrarius 
cuUus (Vulg. stwerstitio), h. e. quem aliquis contra 
fidei Christo adjungendae argumentum etnaturam 
sibi ipse excogitavit atque imposuit; die. ita per- 
versa ascetarum studia et exerdtia Col. 2, 23; Snid.: 
id^sXod^QtjaxeV idlqp ^eX^fiaxi aipei x6 Soxovv. 
Cf . i9-BX66ovXog, i^eXodovXsla, id^eXongS^evogy qui 
proxenum se gerit ad hoc mnnus non creatus, al. 
Aliorum explicatio : affectata s. simtdata^ religio (of. 
in graecis lexicis^^fAo^iAoao^^o^, i^eX6xw^og&i.)y 
parum quadrat ad contextum orationis, in quo vox 
legitur. (Exstat praeterea in Mansi Collect. Concil. 
T. IV, p^. 1380 et ap. Theodoret T. IV, p. 1331 ed. 
halens. ^Ed'eXoxeQiififo&Qriaxslav Epiph. haer. 1, 
16 attribuit Pharisaeis.) 

i&iXwy V. ^iX<a. 

iS-l^Qf (i^ogy q. v.), adsuefacio; pass, adsuefio ; 
ptcp. perf. xb Bihiofiivovy consuetum^ consuetudo; 
xov vd/AOVy consuetudo lege praescripta, Lc. 2, 27. 
(Thuc. Eur. Xon. Plat, al.)* 

i^vdgrtjgy ov, 6 (ex y^vog et aQX^\ ethnarcka^ 
genii alicui praefectus, sed regis auctoritate et 
nomine dostitutus (Lucian. in Macrob. §.^ 17: dvxl 
i&vdgxov fiaaiXevg dvayogev&elg Boonogov. Sic 
praefectus, quem Judaei alexandrini habebaut, 
i&vdgxv^ dicebatur, de quo Jos. ant. 14, 7, 2: bg 
dioixel xs xb ^d^vog xal Siatxa xglofig xal ovfAr 
fiovXalwv iitifjLBXelxat xal ngogxayfidxwv, o)g av 
noXixelag agx^^ aixoxeXovg. item Simon Macca- 
baeus, 1 Mace. 14, 47. 15, 1. 2. Jos. antt. 13, 6, 6 
coll. b. jud. 2, 6, 3); 2 Co. 11, 32: 6 i^vagz^lQ 'Agi- 
xa xov pagiXiiog, praefectus Syriae damascenae 
nomine regis Aretae.* 

i^vix6gyifl^6v{%^vog)y \)ad gentis indolem,more8 
accommodatus , populo proprius (volksthiimlich) ; 
Pol. Diod. al. — 2) barbarorum moribus vel linguae 
conveniens, extraneus {autddndisch) ; ita ap. Gramm. 

— 8 J in N. T. paganorwnt ingenium redolens, a veri 
dei cultuaXienns {heidnisch); substantive o iS^vixogy 
gentilisy paganus; Mt. 18, 17; plur. 5, 47 Grab. 
Lchm. Tdf Trg. 6, 7 et ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg. 8 
Jo. 7.* 

i^vixwg^ adv. (v. in i&vixog)^ more gentUiwn; 
Gal. 2, 14.* 

^B'vogy ovg, x6, 1) consoeiata vel sibi assuef acta 
mtUtitudo vel hominum, vd animalium {Sehaar, 

8* 



€&og. 



116 






Haufe); S^voq ktalQwv, ^9'Voq ^AxaiwVj t^og Xa- 
<Sv^ Horn. II.; t^og fiekiaadmVf 2, 87; fividwv 
€&vea, YS. 469. — 2) muUitudo eorum^ qui ejusdem 
8urU naturae, genus {td ^^vog td S'^Xv ^ td a^^ev, 
Xen. oec. 7, 26); navt^vog avB'Qmnmv, genus hvr 
manwrny Act. 17, 26. — B)gens^ na^o; Mt. 21, 48. 
Act. 10, 35 al.; M^vog inl f&vog, Mt. 24, 7. Mc, 13, 
8; ol igx^^^^^f ol SaaiXeTg zwv iS^vcSv, Mt. 20, 

25. Lc. 22, 25; die. de judaico popnlo Lc. 7, 5. 23, 
2. Jo. 11, 48. 50—53. 18, 35. Act. 10,22. 24, 3. 10. 

26, 4. 28, 19. — 4) Ta I'^vw, ut in V. T. or^firj, 
gentes exterae a veri dei cuUu alienor y pagani^ 
gentiles; Mt. 4, 15 {FaXtXala xmv i^v6}v)\ 6, 32 et 
saepissime; diserte opponuntor Jadaei8Bo.3,29. 9, 24. 
Gal. 2, 8 al.; 6 Xaog {xov ^eov, Judaei) xal ta 
l^vjy, Lc. 2, 32. Act. 26, 17. 23. Ro. 15, 10. — 5) a 
Paulo die. tic sd-vij etiam de Christianis e genti- 
Ubus: ,Ro. 11, 18. 15, 27. 16, 4. GaL 2, 12 (opp. vs. 
13 ol ^lovSatoif i. e. Christiani e Judaeis); ys. 14. 
Eph. 3,1 coll. 4, 17.^ 

^^OQy eog (ovc) to, inde ab Aeschylo, consuetudo, 
mos; Lc. 22, 89; l^og iati tivt, s^. infin., Jo. 19, 
40. Act. 25, 16. Heb. 10, 25; ex adj. mos lege prae- 
scriptuSf' institutum, ritus; Le. 1. 9. 2, 42. Act. 16, 
21. 21, 21. 26, 3. 28, 17; TiBQitifivsa^ai tip i^ei 
Mwvoiwg, Act. 15, 1; dXXaSei ta l^i;, Stnagidof' 
xe Mwvar^q, Act. 6, 3.* 

Md^w (e praesente est usitatum solum participium 
SB-wv ap. Horn.), perf. cfoi^a, consuevh soUo; sq. 
in£iL, Mt. 27, 15. Mc. 10, 1; ptcp. td sim^6g sensu 
passiYo: quod consuetum, usu receptum est; xata 
to elm^og tivi, ut alicui consuetum est, ut solet, 
Lc. 4, 16. Act. 17, 2,* 

si, 1) particula conditionalis: si^ nostr. wenn. 
2) partieula interrogativa: an, mum, ne, nostr. ob. 

I) bI condUionale (de cnjus discrimine, quo dif- 
ferat ab idv, y. in idv, I, 1, b) pro Yarietate condi- 
tionum componitur cum Yariis temporibus et mo- 
dis. — 1) c. indicativo omnium temporum, ubi 
aliquid esse Yel fieri Yel factum esse Yel fnturum 
esse simpliciter et uniYorse ponitur (Win. p. 285 ss.}; 
a) c. indie. praesenOs, a) ita ut in apodosi sequar 
tur indicat. praes.: Mt. 19, 10 (el ovtwg iotlv 17 
alt la " oi ovfAtpiQBt yafifjaai); 11, 14. Ro. 7, 16. 
20. 8, 25. 14, 15. 1 Co. 9, 17. Gal. 2, 18. 5, 18. Heb. 

12, 8. Jac. 2, 8 s. al. — fi) sq. imperative in apo- 
dosi, Yel praesentis, ut Mc. 4, 23. Jo. 15, 18. Act. 

13, 15. 25, 5. 1 Co. 7, 12. 15. Jac. 3, 14 al.; vel aori- 
sti, Mt 5, 29 s. 8, 31. 19, 17. Mc. 9, 22. Lc. 22, 66. 

1 Co. 7, 9. — y) so. future in apodosi; Lc. 16, 31. 
Act. (5, 39 Lchm. Tdf. TVflr.); 19, 39. Ro. 8, IL 13. 

2 Co. 11, 30 al. — <f) 8<j[. perfecto Yel aoristo in 
apodosi, ubi enuntiatur, si hoc illudYe sit, aliquid 
aliud factum aut non &ctum esse; Mt. 12, 26. 28. 
Lc. 11, 20. 1 Co. 15, 16. Gal. 2, 21. Ro. 4, 14. 2 Pet. 
2, 20. — e) sq. imperfecto s. cum 1$lv s. absque eo, 
ubi in protasi aliquid esse simpliciter ponitur, in 
apodosi autem id, quod positum est, locum habere 
non posse indicatur. Tres loci hue pertinentes du- 
biae et Yexatae lectionis sunt: %l%%ttt (Tdf, Trg, 
pro Yulg.^ f Sc«t«) . . . iX^Bte &v . . Lc. 17, 6^ si.., 
fAVfifioveiovGiv (Tdf. Trq, pro Yulg. ifiVT^fiovevov) 
elxov &v, Heb. 11, 15 (ubi praesenti tempore scri- 
ptor dicta patrum respicit in sacris litteris prae- 
sentia, cf. toia^a Xiyavxeg vs. 14); el tixva 
xov IASq, iate (ita Chrsb, Lchm, Tdf, Tra, pro 
Yulg. fite) . . . inoieZte (t. Yulg. Lchm. ada. av), 
Jo. 8, 39. C£. Buttrnawa m TheoL Studd. u. Eritt 
1858, p. 474 ss. Noli hue referre el . . xij^vaoei — 
avelxeo&e (dvdx^ad-e Lchm.) 2 Co. 11, 4, ubi P. in 
protasi rem vere fiaetam ponit, in apodosi rem Yere 
factam perstringit, Yoluntatem, qua lectores falsis 



doctoribus perpetno ^id indicatur imperfecto) aures 
praebuerant. De loci difficultate cf. HoUten in 
Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Theol. 1874, p. 1 ss. — g) apo- 
dosis est quaestio; Mt. 6, 23. Jo. 5, 47. 7, 23. 8, 46. 

1 Pet. 2, 20. — b) c. indicaJt, fvJbwri; Mt. 26, 33. 
Jac. 2, 11 t. Yulg.; 1 Pet. 2, 20. — c) c. indicat. 
perfecti; Jo. 11, 12. Act. 16, 15. Ro. 6, 5. 11, 6 (ubi 
post el supple ex antecedentibus : Xelixfia yiyovev); 

2 Co. 2, 5. 5, 16. 7, L4. — tQ c. indicat. aoristi; in 
apodosi praesens: Lc. 19, 8. Ro. 4, 2. 15, 27; in apo- 
dosi quaestio: Lc. 16, Us. Jo. 18, 23. 1 Co. 4, 7. 9, 
11 ; in apodosi aorist. : Ap. 20, 15; in apodosi impe- 
ratiYus: Jo. 18, 23. 20, 15. Ro. 11, 17 s. 1 Tim. 5, 
9 s. Philem. ys. 18; in apodosi futurum: Jo. 13, 32. 
15, 20. Heb. 12, 25 (quo loco in apodosi supple: ovx 
ixtpeviofie^a). — 2) Non raro, ubi ex re quadam 
certissima aliquid concluditur, el c. indicat., ut 
nostr. wenn^ syllogistice ita ponitur, ut sensu ex- 
aequet Yim paoiiculae inel, Yelut Mt. 12, 28. Lc. 
23, 31. Jo. 7, 4. 13, 17. Ro. 5, 17. 6, 5. 8, 31. 11, 6. 
12. Col. 2, 20. 3, 1 aL — 3) ubi dicitur, quid esset 
aut futurum esset aut factum esset, si quid alind 
aut esset aut factum esset, locatur el cum impt^ 
plusqpf. et indicatiYO aoristi; in apodosi sequitur 
m oratione directa &v c. impf. aut c. plusqpf. aut 
c. aoristis; interdum iv omittitur (de causis, cur 
omitt^tur, y. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 194 s.); nonnumquam 
apodosis In quaestionem Yertitur. — a) el c. impf., 
adj. in apodosi av c. impf.; Mt. 23, 30. Lc. 7, 39 
(el oitoQ ^v 7iQog>iitfig^ eyivmaxev &v, si hie pro- 
pheta esset, sciret); Jo. 5,46. 8,42. 9,41. 15, 19. 
1 Co. 11, 31. Gal. 1. 10. Heb. 8, 4. 7 (si - - esset, non 
quaereretur, scil. in Y. T. loco vs. 8 allato); in 
apodosi quaestio: 1 Co. 12, 19. Heb 7, 11 ; sq. in 
apod, av cum aor. ubi Latini utuntur conjunctiYO 
piusqpfcti; Jo. 11, 32 (el ^g (bSe, si hicfuisses, oix 
av anid^avi fiov 6 aSeX^dg, .frater non mortuus 
esset); 4, 10. 18, 30 (el (i^ hv ovtog xaxonoiog, opx 
iv aoi naQedoixaiAev aitov, non tibi eum tradidis- 
semus); Act. 18, 14; sq. in apod. &v cum pbqpf.; 
Jo. 11, 21 (el ^g o>6e - - oix av ite&v^xei, morti 
non suecubuisset); 1 Jo. 2, 19. — b) elc. pls^f. et 
in apodosi olv c. ^Lsqpf. aut aoristo sensu latim plus- 
quampf. conjunctiYi; Mt. 12, 7 (el iyvajxeite^ si in- 
tellexissetis i. q. si sciretis, ovx av xate^ixdaaxs 
tovg dvaitlovg, innocentes non damnassetis); 24, 
43 et Lc. 12, 39 (elj^Sei, si intellexlsset s. Yidisset, 
i. e. si sciret, iyQ^yogrjaev &v, vigilasset, sc. prius- 
quam fur appropinquasset) ; Jo. 4, 10. 8, 19. 14, 7. 
— c) e. aonstis eodem sensu, quo apud Latinos 

Isqpf. eonj.; ei iSd^tj vofiog - - Svttog av ix vofiov 
V ^ dixatoavvn^ si lex data esset, sane a lege pro- 
ciseeretur probitas. Gal. 3,21; el avtovginaovg 
xatinavoev, si Josua eis quietem tribnisset, ovx av 
negl RXXijg iXdXei, non loqueretur, sc. in loco Y. T. 
citato, Heb. 4, 8; apodosis absque &v, Jo. 15, 22; 
Y. supra in &v, p. 22. — 4) Ut apud Graecos ei c. 
indicat. saene aajicitur verbis, qidbus aliquid mi- 
rum, credibile, pulerum, praeclarum aut turpe, 
optabile, magnum etc. esse dicitur (ubi exspecta- 
^eris dti), ubi res, de qua agitur, aut nondum sa- 
tis certa est, ant certissima quidem est, sed e no- 
tissima Graeeorum urbanitate quasi nondum omni 
dubio superior significatur (MaUhicte II, p. 1474 s. 
Kuhner U, p. 887 s. Win. §. 60, 6). Ita verbo dov- 
fid^w annectitur; id^avpiaZev, el ^ J17 tid^vijxe, nam 
res nondum erat satis explorata; undo additur: 
intjQ(htijaev ceitov, el ijSfj ti&vfjxev, Mc. 15, 44; fii^ 
d-avfid^etey el fiicei vfiiag o xocfiog (res est certa), 
1 Jo. 3. 13 j phrasi dniatov xglvetai^ Act. 26, 8 
(praeceaenti na^dSoSov, Lucian. dial. mort. 13, 1); 
xaXov iativ et XvatteXeiy Mc. 9, 42 et Lc. 17, 2 (Mt. 






117 



el. 



18, 6 habet cvfupigei^ ?va); Mt. 26, 24 et Mc. 14, 21 ; 
fiiya ioxly 1 Co. 9, 11 (de quo loco v. infra sub n. 
8); 2 Co. 11, 15; W »iX<o, si ^drj dv4g>»tj (td nvQ\ 
quam exoptatmn mihi est, si jam accensns sit (sed 
nondum accensus est), Lc. 12, 49 (alii alitor, sed 
d, Meyer ad 1.; Sir. 23, 14: d^iXrioeiq, el /ifj iyswi^' 
diyc). — 5) Contra Graecorum usum, ex imitatione 
hebr. dm, si c. indicat. in jarandi formulis et asse- 
?erationibu8 ita ponitnr, nt per aposiopesin sup- 
primatur imprecationis formula (Win. p 466. BUm. 
ntl. Gr. p. 308J; aufiv Xiyw iifiXv^ si oo&iiastai" 
aijfjisZov (quoa plene dicendum erat: poenas de- 
pendam deo, si dabitur, h. e. nequaquam dabitur),Mc. 
8, 12; dffiooat si eUsXsvaovtai sIq t^v xardnav' 
aiv fiov (plene: non dicar Jehova, si penrenient - -), 
Heb. 3, 11. 4, 8 e LXX Ps 94, 11. (bebr. tan, Gen. 
14, 23. Num. 14, 30. 1 Sam. 14, 45 al.; plenam ora- 
tionem babes 1 Sam. 3, 17. Cantic. 2, 7 al.) — 
6) Nonnumquam ut ap. Graecos post protases c. 
d et indicative prae animi commotione per apo- 
siopesin apodosis supprimitur et auditonbus yel 
lectoribus e sententiarum nexu snpplenda relin- 
quitur (cf. Win. p. 557); si povXsinaQSvsyxeZv to 
not^Qiov TovTO (sc. 7tagivsyxs\ Lc. 22, 42; si dh 
nvsvfda iXaXriasv cd>v<f ^ ayysXog^ supple apodoseos 
loco quaestionem : mitd tumf Act. 23, 9 (quae in t. 
Yulg. apodosis additur, fjitj d^sofiaxfSfisv, spuria 
est); si eyvmg - - 1^ n^dg sIqtjvtjv aov, sc. inlorsvsg 
av ifiol, Lc. 19,42. — 7) Jungitur conditionale si 
cum optativOf ut indicetur conditionem solum 
cogitando ^oni, s. posse id fieri, quod conditionali 
dicto enuntiatur (cf. Klotz ad Dev. U, p. 491 ss. 
Win. p. 275 s. Bttm. ntL Gr. p. 193). Cujus struotu- 
rae exempla in evangeliis exstant nulla, in reliquo 
N. T. paucissima. a) univ. in brevioribus dictis 
orationi insertis; il tvxoij si acciderit (y. mtvy- 
y€tvo»), 1 Co. 14, 10. 15,37; si&SXoi ro&iXi^/ia zov 
Sfov, 1 Pet 3, 17 (1. vulg. &^Xsi). — *) ubi indica- 
tur, repetitis victbus aliquid fieri posse (cf. Klotz 
L c. p. 492 s.); si xal n&oxotxSf 1 Pet. 3, 14. — 
c) ubi ex aliorum mente ac sententia conditio po- 
nitur; slq dv ipovXsvovto, el dvvatvro^ i^maai x6 
nXoZoVy in quem sinum decreverunt appellere na- 
vem, si possent; quasi navi^antes secum dixissent: 
iBiJOOousv^ si dvvdfis^a. Act. 27, 39; ita quoque 
si XL £;(0£fy n^oq fiSj si quid contra me nabore 
putent. Act. 24,19. — 8) cum conjunctivo, ubi 
pouitur, aliquid fieri posse, quod^ an vere eventu- 
rum sit., ante ipsum e?entum nescitur, ita tamen, 
ut eyentus yideatur certior esse, quam si dicitur 
^av (Klotz 1. c. p. 500 ss. Win. p 276 s. Btim. ntl. 
Gr. p. 191); sl'^SQiocDfjisv 1 Co. 9, 11 Tdf.ed. VII. 
(LXX Gen. 43, 8 s. Sir. 22, 24. 4 Mace. 6, 20.) Cete- 
rom yide infra n. m, sub si /x^, si firjxi, st ntog, 
efts - - stxs, SI xig. 

II) si interrogatiyum, an, num, ne. „Hanc yim 
accipit conditionalis particula, si quaeritur de ali- 
qua re, utrum sit an non sit, et illud de auo quae- 
ntur, quasi per conditionem effertur** {Klotz 1. c. 
p. 508). — 1) ut ap. Graecos in obliqua quaestione 

Sost verba videndi, quaerendi, deliberandi, scien- 
i, dicendi al. — a) c. indicat. praesentis; velut 
ovSi, si nvsvfia ayiov iaxiv, ^xovaaxsv ^proprie ex 
conditionali particulae vi: si exstat spintus s., id 
ne audivimus quidem), Act. 19, 2; iSwfjLSv. si ^p/f- 
Tfti, Mt. 27, 49. Mc. 15, 36; fiovXs-dsxai^ si SvvaxSg 
iaxiv, Lc. 14, 31; ?va s^nyg, el oi> si, Mt. 26, 63; 
post oix oUof Jo. 9, 25; post xqIvoxSj Act. 4, 19; 
Soxifidtsxs, 2^Co. 13, 5. — b) c. indicat. futuri; dsrj- 
^i, sCSga aips^fiosxal aoi. Act. 8. 22: xl oUag, 
si' ' cwasig, 1 Co. 7, 16; nagsxTipovv^ etS'SpansV' 
06i, Mc. 3, 2 et in t. vulg. Lc. 6, 7; fjX^sv (sc. visurus). 



si Sga XI s^Q^asi, Mc. 11, 13. — c) c. indicat, aort- 
sti; ohx olSa, sVxiva aXXov iBdnxiaa^ anbaptismo 
initiaverim, 1 Co. 1, 16; ^nrjQwxrjosv, slnaXai dni- 
d-avs, num dudum mortuus esset, Mc. 15, 45; elni, 
si - - anSSoa&s^ Act. 5, 8. — rf) c. conjunctivp aori- 
sti; diwxiOy si xal xaxaXdpco, persequor (sc. nsigdi- 
(isvog vel axonwVj tentans s. experiens), an quo- 
que apprehendam, PhU. 3, 12. Eodem mode si ap. 
Latinos, velut ^[ep. vit. Hann. 8: „Hannibal - - 
Africam accessit in finibus Cyrenaeorum (sc. ex- 
perturus), si forte Cartbaginienses ad bellum pos- 
sent induci*'. Caes. b. ^all. 1, 8, 4: „si perrum- 
pere possent, conati.'' Adde Caes. b. gall. 2, 9, 1. 
Cf. Kahner II, p. 1032 s. — 2) Contra Graecorum 
usum, ut bebr. dm et interrogativ. n, ap. LXX et 
in N. T. (potissimum a Luca) ponitur etiam in di- 
recta interrogcUione (ut nonnumquam german. ob^ 
maxime in vulgari sermone, velut ob ich^s wohl 
thun sollf)] cf. Win. %. 57, 2. BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 214, 
et contra eos, qui in hoc abusu particulae scri- 
ptis sacris abjudicando enitebantur, potissimum 
rVitzschvwmj Meyerwn, cf. Ldpsius Paulin. Recht- 
fertigungslebre, p. 30 ss. — stni xtg aifX(py xvqis, 
si dXlyoi ol aaf^ofisvoi; Lc.^13, 23; xvqis, slnaxd- 
Sofisv iv fiayaiifa; 22,49; xvgis, sl--anoxad'iaxd' 
vsig X. fiaaiXslav, Act. 1, 6; cf. praetereaMt. 10, 12. 
19, 3. Mc. 8, 23 (e 1. Tralii. stxi pXinsig pro vulg. 
pXinsi)', Act. 19, 2 aL (Gen. 17, 17. 43, 6. 1 Sam. 10, 
24 al.; in apocryphis Y. T. 2 Mace. 7, 7. 15, 8. 
4 Mace. 18, 17 e LXX Ezech. 37, 3; Tob. 5, 5.) 

Ill) si cum aliis particulis et cum pron. indef. 
xlg, xl. — 1) sl&Qa, v. in a()a, n. 1. — 2) sfys^Y. 
in yi n, 3. c. — 3) si 6^ xal, a) si vera etiam, ita 
ut xal ad aliquod e sequentibus vocabulis refera- 
tur, Lc. 11, 18 (sin autem Satanas quoque). — 
b) etsi vero, etiamsi vero, ita ut xal ad parhc. si re- 
feratur; 1 Co. 4, 3. 2 Co. 4, 7. 5, 16. 11, 16; v. infra 
in si xal. — 4) si Sh (jl^^ a) sin autem mintis; si 
contra est vel esset; Jo. 14, 2 {si 6h fi^, sc. o^xwg 
jjv) ; vs. 11 (si 6h /tijj, sell, ifiol maxsvsxs, h. e. ver- 
bis meis). Ut in his locis. sic plerumque itia. locatur, 
ut e proximo antecedentibus cogitando repetenda 
sit vox aut enuntiatio, atque exaeqnat notionem 
latini cUioquiny german. rvidrigenfaUSf Ap. 2, 5, 16; 
etiam post negativas enuntiationes, Mc. 2, 21 s. 
Cf. Matthiae §. 617. b. — h)sl6h fjirjys, de quo v. 
in /i, n. 8. d. — ^) si xal, a) si ettam, si quoque 
(cf. el dh xal sub a), 1 Co. 7, 21. 2 Co. 11, 15. — 
b) etsi, licet (nostr. wenn auch, obschon);lLjC.\US. 
2 Co. 4, 16. 7, 8. 12. Phil. 2, 17. Col. 2, 5. Heb. 6,9; 
c, optat. 1 Pot. 3, 14; v. supra I, 7. a. — 1) xal si, 
etiamsi, vel si (auch wenn; gelbst wenn); Mc. 

14, 29. 1 Pet. 3, 1; cf. Klotz 1. c. p.519. — 8) si firi, 
a) in protasi conditionali cum eadem temporum 
et modorum consecutione, quae est simplicis si, 
v. supra sub n. I; si non. nisi; Mt. 24, 22. Jo. 9, 33. 

15, 22. 24. Bo. 7, 7 al. -- b) c. seq. Integra enuntia- 
tione inservit limitandis vel corrigendis mode 
dictis, ubi nos nur doss; lat. nisi q%iod; Mc. 6, 5. 
1 Co. 7, 17 (quo loco P. addito enuntiato si fi^ 
kxdox(p XX X. cavere studet, ne quis in iis, quae 

Saulo ante verbis oi 6s6ovX(oxai - - iv xoiovxoig 
icta erant, ad se transferendis jnstos fines exce- 
dat) ; — in ironicis responsis, nisi forte, ubi nos : 
es milsste sein^ dass (Kilhner p. 987 s.) ; si firj^ XPV' 
^o/jisv xxX., 2 Co. 3, 1 el. viug. — c) si fiti fre- 
quentissime coalescunt in unam quasi particnlam, 
quae idem cnm praecedente negatione sibi vindi- 
cat verbum; nisi, i. q. praeter (Kilhner II, p. 988); 
a) univ. Mt. 11, 27. 12, 89. Mc. 2. 26. 8, 14. Jo. 8, 
13. Ro. 18, 1. 8. 1 Co. 8, 4. 12, 3 al.^; -- ut ap. Grae- 
cos abundantfT additur fiovog, fiovov, Mt. 17, 8. 



bL 



118 



eidio. 



21, 19. 24, 36. Act. 11, 19. PhiL 4, 15. Ap. 13, 17 aL 
— p) post negationes nominibus conjunctas ita 
usorpatur, ut ad solam ncgationem referatnr (unde 
multis visTim est dici pro dXXd), et latine reddi po- 
test: sed tantum; Mt. 12, 4 {ovx i^ov ^v airtji (pa- 
yeZv oidh xoXq fjiex* a^roiJ, el fiij xoXq Xegevai 
fjLOvoiq, quasi praecessit solum oix i^ov ^v fpayelv) ; 
Lc. 4, 26 s. Ro. 14, 14. Ap. 9, 4. 21, 27 (eodem modo 
^av tAri Gal. 2, 16; de loco Gfal. 1, 19 v. in ^Ifixa>- 
poc); cf. Fritzsche Ep. ad Rom. T. DI, p. 195. ~ 
y) praecedente interrogativo xlq in interrogationi- 
Das negationis vim habentibus; Mc. 2. 7. Lc. 5, 2t. 
Ro. 11, 15. 1 Co. 2, 11. 2 Co. 2, 2 12, 13. Heb. 3, 18. 
Jo. 2, 22. 5, 5. (Xen. oec. 9, 1. Aristph. eq. 615.) — 
6) c. aliis conjunctionibus: el (xh 7va, Jo. 10, 10; 
el fi^ dxav, Mc. 9, 9 ; xi iaxtv^ el fxtf Zxl ... 2 Co. 
12, 13. Eph. 4, 9. — e) habet verbum sibi proprium 
atque briaiv peculiarem constituit; d ovx %axiv 
aij.0, el fAti xiv^q elaiv ol xagdaaopxeg ifji&gf quod 
nihil aliud sibi vult, nisi quod sunt quidam qui 
Tos turbent. Gal. 1, 7. — d) ixcdg el fir/, e con- 
fusione duarum dictionum, el (jltj et Ixxbq el, ortum, 
ut lat. nisi si = praeterquam si (den Fall ausge- 
nommen wenn; ausser werm); 1 Tim. 5, 19; c. indie, 
aor. 1 Co. 15, 2; c. conjunctive uraes. 14,5. (Lucian. 
de luctu c. 19. dial, meret. 1 al.) Cf.Lob. ad Phryn. 
p. 459. Win. §. 65, 3. — ^) el firiv, profecto, in 
lurejurando. Heb. 6, 14 Lchm. Tdf. Trg. (pro vulg. 
fl fjLfiv) et aliquoties ap. LXX, ut Ez. 33, 27.^ 34, 
8 al., quibus locis si f ^ non per itacismum ex ^ or- 
tum est, el jiATiv explicandum erit e confusione he- 
braeae el iiri (7. supra sub I, 5) et graecae asse- 
verationis formula 1} /mjJv, cf. Bleek Hebr. Br. T. II, 
1, p. 248 ss. et quae in contrariam partem docet 
Fritzsche ad Baruch. 2, 29. Judith. 1, 12. — 10) el 
fjLTi XI s. fiTJiif nisi forte i^wenn nichi (iwoL)y\Xi ix^ 
nice sermone, cum mdicat. praes. 2 Co. 13, 5; in 
oratione dubie haesitantis, c. conj. aor. Lc. 9, 1^3; 
cf. Meyer ad L ; el fii^ xi av, 1 Co. 7, 5; v. in «v, 
n. IV. — 11) el oi (de quo uberius aguDt Win. 
§. 35, 2. Bum ntl. Qr. p. 297 ss), si non; in N. T. 
multo frequentius usurpatur. quam ap. elegantiores 
Graecos; ab el fiti ita diifert, ut in hoc (xri perti- 
neat ad particulam el^ in el oi autem ov ad ali- 
quam e sequentibus vocibus referatur eamque cum 
vi neget, non rare etiam cum ea in unam notionem 
coalescat. — a) ubi notio, ad quam oi) pertinet, 
opponitur a) positivae notioni in antecedenti- 
bus ant sequentibus; el de ov fiotyeveiq^ tpovet- 
oeiq 6iy Jac. 2, 11; el 6e 6 Seot; — oix itpei- 
aaxo, - - aXkdt - - nageStoxev elg xgiaiv, 2 Pet. 2, 
4 8.; el xal ov dwaei - -, did ye - - Sioaei, Lc. 11, 
S;elov noiw - - el 6h noiw, Jo. 10, 37 ; el yag ini- 
oxevexe...^ el 6h - - ov niaxevexe. Jo 5, 47; adde 
Mc. 11, 26 t. vulg. Grsh. Lchm.; Ro. 8, 9. 1 Co. 9, 




oov ipeloexai, Ro. 11, 21; adde 1 Co. 15, 13. 15—17. 
2 Th. 3, 10; sq. interrogatione vim negationis ha- 
bente in ap^odosi; Lc. 16, lis. Jo. 3, 12. 1 Tim. 3, 
5. — y) ov cum vi negat notionem, ad quam per- 
tinet; xaXdv ijv avxqi, el ovx iyevri^d-i], non natum 
esse ei conduceret, Mt. 26, 24. Mc. 14, 21. — 6) in 
ipsa negatione omnis vis ponitur; el ai> ovx el 6 
Xgiaxbgf Jo. 1, 25. — b) ov cum voce, ad quam 
pertinet, in unam quasi coalescit notionem; el 6h 
ovx ^yxgaxevovxai, si intemperantes sunt, 1 Co. 7, 
9; eixigxwv IdlcDV od Ttgovoei, negligit, 1 Tim. 5, 
8; addeLc. 14,26. 1 Co. 16. 22. Ap. 20, 15 al. — 
n)elo^v, siigitur; Mt. 6, 23. 7. 11. Lc. 11.13.36. 
Jo. 18, 14. 18, 8. Act. 11, 17. Col. 3, 1. Philem. vs. 



17._ — IS) etneg (f/et n^g, et hoc ex negl n&tum 
videtur esse), pr. si omnino {%cenn Uberhctupt) ; si 
modo [wenn anders\ die. „de re, quae esse sumi- 
tur, sed in incerto relinquitur, utrum jure an in- 
juria sumatur*' {Herm. ad Vig. p. 834); Ko. 8, 9. 17. 
1 Co. 8, 5. 15. 15. 1 Pet. 2, 3 {nhi Lchm, Tdf. Trg. 
el); e rhetorica quadam urbanitate die. de re cer- 
tissima, Ro. 3, 30 Lchm. Tdf Trg.; 2 Co. 5, 3 
Lchm. Trg.; 2 Th. 1, 6. — 14) etnopga. etn<og, 
si aliguo modo, si forte {wenn etwa, ob etvya)\ c. 
optat. praes. (v. supra I, 7), Act. 27, 12; interro- 
gative c. indicat. fut., Ro. 1, 10; c. conj. aor. ita, 
ut ante el cogitando addendum sit axontov vel 
neLgmfjievoQ{Y. supra II, 1, d), Ro. 11, 14. Phil. 3, 
11. — 15) eixe ' ' etxe^a) sive - - sive; nuUo ver- 
bo sequente, Ro. 12,6—8. 1 Co. 3, 22. 8, 5. 2 Co. 5, 
9 s. Phil. 1, 18. 20. 27. 2 Th. 2, 15. Col. 1, 16. 20. 
1 Pet. 2, 13 s.; eixe ovv - - the^ 1 Co. 15, 11; seq. 
indicat. praes. 1 Co. 12, 26. 13,8. 2 Co. I, 6; sq. con- 
junct, praes 1 Th. 5, 10., quo loco ponendi conjun- 
ctivi ansam dedit conjunctivns ^^^acDfiev in primario 
enuntiato; cf. Win. p. 276. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 191. — 
b) utrum "-an (exempla e Graecis v. ap. Matthiae 
p. 1476 s.); post ovx ol6a, 2 Co. 12, 2 s. — 16) ff- 
xig, et XL. cujus vocularum compositionis exempla 
in superioribus attulimus ; h. 1. adde eX^tq Svsgoq^ 
et XI h'xegov, et si quis alius , si quid aliud ^ qua 
locutione, commemoratis et recensitis pluribus ad 
idem genus pertinentibus rebus, finiatur oratio (ap. 
Graecos eH xiq akXoq^ el xal xiq aXXoq, xal et 
XI aXXo aL ap. Hdt. Xen. Plat, al.); Ro. 13, 9. 1 llm. 
1, 10; etxiq c conjunct, praes. Ap. 11, 5 in t. vulg.; 
c. coin. aor. Tdf. Trg. ibid. 

ilSia, aq, ^, Mt. 28, 3 Tdf. Trg.. poetica forma 
pro idia^ q. v. (Baruch. 6, 63. Aristoph. Thesm. 488.) 
Cf. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 5.* 

elSoq, ovq^ x6 {EIdQ\ ap. LXX potissimom 
pro MK";* et *^Kfa, pr. quod in oculos incurrit, quod 
patet a'dspectui; 1) species externa, faciesy forma 
(ita inde ab Horn.), Jo. 5, 87; awfjiaxix(p eidei^^ Lc. 
3, 22; xd elSoq xov ngoquynov alxov, 9. 29; dia et- 
dovq, ita ut facie (aeternarum rerum) circumfun- 
damur (v. in did, A, I, 2), 2 Co. 5, 7; vulgo expli- 
catur: per adspectum «» adspicientes ; Luth.: im 
Schau^n; sed e nuUo graeco scriptore adhuc eno- 
tatum est exemplum, quo elSoq ut latin, species 
active dicatur de adspectu. {axdfia xaxa axdfiay 
iv eiSei, xal ov di . . oga/jidxwv xal ivvnvltav, 
Clem. homiL 17, 18 coll. LXX 4 Mos. 12, 8.) — 
2) species, genus; and navxdq etdovq novijgov 
aniyeo^e. i. e. ab omni gonere mali a. vitiorum, 
1 Th. 5, 22 (Jos. antt 10, 3, 1: nav elSoq nov^glaq. 
Graeci, potissimum Plato, xd eldoq opponunt xd 
yivei, ut Latini speciem generi,)* 

etdio^ fSct), video, obsoleta forma praesentis 
temp., cuius vicem explet verbum dgdea. Quae ab 
etSw doducta sermo retinuit tempera, ea duas 
constituunt famiHas, quarum una sibi vindicavit 
significatum videndi, altera exprimit notionem 
sciendi. 

1) aor. 2. forma vulgari eldov, c. terminatione 
aor. 1. (v. in dnigyofiai) elSa Ap. 17. 3. Lchm.; 

. 6 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; 1 ps. plur. eidafiev. Act. 



vs 



4, 20 Lchm. Tdf Trq.; Mc. 2, 12 Tdf Trg.; 3 ps. 
eUav., Lc. 9, 32 Tdf; Act. 6, 15 Trg.; Jo. 1, 40. 
Act. 9, 35. 12, 16 Lchm. Tdf Trg.; Idov (forma 
epica, cf. Matthiae L p. 564; ap. LXX et in 1 Mace, 
frequentissima, cf. Grimm ad 1 Mace. p. 54 ; de fre- 

3uenti ejus in codd. cum e\6ov permutatione cf. 
acobs ad Aehill. Tat. 2, 24), Ap. 4, 1. 6, 1 s. 5. 
8 8. 12. 7. 1 al. Tdf.; 8 ps. sing. Uev, ap. Tdf Lc. 

5, 2. Ap. 1, 2; 2 ps. plur. Xdexe, Phil. 1, 30 e L 



stdio. 



119 



Bvdio, 



vii]^.; d ps. plni. Uov, Jo. 19, 6 Tdf.; iinperat. tds 
(atnce Idi^ cf. Win. §.6, L); conj. Uw^ innn. IdsXv^ 
partic. idwv (LXX pleramque pro n||tn, nonnnm- 
qiiam pto nth et yn^); videbam, vidi/i, e. 

1) (oculis) corupiciel/am J conspexi {sehen^ er- 
hUiken); a) univ. xivd vol t/; Mt. 2, 2. 4, 16. 14, 14. 
28, 6. Mc. 1. 10. 16. 2, 14. Lc. 5, 26. 7, 22. Jo. 1, 48 s. 

6, 26. 19, 6. Act. 9, 35. 12, 16. GaL 1, 19. 1 Tim. 6, 
t6 et saepissime; — oij6inoxs ovxwq ff^o^ev^num- 
quam tali modo yidimas. h. o. numqnam tabs no- 
bis obtigit conspectus, Mc. 2. 12; nostrates olim: 
(dso hat Titan nicht gesehen^ aeit . . . ; cf. Kuinoel ad 
Mt. p. 280 ed. 4 ; — componuntur i6slv xi ot axoif 
aat Xi, Lc. 7, 22. Act. 22, 14. 1 Co. 2, 9. Jac. 5, 11; 
iSsZv et IdsTv ri etiam dicuntor. qnibus aliquid re- 
praesentatam in visione est, qaemadmodnm se hoc 
illudve vidisso auctor apocalypseos narrat, Ap. 1» 
12. 17. 4, 1. 5, 1 s. 6. 11. 6, 9. 7, 1. 9 al.; Jo. 12, 41; 
iSelv dpafjia. Act. 10, 17. 16, 10; ISflv iv dgdjAaxi, 
Act. 9, 12. 10, 3; iv rf dgdcH, Ap. 9, 17; elliptice 
I6tlv xi Ix xivoq, sc. ixnoQtv^ivy Ap. 16, 18. cf. 
1, 16; ex bebraismo (de quo y. Win. §. 45, 8. Bttm. 
ntl. Gr. p. 269) die. 7(fa>v fZtfov, probe viili. Act. 

7. 34 ex Exod. 3, 7. — Frequentatur in historicis 
N. T. scriptis participium looiv, ISdvxeg, qno nar- 
ratio continuatar, ante yerbam finitum positum. 
cui participio aut additur accusatiyus, ut Mt. 2, 
10. 3, 7. 5, 1. 8, 34. Mc. 5, 22. 9, 20. Lc. 2, 48. 7, 
13. Jo. 5, 6. 6, 14. Act. 13, 12. 14, 11 al.; aut omit- 
titur accus. quippe e contexta oratione elucens; 
Mt. 9, 8. 11. 21, 20. Mc. 10, 14. Lc. 1, 12. 2, 17. 
Act 3, 12. 7, 31 al. — b) c. accus. rei yel per- 
sonae et participio Mt. 3, 7. 16, 8. 14. Mc. 1, 16. 6, 
33. Lc. 9, 49. 21, 2. Jo. 1, 33. 48 s. Act. 8, 9. 11, 13. 
1 Co. 8, 10. 1 Jo. 5, 16. Ap. 9, 1 et saepe. — c) sq. 
Sri, Mc. 2, 16 Lchm, Tdf, Trg,; 9, 25. Jo. 6, 22. 
24 al. — d) sq. interrogationo indirecta cum in- 
dicat.; ut sequatur r/?, Lc. 19, 3; r/, Mc. 5, 14; 
nrjkixoq. Gal. 6, 11. — e) sgx^v ^^^ ^^^i inyita- 
tionis formula, qua qui utuntur objectum yidendi 
ex iis, de quibns agitur, intelligendum auditoribus 
relinquunt; Jo. 11, 34. 1, 47 (quo loco ^de — yi- 
dendo cognosce, sc. Jesum Messiam esse) et ap. 
Grab. Ap. 6, 1. 5; plur. Jo. 1, 40 (ubi Tdf. et Trg. 
tQx- ^' ^tpBoiye). Babbini dictionibus "^mi ten et 
nK^i Mn utuntur, si quern attentum ad aliquid esse 
jubeni — /) Opponuntur sibi iSetv absol. dictum 
et niaxeveiv, Jo. 20, 29. — 2) ut lat. video, aenai- 
bus quibmctingue percipio; Mt. 27, 54. Mc. 15, 39. 
Lc. 17, 15. — 3) uniy. animadverti, cognovi (wahr- 
nt^imen, erkennen): xijv niaxiv abxGiv, Mt. 9, 2; 
xaq ivi^vfi^^aeiQ avxwvt ys. 4 (ubi Lchm, et 2Vg. 
flSwg pro iScDv); r. SialoyiOfibv xfjq xagSiaq 
ttvxwvtjc. 9, 47; tSe c. ace. rei Ro. 11, 22; sq. dxi, 
Mt. 27, 3. 24. Act. 12, 3. 14, 9. 16, 19. Gal. 2, 7. 14; 
ids, dxij Jo. 7, 52; ISelv ttva, 8t*, Mc. 12, 34. — 
4) video, h. e. oculos, mentem, attentionem in ali- 
quid conyerto; a) aitendo, sq. el interrogat. Mt. 
27, 49; sq. noxandq^ 1 Jo. 3, 1. — b) negl xivoq, 
lat. videre de aliqua re, i. e. cognoscere, quid 
statuendum sit. Act. 15, 6. — c) lustro, considero; 
xi, Lc. 14, 18. — d) XLva, bominem adspicio, inr 
tueor; Jo. 21, 21. Mc. 8, 33. — h)experior, t/, sta- 
tum aliquem, ut xbv S^dvaxov, Lc. 2, 26. Heb. 11, 
5 (Jos. antt. 9, 2, 2) coll. Jo.,8, 51 (Ps. 89, 49); t^v 
Siaip&ogdv, in putredinem abire, putredine soM, 
Act. 2, 27. 31. 13, 35—37 (ita Ps. 16, 10); x^v Baaik. 
X, ^eov, participem fieri salutis in regno diyino, 
Jo. 3, 3; niv&OQ, Ap. 18, 7; x^v 6d^av xov ^fo€, 
miro aliquo eyentu yim dei insigniter beneficam 
experiri, Jo. 11, 40; ax£voxi*^9caq, 1 Mace. 13, 3 
(aXdxov x^^^'^f Hom. 11. 11, 243); de eodem usu 



yerbi tim^ et lat. videre cf. Geaenii, Thes. Ill, 
p. 1246)V — ^fi^Qav, diem (tempus) yiyendo at* 
tingere faustisque quae fert perfnii; tifiiQaq dya' 
^dq, 1 Pet. 3, 10 e Ps. 34, 13; xhv ^fiigav ifi^v 
(in effato Christi), tempus, quo salubrem meam m 
terris efficaciam exerciturus essem. Jo. 8, 56; bISb 
sc. T. rifjL. ifJii^Vt e bcatorum sedious in panidiso 
mente spectayit diem meum, ibid. (y. in iyaX- 
Xidouai)', inid-vfi^asxs /xlav xCbv ^fxegibv - - iSsiv, 
optabitis, ut yel una tantum dies felicissimi futuri 
aeyi messiani incidat in calamitosissimam aetatem 
yestram^, Lc. 17, 22; itaap. Graecos. maxime poetas 
imag, miigav IdeTv, ap. Latinos videre diem; cf. 
Kuinoel ad Jo. 8, 56. — 6) c. accus. personae, aU- 
quern visere, convenire; L. 8, 20. Jo. 12, 21. Act. 
16, 40. 28, 20. Eo. 1, 11. 1 Co. 16, 7. Phil. 1, 27. 1 Th. 

3, 6. 2 Tim. 1, 4. 3 Jo. ys. 14; xb ngbqcanov xtvoq, 

1 Th. 2, 17. 3, 10 (Lucian. dial. deor. 24, 3); c. ace. 
loci, viserej adirey Act. 19, 21. 

II) pfct. 2 oUa, oldaq (1 Co. 7, 16. Jo. 21, 15 
pro usitatiore ola&a), oXdafiev (pro tofisv, Graecis 
usitatiore), oXSaxB (farf, forma Graecis usitatior, 
habetur solum Eph. 5, 5 Grab. Lchm. Tdf. Trg. et 
Heb. 12, 17); oidaai (semel atticum taaoi, Act. 26, 
4); imporat. fare, semel, Jac. 1, 19 Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg.; conj. sldib, infin. sldSvai^ ptep. eldwq, eldvla 

iMc. 5, 83. Act. 5, 7); plsqmpf. ydeiv, 2 ps.^ubique 
}Sfiq, 8 ps. ySei, 2 ps. plur. yde^tf, Sps. ^J^K/ay 
(pro usitatiore ySeaav); fut. €ldij6(a (Heb. 8, 11); 
cf. Win. p. 81. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 44; LXX maxime 
pro yr^; ut lat. novi e. notione praesentis: acio, in' 
telligo; plsqpf. c. notione impfcti. 

1) novi, acio; c. accus. rei. Mt. 25, 18. Mc 10, 19. 
Jo. 10, 4. 13, 17. 14, 4. Act. 5, 7. Eo. 7, 7. 1 Co. 2, 2. 
Ap. 2, 2. 9 al.; xovxo sq. dxi ... Jud. ys. 5; c. accus. 
personae, Mt. 26, 72. 74. Jo. 1, 31. 6, 42. Act. 3, 16. 

2 Co. 5, 16 al.; xbv &€6v, Tit. 1, 8 coll Jo. 8, 19. 
15, 21 ; ol fi^ elSSxiq x. ^iov dicuntur gentiles 1 Th. 

4, 5. 2 Th. 1,8 iJolL Gal. 4, 8; add. personae jprae- 
dicatum (ut saepe an. Atticos), Bldioq abxbv avSga 
dixaiov^ sc. ffvxa, Mc. 6, 20 ; add. praedicatum in 
participio, 2 Co. 12, 2; — aceusatiyo objecti per 
attractionem {Win. §. 66, 5. Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. Sp) 
yel potius per epexegesin additur enuntiatio; oxi, 

1 Co. 16, 15; 2 Co. 12, 3 s., aut interrog. indirecta, 
Mc. 1, 24. Lc. 4, 34. 13, 25. 27. Jo. 7, 27. 9, 29. Act. 
16, 3; — ElSivai c. ace. c. infin. Lc. 4, 41. 1 Pet. 5,9; 
sq. oti. Mt. 9, 6. Jo. 19, 35. Act. 2, 30. Eo. 5, 3 et 
saepissime; oldafiev sq. oxl, non raro, si sensum 
spectas, i. q. notum yel eertum eat, Mt. 22, 16. Lc. 
20, 21. Jo. 3, 2. 9, 31. Eo. 2, 2. 3, 19. 7, 14. 8, 22. 28. 

2 Co. 5, 1. 1 Tim. 1. 8. 1 Jo. 3, 2. 5, 20; cf. Ligh^ 
foot et Baumg.-Cruaius ad Jo. 8, 2; — frequen- 
tatur, maxime Paulo, rogandi formula ot;x ot6ax€ 
et ^ ovx otSaxe, oxi, qua aliquid notissimum ali- 
cui perpendendum et aestimandum comioendatur, 
Eo. 11, 2. 1 Co. 3, 16. 5, 6. 6, 2 s. 9. 15 s. 19. 9, 13. 
24; ovx olSaxe sq. interrog. indir. Lc. 9, 55; obx 
oldaq, ox I. Jo. 19, 10; ovx iSsixe, Lc.2,49. — eidivai 
sq. intcrrogatione indirecta, Mt. 26, 70. Jo. 9, 21. 
25, 30. 14, 5. 20, 18. 1 Co. 1, 16. 7, 16. 2 Co. 12, 2 s. 
Eo. 8, 26. Eph. 6, 21. 1 Tim. 8, 15 et saepissime. — 
2) cognoaco, intelUgo, perapicio ; a) rem aliquam in 
facto positam, ut xaq ivd-vfx'^asiq, Mt. 12, 25; xijv 
vnoxQiaiv, Mt. 12, 15; xovq diaXoyiCfiovq aixCbv, 
Lc. 6, 8. 11, 17; add. iv kavxip sq. 8n, Jo. 6, 61. — 
b) yim et sensum rei, cui rortus sensus inest; 1 Co. 
2i 11 s.; x^v Ttagafiokrjv. Mc. 4, 13; fivaxrJQia, 1 Co. 
13, 2; sq. interrog. indir., Eph. 1, 18. — c) ut ap. 
Graecos sq. infinit acio, i. e. ccdleo (aich auf et^ 
waa veratehev^; Mt. 7, 11. Lc 11, 13. 12, 56. Phil. 
4. 12. 1 Th. 4, 4. 1 Tim. 3, 5. Jac. 4, 17. 2 Pet. 2, 9; 



eidwi^lov. 120 



elfil. 



a>( otSaxe, bo. aa^aUaao&at, Mt. 27, 65. — 3) ex 
hebraismo sidivai tivd, raUonem alicufus habere, 
curam aUeujus gerere, 1 Th. 5, 12. (LX^ Gen. 89, 

6 — rr^.) 

flScjXeZov (eldibXipVf Tdf.), ov, to (eldaXov^ a, 
Y. ; cf, U.axXij7tBTov, ^AnoXXtoveloVf ^HgaxXeZov al.), 
templtetn idolorum s. idolis sacrum; 1 Co. 8, 10. 
(1 Mace. 1, 47. 10, 83. 8 Esdr. 2, 10; ap. profanos non 
ezstat; nam in fragm. Soph. ap. Plat, de amico et 
adnl. c. 86 dudum restitutum est kdwXia.)* 

sldmXS&vtog, ov {etSwXov et d^<o)f Yocab. bibli- 
com et eccles., idolis immolatus; xb eldayXo&vxov 
et xa elSwXo^vxa die. cames, e victimis gentilium 
residnae, quae aut in epulis comedebantur, aut (a 
pauperibus et avaris) in foro vendebantur; Act. 
15, 29. 21, 25. 1 Co. 8, 1. 4. 7. 10. 10, 19. 28 (ubi 
Lchm. Tdf. et Trg, \tQ6^xov)\ Ap. 2, 14. 20.* 

tidfoXoKaxQ^lti^ ac, h (si6<oXoVf q. y. et XaxQBla\ 
idololatria (TertuU. al.), fictitiortim deorum cultus; 
Gal. 5, 20; die. de solennibus epulis sacrificalibus in 
fictitiorum deorum honorem institutis, 1 Co. 10, 14 ; 
de ayaritia tamquam Mammonae cultu, CoL 8, 5; 
plur. fiagitia e £&lsoram deorum cultu oriunda 
eique propria, 1 Pet. 4, 3 (scriptt. eccles.)* 

ildwXoXdxQiKy ov, 6 (eiSwXov et Xaxgig, i. e. mer- 
cenarius, famulus, servus), fictitiorum deorum cut- 
tor, idoloUxtres (TertulL), 1 Co. 6, 10. Ap. 21, 8. 22, 
15; quivis, etiam e Cbristianis, qualicunque mode 
gentilium sacrorum censors, 1 Co. 5, 11. 6, 9; in- 
primis qui coenis sacrificalibus interest et cames 
comedit ex victimis idolorum residuas, 1 Co. 10, 7; 
avarus nt cultor Mammonae, Epb. 5, 5; t. Meyer 
ad 1. (scriptt. eccles.)* 

stdwXov^ ov, xo {€l6oi\ ap. Graecos inde ab Horn., 
species^ simulacrum^ h. e. quidquid, quo repraesen- 
tatur nobis forma rei vel yerae yel nctae; die. de 
umbris defunctorum (Hom.), larvis, spectris, ima- 
ginibus rerum animo conceptis al. ; — ap. biblicos 
scriptores 1) gentilium deorum simulacrum; Act. 
7, 41. 1 Co. 12, 2. Ap. 9, 20. (Jes. 80, 22. 2. Chr. 23, 
17 al.; ^eu>v ^ dafioviov sYSmXa PoL 81, 3, 13.) — 
2) deus fictitius ; Act. 15, 20 (de quo loco y. in iXia- 
YW€t); Ro. 2, 22. 1 Co. 8, 4,. 7. 10, 19. 2 Co. 6, 16. 
1 Th. 1, 9 (saepe ap. LXX); ^vXdaaeiv kavxdv anh 
T. cMcbAoiv, sibi cayere a quolibet gentilium sa- 
crorum oonsortio, 1 Jo. 5, 21.* 

sixri {Lchm, elx§, cf. Bttm, Gr. max. U, p. 343. 
Bttm, ntl. Gr. p. 61), adverb, ap. Graecos inde ab 
Aeschylo; 1) temere, sinejutta causa; Mt. 5, 22 in 
t. Yulg.; Bo. 18, 4 (sens.: „non ut in vagina con- 
dant, sed ut stringant;" Fritzsche)-, Co, 2, 18. — 
2) frustra; sine successu vel effectu; 1 Co. 15, 2. 
Gal. 3, 4. 4, 11.* ^ 

etxoai, ol, aU xa, viginti; Lc. 14, 31. Act. 1, 15 al. 

f&a>, aor. 1. fZga, cedo; xtvl, Gal. 2, 5. (inde ab 
Hom.)* 

Elk^, undo perf. 2. Jsoixa^ c. significatu prae- 
sentis: similis sum; xivl, Jac. 1, 6. 23.* 

slxwv, ovog JisMC, slxdvav Ap. 18, 14 Lchm,; 
v. in Sif^riv), ^ (EIKSi^ q. v.), LXX maxime pro 
hht; imago, effigies, simulacrum; a) Mt. 22, 20. 
Mc. 12, 16. Lc. 20, 24. Bo. 1, 28. 1 Co. 15, 49. Ap. 
13, 14 s. 14,^9. 11. 15, 2. 16, 2. 19, 20. 20,4; ^ elxojv 
xtbv ngayfidxwv, imago rerum, sc. coelestium, Heb. 
10, 1., opponitur irf axi& eodem sensu, quo a Cic. 
de off. 8, n solida et expressa efjigies opi|onitar 
umhra^; flxiav x. d-eov die. de etluca regenitoram 
hominum cum deo similitudine, Col. 3, 10; eixiav 
xov vlov xov O^eovj ad quam pii Christiani trans- 
formantur, est similitude tum cum coelesti corpore 
(cf. 1 Co. 15, 49. Phil. 3, 21), tum cum sanctissimo 
et beatissimo animi statu, qui Christi est, Bo. 8, 



29. 2 Co. 3, 18. — b) meton. elxfbv xivoq, aUcujus 
im<iginem re/erens; is in <juo alicufus imago cer- 
nitur; sixibv d-eoff die. vir propter imperandi fa- 
cultatem (v. in (Jofo, III, 8. a. a), 1 Co. 11, 7; 
Christus propter naturae suae divinitatem et ab- 
solutam virtutis praestantiam, Col. 1, 15. 2 Co. 4, 4.* 

eiXixgiveia {^la, Tdf.) aq, 17 (dXixgiv^Q, a. v.), 
puritas, sincerttas, ingentdtas; 1 Co. 5, 8. 2 Co. 2, 
17; xov d^eovj quam dens efficit per spiritum san- 
ctum, ibid. 1, 12. (Theophr., Sext. ' Empir., Stob.)* 

siXixgiv^g, ig (e vulgari opinione ab s^Xtj b. ?Xij, 
splendor solis, et xplvw, pr., qui ad solis lucem 
explicatus et examinatus purus deprehenditur; unde 
nonnuUi scribunt slX, — ex aliorum conjectura 
ab elXog, elXsTv, pr. volubili agitatione secretus 
et pnr^atus) , jpurus^ candidus, sincerus; die. de 
animo, nomo euuxgiv^g, Phil. 1, 10 ; Sidvoia^ 2 Pet. 
3, I. (Sap. 7, 25., ubi cf, Grimm Bxgt. Hdb.; — 
Xen. Pkt Polyb. Philo.)* 

slXlaaoi, ion. et poetice et inferiore aetate pas- 
sim ap. prosae scriptores, pro hXCoam ietXm, ur- 
geo, volvo), volvo; Ap. 6, 14 t. vulg. Grsb,; sed 
Lchm, Tdf, Trg. restituerunt kXiao. (inde ab 
Hom.)* 

slfjLL (ex i(o, unde i(il in inscriptt.; aeol. ifjtfil); 
inf. elvai, fat. J^cofiai, impf. e forma antiquiore et 
elegantiore ^v, 2 ps. ^a^a (Mt 26, 69. Mc. 14, 67), 
e forma rariore ^g (Mt. 25, 21. 23. Jo. 11, 21. 32. 21, 
18. Ap. 8, 15); 3 ps. ^v, 1 ps. plur. ^(ifv, — forma 
medii e fatiscente graecitate ^fir^v (Mt. 25. 35 s. 
Gal. 1, 10 al.); plur. ^^f^a (Mt. 23, 30 Ghrsb. Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg.; Act. 27, 37 Lchm. Tdf, Trg, Clem. Bom. 
1 Co. 48); d.Lob, ad Phryn. p. 149. 152; imperat. 
Xc^i, laroi, e forma inusitatiore }^xq), 1 Co. 16, 22. 
Jac. 5, 12. Plat. rep. 2. p. 361 c; cf. Win. §. 14, 2. 
Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 48; — sum; 

I) eifii praedicati vim hahet: sum^ i. e. 1) exsto 

Sexistiren); a) loci, in ^uibns notio verbi praepon- 
lerat, atque exstare aliquis vel aliquid dicitur, quo 
a rebus non exstantibus aistinguatur; %ifxiv d S'sog, 
Heb. 11, 6; o wv xal 6 ^v, Ap. 1,^4. 11, 17. 16, 5; iv 
OLQ^fi^v oXoyog, Jo. 1, 1; nglv ^ApQaafjt yevioB-ai, 
iyw dfiin 8, 58; ngb xov xbv xoa/xov elvai, 17, 5; 
^v, xal oix %axL xainsg taxiv, t, vulg.; e rectiore 
lectione xal nagsaxai, Ap. 17, 8; ia/Jiiv, Act. 17, 
28; xa fiff Svxa et xh Svxa^ quae non sunt, quae 
sunt. Bo. 4, 17; quae aliquid valent, vel non, quae 
alicujus vel nullius numeri sunt, 1 Co. 1, 28 (exd- 
Xsoev fifiag oix ovxag xal ^^sXijasv ix fiij Svxog 
slvai ijfjidg, Clem. Bom. 2 Co. 1, 8). — Hinc b) i. q. 
vivo; si ijfiB^a iv xalg ^fxigaig xGiv nax^gwy 
^uibv, si patrum aetate viveremus, Mt. 28, 30; o'dx 
Blvai die. (ut ap. Graecos; cf. Passow 11, p. 792) 
de mortuis, Mt. 2, 18. — c) i. q. commoror, ver^ 
sor, dego in aliquo loco; Mt. 2. 13, 15. Mc. 1, 45. 
5, 21. Lc. 1, 80; v. infra n. V, 4. — d) i. q. re- 
periory ubi subjectum caret articulo et nos dici- 
mus: es giebt, es gab; velut ^v^vS^Qwnog al.; Lc. 
16, 1. 19. 18, 23. Jo. 3, 1. 4, 6. 5, 2. 6, 10. 1 Co. 8. 5. 
12, 4-6. 14, 10. 15, 44. 1 Jo. 5. 16 et saepe; ^aov- 
xaiifinalxxai, Jud. vs. 18; saxiv, ^v, iaxai cum ne- 

fatione: oix ioxi Sixaiog, non roperitur, es giebt 
einen Gerechten, Bo. 3, 10; adde vs. 12. 18; xQovog 
oix ^axai ^xi, nullum amplius tempus erit, Ap. 10, 
6; adde 22, 3. 5. 21, 2b; pivdaxaatg vbxqwv oix kaxtv, 
1 Co. 15, 12; /u^ slvat avdaxaaiv, Mt. 22, 23 et loc. 
parall. Act. 23, 8. Pertinent hue etiam dictiones 
slalv, 0?..., o^xivsg..., sunt qui.,., Mt. 16, 28. 19, 
12. Mc. 9, 1. Lc. 9, 27. Jo. 6, 64. Act. 11, 20; oiSelg 
iaxiv, dg, Mc. 9. 39 s. 10, 29. Lc. 1, 61. 18, 29; ad- 
dito nomine, ^g ^fiSgai elaiv, iv atg.,. Lc. 13, 14; 
xlg iaxiv, dg, Mt. 7, 9. 12, 11 ; iaxiv o c. ptcpio, est 



eiftt. 



121 






otM. .. h. e. non deest is, qui ... Jo. 5, 82. 45. 8, 50. ^- 
e) thai abi de rebtu, eventis, factU die, est i. q. 
evenire; locum habere; viiv xQiaig iaxlv, Jo. 12, 31 ; 
yoyyvaiibq ^v, Jo. 7, 12; ^OQvpOQ tov kaov^ Mc. 14, 
2; cxlcfia^ axiofjiata, Jo. 9, 16. 1 Co. 1, 10. 12^ 20; 
%Qi6eq^ 1 Co. 1, 11; algiafL^, 11, 19; niv&og, novoq, 
xpcmyij^ Ap. 21, 4; iaovxai Xifiol x. Xoifiol^x. aei- 
OfAol, Mt. 24, 7 ; avdyxfj /jisydXij, Lc. 21, 23 ; avdava- 
oiv fiiXkiiv iasa^ai^ Act. 24, 15; — de tempore ae 
temperie: xupLoiiv iaxiv, Jo. 10, 22; vi5g, 13, 30; 
rpvxog, 18, 18; xa^amv, Lc. 12, 55; han^ga. Act. 4, 3; 
nQwta^ Jo. 18, 28; axoxla, 20, 1; iaxiv^ fjv &Qa, velut 
Sxxfi, Lc. 23, 44. Jo. 4, 6. 19, 4. 1, 40 al.; item de 
diebns festis, Jo. 5, 1. 10. 9, 14. Act. 12, 3. Lc 23, 
54. Mc. 15, 42; — univ. x6 iaofisvov, id quod futu- 
nim, eyenturam est. Lc. 22, 49; noxs xavxa saxai; 
Mt. 24, 3; 7t(bq Maxai xovxo; Lc. 1, 34: ex hebr.: 
xal laxai (— rrrr-j), sq. faturo alius veroi: Act. 2, 
17 (e JoeL 3, 6);\8. 21 (e Joele 3, 5); 3, 23. Ro. 9, 
26 (ex Hos. 1, 10 et 2, 1). — xi ovv icxlv; auid ergo 
est? L e. quo mode res se habet? quid inae sequi- 
tur? Act. 21, 22. 1 Co. 14, 15. 26. — 2) i. q.ndoeifjii, 
adgum; praesto tum;^ suppeto; olvoQ ovx taxiv, 
Jo. 2, 3 Tdf,; nafinoXXov Sykov Svxoq, cum ad- 
esset, Mc. 8, 1; adde 2, 15. Mt. 12, 10 e 1. vnlg.; 
Heb. 8, 4; oi)7Cw Jag ^v nvevfia ayiov^ uondum 
aderat, h. e. nonanm erat effusus, Jo. 7, 39; ita 
etiam in verbis si nvstfia Syiov iaxiv^ Act. 19, 
3; axovaaq "' Svxa aZxa, copiam frumentorum 
suppetere^ Act. 7, 12; Svva/nig xvqLov hv $Iq xb 
laa^ai avxovg, praesto erat ad eos sananaos, Lc. 5, 
17. — 3) iaxiv c. infinit. ut ap. Graecos inde ab 
Horn. (v. Pcusow I, 2. p. 792 s.; exempla ex apocrr. 
V. T. V. in WM Clav. apocryph. V. T. p. 153), 
fieri jDCiett^ id; c. negatione (nt plemmque etiam 
ap. Graecos); es igt unmdglich; Heb. 9, 5. 1 Co. 
11, 20. 

JI) slfjil coptdat tuhjecttan cum praedicatOf ubi 
indicatur, quis vel ^uid aliquis vel aliquid sit per- 
sona, natura, ingenio, natione, efficacia, dignitote, 
munere, qnantitate, aetate al.; — 1) univ.; iyva 
flfii TtQiapvx^^f Lc. 1, 18; iyw tlfii Fttpgi^X, v. 19; 
igrifiiQ iaxiv ojanoq^ Mt. 14, 15; ngotprfzriq el av, 
Jo. 4,\9;ai>flo XQioxoQy Mt. 26, 63; xaS-aqoi iaxt^ 
Jo. 13, 10; {^ueZg ioxs xo &Xag x^<: y^Q, Mt. 6, 13; 
*Iov6atovq Bivai kavxoi)q, Ap. 3, 9 coU. 2, 9 et innn- 
mera alia exempla. — 2) Bifil copulante indicatur 
subjectum comparari vel comparandum esse rei, 
quae praedicato enuntiatnr; ^ aipQaylq; fiov x^g 
anooxoXriq tfisXq iaxi, estis instor sigilli, quo 
muneri meo apostolico additur conflrmatio, h. e. 
Yestra fides amimento est, apostoli nomen mihi 
jure tribui 1 Co. 9, 2; ^ imaxoX^ sc. avaxccxix^ 
(cf. Ys. 1) t/istg ioxi, i. e. vos ipsi estis mihi instar 
litterarum commendatitiaram, s. yos idem mihi 
praestatis, quod litterae commendatitiae, 2 Co. 3, 
2; xoirrd iaxi xd aibfid /iovj hoc, auod vobis iam 
porrigo, est instar corporis mei, Mt. 26, 26. Mc. 
14, 22. Lc. 22, 19; vfieZg vadg d^sov iaxi^ yos spe- 
ctandi estis tamquam templum del, 2 Co. 6, 16 
coll. 1 Co. 6, 19; o 0sdg vadg aixfig iaxlv x. xo ag- 
viovy habendi sunt pro templo ejus s. obtinent lo- 
cum templi in urbe, propterea quod a nemine in 
ea absunt, Ap. 21, 22. — Hinc 3) $lvai Yim expli- 
caiionis impetrans saepe est i. q. denotare, signifi- 
care, Yelut o aygog iaxiv 6 xocfiog, Mt. 13, 37 — 39. 
19 8. 22 s. Lc. 8, 11 s. 14 s. Gal. 4, 24 s. Ap. 17. 15. 
19, 8 (LXX Gen. 41, 26 s. Ez. 37, 11); xovx' llaxiv 
ap. Lchm, xovxiaxiVy formula in interpretando 
usurpari solita L q. rovro aijfialvfiy quae ycI in- 
seritur orationi ut parenthesis, ycI adnectitur Yer- 
bis ut appositio; Mt. 27, 46. Mc. 7, 2. Act 1. 19. 



Bo. 7, 18. 10, 6—8. Philem. ys. 12. Heb. 2, 14. 7, 5 
al.; item 2^ iaxi, Mc. 3, 17. 7, 11. 34. Heb. 7, 12; 8 
ioxi /jLB^SQintjvfvo/Jievov, hoc significat, si inierpre- 
taris, Mc. 15, 34. Act. 4, 36; y. etiam infra in n. 6, 
c. -^ 4) multo frequentius quam ap. profanes in 
sacro cod., atque in N. T. longe frequentius in 
historicis libris quam in reliquis ejus scriptis, 
praedicati locum obtinet partidpium artictdz ex- 
perSy Yinculo Yerbi elvai cum subjecto conjun- 
ctum (cf. Win. §. 45, 5 et potissimum BUm. ntl. Gr. 
p. 265 ss.), et quidem a) ita ut meram periphrasin 
Yerbi finiti efficiat; a) c. ptcp. praes. eracitur pe- 
riphrasis praesentis; icxl ngogavanXfigovaa - - xal 
n$Qiaasvovaa, 2 Co. 9, 12; periphrasis imperfecti 
vel aoristl maxime ap. Marcum et Lucam ; ^v xa- 
^evdmv, Mc. 4, 38; hv ngpiywVt 10, 32; ^v ovyxa- 
^i/jfjisvog, 14, 54; ^v piavevwVy Lc. 1,22; ^aavxa^- 
/C£ev0f,5,17; fjv ixfiaXXojv^W.M; hcsav xa(^e^6fjievoi. 
Act. 2, 2 et aliis exemplis; semel ap. Paulum Phil 
2, 26: inmo^wv ^v. — periphrasis tuturi: (aovxai 
ninxovxeg, Mc. 13, 25. — fi) c. ptcp perfecti effici- 
tur periphrasis aoristi: ^y koxtbg, Lc. 5, 1; periphr. 
plusqpfcti: f^aav iXrjXv^oxegy avveXtjXv&vZai, Lc. 5, 
17. 23, 55; maxime c. ptcp. pfcti passivi: ^v ^ ini- 
ygaifii imyBygafifiivri, Mc. 15, 26; Ijv aix^ ^^XQV- 
/AaxiCfiivov, Lc. 2, 26; ^v xi^gafifiivog, Lc. 4, 16; 
adde 8, 2. 23, 51. Act. 1, 17 al. — y) semel c. ptcp. 
aoristi periphrasis plusqpfcti; hv - - fiXij&Blg (t. 
Yulg. fiepXrifiivog) iv xi <pvXaxy, Lc. 23, 19 Tdf. 
Trg.; de eodem aoristi usu nonnumquam ap. Grae- 
cos obvio cf. Passoto I, 2, p. 792. — b) ita ut indi- 
cetux perseverafdia in aUauo actu out statu; ^v 
SiddaxmP docere solebat, Mc. 1, 22. Lc. 4, 31. 19, 
47; ^v XTjgiaawv, Mc. 1, 39. Lc. 4, 44; ifjoaw vtj^ 
axsvovxsg^ nos: sie hatten ihr Fasten, Mc 2, 18^ 
haav avXXaXovvxigy nos: sie hatten ein Gesprdch, 
lie. 9, 4; ^i» avyxvnxovaa, Lc. 13, 11; ^v ^iXa>Vy 
Lc. 23, 8; ^y ngogdsxofievog, Mc. 15, 43 (Lc. 23, 
51: noogfSixixo)] semel ap. Paulum, GaL 1, 23; 
haav dxo^ovxeg. — cxnn^uhiro: taxai SeStfjiivov, 
toxai XeXvfiivoVj i. q. hgatum manebit, solutum 
manebit, Mt 16, 19; ^oxat naxov/jtivij , calcata 
manebit, Lc. 21, 24 aliisque exemplis. — c) signi- 
ficatur, aliqnem in eo esse, ut aliquid fiEUsiat; hv 
igxdfJLBVOV, war imKommen begrijfen, Jo. 1, 9; hv 
hioaxgiqxov^ Act 8, 28. — d) copulatione Yeroi 
Bivai c. j)tcpio etiam id spectari Yidetur, ut ver- 
bolts notio nominalem formam induta majorem Yim 
habeat et magis emineat ; ^v Ij^oir xxriiAaxa noXXa 
(nos: wohlhabend), Mt 19, 22. Mc. 10, 22; icy aim- 
«<tfv, Lc. I, 20; jjv {>noxaaa6fievog (gehorsam) 2, 
51; loB^i i^ovalav |ya>y, esto praefectus, Le. 19, 
17; jjv ovvBvdoxdiVf Act. 8, 1; gcSv eliiif Ap. 1, 18 
et aliis exemplis; — ter ap. Paulum: si - - ^hti- 
xoxsg iafjihv /jlovov, si ii sumus, qui solum spera- 
Yorint, s. quibns praeter spem nihil relictum est, 
1 Co. 15, 19; ^v - - xaxaXdoowVy reconciliator, 1 Co. 
5, 19; Sxiva iaxi Xoyov l;i^oiTa aoiplag, sunt res 
famam habentes sapientiae, CoL 2, 23 (exempla, 
^uibus Yerbo slvai et participle nonnuliae Yoces 
mterponuntur e profanis affert Matthiae, §. 560). 
— e) Prorsus alius generis sunt exempla, m qui- 
bus Yim habet Yerbum slvai atque idem est ac 
reperirif adesse, versari, commorari (y. supra in 
n. I), participium autem additur, ut significetnr 
actus Yel conutio subjecti (cf. BUm, ntl. Gr. p. 267, 
27); iv xoZg fivi^fiaai - - iv (versabatur) x^agcov, 
Mc. 6, 5; ^v 6h ^;rer (Yersabatur ibi) -^- fioaxofiivfjf 
Mc. 5, 11. Mt 8, 30; ^aav iv xy 66^ ivaBalvovxsg, 
recte Luth.: sie befanden sich auf aem Wege, 
hinaufreisendy Mc. 10, 32; slolv avogsg — sbx^v 
hovxeg. Act 21, 23; adde Mt. 12, 10. 22, 55. Mc. 2, 



BifAl. 



122 



BifAl, 



6 (utroque loco ^aav, aderant); Lc. 4, 33. Jo. 1, 28. 
3, 23. Act. 25, 14. Bo. 3, 12 al.; Svw^iv iativ, 
xaxapaXvov - - (incidendnm est virgola post iotlv\ 
stspeme est^ cui explicationis causa adaitiir xata- 
Palvov^ Jac. 1,17. — 5) Formulae iyih slfii (nostr. 
ich bin es) in evan^eliis, ilnaxime joanneo, frequen- 
tatae mente addendum est praedicatum, quippe e 
sermonis eontextu facile patens (cf. Krilger, I, 
p. 461, 7); ita iy(D el/ni^ sc. ^Iriaovq d Na^.^ Jo. 

18, 5 s. 8; is, quern yidetis, ego sum, non alius, 
Mt. 14, 27. Mc. 6, 60. Lc. 24, 36 {Lchm.); Jo. 6, 20; 
sc. 6 xa^-rifjievoQ x. ngoaaixdSv^ Jo. 9, 9; simplex 
slfil, sum praeceptor atque dominus, Jo. 13, 13; o{>x 
el/jl sc. ^1 avttov, Lc. 22, 58. Jo. 18, 25; non sum 
Ellas, Jo. 1, 21; speciatim: ego sum Messias, Mc. 
13, 6. 14, 62. Lc. 21, 8. Jo. 4, 26. 8. 24. 28. 13, 19; 
sum filius dei, Lc. 22, 1 7. (« «!jh ^}» Deut. 32, 39. 
Jes. 43, 10); cf. KeimlUn p. 320. Idem usus est ter- 
tiae personae; ixsXvoq iaxiv, sc. 6 vl6g xov ^bov^ 
Jo. 9, 37; sc. d nagadwaofv ifii, 13, 26. — 6) Ex 
enuntiationibuB pronomen in praedicati loco baben- 
tibus notanda sunt a) xlq slfii^ elg, iaxlv^ formuLft 
sciscitantium et alicnjus notitiam habere cupien- 
tium, ut vel sciant, quails sit quove nomine appel- 
landus is, quern videant, Jo. 1, 19. 8, 25. 21, 12. Act. 
26, 15 ; yel ut ejus, de quo sermo est, yideant fa- 
ciem isque ipsis monstretur, Lc. 19, 3. Jo. 9, 36; 
ai) xIq eI 6 c. ptcpio, tu quis ((^^uantulus) es, qui ....* 
est objurgantium et contemptim alter! jus aliquid 
faciendi abiudicantium, Ro. 9, 20. 14, 4 fStrab. 6, 
p. 271: av xig el 6 xovufjifjQov tpiyofv oyg 
fjiv&6ypa<pov;); 4yw xlq slfii ...,• ego quia (quan- 
tulus) sum ,,J dictio modeste de se judicantis et 
impotentiam suam cognoscentis, Act. 11, 17 coll. 
Exod. 3, 11. — b) eifil xlq, ut ap. Latinos, sum ali- 
quiSf i. e. eximius quidam. Act. 5, 36 ; elvai r/, ut 
latin, aliquid esse «* eximium quiddam. Gal. 2, 6. 
6, 3; quibus in dictionibus r/c et xl vim habent; 
cf. Kilhner U, p. 571. slval xl post ne^tiones 
nihil esse, 1 Co. 3, 7; cf. Meyer ad 1. ; item m inter- 
rogationibus vim negationis habentibus 1 Co. 10, 

19. — ov6h eifii, 1 Co. 13, 2. 2 Co. 12, 11 ; ov6h 
iaxiVy nihili est, nuUius momenti est, Mt. 23, 16. 
18. Jo. 8, 54. Act. 21, 24. 1 Co. 7, 19. — c) xlg iaxiv, 
velut ^ TiaQapoXii, quid sibi vult, quae est ejus rei 
explicatio? Lc. 8, 9: xig eHrj ^ nagapoX^ aSxij. Act. 
10, 17: xl av sUtj x6 dgaua. Mc. 1,27: xliaxi xovxo; 
quid hoc rei est? formula admirantium. Lc. 15, 26: 
xl bUtj xavxa; quae causa sit strepitus, quern auri- 
bus percipiat. 18, 36. Jo. 10, 6: xlva ^v, a iXaksi 
avxoZg. — xl iaxiv, quid sibi vult vel velit, Mt. 9, 13. 
12, 7. Lc. 20, 17. Jo. 16, 17. 18; xl iaxiv, si fi^ oxi, 
Eph. 4, 9; v. supra in It. 3. — d) oixog, aSxijy xovxo 
iaxiv sq. nomine: in eo cemitur, eo continetur; 
ec) ita ponitur, ut pronomen respiciat ad ea, quae 
in proximo antecedentibus dicta sunt; ovxog yag 
iaxiv 6 vofjtog, iis, quae modo commemoravi, con- 
tinetur, s. hue redit lex, Mt. 7, 12. — fi) ex ioanneo 
dicendi usu ita, ut pronomen quasi se habeat ut 
snbjectum, ^uod se(][uente nomine definiatur et 
hoc nomen ipsum vices quasi gerat praedicati; 
avxi] iaxiv ^ vlxij - - ^ niaxig ijfidiv, 1 Jo. 5, 4; 
aSxtf iaxiv j^ fiagxvgla xov ^sov, ^v ..., vs. 9 in t. 
vulg. — ovxog f avri7, xovxo iaxiv sequente oxi, 
Jo. 3, 19. 1 Jo. 1, 5. 5, 11. 14; seq. 2va (ubi dicitur 
aliquid fieri debere vel aliquid desiderari, postu- 
lari), Jo. 6, 29. 39 s. 15, 12. 1 Jo. 3, 1 1. 23. 5, 3; seq. 
oxe . . . , Jo. 1, 19. — 7) Participium &v, oiaa, dv, 
Syxeg, Svxa, snbstantivis vel adjectivis conjunctum 
vim enuntiationis inteijectae habet, ut vertendum 
sit cum sim, sis, sit etc., atque idem sit quod 
nostrum als; velut bI oiv t>fiBig, novtiQol SvxBg^ 



oidaxB, Mt. 7, 11 ; adde 12, 34. Lc. 20, 36. Jo. 3, 4. 
4, 9. Act. 16, 21. Eo. 5, 10. 1 Co. 8, 7. GaL 2, 3. 
Jac. 3, 4 et saepius; bis c. aliis participiis, quae 
adjectivorum vim obtinent: SvxBg dnrjXXoxgiof/ii- 
voij Eph. 4, 18; iaxoxiafiivoi, Col. 1, 21. — 8) Non- 
numquam copula iaxiv (accentu instructa) initio 
enuntiati locatur, quo magis urgeatur Veritas eorum, 
quae s. affirm ando s. negando enuntiantur; Lc. 8; 

11. 1 Tim. 6, 6; %axi Sh niaxig .,., Heb. 11, 1 (etsi 
sunt, qui h. 1. explicent: exstat vero s. deprekendi- 
tur fides, videlicet in exemplis statim posthac al- 
latis); aliquoties ap. Philonem in enuntiatis a De- 
litzschio ad Heb. 11, 1. p. 513 allatis, definitionis 
formam referentibus. — oix iaxiVj Mt. 13, 57. Mc. 

12, 27. Act. 10, 34. 1 Co. 14, 33. Jac. 3, 15. 

HE) bI/jiI junctum c. adverbiis; 1) c. adverbiis 
loci; a) ubtf sum, versor alicubi ; ixsl, Mt. 2, 15. 
27, 55. Mc. 3, 1 al.; iv^ddB, Act. 16, 28; iW, Jo. 
20, 26; ov, Mt. 2, 9. 18, 20. Act. 16, 13; onov, Mc. 
2, 4. 5. 40. Jo. 6, 62. Act. 17. 1 al.; nov, Mt. 2, 2. 
Jo. 7, 11 al. ; w6b, Mt. 28, 6. Mc. 9, 5 al. — b) c. ad- 
verbiis distantiae: anivavxl xivog, Bo. 3, 18 (Ps. 
36, 2); ixxdg xivog, 2 Co. 12, 2 s.; ifjtngoa&iv xivog, 
Lc. 14, 2; ivxSg xivog, Lc. 17, 21; ivmnidv xivog, 
Ap. 1, 5. 7, 15; (laxgav and xivoc, Jo. 21, 8. Mc. 12, 
34; nS^^oiy Lc. 14, 32; indva>, Jo. 3, 31; de situ 
regionum et locorum: avxiniga xivdg, Lc. 8, 26; 
iyyvg, nunc absolute, Jo. 19, 42; nunc c. genit., 
11, 18. 19, 20 al.; c. dat.. Act. 9, 38. 27, 8. — c) undef 
sum alicunde, i. e. oriundus sum, originem duco; 
no^Bv, Mt. 21, 25. Lc. 13. 25. 27. Jo. 7, 27. 9, 29. 
19, 9. 2, 9 {no^Bv iaxlv^ sc. 6 olvog, nnde appara- 
tum sit vinum); ivxBv^BV, Jo. 18, 36. — 2) c. ad- 
verbiis qualitatis; ovxcDg Blfil, ita me habeo, talis 
sum; absoL Mt. 13, 49; add. iv vfiZv, 20, 26; ovxwg 
Saxai, ita eveniet, Mt 13, 40. 49; ovxofg iaxiv yel 
iaxai, de rebus, eventis al. : eadem vel talis ratio est 
(diese Bewandtniss hat es mxt) vel erit rei; Mt. 1 9. 
10. 24, 27. 37. 99. Mc. 4, 26. Ro. 4, 18 (Gen. 15. 5); 
idem de personis, Jo. 3, 8. — xad-tog iaxiv, nt, quem- 
aditaodum est, 1 Jo. 3, 2. 7. 4, 17; Blfil wanBQ xig, 
sum, ago, ut quidam, eum imitor, similis ei sum, 
Mt. 6, 5. Lc. 18, 11 ; %ax<o aoi waneg.,, , parem earn 
habeas pagano et portitori, i. e. nulla tibi sit cum 
eo communio, Mt. 18, 17; eifil o)C vel IbaBl xig, si- 
milis vel par sum aHcui, Mt. 22, 30. 28. 3. Lc. 1 1, 
44. 22, 27. 1 Co. 7, 29 s. ; xci anXdyxva nBgiaaoxi- 
gmg Big ifiag iaxiv^ majore in vos movetur amoro, 
2 Co. 7, 15. Ceterum v. suo quodque adverbium 
loco. 

IV) Blfil cum casibus nominum substantivomm 
vel pronominum obliquis: 1) Blval xivog, ut La- 
tinorum alicujus esse i. q. ad aliquem vel aliquid 
pertinere, significat qualemcunque possessionem vel 
cum allquo conjunctionem (Genitiv der Angehortg- 
keit): cf. KrUger §. 47, 6. Win. §. 30, 5. BUm. 
ntl. (jr. p. 141 s. — a) do rebus, quas aliquis pos- 
sidet; ^axai aov naacc, Lc. 4, 7; oi iaxiv ^ }^oivij 
aSxTj, Act. 21, 11; adde Mc. 12, 7. Jo. 10, 12. 19, 24; 
vel ad quas possidendas aliquis idoneus est; xivog 
iaxiv h paaiXBla x. oig, s. xov S^bov, idoneus est ad 
regni aiv. consortium, Mt. 5, 3. 10. 19, 14. Mc. 10, 
14. Lc. 18, 16. — ndvxa tfiGjv iaxiv vestro' usui et 
vestrae saluti omnia inserviunt, 1 Co. 3, 21. — 
b) de rebus, c^uae proficiscuntur ab aliquo; 2 Co. 4, 
7. — c) alicujus partes sequi, aUcui addictum esse; 
1 Co. 1, 12. 2 Tim. 2, 19; xov Xgiaxov, Mc. 9. 41. 
^0. 8, 9. 1 Co. 1, 12. 2 Co. 10, 7; hinc etiam xr^g 
oSov (sc. xov xvglov) bIvoi, Act. 9, 2. — d) aUcui 
subjectum esse; in alicujus mxinu et potestate esse; 
Mt. 22, 28. Act. 27, 23. Ro. 9, 16. 14, 8. 1 Co. 3, 23. 
6, 19 et in t. vulg. vs. 20; nvBVfiaxog, Lc. 9, 55 t. 



eifii. 



123 



Slfii. 



vulg. ei Grrsb, — Hino e) alicui competere^ Act. 1, 7. 
— /) (dicujua generis esse; slvai wxxog, oxorovq, 
il/iigag, 1 Th. 5, 5. 8; aut ex aUquorum numero 
esse. Act. 23, 6. 1 Tim. 1, 20. 2 Tim. 1, 15. — g) cum 
genit. qualilatis; Heb. 10, 39. 12, 11. — h) c. genit. 
aetatis; Mc. 5, 42; Lc. 3, 23. Act. 4, 22. (Tob. 14, 
11.) — Cum quo verbi slvai nsu noli confundere 
exempla, quibus ad elfii pertinet nominatiTus prae- 
dicati e verbis in subjecti loco positis repetendus 
(cf. Krilger I, p. 238. Anm. 1); ovx iativ 6 ^sog 
vfXQtbVy dkXa }^oivT(ov, sc. ^eo^, Mt. 22, 32 coll. 
Mc. 12, 27. Lc. 20, 38; tavxa rd, ^ifiptaxa ovx %oti 
daifjLoviC^ofiivov sc. ^^fiata, Jo. 10, 21 ; ovx ^aviv 
dxaxfiaxaclaq o ^Boq, aXXa elgifivriq, 1 Co. 14. 31 ; 
aXXo fiifiXloVf o iaxi xf^Q gco^c. Ap. 20, 12: adde 
2 Co. 2, 3. 1 Pet. 3, 3. — 2) slfil c. tlativo (Kruger 
p. 271 s. Win. §. 31, 2); — far* jmoi, ^/jlXv etc. a) est 
mihi, nobis etc.. habeOy hahemus; Lc. 1, 7. 2, 7. 10. 
14, 10. Jo. 18, 10. 39. 19, 40. Act. 7, 5. 8, 21. 10, 6. 
Ro. 9, 2. 9. 1 Co. 9. 16. 1 Pet 4, 11 et saepe. — 
ovx Boxiv fjfjiZv ij niXfi ngdg . . . , non nobis ineunda 
est pu^a contra ..., Eph. 6, 12-, ^sialv rifilv, babe- 
mus hic. Act. 21, 23; xl-Hoxai ^filv; quid habebi- 
mus? quid tribuetur nobis? Mt. 19, 27; t/itv iativ 
4 inayyeXla, ad 70s pertinet haec promissio {euch 
gehort sie zu\ Act. 2, 39. — b) elval xivl T£, alicui 
aliquem vel aligiad esse^ b. e. in aliquo habere all- 
quern vel aliqmd sc. quo utar, aut quod tuear (an 
einem etwas haben); axBvoq ixXoyfiq iaxifjioi ovxoQj 
8c. xov c. inf. Act. 9, 15; iaea^i^fioi f/dgxygeg^ Act. 
22, 15; iaoiiai avxiji &€d^ x, avxog eaxai (iol vIoq, 
Ap.21,7; %covxai fioi Xaoq^ 2 Co. 6, 16; sIq x6 elvai 
avxov - - naxiga - - xoX^ ..., Ro 4, 11. — c) slval 
TivLxl, aUcui haberi pro ... (einem geUenfUr ...), 

1 Co. 1, 18. 2, 14. 9, 2 coll. Mt. 18, 17. — d) slval 
xivi T£, cedere alicui in aUquid (einem zu etwas g&' 
reichen; cf. Krilger I, p. 271 s.), 1 Co. 11, 14 s. 

2 Co. 2, 15. Phil. 1, 28 ; oval Si fjtol iaxi, 1 Co. 9, 16 
(Hos. 9, 12). — e) ^axai xivl, accidet^ eveniet, ob- 
tinget,^ alicui; Mt. 16, 22. Lc. 1, 45. — /) Act. 24, 
11: ov nlei'ovQ slot fioi Tjfiigai ^ dixa 6vo, non 
plures - - dies mihi sunt sc. exacti, h. e. non 

f lures - - dies transegi. — Lc. 1, 36: ovxo^ ia^v 
xxoQ iaxlv avxyt sextus hie agitur ei mensis. — 
Excludendi hic sunt loci ii, in quibus dativus non 
jungitur cum verbo. sed ab adjectivo pendet, ut a 
xaXo^, xoivfovog^ <plXog al. 

Y) slfii c. praepositionibus et casibus, qui ab eis 
reguntur. — J) an 6 xivog (towov), oriundus sum; 
Jo. 1, 45. — 2) stg r£, a) me aliquo recejn ibique 
sum (cf. Win. p. 3868.); slg olxov, Mc.2, 1; eig xov 
ay gov, 13, 16; ilq x, xolxijv, Lc. 11, 7; slg r. xoX- 
ncv, Jo. 1, 18., ad quem locum cf. Tholuck; — de 
loco Act. 8, 20 V. in dna}X€ia n. 2. — metaph. deveni 
in aliquid; fig ;(oA$v nixglaq (nos: in bittere Galle 
gerathen sein). Act. 8, 23. — b) directus sum in alu- 
quid; wax€ xrjv nlaxiv i>fA(bv - - elvai elg ^sov, 

1 Pet. \y2];ad aliquid tendo, Ro. 1 1, 36. — c) cedo 
in aliquid (zu etwas gereichen oder dienen) ; 1 Co. 
14, 22. CoL 2, 22. Jac. 5, 3 ; ifiol elq iXdxiaxov ioxi, 
cedit mihi in rem minimi moment!, h. e. minimi 
facio, 1 Co. 4, 3. (siq ciipiXsiav, Aesop, fab. 24, 2.) — 
d) ex imitations hebr. rrr^ sq. V. elvai etg xiva vel 
Tt, ubi Graeci ponunt nominati^um; Mt. 19, 5 et 
Mc. 10, 8 et 1 Co. 6. 16 et Eph. 5. 31 : ^aovxai slg 
odpxa fiiav (e Gen. 2, 24); 1 Jo. 5, 8: tig rd Mv si' 
OLV, in unum coSunt, eodem tendunt, conspirant; 

2 Co. 6, 18. (Jer. 31, 1.) Heb. 1, 5 (2 Sam. 7, 14). 8, 
10. — 3) l^x X Lvogj a) sum pars alicufusj pertineo 
ad . , . f 1 Co. 12, 15 s.; fx xivcdv, ex aUquorum 
numero, Mt. 26, 73. Mc. 14, 69 s. Lc. 22, 58. ^m 1. 
24. 6, 64. 71. 7, 50. 10, 26. 18, 17. 25. Act. 21, 8. 



2 Tim. 3, 6. 1 Jo. 2, 19. Ap. 17, 11 (Xen. mem 3, 6, 
\iy, ix xov dgiB-fAoif xivwy, Lc.22,3. — b)oriundum 
aut profectumessetkutoririfprojiciscialieunde; Lc. 
23, 7. Jo. 1, 47. 8, 31 (d dfv ix xijg yijg); 4, 22. 7, 52. 
8, 23. 18, 36. Act. 4.6. 19, 25. 23, 34. GaL 3, 21. 1 Jo. 

4, 7; ^g ioxiv if ifiibv, popularis vester. Col. 4, 9. 
— c) proficisci ab aliquo auctore; Mt. 5, 37. Jo. 7, 
17. Act. 5, 38 s. 2 Co. 4, 7. 1 Jo. 2, 16. Heb. 2, 11 ; 
slvai is oigavoVj iS dv^Q(ono}v, dei, hominum au- 
ctoritate institutnm esse, Mt. 21, 25. Mc. 11, 30. Lc. 

20, 4; — gigni ex aliquo, Mt. 1, 20. — d) ex aliqwo 
nexum esse; nexwn habere cum aliquo; 6 vdfiog ovx 
saxtv ix Ttlaxsapgt nihil rei habet cum fide, Ghil. 3, 
12; ^1 tgycjv vofAOv slvai, Luth. bene: mit Werken 
umg^ien, ibid. vs. 10; maxinie ex joanneo dicendi 
usu: ex alicujus e/fieaciapenderey ab aluvw moveri 
et regi et ejus indolem refirre; ita slvai ix xov Sia- 
poXoVt Jo. 8, 44. 1 Jo. 3, 8 ; ix xov novtjQOv, 1 Jo. 8, 
10; ^x xov xdofiovy Jo. 15, 19. 17, 14. 16. 1 Jo. 4, 5; 
ubi de vitiis dicitur, est i. q. effeotum esse a mun> 
do ad eumque pertinere, 1 Jo. 2, 16; opponitur ix 
xov ^sov slvai, Jo. 8, 47. 1 Jo. 4, 1—3; quod die. 
potissimnm de hominibus vere christianis, ut qui 
per dei spiritum sint regenerati (v. in ysvvdw, n. 
2, d), 1 Jo. 4, 4. 6. 5, 19. 3 Jo. vs. 11 ; ix xijg aXtj- 
d-siag slvai, vel prodire ex veritatis studio tam- 
quam ejus effectum, ut 1 Jo. 2, 21., vel, si de ho- 
mine cucitur, veritatis amore et studio duci ac 
regi, ut Jo. 18, 37. 1 Jo. 3, 19; d &v ix xfjg yrjg ix 
r^C yr^g iaxlv, e terra ortus re£Brt hujus terrenae 
suae originis naturam, terrenus est, Jo. 3, 31. — 
e) ex a/iquo formatum esse; Ap. 21, 21 1 Co. 11, 
8. — i) sv xivi, a) c, dat. loci, adsum^ versor, 
commoror in cUiquo loco; a) proprie Mt. 24, 26. Lc. 
2, 49 al.; in superficie loci, nostr. av^f, velut iv xy 
dd<jf, Mc. 10, 32 al.; iv x<p dygfp, Lc. 15, 25; — ad; 
iv ds^i^ xov ^sov, Ro. 8, 34 ; habito^ commoror, ve- 
lut in aliqua urbe, Lc. 18, 3. Act. 9, 10. Phil. 1, 1. 

1 Co. 1, 2 al.; deus iv ovQavolg, Eph. 6, 9; die. de 
rebus, quae alicubi reperiantur, dej^'ehenduntur, 

2 Tim. 2, 20 al. — ^) res ad locum sic pertinentes, 
ut aliquis in iis esse vel circumdari iis possit sensu 
proprio, translate dicuntur atque improprie, velut 
slvai iv t<jf (pcDxi, iv xy axoxla, 1 Jo. 2, 9. 11. 1 Th. 

5, 4; ^v oagxl, Ro. 7, 5. 8, 8 (i. in adg^). — b) in 
aliquo statu esse; iv slp^vv, Lc. 11, 21; iv ix^ga, 
23, 12; iv xgifiaxi, vs. 40; ivnsgixofiy, ivdxgofiv^ 
axltf, Ro. 4^ 10; ^v (fol^, 2 Co. 3, 8 al. ; hinc die. de 
malis, quibus aliquis laborat: iv ^vasi ai/jiaxog, 
Mc. 5, 25. Lc. 8, 43. (iv xy voatp, Soph. Aj. 270; in 
morbo esse, Cic. Tusc. 3, 4); de vitiis, quibus ali- 
Quis quasi obruitur. iv xaZg afjiagxlaig^ 1 Co. 15, 17; 
ae virtutibus, in quibus persistitur, iv nlaxsi, 2 Co. 
13, 5. — c) aliquo instructum esse (im Besitz von 
etwas sein)\ Phil. 4, 11; ^v ifovala, Lc. 4, 32; iv 
pdgsi (v. in fidgog), 1 Th. 2, 6. — d) aliqua re occu- 
patum esse (Bnhdy p. 210); iv xy kogry, in cele- 
brando festo, Jo. 2, 23; sedulo alicui rei operam 
navare^ 1 Tim. 4, 15. (Hor. epp. 1, 1, 11 : - - „omnis 
in hoc sum".) — e) aicitur aliquis vel aliquid m 
aliquo esse, i. e. in ejvs animo; ita deus (h. e. vis et 
efficacia ejus) in prophetis, 1 Co. 14, 25; Christus 
(h. e. sancta ejus mens et vis) in aniinis discipulo- 
rum vel Christianorum, Jo. 17, 26. 2 Co. 13, 5; xd 
nvsv/jta xrjg dXri^siag, Jo. 14, 17; amici dicuntur 
esse iv xp xagSla ipsos amantis, 2 Co. 7, 3 ; — di- 
cuntur vitia, vir^utes al. in aliquo esse, ut 66Xog^ 
Jo. 1,48; ddixia^ 7,18; ayvoia, Eph.4, 18; afiagxia, 
1 Jo. 3, 5; aXii^sia. Jo. 8, 44. 2 Co. 11, 10. Eph. 4, 

21. lJo.1,8. 2,4(aAj}^«ia xal x(>/<y£C, 1 Mace. 7, 18) ; 
dydnri, Jo. 17, 26. 1 Jo. 2, 15; o X6yog avxov (x, 
^sov) ovx Boxiv iv ^fJtiv, argumentum verbi divini 



eif^L 



124 



sIttov. 



oon impressnm est aniinis nostris, 1 Jo. 1, 10; ro 
g)Sg oix tctiv iv eevx^, efficacia luds non est in 
ejus animo, Jo. 11, 10; axinla, 1 Jo. 1, 5; axavSa- 
Xov, ibid. 2, 10: nihil in ejus animo est, quo ad 
peccandnm sedueatnr (cf. Dusterdiek et Huther 
ad h. L). — Act. 18, 15 (si in promtu Tobis est ser- 
mo, quern proferatis). — /) iv r^ ^s(p slvai dicun- 
tor a) Christiani utpote ei quasi infixi, h. e. in- 
time conjnncti, 1 Jo. 2, 5. 5, 20. — fi) omnes ho- 
mines, propterea quod causa, cur sint efc esse per- 
gant, in solo deo est quaerenda, Act. 17, 28. — 
g) c. dat. personae: in cuiquorum numero esse' Mt. 
27, 56, Mc. 15, 40. Lc. 2, 44. Ro. 1, 6. — h) Prae- 
terea notanda sunt: Haxi xi Mw rivi, ali^uid culpae 
■in aliquo deprehenditur, Act. 25, 5; nititur aliquid 
in aliqua re, 1 Go. 2, 5; ovx fariv iv ovdevl aXXtp ^ 
awxriQltt, salus in nuUo alio re^osita est, a quo ex- 
spectetur. Act. 4, 12; c. dat. rei, conHnebwr %n ali- 

fuo, £ph. 5,^ 18. Heb. 10, S. 1 Jo. 4, 18. — 5) Blfxl 
nlfO) xivoq, in, nostr. au/; intxov Stouaxog, Lc. 
17, 31; inl xijg xc^aA^c, Jo. 20, 7; ])Taeiectus sum 
alicui rei, Act. 8, 27; praesum alicui, Ro. 9, 5. — 
b) xivl^ sum ad {bei); inl ^paig^ Mt. 24,33. Mc. 13, 
20. — c) xtvdf sum super aUquem; r^Qiq ijv inlxi- 
va, adfuit alicui, adjuvit eum, Lc 2, 40. Act. 4, 31 
nvevfia ijv inl xiva^ supenrenerat aliquem , agebat 
eum, Lc. 2, 25 coll. Lc. 4, 18. LXX Jes. 61, 1 ; addc 
GaL 6, 16; elvai inl xd (tit 6, con^egatum esse, 
Act. 1, 15. 2, 1. 44; die. de conci^bitu, 1 Co. 7, 5 
(e lect. ^s pro Tulg. avvi^ysad'e). — 6) elfjil 
xaxd, a) xivog, sum contra aUquem, euiversar ei; 
Mt. 12, 30. Lc. 9, 50. 11, 23. GaL 5, 23. Ro. 8, 31 
(opp. i>ni^ xivoq, ut Mc. 9, 40). — b) xaxd xi, «e- 
cundum aliquid; xax& adpxa, xtxxii nvevfia, car- 
nis vel spiritus indolem refero, naturam habeo; ^Ro. 

8, 5; elvai xax^ &v&Qi»nov, Gall. 1, 11; xttt* ak^- 
Beiav^ Ro. 2, 2. — 1) fiexd xivog, a) versor cum 
aliquo; Mt. 17, 17. Mc. 3, 14. 5, 18. Lc. 6, 3. Jo. 3, 
26. 12, 17. 16, 32. Act 9, 39 et saepe in eyangeliis; 
Ap. 21, 3; de navibus aliquem comitantibus, Mc. 
4, 36; die. de eo, quod aHcui adest, ut inde utili- 
tatem percipiat, 2 Jo. vs. 2. Ro. 16, 20; ex hebr. 
auxUio alicui esse (de deo piis se quasi oomitem 
adjungente), Lc. 1, 66. Jo. 3, 2. 8, 29. 16, 32. Act. 7, 

9. 10, 38. 11, 21. 18, to. 2 Co. 13, 11. PhiL 4, 9. 2 Jo. 
YB. 3 coll. Mt. 28, 20. (Gen 21, 20. Judic. 6, 12 al.) 
— b) facio cum aliquo; Mt. 12, SO. Lc. 11. 23. (Xen. 
anab. 1, 3, 15.) — f^ slfilnaga^ a) xivig, sum ah 
aliquo {von einem her) profectus; die. Christus 
slvai naga xoe ^eof), Jo. 6.46. 7,29. 9,16.33; iaxlv 
XI naga xivoQ, ab aliquo datum est, Jo. 17, 7. — 

b) naga Tin, sum ajmd aliquem; Mt. 22, 25; die. 
odx elvai nagh x^ &B<f yitia, quae ab eo^aUena 
sunt; ngoaamoXippla, Ro. 2, 11. £ph. 6, 9; ddixla, 
Ro. 9, 14. — c) xivi (xonov), ad, juxta; Mc. 6, 21. 
Act. 10, 6. — ^)ng6qxLva,cC\ versus; ngoq kani- 
gav iaxly advesperascit, Lc. 24, 29. — b"^ ad (eon- 
Torsum esse ad), Mc. 4, 1. — c) apud ahquem esse, 
Mt. 13, 56. Mc. 6, 3. 9, 19. Lc. 9, 41. Jo. 1, 1. — 
10) ovvxivi, a) cum aliquo versor; Lc. 22, 56. 24, 
44. Act. 13, 7. Pliil. 1, 23. Col. 2, 5. 1 Th. 4, 17. — 

c) comes sum alicujus, comitor aliquem; Lc. 7, 12. 
8, 38. Act 4, 13. 22, 9. 2 Pet 1, 18. —c) socius ali- 
cfMus sum, alicujus partes sequor; Act 5, 17. 14,4. 
(XTen. Cyr. 5, 4, 37.) — 11) slfil i>nig^ a) xivoc, 
sum pro aliquo^ ejus partibus faveo, Mc. 9, 40. Lc. 
9, 50. Ro. 8, 31 (opp. slfJtl xaxd xtvog\ — b) xivd, 
sum supra aliquem, supero, anteceUo alicui, Lc. 
6, 40. — 12) tno xtva, a) sMectus sum alicui; 
Mt 8, 9 t vulg. Orsb, Tdf, lYg.; Ro. 3, 9. 6, 
14 8. Gal. 3, 10. 25. 5, 18. 1 Tim. 6, 1. ^ b) sub 
aliqua re, Telut sub arbore, Jo. 1, 49. 1 Co. 10, 1. 



— Ceterum suo qnodqne loco videndum est prae- 
Terbium. 

VI) Ut ap. Graecos, ita etiam in N. T. fre- 
quentissime omittitur slfii (cf. Win, 6. 64, 2.. qui 
nubem exemplorum affert; Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 119 s.), 
et omnium quidem saepissime iaxlv, Lc. 4, 18. Bo. 

11, 36.1 Co. 4, 20. 2 Tim. 3, 16 Heb. 5, 13 al.; in 
exclamationibus. Act. 19, 28. 34; in interrogationi- 
bus, Bo. 9, 14. 2 Co. 6, 14—16; xl ydg, Phil. 1, 18. 
Ro. 3, 3; xl ovv, Bo. 3, 9. 6, 15; el Ap. 15, 4; flfil, 
2 Co. 11, 6; iofiiv, iaxi, 1 Co. 4, 10: siol. Bo. 12, 
14. 1 Co. 13, 8 al.; imperat l<rra>, Ro. 12, 9. Heb. 
13, 4 s.; iaxe, Bo. 12, 9. 1 Pet. 3, 8; sttj in optatio-^ 
nibus. Mt. 16, 2. Gal. 6, 16 al.; ipse conjunctiy. y 
post eW, Bo. 4, 16. 2 Co. 8, 11. 13; saepe ptcp. <Sv, 
6vxeg, ut (Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 261, 18) Mc. 6, 20. Act. 
27, 38; in dictionibus ol ix nsgixofifjq , 6 ix nl- 
axSQfg, ol in 6 vofiov al. 

elfjii, eo, vado, a nonnullis commendatum, Jo. 7, 
34. 86 pro vul^. slfjtl^ sed cf. Win. p. 52 s. 

€"vEX€v, V. in Svexa, Svsxsv, 

ihcsg, v. in bI n. HI, 13. 

slnov, aor. 2. act., ab iuusitato praes. EUSl (cf. 
Ihcoq)^ ion. ElUSi (ut igwxda, eigwxd(o, kXlaam, 
elXlaaa>)\ imperat. €lni,o^ta.t. eUnow, conj. etnto, 
inf. slnsTv, partic. elnoav, aor. 1. slna (Jo. 10, 34, 
t vulg. Grsb, Tdf. Trg. e Ps. 82, 6; — Act. 26, 
15 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; Heb. 3, 10 Lchm, e Ps. 95, 
10; adde Job. 29, 18. 32, 7 al. Sir. 24, 29. 1 Mace. 
6, 11 al.; cf. Kiihner I, p. 817), 2 ps. dnag (Mt 

26, 25. Mc. 12, 32 al.), 3 ps. plur. ilnav (saepins 
ap. Lchm. Tdf. Trg., velutMt 12. 2. 27, 6. Jo. 18, 
30 al.); imperat. slnov (Mc. 13, 4 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; 
Lc. 10, 40 Tdf; Act. 28, 26 Orsb. Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg. pro attico shcov, cf. Win. p. 50. Fritzscne 
ad Mc. p. 515 ss.), in reliquis personis, slnaxw 
(Ap. 22, 17), BXnaxB (Mt 22, 4. 26, 18. Mc. 14, 14.. 
16, 7), slndxa>aav (Act. 24, 20) etiam ap. Atticos 
frequens; ptcp. e forma potissimum ionica efnag 
(Act. 7, 37 Lchm. Tdf. Trg.); — fut ^pcb mutuatiir 
ab epico praes. sTg<o; — contra a PE£i mutuantur 
perf. ftgfjxa, 3ps.plur. slg^xactv {Act 11, 2S), sfgri- 
xav (Ap. 19, 3; v. sub ylvofiai); infin. elgTjxivat, 
Heb. 10,15 Lchm. Tdf Trg.; j^f. pass. 3 ps. ef- 

frjxai, ptcp. slgrifiivov, plusqpL Blgiixsiv, aor. 1. 
JSi4ijv (Ap. 6, 11. 9, 4. et in t vulg. ap. Grsb. 
Tdf Mt 5, 21 ss.; ap. Lchm. Tdf et Trg. Bo. 9, 

12. 26. Gal. 3, 16), attice id^^^v (Mt 5, 21 ss. 
Lchm. Trg.: Bo. 9, 12. 26. Gal. 3, 16 t vulg. Orsb.). 
ptcp. ^T^^eiQ, ^ffiiv, — LXX pro ^fe^, — dicebam 
dixi, sive ore, sive litteris; 

1) c. accus. objecti; a) c. ace. rei; slnetv Xoyov, 
Mt 8, 8 (t vulg.); Jo. 2, 22. 7, 36; 18, 9. 32; ^^fia, 
Mt. 14, 72; BhiBlv Xoyov sT^ xiva, i. q. pkaawrjfifiv, 
Lc. 12, 10; item xaxd xivoQ, Mt. 12, 32; (hq snog si- 
nsTv, ut ita dicam (formula Graecis frequentata, 
cf. Weiske de pleonasmis gr. p. 47. Matthias §. 
545. Delitzsch Comment z. Br. an d. Hebr. p. 285), 
Heb. 7, 9 (opp. dxgipet Xovfp Plat. rep. I, 341 b) ; 
x^v aX^^etav, Mc. 5, 33; aX'^siav iglb, 2 Co. 12, 
6; Tovxo dlrj&hQ etgijxaq, Jo. 4, 18; xl efnat; quid 
dicam f (vox ejus, qui dubitat, quid dicat), 12, 27; 
nwQ igBtxi dfi^v...; 1 Co. 14, 16; xl igov/ABv vel 
xl ovv igovfJLBv, quid dicemusi h. e. quid est, quod 
respondeamus? vel quod inde cogamusV formula 
tantum in epist ad Boman. obvia: 3, 5. 6, 1. 7, 7. 
9, 14. 30; add. ngig xavxa, 8, 31; bIkbIvxi nnglxi- 
voc, Jo. 7, 39. 10, 41. — De efFatis V.^ Ti., quae in 
scriptis N. Ti. excitantur, dici solet: ro ^ij^ev \>no 
xov xvglov did xov ngo^rixov, Mt. 1, 22. 2,15; vno 
xo$ d'sov 22, 31 ; {>n6 xov ngofprjiov in t vulg. Mt 

27, 35 coll. 2, 17; x6 ^rj^hv 6id xirog, Mt 2, 17 



tl 



Binov. 



125 



Biqipnj^ 



Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; 28. 4, 14. 8, 17. 12, 17. 18,85. 
21, 4. 27, 9; rd UQtitiivov dilt xov noo^,, Act. 2,16; 
TO elgnfiivov, Lc. 2, 24.^ Act. 13,40. Ko. 4, 18; i^^^ 
^tj, Mt. 5, 21 aL; xad-at^ stgtixSj Heb. 4, 3. — b) c. 
accus. perspnae, aliquem prplatis verbis designaitum 
veile; ov elnovj Jo. 1, 15; 6 ^ri^elg Mt. 3, 8. — bI' 
nsTv Tiva xaXiOQf bene loqtdde aliquOf lavdare aU' 
quemy Lc. 6, 26 (ev ibiBlv jiva, Horn. Od. I, 802); 
xaxGy^f maiecUceTe alicui, Act. 23, 5 ex Exod. 22,27; 
cf. Kiihner II, p. 252 s. et 277. — e) supplendo ac- 
cusatiYO €cix6 (v. in avzog n. II , 4); Lc. 22, 67. 
Jo. 9, 27. 16, 4 aL — oh elnag (sdL avrS), i. e. 
tu modo verbis expressisti, atque hoc sibi rait ■» 
ita est, at dicis, Mt. 26, 25. 64. — 2^ persona, cni 
aliqnid didtur, notatur a) datiTO; sintlv xl xivi^ 
Lc. 7, 40 et persaepe ; — ilnov hfiXv, sc. avro, dt- 
ctum vobie vehm; dictum hoe eeto, Mt. 28, 7; of. 
Bnhdy p. 381. — xivl nsql xivoq, Mt. 17, 13. Jo. 
18, 34. — aliqoid alicui dieere in reprehensionem, 
Mt. 21, 3; obtendere alicui ^quid, igeZxi fjtoi x^v 
TtagafioXi^, Lc. 4, 23 ; — dieere , quid ahquid sit, 
i. e. quid sibi yelit, nt x6 fivax^^iov, Ap. 17, 7. 

— b) usu praepositionis; TtQog xiva, dieere (ali- 
quid) ad cuiquem, ut Lc. 4, 28. 5, 4. 12, 16 et per- 
multis aliis Lucae locis ; dieere cUiquid , quod ad 
aliquem spectat, s. quod ad aliquem referatur {in 
Beziehung aufjemand), Mc. 12, 12. Lc. 18,9. 20,19. 

— 3) imov, dicebam^ simpliciter et absque ace. 
obj., ut sit omnino dieere, i. e. verbis decHarare, 
verbis uii; a) adjunctis adverbiis vol aliis quibus^ 
dam notionibus; Ofiolwg, Mt. 26, 35; waavxiog, Mt. 
21, 30. Mc. 14, 81; xafdg, Mt. 28, 6. Lc. 24, 24. Jo. 

1, 28. 7, 38; sine 6ia naaafiok^gy parabola uteiis 
dixit, Lc. 8, 4; iv naQaPoXaig, Mt 22, 1; c. dativo 
instrumentali; slnhXoytpf die (uno) yerbo (utens), 
sc. serrum meum sanatum in, Mt. 8, 8 (ubi t. vul^. 
Xoyov); Lc. 7, 7. — b) additis yerbis, quae dicit 
aliquis directa oratione expressis; ita centies in 
historicormn N. TL libris, velut Mt. 9, 4 s. 8, 82 al. 
1 Co. 12,15. Heb. 1,5. 8, 10. 10, 7. 80. 12, 21. Jac. 

2, 3. 11. Jud. vs. 9. Ap. 7, 14; nifjnpag elnev^ dixit 
per legatum vel legates {liesssapen\ Mt. 2, 8. 11, 
3; — frequentantu^ a synoptids evangelistis bae 
et aliae formukte: o d'k anoxQiB^ilg sine, ut Mt. 4, 
4. 15, 18; xal anoxQiB^elg elne, 24, 4; anoxpi^eZaa 
4 IJLr[xiiQ elnevj Lc. 1, 60; anoxgi^elg o SI/jlcjv el- 
ne v, Lc. 7, 43 al.; anoxQi^ivxeg 6h elnov, Lc. 20, 
24; Joannes vero solet scribere anex^i^ xal elne, 
Jo. 1, 49. 2, 19. 3, 10. 4, 10. 13, 17. 6, 26. 29. 7, 16. 
20. 52. 9, 11. 29. 36. 13, 7. 14, 23. 18, 30. — c)' seq. 
oxi, Mt. 28, 7. Mc. 16, 7. Jo. 6, 36. 7, 42. 8, 55. 11, 
40. 16, 15. 18, 8. 1 Jo. 1, 6. 8. 10. 1 Co. 1^ 15. 14, 23. 
15, 27. — d) sq. accus. et infin., xl oitv igovfiev 
'ApQaafjL xbv naxiga ^ixibv eignxivai xaxa aagxa; 
Bo. 4, 1. — 4) injunctfun sibi habet f^Trcrv notionem 
jubendi; sq. infin. elne do^vai avrf g>ayetv, Mc. 5, 
43; elnh x^ d6eX<pip /jlov (JteQlaaaB^ai iiex ifiov x)}v 
xkffgoyofUav, Lc. 12, 18; Saa iv eUnmaiv vfjilv{BC. 
XTiqeTv),xfioeTxe,'M.t.2^jS. (Sap. 9, 8.^ — sq. accus. 
c. inf. o elnoiv ix axoxovg ipoig Xafitpai^ 2 Co. 4, 
6 ; elnev avx^ (pro ^avT^, v. in avxov) ipmvri^i^ 
vai xovg dovXovg xovxovg, iussit sibi i. e. ad se vo- 
cari, L&. 19, 15; cf. Win. p. 302. KrUger §. 55, 3. 
13. — sq. 2va c. conj.; Mt. 4, 3. 20, 21. Lc. 4, 3; 
verbo elneXv add. dat. personae, quae jubetur aU- 
quid iacere, Mc. 3, 9. Lc. 10, 40 coll. 4, 3; Ap. 6^ 11. 
9, 4. ,J^raeterea observa, ?>'a et ^<pQa a recentiori- 
bus poStis firequentari post verba jubendL" Her- 
mann, ad Vigor, p. 852; cf. Win. S. 44, 8. — 6) Ex 
hebraismo die. elnelv iv havx^ (Ss^ nu^ Deut. 8, 
17. Ps. 10, 6. 14, 1. Esth. 6, 6), cogitare "(quia actus 
cogitandi tacita sermoncinatio est); Mt. 9, 3. Lc. 7, 



39. 16, 3. 18, 4 (aliis L etiam kiyeiv iv bavx^; et 
elnelv iv xf xagdlq. avxov, quod idem est, Lc. 12, 
45. Bo. 10, 6; aliis autem locis elnov^ tXeyov iv 
havxolg, i. q. iv aXkriXotq, Mt. 21, 38; v. in Xiyta, 
— 6) elnelv xiva e. ace. praedicati, appellare, nomi^ 
nare aliquem; ixelvovg elne ^eovg^ Jo. 10, 85; 
ijfjiag efgijxa g>iXovg, 15, 15. (Horn. Od. 17, 384. 
Xen. apol. Socr. §. 15. Lucian. Tim. §. 20.) 

etnwg, v. in el, n. Ill, 14. 

elgnvevto (elg^vri) 1) pacemfacio; 1 Mace. 6, 60. 
Dio Cass. 77, 22 al. — 2) paeem^ h. e. concordiam 
eolo vel servo; pacem haheo; 2 Co. 18, 11 ; ^v ctAA^ 
Xoig, Mc. 9, 50; iv havxolg^ 1 Tb. 5, 13; piexa xivog, 
Bo. 12, 18. (Plat. Theaet. p. 180 a. Dio Cass. 42, 
15 al. LXX.)* 

slQ^vfhjng, \ (deducendnm videtur ab eXgio, 
necto), LXa maxime pro DiV«, ~-pax, i. e. 1) sta- 
tus reipubUcae tranquillus, a beui furore et inju- 
ridimmunis; Ap. 6, 4; noXXi^ elg^vij, Act. 24, 2; rec 
ngog elQffpTiv, ^uae ad componendam pacem si^e- 
ctont, ut induciae, conditiones restituendae pacis, 
Lc. 14, 82; alxela&ai elgip^tfv, Act. 12,20; ixeiv el- 
Qipffjv die. ecclesia Christiana a persecutionibus 
secura. Act. 9, 31. — 2) pax inter prtvcUos homines, 
h. e. Concordia; Mc. 10, 84. Lc. 12, 51. Act. 7, 26. 
Bo. 14, 17. 1 Co. 7, 15. GaL 5, 22. Eph. 2, 17. 4, 8; 
i. q. auctor concordiae, Eph. 2, 14; iv elQrivy, ubi 
Concordia obtinet, concordi animo, Jac. 3, 18; 66bg 
elQtrviig via ad concordiam ferens, vitae ratio con- 
cordiam fovens. Bo. 8, 17 (e Jes. 59, 8); fiex^ elg^ 
vrjg^ placido et amico animo, Heb. 11, 31; noielv 
elQtjvtjv, concordiae operam dare, Jac. 8, 18; efficere, 
Eph. 2, 15; ^rfxelv, 1 Pet. 3, 11; 6id)xeiv, 2 Tim. 
2, 22; add. /lexa ndvxiov, Heb. 12, 14; xa xfjg elgri- 
vtjg diioxeiv^ Bo. 14, 19. — speciatim bonus or do, 
opp. dxmaQxuala, 1 Co. 14, 83. — 3) ad nonnam 
heor. dS^v, security, incolumitas^ solus ei/elicitas 
(quia pax^ et concordia faciunt vel servant res in- 
columes, securas, prosperas^; Lc. 19, 42. Heb. 7, 2; 
el^ft^ X, daipdXeia, opp. oXe^gog, 1 Th. 5, 8; iv 
elQipfji ioxl xa hidQxovxa a^TO0, securae sunt ab 
impetu hostUi res ejus, Lc. 11, 21; vnaye elg elgri- 
vrjv, Mc. 5, 34 et nogevov elg elg., Lc. 7, 50. 8, 48., 
formula bene precandi, qua Hebraei abeuntes pro- 
sequi solebant (d^^^ i^^, 1 Sam. 1, 17. 20, 42 aL, 
quod nroprie est: ctSi m locum s. in statum pacis f); 
nogevead-ai iv elgipty^ Act. 16, 36 et \>nd'yexe iv 
elgiivy, Jac. 2, 16: adsit vobis euntibus salus^ feli- 
diets; dnoXveiv xiva fiex* elg^tjg; dimittere ali- 
quem cum bonis votis. Act. 15, 33; iv elgi^vy, 
compotem voti indeque felicem, Lc. 2, 20 (v. in dno- 
Xiw, n. 2, a); ngonifineiv xiva iv elg,, tutum a 
periculo, salvum, 1 Co. 16, 11. Hebraei, cui fausta 
precabantur, ei acclamabant ^h dS^i^ ( Judic. 6, 28. 
Dan. 10, 19), undo explicandae 'sunt dictiones, qui- 
bus ad messianam^ salutem (v. posthac sub n. 4) 
respici videtur: elg^vij xw oIx<p xovxqt, salus obtin- 
ffat huic familiae. Lc. io, 5; vlog elg^yg, salute 
dignus, vs. 6: iX4ixa ^ elgtjvrj in aixdv, salus, 
quam ei optatis, veniat super eum, h. e. ei obtingatl 
Mt. 10, 13; idem denotat inavanava. ^ elg. i>fjt. in 
avxdv, Lc. 10, 6; ^ elg. tfi. ngog ifiag imaxga- 
(pijiWf ad vos redeat, quia in iUo requiesoere non 
potuit, h. e. perinde sit, ac si ejus optationem non 
pronuntiaveritia, Mt 10,^13. — 4) specifttim mes- 
siana salus; Lc. 2, 14; odog elo^vtjg, via ad con- 
sequendam salutem ferens, 1, 79; elg. iv ovgavip, 
salus in coelo nobis paratur, 19, 38; evayyeXll^e- 
o^ai elgr^tpf. Act 10, 36. — 5) £ notione arctissi- 
ma christianae relig^oni propria tranqviUus status 
animorum saJ/uiis sUd per Christum partae certo- 
rum ideoque TtihU a deo meiuentiwn et sorte sua 



€igf}Vix,og, 



126 



€l?. 



Urrestri, qtialiscwnqiie demum ea esi^ contentorum; 
Bo. 8, 6; iv bIq, sc. SvxBq, dieuntur qui salutis 
certi tranqaillo animo reditam Christi in^entemqae 
ei conjuDctam totius oniversi immutationem ex- 
Bpectant, 2 Pet. 3, 14; Ix^iv iv Xgiax^ ilg^v 
(opp. ivt(ji xoofifp ^kitpiv ^x^tv), Jo. 16, 33; ix^iv 
sig. ngog t. B-eov, cum doo, Ro. 5, 1 (slg. ngoq 
XLva, Plat. rep. 5, p. 445, Diod. 21, 12); evayytXlt^t^ 
ad-ai eioTjvijv, Ro. 10, 15; to fvayys?.iov ri/c ilgti- 
VJ7C, Epn. 6, 15; in effato elgtivijv i<pirifjii xrX,, Jo. 
16, 27., quo Ghristus consuetani Judaeorum vale- 
dicentium formulam (y. supra in n. 3) ita respicit, 
ut pacem se non solum optare, sed etiam praebere 
dicat; ^ sIq^vij xov Xgiatov, quae a Chnsto pro- 
ficiscltur, Col. 3, 15; tov ^eov, Phil. 4, 7. — De 
qualicunque salute, ita tamen ut notio pads cum 
deo praevalere videatur, elgrivrj dicitur in saluta- 
tionious Christi redivivi, eigiivTj iifilv (ds^ Dft»), 
Lc. 24, 36. Jo 20, 19. 21. 26; in dictionibns ^oxvQLoq 
r^C flg^Tjg, dominns, qui salutis auctor et pro- 
motor est, 2 Th. 3, 16; 6 ^fdg ttjc slg,, Ro. 15, 33. 
16, 20. 2 Co. 13, 11. Phil. 4, 9. 1 Th. 5, 23. Heb. 13, 
20; in bonis votis in ironte vel in fine epistolarum 
apostolicarum, Ro. 1, 7. 1 Co. 1, 3. 2 Co. 1, 2. Gal. 

1. 3. 6, 16. Eph. 1, 2. 6, 23. Phil. 1, 2. Col. 1, 2. 
I Th. 1, 1. 2 Th. 1,2. 3, 16. 1 Tim. 1, 2. 2 Tim. 1, 

2. Tit. 1, 2. 1 Pet. 1, 2. 5, 14. 2 Pet. 1, 2. 2 Jo. ts. 

3. 3 Jo. vs. 15. Ap 1, 4. Cf. KUng. Art. Friede mit 
GoU. in Herzog Enc. 4, p. 596 s. Weiss Bibl. 
Theol. d. N. T. p. 320 s. — 6) de statu beatUa- 
tis piorum et proborum hominum po«t mortem yW- 
turae ^Q. dgyrj^ (Sap. 3, 3), Ro. 2, 10.* 

sigrivixog, riq, ov, 1) adpacetn spectans: iniat^ 
^ai, artes pads, Xen. oec. 1, 17; Ipya, ioid. 6, I; 
Xgelai, Biod. 5, 31 ; saepius in 1 Mace. — 2) paca- 
tus^ na,cifieuSf pads amans; Jac. 3, 17. (Isocr. Plat, 
al. LXX.) — 3) pacem secum ducens, sahUaris (v. 
in dgrivri, n. 3), Heb. 12, 11.*^ 

elgrfvoTtoiiw, oi (slgrivonoioq), pacem f ado, con- 
cordiam constUuo; Col. 1, 20. (Prov. 10, 10; in med. 
Hermes ap. Stob. ecl<^. ph. 1, 52 )* 

slgnvonoioQ, 6v, pads concUiator (Xen. Hell. 6, 
3,4. Dio Cass.); pacificus, coneordiae amans; Mt. 
5, 9. 

stgto, f. igCb, v. slnov. 

sIqi praepositio re^ens accusativura, ingressum 
ant directionem atqne finem denotans ; tn, ad, inter, 

— Dicitur autem 

A) proprie^ I) de loco, post verba eundi, ve- 
niendi, navigandi, volandi, cadendi, vivendi, du- 
cendi, ferendi, jaciendi, mittendi al.; die. 1) de 
loco, qui intrettir, s. de ingressu in aliquem locum, 
tn (in etwas hindn) ; et quidem a) nommibus prae- 
ponitur locum patentem, rem cavam ant earn, in 
qua aliquid abscond! possit, designantibus, ut elq 
(T17V) ndhv, Mt. 26, 18. 28, 11. Mc. 1, 45 et saepe; 
eig r. olxov, Mt. 9, 7; avvayayrjv, Act.^ 17, 10; 
nXoiov, Mt. 8, 23. Jo. 6, 17. Act. 21, 6; &aXaaaav, 
Mt. 17, 27; apvaaov, Lc. 8. 31 ; oupavov, Lc. 2, 15; 
xoofiov, Jo.^1, 9. 3. 19 al.; ra iSia, Jo. 1, 11. 16. 32. 
Act. 21, 6; dnoi^ffXJjr, Mt. 3, 12; elq zi <5za, Lc. 1, 
44. Mt. 10, 9. Mc. 6, 8 al,;^elq aiga, 1 Co. 14, 9; dq 
nvg, Mc. 9, 22 al.; slq avzov, de daemone corpus 
hominis ingrediente, Mc. 9, 25. — c. accus. per- 
sonae: {zu jemand hinein) in alicujns domnm (cf. 
KUhner 11, p. 405 s.); elq zfjv AvSlav, Act. 16, 40 in 
t. vnlg. ; sed rectius ibi legitur ngoq c. Grrsb. Lchm, 
Tdf, Trg,; cf. Win. §. 49, a. (dq ifiavzov, Sap. 8, 
18.) — yivofiai dq c. ace. loci, v. in ylvofiai, n. 6, f. 

— b) nominibds urbium, vicorum et terrarum pro- 
priis praepositnm elq nostrates reddont nach (quasi 
solum motom ad terminnm indicet), velut $tq ^1$- 



goaoXvfia, dq dafjtacxov, elq Bigoiav al.; elq 
Snavlav, Atyvntov, PaAiila/«i' al. ; non autem sic 
vertunt, ubi scribitur elq zi^v lovSalav yf/v al., Jo. 

3, 22. Mt. 2, 12 coll. 20, 21; elq xit fjiigv rrjq FctXi- 
Xalaq, Mt. 2, 22 al. — c) elliplice die. elq HSov, sc. 
661AOV, Act. 2, 27. 30; V. in i\oriq, p. 8. — iniczoXal 
elq /Jafiaaxov, perferendae,' Act. 9, 2; hSiaxovla 
(lov ^ elq ''legova. (v. in diaxovla, n. 3), Ro. 15, 31 ; 
cf. Bnhdp p. 216. — <l) elq reddendum est inter 
{unter, darunter hinein), ubi prae ponitur notioni- 
bus multitudinem comprehendentibus : ut elq zovq 
X^azdq, Lc. 10, 36; elq zaq^ixdvd^aq, Mt. 4, 7 (pro 
quo Lc 8, 7 iv /jtiaqf zibv axav^ibv); aut personis 
Mc. 8, 19 s. Lc. 11, 49. Jo. 21, 23. Act. 18, 6. 20, 29. 

22, 21. 30. 26, 17; v. in dnoatiXXm, n. 1, b; aut sin- 
gulari numero nominis eollectivi, ut elq zov drjfiov. 
Act. 17, 5. 19, 30; elq zov SxXov, Act. 14,14, eiq xov 
Xaov, Act. 4, 17. — 2) Si loci, quern aliquis Ingres- 
sus est, tantum superficies tangitur vel occupator, 
elq et latin, in ^ermanice vertendum est au/, ut 
si^nificetur terminus, in quo pes figitur, aut quem 
aliqnis assecutus est; ex quo genere sunt elq ro 
nigav, Mt 8, 18. 14, 22. Mc. 4, 35; elq tifv yfjv, Lc. 
12, 49 (Lchm. inly. Act. 26, 14 Ap. 8, 5. 7. 9, 3. 12. 

4, 9; elq T?>y xXivijv, Ap. 2, 22; elq 666v, Mt. 10, 5. 
Mc. 6, 8. Lc. 1, 79; eiq zi)v odov, Mc. 11, 8; elq z. 
dygov^ Mt. 22, 5. Mc. 13, 16; elq zd dgoq, Mt. 5, 1. 
14, 23. 15, 29. 17. 1. Mc. 3, 13. 9, 2. Lc. 9, 28. Jo. 6, 
3 al.; elq za de^id, Jo. 21, 6; aneigeiv eHqzi (r#/v 
aigxa). Gal. 6,8; dvanlnzeiv elq zdnov, Lc. 14, 10; 
dixof^i eiq zdq dyxdXdq^ Lc.2,28; zvnzeiv elq zhv 
xeq>aX^v, Mt. 27, 30 et aliis phrasibns. — 3) die. ae 
Tnotu non in ipsum locum, sod in viciniam lad, ubi 
reddendum est ad, props, versus (cf. Fritzsche ad 
Mc. p. 81); elq r. B^dXaaaav, Mc. 3, 7 Ghrsb. Lchm. 
Tdf.; slq ndXiv, Jo. 4, 5 coU. vs. 28; elq zo fivij- 

fielov, Jo. 11, 31. 38. 20, 1. 3 s. 8; iyyl^eiv elq 

Mt 21, 1. Mc. 11, 1. Lc. 18. 35. 19, 29; elqzovqipga- 
yfiovq, Lc. 14, 23; nlnzeiv elq z. nvSaq, Jo. 11, 32; 
xXlveiv z6 ngoawnov elq z. yijv, Lc. 24, 5; elq zi/v 
X^tQot, nostr. an, Lc. 15, 22. — 4) de termino, ad 
quem; c. ace. loci: usque ad; Xafineiv ix - - elq, 
Lc. 17, 24; c. accus. plur. personarum, ad; Act. 

23, 15 {elq v/Jtaq igro 1. vulg. ngdq); Ro. 5, 12. 16, 19. 
2 Co. 9, 5. 10, 14. — 5) de direetione locali; a) post 
verba videndi: inalgeiv zotfq d(p^aXfiovq eVq zi, 
ziva, Lc. 6, 20; fiXineiv, Lc. 9, 62. Jo. 13. 22. Act. 
3, 4; dvafiXineiv, Mc. 6, 41. Lc. 9, 16. Act. 22, 13; 
ififiXineiv, Mt. 6, 26; arfv/getv, q. v. suo loco. — 
b) post verba dicendi^ docendi^ nuntiandi al. {die 
Rcfie richten an . , . , lat dicere ad vel coram . . . ; 
ezempla Graecis afferunt Bnhdp p. 217. Passoto, 

1, 2, p. 802. Kruger §. 68, 21, Q); xfjg^aaeiv eiq 
zaq avvaywydq ai)ziBv elq ZXfiv zfjy FaXiX,, die 
Predigt richten an die Synagogen in ganz Gali- 
Ida hin, Mc. 1, 39 (1. vulg. iv zaiq away, ut Lc. 
4,44); zo eiayy, elq ^Xov z. xocfiov, 14, 9; elq 
ndvxa^ za ^»vtj. 13, 10; Lc. 24, 47; elq v/iaq, 1 Th. 

2, 9; dnayyiXXeiv zi elq, Mc 5, 14. Lc. 8, 34; yvw- 
gl^eiv, Ro. 16, 26; eifayyeXl};eo»ai,^ 2 Co. 10, 16; 
elq ifiaq, 1 Pet. 1, 25; Xiyeiv elq zov xoofiov, Jo. 
8, 26; diafiagzvgeo^ai et /xagzvgeiv, Act. 23, 11. 

11) de tempore; 1) denotat quasi ingrhssum in 
tempus, quod quadi nenetratur, h. e. durationem 
per aliquod tempus, lat. tn, german. hindn, hin- 
aus; elq zov aldiva et similia, v. in aldov p. 12; elq 
zb diTivexiq, Heb. 7, 3. 10^ 1. 12. 14; elq Mzrj noXXd, 
Lc. 12, 19 ; zy imfpmaxovca {^ifiiga) elq filavaa^ 
pdzwv, die illucescente in primam hebdomatis 
diem, Mt. 28, 1. Hinc die. 2) de tempore, quo ali- 
quid fit, quia is, qui aliquid faeit aut cui aliquid 
accidit qnodam tempore, id tempus quad ingre- 



eig. 



127 



elg. 



diens yel ingressua cogitatar; elq;^ xov xaiQOV ad- 
rcvv, suo tempore, Lc. 1, 20; elq to fiiXkov sc. izoQ, 
anno prozime futuro, Lc. 13, 9; flq to fiixaSv adfl- 
fiaxov, nos: au/den ndcheten Sabbat, Act. 13, 42; 
elg to ndXiv, iterata vice, nos: zum unederhoUen 
Male, 2 Co. 13, 2. — 3) de terminOf pro quo ali- 
quid fit yel est, lat. in, nos: fikr^auf; Ap. 0, 15; 
el(; T^v ix^Qiov sc. ^fi^gav, Mt. 6, 34. Act. 4, 3; 
^Ig fif^ipav xoiaetag, 2 Pet. 2, 9. 3, I'j^elq ^fiip. 
Xpiatov, Phil 1, 10. 2, 16; eli ijfi^Q. caiokvt(fii}' 
oBwq, £ph. 4, 30. — 4) de termmo^ ad quern; in 
h. 0. usque ad, usque in; Act. 25, 21. 1 Th. 4, 15} 
elg Ixelvijv tyv ^(liQav, 2 Tim. 1, 12. — De phrasi 
elg tiXog y. in tiXog, 

B) Metaphorico usu elg I) retinet vim wi^m- 
sionis in aliquid, 1) ubi ahqnid dicitur in aliud 
aliquid mutari ant in partes dissolyi ant plures 
tes Yel personae dicuntur in unum comningi, col- 
ligietc; dnofialveiv efg ti, PhiL 1, 19;ylvead'ai efg 
ti, y. iuylvofiai^ n. 5, d. p. 80; elvai etg tit v. in 
elfil, n. Y, 2, c. d; atgi^eiv xi etg ri, Ap. 11, 6; 
fietaatge^eiv, Act. 2, 20. Jac. 4, 9 ; fietaXaoaeiv, 
Ro. 1, 26; fjLetaaxijfiatlZta^aiy 2 Co. 11, 13 s.; olxo^ 
dofiela^ai, £ph. 2, 22; xtii;eiv tivd elg, £uh. 2, 15; 
Xa/ifidreiv ti elg, Heb.11,8; Xovl^eaf^ai eig xl, y. in 
?j>yiZofjiai. — iaxla^n ^k ^vo, Mt. 27, 51. Mc. 15, 88 
(Pol. 2, 16, 11: axl^etai elg 6vo (Jik(>n)\ Sieiv elg 
deofidg, Mt. 13, 30; eli ^v teXeiova^ai, Jo. 17, 23; 
awdyeiv elg ^, 11, 52. — 2) post verba eimdi, veni" 
endi^ ducemii il. elg cum nominibus conjungitor 
condUionem vel staium designantibus, in quern ali- 
quis transit vel incidit vel traducitur; elgegx^o^f^t, 
elg x^v fiaoiX, xwv ovQav, s. xov ^eov, v. in fiaoi' 
Xela, n.3. p.66; f^c ^.S<«>^^ Mt. 18, 8. 19, 17.25,46; 
elg X, x^Q^\ ^^' ^^» 21.23; elg xoXaaiv aldviov, 
vs. 46; ioxeaS^ai elg xoloiv, Jo. 5, 24; elg<piQeiv, 
eJgigX' "C neiQaaiiov, Mt. 6, 13. 26, 41. Mc. 14, 38; 
€(»;ff0^ae elg to x^^QOv, Mc. 5, 26; elg ineXeyfAOv, 
Act. 19, 27; elg UQoxonrp^, Phil. 1, 12; fiexapalveiv 
elg X. t^^, Jo. 5, 24. 1 Jo. 8, Hi^nogevea^ai elg 
^avaxov^ Lc. 22, 33; vnayeiv elg dnwXeiav, Ap. 17, 

8. 11; vndyeiv s. nogevea^ai elg elg^vijv, v. in 
el^i^vij, n. 3; vnooxgkweiv elg Siaip^ogdv^ Act. 13, 
34; awtgixBiv elg dvaxvaiv, IPet. 4, 4; fiaXXeiv elg 
i^Xitpiv, Ap. 2, 22; negix^ineiv elg fiavlav, Act. 26, 
24; fjLetaaxQifpeiv et axgiipeiv eigii, Act. 2, 20. Ap. 
11, 6. oSijyelv elg r. dXi^d^eiav^ Jo. 16, 13; alx/^ctXcu- 
xit^iv elg {>naxo^v, 2 Co. 10, 5; nagadidovai elg 
&Xl^iv, Mt. 24, 9; elg ^dvatov, 2 Co. 4, 11;^ elg 
xgifxa ^avdzov^ Lc. 24, 20; avyxXeieiv elg dnei" 
&eiav, Bo. 11, 32; i/jLTilnxeiv elg^ xglfia, elg dvetSt- 
ofibv xal naylda, elg neigaafjiov, 1 Tim. 3, 6 s. 6, 

9. — 8) die. de negotiis, quae aliquis ingreditur, 
h. e. suscipit^ elgiQx^^^^^ ^^^ ^* xonov xivog, la- 
borem ab abquo inceptum snscipere perseqnendum ; 
Jo. 4, 38; XQBxeiv elg noXefiOv, Ap. 9, 9; %QX0iJLaL 
elg caioxaXHpeig, narrando deferor in revelationes 
«» in mentionem earnm, 2 Co. 12, 1. 

II) elg post verba motum vel directionem vel 
Jinem indicantia; 1) denotat motum dd aliquid post 
verba eundi, veniendi, ducendi, vocandi al. et re- 
spondet latino ctd; xaXetv xiva elg ydfiov, ydfiovg, 
Seinvov al., invitare ad..., Mt. 22, 3. Lc. 14,8. 10. Jo. 
2, 1 ; xaXetv xiva eig fietdvoiav al. Lc. 5, 32. 2 Th. 2, 
14; aveiv xiva elg jnetdvoiav. Bo. 2, 4; iniatgiipeiv 
elg to q><Jag, Act. 26, 18; ixxginea^ai elg /laxaioXo- 
yiav, 1 Tim. 1,6; fietati^ea&ai elg ^egov e^ayyiX., 
Gal.l, 6; x^Q^i^^'' elguexdvotav, 2 Pet. 8, 9 et aliis 
exemplis. — 2) die. de ethica directione vel rela- 
tione; a) nniv. de actibus in quibus animus ad alt- 
quid intenditur vel spectat;^ pXineiv elg ngoawnov 
xivog (V. in fiX4nw, n. 2, c); ono^XinBiv elg r. fjtia&a^ 



no6oaiav, Heb. 11, 26; d<pogav elg - - ^Irjcovy, ib. 

12, 2 (v. supra A. I, 5); maxeveiv eig xiva et simil.; 
cf. in nioxevio, nlaxig, iXnl^^uf al.; ini^vfiLav Ix^^'^ 
etg xu intentun in ..., Phil. 1, 24; Xiyeiv etg xiva, 
dicendo spectare aliquem. Act. 2, 25 (Died. Sic. 11, 
50); Xiyeiv xi eXg xi, dicendo referre aliquid ad 
aliquid, £ph. 5, 32; XaXetv xi elg ti, loqui aliquid, 
^uod spectat ad aliquid, Heb. 7, 14; d/ivveiv elg xi, 
jurare animo ad rem intento, Mt. 5, 35; ehdoxelv 
elg xiva, Mt. 3, 17. 2 Petr. 1, 17. — b) in alicujus 
commodum vel incommodum; a) pro, in usum; in 
commodum; elg hfiag, £ph. 1, 19; elg v/d&g,^ 2 Co. 

13, 4. Eph. 3, 2. Col. 1, 25; nXovxeZv elg ^eov, ab- 
undare divitiis, quibus inserviatur del consiHis et 
gloria ejus promoveatur, Lc. 12, 21; Christus die. 
nXovxetv elg ndvxag, divitiis abundare in omnium 
salutem redundantibus, Bo. 10, 12; nXeovdH^eiv elg 
XI, Phil. 4, 17; iXerjfjioovvijv noieZv elg xd l&vog, 
Act. 24, 17; elg x. nxatxovg, in usum pauperum. Bo. 
15, 26; elg xovghyiovg, 2 Co. 8, 4. 9» 1 coll. vs. 13; 
xoTtidv elg xiva^ Bo. 16, 6. Qal. 4, 1 1 ; elg Xgicxov^ 
in commodum et honorem Christi, Philem. vs. 6; 
igydK^ea^ai xi elg xiva, Mo. 14, 6 t. vulg.; 3 Jo. vs. 
5; Xeixovgyog elg xa id^vrj, Bo. 15, 16; yevofieva elg 
Kaq>agvaov(i (pro vulg. iv Kanegvaoi^fi), Lc. 4, 23. 

— if) contra; firiShv Sxonov elg a^xov yevofievov, 
Act. 28, 6. — c) de mente vel voluntate, qua moveor 
in aliquem vel in aliquid; de modo, quo me gero in 
aliquem; a) in bonam partem: dydjiij elg xiva, 
erga aliquem, Bo. 5,^8. 2 Co. 2, 4. 8. Col. 1, 4. 1 Th. 
8, 12; xS avxd elg dXX^ovg (pgoveZv, Bo. 12, 16; 
(piXooxogyog^, vs. 10; ipiXoievog, 1 Pet. 4, 9; igfjoxog, 
Eph. 4. 82; anoxaxaXXdaaeiv elg avxov. Col. 1, 20. 

— /?) in malam partem : a/iagxaveiv elg xiva (v. in 
a/iagxdvio, p. 19); Xoyov elnetv et fiXaatprifxetv elg 
xiva, Lc. 12, 10. Mc.8.29; fiXdoiprifiog elg xiva, Act. 
6, 11 ; pXaatprifiibv Xeyw elg xiva, Lc. 22, 65; ini- 
fiovXij elg xiva, Act. 23, 30; ^x^ga. Bo. 8, 7; dvxi- 
Xoyia, Heb. 12, 3; ^a^^eiv elg xiva, 2 Co. 10, 1. — 
d) de ratione {Beziehung, RUcksicht) : raiione hi- 
bita alicujus; quod attinet ad (cf. Kiihner 11, 408); 
Lc. 7, 80. Act. 25, 20. Bo. 4, 20. 15, 2. 2 Co. 10, 16. 
13, 3. Gal. 6, 4. Eph. 3, 16. Phil. 1, 6. 2, 22. 1 Th. 
5, 18 ; elg xl idlataaag, „quidnam intuitus h. e. cur 
dubitasti? Mt. 14, 31 ; cf. Hermann ad Oed. C. vs. 
528" (Fritzsche), — die. de ratione aliquem ad aU- 
quid faciendum movente; fiexavoeiv elg x^gvyfjid 
xivog, ad alicujus praeconium, h. e. areumentum 
praeconii respiciens, germanice: auf, Mt. 12, 41; 
Six^a^ai xiva elg dvofjta xivog, ib. 10,418.; elg dia* 
xayag dyyiXwv (v. in diaxayrj), Act. 7, 53. — e) cum 
accus. personae (nach einem hin), adversvs,fSeA 
ita ut sensu fere ezaequet simplicem dativum, post 
verba comprobandi, manifestandi , se exhibendi; 
dnodedeiy/nivog elg vfiag. Act. 2, 22; IvSei^iv iv- 
delxwo^ai, 2 Co. 8, 24; tpavegat^ivxeg elg iifiag, 
ib. 11, 6 {Lchm, Tdf. Trg. ipavegwoavxeg sc. x^v 
yviboiv)', — 3) denotat ^nem, et quidem a) finem, ad 
quem aliquid percurrit vel extenditur, n. e. men' 
swam et gradum; elg xa a/xexga, 2 Co. 10, 18; elg 
negiaaelav, vs. 15; elg vnegSoX^v (saepe ap. Grae- 
cos, ut Eur. Hipp. 939. Aescnin. f. leg. §. 4), 2 Co. 
4, 17; — de fine, in quo subsistendum sit; elg xo 
aoKpgoveXv, usque ad modestiam , non ultra eam, 
Bo. 12, 3. — b) finem, ad quem obtinendum aliquid 
aptum est (qui usus arete cognatus ei, quem nota- 
vimus sub B. 11, 2, b); dgybg x. &xagnog elg xi, 
2Pet.l,8; e^^exog, Lc. 9, 62 t. vulg.; 14, 35; e^XQT 
axog, 2 Tim. 4, 11; ;((>j}<ii/c£OC) ib. 2, 14 t. vulg.; 
6vva/jLOViievog, Col. 1, 1 1 ; ^eoSldaxiog, 1 Th. 4, 9. 
figaSvg, Jac. 1, 19; aog)6g, Bo. 16, 19; ^di<i elg ano- 
kdXvyfiv, Lc. 2, 82; Swa/tig elg ...,B4), 1, 16. Heb. 



dg. 



128 



sig. 



11, 11; ixpayswav bIq, lPetJ,3B.; avaxaivom^ Col. 
3, 10; aog)ll^siy tiva elq, 2 Tim. 3, 15; laxvstv ili, 
Mt. 5, 13. — c) finem, qaem aliqais spectat, h. e. 
consilwm; a) juxta alia praeyerbia; ix niazeiaq slg 
niaxiv^ ut fides habeatur, Eo. 1, 17; cf. Fritzsche^ 
Meyer, van Henqel ad 1. ; i^ aixov xal 6i avrov xal 
fig aitov, consiliis eius respondentia (causa fina- 
Us\ Bo. 11,36; i^^ oi xa ndvTa xal ^fiBZ<: dq aircdv, 
1 Co. 8, 6; 6i avtoy xal elg avtSv jy, in dice, A. Ill, 
2, b), Col. 1, 16; 6 1 avrov elg «vtov, ibid. vs. 19. — 
P) breviores phrases: siq xovxo, in hunc finem, Mc. 
1, 38; slq avxb xovxa, 2 Co. 5, 5; slq xovxo --^Iva ..., 
Jo. 18, 87. 1 Jo. 3, 8. Ro. 14, 9. 2 Co. 2, 9. 1 Pet. 4, 
6; dq avxd xovxo - - Vva ..., Bo. 9, 17. Col. 4, 8. 
Eph. 6, 22; dq xl, quern in finem, Mt. 26, 8. Mc. 14, 
4; elq B, ad quod, quam ob causam, 2 Th. 1, 11. 
Col. I, 29. — y) universe; fianxl^o} sVq^ xiva^ xi (y. 
in Sanxll^w^lif})); natdaywybq dq xov Xgioxiv, 
Gal. 3, 24; avyxsxXeiauivoi eiq r. nlaxiv, quo 
promtiores fidem, quanao tempus ejus amplecten- 
dae venisset, amplecteremur, Gal. 3, 23; ipQovQov' 
fABvoi dq x^iv oioxijQlaVf ut salus t'utura nos habeat, 
1 Pet. 1, 5; dyo^dieiv elq x. hoQx^v^ Jo. 13, 29; dq 
SXs^QOv aagxoq, 1 Co. 5, 5 ; elq x. ^fiexigav diSaaxa- 
XiaVf Bo. 15, 4 et multis aliis exemplis ; — inprimis 
post verba destinandi, eligendi, parandi, faciendi, 
veniendi, mittendi al.; xel/nai Lc. 2, 34. PhiL 1, 17. 
1 Th. 3, 3; xdaaw, 1 Co. 16, 15; xdaaofiai, Act. 13, 
48; awogl^fOj Bo. 1, 1. Act. 13, 2; nQoo^l^o), Eph. 1, 
5. 1 Co. 2. 7 ; algiofiai, 2 Th. 2, 13 ; xl^euai, 1 Tim. 
1, 12. 1 Pet. 2, 8; xaxagxl^w, Bo. 9, 228.; anoaxikkw, 
Heb. 1, 14; nifjtnfo, 1 Th. 3, 2. 5. Col. 4, 8. Phil. 4, 
16. 1 Pet 2, 14; tgxoiAai^ Jo. 9, 39; noictv xt elq, 
1 Co. 10, 31. 11, 24. — Ad Hebraeorum rationem 
die. iyslpeiv xivit elq fiaaiXia, ut rex sit, Act. 13,22 ; 
dvaxgifpeaB^al xiva elq vlov. Act. 7, 21 ; xi&eixd ae 
elq wwq i&^viSv, 13, 47 (e Jes. 49, 6 in cod. alex.); 
cf. Oesen, Lehrgeb. p. 814. BUm. ntL Gr. p. 131. 
— (f) eiq XI consilium indicans saepe non pendet 
ab una aliqna voce praecedente, quacum in inte- 
gram phrasm coalescat, sed peculiaris enuntia- 




tuatis, Bo. 8, 15; elq tvSetSiv, ut ostenderet, 3, 25; 
elq ^cu^v almviov, ad comparandam (sc. iis, de qui- 
bus seimo est) vitam aetemam, Jo. 4, 14. 6, 27 
(quibus locis phrasis perperam a plerisque intpp. 
cum 8XXea&ai et fiiveiv conjungitur); Bo. 5, 21. 
1 Tim. 1, 16. Jud. vs. 21; adde Mt. 8, 4. 27, 7. Mc. 
6, 11. Act. 11, 18. Bo. 10, 4. Phil. 1, 25. 2, 16. 2 Tim. 
2, 25. Ap. 22, 2 al. — e) elq x6 seq. infinit., stru- 
ctura, qua maxime Paulus delectatur (cf. Bttrru 
ntL Gr. p. 227 s. Harmeen Ueb. elq x6 mit Infini- 
tiv in d. Brr. an d. Bdm. u. Eorinth., in Zeitschr. 
f. wiss. Theologie 1874, p. 345 ss.), lat. ad cum ge- 
rundio; ac duplicis est ea structura generis; aut 
enim oca) elq xo cum verbo, ex quo pendet, in unam 
conjungitur phrasin, velut nagao(baovaiv avxov - - 
elq xb ifiTcai^aii „ad illudendum" (Vulg.), Mt. 20, 
19; elq xb axavpoj^r^vaif 26, 2; oueodofjttt&^aexai 
elq xb xd el6mX6dvxa ia&Uiv, „aedificaDitur ad 
manducandum idolothyta** (Vulg.), 1 Co. 8, 10; ^^ 
olxlaq ovx ^x^xe elq xb iaB^letvx, nlveiv, 1 Co. 
11, 22; elq xb ngowigeiv 6<3gd xe xal 9vclaq 
xa&laxaxai, „ad onerendum munera et hostias" 
(Vulg.), Heb. 8, 3; adde 9, 28. 1 Th. 2, 3. 4, 9. Phil. 
1, 23. — aut fifi) elq xb cum infinitive vim peculiaris 
enuntiationis finalis ('«?va c. conjunctive) obtinet; 
Lc. 20, 20 t. vulg.; Act 3, 19. Bo. 1, 11. 4, 16. 18. 
11, 11. 12, 2. 15, 8. 13. 1 Co. 9, 18. 10, 6. Gal. 3. 17. 
Eph. 1, 12. 18. 1 Th. 2, 12 16. 8, 5. 2 Th. 1, 5. 2, 2. 



10. Jac 1, 18. Heb. 2, 17. 7, 25. 9, 14. 28. 12, 10. 18, 
21; elq xb firi, ne, 2 Co. 4. 4. 1 Pet 3, 7. — d)finem, 
quo (Uiqutd absolvttur, n. e. evenium s. effectum; 
Act. 10, 4. Bo. 6, 19 {elq r. avofiiav, ita ut nasoere- 
tur imjprobitas); 10, 10. 13, 14. 1 Co. 11, 17. 2 Co. 

2, 16. Eph. 5, 2 al.; elq xb c. infinitive, ita ut; Bo. 
1, 20. 2 Co. 8, 6. 

C) Stmeturae aliquid singulare Jiabentes, — 
1) Yariae formae structurarum praegnaniium et 
brachyloaiae {Win. §. 66, 2. Bnhdy p. 348 s.); ofo- 
^etv xiva elq... servare transferendo in... 2 Tim. 
4, 18; 6iaad)^eip, 1 Pet 3, 22 (LXX Gen. 19, 19 et 
saepe ap. Graecos); fiia^ova^ai igydxaq elq r. dfji- 
Tiekwva, abituros in ... , Mt. 20, 1 ; ikev&egovv elq . . ., 
Bo. 8, 21 : dnodiSovai xivd elq Atyvnxov, Act. 7, 9; 
%voxoq elq yievvav, qui abeat in . . ., Mt. 5,22; xkdv 
eVq xtvaq, frangere et distribuere inter . . . , Mc. 8, 
19; da^aU^eaSai'elq xb SvXov, Act. 16,24; xraa^i 

fpvabv elq x. ^wvaq, Mt. 10, 1; ivxexvXiyfiivov elq 
va xonoVf convolutum ac sepositum in ... , Jo. 20, 

7. — 2) CognatuB est notissmius ille usus, quo elq 
verba quietem, mansionem significantia ita sec[ui- • 
tur, ut notio motus antea in locum, de quo afipitur, 
&cti involvatur (cf. Win. p. 386 ss. Bt^. ntL Gr. 
p. 2868. KUhner II, p. 471 s. Bnhdy p. 215h ei>gie'ij 
elq ^A^^Qfxov, sc. translatus s. abreptus, Act. 8, 40 
coll. vs. 39: nvevua xvqIov ^onaae xbv 4*ikinnov. 
(Esth. 1, 5: xoTq ed'veai xoXq evQe^elai elq x. ndliv, 

— item ipavela^ai seq. elq, 2 Mace. 1, 33. 7, 22.) — 
del fie x^v koQx^v noiffcai elq ^legoa., sc. profectum. 
Act 18, 21 1 vulg.: item hxolfiwq ^x<o ano^aveXy 
elq^Iegoa, 21, 13 {H<paia%l(av elq^xfidxava arte- 
d-ave, Ael. v. hist 7, 8); avvipaXev fi(itv elq^Aaaov, 
20, 14; ^ fjiiXXovaa 6oSa elq ^fiaq anoxaXv^^/voL, 
quae in nos conferenda patefiet. Bo. 8, 18. — xtxxoi- 
xeXv elq noXiv^ elq yVjv, venire in urbem ibique habi- 
tare, Mt 2, 23. 4. 13. Act 7, 4; item naQOixeZv, Heb. 

11, 9(^vo/^frv, Xen. an. 1,2, 24)*; oxf^vaijkoxtjxivai 
(quia fere idem est ac ge colloccuse) eiq xt, Lc. 6 

8. 20, 19. 26. 1 Pet. 5, 12; xa&^^at, se in locum 
contulisse ibique sedere, Mc. 13, 3. 2 Th. 2, 4 (de 
eodem utriusque verbi ap. Graecos usu cf. mcU^ 
thiae U, p. 1344 s.); — elvai elqc, ace. loci v. in 
elvai n. V, 2, a; ol elq x. olxov fiov sc. Svxcq, 
Lc. 9, 61 : xolq elq fiaxgdv sc. ovoi, ins Feme hin 
befifuUich, Act. 2, 39. — avvdyead'ai sc. elq c. ace. 
loci: se conferre in locum ibique congregari, Mt. 
26, 3 et in t. vulff. Act. 4, 5 (3 Esr. 5. 47. 9, 3). — 
Nonnumjuiun veroo guietis c. elq conjungendo an- 
sam dedisse videtur vox motum designans in eodom 
enuntiato obvia, ita ut quasi attractio fiat; iS^p- 
XOfjievoq tjvXl^exo eUxbogoq, Lc; 21, 37; dixoT^oaq 

- - dvxa aixla elq Atyvnxov iSarciaxetXe ..., Act. 
7, 12; nagadwaovaiv i)(jiaq elq ovviSgia x, elq 
away toy dq daQ^cea^s, Luc. 13, 9; vnaye, vlyfai 
elq X. xoXvuBffiQaVy Jo. 9, 7., quamquam etiam 
ylnxead-ai etq xi dici potest (ut AO'6ea9iti elq xb 
fiaXaveXov, Alciphr. epp. 3, 43; elq Xovxgdtvaq, 
Athen. 10, p. 438 e; Xoveiv xiva elq oxdg>ijv, Epict. 

3, 22, 71), quoniam aqua, qua me lave, defluit in 
piscinam. — Cf. Beyer de praepositt. elq et iv in 
N. T. permutatione. Lips. 1824. 4. 

D) Formulae speciem adverbiorum referentes (cf. 
Matthiae gr. §. 578 d): elq xiXoq (v. in xiXoq); elq 
xb naXiv, v. supra in A. 11, 2; elq xb navxeXjq, 
prorsus, Lc.13,11 ; elq xevov (v. in xev6^\ elq vndv- 
XTjaiv et elq dndvxfjaiVf v. in utroque substantive. 

In compositionibus elq idem est ac Latinomm 
in et ad. 

elq, fita^ Sv, gen. kvoq, fiiaqy kvoq^ nomen nume- 
rale cardinale, unu«, a, um. Die. 1) universe a) ita 
ut opponatur phiribus, et quidem ex) additum nomi- 



«AC. 



129 



etg-SQXOlicii* 



nibns modo adjectlTi; Mt. 25, 15 (opp. nivrCt Si^o); 
Bo. 5, 12 (opp. nm^tBQ); Mt. 20, 12. 27, 15. Lc. 17, 
34. Act 28, 13. 1 Co. 10, 8. Jac. 4, 13 et saepe; 
nafa filav sc nhjy^v, una minus, 2 Co. 11, 24; c. 
articnlo, 6 slq &v^Q(07tOQ, is unus homo, qnem <Uxi, 
Bo. 5, 15. — fif) BubstantiTey c. genit. partitionis, 
lit significetnr imtw, quicunque demum sit; filav 
xwv srtoX(3Vf unum praeceptnm, quodcanque ex 
omni eomm nnmero sit, Mt. 5, 19; adde 6, 29. 18, 
6. Mc. 9, 42. Lc. 12, 27. 17, 2. 22; aut at ex quodam 
nrnnero unum eximi jubeatur, Lc. 23, 39. Jo. 19, 
34 al.; - sq. ix c. genit. nominis totum aliquod 
significantis, ut sijniileetar, e coetn quodam onum 
ezstitisse, qui hoc mndve faceret; Mt. 22, 35. 26, 21. 
27, 48. Mc. 14, 18. Lc. 17, 15. Jo. 1, 41. 6, 8. 70. 12, 
2. 4. 13, 21. 23. 18, 26. Ap. 5, 5. 7, 13. 9, 13. 13, 3. 

— y) die. absolute, Mt. 23, 8—10. Heb. 2, 11. 11, 
12., et abi locum obtinet praedicati, QaL 3, 20. 28 
(Christo adhaerentes unam efficitis personam pari- 
ter atque dominus ipse); avvayeiv sCq Svf in unum 
cogere, Jo. 11, 52; noislv za afA<p6x£Qa IV, Eph. 

2, 14; c artioulo o tlq^ is unus, quem dixi, xto. 
5, 15. 19. — b) ita, at divisioni in partes atque in 
ethicis rebos animorum dissensiom opponatui; Sy 
a(bfia, noXXa ftiXrj, Bo. 12, 4 s. 1 Co. 12, 12. 20; 
^v flvaif arctissime (yoluntate, animo) coigunctum 
esse, Jo. 10, 30. 17, 11. 21—23; iv kvl nvevfiaxi, 
fjua vvxy, PhiL 1, 27 coll. Act. 4, 32 (cf. Cic. LaeL 
25:' amicitiae vis est in eo, ut unus quasi animus 
fiat ex plaribua); anb fiiag (y. in dn6j n. Ill, p. 40), 
Lc. 14, 18. . — c) postposita ne^tione cum verbo 
Gopulata, sU-^'Ov aut ^i}, ntulus (expressius et 
fortios quam ovSelq); )iv iS o^rcbv ov neaeXtaL^ Mt. 
10, 29; praeterea 5, 18. Lc. 11, 46. 12, 6; qui osos 
Bon solum Hebraeorum (quippe peculiari voce, qua 
notionem nuiUus significarent, carentium), sed etiam 
Graecorum est (Ajistoph. eecL 153. thesm. 549. 
Xen. an. 5, 6, 12. Dion. Hal. verb. comp. 18 aL), 
cf. Win. p. 163. — 2) die. cum emphasi, ut ex- 
cludantur alii, atque slq idem sit quod a) unicus 
(at lat. umui); eonj. c. nominibos, Mt. 21, 24. Mc. 

8, 14 {pix - - el iiii ha Uptov); 12, 6. Lc. 12, 52. 
Jo. 11, 50. 7, 21. 1 Co. 12, 19. Eph, 4, 5 aL; absoL, 
1 Co. 9, 24. 2 Co. 5, 14. 2 Tim. 2, 5. Jac. 4, 12 al.; 
ovdh eU, ne unus qtddem^ Mt. 27, 14. Jo. 1, 3. Act 
4, 32. Bo. 3, 10. 1 Co. 6, 5; ovx iaxiv Stoq bvoq, 
Bo. 3, 12 e Ps. 14, 3; cf. latinum amnes ad unum. 

— Neutr. ?Vf unum, reliquis exclttsis, unum prae 
ceteris, Mc. 10, 21. Lc. 18. 22. 10, 42. Jo. 9, 25. PhiL 

3, 13. Jac. 2, 10. — b) sotus; ovSslq -^- si fA^ elf o 
^f oc» Mc. 2, 7 (pro quo Luc. 5^ 21, fiovoq o ^eoq); 
10, 18. Lc. 18, 19. — c) unus idemque (qui non di- 
versus est a se ipso); Bo. 3, 30. Ap. 17, 13. 17. 18, 
8; TO %¥ fpQOveXVj PhU. 2, 2; %v elvai, non diffetrrt, 
i. q. idem vcderCt eodem loco habendum esse, 1 Co. 
3, 8; elg to ^v elvat (v. in elvai, n. V, 2, d), 1 Jo. 5, 
8; explicatins rd ^v xal x6 adto, 1 Co. 12, 11; ^v 
xal TO avxo xivi^ 1 Co. 11, 15. — 3) saepe ita exte- 
Buatur numeralis vis vocis, ut vix quidquam diffe- 
rat a pronomine indefinite xlg vel ab articulo in- 
definito nostrae linguae {Win. §. 18, 9); Mt. 8, 19 
{elq YQafifiaxevg); 19, 16. 26, 69. Jo. 6, 9 {naidoQiov 
€V, ubi Lchm. Tdf. Trg, Sv ejecerunt) ; Ap. 8, 13. 

9, 13 (Aristoph. av. 1292. Xen. Cyr. 5, 13, 12. mem. 
3, 3, 12. Plat, de rep. 6, p. 494 d. legg. 9, p. 855 d. 
al., potissimum ap. posterioris aetatis scriptores; 
eodem modo hebr. nntt, Dan. 8, 3. Gen. 22, 13. 1 Sam. 
1, 1. 1 Eeg. 20, 13; V. Gesen. Lebrgeb. p. 655); elq 
xiQ, Latinorum unus aliquds, pr. unus^ nescio quisj 
yel quem appeUare nihil atttnet; c. ^nomine subst., 
Mc. 14, 51 (quo loco Lchm. et Trg, elg omnuttunt); 
Tel seq. genit. Mc. 14, 47 (ubi Lchm. et Trg, xlg 

GBUDC, L«zioon in N. T. 



omittunt); sq. ix, iS c. genit., Lc. 22, 50. Jo. 11, 
49 (Sv XI Xfov ^rjfidxofVf Judith. 2, 13 et saepe ap. 
Graecos; cf. Wetsiein. ad Mc. 14, 51. Matthiae §. 487 
initio). — 4) ponitur in distributione; a) elq - - xal 
elq, unus-alter, Mt 17, 4. 20, 21. 24, 40 {Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg,)i 41. 27, 38. Mc. 4, 8. 20. 9, 5. 10, 37. 15, 27. 
Lc. 9, 33. Jo. 20, 12. Gal. 4, 22 (ap. Graecos eU 
fihv ' - elg ^if velnt Arist. eth^^ 6, 1, 5. Xen. Cyr. 
1, 2, 4); praefixo articulo, o elg, alter, Lc. 24, 18 
t vulg. Orsb,; sq. o eU, alter , altera in t. Yulg. 
et Grsb. Mt^24, 40 et Lc. 17, 34 {Lchm. et Tdf 
sine o); sq. o SteQoq, Mt 6, 24. Lc. 7, 41. 16, 13 b. 
17, 34 in t yulg ; 18, 10 1 vulg.; Act 23, 6; elc (sine 
articulo) - - o exeQoq, Lc. 16, 13 e. d. 17, 34 Urab. 
Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; 18, 10 Lchm. Trg.; nivxe - - o 
f!c - - o clAAoCf Ap. 17, 10. — b) elc exacxcq, wms^ 
quisque, Act. 2, 6. 20, 31. Eph. 4, 16. Col. 4, 6; sq. 
gen. partit. Lc. 4, 40. 16, 5. Act 2, 3. 17, 27. 21, 26. 
1 Co. 12, 18. Eph. .4, 7. 1 Th. 2, 11; cf. BUm. ntl. 
Gr. p. 89 s.; ava elc Sxaaxoq (y. in avd n. 2., p. 23), 
Ap. 21, 21. — c) e soloeeismo in fatiscente graeoi- 
tate non raro (cf. Lucian. soloec. §. 9. Win. p. 234.^ 
Bttm. L c. p. 26 s. Fritzsche ad Mc. p. 613 s.) xad'* 
eU et junctim xad'elQ (ut aut xaxi aaverbialiter di* 
catur, aut eU ut indeclinabile usurpetur); o xad"' 
eUf i* q-, sU SxaaxoQf Bo. 12, 5 (ubi Jbchm, Tdf. Trg. 
xb xa^* f lc, quod unumquemque attinet; cf. quae in 
utrainque paitem de hac leetione disputuit Fritzsche 
ad L T. Ill, p. 44. et Meyer)\ e. genit puiit. 3 Mace. 
5, 34 ; elg xa&* eUf unusquisiqtie, singt^i.'ilo. 14, 19. 
Jo. 8, 9; ut ap. Graecos xad'* i'ya, xad'' ev, de serie, 
singtdi, deinceps; xaB^ Sv, deinceps omnia, Jo. 21, 
25; xad'* Sva Tcdvxeq^ 1 Co. 14, 31 (Xen. venat 6, 
14); xa$^ gv Sxaaxov, Act 21, 19 (Xen. Cyr. 1, 6,27. 
Ages. 7, l);'ifieiQ ol xaB^ Sva SxaaxoQ, vos singuU, 
quitns, Eph. 5, 33. — 5) ut hebr. ti^m, ponitur pro 
ordinali ngdixoq, primus; fila aappdxwv, primus 
dies hebdomatis, Mt 28, 1. Mc. 16, 2. Luc. 24, 1. Jo. 
20, 1. 19. Act. 20, 7. 1 Co. 16, 2; ap. Graecos ita 
tantum c. aliis ordinalibos numeris conjunctum, 
ut elq xal XQivixoaxog, Hdt 5, 89. Diod. 16, 71 ; — 
Cic. de senect. 5: uno et octogesimo anno.) 

el^'dyw, aor. 2. elgiiyayov, LXX plerumque pro 
M*^9n, 1) introduce; xiva sq. elq e. ace. loci, Lc. 22, 
54. "Act 9, 8. 21, 28. 29. 37. 22, 24 (ibi pro vulg. 
ayea&ai)\ u>6s, Lc. 14, 21; loco, in quem introdu- 
citur, non expresse notato, Jo. 18, 16 (soil, elq xi^v 
aiXi^v); Heb. 1, 6: Zxav- - elqaydyy, kiyei, deus, 
tempus spectans, quando TpnmogenHtum denuo in 
orbem terrarum introduxertt (h. e. tempore xijQ na- 
Qovalaq ejus), dicit ... — 2) infero {hinein-y hereiit- 
bringi 
7, 




flit. 1. pass, elqaxova&i^aofiaif LXX persaepe pro 
y&«, sea vero etiam pro na|, respondeo; ap. Grae- 
cos* inde ab Hom. IL 8, 97;*-^ aures praebeo (nostr. 
anhoren, au/einen, auf etwas horen), i. e. 1) mo- 
nenti obtempero; obedio (>» ob^audio); Tivoc, 1 Co. 
14, 21 (Deut 1, 43. 9, 28. Sir. 3, 6 aL). — 2) roganti 
annuo, exaudio; pass, exaudior; die. a) de iis, qui 
preces ad deum uieiunt, ipsis, Heb. 5, 7 (de quo 
loco V. in dno I, 3, d. p. 38); Mt 6, 7. — b) de pre- 
cibus, quae fiunt, Lc. 1, 13. Act 10, 31. (Ps. 4, 2. 
Sir. 31, 26 aL)* 

elq-d^xofiai, f. Sofia^, benigne excipio, i. e. ex adj. 
favore omo, benevole tracto; xtva, 2 Co. 6, 17.* 

eXqetfii, inf. elqiivai, impf. elfieiv (f ^u«), ingre^ 
dior, intro; sq. elq c. nomine loci (cf. Win. y. comp. 
2, p. 11), Act 3, 3. 21, 26. Heb. 9, 6; ngoq xiva. Act 
21, 18.* 

elq-iQXOfiai^ t. 'elevaofnai, aor. 2. eUfj^^oVj 



hi^'BQXOpiai. 



130 



ex. 



2 p8. pliir. Bl^fiX^axB (Lc. 11, 52 Lchm, Tdf. Trg)\ 
imperat. slQilB-ate (Mt.^7, 18 Lchm. Tdf. Trqr^ T. 
ina9i^(»;ifo/E<aO; pf-f^?^^'7^vda, dps. plur. BiqeAtih)' 
d'ttv (Jac. 6, 4 Ijchm. Tdf. Trg. pro i. vulg. el^ekij' 
Xv&aatf Y. in ylvofjiai); LXX mazime pro kSa; — m- 
gredior, ineo, intrOf tntroeo; 1) propne, de personis 
et animalibus, sq. el^ c. notatione foci (cf. Win, y, 
comp. 2| p. 12 s.), yelut in domum, in urbem aliquam, 
Mt. 8, 5. 10, 12. Mc. 2, 1. 11* 11. Act. 23, 16. 33 et 
saepe; — absque loci notatione, nbi loci mentio 
jam in antecedentibus facta est, ut Mt. 9, 25 Lc. 7, 
45. 14, 23. 15, 28 coU. yb. 25; 24, 3. Act. 1 , 13. 5, 7. 10. 

10, 25. 1 Go. 14, 23 8.; aut e yerbis adjanctis facile 
addi potest, ut Lc. 13, 24. 17, 7; etiam ita adjun- 
gitur e^, ut signiflcet inter, Act. 19, 30. 20, 29; sIq- 
?(>y. Sii tivoq, per aliquem locum ingredi aUquo; 
diS tfjg ni^Xng, per porCam io^edi in regnum dei, 
a nod cum palatio comparatur^ Mt. 7, 13. Lc. 13, 24; 
oiit T^c ^vpac sIq r. ai^Ai/v, Jo. 10, 1 s.; adde Mt. 19, 
24 Grab. Tdf.;^ Lc. 18, 25 t. Yulg. Grsh. Tdf. Trg.; 
ilQigX' ^^ ^V^ cxkyriv^ in^ediendo sub tectum 
Yenire, h. e. ingredi domum, Mt. 8, 8; c. adyerbiis; 
inov, Mc. 14, 14. Heb. 6, 20; J)tf£, Mt. 22, 12j laa» 
slq, Mt. 26, 58; elq c. ace. nersonae, in alicujus 
domum, Act. 16, 40; sed Yiae^ de hoc loco supra 
in fZc, A. 1, 1, a. — elqigx- ^Qoq xiva^ ad aliquem, 
i. e. in ejus domum, adire aliquem, Mc. 15, 43. Lc. 
1, 28. Act 10, 3. 11, 3. 16, 40 Orsb. Lchm. Tdf 
Trg.; 28, 8. Ap. 3, 20; ad plures congregates. Act. 

18, 2. — Praeterea notanda sunt: a) phrasis eiqif- 
Xea^ai xal iik^xeo^ai ingredi et egredi (hebr. kSs 
rwxn, Yel inyerso ordine v(^» mmj plerumque uni- 
Yersum YiYcndi agendiqne modum denotat, Dent. 
28, 6. 1 Sam. 29, 6 al.; cf. Geeenii Thes. I, p. 184 s.) 
die. de fiamiliari cum aliquo couYcrsatione: iy 
Ttavtl XQ^^^ ^ ilqtjX&e x. ii^X&Bv i<p^fifA&q o xv- 
(^lOQ, »« elqriXB'e i<p ^fiaq x. iSnXBs aq) iffi., Act. 
1, 21^ (Eur. Phoen. 536: iq otxovq ei^nXd'S x. 
sf^XB''); in imagine de ethicis studQs nulla diffi- 
cultate impeditis, Jo. 10, 9. — b) elqSgx- ^^C jungitur 
c. nominibus non locum, sed id designantibus, quod 
in loco agitur; elq tovq yofiovq^ Mt. 25, 10; ilq %^ 
Xnghv xov xvgiov^ ys. 21, 23. — c) slqeX^Blv nq 
Xiva die de daemonibus ycI satana corpus alicujus 
hominis oceupantibus, Mc. 9, 25. Lc 8, 30. 23, 3. Jo. 
13, 17. — d) die. de rebus, yelut de cibis, qui ab 
edentibus ingeruntur in os, Mt. 15, 11. Act 11,8; 

in imagine spes die. fyxvpa elqe^x^/^^^V ^^^ ^^ ^^^"^ 
xe^ov xov xaxansxaofiaxcq, h. e. spe nrmiter oon- 
fidimus, receptum iri nos in coelum, Heb. ^6, 19; 

Suerentiom yoces dicuntur slqi^X' ^^? ^^ ^^^ xivoq, 
.. e. audiri, Jac. 5, 4; de rmhuBi^nviVfta ^(oijq bIq- 
fjX^Bv iv avxoU (1* vulg. in avxovQ\ e structura 
praegnante: spiritus yitalis ingressus est eos et 
mansit in iis, Ap. 11. 11. — 2) Metaphorioe die. 
a) de ingressu in aliquam oonditionem, rerum 
statum, coetum, negotium; Blq x. ^w^, Mt. 18, 8 8. 

19, 17. Mc 9, 43. 45; slq x. fiaoiX. x<3v ovQaviSv s. 
xov Bbov^ y. in pactXela, n. 3. p. 66; rove BlqBqx^' 
fjiSvovQ, qui intrare conantur, sen potius qui in 
Yiam se dederunt, ut inerediantur, Mt 23. 13. Lc. 

11, 52; absolute die. Biqigr- ^^ ^t V^ coetui 
Christianornm socios se adjungunt. Bo. 11, 25 
(undo 1 Ck).^5, 13 distinguuntur ol law et ol Ifco); 
Blq X. xatanavaiv, Heb. 3, 11. 18. 4, 1. 3. 5^s. 10 s. 
11; Blq x^v 66(av, Lc 24, 26; Biq nBiQaofiov, inci- 
dere in tentationem, Mt. 26, 41. Mc. 14, 38. Lc. 22, 
40. 46; Blq xbv xonov xivoq (y. in bU, B. I, 3), Jo. 4, 
38. — bIqbq^boB, Big t. xoa/iov, mundum intrare, est 
a) i. q. onri, exeittere, eeee incipere; die. ita de 
peccato et morte, Bo. 5, 12; de morte. Sap. 2, 24. 
Clem. Bom. 1 Go. §. 3 eztr.; de idolis, Sap. 2, 24. 



— /9) de hominibus, in viiam venire^ et quidem 
nascendo, Antonin. 6, 56; per dei creationem, 
Philo opif. m. §. 25. — y) in publicum prodire; 
2 Jo. YS. 7; ad homines ire, de Christo, Jo, 18, 37; 
BlqBQX^t^' ^^C 7* xoapLOV, intraturua mundum, i. e. 
quum jam in eo esset, ut mundum intraret, yideli- 
cet tempore Incamationis suae, Heb. 10, 5. — b) de 
cogitationibus animum aubeunHbus; Blgi^d'B Sia" 
Xoytapidg iv aixotq, e pra^g^nte structura : ingre- 
diendo sedem in iis fixit, Lc. 9, 46. Graeci inde ab 
Hom. de animi sensis et affectionibus dicunt e/c- 
i^X^ad'al xivuy yelut g>6fioQ, fiivog, noB^oq aL 

BiQ-xaXiofiai,^oi>fiai (med. yerbi BlqxaXiw), ptcp. 
aor. 1. BlgxaXBoifiBvoq, ad me in domum meam voco, 
invito; xiva. Act. 10, 28.* 

BHqoSoq, ov, ^ {oSoq), introitua, h. e. et locua s. via 
in ali^piem locum ducena (porta) , et actus ingre" 
diendt; de hoc solo in N. T.; c. genit loci xiSv 
&y{wvy introitus in sanctuarium, h. e. receptio in 
coelum, Heb. 10, 19; Blq x. fiaoiXBlav xov xvqLov, 
2 Pet. 1, 11; die de actu inter aliquos prodenndi 
ad munus aiiquod administrandnm, Act 13, 24; 
add. KQOQXiva, 1 Th. 1, 9. 2, 1.* 

Blq-ntiSaw, w, aor. 1. BliBn^ffaa,insilio; bIqx6v 
^X^ov, Act 14, 14 1. Yulg. (y. m ixnrjddw); summo 
cum impetu irruo, 16, 29. (Xen. Dem. al. — LXX 
Am. 5, 19.)* 

Blq-nogB^ouaL (passiy. yerbi Blgnogsiw, intro- 
ducOf Soph. £1. 12S5), impf. BlqBnoQBvofiipf (Mc 6, 
56), intro, ingredior; 1) pr. a) de personis, sq. Blq 
c. ace. loci, Mc. 1, 21. 6, 56. 11, 2. Act. 3, 2; onov, 
Mc. 5, 40; oi, Lc. 22, 10; sine notatione loci, ubi 
e contextis intelligitur, Luc. 8, 16. 11, 33. 19,30; 
xaTOE xoi>g otxovq^ ingredi singulas domua. Act 8, 
3; TtQoq Xiva^ aliquem adire in ejus domidlio. Act. 
28, 30; BlonoQBVBoQ-ai x. ixnogBVBcBai /iBxd xivog, 
versari cum aliquo, Act. 9, 28 {ivdmidv xivoq, Tob. 
5, 17; y. in Blqfpxopiai, n. 1, a). — b) de rebus ubi 
die, est L q. inferri, ingeri: ita de cibis, qui in os 
ingeruntur, Mc. 7, 15. 18. lit 15, 17 (y. Biqipx^/mi 
n. 1, d). — 2) metaph. de affectionibus animum 
subeuntibas, Mc. 4, 19; y. in Blqioxofiai, n. 2, b. 
(Inter antiquiores Graecos hoc yerbo utitur solas 
Xen. Gyr. 2, 3, 21; LXX saepe pro kSa.)* 

Blo^XQ^x^f ^f- 2* BiqidQafiov, intro curro; Act 
12, 14. 

BU-g>i(fa, aor. 1. Blq^VByxa^ aor. 2. BlqrfVByxov, 
infero; a) xl, s^. Blq c. ace. loci, 1 Tim. 6, 7; pass. 
Heb. 13, 11; xiva sc. Blq x. oixlav, Lc. 5, 18 s.; Ti 
Big xag dxodg xivog, nuniiare cUieui alimdd^ Act. 1 7, 
21. (ipiQBiif Xi Big xa iaxd xivog^ Soph. Aj. y. 149.) — 
b) induce; xivd slg nBiQaa/idv, Mt 6, 18. Lc. 11, 4.* 

cZta, ady. temporis, turn; deinde; poatea; Mc. 
8, 25. Lc. 8, 12. Jo. 13, 5. 19, 27. 20, 27. Jac. 1, 15; 
addita accuratiore defiinitione per genit absol. Mc 
4, 17; ut ap. Graecos ponitur in enumerationibus, 
ubi ordo pendet aut e successione temporis, ut Mc. 
4, 28 (de q. 1. y. in bIxbv); 1 Co. 15, 5—7 {Blxa - - 
IfCBixa - - fZra); 15, 24 (BTCBixa - - bIxo); 1 Tim. 2, 
13; aut e rerum, quae ennmerantur, indole et na- 
tura, 1 Co. 12, 28 {ngSxov - - 6p&xbqov - - xqIxov 

- - hcBixa - - Blxa [pro quo Lchm. Tdf Tra. 
inBixa\)', in atgumentationibus inseryit addendo 
noyo argumento, nostr. aodann; Heb. 12, 9.* 

BtxB, y. in fl n. HI, 15. 

bIxbv^ rarissima forma pro bIxu (q. y.), Mc. 3, 
28 Tdf 

f fctf^a, y. t&<9. 

ix, sequente yocali iSy praepositio regens ge- 
nitiyum, tum ezitum yel emissionem ex aliquo, 
tum separationem ab aliquo, quocum aliquid con- 
junctum erat, indicans, opposita praeyerbiis ilg^ 



^x. 



131 



he. 



in, intro, et ^v, in, intra, «, eas, nostr. aus, von, 
van - - atu, von - 'her; dicitur 

I) de loco^ et quid^n 1) nniv. delocot exguo; 
e loco circumcludente, ex interioribus loci partibua; 
&gTO^, iyyeXoq, ipmf i§ ovqclvov, Jo. 6, 31 s. Act. 9, 
3. GaL 1, 8; AvatoXriy 6vva/iiQ i^ hplarov, Lc. 1, 78. 
24, 49; inprimis post verba eundi^ fugiendi, du- 
eendi, vocandiy eximendi, remopenih, Uberandi al.; 
^xeiv ix UovSaiag sIq t. PaXiKaiav^ Jo. 4, 47; ^{^p- 
Xfo&ai Ix xtvo^^ ex alicnjus corpore, die. de dae- 
monibns, Mc. 1, 25. 5, 8. 7, 29; de yi e corpore 
emanante, 5. 30; ix roiv fivfffislwv, 8, 28. Mt. 27, 
&3; ixno^fVBC^ai, Mt. 15, 11. 18 b.; xata^lvsiv ix 
Tov ovQovov, Mt. 28, 2. Jo. 1 , 32. 3, 1 3. 6, 33 ; ^{«y«i v, 
Act. 12, nigtsvyeiv, Act. 27, 30; xuXbTp, Mt. 2, 15: 
translate, ix tov axotovg slq to ^wg, 1 Pet. 2, 9; 
ixfidXXeiv td xdgipoq ix tov otp^aXfiov, Mt. 7, 5. Lc. 
6, 42 (opp. iv t(p oq>&aXfi(j}); tl ix tov d't^aavgovt 
Mt. 12, 35. 13, 52; td daiuoviov ix tivog, ex ali- 
cnjns corpore, Mc. 7, 26; dTCoxvXleiv tdv il^ov ix 
T^ ^v^a^y Mc. 16. 3; atgEtv, Jo. 20, 1 s.; xi^io^ 
Aj). 6, 14: Oia^Biv ix yfjg Alyvntov, Jud. vs. 5; (J««- 
em^eir 4x tf}g B^aXdacijg, Act. 28, 4. — translate: 
ix tijq x^'^^> tivoqy e potestate alicujns, post i^iQ- 
Xeo^ai^ Jo. 10, 39; post dnaysiv, Act 24, 7; post 
apjtateiv^ Jo. 10,28 s.; post i^aigsla^ai. Act. 12, 11 ; 
post Qvta^ai, Lc. 1, 73; post awt^pla, Lc. 1, 71. — 
post nivBiv die. de re, e qna bibitur; ix tov not^ 
Qiov, Mc. 26, 27. Mc. 14, 23. 1 Co. 11. 28; ix nitgaq, 
1 Co. 10, 4; ix tov g>Qiatog, Jo. 4, 12; post ia^Uiv 
die. de loco, nnde victns accipitnr, ix tov Ibqo^^ 

1 Co. 9, 13. — de loco, ex qao aliqaid a^pit is, qui 
in eo loco esir. diSdaxeiv ix tov nXolov, Lc. 5, 3. — 
Jangitur etiam o. nominibus non locnm designan- 
tibns, sed id, quod in loco agitnr; ixnogsi^ea-^ai ix 
tov icinvoVy Jo. 13, 4; avaXvsiv ix t(bv ydfiwv^ 
Lc. 12, 36. — 2) e medio (complexity numero, coetu, 
soeiettUe) plurvum; a) post verba eundi^ ducendi, 
eligendi, removendi aJ. a) ante nomina collectiva, 
nt igoXo^Qevw ix tov Xaov, Act. 3, 23; nQofiifid^(o 
8. ovfifitpd^w ixtov dxXoVf Act. 19, 33; ixXiysiv 
ix tov xoofAOV, Jo. 15, \%\ — ix /liaov tivwv dipo" 
qI%uv, Mt. 13. 49; iSi^ta&ai, Act. 17, 33; agnd- 
^Siv, 26, 10; J^aloeiv, 1 Co. 5, 13; ix nda^g 9)vA% 
X. yXiocarig dyoQu^eiv, Ap. 5, 9 ; ix navtdg yivovg 
ovvayetv, Mt. 13, 47. — fi) ante pluralia: dviatd- 
vai tivk Hx tivwVf Act. 3, 22; ix vexpwv, Act. 17, 
31; ctvlotatal ttg ix vtXQwv, Act 10, 41. 17, 3; 
iyslQuv ttva ix VFxgdfV, Jo. 12, 1. 9. 17. Act. 3, 
15. 4, 10. 13, 30. Heb. 11, 19 al.; if dvdataaic ix 
vsxQfbv, Lc. 20, 35. 1 Pet. 1, 3; dvdyeiu tiva ix 
VBXQWV, Eo. 10, 7; ixXiyuv.kct 1, 24. 15, 22; xa- 
Aelv, Bo. 9, 24; iyiveto l^^t^aig ix tc5v . . . , Jo. 
3.^25. — b) ante voces qnantitatem significantes; 
sig, nt Mt 10, 29. 26, 21. Lc. 14, ]8 et saepe; noX- 
Xol, Jo. 11, 19. 45 al.; o[^;rAf/ovc,^lCo.l5,6; oi)6£lg, 
Jo. 7, 19. 16, 5 al.; x<^«^j£C i^ ndarig fpvXrjgj Ap. 7, 
4; post indefin. tig Lc. 11, 15. 12, 13. Jo. 6, 64. 7, 
48; tig yvvif ix tov SyXov, Lc. 11, 27; ita ut mente 
addendum sit tivii^ Jo. 9, 40. 16, 17. Ap. 11, 9 
(3 Esr. 5, 44); tivag, Mt. 23, 84. Lc. 11, 49. 21, 16. 

2 Jo. vs. 4. Ap. 2, 10; cf. FritzscTie Conjectan. p. 36; 
post interrog&t tlg^ quia; Mt 6, 27. Lc. 11, 5 al.; 
tig xctt^Q, 11, 11; praemisso nomine generis: av- 
^Qwnog ix t(bv . . . , Jo. 3, 1. — c) ihai ix rivoiv, 
esse ex aliquomm numero, coetu, societate al ; v. in 
sifil, n. y, 3; p. 123, col. 1. — S) de superficie aU- 
eujus locit ut nonnumquam lat. ex pro de; nos von* 
hercUt; xottafialvsiv ix tov Sgovg (Horn. II. 13, 17. 
Xen. anab. 7, 4, 12. LXX Ex. 19, 14. 32, 1. Deut 9, 
15. 10, 5. Jos. 2, 23); Mt 17, 9 (pro usitatiore and 
tov ^Q. in t vulg. et lods parall. Mc. 9, 9. Lc. 9, 37) ; 



^Qli ix ti^ xBipaXffg arcoXXvtm (nisi statuere ma- 
lueris, subesse notionem de capillo cuti injixo), Lc. 
21, 18. Act 27, 34; ixnlnttiv ix t<5v ^fiPcSfv, de 
vinculis, quibus man us erant constrlctae. Act. 12, 
7; x^ifiaadai ixtivog, Act. 28, 4 (1 Mace. 1, 61. 
2 Mace. 6, 10; Qraeci ita inde ab Horn.); g>ayetv 
ix tov dvaiaatriQloVf ea, quae altari erant impo- 
sita, Heb. 13, 10. Cognatum est iSsX^ety ix tov 
9sov, e loco vel sede apud deum (pro usitatiore 
dno t. d'Bov), Jo. 8, 42. — 4) die. de directioneunde; 
ix SsSiwVj lat a dextra, von der Rechten aus^^wr 
Rechten v. in Se^iog p. 88 col. 1 : ita ix Seftdg, iS 
dgiats^&g sc. ya>por( (etiam ap. (jrraeoos, velut Xen. 
Cyr 8, 5. 15); ?f ivavtlag, ex adverse, Mo. 15, 39 
(Hdt 8, 6. Sir. 37, 9. 1 Mace. 4, 34. Sap. 4, 20); 
metaph. 6 iS ivavtlag^ qui ex adverso est, adverea^ 
riw, Tit. 2, 8} ix 6it^Vt inde a radicibus, i e. radi- 
citus, Mc. 11, 20 (Job. 28, 9. 31, 12). — 5) decon- 
diUone et statu j e quo aUquie exeedit vel educitur; 
ad)^fiv ix ^avdzov, Heb. 5, 7. Jac. 5, 20; lp;t^a^ai 
ix rijc ^Xixpewg^ Ap. 7, 14; fietapalvsiv ix tov ^a- 
vdtov, Jo. 5, 24; aad. elg r. ^on^v^ 1 Jo. 3, 14; iyt^' 
$^ijvai is f^nvov, Bo. 13, 11; ^iivtig ix vsxqwv, e 
mortuis (h. e. qui erant mortui) vivi. Bo. 6, 13; 
^<o^ ix vtxQwv, eomm qui erant vexool, Bo. 11, 15. 
{iXevd'SQog ix SoiXov xai nXovoiogex ntwxov yf- 
yovcig, Dem. p. 270 extr.; ix nXovalov nivnta y9- 
via^ai xnl ix fiaaiXiiog IdicStvv g>av^ai, Aen. an. 
7,7,28; viyvofAai tvipXdgixdeoooxdtog, Soph.Oed. 
T. 454; §Xa<pov iS dvdgbg yeviohai^ Palaeph. 3, 2; 
adde Lys. adv. i^ocl. init. Tac. 1, 74: „ex pau- 
peribus divites, ex contemtis metuendi.'') — Die. 
etiam de statu, e quo aliquid facit is, aui in eo 
versatur; ix noXX^ d^^Xlyfewg vgifBiv^ 2 Co. 2,4. — 
6) de quaUbet separatione vel altcujua cum aUquo 
conjunctionis aoludone; dvanai^ta^ai ix (exemtum) 
tibv x^TCmv, Ap. 14, 13; avavfjtpeiv ix (expeditum 
ex) T^ tov SiafioXov nayl6og, 2 Tim. 2, 26; fitta- 
vowv ^x . . . , Ap. 2, 21 8. 9, 20 s. 16, 11; iniotQi- 
ipBiv ix (solute nexu cum) tQ( ivxoX^, 2 Pet. 2, 
21 ; tfiQBlv tiva ix . . . , servare remotum a . . . , 
Jo. 17, 15. Ap. 3, 10; item diattjQtlv, Act 15, 29; 
vixav tx rivoc, vincendo se liberare ex alien jus po- 
testate, Ap. 15, 2; inpo^oBixi ix ri^c yyjg^ tolli, ita 
ut ratio solvatur, quae intercedat cum terra, Jo.^l2j 
32; iXev^BQog ix ndvtwv (praeterea semper ino 
'^tyog), 1 Co. 9, 19. -^ 7) ex hebraismo: ixSixeZv to 
alfjta tivog ix x^^P^i tivog (into fi^ bj^s 2 Beg. 9, 
7), caedem alieujus ulcisei in intertectore, Ap. 19, 
2; xqIvbiv to xQifia tivbg Ix tivog, vinaicare 
aliquem ab aliquo, Ap. 18, 20 (cf. LXX Ps. 119, 
84). 

II) de origtne, foTite, causa; 1) de generatione et 
natalibue et sHrpe et ortu; a) post verba gignendi^ 
nctscendi 2X.\ iv yaatgl Wiv Mx tivog f tit 1, 18 
coll. vs. 20; xoitijv ix^ivSx t.. Bo. 9, 10; ytvv&v 
tiva ixc, genii, feminae, Mt 1, 3. 5 s. 16; ylvea&ai 
ix ywaixogn nasd a femina. Gal. 4, 4 coll. vb.^22 s.; 
ysvvaad^ai iS alfxatrnv^ ix S^eXi^fiazog oapxog, Jo. 
1, 13; ix tijg aapxog, Jo. 3, 6; ix nogvelag, 8, 41; 
iyelQSiv tivl tixva ix, Mt 3, 9. Lc. 3, 8; (tig) ix 
xaonov t^g doij^vog abtoVf Act. 2, 30 ^Ps. 132, 11); 
fj ix fpvoBwg ixQopvatla, Bo. 2, 27. — Sensu hy- 

Serphysicor to nvBVfia to ix ^bov sc. ^v, e natura 
ei, 1 Co. 2, 12 coU. Ap. 2, 11; bomines dicuntur 
yBvvaa^ai ix nvevfiatog^ Jo. 3^5 s. 8; yByBwrifAi- 
voi clvai ix ^Bov (v. in yswaw, jl 2, d; p. 77), 
id quod etiam dicitur Blvai ix ^sov, 1 Jo. 4, 4. 6. 
5, 19 (v. in Bifil n. V, 3, d). — b) slvai, yBvia^ai, 
Mqx^oB^^i al. ix c. nomine urbis, stirpis, populi, 
generis, familiae al.; oriundiim esse ex, proficisei 
{geburtig sein, abstammen); ix Nal^aQht bIv(u^ Jo. 



9» 



Jx. 



132 



^x. 



1, 47; ixitoXeoQ, \f 45; iS wv, 8dLnav4^wv,Ba, 
9, 4; is olxov Tiv<^c* Lc. 1, 27. 2, 4; ix yhovq, 
PbiL 3, 5. Aet 4, 6; 'EpQuXoq iS 'Efigalwv, PhU. 
3, 6; ixwvXijg, Lc. 2. 36. Act. 13, 21. Bo. 11, 1; iS 
lovSa, Ueb. 7, 14; ix aniguaxo^ xivoq, Jo. 7, 42. 
Bo. 1, 3. 11, 1; nallo verbo adjecto: i^ iBrwv afjia(^ 
ToiAo/, e pafiianis nati peccatores, Gal. 2, 15; de pa- 
tria, qaam afiquis habet, die. elvai ix xrjq i^ovalaq 
HQwdov^ Lc. 23. 7; i^ inaQxiaq, Act. 23, 34; 6 oiv 
ix xfiQ y^c, Jo. 3, 31. — 2) de quavis alia ortgme; 
xanvbq ix xtiq doSrjq xov &€OVf Ap. 15, 8; ix xmv 
'lovSalwv iaxlVf prodit e Judaeis, Jo. 4,22; ilvai ix 
xivoq, ab aliqao proflcisci auctore, Mt 5, 37. Jo. 7, 
17. 22. Bo. 2, 29. 2 Co. 4, 7. 1 Jo. 2, 16. 21 aL; ita 
ut iaxlv cogitatione sit addendum: Bo. 11, 36. 1 Go. 
8, 6 (V. in tlq II, 3, c, a); 11, ^12. 2 Co. 3, 6. 5, 18. 
GaL 5, 8 ; %(yya ix xov naxgoq fiov, facta, quorum 
auctor est pater, h. e. quae patris n instractus 
edidi, Jo. 10, 32; olxoSo/iij ix ^sov, cuius auctor 
est deus, 2 Co. 5, 1 ; x^Q^^^i^^^ 1 Co. 7, 7; oedofiivov 
ix xov naxgdq, Jo. 6, 65; adde 18, 3. 1 Co. 7, 7; — 
4 ix ^eov 6ixaioaivfiy quae a deo proflciscitur, h. e. 
adjudicatur, Phil. 3, 9; ^ iS i>(iwv iv iifilv ayantj, 
amor a vobis proflciscens in nobis sedem ngens, 
h. e. amor vester, cujus efficaciam erperimur, 2 Co. 
8, 7; 6 is vfiwvl^^koqf vestrum studium, 9, 2; pka- 
ag>ri/ila ix xivoq, convicia^ab aUquo sparsa, Ap. 2, 
9; thai is ov^avov^ iS avd-Qninmv, v. in bIiiI, n. 
y. 3, c; injuncta notione naturae et indolis ex ori- 
gine natae: ovxiaxiv ix xov xocfiov tovtov, non 
est terrostris originis nee terrestns naturae, Jo. 18, 
36; ix x^q ynq iaxiVf terrestns naturae est, 3, 31; 
ix xijq Y^q XaXsZv^ looui ut fert terrestris origo, ibid. ; 
e deo eese dicuntur numanae virtutes, quippe quae 
nQwxoxynov suum habeant in deo et per vim ejus 
in animis effieiantur, ^ ayanrj ix xov &sov iaxiv, 
Jo. 4, 7. — 3) de matenej ex qua aliquid conficUur^ 
conformatur, componitur; fj yvv>) ix xov avSgoqf 
e costa viii, 1 Co. 11, 12; axi^avov iS axav&wv, 
Mt. 27, 29. Jo. 19, 2; adde Jo. 2, 15. 9, 6. Bo. 9, 21. 
1 Co. 15, 47. Ap. 18, 12. 21, 21.—Affini8 est 4) usus 
de pretiOf quia pecunia quasi mutatur in id, quod 
emitur (usitatior est nuons genitivus de pretio, cf. 
Win. p. 194); dyoQatuv xi tx xivoc, Mt 27, 7 
(Bar. 6, 25); xx&a^ai ix, Act. 1, 18 (wveta^ai ix, 
Palaepb. 46, 3 s.); ovjufprnvitv ix Srjvaplov (quia 
pactum nascitur e promisso denario), Mt. 20, 2. 
Cognata est phrasis noiBiv iavx<p ^dovq ix xov 
fiafiwv&f Lc. 16, 9. — 5) inprimis post verba neutora 
et passiva die. de causa (eive re, s. persona), qtta 
adjuvatur, suatentatwr, efficitur id. quod verbo adr 
juncto exprimOur; wfpeAstaB^ttt tx xivoq, Mt. 15, 5. 
Mc. 7, 11 ; Iriixiova^ai, 2 Co. 7, 9; Xvnsla&ai, 2, 2; 
potissimum in apocalvpsi; a6ixfla&ai, Ap. 2, 11; 
dno&av€lVy 8, 11. 9, 18; g>mxi};fa&ai, 18, l;axozl- 
^ea&ai, 9, 2; nvgova&ai, 8. 18; ysfill^fo&ai, 15, 8 
(cf. Jes. 6, 4). Jo. 6, 18; yifjLBtv, Mt. 23, 25 (ubi 
Lchm. is omittit); nXrjgova^ai, Jo. 12, 3; xoQxd- 
gM^ai, Ap. 19, 21; nXovxsZv, 18, 3 19; /li&vaxs- 
a^ai, fzsmetv, 17, 2. 6; 5^ ix. Bo. 1, 17. 1 Co. 9, 14. 
Gal. 3, 11; a€Sv<f^v noiBla&ai, Eph.4, 16. CoL2,19; 
xtXeioifa^ai, Jac. 2, 22; xsxoniaxwq, Jo. 4, 6. (AeL 
V. h. 3, 23: ix xov noxov ixd&evdev). Etiam post 
activa; ye/ill^eiv, Jo. 6, 13. Ap. 8, 5; noxl^eiv, Ap. 
14, 8. — 6) de eo, tmde aliquid peruiet aut ex quo 
aliquid consequitur; oix Saxiv ^ 5©^ ix xwv %>naQ~ 
Xovxiov, non pendet ex opibus ■= opes tutari ne- 
queunt vitam, Lc. 12, 15; evno^ia imihv iaxiv ix 
tfiq igyaaiaq xaihrjq, Act. 19,25; to iS v/i<Sv, quan- 
tum e vobis pendet. Bo. 12, 18; in paulinis dictio- 
nibus Sixaioc, Sixaioa^rj, dixaiovv ix nlaxsmq, iS 
C(>y»v, ride supra p. 103; iS (in Folge von) ^Qytov 



XafieZv xo nvev/ia, Qal. 3, 2. 5; iS avaaxacBwf Xa- 
psXv xohq vsxgovq, Heb.11,35; iaxavQ€&^ iS aa^B- 
vBlaq, 2 Co. 13. 4; adde Bo. 11, 6. GaL 3, 18. 21 s. 
Epb. 2, 8 s. — l)de potestate^ e qua aliquis pendet, 
qua agitur et regitur, cujus indotem refert; bx d-BOV 
{w^ ^BonvBvaxjov) XaXsTv, 2 Co. 2, 17; in joanneis 
dictionibus, Blvai ix ^eov,^ Jo. 8, 47 (alio sensu 
supra II, 1, a); ixxov SiafioXov, ix xov novtigov, 
ix xov xoofiovy V. in bI/jiI n. V, 3, d; ix xyq aXij^el- 
aq Blvai, veri cognoscendi studio duci^ veri amantem 
esse, Jo. 18, 37. 1 Jo. 3, 19; ol ix vofiov, le^ sub- 
diti. Bo. 4. 14; ol iS igt^Blaq — ol iQi&BvofiBva^ 
Bo. 2, 8; oix nlaxBwq — o maxBVwv, 8, 26. 4, 16. 
—bIvui ix Xivoq etiam est ex alwuo nexum esse i. q. 
ctun eo connexum esse; rem haJbere cwn eo; v. in 
Blfil n. y, 3, d; unde periphrasis ol ix nBQtxoiirjq, 
circumcisi, Act 11, 2. Bo. 4, 12. Gal. 2, 12; ol SvxBq 
ix nBQixo/iijqj CoL 4, 11; ol ix nsQixofiffq maxoU 
Christiani e Jndaeis. Act. 10, 45. — %) de causa, 
ob quam; ix xov novov, prae dolore, Ap. 16, 10; 
de ratiane, ob quam; Ap. 8, 13. 16, 11; ix xoi^ov, 
Jo. €, 66. 19, 12; cf. Meyer sAH — 9) de copia, 
de qua aliquid sumikar, datur, accipitur, ediiur, bi' 
bitur; XafifidvBiv ix, Jo. 1, 16. 16, 14s.; diSovai, 
dtadiSovai, Mt. 25, 8. Jo. 6, 11. 1 Jo. 4, 13; ia&lBiv, 
1 Co 9, 7. 11, 28; ipayBtv, Jo. 6, 26. 50 s. Ap. 2, 7; 
fjiBxix^^v, 1 Co. 10, 17 (sed v. in fiBxix^); nlvBtv, 
Mt 26, 29. Me. 14, 25. Jo. 4, 13 s. Ap. 14, 10. IS, 3 
(alitor supra sub n. I, 1); XaXBlv ix xeSvldlmv, Jo. 
8, 44; ix xoif nBQiaoe^fjiaxoq x^q a(ap<f/a(,Mt.l2,34; 
ixpdXXBiv, ib. vs. 35; fiaXXBiv ix (partem), Mc. 12, 
44. Lc. 21. 4. — 10) de eo, ex quo aUmdd ^acquiri' 
tiir; ovXmybiv iS axavd'wv, xgvyav ex fiaxov, Lc. 
6, 44; ^BQl^Bivix, GaL 6,8. — 11) <fo toto, cujus 
pars est aliquid; 1 Co 12,^15 s. — 12) de fonte; 
a) univ. iS f/iavxov ovx iXaXTjaa, Jo. 12, 49. {ovdhw 
ix aavxfjq XiyBtq, Soph. EL 344.) — b) de fonte 
actionum in statu animi, ejus sensis, virtutibus, vp- 
tiis, quaerendo; ix xapdiaq, Bo. 6, 17; ixtpvxfjq^ 
Eph. 6, 6. CoL 3, 23 (1 Mace. 8, 27; ix xijq yfvx^ 
aanal^Bai^ai Xen. Oec. 10, 4); ix xaB^agaq xagdlaq, 
1 Tim. 1, 5. 2 Tim. 2, 22. 1 Pet. 1, 22; iS dXfjq x^ 
xagdiaq - - ypvjriq - - Siavolaq xxX., Mc. 12, 31 s. 
(Sap. 8, 21. 4 Macc. 7, 18); ix nlaxBtaq, Bo. 14, 3; 
is BlXixQivBlaq, 2Co. 2, 17; iS igi^Blaq, PhiL 2, 16. 
— c) de principio cognitionis; xaxw^tod-ai ix. 
Bo. 2, 18; dxovBiv ix, Jo. 12, 34; yivwoxBiv, Mt 
12, 33. Lc. 6, 44. 1 Jo. 4, 6; inonxBVBiv, 1 Pel 2, 
12; — SBixvvvai, Jac. 1, 18; 6gi^Bi9, declarare, 
comprobare. Bo. 1, 4. — IS) de eo, ex quo norma 
judicandi vel agendi petitur ; german. nach; xpi- 
vBiv ix.Lc. 19,22. Ap. 20, 12 (Xen. Cyr. 2, 2, 21: 
ix xtavigyiov xglvBoB^ai); dixaiovv, xaxaSixa^Biv, 
Mt 12, 37; dvofid^Biv ix, Eph. 3, 15 (Horn. IL 10, 
68. Soph. Oed. B. 1036 aL); ix xov l^x^iv, pro fa- 
cultatious, 2 Co. 8, 11. 

Ill) Ex attractione Graecis frequentata (cf. Win. 
8. 66, 6) duae praepositiones quasi in unam coa- 
lescunt, ut ix aici videatur pro iv, ita hf^ai xh 
ix x^^olxlaq avxov concise dici^ur pro rc^^ iv xB ol' 
xla avxoif iS avx^q, Mt. 24,17; o naxi^Q^ o iS ovpO' 
vov 6woBi pro 6 naxi^o 6 iv oigav^ dcooBi ix xov 
ovpavov, Lc. 11, 13; xijv ix AaodixBlaq imaxoX^v 
pro x^v Blq AaoSix, yBygafJifiivriv xal ixAaodixBl- 
aq xofitaxiav, CoL 4, 16. (2 Mace. 3, 18.) 

ly) de tempore; 1) de termino a quo: lat. ex, 
inde a, nos: von, von ' ' an, seU; ix xpovwv Ixa^ 
vwv, Lc. 8, 27; ix ysvBX^, Jo^.9, 1 (Hom. II. 24, 
535. Od. 18, 6); ix xotXlaq /JitjXQoq (v. in xoiXia); ix 
vBoxrixoq. Mt 19, 20. Mc. 10, 21. Lc. 18, 21. Act 26, 
4 (Hom. n. 14, 86); ix xov aicSvoq (v. in aiciv, p. 
13), Jo. 9, 32 (AeL v. h. 6, 13. 12, 64: iS aliSvoq); 



J 



i'xaoTog. 



133 



hc'fidllup. 



is apz?c, Jo. 6, 64. 16, 4; ix ytvtwv igxalmv^ Act. 
15,21; is izoiv dxTw, 9, 33; ix noXkibv itmv, 24, 
10; is avr^c (sc. ofQag), iUicOj protiwts (y. in 
iSovriJQ); iS Ixavov, a mnlto inde tempore, Le. 
23. 8 (ix noXXov, Thuc. 1, 68. 2, 88); c. adv. ix nai- 
Sio^ev, Mc. 9, 21 Lrhm. Tdf, Trg. {ix nQwt^ev, 
1 Mace. 10, 80); cf. Win. §. 65, 2. Plurimi intpp. ix 
xavxov, Jo. 6, 66. 19, 12 reddunt ex hoc tempore, 
sed cf. supra in n. 11, 8. — 2) de ordine et aerie 
temporis; ix devr^pov (quasi: ausqehend, anhe^end 
vom Zweiten)^ seeunda vice (v. in 6€vt€Q0Q); ix 
rpiTov, Mt. 26, 44; hfjiigav iS ^fiiga^j diem ex die 
(Cic. ad Att. 7, 26. Caes. b. g. 1, 16, 4), dUem de die 
(Liv. 5, 48; einea Tag nack dem anderen\ 2 Pet. 
2. 8 Gen. 39, 10. Num. 89, 50. Sir. 5, 7. Eur. Rhes. 
437 aL; hoQ iS hovg, Lev. 25, 50; iviavzov iS 
iviavTov, Deut. 50, 20). 

Y) Adoerbiales locutiones, quibns subest notio 
1) dtreciionis unde; i^ ivavxlaq, cf. supra in I, 4. 
— 2) fontvi; ix av^q)j(6vov, e coneenau, ex compo- 
eUo, 1 Co. 7, 5; iS arayxrfg, coacte, 2 Co. 9. 7; ne- 
cessaiio, Heb. 7, 12. — 3) normae; ix fiiQov^j ita 
ut quisque pars sit totius {antheUm&esig), 1 Co. 12, 
27; cf. Meyer ad 1.; ex parte istUcJnoeise)^ 1 Co. 13, 
9; ix fiixQov ^=B fifxplcDQ, modice, parce, Jo. 3, 34; 
ix laoTTiToq^ aequali ratione, 2 Co. 8, 13 {iS ^toov^ 
Hdt. 8, 35 aL); ix nsoiaaov, supra modum, Mc. 

6, 51. 

VI) In eompositiombus denotat ix l)egressum; 
ix^aivw^ iS^QX^f^^\- — 2) emissionem, remotionem, 
separationem; ixpdXXto, ixnifinw, iSat^iw. — 
3) ortum; ixyovog. — 4) id quod foras vel palam 
fit; iSayy^XXo}, — 5) oppositam sibi habet notio- 
nem lei colligatae et convolutae; ixrsivwj ixne- 
xavwfii. — 6) est i. q. funditug, ex omni parte, 
navTsXwq, denotans absolutionem et perfectionem ; 
ixnXtjgow, ixteXiw, Cf. Fritzsche ad Matth. p. 
120 s. 

SxaavoQf jy, ov, LXX pro «7^k; quieque^ singuU; 
a) copnlat. c. subst. k'xaatov divopov, Lc. 6, 44; 
hxaatq> axQaxifixy, Jo. 19,23; xaxauijva i'xaatov, 
quovis mense, Ap. 22, 2; xad'* hxaaxijv rifi^gav, 
Heb. 3, 13; cf. Win. p. 106; Bttm. ntl. Gr. p. 105, 
30; praeposito elq, lat. urmsquisgue; c. suDstant. 
Eph. 4, 16. Ap. 22, 2 t.yulg. — b) substantive; Jo. 

7, 53. Act. 4, 35. Ro. 2, 6. Gal. 6, 4 aL; semel plur. 
ixaaxoi^ Ap. 6, 11 t. vulg. — addito genit. partit. 
jMiaJv, Ro. 14^ 12; vfiwv , Lc. 13, 15. 1 Co. 1, 12. 
Heb. 6, 11; avx<ov, Jo. 6, 7; x<av anegfiixtov, 1 Co. 
15, 38. — bIq MxncxoQ, unu8qu^8que{y.V[ielq,li.\^\!^y, 
absque genit. partit. Act. 29, 31. Col. 4, 6; c. genit. 
partit. Lc. 4, 40. Act. 2, 3. 17, 27. t Co. 12, 18 aL — 
^xaaxoq, qpsimsingvlos et timumquemque epluribtu 
denotet, saepe appositionis loco applicatur nomi- 
nibus et pronominibus et^ verbis in plurali positis 
{Matthiae IL p. 764 s.) ; n/JietQ oxovofAev Sxaaxoq, 
Act. 2, 8; axognia&fjxB sxaaxog, Jo. 16, 32; ino- 
DBvovxo Ttavxeg - - , Sxaaxoq . . . , Lc. 2, 3; adde 
Act. 3, 26. 1 Pet. 4, 10. Ap. 5, 8. 20, 13; item iU 
Mxaaxoq, Act. 2, 6. 11, 29; viistq ol xa^^ Sva ^xa- 
oxoq xffv kovxov yvvatxa ayanaxm, yos singulis 
unusquisque, Eph. 5, 33. — ex imitatione hebr. fxa- 
axoq x(p ad Blip (f avxov iy^f^»h ©"^k, Gen. 26, 31), Mt. 
18, 35; uBxa xov nXrjaiov ttvrov (nnjh Vk »>k, Jud. 
6, 29 ^aL), Eph. 4, 25 coll. Heb. 8, 11 t. vulg. ' 

kxaaxoxe, adv., quovie tempore, semper: 2 Pet. 
1, 15. (Hdt. Thuc. Xen. Plat, al.)* 

hxaxov^ ol, al, xa, centum; Mt. 13, 8 (sc. xag- 
novqy, 18, 12. Jo. 19, 39 al. 

ixarovxaixijq, gq et hxaxovxasxifq, iq(eL hxaxov 
et Ito(. De scriptorum, librariomm et grammati- 
corum in aecentn notando inconstantia v. Lob, ad 



Phiyn. p. 406. Win, §. 6, 1. Btim. ntl. Gr. p. 26), 
eentenariusj centum amnoe ncOua; Ro. 4, 19. (Pind. 
Pyth. 402.)* 

kxaxovxanXaaltov, ov, centuplus, centuplex, een- 
tuplicatus; Mt. 19, 29 t. vulg. Greb,; Mc. 10, 30. Lc. 

8, 8. (2 Sam^. 24, 3. Xen. oec. 2, 1.)* 
kxaxovxaoxv^f ov, 6, {JSlqx^ — de tenninationi- 

bus aQxnq et agx^^ ▼• q^ae uberius docet Win. 
p. 60. coll. Bttm. ntL Gr. p. 64. Bomemann, Schol. 
ad Luc. p. 151 B.), centurio; Mt. 8, 18 Gh-ab. Lchm. 
Tdf. Trg.; Lc 7, 6 Tdf.; Act. 10, 1. 22. 21, 82 
Lchm, Tdf. Trg.; 24, 23. 27, 1. 6 Lchm. Tdf. 
Trg,; vs. 11 Gr»b. Lchm. Tdf. Trg.; vs. 81. 43 
Lchm^ Tdf. Trg.; genit. plur. ap. Tdf Act. 28, 
17. 28. (AeschyL ap. Athen. 1, 11 e. Hdt. 7, 81. 
Dion. Hal., Pint. aL) v. vocem seq. 

kxaxovxaQxoq, ov, o, i. q. kxaxovxoQXV^* q- ▼•; 
Mt. 8, 5. 8. 18 t vul.; 27. 54. Lc. 7, 2. 6 23, 47. Act. 
'21, 32 t. vulg. Greb.; 22, 25 s. 27, 6 et 43 et 28, 16 
t. vulg. Grab.; genit. plur. Act. 23, 17 et 28 t. vulg. 
Orsb. Lchm. Trg. [Xen. Cyr. 5, 8, 41; Plut. al.)* 

ix'fialvw, aor. 2. iSififJ^i ^grethor; Heb. 11, 15 
Lchm. Tdf. Trg.* 

ix fiaXXw, impf. 3 ps. plur. iSifiaXXov (Mc. 6, 13), 
fut ixfiaXdS, plusqpf. ix^BffXijxeiv (sine augmento, 
Mc. 16, 9; cf. Win. p. 73. BUm. ntl. Gr. p. 81 »; aor. 
2. iS^fiaXov, aor. 1. pass. iSffiXi^^v, fut. ixj^Xyj^^ 
anfieti, — LXX plerumque pro «h3, passmi pro 
n-^x-irt, ^^'i'n, T/^'^^'f —ejicio; expeUo; emitto; — 
1) inclusa majoris minorisve niolentiae notione: 
a) expello; aliquem, Mt. 21, 12. Mc. 11, 15. Jo. 2, 15 
{ix); Lc. 20, 12 aL; pass. Mt. 8, 12; Saifjidvta, Mt. 7, 
22. 8, 16. 81 9, 88. Mc. 1, 34. 89. Lc. 11, 20. 82 al.; 
^x xivoq, Mc. 7, 26; dno, 16, 9; ^v xtvt^ per, Mt, 9, 
34. 12, 24. 27 s. Mc. 3, 22. Lc 11, 15. 19 s.; x(p dv6- 
fiaxl xtvoq. Mt. 7, 22; Xoyip. 8, 16; inlx<p dv. xivoq, 
Lc. 9, 49. Mc.9, 38; xtva Ifco xrjq noXiotq^ Lc. 4, 
2ft. Act. 7, 58. — b) ejicio; xivd sj. I^a>, Jo. 6, 37. 

9, 84 s. 12, 31 (sc. e mundo, h. e. vi, eAcacia, quam 
in mundo ezercet, nrivabitur); Lc. 18, 28; ^'foi c. 
genii Mt. 21, 89. Mc. 12, 8. Lc. 20, 15. — aliquid; 
ezcrementa e ventre in latrinam, Mt. 15, 17; med. 
ixfiaXXofjiBvoi (h. e. sibi^ quo feicUius navem et cum 
ea vitam sibi servarent) xdv alxov slq x. ^dXaaaav, 
Act. 27, 3S. — e) extvrbo aliquem e societate; ez- 
turbando dimitto e famUia, Gal. 4, 80 (Gen 21, 10); 
ix xriq ixxXrjalaq, 8 Jo. vs. 10. — d) discedere 
aliquem cogo; and xdiv oglwv, Act. 13, 50; disce- 
dere aliquem mbeo etsi non asperis, tamen severis 
verbis utens, Mt. 9, 25. Mc. 5, 40. Act. 9, 40, 16, 37 
(quo loco distinguitur ab i^aynv)-, ad negotium 
aliquod gerendum aliquem abire jubeo, Mt. 9, 38. 
Lc 10, 2. — 6) ita die, ut impetus egredientis 
transferatur ad emittentem ; impero aut efficio , ut 
aliquis festinanter discedat ; Mt. 1, 43. Jac. 2, 25; 
xd ngo^axa, emitto e caula, quae ezinde erum- 
punt, Jo. 10, 4. — f\ extraho cum m {herausreissen), 
xl, Mc. 9. 47. — g) injuncta notione de vi adver- 
sam vim superante: efficio, ut aliquid redto cursu 
spectatum finem obtineat; x^v xglaiv elq vXxoq, Mt. 
12, 20. — K) cum contemtu r ejicio; aspemor {ver- 
werfen); xo Svofid xivoq wq novfjgov, Lc. 6, 22. 
(Plat. Crit. p. 46 b. de rep. 2, p. 877 c. Soph. OC. 
687. 642; de ezplosis hisxrionious, Dem. p. 449, 
19.). — 2) sine violentiae notione: a) extraho (her- 
ausssiehen); rem alii insertam; ro xaQfpgq xo iv xw 
dq>^aXfjiip, Lc. 6, 42; ix xov dw^aXgJLov^ ibid, et Mt. 
7, 5; itno xov dq>9: vs. 4 (ubi Lchm. Tdf. Trg. ix). 
— b) expromo, depromo, promo, profero; xl ix 
voi>&7jaavgoif, Mt. 12, 85. 13, 52; nummum e mar- 
supio, Lc. 10, 35. — c) excipio, eximOf L e. non 
recipio (ausnehmen)\ xl, sq. ?$(0, Ap. 11, 2 (ezime 



SKfiaaig. 



134 



ixei. 



de mensnrandis » /irj avttpf fisxgiiaffi). — d) aq, 
eU c. aoc. loci, vi cud renati nequU^ aUquem ab- 
duco aliqtio; Mc. 1, 12. 

Sxfiacig^ €€»(;. fj {ixfialvoi), 1) egresaw (Horn, et 
al.) , translate die. de egressu e tentatione^ quippe 
in qaam homo sU'^px^^^*' b* ^k^^Q^^t^ (▼• ^^ec ver- 
ba Buis in locis), 1 Go. 10, 13. — 2) significatu a 
profanis alieno: escitiu i. q. Jinis; die. de fine vitae, 
Sap. 2| 17; r^c avaaxQoqfw: xivtov, Heb. 13, 7 non 
est simpliciter finifl vitae pnjsicae, sed modus, quo 
vitam bene actam absolvemnt mente, qnam prodi- 
denint moriendo; cf. Delitzsch ad L* 

ixfioX^f 5c» ^ (ixpdXXw), a) ejeetio. — b) specia- 
tim jactura, h. e. merciom et oneram ejeetio, qua 
nautae tempore procellae navem levant, ne sub- 
merffatur: Aescb. sept. 769. Arist. eth. nic. 3, 1, 5. 
Luoian. de mere. cond. 1; no^eta&ai ixfioXi^Vf La- 
tinorum jacturcan facere, Act 27, 18; add. xwv 
axsvStVi LXX Jon. 1, 5; xwv ipoQxlmv, Pollux 1, 

99.* 
i»-yafilliiw ^im^t ^MA^iieyafjiiCoiiTiv (isCfe domo), 

in nuUrimanium s. nuphim ao^ coUoco; nliam, 1 Co. 
7, 38 t. vulg. Grsb. ; Mt. 24, 38 t. vulg. Chsb. Tra, 
— pass, wuhoy Mt. 22, 30 (Lc. 17, 27 t. vulg. 6?r«6.); 
T. m yafu^w. Praeter bos locos non exstat. 

ix'ya/ilaxWf i, q. ixyafil^off q. v. — pass. Lc. 20, 
34 8. t. vulg. Grsb. Cf. in yafiUaxw et Fritzscke 
ad Mc. p. 529 ss. Praeterea non babetur. 

IxyovoQ, ov {ixylvofiai), ortu8 ex aliquo, proge^ 
nitua, procrecUua (Hom. et sqq.); die. plerumque 
substantive 6, ii txyovoQ, ol fxyovoif jUtus,/utaf 
9uhcie8t potieri, Uberi. JUH nepotes: ap. LXA ple- 
rumque neutr. plur. ixyova et xh txyova pro ^^^^ 
Deut 7, 13. 28, 4 al.; d'^KSKS, Jes. 48, 19. 61, 9: "g, 
Jes. 49, 15; adde Sir. 40, 15. ' 44, 11 al.; — in N. T. 
semel 1 Tim. 5, 4 xkxva ^ Hxyovat nMotes.* 

ix'6anavau>f fut. 1. pass. ixdanavaB'Jjoofjiaif im' 
pendendo exhaurio, ahsumo; xhQ nQoaoSovq, Pol. 
25, 8, 4. — passivum reflexive, me ipte abwmOy sq. 
^niq xivoq, die. de eo, qui vires et vitam in pro- 
curanda aliorum salute absumit, 2 Co. 12, 15; cf. 
Kyphe ad 1.* 

ix-dixofiait impf. iSsSBxof^V^ {i^t alicunde, ex 
aliquo), 1) excip%o,au8cipio, accipw (AesebyL Hdt. 
sqq.). — 2) exapecto; xi, Jo. 5, 3. Heb. 11, 10. Jac. 
5, 7; xivi Act. 17, 16. 1 Co. 16, 11; akX^Xovg ixSi- 
X^a^e, exspeetate vox invicem, sc. donee suum 
quisque cibum acceperit, 1 Co. 11, 33 coU. vs. 21; 
sq. Fttic • • • > Heb. 10, 13. Barius hoc significatu ap. 

SrofanoB, ut Soph. Phil. 123; ApoUod. 1, 9, 27; &>c 
V yivnzal Ti, Dion. H. antt. 6, 67.* 

§x6nXoi,ov {S^Xog), evidena^ conapicuua; 2 Tim. 
3, 9. (Horn. D. 5, 2. Dem. p. 24, 10. Polyb.)* 

ixStjfjiiaf^ (Sf int aor. 1. ixSrjfi^ai {]Sx6ri(iog\ 
1) peregre prqfioiacor (Hdt. Soph. Plat. Joseph, 
al.); hinc univ. endgro^ diaeedo^ ix xov adiiaxoq^ 
e corpore tanquam terrestri animi domicilio, 2 Co. 
5, 8. — 2) peregrinor, peregre cibawn: 2 Co. 5, 9; 
ano xov xvqIov, apud quem mansio nobis promissa 
est, 2 Co. 5, 6; quibus locis oppon. ivSrifiw.* 

ix-dldwfii, med. fut. ixdciao/iai^ 3 ps. sing. aor. 
2. ifiSoxOj Tdf.: i^i6axo (v. in inooldtofjii p. 41) 
verbum Graecis inde ab Hom. n. 3, 459 frequen- 
tatnm; — e domo, e poteatate mea^ e manut e penu 
do; edOf dedo^ trado; hinc etiam eloco {verpach- 
ten, verding€n\ Hdt. 1, 68; yewpylai . . . ixdido' 
f^ivai dovXoiQy Plat. legg. 7, 806 et ap. al. In N. 
T. med. in meum commodum eloco, Mt. 21, 33. 41. 
Mc 12. 1. Lc. 20, 9.* 

ix-oi'tiyio/iat, oH/mi, dep. med. ^pr.totum enarro; 
univ. enarro. eamono; xl^ Act. 13,41 (Hab. 1, 5); 
15, 3. (Joseph. Galen. LXX.) 



ix6ixi<0f df^ f. ^am^ aor. 1. iSeSlxifoa (fx6iMog,q, 
v.), LXX pro Dj^j, -T)?|, i9|«; — a) xivi, jua vindico 
alictu, Lc. 18, 5 ^1 Mace. ^6, 22); xivii and xivog^ 
tueorf defendo cUiqttem ah aliquo, ibid. vs. 3 ; iav- 
xov, idciaci «e, Bo. 12, 19. — oj xl, nlciacor aUquid 
(i. e. punio aliquem propter aHqmd); t^v naga- 
xo^Vj 2 Co. 10, 16; xi alfia x^vdQ ino vel ix xivoq, 
ulciscendo leposco alieujus sanguinem ab aliquo, 
h. e. caedis in aliquo patratae poenam repeto ab 
interfeetore, Ap. 6, 10. 19, 2; v. m ix, n. I, 7. (ap. 
Graecos inde a Diod.)* 

ixdlxriaig, f a>c, fiiexdixiw, q. v.) LXX pro wap^? 
et &g|, )n^ti, nvoii (£z. 16, 37. 23, 45) et Q'^oud ; vin- 
dicta) uUi'o; poena; Bo. 12, 19 et Heb. lO) 30 e 
Deut. 32, 35; 2 Co. 7, 11. Lc. 21, 22; noielv xrp^ ix- 
Sixrjalv xivoQ^ aliquem vindicare ab injuriis, Lc. 
18, 7 s.; Tiv/, aliquem (iinuria affectum) uleisci, 
Act. 7, 24 (Jud. 11, 36); ixSixijolg xiyoq, gen. obj., 
punitio alicujua, 1 Pet. 2, 14; didovai fxSlxijaiv 
TiVi, poenas infligere alieui, 2 Th. 1, 8 ; cf . £z. 25, 

14. (Pol. 3, 8, 10.)* 

ixSixoQ, ov (6ixrit jus, justitia, poena), 1) ex- 
perajuria etjuatiHae (cf. lat.tfasZftr), injuatua; Aesch. 
Soph. Eur. Ael. n. an. 16, 5. — 2) poenam repetena 
ab {ix) aliquo; vUor^ vindex; Bo. 13, 4 ; 7t€Ql xivog, 
1 Th. 4, 6. (Sap. 12, 12. Sir. 30, 6. 4 Mace. 15, 26. 
Hdian. 1, 4, 10.)* ^ 

ix'difoxfo, {.'iid^w, aor.l. iSsSlotSct, 1) erpello; 
xiva, Lc. 11, 49. (Thuc. 1, 24. Luc. Tim. 10. LXX 
1 Chr. 8, 13. Joel 8, 20 al.) — 2)peraequor; L q. m- 
feato; calamitcUibua premo; xiva^ 1 Th. 2, 15 (Ps. 
119, 157. Sir. 30, 19. Dem. 838, 27).* 

ixdoxog, ov (ixdUayfii), traditua (hostibus vel 
alieujus potestati, arbitrio) ; Xafji^aveiv xiva Ixdo- 
xov, Act. 2, 23 (sed Xafiovxsq ibi expunxerunt Lchm. 
Tdf, 2'rg,)\ 6iS6vai vel noietv^ xivd ixd, Hdt. 3, 
1. Dem. 618, 25. Jos. antt. 6, 13, 9; ^Palaeph. 41, 2 
et ap. al.; Bel et drae